Merge branch 'linux1'

diff --git a/cde/.gitignore b/cde/.gitignore
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a075da5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# Compiled source
+*.o
+*.so
+*.so.2
+*.so.2.1
+*.a
+
+# Backups and editor created backups
+*.bak
+*~
+
+# flags for saying directory is complete
+DONE
+
+# imports of of headers
+imports/x11
+
+# exports of libraries/headers
+exports
+
+# various admin/IntegTools/ files
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/*.list
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/*.lst
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/linux
+
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/configDemos
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/configFonts
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/configHelp
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/configHelpPrg
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/configHelpRun
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/configIcons
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/configInc
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/configMan
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/configManDev
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/configMsgCat
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/configPrg
+admin/IntegTools/post_install/configShlibs
+
+install.dt
+dinstall.dt
+dinstallCDE
+installCDE
+updateCDE
+
+installCDE.*.log
+
+# Makefiles (generated by Imakefiles)
+Makefile
+
+# generated db files
+databases/*\.db
+databases/*\.tmp
+
+

diff --git a/cde/Imakefile b/cde/Imakefile
index 2fab64dc829fc5bf0ba1652115753bbcccbb9ca0..59f16e45605ca86019969c6aa41697db4f01b6ad 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/Imakefile
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ clean::
        $(RM) -r $(BUILDINCDIR)
        $(RM) -r $(BUILDLIBDIR)
 
-      WORLDOPTS = -k
+      WORLDOPTS = 
       MAKE_OPTS = -f xmakefile
 
 XCOMM 

diff --git a/cde/Makefile b/cde/Makefile
index 08a5234da9704dcfeb389a68c989030442bf3e0f..d2b17a6a7b485aeed4837f9730d5e007a979fe47 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/Makefile
+++ b/cde/Makefile
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
           MV = mv
         MAKE = make
        NMAKE = nmake
-   WORLDOPTS = -k
+   WORLDOPTS = 
 WIN32WORLDOPTS = -i
          TOP = .
  CURRENT_DIR = .

diff --git a/cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/installCDE.src b/cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/installCDE.src
index 8f4adcf4f6e631766273df1b61f9005c51c267ed..b4c5c91b4fb4612ead1803fe234668486ca45e54 100755 (executable)
--- a/cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/installCDE.src
+++ b/cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/installCDE.src
@@ -45,12 +45,13 @@ XCOMM ##########################################################################
 #define HASH #
 #define STAR *
 
+LOGFILE="installCDE.$$.log"
 
 REVISION="$(echo "$Revision: /main/20 $" | awk '{print $2}')"
 
 Log()
 {
-  echo "$1" | tee -a /tmp/installCDE.log
+  echo "$1" | tee -a $LOGFILE
 }
 
 MakeTarball()
@@ -154,11 +155,11 @@ DoFilesetScript()
     then
        Log "Executing $PLATFORM specific $FilesetName customize script"
        $POST_INSTALL_DIR/$PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR/$ScriptName -e 2>&1 | \
-                               tee -a /tmp/installCDE.log
+                               tee -a $LOGFILE
     elif [ -x $POST_INSTALL_DIR/$ScriptName ]
     then
        Log "Executing $FilesetName customize script" 
-       $POST_INSTALL_DIR/$ScriptName -e 2>&1 | tee -a /tmp/installCDE.log
+       $POST_INSTALL_DIR/$ScriptName -e 2>&1 | tee -a $LOGFILE
     fi
   fi
 }
@@ -204,7 +205,7 @@ CleanDaemons()
       lssrc -s inetd >/dev/null 2>&1
       if [ $? = "0" ]
       then
-        stopsrc -s inetd >>/tmp/installCDE.log 2>&1
+        stopsrc -s inetd >>$LOGFILE 2>&1
       fi
     else    
       ps -ef | grep $i | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
@@ -229,7 +230,7 @@ RestartInetd()
     /usr/sbin/inetd -s
   elif [ "$PLATFORM" = "aix" ]
   then
-    startsrc -s inetd >>/tmp/installCDE.log 2>&1
+    startsrc -s inetd >>$LOGFILE 2>&1
   elif [ "$PLATFORM" = "dec" ]
   then
     /usr/sbin/inetd
@@ -410,56 +411,56 @@ XCOMM
 
 USAGE()
 {
-echo "Usage: $(basename $0) {-s <source>|-z <package>} [options]"
-echo ""
-echo "\t-s <source>\t\t\tthe top of the build tree"
-echo "\t-z <package>\t\tthe desktop install package"
-echo ""
-echo "\tOptions:"
-echo ""
-echo "\t[-t <package_destination>]\tif specified create an"
-echo "\t\t\t\t\tinstall package and store it in the"
-echo "\t\t\t\t\tdestination."
-echo "\t[-pI <actual install location>]\twhere" CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP "will be linked to."
-echo "\t[-pC <actual config location>]\twhere" CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP "will be linked to."
-echo "\t[-pV <actual var location>]\twhere" CDE_LOGFILES_TOP "will be linked to."
-echo ""
-echo "\t[-a <udb directory>]\t\talternate place to get the"
-echo "\t\t\t\t\tudb files from."
-echo "\t[-f <filesets>]\t\t\tspecify filesets to be loaded."
-echo "\t\t\t\t\tThe list should be double-quoted,"
-echo "\t\t\t\t\tspace-separated, with no .udb"
-echo "\t\t\t\t\textensions."
-echo ""
-echo "\t[-clean]\t\t\tremove the temporary, configuration, and"
-echo "\t\t\t\t\tinstallation directory"
-echo "\t[-cleanTwo]\t\t\tremove the temporary and installation "
-echo "\t\t\t\t\tdirectory, but NOT the configuration directory"
-echo "\t[-cleanEtc]\t\t\tremove the configuration directory, but "
-echo "\t\t\t\t\NOT the temporary and installation directories"
-echo "\t[-prog]\t\t\t\tload only the development environment"
-echo "\t[-runtime]\t\t\tload only the runtime environment"
-echo "\t[-relative]\t\t\trun the relative-located config scripts"
-echo "\t[-pack]\t\t\t\tcreate a packing list"
-echo "\t[-pseudo]\t\t\tdo not configure desktop when installing"
-echo "\t[-nocompress]\t\t\tdo not compress tarball when creating package"
-echo "\t[-lang LANG]\t\t\tspecify LANG to load appropriate localized"
-echo "\t\t\t\t\tfilesets"
-echo "\t[-LeaveLinks]\t\t\t\tdo not delete the links after cleaning"
-echo ""
-echo "\t[-LinkStepOnly]\t\t\tset up the -pI, -pC, and -pV links"
-echo "\t\t\t\t\tthen exit"
-echo "\t[-DontRunScripts]\t\tstop after installation"
-echo "\t[-RunScriptsOnly]\t\tonly execute the scripts"
-echo "\t[-configureOnly]\t\tonly configure the desktop"
-echo ""
-echo "\tExamples:"
-echo ""
-echo "\tinstallCDE -s /x/cde_hp700_90"
-echo "\tinstallCDE -s /x/cde_aix_32 -f \"CDE_MIN CDE-SHLIBS\""
-echo "\tinstallCDE -s /x/cde_sun_52 -pI /bigdisk/opt/dt -clean"
-echo "\tinstallCDE -s /x/cde_sun_52 -pI /dtinstall -clean\\"
-echo "\t\t-pseudo -t /dtpackages -nocompress"
+echo -e "Usage: $(basename $0) {-s <source>|-z <package>} [options]"
+echo -e ""
+echo -e "\t-s <source>\t\t\tthe top of the build tree"
+echo -e "\t-z <package>\t\tthe desktop install package"
+echo -e ""
+echo -e "\tOptions:"
+echo -e ""
+echo -e "\t[-t <package_destination>]\tif specified create an"
+echo -e "\t\t\t\t\tinstall package and store it in the"
+echo -e "\t\t\t\t\tdestination."
+echo -e "\t[-pI <actual install location>]\twhere" CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP "will be linked to."
+echo -e "\t[-pC <actual config location>]\twhere" CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP "will be linked to."
+echo -e "\t[-pV <actual var location>]\twhere" CDE_LOGFILES_TOP "will be linked to."
+echo -e ""
+echo -e "\t[-a <udb directory>]\t\talternate place to get the"
+echo -e "\t\t\t\t\tudb files from."
+echo -e "\t[-f <filesets>]\t\t\tspecify filesets to be loaded."
+echo -e "\t\t\t\t\tThe list should be double-quoted,"
+echo -e "\t\t\t\t\tspace-separated, with no .udb"
+echo -e "\t\t\t\t\textensions."
+echo -e ""
+echo -e "\t[-clean]\t\t\tremove the temporary, configuration, and"
+echo -e "\t\t\t\t\tinstallation directory"
+echo -e "\t[-cleanTwo]\t\t\tremove the temporary and installation "
+echo -e "\t\t\t\t\tdirectory, but NOT the configuration directory"
+echo -e "\t[-cleanEtc]\t\t\tremove the configuration directory, but "
+echo -e "\t\t\t\t\NOT the temporary and installation directories"
+echo -e "\t[-prog]\t\t\t\tload only the development environment"
+echo -e "\t[-runtime]\t\t\tload only the runtime environment"
+echo -e "\t[-relative]\t\t\trun the relative-located config scripts"
+echo -e "\t[-pack]\t\t\t\tcreate a packing list"
+echo -e "\t[-pseudo]\t\t\tdo not configure desktop when installing"
+echo -e "\t[-nocompress]\t\t\tdo not compress tarball when creating package"
+echo -e "\t[-lang LANG]\t\t\tspecify LANG to load appropriate localized"
+echo -e "\t\t\t\t\tfilesets"
+echo -e "\t[-LeaveLinks]\t\t\t\tdo not delete the links after cleaning"
+echo -e ""
+echo -e "\t[-LinkStepOnly]\t\t\tset up the -pI, -pC, and -pV links"
+echo -e "\t\t\t\t\tthen exit"
+echo -e "\t[-DontRunScripts]\t\tstop after installation"
+echo -e "\t[-RunScriptsOnly]\t\tonly execute the scripts"
+echo -e "\t[-configureOnly]\t\tonly configure the desktop"
+echo -e ""
+echo -e "\tExamples:"
+echo -e ""
+echo -e "\tinstallCDE -s /x/cde_hp700_90"
+echo -e "\tinstallCDE -s /x/cde_aix_32 -f \"CDE_MIN CDE-SHLIBS\""
+echo -e "\tinstallCDE -s /x/cde_sun_52 -pI /bigdisk/opt/dt -clean"
+echo -e "\tinstallCDE -s /x/cde_sun_52 -pI /dtinstall -clean\\"
+echo -e "\t\t-pseudo -t /dtpackages -nocompress"
 }
 
 XCOMM
@@ -475,11 +476,16 @@ LoadFileSet()
     num="$1."
   fi
 
+XCOMM don't bother if the fileset doesn't exist
+  if [ ! -e $DATABASE_DIR/${2}.udb ]
+  then
+        return
+  fi
+
   Log "  $num installing database $2"
   Log "      - creating ${2}.lst file"
   $TOOL_DIR/udbToAny.ksh  -toLst -ReleaseStream $PLATFORM \
             $DATABASE_DIR/${2}.udb >  /tmp/${2}.lst
-
   Log "      - installing ... \c"
   $TOOL_DIR/mkProd -D / -S $BUILD_TREE /tmp/${2}.lst \
             2>/tmp/${2}.err 1>/tmp/${2}.good
@@ -492,7 +498,7 @@ LoadFileSet()
   if [ -s /tmp/${2}.missing ]
   then
     Log "      - missing files:"
-    cat /tmp/${2}.missing | tee -a /tmp/installCDE.log
+    cat /tmp/${2}.missing | tee -a $LOGFILE
   fi
 }
 
@@ -527,6 +533,10 @@ XCOMM
   then
     PLATFORM=dec
     PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=dec
+  elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "Linux" ];
+  then
+    PLATFORM="linux"
+    PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=""
   else                 # Build system = HP
     PLATFORM=hp-ux
     PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=hp
@@ -544,11 +554,9 @@ XCOMM
 
   if [ "$USER" != "root" ];
   then
-    USAGE
     echo ""
-    echo "You must be root to run this script"
+    echo "You should be root to run this script.  Continuing anyway."
     echo ""
-    exit 1
   fi
 
   if [ "$PLATFORM" = "usl" -o "$PLATFORM" = "uxp" ]
@@ -587,7 +595,7 @@ XCOMM
   theLang=""
   CONFIGURE_ONLY="no"
 
-  rm -f /tmp/installCDE.log
+  rm -f $LOGFILE
 
   Log "Options specified..."
   while [ $# -ne 0 ]; do
@@ -960,5 +968,5 @@ XCOMM
 
   echo "Done."
   echo ""
-  echo "See /tmp/installCDE.log for a log of this install session."
+  echo "See $LOGFILE for a log of this install session."
   echo ""

diff --git a/cde/config/cf/Imake.cf b/cde/config/cf/Imake.cf
index b1c2ac65ccfe124977ae01017058b8415c5e36b0..a614fc6e98b5685eb1cfc1db529e89e748a0656d 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/config/cf/Imake.cf
+++ b/cde/config/cf/Imake.cf
@@ -113,6 +113,10 @@ XCOMM $TOG: Imake.cf /main/30 1998/04/28 13:55:25 barstow $
 #  undef sparc
 # define SparcArchitecture
 # endif
+# ifdef __sparcv9
+#  undef __sparcv9
+# define SparcV9Architecture
+# endif
 # ifdef mc68000
 #  undef mc68000
 # define Sun3Architecture
@@ -121,6 +125,11 @@ XCOMM $TOG: Imake.cf /main/30 1998/04/28 13:55:25 barstow $
 #  undef i386
 #  define i386Architecture
 # endif
+# if defined(__amd64__) || defined (__x86_64__)
+#  undef __amd64__
+#  undef __x86_64__
+#  define AMD64Architecture
+# endif
 # undef sun
 # define SunArchitecture
 #endif /* sun */
@@ -405,8 +414,11 @@ XCOMM $TOG: Imake.cf /main/30 1998/04/28 13:55:25 barstow $
 # undef linux
 # define LinuxArchitecture
 # ifdef i386
+#  undef pentium
+#  undef pentiumpro
 #  define i386Architecture
 #  undef i386
+# endif
 # ifdef __i386__
 #  ifndef i386Architecture
 #   define i386Architecture
@@ -417,7 +429,28 @@ XCOMM $TOG: Imake.cf /main/30 1998/04/28 13:55:25 barstow $
 #  define AlphaArchitecture
 #  undef __alpha
 # endif /* __alpha */
-#endif
+# ifdef powerpc
+#  define PpcArchitecture
+#  undef powerpc
+# endif
+# ifdef __powerpc__
+#  ifndef PpcArchitecture
+#   define PpcArchitecture
+#  endif
+#  undef __powerpc__
+# endif
+# if defined(__amd64__) || defined (__x86_64__)
+#  undef __amd64__
+#  undef __x86_64__
+#  define AMD64Architecture
+# endif
+# if defined(amd64__) || defined (x86_64__)
+#  undef amd64__
+#  undef x86_64__
+#  ifndef AMD64Architecture
+#   define AMD64Architecture
+#  endif
+# endif
 #endif /* linux */
 
 #ifdef __uxp__

diff --git a/cde/config/cf/linux.cf b/cde/config/cf/linux.cf
index e0a0feed6aae4095e10bbb16577b8526a2aa7d64..cf6be9735214fa786b7c0d7609772b8b3bd0beda 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/config/cf/linux.cf
+++ b/cde/config/cf/linux.cf
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ XCOMM binutils:  (LinuxBinUtilsMajorVersion)
 #define UseElfFormat           YES
 #else
 #define UseElfFormat           NO
+#error "Only ELF format is supported on linux"
 #endif
 #endif
 #define BuildLibPathVar        LD_LIBRARY_PATH
@@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ XCOMM binutils:  (LinuxBinUtilsMajorVersion)
 #define GccUsesGas             YES
 #define UseGas                 YES
 #define GnuCpp                 YES
-#define HasShadowPasswd                NO
+#define HasShadowPasswd                YES
 #define HasPutenv              YES
 #define HasShm                 YES
 #define HasSockets             YES
@@ -84,30 +85,14 @@ XCOMM binutils:  (LinuxBinUtilsMajorVersion)
 #define NeedWidePrototypes     NO
 #define SetTtyGroup            YES
 
-#if UseElfFormat
-#if OSMajorVersion == 1 && OSMinorVersion < 2
-#define CcCmd                  gcc -b i486-linuxelf
-#define CplusplusCmd           g++ -b i486-linuxelf
-#define AsCmd                  /usr/i486-linuxelf/bin/as
-#define LdCmd                  ld -m elf_i386
-#else
-#define CcCmd                  gcc
-#define CplusplusCmd           g++
+#define CcCmd                  gcc -pipe
+#define CplusplusCmd           g++ -pipe -fpermissive 
 #define AsCmd                  as
 #define LdCmd                  ld
-#endif
+
+#define CplusplusLibC           -lstdc++
 #define AsmDefines             -D__ELF__
-#else
-#define CcCmd                  gcc
-#if OSMajorVersion == 1 && OSMinorVersion > 1
-#define AsCmd                  /usr/i486-linuxaout/bin/as
-#define LdCmd                  ld -m i386linux
-#else
-#define AsCmd                  as
-#define LdCmd                  ld
-#endif
-#define AsmDefines             -DUSE_GAS -U__ELF__
-#endif
+
 #define MkdirHierCmd           mkdir -p
 #define CppCmd                 /lib/cpp
 #if OSMajorVersion >= 2
@@ -132,55 +117,70 @@ XCOMM binutils:  (LinuxBinUtilsMajorVersion)
 #endif
 
 #if LinuxCLibMajorVersion < 6
-#define LinuxSourceDefines     -D_POSIX_SOURCE \
+# define LinuxSourceDefines    -D_POSIX_SOURCE \
                                -D_BSD_SOURCE -D_SVID_SOURCE LinuxLocaleDefines
-#ifndef HasLibCrypt
-# define HasLibCrypt           NO
-#endif
+# ifndef HasLibCrypt
+#  define HasLibCrypt          NO
+# endif
+
 #else
-#define LinuxSourceDefines     -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199309L \
+# define LinuxSourceDefines    -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199309L \
                                -D_POSIX_SOURCE \
-                               -D_BSD_SOURCE -D_SVID_SOURCE
-#define HasPosixThreads                YES
-#define ThreadedX              YES
-#define HasThreadSafeAPI       YES
-#define ThreadsLibraries       -lpthread
-#define SystemMTDefines                -D_REENTRANT
-#ifndef HasLibCrypt
-# define HasLibCrypt           YES
-#endif
+                               -D_BSD_SOURCE -D_SVID_SOURCE -D_XOPEN_SOURCE \
+                                -D__NO_STRING_INLINES -D__NO_MATH_INLINES \
+                                LinuxLocaleDefines
+# define HasPosixThreads       YES
+# define ThreadedX             YES
+# define HasThreadSafeAPI      YES
+# define ThreadsLibraries      -lpthread
+# define SystemMTDefines               -D_REENTRANT
+# ifndef HasLibCrypt
+#  define HasLibCrypt          YES
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifdef i386Architecture
 #define OptimizedCDebugFlags   DefaultGcc2i386Opt
 #define LinuxMachineDefines    -D__i386__
-#define ServerOSDefines                XFree86ServerOSDefines -DDDXTIME
-#define ServerExtraDefines     -DGCCUSESGAS XFree86ServerDefines
+/* For DtHelp TIFF processing routines. */
+#define LSBBitOrder             YES
+
 #if UseElfFormat
 #define HasPlugin              YES
 #define VendorHasX11R6_3libXext        YES     /* XC or XFree86 3.3.1 */
 #endif
 #endif /* i386Architecture */
 
+#ifdef AMD64Architecture
+#define OptimizedCDebugFlags   DefaultGcc2i386Opt
+#define LinuxMachineDefines    -D__x86_64__ 
+/* For DtHelp TIFF processing routines. */
+#define LSBBitOrder             YES
+
+#if UseElfFormat
+#define HasPlugin              YES
+#define VendorHasX11R6_3libXext        YES     /* XC or XFree86 3.3.1 */
+#endif
+#endif /* AMD64Architecture */
+
 #ifdef AlphaArchitecture
 #define OptimizedCDebugFlags   -O2
 #define LinuxMachineDefines    -D__alpha__
-#define ServerOSDefines                XFree86ServerOSDefines -DDDXTIME -DPART_NET
-#define ServerExtraDefines     -DGCCUSESGAS XFree86ServerDefines -D_XSERVER64
 #endif /* AlphaArchitecture */
 
 #ifdef Mc68020Architecture
 #define OptimizedCDebugFlags   -O2
 #define LinuxMachineDefines    -D__mc68000__
-#define StandardCppDefines      -traditional StandardDefines
-#define ServerOSDefines         XFree86ServerOSDefines -DDDXTIME -DPART_NET
-#define ServerExtraDefines      -DGCCUSESGAS XFree86ServerDefines
+#define StandardCppDefines      -traditional 
 #endif /* Mc68020Architecture */
 
 #define StandardDefines                -Dlinux LinuxMachineDefines LinuxSourceDefines
 
 #define ConnectionFlags                -DUNIXCONN -DTCPCONN
 
+XCOMM This is needed for CDE currently
+#define CplusplusStandardDefines StandardDefines 
+
 /* Some of these man page defaults are overriden in the above OS sections */
 #ifndef ManSuffix
 # define ManSuffix     1x

diff --git a/cde/config/cf/lnxLib.tmpl b/cde/config/cf/lnxLib.tmpl
index d41c697542221deeb2edb2bea50f3293d84ba589..20dbf52cb6d30971dcc12cec8be10899574cdfc3 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/config/cf/lnxLib.tmpl
+++ b/cde/config/cf/lnxLib.tmpl
@@ -34,4 +34,12 @@ XMULIB = -lXmu $(XLIB)
 # define SharedTtReqs $(LDPRELIBS) SharedXReqs $(CXXLIB)
 #endif
 
+#ifndef SharedDtSvcReqs
+# define SharedDtSvcReqs $(LDPRELIBS) SharedXReqs $(CXXLIB)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SharedCsaReqs
+# define SharedCsaReqs -lXt
+#endif
+
 #define NoMessageCatalog

diff --git a/cde/config/cf/site.def b/cde/config/cf/site.def
index da2184c1ab3e961e03da8ece2250c3aec2e473c0..613a0abfa3dfdd4a6efcba71748e78ab458cf90d 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/config/cf/site.def
+++ b/cde/config/cf/site.def
@@ -66,7 +66,12 @@ XCOMM site:  $TOG: site.def /main/23 1998/03/19 18:43:26 mgreess $
 
 #ifdef AfterVendorCF
 
-# define X11ProjectRoot        /X11
+# if defined(LinuxArchitecture) || defined(FreeBSDArchitecture)
+#  define X11ProjectRoot       /usr
+# else
+#  define X11ProjectRoot       /X11
+# endif
+
 # define ProjectRoot   /usr/dt
 
 #ifdef SunArchitecture
@@ -77,6 +82,11 @@ XCOMM site:  $TOG: site.def /main/23 1998/03/19 18:43:26 mgreess $
 # define DtLocalesToBuild ja_JP.dt-eucJP
 #endif
 
+XCOMM No locales other than C will build at this time.
+#ifdef LinuxArchitecture
+# define DtLocalesToBuild 
+#endif
+
 #ifdef SunArchitecture
 #define HasCodeCenter        YES
 #define HasTestCenter        YES

diff --git a/cde/config/cf/xfree86.cf b/cde/config/cf/xfree86.cf
index 31f7c474e0d53196882ff278e6506726f7e65ee3..17eadb1039292ca1a47d09769f4e96e0ceabb116 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/config/cf/xfree86.cf
+++ b/cde/config/cf/xfree86.cf
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ XFREE86JAPANESEDOCDIR = $(XFREE86DOCDIR)/Japanese
 #endif
 #endif
 
-#if HasGcc2 && defined(i386Architecture)
+#if HasGcc2 && (defined(i386Architecture) || defined(AMD64Architecture))
 #ifndef DefaultGcc2i386Opt
 #define DefaultGcc2i386Opt -O2 -fno-strength-reduce
 #endif

diff --git a/cde/config/imake/imakemdep.h b/cde/config/imake/imakemdep.h
index bb2a010f9ba8400daa13d0b18502aa622053ba17..08316136b3def1394ff2a45b79bf325729b9bf8c 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/config/imake/imakemdep.h
+++ b/cde/config/imake/imakemdep.h
@@ -300,10 +300,31 @@ char *cpp_argv[ARGUMENTS] = {
 #ifdef unix
        "-Uunix",       /* remove unix symbol so that filename unix.c okay */
 #endif
-#if defined(__386BSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(MACH)
+#if defined(__386BSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(MACH) || defined(USL) || defined(sco) || defined(ISC) || defined(__bsdi__) || defined(linux) || defined(__hpux__) || defined(__vxworks)
 # ifdef __i386__
        "-D__i386__",
 # endif
+# ifdef __i486__
+        "-D__i486__",
+# endif
+# ifdef __i586__
+        "-D__i586__",
+# endif
+# ifdef __i686__
+        "-D__i686__",
+# endif
+# ifdef __k6__
+        "-D__k6__",
+# endif
+# ifdef __ia64__
+        "-D__ia64__",
+# endif
+# ifdef __amd64__
+        "-D__amd64__",
+# endif
+# ifdef __x86_64__
+        "-D__amd64__",
+# endif
 # ifdef __GNUC__
        "-traditional",
 # endif
@@ -822,6 +843,80 @@ struct symtab      predefs[] = {
 #endif
 #ifdef __EMX__
        {"__EMX__", "1"},
+#endif
+# ifdef ia64
+        {"ia64", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef __ia64__
+        {"__ia64__", "1"},
+# endif
+# if defined (amd64) || defined (x86_64)
+        {"amd64", "1"},
+        {"x86_64", "1"},
+# endif
+# if defined (__amd64__) || defined (__x86_64__)
+        {"__amd64__", "1"},
+        {"__x86_64__", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef __i386
+        {"__i386", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef __i386__
+        {"__i386__", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef __i486__
+        {"__i486__", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef __i586__
+        {"__i586__", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef __i686__
+        {"__i686__", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef __k6__
+        {"__k6__", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef i386
+        {"i386", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef i486
+        {"i486", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef i586
+        {"i586", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef i686
+        { "i686", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef k6
+        {"k6", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef sparc
+        {"sparc", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef __sparc__
+        {"__sparc__", "1"},
+# endif
+#if defined(__ppc__)
+        {"__ppc__", "1"},
+#endif
+#if defined(__ppc64__)
+        {"__ppc64__", "1"},
+#endif
+# ifdef __powerpc__
+        {"__powerpc__", "1"},
+# endif
+# ifdef __powerpc64__
+        {"__powerpc64__", "1"},
+# endif
+#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN__)
+      {"__BIG_ENDIAN__", "1"},
+#endif
+#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN__)
+      {"__LITTLE_ENDIAN__", "1"},
+#endif
+#if defined(__vxworks)
+      {"vxworks", "1"},
 #endif
        /* add any additional symbols before this line */
        {NULL, NULL}

diff --git a/cde/databases/CDE-FONTS.udb b/cde/databases/CDE-FONTS.udb
index b988c9f6a43ea31eb796b639f29a2e157f825fdb..c61f1da8e054b9d80d8f686c5602a10eb4a53f94 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/databases/CDE-FONTS.udb
+++ b/cde/databases/CDE-FONTS.udb
@@ -212,6 +212,30 @@
        responsible_project = cde_dt
 }
 
+#
+# for Linux
+#
+programs/fontaliases/linux/C/fonts.alias
+{ linux
+       install_target = /usr/dt/config/xfonts/C/fonts.alias
+}
+#
+programs/fontaliases/linux/C/fonts.dir
+{ linux
+       install_target = /usr/dt/config/xfonts/C/fonts.dir
+}
+#
+programs/fontaliases/linux/ja_JP/fonts.alias
+{ linux
+       install_target = /usr/dt/config/xfonts/ja_JP/fonts.alias
+}
+#
+programs/fontaliases/linux/ja_JP/fonts.dir
+{ linux
+       install_target = /usr/dt/config/xfonts/ja_JP/fonts.dir
+}
+
+
 #
 # for HP/UX 9
 #

diff --git a/cde/databases/CDE-SHLIBS.src b/cde/databases/CDE-SHLIBS.src
index 35a8453092ad4442d2824dbf20bcb3c923f37570..e3e07ed5a25b47c79761857f03cf8d1fcbc5545d 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/databases/CDE-SHLIBS.src
+++ b/cde/databases/CDE-SHLIBS.src
@@ -390,6 +390,199 @@ lib/DtMmdb/libDtMmdb.so.2.1
         install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtMmdb.so.2.1
        mode = 0755
 }
+
+XCOMM 
+XCOMM 
+XCOMM >>-----------------------------
+XCOMM  linux libraries
+XCOMM <<-----------------------------
+XCOMM 
+
+XCOMM 
+lib/DtHelp/libDtHelp.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtHelp.so.2.1
+       mode = 0755
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libDtHelp.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtHelp.so.2
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libDtHelp.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtHelp.so
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+lib/DtPrint/libDtPrint.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtPrint.so.2.1
+       mode = 0755
+}        
+XCOMM 
+./libDtPrint.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtPrint.so.2
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libDtPrint.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtPrint.so
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+lib/DtMrm/libDtMrm.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtMrm.so.2.1
+       mode = 0755
+}        
+XCOMM 
+./libDtMrm.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtMrm.so.2
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libDtMrm.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtMrm.so
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+lib/DtSvc/libDtSvc.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtSvc.so.2.1
+       mode = 0755
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libDtSvc.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtSvc.so.2
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libDtSvc.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtSvc.so
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+lib/DtWidget/libDtWidget.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtWidget.so.2.1
+       mode = 0755
+}        
+XCOMM 
+./libDtWidget.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtWidget.so.2
+       type = sym_link
+}        
+XCOMM 
+./libDtWidget.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtWidget.so
+       type = sym_link
+}        
+XCOMM 
+lib/DtTerm/libDtTerm.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtTerm.so.2.1
+       mode = 0755
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libDtTerm.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtTerm.so.2
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libDtTerm.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtTerm.so
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+lib/tt/lib/libtt.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libtt.so.2.1
+       mode = 0755
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libtt.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libtt.so.2
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM
+./libtt.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libtt.so
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+lib/csa/libcsa.so.2.1
+{ linux
+       install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libcsa.so.2.1
+       mode = 0755
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libcsa.so.2.1
+{ linux
+       install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libcsa.so.2
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libcsa.so.2.1
+{ linux
+       install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libcsa.so
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+lib/DtSearch/libDtSearch.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtSearch.so.2.1
+       mode = 0755
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libDtSearch.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtSearch.so.2
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libDtSearch.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtSearch.so
+       type = sym_link
+}
+
+#if 0 /* JET - not for linux (yet) */ 
+XCOMM
+lib/DtMmdb/libDtMmdb.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtMmdb.so.2.1
+       mode = 0755
+}
+XCOMM 
+./libDtMmdb.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtMmdb.so.2
+       type = sym_link
+}
+XCOMM
+./libDtMmdb.so.2.1
+{ linux
+        install_target = /usr/dt/lib/libDtMmdb.so
+       type = sym_link
+}
+#endif
+
+
 XCOMM 
 XCOMM >>-----------------------------
 XCOMM  AIX libraries

diff --git a/cde/databases/Imakefile b/cde/databases/Imakefile
index fa5cf390d61e8d8c102445795502070c92094c68..79f539f7a8c03dafb2b27650fc38e01e95fb2f0f 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/databases/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/databases/Imakefile
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ UDB_RELEASE_OPT = -ReleaseStream linux
 /* AIX cpp rejects "hp-ux" as an invalid sub-option. */
 UDB_CPP_UNDEF_LIST = -UhpV4 -Uhpux         -Uaix -Usun -Uusl -Udec -Uuxp -Uunix
 #else
-UDB_CPP_UNDEF_LIST = -UhpV4 -Uhpux -Uhp-ux -Uaix -Usun -Uusl -Udec -Uuxp -Uunix
+UDB_CPP_UNDEF_LIST = -UhpV4 -Uhpux -Uhp-ux -Uaix -Usun -Uusl -Udec -Uuxp -Uunix -Ulinux
 #endif
 
 

diff --git a/cde/doc/C/Imakefile b/cde/doc/C/Imakefile
index 14cf2059005f7b2247c57aceb2a7f1e8e648defd..ff8e50c7e04afeb21c942455d0475ec99dae586b 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/doc/C/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/doc/C/Imakefile
@@ -3,8 +3,14 @@ XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/10 1996/07/23 22:00:00 rws $
 #define PassCDebugFlags
 
 /* due to split-VOB setup, force help to come last in make Makefiles */
+#if defined(LinuxArchitecture)
+XCOMM we cannot build guides on linux yet
+SUBDIRS = man help
+BSUBDIRS = help man 
+#else
 SUBDIRS = man guides m-guides help
 BSUBDIRS = help man guides m-guides
+#endif
 
 XCOMM work around local clearcase vobs setup
 MakeDirectories(all,help-sdl cde.dti)

diff --git a/cde/doc/C/pdf/AppBuilder.pdf b/cde/doc/C/pdf/AppBuilder.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..546eaea
Binary files /dev/null and b/cde/doc/C/pdf/AppBuilder.pdf differ

diff --git a/cde/doc/C/pdf/DtKsh.pdf b/cde/doc/C/pdf/DtKsh.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..17ee045
Binary files /dev/null and b/cde/doc/C/pdf/DtKsh.pdf differ

diff --git a/cde/doc/C/pdf/Glossary.pdf b/cde/doc/C/pdf/Glossary.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6e59850
Binary files /dev/null and b/cde/doc/C/pdf/Glossary.pdf differ

diff --git a/cde/doc/C/pdf/HelpGuide.pdf b/cde/doc/C/pdf/HelpGuide.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a3a0818
Binary files /dev/null and b/cde/doc/C/pdf/HelpGuide.pdf differ

diff --git a/cde/doc/C/pdf/I18nGuide.pdf b/cde/doc/C/pdf/I18nGuide.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..65312ef
Binary files /dev/null and b/cde/doc/C/pdf/I18nGuide.pdf differ

diff --git a/cde/doc/C/pdf/ProgOverview.pdf b/cde/doc/C/pdf/ProgOverview.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..235993f
Binary files /dev/null and b/cde/doc/C/pdf/ProgOverview.pdf differ

diff --git a/cde/doc/C/pdf/ProgrammersGuide.pdf b/cde/doc/C/pdf/ProgrammersGuide.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5f35541
Binary files /dev/null and b/cde/doc/C/pdf/ProgrammersGuide.pdf differ

diff --git a/cde/doc/C/pdf/README b/cde/doc/C/pdf/README
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..664c919
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/doc/C/pdf/README
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+This directory contains older CDE (v1) documentation in PDF format.
+
+If/When dtinfo is ever made to work, we can get more up to date
+documentation from there.  Until then, old docs are better than no
+docs...
+

diff --git a/cde/doc/C/pdf/StyleGuide.pdf b/cde/doc/C/pdf/StyleGuide.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1e23ebb
Binary files /dev/null and b/cde/doc/C/pdf/StyleGuide.pdf differ

diff --git a/cde/doc/C/pdf/SysAdminGuide.pdf b/cde/doc/C/pdf/SysAdminGuide.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..baa79be
Binary files /dev/null and b/cde/doc/C/pdf/SysAdminGuide.pdf differ

diff --git a/cde/doc/C/pdf/ToolTalk.pdf b/cde/doc/C/pdf/ToolTalk.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..133206d
Binary files /dev/null and b/cde/doc/C/pdf/ToolTalk.pdf differ

diff --git a/cde/doc/C/pdf/UsersGuide.pdf b/cde/doc/C/pdf/UsersGuide.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e56cd2a
Binary files /dev/null and b/cde/doc/C/pdf/UsersGuide.pdf differ

diff --git a/cde/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/Imakefile b/cde/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/Imakefile
index ce3fa4c5e87c6ba7fc14ec4857bef9df6aebf32d..ae55087a778b5ee3b4d39ec135f38d3a5df5f86f 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/Imakefile
@@ -2,7 +2,12 @@ XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/3 1996/06/19 16:19:59 drk $
 #define IHaveSubdirs
 #define PassCDebugFlags
 
+#if defined(LinuxArchitecture)
+XCOMM we cannot build guides on linux yet
+SUBDIRS = help 
+#else
 SUBDIRS = help guides
+#endif
 
 MakeSubdirs($(SUBDIRS))
 

diff --git a/cde/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/Imakefile b/cde/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/Imakefile
index 9f8d2ecd9315b439ed80977a1183e10528a134f1..0e8214c3ed9792a251fe3906c2c897f8cde83825 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/Imakefile
@@ -2,7 +2,12 @@ XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/3 1996/06/19 16:32:32 drk $
 #define IHaveSubdirs
 #define PassCDebugFlags
 
+#if defined(LinuxArchitecture)
+XCOMM we cannot build guides on linux yet
+SUBDIRS = help 
+#else
 SUBDIRS = help guides
+#endif
 
 MakeSubdirs($(SUBDIRS))
 

diff --git a/cde/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/Imakefile b/cde/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/Imakefile
index 63d5844d7418f592b809f0fbfd06164a06930268..4f47a4bfe3f70bfa0eb0c4ac4e1833df81aeefc7 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/Imakefile
@@ -2,7 +2,12 @@ XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/3 1996/06/19 16:43:05 drk $
 #define IHaveSubdirs
 #define PassCDebugFlags
 
+#if defined(LinuxArchitecture)
+XCOMM we cannot build guides on linux yet
+SUBDIRS = help 
+#else
 SUBDIRS = help guides
+#endif
 
 MakeSubdirs($(SUBDIRS))
 

diff --git a/cde/doc/it_IT.ISO8859-1/Imakefile b/cde/doc/it_IT.ISO8859-1/Imakefile
index 8c855f98a010eea1e65364f4f841f86813b71e1a..dbec9bb1d5dcbe1bdfd31876fd6a614266912687 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/doc/it_IT.ISO8859-1/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/doc/it_IT.ISO8859-1/Imakefile
@@ -2,7 +2,12 @@ XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/3 1996/06/19 16:53:57 drk $
 #define IHaveSubdirs
 #define PassCDebugFlags
 
+#if defined(LinuxArchitecture)
+XCOMM we cannot build guides on linux yet
+SUBDIRS = help 
+#else
 SUBDIRS = help guides
+#endif
 
 MakeSubdirs($(SUBDIRS))
 

diff --git a/cde/doc/ja_JP.dt-eucJP/Imakefile b/cde/doc/ja_JP.dt-eucJP/Imakefile
index b8ee3b7096af7405cad9e64f9d8849c4710e39ec..742811e2e8c5053a965faea2025554bb43919608 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/doc/ja_JP.dt-eucJP/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/doc/ja_JP.dt-eucJP/Imakefile
@@ -3,9 +3,14 @@ XCOMM $TOG: Imakefile /main/5 1997/03/05 11:10:37 damon $
 #define PassCDebugFlags
 
 /* due to split-VOB setup, force help to come last in make Makefiles */
+#if defined(LinuxArchitecture)
+XCOMM we cannot build guides on linux yet
+SUBDIRS = help
+BSUBDIRS = help 
+#else
 SUBDIRS = guides m-guides help
 BSUBDIRS = help guides m-guides
-
+#endif
 XCOMM work around local clearcase vobs setup
 MakeDirectories(all,help-sdl cde.dti)
 

diff --git a/cde/doc/util/dbtoman/dbtoman b/cde/doc/util/dbtoman/dbtoman
index 58998f34972e8a0beed1e43aff3755375f2b8d75..a76d41d322e95fe1efbb578d743572c2f09c3509 100755 (executable)
--- a/cde/doc/util/dbtoman/dbtoman
+++ b/cde/doc/util/dbtoman/dbtoman
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#!/bin/sh
+#!/bin/ksh
 # $XConsortium: dbtoman /main/6 1996/09/15 18:58:15 rws $
 #############################################################################
 #

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/common/BOOKDEFS.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/common/BOOKDEFS.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..64c6a17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/common/BOOKDEFS.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: BOOKDEFS.sgm /main/4 1996/08/18 16:23:47 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  MotifPatchNotes "<Emphasis>Motif Patch Kit Notes</Emphasis>">
+<!ENTITY  MotifPortGd "<Emphasis>Motif Porting Guide</Emphasis>">
+<!ENTITY  MotifProgGd "<Emphasis>Motif Programmer's Guide</Emphasis>">
+<!ENTITY  MotifProgRef "<Emphasis>Motif Programmer's Reference</Emphasis>">
+<!ENTITY  MotifRelNotes "<Emphasis>Motif Release Notes</Emphasis>">
+<!ENTITY  MotifStyleGd "<Emphasis>Motif Style Guide</Emphasis>">
+<!ENTITY  MotifTechBuls "<Emphasis>Motif Technical Bulletins</Emphasis>">
+<!ENTITY  MotifTestGd "<Emphasis>Motif Test Suite User's Guide</Emphasis>">
+<!ENTITY  MotifUsersGd "<Emphasis>Motif User's Guide</Emphasis>">
+<!ENTITY  MotifWidgetMLF "<Emphasis>Motif Widget Meta-Language Facility</Emphasis>">
+<!ENTITY  MotifWidGd "<Emphasis>Motif Widget Writer's Guide</Emphasis>">
+
+<!ENTITY  AESUEVol "<Emphasis>Application Environment Specification &mdash; User Environment Volume</Emphasis>">
+<!ENTITY  AESUEValGd "<Emphasis>AES/UE Validation Suite User's Guide</Emphasis>">

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/common/ManLinks.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/common/ManLinks.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8bfa92a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/common/ManLinks.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ManLinks.sgm /main/3 1996/10/05 12:17:14 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+
+<!entity cdeman.mwm "<link linkend=CDEMOT.MWM><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>mwm</filename>(1)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.uil "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN1.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>uil</filename>(1)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.xmbind "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN2.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>xmbind</filename>(1)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.ApplicationShell "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN3.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>ApplicationShell</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.Composite "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN4.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>Composite</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.Constraint "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN5.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>Constraint</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.Core "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN6.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>Core</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.Object "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN22.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>Object</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.OverrideShell "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN23.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>OverrideShell</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.RectObj "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN24.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>RectObj</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.Shell "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN25.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>Shell</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.TopLevelShell "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN26.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>TopLevelShell</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.TransientShell "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN27.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>TransientShell</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.VendorShell "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN30.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>VendorShell</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.WMShell "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN32.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>WMShell</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmArrowButton "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN41.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmArrowButton</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmArrowButtonGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN42.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmArrowButtonGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmBulletinBoard "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN43.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmBulletinBoard</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCascadeButton "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN81.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCascadeButton</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCascadeButtonGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN82.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCascadeButtonGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmComboBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN103.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmComboBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCommand "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN105.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCommand</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmContainer "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN110.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmContainer</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDialogShell "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN199.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDialogShell</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDisplay "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN204.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDisplay</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDragContext "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN206.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDragContext</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDragIcon "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN207.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDragIcon</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDrawingArea "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN209.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDrawingArea</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDrawnButton "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN210.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDrawnButton</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDropTransfer "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN221.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDropTransfer</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFileSelectionBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN224.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFileSelectionBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmForm "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN243.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmForm</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFrame "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN244.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFrame</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN245.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmIconGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN262.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmIconGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmLabel "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN280.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmLabel</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmLabelGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN281.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmLabelGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmList "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN282.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmList</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmMainWindow "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN319.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmMainWindow</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmManager "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN324.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmManager</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmMenuShell "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN327.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmMenuShell</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmMessageBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN328.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmMessageBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmNotebook "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN330.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmNotebook</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmPanedWindow "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN335.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmPanedWindow</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmPrimitive "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN343.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmPrimitive</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmPushButton "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN345.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmPushButton</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmPushButtonGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN346.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmPushButtonGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRendition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN364.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRendition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRowColumn "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN379.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRowColumn</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmScale "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN380.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmScale</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmScreen "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN384.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmScreen</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmScrollBar "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN385.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmScrollBar</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmScrolledWindow "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN389.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmScrolledWindow</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSelectionBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN391.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSelectionBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSeparator "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN393.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSeparator</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSeparatorGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN394.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSeparatorGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmText "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN467.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmText</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextField "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN474.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextField</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmToggleButton "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN547.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmToggleButton</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmToggleButtonGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN548.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmToggleButtonGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.VirtualBindings "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN31.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>VirtualBindings</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDirection "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN200.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDirection</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontList "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN227.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontList</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmParseMapping "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN336.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmParseMapping</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmParseTable "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN341.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmParseTable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenderTable "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN354.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenderTable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmString "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN402.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmString</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringDirection "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN416.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringDirection</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringTable "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN445.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringTable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTab "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN453.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTab</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTabList "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN457.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTabList</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextPosition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN530.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextPosition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmActivateProtocol "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN33.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmActivateProtocol</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmActivateWMProtocol "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN34.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmActivateWMProtocol</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmAddProtocolCallback "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN35.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmAddProtocolCallback</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmAddProtocols "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN36.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmAddProtocols</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmAddTabGroup "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN37.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmAddTabGroup</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmAddToPostFromList "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN38.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmAddToPostFromList</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmAddWMProtocolCallback "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN39.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmAddWMProtocolCallback</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmAddWMProtocols "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN40.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmAddWMProtocols</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCascadeButtonGadgetHighlight "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN83.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCascadeButtonGadgetHighlight</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCascadeButtonHighlight "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN84.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCascadeButtonHighlight</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmChangeColor "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN85.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmChangeColor</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardCancelCopy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN86.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardCancelCopy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardCopy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN87.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardCopy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardCopyByName "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN88.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardCopyByName</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardEndCopy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN89.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardEndCopy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardEndRetrieve "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN90.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardEndRetrieve</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardInquireCount "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN91.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardInquireCount</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardInquireFormat "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN92.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardInquireFormat</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardInquireLength "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN93.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardInquireLength</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardInquirePendingItems "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN94.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardInquirePendingItems</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardLock "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN95.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardLock</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardRegisterFormat "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN96.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardRegisterFormat</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardRetrieve "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN97.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardRetrieve</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN98.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardStartCopy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardStartRetrieve "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN99.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardStartRetrieve</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardUndoCopy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN100.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardUndoCopy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardUnlock "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN101.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardUnlock</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmClipboardWithdrawFormat "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN102.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmClipboardWithdrawFormat</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmComboBoxAddItem "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMCOMBOBOXADDITEM><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmComboBoxAddItem</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmComboBoxDeletePos "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMCOMBOBOXDELETEPOS><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmComboBoxDeletePos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmComboBoxSelectItem "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMCOMBOBOXSELECTITEM><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmComboBoxSelectItem</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmComboBoxSetItem "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMCOMBOBOXSETITEM><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmComboBoxSetItem</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmComboBoxUpdate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN104.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmComboBoxUpdate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCommandAppendValue "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN106.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCommandAppendValue</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCommandError "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN107.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCommandError</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCommandGetChild "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN108.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCommandGetChild</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCommandSetValue "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN109.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCommandSetValue</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmContainerCopy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN111.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmContainerCopy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmContainerCopyLink "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN112.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmContainerCopyLink</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmContainerCut "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN113.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmContainerCut</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmContainerGetItemChildren "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN114.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmContainerGetItemChildren</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmContainerPaste "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN115.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmContainerPaste</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmContainerPasteLink "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN116.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmContainerPasteLink</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmContainerRelayout "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN117.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmContainerRelayout</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmContainerReorder "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN118.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmContainerReorder</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmConvertStringToUnits "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN119.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmConvertStringToUnits</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmConvertUnits "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN120.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmConvertUnits</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateArrowButton "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN121.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateArrowButton</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateArrowButtonGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN122.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateArrowButtonGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateBulletinBoard "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN123.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateBulletinBoard</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN124.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateCascadeButton "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN126.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateCascadeButton</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN127.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateComboBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN128.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateComboBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateCommand "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN129.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateCommand</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateCommandDialog "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN575.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateCommandDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateContainer "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN130.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateContainer</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateDialogShell "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN131.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateDialogShell</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateDragIcon "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN132.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateDragIcon</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateDrawingArea "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN133.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateDrawingArea</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateDrawnButton "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN134.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateDrawnButton</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateDropDownComboBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN135.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateDropDownComboBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateDropDownList "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN136.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateDropDownList</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateErrorDialog "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN137.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateErrorDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateFileSelectionBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN138.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateFileSelectionBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateFileSelectionDialog "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN139.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateFileSelectionDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateForm "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN140.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateForm</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateFormDialog "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN141.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateFormDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateFrame "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN142.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateFrame</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateIconGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN143.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateIconGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateInformationDialog "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN144.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateInformationDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateLabel "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN145.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateLabel</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateLabelGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN146.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateLabelGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateList "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN147.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateList</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateMainWindow "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN148.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateMainWindow</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateMenuBar "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN149.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateMenuBar</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateMenuShell "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN150.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateMenuShell</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateMessageBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN151.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateMessageBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateMessageDialog "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN152.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateMessageDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateNotebook "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN153.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateNotebook</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateOptionMenu "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN154.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateOptionMenu</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreatePanedWindow "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN155.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreatePanedWindow</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreatePopupMenu "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN156.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreatePopupMenu</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreatePromptDialog "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN157.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreatePromptDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreatePulldownMenu "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN158.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreatePulldownMenu</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreatePushButton "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN159.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreatePushButton</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreatePushButtonGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN160.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreatePushButtonGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateQuestionDialog "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN161.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateQuestionDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateRadioBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN162.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateRadioBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN163.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateRowColumn</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateScale "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN164.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateScale</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateScrollBar "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN165.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateScrollBar</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateScrolledList "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN167.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateScrolledList</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateScrolledText "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN168.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateScrolledText</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateScrolledWindow "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN169.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateScrolledWindow</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateSelectionBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN170.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateSelectionBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateSelectionDialog "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN171.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateSelectionDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateSeparator "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN172.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateSeparator</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateSeparatorGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN173.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateSeparatorGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateSimpleCheckBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN174.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateSimpleCheckBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateSimpleMenuBar "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN175.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateSimpleMenuBar</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN176.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateSimplePopupMenu "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN177.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateSimplePopupMenu</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN178.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateSimpleRadioBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN179.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateSimpleRadioBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateSimpleSpinBox "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMCREATESIMPLESPINBOX><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateSimpleSpinBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateSpinBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN180.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateSpinBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateTemplateDialog "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN181.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateTemplateDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateText "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN182.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateText</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateTextField "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN183.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateTextField</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateToggleButton "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN184.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateToggleButton</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateToggleButtonGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN185.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateToggleButtonGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateWarningDialog "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN186.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateWarningDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateWorkArea "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN187.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateWorkArea</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCreateWorkingDialog "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN188.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCreateWorkingDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCvtByteStreamToXmString "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN189.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCvtByteStreamToXmString</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCvtCTToXmString "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN190.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCvtCTToXmString</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCvtStringToUnitType "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN191.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCvtStringToUnitType</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCvtTextPropertyToXmStringTable "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN192.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCvtTextPropertyToXmStringTable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCvtXmStringTableToTextProperty "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN193.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCvtXmStringTableToTextProperty</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCvtXmStringToByteStream "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN194.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCvtXmStringToByteStream</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmCvtXmStringToCT "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN195.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmCvtXmStringToCT</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDeactivateProtocol "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN196.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDeactivateProtocol</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDeactivateWMProtocol "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN197.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDeactivateWMProtocol</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDestroyPixmap "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN198.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDestroyPixmap</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDirectionMatch "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN201.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDirectionMatch</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDirectionMatchPartial "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN202.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDirectionMatchPartial</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDirectionToStringDirection "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN203.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDirectionToStringDirection</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDragCancel "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN205.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDragCancel</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDragStart "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN208.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDragStart</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDropSite "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN211.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDropSite</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN212.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDropSiteEndUpdate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN213.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDropSiteEndUpdate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN214.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDropSiteRegister "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN215.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDropSiteRegister</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDropSiteRegistered "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN216.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDropSiteRegistered</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDropSiteRetrieve "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN217.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDropSiteRetrieve</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDropSiteStartUpdate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN218.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDropSiteStartUpdate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDropSiteUnregister "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN219.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDropSiteUnregister</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDropSiteUpdate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN220.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDropSiteUpdate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDropTransferAdd "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN222.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDropTransferAdd</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmDropTransferStart "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN223.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmDropTransferStart</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN225.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFileSelectionDoSearch "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN226.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFileSelectionDoSearch</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListAdd "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN228.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListAdd</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN229.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListAppendEntry</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListCopy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN230.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListCopy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListCreate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN231.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListCreate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListEntryCreate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN232.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListEntryCreate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListEntryFree "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN233.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListEntryFree</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetFont "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN234.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListEntryGetFont</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetTag "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN235.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListEntryGetTag</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListEntryLoad "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN236.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListEntryLoad</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListFree "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN237.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListFree</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListFreeFontContext "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN238.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListFreeFontContext</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListGetNextFont "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN239.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListGetNextFont</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListInitFontContext "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN240.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListInitFontContext</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListNextEntry "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN241.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListNextEntry</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmFontListRemoveEntry "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN242.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmFontListRemoveEntry</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetAtomName "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN246.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetAtomName</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetColorCalculation "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN247.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetColorCalculation</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetColors "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN248.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetColors</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetDestination "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN249.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetDestination</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetDragContext "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN250.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetDragContext</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetFocusWidget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN251.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetFocusWidget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetMenuCursor "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN252.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetMenuCursor</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetPixmap "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN253.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetPixmap</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetPixmapByDepth "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN254.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetPixmapByDepth</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetPostedFromWidget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN255.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetPostedFromWidget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetSecondaryResourceData "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN256.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetSecondaryResourceData</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetTabGroup "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN257.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetTabGroup</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetTearOffControl "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN258.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetTearOffControl</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetVisibility "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN259.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetVisibility</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetXmDisplay "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN260.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetXmDisplay</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetXmScreen "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN261.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetXmScreen</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImCloseXIM "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN263.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImCloseXIM</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImFreeXIC "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN264.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImFreeXIC</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImGetXIC "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN265.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImGetXIC</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImGetXIM "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN266.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImGetXIM</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImMbLookupString "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN267.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImMbLookupString</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImMbResetIC "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMIMMBRESETIC><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImMbResetIC</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImRegister "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN268.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImRegister</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImSetFocusValues "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN269.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImSetFocusValues</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImSetValues "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN270.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImSetValues</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImSetXIC "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN271.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImSetXIC</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImUnregister "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN272.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImUnregister</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImUnsetFocus "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN273.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImUnsetFocus</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImVaSetFocusValues "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN274.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImVaSetFocusValues</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmImVaSetValues "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN275.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmImVaSetValues</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmInstallImage "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN276.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmInstallImage</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmInternAtom "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN277.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmInternAtom</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmIsMotifWMRunning "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN278.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmIsMotifWMRunning</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmIsTraversable "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN279.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmIsTraversable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListAddItem "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN283.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListAddItem</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListAddItemUnselected "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN284.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListAddItemUnselected</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListAddItems "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN285.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListAddItems</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListAddItemsUnselected "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN286.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListAddItemsUnselected</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListDeleteAllItems "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN287.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListDeleteAllItems</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListDeleteItem "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN288.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListDeleteItem</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListDeleteItems "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN289.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListDeleteItems</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListDeleteItemsPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN290.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListDeleteItemsPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListDeletePos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN291.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListDeletePos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListDeletePositions "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN292.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListDeletePositions</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListDeselectAllItems "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN293.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListDeselectAllItems</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListDeselectItem "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN294.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListDeselectItem</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListDeselectPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN295.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListDeselectPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListGetKbdItemPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN296.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListGetKbdItemPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListGetMatchPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN297.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListGetMatchPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListGetSelectedPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN298.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListGetSelectedPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListItemExists "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN299.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListItemExists</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListItemPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN300.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListItemPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListPosSelected "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN301.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListPosSelected</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListPosToBounds "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN302.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListPosToBounds</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListReplaceItems "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN303.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListReplaceItems</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListReplaceItemsPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN304.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListReplaceItemsPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN305.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListReplaceItemsUnselected "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN306.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListReplaceItemsUnselected</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListReplacePositions "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN307.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListReplacePositions</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListSelectItem "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN308.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListSelectItem</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListSelectPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN309.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListSelectPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListSetAddMode "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN310.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListSetAddMode</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListSetBottomItem "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN311.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListSetBottomItem</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListSetBottomPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN312.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListSetBottomPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListSetHorizPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN313.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListSetHorizPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListSetItem "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN314.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListSetItem</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListSetKbdItemPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN315.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListSetKbdItemPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListSetPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN316.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListSetPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListUpdateSelectedList "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN317.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListUpdateSelectedList</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmListYToPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN318.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmListYToPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmMainWindowSep1 "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN320.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmMainWindowSep1</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmMainWindowSep2 "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN321.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmMainWindowSep2</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmMainWindowSep3 "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN322.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmMainWindowSep3</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmMainWindowSetAreas "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN323.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmMainWindowSetAreas</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmMapSegmentEncoding "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN325.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmMapSegmentEncoding</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmMenuPosition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN326.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmMenuPosition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmMessageBoxGetChild "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN329.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmMessageBoxGetChild</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmNotebookGetPageInfo "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN331.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmNotebookGetPageInfo</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmObjectAtPoint "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN332.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmObjectAtPoint</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmOptionButtonGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN333.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmOptionButtonGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmOptionLabelGadget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN334.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmOptionLabelGadget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmParseMappingCreate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN337.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmParseMappingCreate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmParseMappingFree "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN338.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmParseMappingFree</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmParseMappingGetValues "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN339.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmParseMappingGetValues</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmParseMappingSetValues "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN340.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmParseMappingSetValues</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmParseTableFree "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN342.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmParseTableFree</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmGetScaledPixmap "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMGETSCALEDPIXMAP><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmGetScaledPixmap</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmPrintPopupPDM "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMPRINTPOPUPPDM><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmPrintPopupPDM</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmPrintSetup "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMPRINTSETUP><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmPrintSetup</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmPrintShell "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMPRINTSHELL><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmPrintShell</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmPrintToFile "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMPRINTTOFILE><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmPrintToFile</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmProcessTraversal "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN344.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmProcessTraversal</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRedisplayWidget "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMREDISPLAYWIDGET><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRedisplayWidget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRegisterSegmentEncoding "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN347.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRegisterSegmentEncoding</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRemoveFromPostFromList "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN348.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRemoveFromPostFromList</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRemoveProtocolCallback "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN349.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRemoveProtocolCallback</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRemoveProtocols "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN350.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRemoveProtocols</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRemoveTabGroup "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN351.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRemoveTabGroup</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN352.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRemoveWMProtocols "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN353.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRemoveWMProtocols</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenderTableAddRenditions "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN355.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenderTableAddRenditions</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenderTableCopy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN356.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenderTableCopy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenderTableCvtFromProp "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN357.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenderTableCvtFromProp</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenderTableCvtToProp "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN358.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenderTableCvtToProp</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenderTableFree "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN359.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenderTableFree</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenderTableGetRendition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN360.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenderTableGetRendition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenderTableGetRenditions "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN361.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenderTableGetRenditions</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenderTableGetTags "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN362.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenderTableGetTags</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenderTableRemoveRenditions "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN363.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenderTableRemoveRenditions</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenditionCreate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN365.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenditionCreate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenditionFree "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN366.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenditionFree</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenditionRetrieve "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN367.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenditionRetrieve</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRenditionUpdate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN368.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRenditionUpdate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRepTypeAddReverse "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN369.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRepTypeAddReverse</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRepTypeGetId "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN370.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRepTypeGetId</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRepTypeGetNameList "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN371.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRepTypeGetNameList</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRepTypeGetRecord "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN372.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRepTypeGetRecord</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRepTypeGetRegistered "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN373.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRepTypeGetRegistered</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN374.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRepTypeRegister "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN375.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRepTypeRegister</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmRepTypeValidValue "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN376.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmRepTypeValidValue</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmResolveAllPartOffsets "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN377.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmResolveAllPartOffsets</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmResolvePartOffsets "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN378.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmResolvePartOffsets</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmScaleGetValue "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN381.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmScaleGetValue</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmScaleSetTicks "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN382.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmScaleSetTicks</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmScaleSetValue "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN383.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmScaleSetValue</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmScrollBarGetValues "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN386.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmScrollBarGetValues</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmScrollBarSetValues "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN387.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmScrollBarSetValues</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmScrollVisible "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN388.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmScrollVisible</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmScrolledWindowSetAreas "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN390.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmScrolledWindowSetAreas</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSelectionBoxGetChild "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN392.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSelectionBoxGetChild</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSetColorCalculation "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN395.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSetColorCalculation</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSetFontUnit "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN396.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSetFontUnit</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSetFontUnits "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN397.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSetFontUnits</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSetMenuCursor "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN398.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSetMenuCursor</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSetProtocolHooks "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN399.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSetProtocolHooks</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSetWMProtocolHooks "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN400.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSetWMProtocolHooks</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSpinBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN401.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSpinBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMSIMPLESPINBOXADDITEM><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMSIMPLESPINBOXDELETEPOS><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMSIMPLESPINBOXSETITEM><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSpinBoxValidatePosition "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMSPINBOXVALIDATEPOSITION><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBox "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMSIMPLESPINBOX><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmSimpleSpinBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringBaseline "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN403.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringBaseline</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringByteCompare "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN404.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringByteCompare</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringByteStreamLength "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN405.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringByteStreamLength</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringCompare "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN406.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringCompare</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringComponentCreate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN407.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringComponentCreate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringComponentType "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN408.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringComponentType</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringConcat "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN409.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringConcat</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringConcatAndFree "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN410.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringConcatAndFree</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringCopy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN411.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringCopy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringCreate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN412.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringCreate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringCreateLocalized "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN413.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringCreateLocalized</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringCreateLtoR "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN414.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringCreateLtoR</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringCreateSimple "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN415.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringCreateSimple</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringDirectionCreate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN417.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringDirectionCreate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringDirectionToDirection "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN418.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringDirectionToDirection</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringDraw "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN419.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringDraw</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringDrawImage "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN420.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringDrawImage</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringDrawUnderline "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN421.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringDrawUnderline</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringEmpty "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN422.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringEmpty</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringExtent "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN423.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringExtent</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringFree "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN424.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringFree</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringFreeContext "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN425.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringFreeContext</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringGenerate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN426.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringGenerate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringGetLtoR "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN427.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringGetLtoR</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringGetNextComponent "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN428.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringGetNextComponent</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringGetNextSegment "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN429.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringGetNextSegment</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringGetNextTriple "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN430.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringGetNextTriple</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringHasSubstring "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN431.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringHasSubstring</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringHeight "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN432.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringHeight</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringInitContext "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN433.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringInitContext</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringIsVoid "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN434.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringIsVoid</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringLength "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN435.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringLength</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringLineCount "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN436.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringLineCount</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringNConcat "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN437.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringNConcat</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringNCopy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN438.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringNCopy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringParseText "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN439.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringParseText</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringPeekNextComponent "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN440.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringPeekNextComponent</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringPeekNextTriple "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN441.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringPeekNextTriple</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringPutRendition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN442.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringPutRendition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringSegmentCreate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN443.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringSegmentCreate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringSeparatorCreate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN444.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringSeparatorCreate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringTableParseStringArray "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN446.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringTableParseStringArray</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringTableProposeTablist "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN447.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringTableProposeTablist</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringTableToXmString "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN448.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringTableToXmString</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringTableUnparse "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN449.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringTableUnparse</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringToXmStringTable "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN450.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringToXmStringTable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringUnparse "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN451.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringUnparse</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmStringWidth "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN452.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmStringWidth</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTabCreate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN454.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTabCreate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTabFree "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN455.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTabFree</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTabGetValues "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN456.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTabGetValues</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTabListCopy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN458.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTabListCopy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTabListFree "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN459.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTabListFree</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTabListGetTab "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN460.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTabListGetTab</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTabListInsertTabs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN461.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTabListInsertTabs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTabListRemoveTabs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN462.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTabListRemoveTabs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTabListReplacePositions "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN463.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTabListReplacePositions</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTabListTabCount "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN464.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTabListTabCount</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTabSetValue "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN465.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTabSetValue</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTargetsAreCompatible "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN466.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTargetsAreCompatible</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextClearSelection "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN468.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextClearSelection</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextCopy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN469.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextCopy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextCopyLink "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN470.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextCopyLink</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextCut "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN471.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextCut</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextDisableRedisplay "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN472.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextDisableRedisplay</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextEnableRedisplay "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN473.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextEnableRedisplay</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldClearSelection "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN475.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldClearSelection</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldCopy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN476.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldCopy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldCopyLink "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN477.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldCopyLink</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldCut "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN478.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldCut</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldGetBaseline "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN479.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldGetBaseline</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldGetEditable "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN480.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldGetEditable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN481.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldGetLastPosition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN482.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldGetLastPosition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldGetMaxLength "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN483.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldGetMaxLength</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSelection "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN484.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldGetSelection</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN485.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN486.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldGetString "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN487.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldGetString</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldGetStringWcs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN488.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldGetStringWcs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSubstring "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN489.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldGetSubstring</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN490.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldInsert "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN491.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldInsert</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldInsertWcs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN492.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldInsertWcs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldPaste "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN493.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldPaste</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldPasteLink "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN494.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldPasteLink</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldPosToXY "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN495.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldPosToXY</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldRemove "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN496.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldRemove</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldReplace "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN497.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldReplace</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldReplaceWcs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN498.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldReplaceWcs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldSetAddMode "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN499.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldSetAddMode</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldSetEditable "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN500.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldSetEditable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldSetHighlight "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN501.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldSetHighlight</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN502.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldSetMaxLength "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN503.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldSetMaxLength</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldSetSelection "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN504.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldSetSelection</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldSetString "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN505.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldSetString</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldSetStringWcs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN506.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldSetStringWcs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldShowPosition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN507.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldShowPosition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFieldXYToPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN508.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFieldXYToPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFindString "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN509.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFindString</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextFindStringWcs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN510.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextFindStringWcs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetBaseline "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN511.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetBaseline</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetCenterline "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMTEXTGETCENTERLINE><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetCenterline</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetEditable "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN512.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetEditable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetInsertionPosition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN513.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetInsertionPosition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetLastPosition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN514.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetLastPosition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetMaxLength "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN515.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetMaxLength</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetSelection "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN516.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetSelection</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetSelectionPosition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN517.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetSelectionPosition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetSelectionWcs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN518.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetSelectionWcs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetSource "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN519.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetSource</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetString "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN520.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetString</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetStringWcs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN521.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetStringWcs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetSubstring "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN522.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetSubstring</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetSubstringWcs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN523.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetSubstringWcs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextGetTopCharacter "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN524.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextGetTopCharacter</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextInsert "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN525.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextInsert</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextInsertWcs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN526.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextInsertWcs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextPaste "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN527.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextPaste</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextPasteLink "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN528.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextPasteLink</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextPosToXY "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN529.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextPosToXY</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextRemove "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN531.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextRemove</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextReplace "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN532.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextReplace</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextReplaceWcs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN533.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextReplaceWcs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextScroll "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN534.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextScroll</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextSetAddMode "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN535.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextSetAddMode</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextSetEditable "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN536.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextSetEditable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextSetHighlight "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN537.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextSetHighlight</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextSetInsertionPosition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN538.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextSetInsertionPosition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextSetMaxLength "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN539.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextSetMaxLength</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextSetSelection "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN540.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextSetSelection</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextSetSource "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN541.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextSetSource</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextSetString "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN542.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextSetString</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextSetStringWcs "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN543.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextSetStringWcs</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextSetTopCharacter "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN544.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextSetTopCharacter</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextShowPosition "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN545.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextShowPosition</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTextXYToPos "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN546.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTextXYToPos</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN549.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN550.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmToggleButtonGetState "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN551.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmToggleButtonGetState</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmToggleButtonSetState "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN552.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmToggleButtonSetState</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmToggleButtonSetValue "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN553.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmToggleButtonSetValue</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTrackingEvent "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN554.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTrackingEvent</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTrackingLocate "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN555.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTrackingLocate</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTransferDone "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN556.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTransferDone</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTransferSendRequest "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN557.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTransferSendRequest</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTransferSetParameters "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN558.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTransferSetParameters</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTransferStartRequest "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN559.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTransferStartRequest</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTransferValue "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN560.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTransferValue</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmTranslateKey "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN561.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmTranslateKey</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmUninstallImage "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN562.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmUninstallImage</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmUpdateDisplay "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN563.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmUpdateDisplay</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN564.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN565.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN566.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN567.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN568.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN569.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmWidgetGetBaselines "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN570.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmWidgetGetBaselines</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmWidgetGetDisplayRect "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN571.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmWidgetGetDisplayRect</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmCloseHierarchy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN7.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmCloseHierarchy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmFetchBitmapLiteral "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN8.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmFetchBitmapLiteral</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmFetchColorLiteral "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN9.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmFetchColorLiteral</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmFetchIconLiteral "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN10.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmFetchIconLiteral</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmFetchLiteral "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN11.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmFetchLiteral</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmFetchSetValues "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN12.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmFetchSetValues</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmFetchWidget "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN13.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmFetchWidget</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmFetchWidgetOverride "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN14.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmFetchWidgetOverride</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmInitialize "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN15.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmInitialize</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmOpenHierarchy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN16.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmOpenHierarchy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmOpenHierarchyFromBuffer "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN17.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmOpenHierarchyFromBuffer</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN18.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmRegisterClass "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN19.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmRegisterClass</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmRegisterNames "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN20.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmRegisterNames</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN21.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.Uil3 "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN28.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>Uil</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.UilDumpSymbolTable "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN29.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>UilDumpSymbolTable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.mwmrc "<link linkend=CDEMOT.MWMRC><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>mwmrc</filename>(4)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.Traits "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN572.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>Traits</filename>(5)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.UIL5 "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN573.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>UIL</filename>(5)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.WML "<link linkend=CDEMMA.MAN574.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>WML</filename>(5)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeAddFocusChangeCallback "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN0.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeAddFocusChangeCallback</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeClearBorder "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN1.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeClearBorder</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeClipboardSink "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN2.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeClipboardSink</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeClipboardSource "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN3.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeClipboardSource</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeGetDesktopColorCells "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMEGETDESKTOPCOLORCELLS><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeGetDesktopColorCells</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeGetColorObjData "<link linkend=CDEMOT.XMEGETCOLOROBJDATA><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeGetColorObjData</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeConfigureObject "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN4.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeConfigureObject</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeConvertMerge "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN5.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeConvertMerge</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeCreateClassDialog "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN6.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeCreateClassDialog</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeDragSource "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN7.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeDragSource</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeDrawArrow "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN8.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeDrawArrow</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeDrawCircle "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN9.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeDrawCircle</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeDrawDiamond "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN10.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeDrawDiamond</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeDrawHighlight "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN11.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeDrawHighlight</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeDrawIndicator "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN12.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeDrawIndicator</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeDrawPolygonShadow "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN13.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeDrawPolygonShadow</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeDrawSeparator "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN14.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeDrawSeparator</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeDrawShadows "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN15.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeDrawShadows</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeDropSink "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN16.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeDropSink</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeFocusIsInShell "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN17.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeFocusIsInShell</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeFromHorizontalPixels "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN18.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeFromHorizontalPixels</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeFromVerticalPixels "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN19.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeFromVerticalPixels</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeGetDefaultPixel "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN20.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeGetDefaultPixel</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeGetDefaultRenderTable "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN21.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeGetDefaultRenderTable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeGetDirection "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN22.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeGetDirection</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeGetEncodingAtom "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN23.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeGetEncodingAtom</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeGetHomeDirName "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN24.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeGetHomeDirName</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeGetLocalizedString "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN25.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeGetLocalizedString</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeGetNextCharacter "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN26.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeGetNextCharacter</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeGetNullCursor "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN27.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeGetNullCursor</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeGetPixmapData "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN28.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeGetPixmapData</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeGetTextualDragIcon "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN29.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeGetTextualDragIcon</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeMicroSleep "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN30.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeMicroSleep</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeNamedSink "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN31.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeNamedSink</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeNamedSource "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN32.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeNamedSource</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeNamesAreEqual "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN33.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeNamesAreEqual</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeNavigChangeManaged "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN34.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeNavigChangeManaged</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmePrimarySink "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN35.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmePrimarySink</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmePrimarySource "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN36.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmePrimarySource</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeQueryBestCursorSize "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN37.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeQueryBestCursorSize</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeRedisplayGadgets "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN38.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeRedisplayGadgets</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeRemoveFocusChangeCallback "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN39.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeRemoveFocusChangeCallback</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeRenderTableGetDefaultFont "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN40.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeRenderTableGetDefaultFont</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeReplyToQueryGeometry "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN41.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeReplyToQueryGeometry</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeResolvePartOffsets "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN42.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeResolvePartOffsets</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeSecondarySink "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN43.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeSecondarySink</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeSecondarySource "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN44.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeSecondarySource</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeSecondaryTransfer "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN45.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeSecondaryTransfer</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeSetWMShellTitle "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN46.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeSetWMShellTitle</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeStandardConvert "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN47.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeStandardConvert</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeStandardTargets "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN48.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeStandardTargets</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeToHorizontalPixels "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN49.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeToHorizontalPixels</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeToVerticalPixels "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN50.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeToVerticalPixels</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeTraitGet "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN51.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeTraitGet</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeTraitSet "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN52.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeTraitSet</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeTransferAddDoneProc "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN53.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeTransferAddDoneProc</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeVirtualToActualKeysyms "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN54.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeVirtualToActualKeysyms</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmeWarning "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN55.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmeWarning</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTaccessTextual "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN56.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTaccessTextual</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTactivatable "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN57.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTactivatable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTcareParentVisual "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN58.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTcareParentVisual</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTcontainer "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN59.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTcontainer</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTcontainerItem "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN60.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTcontainerItem</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTdialogShellSavvy "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN61.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTdialogShellSavvy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTjoinSide "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN62.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTjoinSide</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTmenuSavvy "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN63.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTmenuSavvy</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTmenuSystem "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN64.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTmenuSystem</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTnavigator "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN65.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTnavigator</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTscrollFrame "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN66.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTscrollFrame</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTspecifyRenderTable "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN67.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTspecifyRenderTable</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTtakesDefault "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN68.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTtakesDefault</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.XmQTtransfer "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN69.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>XmQTtransfer</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.ExmCommandButton "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN70.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>ExmCommandButton</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.ExmGrid "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN71.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>ExmGrid</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.ExmMenuButton "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN72.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>ExmMenuButton</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.ExmPanner "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN73.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>ExmPanner</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.ExmSimple "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN74.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>ExmSimple</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.ExmString "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN75.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>ExmString</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.ExmStringTransfer "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN76.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>ExmStringTransfer</filename>(3)</link>">
+<!entity cdeman.ExmTabButton "<link linkend=CDEMWG.MAN77.RSML.1><filename moreinfo=RefEntry>ExmTabButton</filename>(3)</link>">

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR1X/mwm.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR1X/mwm.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..345a036
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR1X/mwm.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,2349 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: mwm.sgm /main/13 1996/09/25 11:30:27 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.mwm">
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>mwm</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>user cmd</manvolnum>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv><refname><command>mwm</command></refname><refpurpose>The Motif
+Window Manager</refpurpose></refnamediv>
+<refsynopsisdiv>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+<command>mwm</command>
+<arg choice="opt"><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+<refsect1>
+<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>The <command>mwm</command> window manager provides
+functions that facilitate control (by the user and the programmer)
+of elements of window state such as placement, size, icon/normal display,
+and input-focus ownership.</para>
+<para>The stand-alone window manager is not an integral part
+of CDE and does not support communication with other components in the CDE
+environment, such as the Style Manager and the Session Manager.
+</para>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Options</title>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>&minus;display</emphasis>&ensp;<literal>display</literal></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This option specifies the display to use; see <command>X</command>(1).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>&minus;xrm</emphasis>&ensp;<literal>resourcestring</literal></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This option specifies a resource string to use.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>&minus;multiscreen</emphasis></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This option causes <command>mwm</command> to manage all screens on
+the display. Since <command>mwm</command> does this by default, this option
+is of limited use. See the <emphasis>multiScreen</emphasis> resource for information
+on managing a single screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>&minus;name</emphasis>&ensp;<literal>name</literal></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This option causes <command>mwm</command> to retrieve its resources
+using the specified name, as in <literal>name*resource</literal>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>&minus;screens</emphasis>&ensp;<literal>name&ensp;[name&ensp;[...]]</literal></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This option specifies the resource names to use for the screens managed
+by <command>mwm</command>. If <command>mwm</command> is managing a single
+screen, only the first name in the list is used. If <command>mwm</command>
+is managing multiple screens, the names are assigned to the screens in order,
+starting with screen 0. Screen 0 gets the first name, screen 1 the second
+name, and so on.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Appearance</title>
+<para>The following sections describe the basic default behaviors of windows,
+icons, the icon box, input focus, and window stacking. The appearance and
+behavior of the window manager can be altered by changing the configuration
+of specific resources. Resources are defined under the heading "X DEFAULTS."
+</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Screens</title>
+<para>By default, <command>mwm</command> manages only the single screen specified
+by the <emphasis>&minus;display</emphasis> option or the <systemitem class="EnvironVar">DISPLAY</systemitem> environment variable (by default, screen 0). If the <emphasis>&minus;multiscreen</emphasis> option is specified or if the <emphasis>multiScreen</emphasis> resource is True, <command>mwm</command> tries to manage all
+the screens on the display.</para>
+<para>When <command>mwm</command> is managing multiple screens, the <emphasis>&minus;screens</emphasis> option can be used to give each screen a unique
+resource name. The names are separated by blanks, for example, <emphasis>&minus;screens</emphasis> scr0 scr1. If there are more screens than names,
+resources for the remaining screens will be retrieved using the first name.
+By default, the screen number is used for the screen name.</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Windows</title>
+<para>Default <command>mwm</command> window frames have distinct components
+with associated functions:</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>Title&ensp;Area</emphasis></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>In addition to displaying the client's title, the title area is used
+to move the window. To move the window, place the pointer over the title area,
+press button 1 and drag the window to a new location. By default, a wire
+frame is moved during the drag to indicate the new location. When the button
+is released, the window is moved to the new location.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>Title&ensp;Bar</emphasis></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The title bar includes the title area, the minimize button, the maximize
+button, and the window menu button. In shaped windows, such as round windows,
+the title bar floats above the window.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>Minimize&ensp;Button</emphasis></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>To turn the window into an icon, click button 1 on the minimize button
+(the frame box with a <literal>small</literal> square in it).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>Maximize&ensp;Button</emphasis></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>To make the window fill the screen (or enlarge to the largest size allowed
+by the configuration files), click button 1 on the maximize button (the frame
+box with a <literal>large</literal> square in it).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>Window&ensp;Menu&ensp;Button</emphasis></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The window menu button is the frame box with a horizontal bar in it.
+To pull down the window menu, press button 1. While pressing, drag the pointer
+on the menu to your selection, then release the button when your selection
+is highlighted. Pressing button 3 in the title bar or resize border handles
+also posts the window menu. Alternately, you can click button 1 to pull down
+the menu and keep it posted; then position the pointer and select. You can
+also post the window menu by pressing &lt;Shift> &lt;Esc> or &lt;Alt> &lt;Space>.
+Double-clicking button 1 with the pointer on the window menu button closes
+the window.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<para>The following table lists the contents of the window menu.</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Default Window Menu</title>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="6.03in">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="163*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="96*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="238*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Selection</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Accelerator</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Description</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Restore</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Restores the window to its size before minimizing
+or maximizing.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Move</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Allows the window to be moved with keys or
+mouse.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Size</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Allows the window to be resized.</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Minimize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Turns the window into an icon.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Maximize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Makes the window fill the screen.</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Lower</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Moves window to bottom of window stack.</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Close</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Alt+F4</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Causes client to terminate.</entry></row>
+</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>Resize&ensp;Border&ensp;Handles</emphasis></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>To change the size of a window, move the pointer over a resize border
+handle (the cursor changes), press button 1, and drag the window to a new
+size. When the button is released, the window is resized. While dragging is
+being done, a rubber-band outline is displayed to indicate the new window
+size.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>Matte</emphasis></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>An optional matte decoration can be added between the client area and
+the window frame (see the <emphasis>matteWidth</emphasis> resource). A
+<symbol role="Variable">matte</symbol> is not actually part of the window frame.
+There is no functionality associated with a matte.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Icons</title>
+<para>Icons are small graphic representations of windows. A window can be
+minimized (iconified) using the minimize button on the window frame. Icons
+provide a way to reduce clutter on the screen.</para>
+<para>Pressing mouse button 1 when the pointer is over an icon causes the
+icon's window menu to pop up. Releasing the button (press + release without
+moving mouse = click) causes the menu to stay posted. The menu contains the
+following selections:</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Icon Window Menu</title>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="6.07in">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="83*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="104*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="313*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Selection</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Accelerator</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Description</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Restore</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Opens the associated window.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Move</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Allows the icon to be moved with keys.</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Size</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Inactive (not an option for icons).</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Minimize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Inactive (not an option for icons).</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Maximize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Opens the associated window and makes it
+fill the screen.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Lower</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Moves icon to bottom of icon stack.</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Close</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Alt+F4</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Removes client from <command>mwm</command>
+management.</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>Note that pressing button 3 over an icon also causes the icon's window
+menu to pop up. To make a menu selection, drag the pointer over the menu and
+release button 3 when the desired item is highlighted.</para>
+<para>Double-clicking button 1 on an icon invokes the <function>f.restore_and_raise</function> function and restores the icon's associated window to its previous
+state. For example, if a maximized window is iconified, double-clicking button
+1 restores it to its maximized state. Double-clicking button 1 on the icon
+box's icon opens the icon box and allows access to the contained icons. (In
+general, double-clicking a mouse button is a quick way to perform a function.)
+Pressing &lt;Shift> &lt;Esc> or &lt;Menu> (the pop-up menu key) causes the
+icon window menu of the currently selected icon to pop up.</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Icon Box</title>
+<para>When icons begin to clutter the screen, they can be packed into an icon
+box. (To use an icon box, <command>mwm</command> must be started with the
+icon box configuration already set.) The icon box is a <command>mwm</command>
+window that holds client icons. It includes one or more scroll bars when there
+are more window icons than the icon box can show at the same time.</para>
+<para>Icons in the icon box can be manipulated with the mouse. The following
+table summarizes the behavior of this interface. Button actions apply whenever
+the pointer is on any part of the icon. Note that double-clicking an icon
+in the icon box invokes the <function>f.restore_and_raise</function> function.
+</para>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="6.03in">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="76*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="95*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="326*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Action</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Description</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 1</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">click</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Selects the icon.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 1</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">double-click</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Normalizes (opens) the associated window.
+Raises an already open window to the top of the stack.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 1</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">drag</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Moves the icon.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 3</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">press</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Causes the menu for that icon to pop up.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 3</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">drag</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Highlights items as the pointer moves across
+the menu.</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>Pressing mouse button 3 when the pointer is over an icon causes the
+menu for that icon to pop up.</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Icon Menu for the Icon Box</title>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="6.03in">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="80*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="96*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="321*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Selection</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Accelerator</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Description</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Restore</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Opens the associated window (if not already
+open).</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Move</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Allows the icon to be moved with keys.</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Size</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Inactive.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Minimize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Inactive.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Maximize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Opens the associated window (if not already
+open) and maximizes its size.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Lower</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Inactive.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Close</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Alt+F4</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Removes client from <literal>mwm</literal>
+management.</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>To pull down the window menu for the icon box itself, press button 1
+with the pointer over the menu button for the icon box. The window menu of
+the icon box differs from the window menu of a client window: The "Close"
+selection is replaced with the "PackIcons Shift+Alt+F7" selection. When selected,
+PackIcons packs the icons in the box to achieve neat rows with no empty slots.
+</para>
+<para>You can also post the window menu by pressing &lt;Shift>, &lt;Esc> or
+&lt;Alt> &lt;Space>. Pressing &lt;Menu> (the pop-up menu key) causes the icon
+window menu of the currently selected icon to pop up.</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Input Focus</title>
+<para>The <command>mwm</command> window manager supports (by default) a keyboard
+input focus policy of explicit selection. This means when a window is selected
+to get keyboard input, it continues to get keyboard input until the window
+is withdrawn from window management, another window is explicitly selected
+to get keyboard input, or the window is iconified. Several resources control
+the input focus. The client window with the keyboard input focus has the active
+window appearance with a visually distinct window frame.</para>
+<para>The following tables summarize the keyboard input focus selection behavior:
+</para>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="4" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="73*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="70*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="112*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="201*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Action</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Object</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Function Description</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 1</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">press</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Window / window frame</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Keyboard focus selection.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 1</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">press</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Icon</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Keyboard focus selection.</entry></row></tbody>
+</tgroup></informaltable>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="6.03in">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="126*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="371*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Key Action</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Function Description</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">[Alt][Tab]</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Move input focus to next window in window
+stack (available only in explicit focus mode).</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">[Alt][Shift][Tab]</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Move input focus to previous window in window
+stack (available only in explicit focus mode).</entry></row></tbody></tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Window Stacking</title>
+<para>There are two types of window stacks: global window stacks and an application's
+local family window stack.</para>
+<para>The global stacking order of windows may be changed as a result of setting
+the keyboard input focus, iconifying a window, or performing a window manager
+window stacking function. When keyboard focus policy is explicit the default
+value of the <emphasis>focusAutoRaise</emphasis> resource is True. This causes
+a window to be raised to the top of the stack when it receives input focus,
+for example, by pressing button 1 on the title bar. The key actions defined
+in the previous table will thus raise the window receiving focus to the top
+of the stack.</para>
+<para>In pointer mode, the default value of <emphasis>focusAutoRaise</emphasis>
+is False, that is, the window stacking order is not changed when a window
+receives keyboard input focus. The following key actions can be used to cycle
+through the global window stack.</para>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="130*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="326*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Key Action</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Function Description</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">[Alt][ESC]</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Place top window on bottom of stack.</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">[Alt][Shift][ESC]</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Place bottom window on top of stack.</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>By default, a window's icon is placed on the bottom of the stack when
+the window is iconified; however, the default can be changed by the <emphasis>lowerOnIconify</emphasis> resource.</para>
+<para>Transient windows (secondary windows such a dialog boxes) stay above
+their parent windows by default; however, an application's local family stacking
+order may be changed to allow a transient window to be placed below its parent
+top-level window. The following arguments show the modification of the stacking
+order for the <function>f.lower</function> function.</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.lower</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Lowers the transient window within the family (staying above the parent)
+and lowers the family in the global window stack.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.lower</function>&ensp;[ <symbol role="Variable">within</symbol>]</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Lowers the transient window within the family (staying above the parent)
+but does not lower the family in the global window stack.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.lower</function>&ensp;[<emphasis>freeFamily</emphasis> ]</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Lowers the window free from its family stack (below the parent), but
+does not lower the family in the global window stack.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<para>The arguments <symbol role="Variable">within</symbol> and <emphasis>freeFamily</emphasis> can also be used with <function>f.raise</function>
+and <function>f.raise_lower</function>.</para>
+</refsect2>
+
+<refsect2>
+<title>Session Management</title>
+<para>
+The window manager is an X Session Management Protocol aware client. It responds to SaveYourself
+(and other associated messages) by saving the geometries of its clients to a state file. 
+<command>mwm</command> can then be restarted by the XSMP session manager.
+The default location for the state file is <filename>$HOME/.mwmclientdb</filename>.
+This location can be overriden with the resource <systemitem class="resource">
+sessionClientDB</systemitem>.</para>
+</refsect2>
+
+<refsect2>
+<title>X Resources</title>
+<para>The <command>mwm</command> command is configured from its resource
+database. This database is built from the following sources. They are listed
+in order of precedence, low to high:</para>
+<para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Mwm</Filename>
+</para>
+<para><Filename>$HOME/Mwm</Filename>
+</para>
+<para><Symbol>RESOURCE_MANAGER</Symbol> root window property or <Filename>$HOME/.Xdefaults</Filename>
+</para>
+<para><Symbol>XENVIRONMENT</Symbol> variable or <Filename>$HOME/.Xdefaults-host</Filename>
+</para>
+<para><literal>mwm</literal> command line options
+</para>
+<para>The file names <Filename>/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Mwm</Filename> and <Filename>$HOME/Mwm</Filename> represent customary locations for these files. The actual
+location of the system-wide class resource file may depend on the <systemitem class="EnvironVar">XFILESEARCHPATH</systemitem> environment variable and the
+current language environment. The actual location of the user-specific class
+resource file may depend on the <systemitem class="EnvironVar">XUSERFILESEARCHPATH</systemitem> and <systemitem class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</systemitem>
+environment variables and the current language environment.</para>
+<para>Entries in the resource database may refer to other resource files for
+specific types of resources. These include files that contain bitmaps, fonts,
+and <command>mwm</command> specific resources such as menus and behavior
+specifications (for example, button and key bindings).</para>
+<para><emphasis>Mwm</emphasis> is the resource class name of <command>mwm</command> and <command>mwm</command> is the default resource name used by <command>mwm</command> to look up resources. the <emphasis>&minus;screens</emphasis>
+command line option specifies resource names, such as "mwm_b+w" and "mwm_color".)
+In the following discussion of resource specification, "Mwm" and "mwm" (and
+the aliased <command>mwm</command> resource names) can be used interchangeably,
+but "mwm" takes precedence over "Mwm".</para>
+<para>The <command>mwm</command> command uses the following types of resources:
+</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>Component Appearance Resources:</literal></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>These resources specify appearance attributes of window manager user
+interface components. They can be applied to the appearance of window manager
+menus, feedback windows (for example, the window reconfiguration feedback
+window), client window frames, and icons.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>General Appearance and Behavior Resources:</literal></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>These resources specify <command>mwm</command> appearance and behavior
+(for example, window management policies). They are not set separately for
+different <command>mwm</command> user interface components. They apply to
+all screens and workspaces.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>Screen Specific Appearance and Behavior Resources:</literal></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>These resources specify the appearance and behavior of <command>mwm</command> elements that are settable on a per-screen basis.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>Client Specific Resources:</literal></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>These <command>mwm</command> resources can be set for a particular
+client window or class of client windows. They specify client-specific icon
+and client window frame appearance and behavior.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<para>Resource identifiers can be either a resource name (for example, foreground)
+or a resource class (for example, Foreground). If the value of a resource
+is a filename and if the filename is prefixed by "~/", then it is relative
+to the path contained in the <systemitem class="EnvironVar">HOME</systemitem>
+environment variable (generally the user's home directory).</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Component Appearance Resources</title>
+<para>The syntax for specifying component appearance resources that apply
+to window manager icons, menus, and client window frames is <emphasis>Mwm*</emphasis> <literal>resource_id</literal></para>
+<para>For example, <emphasis>Mwm*foreground</emphasis> is used to specify
+the foreground color for <command>mwm</command> menus, icons, client window
+frames, and feedback dialogs.</para>
+<para>The syntax for specifying component appearance resources that apply
+to a particular <command>mwm</command> component is <emphasis>Mwm*</emphasis>[<symbol role="Variable">menu</symbol>|<symbol role="Variable">icon</symbol>|<symbol role="Variable">client</symbol>|<symbol role="Variable">feedback</symbol>] <emphasis>*</emphasis><literal>resource_id</literal></para>
+<para>If <literal>menu</literal> is specified, the resource is applied only
+to <command>mwm</command> menus; if <literal>icon</literal> is specified,
+the resource is applied to icons; and if <literal>client</literal> is specified,
+the resource is applied to client window frames. For example, <emphasis>Mwm*icon*foreground</emphasis> is used to specify the foreground color for <command>mwm</command>
+icons, <emphasis>Mwm*menu*foreground</emphasis> specifies the foreground
+color for <command>mwm</command> menus, and <emphasis>Mwm*client*foreground</emphasis> is used to specify the foreground color for <command>mwm</command>
+client window frames.</para>
+<para>The appearance of the title area of a client window frame (including
+window management buttons) can be separately configured. The syntax for configuring
+the title area of a client window frame is <emphasis>Mwm*client*title*</emphasis> <literal>resource_id</literal></para>
+<para>For example, <emphasis>Mwm*client*title*foreground</emphasis> specifies
+the foreground color for the title area. Defaults for title area resources
+are based on the values of the corresponding client window frame resources.
+</para>
+<para>The appearance of menus can be configured based on the name of the menu.
+The syntax for specifying menu appearance by name is <emphasis>Mwm*menu*</emphasis> <literal>menu_name</literal><emphasis>*</emphasis><literal>resource_id</literal></para>
+<para>For example, <emphasis>Mwm*menu*my_menu*foreground</emphasis> specifies
+the foreground color for the menu named <emphasis>my_menu</emphasis>. The
+user can also specify resources for window manager menu components, that is,
+the gadgets that comprise the menu. These may include for example, a menu
+title, title separator, one or more buttons, and separators. If a menu contains
+more than one instance of a class, such as multiple PushButtonGadgets, the
+name of the first instance is "PushButtonGadget1", the second is "PushButtonGadget2",
+and so on. The following list identifies the naming convention used for window
+manager menu components:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para>Menu Title LabelGadget &minus; "TitleName"</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>Menu Title SeparatorGadget &minus; "TitleSeparator"</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>CascadeButtonGadget &minus; "CascadeButtonGadget&lt;n>"</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>PushButtonGadget &minus; "PushButtonGadget&lt;n>"</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>SeparatorGadget &minus; "SeparatorGadget&lt;n>"</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>Refer to the man page for each class for a list of resources that can
+be specified.</para>
+<para>The following component appearance resources that apply to all window
+manager parts can be specified:</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Component Appearance Resources &minus; All Window Manager Parts</title>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="4" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="5.78in">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="156*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="136*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="102*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="82*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Name</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Class</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Value Type</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Default</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">background</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Background</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">backgroundPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">BackgroundPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string&dagger;&dagger;</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">bottomShadowColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Foreground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">bottomShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Foreground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string&dagger;&dagger;</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">fontList</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">FontList</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string&dagger;&dagger;&dagger;</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">"fixed"</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">foreground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Foreground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">saveUnder</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">SaveUnder</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">F</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">topShadowColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Background</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">topShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">TopShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string&dagger;&dagger;</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row></tbody></tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+<para>&dagger;The default is chosen based on the visual type of the screen.
+&dagger;&dagger;Image name. See &cdeman.XmInstallImage;. &dagger;&dagger;&dagger;X11
+X Logical Font Description</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">background</symbol>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Background</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the background color. Any legal X color may
+be specified. The default value is chosen based on the visual type of the
+screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>backgroundPixmap</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>BackgroundPixmap</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the background Pixmap of the <command>mwm</command>
+decoration when the window is inactive (does not have the keyboard focus).
+The default value is chosen based on the visual type of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>bottomShadowColor</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Foreground</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the bottom shadow color. This color is used
+for the lower and right bevels of the window manager decoration. Any legal
+X color may be specified. The default value is chosen based on the visual
+type of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>bottomShadowPixmap</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>BottomShadowPixmap</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the bottom shadow Pixmap. This Pixmap is used
+for the lower and right bevels of the window manager decoration. The default
+is chosen based on the visual type of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>fontList</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>FontList</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the font used in the window manager decoration.
+The character encoding of the font should match the character encoding of
+the strings that are used. The default is "fixed."</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">foreground</symbol>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Foreground</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the foreground color. The default is chosen
+based on the visual type of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>saveUnder</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>SaveUnder</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This is used to indicate whether "save unders" are used for <command>mwm</command> components. For this to have any effect, save unders must be
+implemented by the X server. If save unders are implemented, the X server
+saves the contents of windows obscured by windows that have the save under
+attribute set. If the <emphasis>saveUnder</emphasis> resource is True, <command>mwm</command> will set the save under attribute on the window manager frame
+of any client that has it set. If <emphasis>saveUnder</emphasis> is False,
+save unders will not be used on any window manager frames. The default value
+is False.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>topShadowColor</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Background</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the top shadow color. This color is used for
+the upper and left bevels of the window manager decoration. The default is
+chosen based on the visual type of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><action>topShadowPixmap&ensp;(</action>&ensp;class&ensp; <emphasis>TopShadowPixmap)</emphasis></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the top shadow Pixmap. This Pixmap is used for
+the upper and left bevels of the window manager decoration. The default is
+chosen based on the visual type of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<para>The following component appearance resources that apply to frame and
+icons can be specified:</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Frame and Icon Components</title>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="4" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="6.05in">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="188*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="150*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="90*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="71*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Name</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Class</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Value Type</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Default</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">activeBackground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Background</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">activeBackgroundPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">BackgroundPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string&dagger;&dagger;</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">activeBottomShadowColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Foreground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">activeBottomShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">BottomShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string&dagger;&dagger;</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">activeForeground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Foreground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">activeTopShadowColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Background</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">activeTopShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">TopShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string&dagger;&dagger;</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies&dagger;</entry></row></tbody></tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+<para>&dagger;The default is chosen based on the visual type of the screen.
+&dagger;&dagger;See &cdeman.XmInstallImage;.</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>activeBackground</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Background</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the background color of the <command>mwm</command>
+decoration when the window is active (has the keyboard focus). The default
+is chosen based on the visual type of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>activeBackgroundPixmap</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>ActiveBackgroundPixmap</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the background Pixmap of the <command>mwm</command>
+decoration when the window is active (has the keyboard focus). The default
+is chosen based on the visual type of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>activeBottomShadowColor</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Foreground</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the bottom shadow color of the <command>mwm</command> decoration when the window is active (has the keyboard focus).
+The default is chosen based on the visual type of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>activeBottomShadowPixmap</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>BottomShadowPixmap</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the bottom shadow Pixmap of the <command>mwm</command> decoration when the window is active (has the keyboard focus).
+The default is chosen based on the visual type of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>activeForeground</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Foreground</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the foreground color of the <command>mwm</command>
+decoration when the window is active (has the keyboard focus). The default
+is chosen based on the visual type of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>activeTopShadowColor</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Background</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the top shadow color of the <command>mwm</command>
+decoration when the window is active (has the keyboard focus). The default
+is chosen based on the visual type of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>activeTopShadowPixmap</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>TopShadowPixmap</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the top shadow Pixmap of the <command>mwm</command>
+decoration when the window is active (has the keyboard focus). The default
+is chosen based on the visual type of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>General Appearance and Behavior Resources</title>
+<para>The syntax for specifying general appearance and behavior resources
+is <emphasis>Mwm*</emphasis><literal>resource_id</literal></para>
+<para>For example, <emphasis>Mwm*keyboardFocusPolicy</emphasis> specifies
+the window manager policy for setting the keyboard focus to a particular client
+window.</para>
+<para>The following general appearance and behavior resources can be specified:
+</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>General Appearance and Behavior Resources</title>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="4" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="6.20in">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="142*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="148*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="98*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="123*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Name</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Class</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Value Type</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Default</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">autoKeyFocus</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">AutoKeyFocus</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">autoRaiseDelay</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">AutoRaiseDelay</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">millisec</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">500</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">bitmap-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Bitmap-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">directory</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">/usr/include-</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Directory</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Directory</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">/X11/bitmaps</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">clientAutoPlace</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ClientAutoPlace</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">colormapFocus-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ColormapFocus-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">keyboard</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Policy</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Policy</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">configFile</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ConfigFile</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">file</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">$HOME/mwmrc</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">deiconifyKeyFocus</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">DeiconifyKeyFocus</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">doubleClick-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">DoubleClick-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">millisec.</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">multi-click</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Time</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Time</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">time&dagger;</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">enableWarp</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">enableWarp</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">enforceKeyFocus</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">EnforceKeyFocus</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">frameStyle</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">FrameStyle</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">recessed</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconAutoPlace</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">IconAutoPlace</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconClick</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">IconClick</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">interactivePlacement</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">InteractivePlacement</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">keyboardFocus-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">KeyboardFocus-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">explicit</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Policy</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Policy</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">lowerOnIconify</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">LowerOnIconify</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">moveThreshold</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">MoveThreshold</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">pixels</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">4</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">multiScreen</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">MultiScreen</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">passButtons</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">PassButtons</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">F</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">passSelectButton</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">PassSelectButton</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">positionIsFrame</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">PositionIsFrame</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">positionOnScreen</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">PositionOnScreen</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">quitTimeout</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">QuitTimeout</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">millisec.</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">1000</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">raiseKeyFocus</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">RaiseKeyFocus</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">F</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">refreshByClearing</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">RefreshByClearing</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">rootButtonClick</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">RootButtonClick</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">F</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">screens</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Screens</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">sessionClientDB</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">SessionClientDB</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><filename>$HOME/.mwmclientdb</filename></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">showFeedback</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ShowFeedback</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">all</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">startupKeyFocus</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">StartupKeyFocus</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">wMenuButtonClick</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">WMenuButtonClick</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">wMenuButtonClick2</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">WMenuButtonClick2</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>&dagger;The resource doubleClickTime is included for backward compatibility.
+Use of the Xt resource multiClickTime is preferred.</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>autoKeyFocus</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>AutoKeyFocus</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource is available only when the keyboard input focus policy
+is explicit. If <emphasis>autoKeyFocus</emphasis> is given a value of True,
+then when a window with the keyboard input focus is withdrawn from window
+management or is iconified, the focus is set to the previous window that had
+the focus. If the value given is False, there is no automatic setting of the
+keyboard input focus. It is recommended that both <emphasis>autoKeyFocus</emphasis> and <emphasis>startupKeyFocus</emphasis> be True to work with
+tear off menus. The default value is True.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>autoRaiseDelay</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>AutoRaiseDelay</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource is available only when the <emphasis>focusAutoRaise</emphasis>
+resource is True and the keyboard focus policy is pointer. The <emphasis>autoRaiseDelay</emphasis> resource specifies the amount of time (in milliseconds)
+that <command>mwm</command> will wait before raising a window after it gets
+the keyboard focus. The default value of this resource is 500 (ms).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>bitmapDirectory</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>BitmapDirectory</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource identifies a directory to be searched for bitmaps referenced
+by <command>mwm</command> resources. This directory is searched if a bitmap
+is specified without an absolute pathname. The default value for this resource
+is BR /usr/include/X11/bitmaps. The directory <filename>/usr/include/X11/bitmaps</filename>
+represents the customary locations for this directory. The actual
+location of this directory may vary on some systems. If the bitmap is not
+found in the specified directory, <systemitem class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</systemitem> is searched.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>clientAutoPlace</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>ClientAutoPlace</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource determines the position of a window when the window has
+not been given a program- or user-specified position. With a value of True,
+windows are positioned with the top left corners of the frames offset horizontally
+and vertically. A value of False causes the currently configured position
+of the window to be used. In either case, <command>mwm</command> will attempt
+to place the windows totally on-screen. The default value is True.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>colormapFocusPolicy</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>ColormapFocusPolicy</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource indicates the colormap focus policy that is to be used.
+If the resource value is explicit, a colormap selection action is done on
+a client window to set the colormap focus to that window. If the value is
+pointer, the client window containing the pointer has the colormap focus.
+If the value is keyboard, the client window that has the keyboard input focus
+has the colormap focus. The default value for this resource is keyboard.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">configFile</symbol>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>ConfigFile</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The resource value is the pathname for a <command>mwm</command> resource
+description file. If the pathname begins with "~/", <command>mwm</command>
+considers it to be relative to the user's home directory (as specified by
+the <systemitem class="EnvironVar">HOME</systemitem> environment variable).
+If the <systemitem class="EnvironVar">LANG</systemitem> environment variable
+is set, <command>mwm</command> looks for <emphasis>$HOME/$LANG</emphasis>/ <literal>configFile</literal>. If that file does not exist or if <systemitem class="EnvironVar">LANG</systemitem> is not set, <command>mwm</command> looks for
+<filename>$HOME</filename>/<literal>configFile</literal>. If the <symbol role="Variable">configFile</symbol> pathname does not begin with "~/" or "/", <command>mwm</command> considers it to be relative to the current working directory. If
+the <symbol role="Variable">configFile</symbol> resource is not specified
+or if that file does not exist, <command>mwm</command> uses several default
+paths to find a configuration file. The order of the search is shown below: <filename>$HOME/.dt/$LANG/mwmrc</filename> <filename>$HOME/.dt/mwmrc</filename> <filename>/etc/dt/config/$LANG/sys.mwmrc</filename>&dagger;
+<filename>/etc/dt/config/sys.mwmrc</filename>&dagger; <filename>/usr/dt/config/$LANG/sys.mwmrc</filename>&dagger;
+<filename>/usr/dt/config/sys.mwmrc</filename>&dagger; Paths marked with '&dagger;' are
+implementation dependent.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>deiconifyKeyFocus</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>DeiconifyKeyFocus</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource applies only when the keyboard input focus policy is explicit.
+If a value of True is used, a window receives the keyboard input focus when
+it is normalized (deiconified). True is the default value.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>doubleClickTime</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>DoubleClickTime</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource is used to set the maximum time (in ms) between the clicks
+(button presses) that make up a double-click. The use of this resource is
+deprecated. Use the Xt resource <emphasis>multiClickTime</emphasis> instead.
+The value of <emphasis>doubleClickTime</emphasis> dynamically defaults to
+the value of <emphasis>multiClickTime</emphasis>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>enableWarp</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>EnableWarp</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The default value of this resource, True, causes <command>mwm</command>
+to warp the pointer to the center of the selected window during keyboard-controlled
+resize and move operations. Setting the value to False causes <command>mwm</command> to leave the pointer at its original place on the screen, unless
+the user explicitly moves it with the cursor keys or pointing device.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>enforceKeyFocus</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>EnforceKeyFocus</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>If this resource is given a value of True, the keyboard input focus
+is always explicitly set to selected windows even if there is an indication
+that they are "globally active" input windows. (An example of a globally active
+window is a scroll bar that can be operated without setting the focus to that
+client.) If the resource is False, the keyboard input focus is not explicitly
+set to globally active windows. The default value is True.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>frameStyle</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>frameStyle</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>If this resource is given a value of "slab", the the window manager
+frame is drawn such that the client area appears to be at the same height
+as the top of the window frame. If the resource is set to "recessed", the
+window frame is drawn such that the client area appears lower than the top
+of the window frame. The default value is "recessed".</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconAutoPlace</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>IconAutoPlace</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource indicates whether the window manager arranges icons in
+a particular area of the screen or places each icon where the window was when
+it was iconified. The value True indicates that icons are arranged in a particular
+area of the screen, determined by the <emphasis>iconPlacement</emphasis> resource.
+The value False indicates that an icon is placed at the location of the window
+when it is iconified. The default is True.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconClick</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>IconClick</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>When this resource is given the value of True, the system menu is posted
+and left posted when an icon is clicked. The default value is True.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>interactivePlacement</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>InteractivePlacement</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource controls the initial placement of new windows on the screen.
+If the value is True, the pointer shape changes before a new window is placed
+on the screen to indicate to the user that a position should be selected for
+the upper-left hand corner of the window. If the value is False, windows are
+placed according to the initial window configuration attributes. The default
+value of this resource is False.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>keyboardFocusPolicy</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>KeyboardFocusPolicy</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>If set to pointer, the keyboard focus policy is to have the keyboard
+focus set to the client window that contains the pointer (the pointer could
+also be in the client window decoration that <command>mwm</command> adds).
+If set to explicit, the policy is to have the keyboard focus set to a client
+window when the user presses button 1 with the pointer on the client window
+or any part of the associated <command>mwm</command> decoration. The default
+value for this resource is explicit.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>lowerOnIconify</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>LowerOnIconify</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>If this resource is given the default value of True, a window's icon
+appears on the bottom of the window stack when the window is minimized (iconified).
+A value of False places the icon in the stacking order at the same place as
+its associated window. The default value of this resource is True.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>moveThreshold</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>MoveThreshold</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource is used to control the sensitivity of dragging operations
+that move windows and icons. The value of this resource is the number of pixels
+that the locator is moved with a button down before the move operation is
+initiated. This is used to prevent window/icon movement when you click or
+double-click and there is unintentional pointer movement with the button down.
+The default value of this resource is 4 (pixels).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>multiScreen</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>MultiScreen</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource, if True, causes <command>mwm</command> to manage all
+the screens on the display. If False, <command>mwm</command> manages only
+a single screen. The default value is True.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>passButtons</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>PassButtons</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource indicates whether or not button press events are passed
+to clients after they are used to do a window manager function in the client
+context. If the resource value is False, the button press is not passed to
+the client. If the value is True, the button press is passed to the client
+window. The window manager function is done in either case. The default value
+for this resource is False.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>passSelectButton</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>PassSelectButton</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource indicates whether or not to pass the select button press
+events to clients after they are used to do a window manager function in the
+client context. If the resource value is False, then the button press will
+not be passed to the client. If the value is True, the button press is passed
+to the client window. The window manager function is done in either case.
+The default value for this resource is True.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>positionIsFrame</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>PositionIsFrame</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource indicates how client window position information (from
+the <emphasis>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</emphasis> property and from configuration requests)
+is to be interpreted. If the resource value is True, the information is interpreted
+as the position of the <command>mwm</command> client window frame. If the
+value is False, it is interpreted as being the position of the client area
+of the window. The default value of this resource is True.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>positionOnScreen</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>PositionOnScreen</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource is used to indicate that windows should initially be placed
+(if possible) so that they are not clipped by the edge of the screen (if the
+resource value is True). If a window is larger than the size of the screen,
+at least the upper-left corner of the window is on-screen. If the resource
+value is False, windows are placed in the requested position even if totally
+off-screen. The default value of this resource is True.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>quitTimeout</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>QuitTimeout</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the amount of time (in milliseconds) that <command>mwm</command> will wait for a client to update the <emphasis>WM_COMMAND</emphasis>
+property after <command>mwm</command> has sent the <property>WM_SAVE_YOURSELF</property> message. The default value of this resource is 1000 (ms). (Refer
+to the <function>f.kill</function> function description for additional information.)
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>raiseKeyFocus</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>RaiseKeyFocus</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource is available only when the keyboard input focus policy
+is explicit. When set to True, this resource specifies that a window raised
+by means of the <function>f.normalize_and_raise</function> function also receives
+the input focus. The default value of this resource is False.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>refreshByClearing</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>RefreshByClearing</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource determines the mechanism used to refresh a window (or
+the screen) when the <function>f.refresh_win</function> (<function>f.refresh</function>) function is executed. When set to True, an XClearArea is performed
+over the window for <function>f.refresh_win</function>. When set to False,
+a covering window is created and destroyed over the top of the window to be
+refreshed. If the function is <function>f.refresh</function> and this resource
+is set to True, then an XClearArea is performed over every window on the screen.
+If the resource is set to False, then one large window covering the entire
+screen is created and destroyed. The default value of this resource is True.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>rootButtonClick</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>RootButtonClick</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The <emphasis>rootButtonClick</emphasis> resource controls whether the
+a click on the root window will post the root menu in a "sticky" mode. If
+this resource is set to True, a button click on the root window will post
+the menu bound to the button down event for that button in a "sticky" fashion.
+If this resource is set to False, then the same button click would only cause
+the menu to flash as it would be unposted once the button up event is seen.
+The criterion used to determine if it is a button click is if the pointer
+doesn't move between the button down and button up events. The default value
+for this resource is True.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>screens</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Screens</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the resource names to use for the screens managed
+by <command>mwm</command>. If <command>mwm</command> is managing a single
+screen, only the first name in the list is used. If <command>mwm</command>
+is managing multiple screens, the names are assigned to the screens in order,
+starting with screen 0. Screen 0 gets the first name, screen 1 the second
+name, and so on. The default screen names are 0, 1, and so on.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>sessionClientDB</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>SessionClientDB</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource identifies a file name to use as a root when saving state
+at the request of an XSMP session manager. When the session is saved, the window manager will then reuse
+the file name by automatically incrementing a suffix.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>showFeedback</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>ShowFeedback</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource controls whether or not feedback windows or confirmation
+dialogs are displayed. A feedback window shows a client window's initial
+placement and shows position and size during move and resize operations.
+Confirmation dialogs can be displayed for certain operations. The value for
+this resource is a list of names of the feedback options to be enabled or
+disabled; the names must be separated by a space. If an option is preceded
+by a minus sign, that option is excluded from the list. The <literal>sign</literal> of the first item in the list determines the initial set of options.
+If the sign of the first option is minus, <command>mwm</command> assumes
+all options are present and starts subtracting from that set. If the sign
+of the first decoration is plus (or not specified), <command>mwm</command>
+starts with no options and builds up a list from the resource.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<para>The names of the feedback options are shown below:</para>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="91*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="365*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Name</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Description</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">all</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Show all feedback (Default value).</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">behavior</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Confirm behavior switch.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">kill</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Confirm on receipt of KILL signal.</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">move</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Show position during move.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">none</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Show no feedback.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">placement</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Show position and size during initial placement.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">quit</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Confirm quitting <command>mwm</command>.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">resize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Show size during resize.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">restart</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Confirm <literal>mwm restart</literal>.</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>The following command line illustrates the syntax for showFeedback:
+</para>
+<informalexample remap="indent">
+<programlisting><emphasis>Mwm*showFeedback: placement resize behavior restart</emphasis></programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+<para>This resource specification provides feedback for initial client placement
+and resize, and enables the dialog boxes to confirm the restart and set behavior
+functions. It disables feedback for the move function. The default value for
+this resource is all.</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>startupKeyFocus</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>StartupKeyFocus</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource is available only when the keyboard input focus policy
+is explicit. When given the default value of True, a window gets the keyboard
+input focus when the window is mapped (that is, initially managed by the window
+manager). It is recommended that both <emphasis>autoKeyFocus</emphasis> and <emphasis>startupKeyFocus</emphasis> be True to work with tear off menus. The default
+value is True.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>wMenuButtonClick</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>WMenuButtonClick</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource indicates whether a click of the mouse when the pointer
+is over the window menu button posts and leaves posted the window menu. If
+the value given this resource is True, the menu remains posted. True is the
+default value for this resource.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>wMenuButtonClick2</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>WMenuButtonClick2</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>When this resource is given the default value of True, a double-click
+action on the window menu button does an <emphasis>f.kill function</emphasis>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Screen Specific Appearance and Behavior Resources</title>
+<para>The syntax for specifying screen specific resources is <emphasis>Mwm*</emphasis> <literal>screen_name</literal><emphasis>*</emphasis><literal>resource_id</literal> For example, <emphasis>Mwm*1*keyBindings</emphasis> specifies
+the key bindings to use for screen "1".</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Screen Specific Resources</title>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="4" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="6.19in">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="164*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="166*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="86*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="94*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Name</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Class</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Value Type</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Default</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">buttonBindings</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ButtonBindings</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">DefaultButtonBindings</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">cleanText</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CleanText</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">fadeNormalIcon</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">FadeNormalIcon</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">F</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">feedbackGeometry</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">FeedbackGeometry</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">center on screen</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">frameBorderWidth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">FrameBorderWidth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">pixels</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconBoxGeometry</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">IconBoxGeometry</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">6x1+0-0</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconBoxName</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">IconBoxName</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconbox</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconBoxSBDisplayPolicy</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">IconBoxSBDisplayPolicy</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">all</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconBoxTitle</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">IconBoxTitle</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmString</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Icons</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconDecoration</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">IconDecoration</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconImageMaximum</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">IconImageMaximum</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">wxh</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">48x48</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconImageMinimum</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">IconImageMinimum</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">wxh</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">16x16</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconPlacement</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">IconPlacement</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">left bottom</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconPlacementMargin</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">IconPlacementMargin</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">pixels</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">keyBindings</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">KeyBindings</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">DefaultKeyBindings</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">limitResize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">LimitResize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">maximumMaximumSize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">MaximumMaximumSize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">wxh (pixels)</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">2X screen w&amp;h</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">moveOpaque</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">MoveOpaque</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">F</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">resizeBorderWidth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ResizeBorderWidth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">pixels</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">resizeCursors</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ResizeCursors</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">transientDecoration</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">TransientDecoration</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">menu title</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">transientFunctions</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">TransientFunctions</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">&minus;minimize&minus;maximize</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">useIconBox</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">UseIconBox</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">F</entry></row>
+</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>buttonBindings</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>ButtonBindings</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource identifies the set of button bindings for window management
+functions. The named set of button bindings is specified in the <command>mwm</command> resource description file. These button bindings are <literal>merged</literal> with the built-in default bindings. The default value for
+this resource is "DefaultButtonBindings".</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>cleanText</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>CleanText</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource controls the display of window manager text in the client
+title and feedback windows. If the default value of True is used, the text
+is drawn with a clear (no stipple) background. This makes text easier to read
+on monochrome systems where a backgroundPixmap is specified. Only the stippling
+in the area immediately around the text is cleared. If False, the text is
+drawn directly on top of the existing background.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>fadeNormalIcon</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>FadeNormalIcon</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>If this resource is given a value of True, an icon is grayed out whenever
+it has been normalized (its window has been opened). The default value is
+False.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>feedbackGeometry</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>FeedbackGeometry</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource sets the position of the move and resize feedback window.
+If this resource is not specified, the default is to place the feedback window
+at the center of the screen. The value of the resource is a standard window
+geometry string with the following syntax: [<emphasis>=</emphasis>]{ <emphasis>+-</emphasis>}<literal>xoffset</literal>{<emphasis>+-</emphasis>} <literal>yoffset</literal>]</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>frameBorderWidth</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>FrameBorderWidth</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the width (in pixels) of a client window frame
+border without resize handles. The border width includes the 3-D shadows.
+The default value is based on the size and resolution of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconBoxGeometry</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>IconBoxGeometry</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource indicates the initial position and size of the icon box.
+The value of the resource is a standard window geometry string with the following
+syntax: [<emphasis>=</emphasis>][<literal>width</literal> <symbol role="Variable">x</symbol><literal>height</literal>][{<emphasis>+-</emphasis>}<literal>xoffset</literal> {<emphasis>+-</emphasis>}<literal>yoffset</literal>] If the offsets
+are not provided, the iconPlacement policy is used to determine the initial
+placement. The units for width and height are columns and rows. The actual
+screen size of the icon box window depends on the iconImageMaximum (size)
+and <emphasis>iconDecoration</emphasis> resources. The default value for size
+is (6 * iconWidth + padding) wide by (1 * iconHeight + padding) high. The
+default value of the location is +0 -0.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconBoxName</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>IconBoxName</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the name that is used to look up icon box resources.
+The default name is iconbox.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconBoxSBDisplayPolicy</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>IconBoxSBDisplayPolicy</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the scroll bar display policy of the window
+manager in the icon box. The resource has three possible values: all, vertical,
+and horizontal. The default value, "all", causes both vertical and horizontal
+scroll bars always to appear. The value "vertical" causes a single vertical
+scroll bar to appear in the icon box and sets the orientation of the icon
+box to horizontal (regardless of the iconBoxGeometry specification). The value
+"horizontal" causes a single horizontal scroll bar to appear in the icon box
+and sets the orientation of the icon box to vertical (regardless of the iconBoxGeometry
+specification).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconBoxTitle</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>IconBoxTitle</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the name that is used in the title area of the
+icon box frame. The default value is Icons.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconDecoration</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>IconDecoration</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the general icon decoration. The resource value
+is label (only the label part is displayed) or image (only the image part
+is displayed) or label image (both the label and image parts are displayed).
+A value of activelabel can also be specified to get a label (not truncated
+to the width of the icon) when the icon is selected. The default icon decoration
+for icon box icons is that each icon has a label part and an image part (label
+image). The default icon decoration for stand alone icons is that each icon
+has an active label part, a label part, and an image part (activelabel label
+image).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconImageMaximum</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>IconImageMaximum</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the maximum size of the icon image. The resource
+value is <literal>width</literal><symbol role="Variable">x</symbol> <literal>height</literal> (for example, 64x64). The maximum supported size is 128x128.
+The default value of this resource is 50x50.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconImageMinimum</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>IconImageMinimum</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the minimum size of the icon image. The resource
+value is <literal>width</literal><symbol role="Variable">x</symbol> <literal>height</literal> (for example, 32x50). The minimum supported size is 16x16.
+The default value of this resource is 16x16.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconPlacement</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>IconPlacement</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the icon placement scheme to be used. The resource
+value has the following syntax:</para>
+<para><literal>primary_layout secondary_layout [tight]</literal></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<para>The layout values are one of the following:</para>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="66*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="390*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Value</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Description</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">top</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Lay the icons out top to bottom.</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">bottom</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Lay the icons out bottom to top.</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">left</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Lay the icons out left to right.</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">right</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Lay the icons out right to left.</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>A horizontal (vertical) layout value should not be used for both the <literal>primary_layout</literal> and the <literal>secondary_layout</literal> (for
+example, don't use top for the <literal>primary_layout</literal> and bottom
+for the <literal>secondary_layout</literal>).</para>
+<para>The <literal>primary_layout</literal> indicates whether, when an icon
+placement is done, the icon is placed in a row or a column and the direction
+of placement. The <literal>secondary_layout</literal> indicates where to place
+new rows or columns. For example, top right indicates that icons should be
+placed top to bottom on the screen and that columns should be added from right
+to left on the screen.</para>
+<para>The default placement is left bottom (icons are placed left to right
+on the screen, with the first row on the bottom of the screen, and new rows
+added from the bottom of the screen to the top of the screen). A <literal>tight</literal> value places icons with zero spacing in between icons. This
+value is useful for aesthetic reasons, as well as X-terminals with small screens.
+</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconPlacementMargin</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>IconPlacementMargin</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource sets the distance between the edge of the screen and the
+icons that are placed along the edge of the screen. The value should be greater
+than or equal to 0. A default value (see below) is used if the value specified
+is invalid. The default value for this resource is equal to the space between
+icons as they are placed on the screen (this space is based on maximizing
+the number of icons in each row and column).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>keyBindings</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>KeyBindings</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource identifies the set of key bindings for window management
+functions. If specified, these key bindings <literal>replace</literal> the
+built-in default bindings. The named set of key bindings is specified in <command>mwm</command> resource description file. The default value for this resource
+is "DefaultKeyBindings".</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>limitResize</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>LimitResize</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>If this resource is True, the user is not allowed to resize a window
+to greater than the maximum size. The default value for this resource is True.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>maximumMaximumSize</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>MaximumMaximumSize</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource is used to limit the maximum size of a client window as
+set by the user or client. The resource value is <literal>width</literal><symbol role="Variable">x</symbol><literal>height</literal> (for example, 1024x1024)
+where the width and height are in pixels. The default value of this resource
+is twice the screen width and height.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>moveOpaque</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>MoveOpaque</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource controls whether the actual window is moved or a rectangular
+outline of the window is moved. A default value of False displays a rectangular
+outline on moves.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>resizeBorderWidth</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>ResizeBorderWidth</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the width (in pixels) of a client window frame
+border with resize handles. The specified border width includes the 3-D shadows.
+The default value is based on the size and resolution of the screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>resizeCursors</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>ResizeCursors</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This is used to indicate whether the resize cursors are always displayed
+when the pointer is in the window size border. If True, the cursors are shown,
+otherwise the window manager cursor is shown. The default value is True.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>transientDecoration</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>TransientDecoration</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This controls the amount of decoration that <command>mwm</command>
+puts on transient windows. The decoration specification is exactly the same
+as for the <emphasis>clientDecoration</emphasis> (client specific) resource.
+Transient windows are identified by the <emphasis>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</emphasis>
+property, which is added by the client to indicate a relatively temporary
+window. The default value for this resource is menu title (that is, transient
+windows have frame borders and a titlebar with a window menu button).</para>
+<para>An application can also specify which decorations <command>mwm</command>
+should apply to its windows. If it does so, <command>mwm</command> applies
+only those decorations indicated by both the application and the <emphasis>transientDecoration</emphasis> resource. Otherwise, <command>mwm</command>
+applies the decorations indicated by the <emphasis>transientDecoration</emphasis>
+resource. For more information see the description of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNmwmDecorations</systemitem> on the &cdeman.VendorShell;
+reference page.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>transientFunctions</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>TransientFunctions</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource is used to indicate which window management functions
+are applicable (or not applicable) to transient windows. The function specification
+is exactly the same as for the <emphasis>clientFunctions</emphasis> (client
+specific) resource. The default value for this resource is -minimize -maximize.
+</para>
+<para>An application can also specify which functions <command>mwm</command>
+should apply to its windows. If it does so, <command>mwm</command> applies
+only those functions indicated by both the application and the <emphasis>transientFunctions</emphasis> resource. Otherwise, <command>mwm</command>
+applies the functions indicated by the <emphasis>transientFunctions</emphasis>
+resource. For more information see the description of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNmwmFunctions</systemitem> on the &cdeman.VendorShell; reference
+page.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>useIconBox</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>UseIconBox</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>If this resource is given a value of True, icons are placed in an icon
+box. When an icon box is not used, the icons are placed on the root window
+(default value).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Client Specific Resources</title>
+<para>The syntax for specifying client specific resources is</para>
+<para><emphasis>Mwm*</emphasis><literal>client_name_or_class</literal> <emphasis>*</emphasis><literal>resource_id</literal></para>
+<para>For example, <emphasis>Mwm*mterm*windowMenu</emphasis> is used to specify
+the window menu to be used with mterm clients. The syntax for specifying client
+specific resources for all classes of clients is</para>
+<para><emphasis>Mwm*</emphasis><literal>resource_id</literal></para>
+<para>Specific client specifications take precedence over the specifications
+for all clients. For example, <emphasis>Mwm*windowMenu</emphasis> is used
+to specify the window menu to be used for all classes of clients that don't
+have a window menu specified.</para>
+<para>The syntax for specifying resource values for windows that have an unknown
+name and class (that is, windows that do not have a <property>WM_CLASS</property>
+property associated with them) is</para>
+<para><emphasis>Mwm*defaults*</emphasis><literal>resource_id</literal></para>
+<para>For example, <emphasis>Mwm*defaults*iconImage</emphasis> is used to
+specify the icon image to be used for windows that have an unknown name and
+class.</para>
+<para>The following client specific resources can be specified:</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Client Specific Resources</title>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="4" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="6.17in">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="185*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="135*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="85*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="104*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Name</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Class</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Value Type</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Default</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">clientDecoration</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ClientDecoration</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">all.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">clientFunctions</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ClientFunctions</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">all.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">focusAutoRaise</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">FocusAutoRaise</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconImage</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">IconImage</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">pathname</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">(image)</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconImage-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Background</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon background</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Background</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconImageBottom-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Foreground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ShadowColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">bottom shadow</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconImageBottom-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">BottomShadow-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon bottom</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Pixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">shadow pixmap</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconImageForeground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Foreground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">varies</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconImageTopShadowColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Background</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon top</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">shadow color</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">iconImageTop-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">TopShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon top</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">shadow pixmap</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">matteBackground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Background</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">background</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">matteBottom-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Foreground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">bottom</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ShadowColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">shadow color</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">matteBottom-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">BottomShadow-</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">bottom</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">ShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Pixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">shadow pixmap</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">matteForeground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Foreground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">foreground</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">matteTopShadowColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Background</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">top</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">shadow color</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">matteTopShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">TopShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">color</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">top</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">shadow pixmap</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">matteWidth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">MatteWidth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">pixels</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">maximumClientSize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">MaximumClientSize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">wxh</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">vertical horizontal</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">fill the screen</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">useClientIcon</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">UseClientIcon</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T/F</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">T</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">usePPosition</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">UsePPosition</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">nonzero</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">windowMenu</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">WindowMenu</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">string</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">DefaultWindowMenu</entry></row></tbody></tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>clientDecoration</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>ClientDecoration</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource controls the amount of window frame decoration. The resource
+is specified as a list of decorations to specify their inclusion in the frame.
+If a decoration is preceded by a minus sign, that decoration is excluded from
+the frame. The <literal>sign</literal> of the first item in the list determines
+the initial amount of decoration. If the sign of the first decoration is minus, <command>mwm</command> assumes all decorations are present and starts subtracting
+from that set. If the sign of the first decoration is plus (or not specified),
+then <command>mwm</command> starts with no decoration and builds up a list
+from the resource.</para>
+<para>An application can also specify which decorations <command>mwm</command>
+should apply to its windows. If it does so, <command>mwm</command> applies
+only those decorations indicated by both the application and the <emphasis>clientDecoration</emphasis> resource. Otherwise, <command>mwm</command> applies
+the decorations indicated by the <emphasis>clientDecoration</emphasis> resource.
+For more information see the description of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNmwmDecorations</systemitem> on the &cdeman.VendorShell; reference
+page.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="82*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="374*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Name</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Description</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">all</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Include all decorations (default value).</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">border</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Window border.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">maximize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Maximize button (includes title bar).</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">minimize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Minimize button (includes title bar).</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">none</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">No decorations.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">resizeh</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Border resize handles (includes border).</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">menu</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Window menu button (includes title bar).</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">title</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Title bar (includes border).</entry></row>
+</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>Examples: <emphasis>Mwm*XClock.clientDecoration: -resizeh -maximize</emphasis> This removes the resize handles and maximize button from XClock
+windows. <emphasis>Mwm*XClock.clientDecoration: menu minimize border</emphasis> This does the same thing as above. Note that either <symbol role="Variable">menu</symbol> or <symbol role="Variable">minimize</symbol> implies
+<symbol role="Variable">title</symbol>.</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>clientFunctions</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>ClientFunctions</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource is used to indicate which <command>mwm</command> functions
+are applicable (or not applicable) to the client window. The value for the
+resource is a list of functions. If the first function in the list has a minus
+sign in front of it, then <command>mwm</command> starts with all functions
+and subtracts from that set. If the first function in the list has a plus
+sign in front of it, then <command>mwm</command> starts with no functions
+and builds up a list. Each function in the list must be preceded by the appropriate
+plus or minus sign and separated from the next function by a space.</para>
+<para>An application can also specify which functions <command>mwm</command>
+should apply to its windows. If it does so, <command>mwm</command> applies
+only those functions indicated by both the application and the <emphasis>clientFunctions</emphasis> resource. Otherwise, <command>mwm</command> applies
+the functions indicated by the <emphasis>clientFunctions</emphasis> resource.
+For more information see the description of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNmwmFunctions</systemitem> on the &cdeman.VendorShell; reference
+page.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<para>The following table lists the functions available for this resource:
+</para>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="77*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="379*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Name</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Description</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">all</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Include all functions (default value).</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">none</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">No functions.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">resize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">f.resize&dagger;.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">move</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">f.move&dagger;.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">minimize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">f.minimize&dagger;.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">maximize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">f.maximize&dagger;.</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">close</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">f.kill&dagger;.</entry></row></tbody></tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+<para>&dagger;See &cdeman.mwmrc;.</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>focusAutoRaise</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>FocusAutoRaise</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>When the value of this resource is True, clients are raised when they
+get the keyboard input focus. If the value is False, the stacking of windows
+on the display is not changed when a window gets the keyboard input focus.
+The default value is True when the keyboardFocusPolicy is explicit and False
+when the keyboardFocusPolicy is pointer.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconImage</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>IconImage</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource can be used to specify an icon image for a client (for
+example, "Mwm*myclock*iconImage"). The resource value is a pathname for a
+pixmap or bitmap file. The value of the (client specific) <emphasis>useClientIcon</emphasis> resource is used to determine whether or not user supplied icon
+images are used instead of client supplied icon images. The default value
+is to display a built-in window manager icon image.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconImageBackground</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Background</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the background color of the icon image that
+is displayed in the image part of an icon. The default value of this resource
+is the icon background color (that is, specified by "Mwm*background or Mwm*icon*background).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconImageBottomShadowColor</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Foreground</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the bottom shadow color of the icon image that
+is displayed in the image part of an icon. The default value of this resource
+is the icon bottom shadow color (that is, specified by Mwm*icon*bottomShadowColor).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconImageBottomShadowPixmap</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>BottomShadowPixmap</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the bottom shadow Pixmap of the icon image that
+is displayed in the image part of an icon. The default value of this resource
+is the icon bottom shadow Pixmap (that is, specified by Mwm*icon*bottomShadowPixmap).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconImageForeground</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Foreground</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the foreground color of the icon image that
+is displayed in the image part of an icon. The default value of this resource
+varies depending on the icon background.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconImageTopShadowColor</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Background</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the top shadow color of the icon image that
+is displayed in the image part of an icon. The default value of this resource
+is the icon top shadow color (that is, specified by Mwm*icon*topShadowColor).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>iconImageTopShadowPixmap</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>TopShadowPixmap</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the top shadow Pixmap of the icon image that
+is displayed in the image part of an icon. The default value of this resource
+is the icon top shadow pixmap (that is, specified by Mwm*icon*topShadowPixmap).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>matteBackground</emphasis>&ensp;&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Background</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the background color of the matte, when <emphasis>matteWidth</emphasis> is positive. The default value of this resource is the
+client background color (that is, specified by "Mwm*background or Mwm*client*background).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>matteBottomShadowColor</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Foreground</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the bottom shadow color of the matte, when <emphasis>matteWidth</emphasis> is positive. The default value of this resource is the
+client bottom shadow color (that is, specified by Mwm*bottomShadowColor or
+Mwm*client*bottomShadowColor).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>matteBottomShadowPixmap</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>BottomShadowPixmap</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the bottom shadow Pixmap of the matte, when <emphasis>matteWidth</emphasis> is positive. The default value of this resource is the
+client bottom shadow pixmap (that is, specified by Mwm*bottomShadowPixmap
+or Mwm*client*bottomShadowPixmap).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>matteForeground</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Foreground</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the foreground color of the matte, when <emphasis>matteWidth</emphasis> is positive. The default value of this resource is the
+client foreground color (that is, specified by Mwm*foreground or Mwm*client*foreground).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>matteTopShadowColor</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>Background</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the top shadow color of the matte, when <emphasis>matteWidth</emphasis> is positive. The default value of this resource is the
+client top shadow color (that is, specified by Mwm*topShadowColor or Mwm*client*topShadowColor).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>matteTopShadowPixmap</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>TopShadowPixmap</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the top shadow pixmap of the matte, when <emphasis>matteWidth</emphasis> is positive. The default value of this resource is the
+client top shadow pixmap (that is, specified by "Mwm*topShadowPixmap or Mwm*client*topShadowPixmap).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>matteWidth</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>MatteWidth</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies the width of the optional matte. The default
+value is 0, which effectively disables the matte.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>maximumClientSize</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>MaximumClientSize</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource is either a size specification or a direction that indicates
+how a client window is to be maximized. The resource value can be specified
+as a size specification <literal>width</literal><symbol role="Variable">x</symbol><literal>height</literal>. The width and height are interpreted in
+the units that the client uses (for example, for terminal emulators this is
+generally characters). Alternately, "vertical" or "horizontal" can be specified
+to indicate the direction in which the client maximizes.</para>
+<para>If this resource is not specified, the maximum size from the <emphasis>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</emphasis> property is used if set. Otherwise the default
+value is the size where the client window with window management borders fills
+the screen. When the maximum client size is not determined by the <emphasis>maximumClientSize</emphasis> resource, the <emphasis>maximumMaximumSize</emphasis>
+resource value is used as a constraint on the maximum size.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>useClientIcon</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>UseClientIcon</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>If the value given for this resource is True, a client-supplied icon
+image takes precedence over a user-supplied icon image. The default value
+is True, giving the client-supplied icon image higher precedence than the
+user-supplied icon image.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>usePPosition</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>UsePPosition</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource specifies whether Mwm honors program specified position <systemitem class="Constant">PPosition</systemitem> specified in the <emphasis>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</emphasis> property in the absence of an user specified position. Setting
+this resource to on, causes <command>mwm</command> to always honor program
+specified position. Setting this resource to off, causes <command>mwm</command>
+to always ignore program specified position. Setting this resource to the
+default value of nonzero cause <command>mwm</command> to honor program specified
+position other than (0,0).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>windowMenu</emphasis>&ensp;(class&ensp; <emphasis>WindowMenu</emphasis>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This resource indicates the name of the menu pane that is posted when
+the window menu is popped up (usually by pressing button 1 on the window
+menu button on the client window frame). Menu panes are specified in the <command>mwm</command> resource description file. Window menus can be customized on
+a client class basis by creating custom menus in your <literal>mwmrc</literal>
+file (see &cdeman.mwmrc; and specifying resources to activate
+the custom menus. The resources have the form <emphasis>Mwm*</emphasis> <literal>client_name_or_class</literal><emphasis>*windowMenu</emphasis>. The default
+value of this resource is DefaultWindowMenu.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Resource Description File</title>
+<para>The <command>mwm</command> resource description file is a supplementary
+resource file that contains resource descriptions that are referred to by
+entries in the resource manager property (see <command>xrdb</command>(1) and
+the defaults files (<Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename>, <literal>app-defaults/Mwm</literal> ). It contains descriptions of resources that are to be used by <command>mwm</command>, and that cannot be easily encoded in the defaults files (a
+bitmap file is an analogous type of resource description file). A particular <command>mwm</command> resource description file can be selected using the
+<symbol role="Variable">configFile</symbol> resource.</para>
+<para>The following types of resources can be described in the <command>mwm</command> resource description file:</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>Buttons</emphasis></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Window manager functions can be bound (associated) with button events.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>Keys</emphasis></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Window manager functions can be bound (associated) with key press events.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>Menus</emphasis></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Menu panes can be used for the window menu and other menus posted with
+key bindings and button bindings.</para>
+<para>The <command>mwm</command> resource description file is described in &cdeman.mwmrc;.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Environment</title>
+<para>The <command>mwm</command> window manager uses the environment variable <systemitem class="EnvironVar">HOME</systemitem> specifying the user's home directory.
+</para>
+<para>The <command>mwm</command> window manager uses the environment variable <systemitem class="EnvironVar">LANG</systemitem> specifying the user's choice of language
+for the <command>mwm</command> message catalog and the <command>mwm</command>
+resource description file.</para>
+<para>The <command>mwm</command> window uses the environment variable <systemitem class="EnvironVar">XFILESEARCHPATH</systemitem>, <systemitem class="EnvironVar">XUSERFILESEARCHPATH</systemitem>, <systemitem class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</systemitem>, <systemitem class="EnvironVar">XENVIRONMENT</systemitem>, <systemitem class="EnvironVar">LANG</systemitem>, and <systemitem class="EnvironVar">HOME</systemitem> in determining search paths for resource defaults files.
+The <command>mwm</command> window manager may also us <systemitem class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</systemitem> to search for bitmap files.</para>
+<para>The <command>mwm</command> window manager reads the <filename>$HOME/.motifbind</filename>
+file if it exists to install a virtual key bindings property on
+the root window. For more information on the content of the <Filename>.motifbind</Filename> file, see</para>
+<para>The <command>mwm</command> window manager uses the environment variable
+<symbol role="Define">MWMSHELL</symbol> (or <systemitem class="EnvironVar">SHELL</systemitem>, <emphasis>if</emphasis> <symbol role="Define">MWMSHELL</symbol> is not set), specifying
+the shell to use when executing commands via the <function>f.exec</function>
+function.</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Files</title>
+<para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/$LANG/system.mwmrc</Filename></para>
+<para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/system.mwmrc</Filename></para>
+<para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Mwm</Filename></para>
+<para><Filename>$HOME/Mwm</Filename></para>
+<para><Filename>$HOME/$LANG/.mwmrc</Filename></para>
+<para><Filename>$HOME/.mwmrc</Filename></para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>RELATED INFORMATION</title>
+<para>&cdeman.VendorShell;, &cdeman.VirtualBindings;, <filename moreinfo="RefEntry">X</filename>(1), &cdeman.XmInstallImage;, <command>xrdb</command>(1).</para>
+</refsect2>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+<!--fickle 1.12 mancsf-to-docbook 1.2 08/07/95 01:31:55-->
+<?Pub Caret>
+<?Pub *0000162549>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR1X/uil.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR1X/uil.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1abfb98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR1X/uil.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: uil.sgm /main/12 1996/09/08 21:43:44 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN1.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>uil</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>user cmd</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Command>uil</Command></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The user interface language compiler
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>user interface language</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>user interface language</Primary>
+<Secondary>compiler</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil</Primary>
+<Secondary>compiler</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<CmdSynopsis>
+<Command>uil</Command>
+<Group>
+<Arg><Replaceable>options</Replaceable></Arg>
+</Group>
+<Arg><Replaceable>file</Replaceable></Arg>
+</CmdSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Command>uil</Command>
+command invokes the UIL compiler. The User Interface
+Language (UIL)
+is a specification language for describing the initial state of a user
+interface for a Motif application. The specification describes the
+objects (menus, dialog boxes, labels, push buttons, and so on) used
+in the interface and specifies the routines to be called when the
+interface changes state as a result of user interaction.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the file to be compiled
+through the UIL compiler.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">options</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies one or more of the following options:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&minus;I</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">pathname</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This option causes the compiler to look for include files
+in the directory specified if the include files have not been
+found in the paths that already were searched.
+Specify this option followed by a pathname, with no intervening
+spaces.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&minus;m</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Machine code is listed. This directs the compiler to place in the
+listing file a description of the
+records that it added to the User Interface Database (UID). This helps you isolate
+errors. The default is no machine code.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&minus;o&ensp;</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>user interface database</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uid file</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>Directs the compiler to produce a UID.
+By default, UIL creates a UID with the name <Literal>a.uid</Literal>.
+The file specifies the filename for the UID.
+No UID is produced if the compiler issues any diagnostics
+categorized as error or severe. UIDs are portable only across same-size
+machine architectures.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&minus;s</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Directs the compiler to set the locale before compiling any files.
+The locale is set in an implementation-dependent manner.
+On ANSI C-based systems, the locale is usually set by calling
+<Action>setlocale(<Symbol Role="Define">LC_ALL, ""</Symbol>)</Action>.
+If this option is not specified, the compiler does not set the
+locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&minus;v&ensp;</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Directs the compiler to generate a listing.
+The file specifies the filename for the listing.
+If the <Literal>&minus;v</Literal> option is not present,
+no listing is generated by the compiler.
+The default is no listing.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&minus;w</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the
+compiler suppress all warning and informational messages.
+If this option is not present, all messages are
+generated,
+regardless of the severity.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&minus;wmd&ensp;</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">file</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a binary widget meta-language description file to
+be used in place of the default WML description.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para><Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">X</Filename>(1) and &cdeman.Uil3;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR1X/xmbind.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR1X/xmbind.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c21d31d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR1X/xmbind.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: xmbind.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:43:52 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN2.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>xmbind</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>user cmd</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Command>xmbind</Command></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Configures virtual key bindings
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>xmbind</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<CmdSynopsis>
+<Command>xmbind</Command>
+<Group>
+<Arg><Replaceable>options</Replaceable></Arg>
+</Group>
+<Group>
+<Arg><Replaceable>file</Replaceable></Arg>
+</Group>
+</CmdSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Command>xmbind</Command> is an X Window System client that configures the virtual
+key bindings for Motif applications. This action is performed by <Command>mwm</Command>
+at its startup, so the <Command>xmbind</Command> client is only needed when <Command>mwm</Command>
+is not in use, or when you want to change bindings without restarting
+<Command>mwm</Command>. If a file is specified,
+its contents are used as the virtual key bindings. If a file is not
+specified, the file <Literal>&npzwc;.motifbind</Literal> in the user's home directory
+is used. If this file is not found, <Command>xmbind</Command> loads the default
+virtual key bindings, as described in &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Options</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&minus;display</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This option specifies the display to use; see X(1).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VirtualBindings; and
+<Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">X</Filename>(1).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Applic.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Applic.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5f68bbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Applic.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,871 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Applic.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:41:32 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN3.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>ApplicationShell</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>ApplicationShell</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ApplicationShell widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>ApplicationShell</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>ApplicationShell</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+&npzwc;#include &lt;X11/Shell.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>ApplicationShell is used as the main top-level window for an application. An
+application should have more than one ApplicationShell only if it implements
+multiple logical applications.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>ApplicationShell inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Shell</Classname>,
+<Classname>WMShell</Classname>, <Classname>VendorShell</Classname>, and <Classname>TopLevelShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">applicationShellWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>ApplicationShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>ApplicationShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNargc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCArgc</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNargv</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCArgv</Entry>
+<Entry>String *</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNargc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of arguments given in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNargv</SystemItem> resource.
+The function <Function>XtInitialize</Function> sets this resource on
+the shell widget instance it creates by using its
+parameters as the values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNargv</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list required by a session manager to restart the
+application if it is killed. This list should be updated at
+appropriate points by the application if a new state has been reached that can
+be directly restarted.
+The function <Function>XtInitialize</Function> sets this resource on
+the shell widget instance it creates by using its
+parameters as the values.
+When <Function>XtGetValues</Function> is called on this resource, the returned value
+is a pointer to the actual resource value and
+should not be freed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>ApplicationShell inherits behavior and resources from the following
+superclasses. For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>TopLevelShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconic</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconic</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconName</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconName</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconNameEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconNameEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>Atom</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!----></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>VendorShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaudibleWarning</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAudibleWarning</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmBELL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdeleteResponse</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDeleteResponse</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDESTROY</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!-- XmNfocusMovedCallback     XmCCallback     XtCallbackList  NULL    C-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinputMethod</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInputMethod</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmInputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPER_SHELL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNkeyboardFocusPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCKeyboardFocusPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmEXPLICIT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelRenderTabel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmDecorations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmDecorations</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmFunctions</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmFunctions</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmInputMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmInputMode</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmMenu</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmMenu</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpreeditType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPreeditType</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshellUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShellUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPIXELS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPIXELS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuseAsyncGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUseAsyncGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>WMShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbaseHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBaseHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbaseWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBaseWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheightInc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeightInc</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>Window</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialState</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialState</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>NormalState</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinput</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInput</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtitleEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTitleEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>Atom</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtransient</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTransient</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwaitForWm</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWaitForWm</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidthInc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidthInc</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwindowGroup</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWindowGroup</Entry>
+<Entry>Window</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwinGravity</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWinGravity</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwmTimeout</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWmTimeout</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>5000 ms</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Shell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNgeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopdownCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>Visual *</Entry>
+<Entry>CopyFromParent</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for ApplicationShell-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translations for ApplicationShell.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.Shell;, &cdeman.WMShell;,
+&cdeman.VendorShell;, and &cdeman.TopLevelShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Compos.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Compos.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..72db1a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Compos.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Compos.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 21:41:41 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN4.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>Composite</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>Composite</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Composite widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Composite</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Composite</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h></Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Composite widgets are intended to be containers for other widgets and can
+have an arbitrary number of children. Their responsibilities (implemented
+either directly by the widget class or indirectly by Intrinsics
+functions) include:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Overall management of children from creation to destruction.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Destruction of descendants when the composite widget is destroyed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Physical arrangement (geometry management) of a displayable subset of
+managed children.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Mapping and unmapping of a subset of the managed children.
+Instances of composite widgets need to specify the order in which
+their children are kept. For example, an application may want a set of
+command buttons in some logical order grouped by function, and it may want
+buttons that represent filenames to be kept in alphabetical order.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Composite inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Core</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">compositeWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>Composite</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <filename>.Xdefaults</filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A read-only list of the children of the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinsertPosition</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XtOrderProc</Symbol> function described below.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnumChildren</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A read-only resource specifying the length of the list of children in
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The following procedure pointer in a composite widget instance is of type
+<Symbol>XtOrderProc</Symbol>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>Cardinal (* XtOrderProc) (Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol>);
+</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Composite widgets that allow clients to order their children (usually
+homogeneous boxes) can call their widget instance's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinsertPosition</SystemItem>
+procedure from the class's <Literal>insert_child</Literal> procedure to determine
+where a new
+child should go in its children array. Thus, a client of a composite class
+can apply different sorting criteria to widget instances of the class,
+passing in a different
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinsertPosition</SystemItem>
+procedure when it creates each
+composite widget instance.
+</Para>
+<Para>The return value of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinsertPosition</SystemItem>
+procedure indicates
+how many children
+should go before the widget. A value of 0 (zero) indicates that the
+widget should go before all other children; returning
+the value of <Symbol>XmNumChildren</Symbol>
+indicates
+that it should go after all other children.
+By default, unless a subclass or an application provides an
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinsertPosition</SystemItem> procedure, each child is inserted at the end
+of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> list.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinsertPosition</SystemItem> procedure can be overridden by a specific
+composite
+widget's resource list or by the argument list provided when the composite
+widget is created.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Composite inherits behavior and resources from the superclass described in
+the following table.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the reference page for
+that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for Composite-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translations for Composite.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Constrai.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Constrai.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2171f50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Constrai.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Constrai.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:41:48 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN5.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>Constraint</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>Constraint</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Constraint widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Constraint</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Constraint</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Constraint widgets
+maintain additional state data for each child. For example,
+client-defined constraints on the child's geometry may be specified.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a constrained composite widget defines constraint resources, all of that
+widget's children inherit all of those resources as their own. These
+constraint resources are set and read just the same as any other resources
+defined for the child. This resource inheritance extends exactly one
+generation down, which means only the first-generation children of a
+constrained composite widget inherit the parent widget's constraint
+resources.
+</Para>
+<Para>Because constraint resources are defined by the parent widgets and not
+the children, the child widgets never directly use the constraint resource
+data. Instead, the parents use constraint resource data to
+attach child-specific data to children.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Constraint inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Composite</Classname>
+and <Classname>Core</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">constraintWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>Constraint</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>Constraint defines no new resources.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Constraint inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Composite</Classname> and <Classname>Core</Classname>.
+The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable
+(N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for Constraint-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translations for Constraint.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite; and &cdeman.Core;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Core.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Core.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..aab1061
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Core.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,460 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Core.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:41:56 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN6.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>Core</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>Core</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Core widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Core</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Core</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Core is the Xt Intrinsic base class for windowed widgets. The
+<Classname>Object</Classname> and <Classname>RectObj</Classname> classes provide support for windowless
+widgets.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>All widgets are built from <Classname>Core</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">widgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>Core</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNaccelerators</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a translation table that is bound with its actions in the context
+of a particular widget. The accelerator table can then be installed on some
+destination widget.
+Note that the default accelerators for any widget will always be
+installed, no matter whether this resource is specified or not.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNancestorSensitive</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the immediate parent of the widget receives input
+events. Use the function <Function>XtSetSensitive</Function> to change the argument
+to preserve data integrity (see <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsensitive</SystemItem>).
+For shells, the default is copied from the parent's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNancestorSensitive</SystemItem> resource if there is a parent; otherwise, it
+is True.
+For other widgets, the default is the bitwise AND of the parent's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsensitive</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNancestorSensitive</SystemItem> resources.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the background color for the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackgroundPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pixmap for tiling the background. The first tile is
+placed at the upper left corner of the widget's window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNborderColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the color of the border in a pixel value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNborderPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pixmap to be used for tiling the border. The first tile is
+placed at the upper left corner of the border.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNborderWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of the border that surrounds the widget's window on all
+four sides. The width is specified in pixels. A width of 0 (zero) means that
+no border shows.
+Note that you should use resources like <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightThickness</SystemItem> instead of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNborderWidth</SystemItem> to specify
+border widths.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcolormap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the colormap that is used for conversions to the type
+<Literal>Pixel</Literal> for this widget instance. When this resource
+is changed, previously
+generated pixel values are not affected, but newly generated
+values are in the new colormap.
+For shells without parents, the default is the default colormap of the
+widget's screen.
+Otherwise, the default is copied from the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdepth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bits that can be used for each pixel in the
+widget's window. Applications should not change or set the value of this
+resource as it is set by the Xt Intrinsics when the widget is created.
+For shells without parents, the default is the default depth of the
+widget's screen.
+Otherwise, the default is copied from the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestroyCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called when the widget
+is destroyed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the inside height (excluding the border) of the widget's
+window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether or not resources are reference counted.
+If the value is True when the widget is created, the resources
+referenced by the widget are not reference counted, regardless of how
+the resource type converter is registered.
+An application that expects to destroy the widget and wants to have
+resources deallocated should specify a value of False.
+The default is True, implying an assumption that the widget will not be
+destroyed during the life of the application.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmappedWhenManaged</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this resource is set to True,
+it maps the widget (makes it visible) as soon as it is both
+realized and managed.
+If this resource is set to False, the client is responsible for
+mapping and unmapping the widget. If the value is changed from True to
+False after the widget has been realized and managed, the widget is
+unmapped.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscreen</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the screen on which a widget instance resides.
+It is read only.
+When the Toolkit is initialized, the top-level widget obtains its
+default value from the default screen of the display.
+Otherwise, the default is copied from the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsensitive</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Determines whether a widget receives input events. If a widget is
+sensitive, the Xt Intrinsics' Event Manager dispatches to the widget all
+keyboard, mouse button, motion, window enter/leave, and focus events.
+Insensitive widgets do not receive these events. Use the function
+<Function>XtSetSensitive</Function> to change the sensitivity argument. Using
+<Function>XtSetSensitive</Function> ensures that if a parent widget has
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsensitive</SystemItem> set to False, the ancestor-sensitive flag of all its
+children is appropriately set.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtranslations</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to a translations list. A translations list is a list of events and
+actions that are to be performed when the events occur.
+Note that the default translations for any widget will always be
+installed, no matter whether this resource is specified or not.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the inside width (excluding the border) of the widget's
+window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper left outside corner of the
+widget's window.
+The value is relative to the upper left inside corner of the parent
+window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper left outside corner of the
+widget's window.
+The value is relative to the upper left inside corner of the parent
+window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for Core-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translations for Core.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Object;
+and
+&cdeman.RectObj;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Object.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Object.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1b78b40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Object.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Object.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:42:03 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN22.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>Object</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>Object</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Object widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Object</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Object</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+<!--no-op:  .fP-->
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Object is never instantiated.
+Its sole purpose is as a supporting superclass for other
+widget classes.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">objectClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>Object</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Object Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestroyCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called when the gadget is destroyed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for Object-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translation for Object.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Override.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Override.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..348ea05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Override.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Override.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:42:10 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN23.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>OverrideShell</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>OverrideShell</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The OverrideShell widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>OverrideShell</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>OverrideShell</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+&npzwc;#include &lt;X11/Shell.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>OverrideShell is used for shell windows that completely bypass
+the window manager, for example, PopupMenu shells.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>OverrideShell inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, and <Classname>Shell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">overrideShellWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>OverrideShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>OverrideShell defines no new resources, but overrides
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoverrideRedirect</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsaveUnder</SystemItem> resources in the
+<Classname>Shell</Classname> class.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>OverrideShell inherits behavior and resources from the following
+superclasses. For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Shell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNgeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopdownCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>Visual *</Entry>
+<Entry>CopyFromParent</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for OverrideShell-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translations for OverrideShell.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Core;, and &cdeman.Shell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/RectObj.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/RectObj.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..119902a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/RectObj.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RectObj.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 21:42:18 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN24.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>RectObj</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>RectObj</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The RectObj widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>RectObj</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>RectObj</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>RectObj is never instantiated.
+Its sole purpose is as a supporting superclass for other
+widget classes.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>RectObj inherits behavior and a resource from <Classname>Object</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">rectObjClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>RectObj</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>RectObj Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNancestorSensitive</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the immediate parent of the
+gadget receives input events.
+Use the function <Function>XtSetSensitive</Function> if you are changing the
+argument to preserve data integrity (see <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsensitive</SystemItem>).
+The default is the bitwise AND of the parent's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsensitive</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNancestorSensitive</SystemItem> resources.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNborderWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of the border placed around the RectObj's rectangular
+display area.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the inside height (excluding the border) of the RectObj's
+rectangular display area.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsensitive</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Determines whether a RectObj receives input
+events.
+If a RectObj is sensitive, the parent dispatches to the
+gadget all keyboard, mouse button, motion, window enter/leave,
+and focus events.
+Insensitive gadgets do not receive these events.
+Use the function <Function>XtSetSensitive</Function> to change the sensitivity argument.
+Using <Function>XtSetSensitive</Function> ensures that if a parent widget has
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsensitive</SystemItem> set to False, the ancestor-sensitive flag of all its children
+is appropriately set.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the inside width (excluding the border) of the RectObj's
+rectangular display area.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper left outside corner of the
+RectObj's rectangular display area.
+The value is relative to the upper left inside corner of the parent
+window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper left outside corner of the
+RectObj's rectangular display area.
+The value is relative to the upper left inside corner of the parent
+window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>RectObj inherits behavior and a resource from <Classname>Object</Classname>. For
+a description of this resource, refer to the <Classname>Object</Classname> reference page.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Object Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for RectObj-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translations for RectObj.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Object;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Shell.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Shell.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a33474c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Shell.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Shell.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 21:42:25 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN25.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>Shell</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>Shell</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Shell widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Shell</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Shell</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+&npzwc;#include &lt;X11/Shell.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Shell is a top-level widget (with only one managed child) that encapsulates
+the interaction with the window manager.
+</Para>
+<Para>At the time the shell's child is managed, the child's width is used
+for both widgets if the shell is unrealized and no width has been
+specified for the shell. Otherwise, the shell's width is used for
+both widgets. The same relations hold for the height of the shell and
+its child.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Shell inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Composite</Classname> and <Classname>Core</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">shellWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>Shell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Shell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNgeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopdownCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>Visual *</Entry>
+<Entry>CopyFromParent</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that if this resource is False, the Shell widget instance
+returns <SystemItem Class="Constant">XtGeometryNo</SystemItem> to all geometry requests from its children.
+All Motif convenience create dialog functions override this default
+value and set <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcreatePopupChildProc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer to a function that is called when the Shell
+widget instance is popped up by <Function>XtPopup</Function>.
+The function creates the child widget when the shell is popped up
+instead of when the application starts up.
+This can be used if the child needs to be reconfigured each time the
+shell is popped up.
+The function takes one argument, the popup shell, and returns no result.
+It is called after the popup callbacks specified by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpopupCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgeometry</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the desired geometry for the widget instance. This resource
+is examined only when the widget instance is unrealized and the number
+of its managed children is changed. It is used to change the values
+of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNy</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem>
+resources.
+When <Function>XtGetValues</Function> is called on this resource, the returned value
+is a pointer to the actual resource value and
+should not be freed. In addition, this resource is not copied on
+creation or by <Function>XtSetValues</Function>. The application must ensure that
+the string remains valid until the shell is realized.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoverrideRedirect</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If True, specifies that the widget instance is a temporary
+window that should be ignored by the window manager. Applications and
+users should not normally alter this resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpopdownCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called when the widget instance
+is popped down by <Function>XtPopdown</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpopupCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called when the widget instance
+is popped up by <Function>XtPopup</Function>.
+The second argument to <Function>XtPopup</Function> must be <SystemItem Class="Constant">XtGrabNone</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsaveUnder</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If True, specifies that it is desirable to save the contents of the
+screen beneath this widget instance, avoiding expose events when the
+instance is unmapped. This is a hint, and an implementation may save
+contents whenever it desires, including always or never.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisual</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the visual used in creating the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Shell inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclass described in the following table.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for Shell-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translations for Shell.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite; and &cdeman.Core;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/TopLevel.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/TopLevel.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3c26fc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/TopLevel.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,844 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TopLevel.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:42:33 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN26.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>TopLevelShell</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>TopLevelShell</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The TopLevelShell widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TopLevelShell</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>TopLevelShell</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+&npzwc;#include &lt;X11/Shell.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>TopLevelShell is used for normal top-level windows such as any
+additional top-level widgets an application needs.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>TopLevelShell inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Shell</Classname>,
+<Classname>WMShell</Classname>, and <Classname>VendorShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">topLevelShellWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>TopLevelShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>TopLevelShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconic</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconic</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconName</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconName</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconNameEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconNameEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>Atom</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNiconic</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If True when the widget is <Emphasis>created</Emphasis>, specifies that the widget
+should start as an icon when it is realized. A value of False
+indicates that the widget is not to be realized as an icon. This
+resource will only override the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialState</SystemItem> resource when
+specified in the call that creates the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNiconName</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the short form of the application name to be displayed by the
+window manager when the application is iconified.
+When <Function>XtGetValues</Function> is called on this resource, the returned value
+is a pointer to the actual resource value and
+should not be freed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNiconNameEncoding</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a property type that represents the encoding of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNiconName</SystemItem> string.
+If a language procedure has been set, the default is None; otherwise,
+the default is <Symbol Role="Define">XA_STRING</Symbol>. When the widget is realized, if the value
+is None, the corresponding name is assumed to be in the current locale.
+The name is passed to <Function>XmbTextListToTextProperty</Function> with an encoding
+style of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XStdICCTextStyle</SystemItem>. The resulting encoding is <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>
+if the name is fully convertible to <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, otherwise <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+The values of the encoding resources are not changed; they remain None.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>TopLevelShell inherits behavior and resources from the following
+superclasses. For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!----></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>VendorShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaudibleWarning</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAudibleWarning</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmBELL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdeleteResponse</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDeleteResponse</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDESTROY</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!-- XmNfocusMovedCallback     XmCCallback     XtCallbackList  NULL    C-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinputMethod</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInputMethod</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmInputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPER_SHELL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNkeyboardFocusPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCKeyboardFocusPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmEXPLICIT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelRenderTabel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmDecorations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmDecorations</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmFunctions</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmFunctions</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmInputMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmInputMode</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmMenu</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmMenu</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpreeditType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPreeditType</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshellUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShellUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPIXELS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPIXELS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuseAsyncGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUseAsyncGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>WMShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbaseHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBaseHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbaseWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBaseWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheightInc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeightInc</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>Window</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialState</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialState</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>NormalState</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinput</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInput</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtitleEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTitleEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>Atom</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtransient</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTransient</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwaitForWm</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWaitForWm</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidthInc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidthInc</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwindowGroup</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWindowGroup</Entry>
+<Entry>Window</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwinGravity</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWinGravity</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwmTimeout</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWmTimeout</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>5000 ms</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Shell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNgeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopdownCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>Visual *</Entry>
+<Entry>CopyFromParent</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for TopLevelShell-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translations for TopLevelShell.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.Shell;, &cdeman.WMShell;, and
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Transien.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Transien.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4abaeaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Transien.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,824 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Transien.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 21:42:41 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN27.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>TransientShell</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>TransientShell</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The TransientShell widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TransientShell</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>TransientShell</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+&npzwc;#include &lt;X11/Shell.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>TransientShell is used for shell windows that can be manipulated by the
+window manager, but are not allowed to be iconified separately. For example,
+DialogBoxes make no sense without their associated application.
+They are iconified by the window manager only if the main application
+shell is iconified.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>TransientShell inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Shell</Classname>,
+<Classname>WMShell</Classname>, and <Classname>VendorShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">transientShellWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>TransientShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para>In addition to these new resources, <Classname>TransientShell</Classname>
+overrides the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsaveUnder</SystemItem> resource in <Classname>Shell</Classname> and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtransient</SystemItem> resource in <Classname>WMShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>TransientShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtransientFor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTransientFor</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtransientFor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a widget that the shell acts as a pop-up for.
+If this resource is NULL or is a widget that has not been realized, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwindowGroup</SystemItem> is used instead.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>TransientShell inherits behavior and resources from the superclasses
+described in the following tables,
+which define sets of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the reference
+page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para>The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!----></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>VendorShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaudibleWarning</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAudibleWarning</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmBELL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdeleteResponse</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDeleteResponse</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDESTROY</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!-- XmNfocusMovedCallback     XmCCallback     XtCallbackList  NULL    C-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinputMethod</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInputMethod</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmInputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPER_SHELL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNkeyboardFocusPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCKeyboardFocusPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmEXPLICIT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelRenderTabel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmDecorations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmDecorations</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmFunctions</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmFunctions</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmInputMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmInputMode</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmMenu</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmMenu</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpreeditType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPreeditType</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshellUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShellUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPIXELS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPIXELS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuseAsyncGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUseAsyncGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>WMShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbaseHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBaseHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbaseWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBaseWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheightInc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeightInc</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>Window</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialState</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialState</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>NormalState</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinput</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInput</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtitleEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTitleEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>Atom</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtransient</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTransient</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwaitForWm</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWaitForWm</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidthInc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidthInc</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwindowGroup</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWindowGroup</Entry>
+<Entry>Window</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwinGravity</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWinGravity</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwmTimeout</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWmTimeout</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>5000 ms</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Shell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNgeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopdownCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>Visual *</Entry>
+<Entry>CopyFromParent</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for TransientShell -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translations for TransientShell.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;,
+&cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.Shell;, &cdeman.VendorShell;, and &cdeman.WMShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Uil.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Uil.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4a9cc75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Uil.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Uil.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 21:42:50 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN28.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>Uil</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>Uil</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Invokes the UIL compiler from within an application
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Uil</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>Uil</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil compiler</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="not-ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;uil/UilDef.h>
+<?sml-space \n(PDu></FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Uil_status_type <Function>Uil</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>command_desc, compile_desc, message_cb, message_data,
+status_cb, status_data</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Uil_command_type *<Parameter>command_desc</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Uil_compile_desc_type *<Parameter>*compile_desc</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Uil_continue_type (*<Parameter>message_cb</Parameter>) ()</ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>message_data</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Uil_continue_type (*<Parameter>status_cb</Parameter>) ()</ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>status_data</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The <Function>Uil</Function> function provides a callable entry point for the UIL
+compiler. The
+<Function>Uil</Function> callable interface can be used to process
+a UIL source file and to
+generate UID files, as well as return a detailed description of the
+UIL source module in the form of a symbol table (parse tree).
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">command_desc</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <Command>uil</Command> command line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">compile_desc</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the results of the compilation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">message_cb</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a callback function that is called when the compiler
+encounters errors in the UIL source.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">message_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies user data that is passed to the message callback function
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">message_cb)</Symbol>. Note that this argument is not interpreted by UIL, and is
+used exclusively by the calling application.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">status_cb</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a callback function that is called to allow X applications to service
+X events such as updating the screen. This function is called
+at various check points, which have been hard coded into the UIL compiler.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">status_update_delay</Symbol> argument in <Symbol Role="Variable">command_desc</Symbol>
+specifies the number of
+check points to be passed before the <Symbol Role="Variable">status_cb</Symbol> function is invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">status_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies user data that is passed to the status callback function
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">status_cb).</Symbol>
+Note that this argument is not interpreted by the UIL compiler
+and is used exclusively by the calling application.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Following are the data structures <Symbol>Uil_command_type</Symbol> and
+<Symbol>Uil_compile_desc_type</Symbol>:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>typedef struct Uil_command_type {
+char *source_file;
+    /* single source to compile */
+char *resource_file; /* name of output file */
+char *listing_file; /* name of listing file */
+unsigned int *include_dir_count;
+    /* number of dirs. in include_dir */
+char *((*include_dir) []);
+    /* dir. to search for include files */
+unsigned listing_file_flag: 1;
+    /* produce a listing */
+unsigned resource_file_flag: 1;
+    /* generate UID output */
+unsigned machine_code_flag: 1;
+    /* generate machine code */
+unsigned report_info_msg_flag: 1;
+    /* report info messages */
+unsigned report_warn_msg_flag: 1;
+    /* report warnings */
+unsigned parse_tree_flag: 1;
+    /* generate parse tree */
+unsigned int status_update_delay;
+    /* number of times a status point is */
+    /* passed before calling status_cb */
+    /* function 0 means called every time */
+char *database;
+    /* name of database file */
+unsigned database_flag: 1;
+    /* read a new database file */
+unsigned use_setlocale_flag: 1;
+    /* enable calls to setlocale */
+};
+typedef struct Uil_compile_desc_type {
+unsigned int compiler_version;
+    /* version number of compiler */
+unsigned int data_version;
+    /* version number of structures */
+char *parse_tree_root; /* parse tree output */
+unsigned int message_count [Uil_k_max_status+1];
+/* array of severity counts */
+};
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>Following is a description of the message callback function specified by
+<Symbol Role="Variable">message_cb</Symbol>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>Uil_continue_type (<Symbol Role="Variable">*message_cb</Symbol>) (<Symbol Role="Variable">message_data, message_number, severity, msg_buffer,
+src_buffer, ptr_buffer, loc_buffer, message_count</Symbol>)
+        char <Symbol Role="Variable">*message_data</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">message_number</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">severity</Symbol>;
+        char <Symbol Role="Variable">*msg_buffer</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">*src_buffer</Symbol>;
+        char <Symbol Role="Variable">*ptr_buffer</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">*loc_buffer</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">message_count</Symbol>[];</Synopsis>
+<Para>This function specifies a callback function that UIL
+invokes instead of printing an
+error message when the compiler encounters an error in the UIL source.
+The callback should return one of the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Uil_k_terminate</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Terminate processing of the source file
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Uil_k_continue</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Continue processing the source file
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The arguments are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">message_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Data supplied by the application as the <Symbol Role="Variable">message_data</Symbol> argument to
+the <Function>Uil</Function> function.
+UIL does not interpret this data in any way; it just passes it to the
+callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">message_number</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An index into a table of error messages and severities for internal use
+by UIL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">severity</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An integer that indicates the severity of the error.
+The possible values are the status constants returned by the <Function>Uil</Function>
+function.
+See <Literal>Return Value</Literal> for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">msg_buffer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A string that describes the error.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">src_buffer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A string consisting of the source line where the error occurred.
+This string is not always available. In this case, the argument is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">ptr_buffer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A string consisting of whitespace and a printing character in the
+character position corresponding to the column of the source line where
+the error occurred.
+This string may be printed beneath the source line to provide a visual
+indication of the column where the error occurred.
+This string is not always available. In this case, the argument is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">loc_buffer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A string identifying the line number and file of the source line where
+the error occurred.
+This is not always available; the argument is then NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">message_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An array of integers containing the number of diagnostic messages issued
+thus far for each severity level.
+To find the number of messages issued for the current severity level,
+use the <Symbol Role="Variable">severity</Symbol> argument as the index into this array.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Following is a description of the status callback function specified by
+<Symbol Role="Variable">status_cb</Symbol>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>Uil_continue_type (<Symbol Role="Variable">*status_cb</Symbol>) (<Replaceable>status_data, percent_complete,
+        lines_processed, current_file, message_count</Replaceable>)
+        char <Symbol Role="Variable">*status_data</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">percent_complete</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">lines_processed</Symbol>;
+        char <Symbol Role="Variable">*current_file</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">message_count</Symbol>[];</Synopsis>
+<Para>This function specifies a callback function that is
+invoked to allow X applications to
+service X events such as updating the screen.
+The callback should return one of the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Uil_k_terminate</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Terminate processing of the source file
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Uil_k_continue</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Continue processing the source file
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The arguments are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">status_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Data supplied by the application as the <Symbol Role="Variable">status_data</Symbol> argument to
+the <Function>Uil</Function> function.
+UIL does not interpret this data in any way; it just passes it to the
+callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">percent_complete</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An integer indicating what percentage of the current source file has
+been processed so far.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">lines_processed</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An integer indicating how many lines of the current source file have
+been read so far.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">current_file</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A string containing the pathname of the current source file.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">message_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An array of integers containing the number of diagnostic messages issued
+thus far for each severity level.
+To find the number of messages issued for a given severity level, use
+the severity level as the index into this array.
+The possible severity levels
+are the status constants returned by the
+<Function>Uil</Function> function.
+See <Literal>Return Value</Literal> for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following
+status return constants:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Uil_k_success_status</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The operation succeeded.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Uil_k_info_status</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The operation succeeded. An informational
+message is returned.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Uil_k_warning_status</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The operation succeeded. A warning
+message is returned.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Uil_k_error_status</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The operation failed due to an error.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Uil_k_severe_status</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The operation failed due to an error.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.UilDumpSymbolTable; and
+&cdeman.uil;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->
+

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/UilDumpS.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/UilDumpS.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7158c6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/UilDumpS.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: UilDumpS.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:42:57 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN29.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>UilDumpSymbolTable</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>UilDumpSymbolTable</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Dumps the contents of a named UIL symbol table to standard output
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UilDumpSymbolTable</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>UilDumpSymbolTable</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="not-ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;uil/UilDef.h>
+<?sml-space \n(PDu></FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>UilDumpSymbolTable</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>root_ptr</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>sym_entry_type *<Parameter>root_ptr</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The <Function>UilDumpSymbolTable</Function> function dumps
+the contents of a
+UIL symbol table pointer to standard output.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">root_ptr</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the the symbol table root entry.
+This value can be taken from the <Literal>parse_tree_root</Literal> part of
+the <Literal>Uil_compile_desc_type</Literal> data structure returned by <Function>Uil</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>By following the link from the root entry,
+you can traverse the entire parse tree.
+Symbol table entries are in the following format:
+</Para>
+<Para><StructField>hex.address</StructField>
+<StructField>symbol.type</StructField>
+<StructField>symbol.data</StructField>
+<StructField>prev.source.position</StructField>
+<StructField>source.position</StructField>
+<StructField>modification.record</StructField>
+</Para>
+<Para>where:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><StructField>hex.address</StructField></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the hexadecimal address of this entry in the symbol table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><StructField>symbol.type</StructField></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of this symbol table entry. Some possible types
+are <Symbol Role="Variable">root</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">module</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">procedure</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><StructField>symbol.data</StructField></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies data for the symbol table entry. The data varies with the
+type of the entry. Often it contains pointers to other symbol table entries,
+or the actual data for the data type.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><StructField>prev.source.position</StructField></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the end point in the source code for the previous source item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><StructField>source.position</StructField></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the range of positions in the source code for this symbol.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The exact data structures for each symbol type are defined in the
+include file <Filename>UilSymDef.h</Filename>.
+Note that this file is automatically included when
+an application includes the file <Filename>UilDef.h</Filename>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Uil3;
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Vendor.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Vendor.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..236dc88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/Vendor.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1424 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Vendor.sgm /main/16 1996/10/29 11:40:55 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN30.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>VendorShell</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>VendorShell</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The VendorShell widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>VendorShell</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+#include &lt;X11/Shell.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>VendorShell is a Motif widget class used as a supporting superclass for
+all shell classes that are visible to the window manager and that are
+not override redirect.
+It contains resources that describe the MWM-specific look and feel.
+It also manages the MWM-specific communication needed by all VendorShell
+subclasses.
+See the <Command>mwm</Command> reference page for more information.
+</Para>
+<Para>If an application uses the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmwmDecorations</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmwmFunctions</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmwmInputMode</SystemItem> resource, it should
+include the file <Filename>Xm/MwmUtil.h</Filename>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNborderWidth</SystemItem> for
+either a VendorShell or its managed child usually sets that resource to the
+same value in both the parent and the child. When an off-the-spot input
+method exists, the height and width of the shell may be greater than
+those of the managed child in order to accommodate the input method.
+In this case, setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem> for the
+shell does not necessarily set that resource to the same value in
+the managed child, and setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem>
+for the child does not necessarily set that resource to the same
+value in the shell.
+</Para>
+<Para>For the managed child of a VendorShell, regardless of the value
+of the shell's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem>, setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNy</SystemItem> sets the corresponding resource of the parent but does
+not change the child's position relative to the parent.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> for the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNy</SystemItem> yields the
+value of the corresponding resource in the parent.
+The x and y-coordinates of the child's upper left outside
+corner relative to the parent's upper left inside corner are both 0 (zero)
+minus the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNborderWidth</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the <Emphasis>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</Emphasis> (ICCCM)
+allows a window manager to change or control the border width of a reparented
+top-level window.
+</Para>
+<Para>VendorShell holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>VendorShell inherits behavior, resources, and traits from the <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Shell</Classname>, and
+<Classname>WMShell</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">vendorShellWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>VendorShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+subresource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a subresource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given subresource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>VendorShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaudibleWarning</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAudibleWarning</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmBELL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdeleteResponse</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDeleteResponse</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDESTROY</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinputMethod</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInputMethod</Entry>
+<Entry>string</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmInputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPER_SHELL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNkeyboardFocusPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCKeyboardFocusPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmEXPLICIT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelRenderTabel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmDecorations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmDecorations</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmFunctions</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmFunctions</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmInputMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmInputMode</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmMenu</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmMenu</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpreeditType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPreeditType</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNverifyPreedit</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVerifyPreedit</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshellUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShellUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPIXELS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPIXELS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuseAsyncGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUseAsyncGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNaudibleWarning</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Determines whether an action activates its associated audible cue.
+The possible values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBELL</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonFontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list used for button descendants. See the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonRenderTable</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonRenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table used for VendorShell's button descendants.
+If this value is NULL at initialization and if the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem> is not NULL, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonRenderTable</SystemItem>
+is initialized to the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem>. If
+the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem> is NULL,
+the parent hierarchy of the widget is searched for
+an ancestor that holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+If such an ancestor is found,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonRenderTable</SystemItem> is initialized to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBUTTON_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value
+of the ancestor widget. If no such ancestor is found, the default
+is implementation dependent. Refer to
+&cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on the creation and structure
+of a render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a default font list for VendorShell's descendants.
+This resource is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+earlier releases. It has been replaced by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonFontList</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelFontList</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextFontList</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdeleteResponse</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Determines what action the shell takes in response to a
+<Property>WM_DELETE_WINDOW</Property> message.
+The setting can be one of three values: <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDESTROY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNMAP</SystemItem>,
+and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDO_NOTHING</SystemItem>.
+The resource is scanned, and the appropriate action is taken after the
+<Property>WM_DELETE_WINDOW</Property> callback list (if any) that is registered with
+the Protocol manager has been called.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinputMethod</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string that sets the locale modifier for the input
+method.
+When <Function>XtGetValues</Function> is called on this resource, the returned value
+is a pointer to the actual resource value and
+should not be freed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinputPolicy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the policy to follow for creating an
+Input Context (IC) for this shell. This resource can have the
+following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPER_SHELL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that only one XIC is created per shell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPER_WIDGET</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that one XIC is created for each widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNkeyboardFocusPolicy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Determines allocation of keyboard focus within the widget hierarchy rooted
+at this shell. The X keyboard focus must be directed to somewhere in the
+hierarchy for this client-side focus management to take effect.
+Possible values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, specifying a click-to-type policy,
+and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTER</SystemItem>, specifying a pointer-driven policy.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelFontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list used for label descendants. See the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelRenderTable</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelRenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list used for VendorShell's label descendants
+(Labels and LabelGadgets). If this value is NULL at initialization
+and if the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem> is not NULL,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelFontList</SystemItem> is initialized to the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem>. If the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem> is
+NULL, the parent hierarchy of the widget is searched
+for an ancestor that holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+If such
+an ancestor is found, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelRenderTable</SystemItem> is initialized to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLABEL_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> of the ancestor widget. If no such ancestor
+is found, the default is implementation dependent. Refer to
+&cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on the creation and structure
+of a render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the direction in which the subwidgets, children of a
+widget, or other visual components are to be laid out. This policy
+will apply as the default layout policy for all descendants of this
+VendorShell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmwmDecorations</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the decoration flags (specific decorations to add or remove
+from the window manager frame) for the <Property>_MOTIF_WM_HINTS</Property> property.
+If any decoration flags are specified by the <Property>_MOTIF_WM_HINTS</Property>
+property, only decorations indicated by both that property and the MWM
+<Literal>clientDecoration</Literal> and <Literal>transientDecoration</Literal> resources are displayed.
+If no decoration flags are specified by the <Property>_MOTIF_WM_HINTS</Property> property,
+decorations indicated by the MWM <Literal>clientDecoration</Literal> and
+<Literal>transientDecoration</Literal> resources are displayed.
+The default for the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmwmDecorations</SystemItem> resource
+is not to specify any decoration flags for the <Property>_MOTIF_WM_HINTS</Property> property.
+</Para>
+<Para>The value of this resource is the bitwise inclusive OR of one or more
+flag bits.
+The possible flag bit constants, defined in the include
+file <Filename>Xm/MwmUtil.h</Filename>, are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_DECOR_ALL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All decorations <Emphasis>except</Emphasis> those specified by
+other flag bits that are set
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_DECOR_BORDER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Client window border
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_DECOR_RESIZEH</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Resize frame handles
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_DECOR_TITLE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Title bar
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_DECOR_MENU</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Window menu button
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_DECOR_MINIMIZE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Minimize window button
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_DECOR_MAXIMIZE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Maximize window button
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmwmFunctions</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the function flags (specific window manager functions to
+apply or not apply to the client window) for the <Property>_MOTIF_WM_HINTS</Property>
+property.
+If any function flags are specified by the <Property>_MOTIF_WM_HINTS</Property>
+property, only functions indicated by both that property and the MWM
+<Literal>clientFunctions</Literal> and <Literal>transientFunctions</Literal> resources are
+applied.
+If no function flags are specified by the <Property>_MOTIF_WM_HINTS</Property>
+property, functions indicated by the MWM <Literal>clientFunctions</Literal> and
+<Literal>transientFunctions</Literal> resources are applied.
+The default for the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmwmFunctions</SystemItem> resource is not to specify any
+function flags for the <Property>_MOTIF_WM_HINTS</Property> property.
+</Para>
+<Para>The value of this resource is the bitwise inclusive OR of one or more
+flag bits.
+The possible flag bit constants, defined in the include
+file <Filename>Xm/MwmUtil.h</Filename>, are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_FUNC_ALL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All functions <Emphasis>except</Emphasis> those specified by
+other flag bits that are set
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_FUNC_RESIZE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Function>f.resize</Function>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_FUNC_MOVE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Function>f.move</Function>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_FUNC_MINIMIZE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Function>f.minimize</Function>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_FUNC_MAXIMIZE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Function>f.maximize</Function>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_FUNC_CLOSE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Function>f.kill</Function>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmwmInputMode</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the input mode flag (application modal or system modal input
+constraints) for the <Property>_MOTIF_WM_HINTS</Property> property.
+If no input mode flag is specified by the <Property>_MOTIF_WM_HINTS</Property>
+property, no input constraints are applied, and input goes to any
+window.
+The default for the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmwmInputMode</SystemItem> resource is not to specify any
+input mode flag for the <Property>_MOTIF_WM_HINTS</Property> property.
+</Para>
+<Para>An application that sets input constraints on a dialog usually uses the
+BulletinBoard's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogStyle</SystemItem> resource rather than the parent
+DialogShell's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmwmInputMode</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<Para>The possible values for this resource, defined in the
+include file <Filename>Xm/MwmUtil.h</Filename>, are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_INPUT_MODELESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Input goes to any window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_INPUT_PRIMARY_APPLICATION_MODAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Input does not
+go to ancestors of this window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_INPUT_SYSTEM_MODAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Input goes only to this window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MWM_INPUT_FULL_APPLICATION_MODAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Input does not go to other
+windows in this application.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmwmMenu</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the menu items that the Motif window manager should add to the end
+of the window menu. The string contains a list of items separated
+by <Literal>\n</Literal> with the following format:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis><Symbol Role="Variable">label [mnemonic] [accelerator] function</Symbol>
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>If more than one item is specified, the items should be separated by a
+newline character.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <Function>XtGetValues</Function> is called on this resource, the returned value
+is a pointer to the actual resource value and
+should not be freed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpreeditType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the input method style or styles available to the input
+manager. The resource can be a comma-separated list of the following
+values:
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="2" Namest="1"><Literal>Preedit Values</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Preedit Value</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>XIM Style</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>OffTheSpot</Entry>
+<Entry>XIMPreeditArea</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Root</Entry>
+<Entry>XIMPreeditNothing</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>XIMPreeditNone</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>OverTheSpot</Entry>
+<Entry>XIMPreeditPosition</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>OnTheSpot</Entry>
+<Entry>XIMPreeditCallbacks</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>When <Function>XtGetValues</Function> is called on this resource, the returned value
+is a pointer to the actual resource value and
+should not be freed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshellUnitType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is obsolete, and is included only for compatibility with
+earlier releases of Motif. Use the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> resource
+instead.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextFontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list used for text descendants. See the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextRenderTable</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextRenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table used for VendorShell's Text and List
+descendants. If this value is NULL at initialization
+and if the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem> is not NULL,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextRenderTable</SystemItem> is initialized to the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem>. If the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem> is
+NULL, the parent hierarchy of the widget is searched
+for an ancestor that holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+If such
+an ancestor is found, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextRenderTable</SystemItem> is initialized to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEXT_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. If no such ancestor
+is found, the default is implementation dependent.
+Refer to
+&cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on the creation and structure
+of a render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Provides the basic support for resolution independence. It defines
+the type of units a widget uses with sizing and positioning resources.
+The resource has a default unit type of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXELS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The unit type can also be specified in resource files, with the
+following format:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing><Symbol Role="Variable">&lt;floating value>&lt;unit></Symbol>
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>where:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">unit</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;" ", pixels, inches, centimeters, millimeters, points, font units>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>pixels</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">pix</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">pixel</Symbol>, <Emphasis>pixels</Emphasis>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">inches</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">in</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">inch</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">inches</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">centimeter</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">cm</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">centimeter</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">centimeters</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">millimeters</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">mm</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">millimeter</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">millimeters</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>points</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">pt</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">point</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">points</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>font units</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">fu</Symbol>, <Literal>font_unit</Literal>, <Literal>font_units</Literal>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">float</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is {"+"|"-"}{{&lt;"0"-"9">*}.}&lt;"0"-"9">*
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the type Dimension must always be positive.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For example,
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>xmfonts*XmMainWindow.height: 10.4cm
+*PostIn.width: 3inches
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> can have the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXELS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal
+pixel values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMILLIMETERS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal millimeter
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_MILLIMETERS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated
+as 1/100 of a millimeter.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCENTIMETERS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal centimeter
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINCHES</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal inch
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm1000TH_INCHES</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as
+1/1000 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal point
+values. A point is a unit used in text processing
+applications and is defined as 1/72 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_POINTS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as
+1/100 of a point. A point is a unit used in text processing
+applications and is defined as 1/72 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_UNITS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal font
+units. A font unit has horizontal and vertical components.
+These are the values of the XmScreen resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_FONT_UNITS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as 1/100 of a font unit.
+A font unit has horizontal and vertical components. These are the
+values of the <Classname>XmScreen</Classname> resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For more information about units, refer to the <Function>XmConvertUnits</Function>
+reference page.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNuseAsyncGeometry</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the geometry manager should wait for confirmation of a
+geometry request to the window manager.
+When the value of this resource is True, the geometry manager forces
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwaitForWm</SystemItem> to False and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwmTimeout</SystemItem> to 0, and it relies
+on asynchronous notification.
+When the value of this resource is False, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwaitForWm</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwmTimeout</SystemItem> are unaffected.
+The default is False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>VendorShell inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>WMShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbaseHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBaseHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbaseWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBaseWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheightInc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeightInc</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>Window</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialState</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialState</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>NormalState</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinput</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInput</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtitleEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTitleEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>Atom</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtransient</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTransient</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwaitForWm</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWaitForWm</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidthInc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidthInc</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwindowGroup</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWindowGroup</Entry>
+<Entry>Window</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>mNwinGravity</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWinGravity</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwmTimeout</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWmTimeout</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>5000 ms</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Shell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNgeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopdownCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>Visual *</Entry>
+<Entry>CopyFromParent</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translations for VendorShell.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;,
+&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.mwm;,
+&cdeman.Shell;,
+&cdeman.WMShell;,
+&cdeman.XmActivateProtocol;,
+&cdeman.XmActivateWMProtocol;,
+&cdeman.XmAddProtocolCallback;,
+&cdeman.XmAddWMProtocolCallback;,
+&cdeman.XmAddProtocols;,
+&cdeman.XmAddWMProtocols;,
+&cdeman.XmDeactivateProtocol;,
+&cdeman.XmDeactivateWMProtocol;,
+&cdeman.XmGetAtomName;,
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;,
+&cdeman.XmIsMotifWMRunning;,
+&cdeman.XmRemoveProtocolCallback;,
+&cdeman.XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback;,
+&cdeman.XmRemoveProtocols;,
+&cdeman.XmRemoveWMProtocols;,
+&cdeman.XmScreen;,
+&cdeman.XmSetProtocolHooks;,
+and &cdeman.XmSetWMProtocolHooks;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/VirtBind.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/VirtBind.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ae7588c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/VirtBind.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,817 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: VirtBind.sgm /main/12 1996/09/08 21:43:15 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN31.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>VirtualBindings</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>VirtualBindings</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Bindings for virtual mouse and key events
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VirtualBindings</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>default bindings</Primary>
+<Secondary>VirtualBindings</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The Motif reference pages describe key translations in terms of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">virtual bindings</Symbol>, based on those described in the &MotifStyleGd;.
+<!--Mouse events are described in terms of &bsol;*Vvirtual buttons&bsol;*O, and key
+events are described in terms of &bsol;*Vvirtual keys&bsol;*O.
+The term &bsol;*Vvirtual&bsol;*O implies that the events as described do not
+necessarily correspond to a fixed set of X Window System events.
+Instead, virtual buttons and keys are linked to actual events by means
+of virtual bindings.
+.SS "Virtual Modifiers"
+Both virtual buttons and virtual keys may contain &bsol;*Vvirtual
+modifiers&bsol;*O.
+Each virtual modifier corresponds to one or more actual modifiers.
+The following table lists the bindings of virtual modifiers to actual
+modifiers in Motif.
+.PP
+.TS
+center, allbox, tab(@);
+cb s
+lb lb.
+Virtual Modifier Bindings
+Virtual Modifier@Actual Modifiers
+_
+MAlt@&lt;Mod1>
+MCopy@&lt;Ctrl>
+MCtrl@&lt;Ctrl>
+MLink@&lt;Ctrl> &lt;Shift>
+MMove@&lt;Shift>
+MShift@&lt;Shift>
+.TE
+.PP
+&bsol;*LMod1&bsol;*O refers to the first modifier key.
+Motif requires that it correspond to either
+.kY Alt
+or
+.K, Meta &period;
+.PP
+The virtual modifier &bsol;*LMAny&bsol;*O indicates that any modifier can be used.
+If &bsol;*LMAny&bsol;*O is not specified and the user presses an actual modifier
+that is not explicitly included in a translation, that modifier may
+prevent the translation from being matched.
+.SS "Virtual Buttons"
+Each virtual button corresponds to one or more actual button event
+descriptions.
+Each button event description contains a button name and possibly
+modifiers.
+These button event descriptions, appropriately ordered and possibly
+further modified, are used in translation tables.
+The following table lists the bindings of virtual buttons to actual
+button event descriptions in Motif:
+.PP
+.TS
+center, allbox, tab(@);
+cb s
+lb lb.
+Virtual Button Bindings
+Virtual Button@Actual Button Events
+_
+BCustom@Btn3
+BTransfer@Btn2
+BExtend@&lt;Shift>Btn1
+BMenu@Btn3
+BSelect@Btn1
+BToggle@&lt;Ctrl>Btn1
+.TE
+.SS "Virtual Keys"
+.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added multiple binding"
+Each virtual key corresponds to one or more actual key event
+descriptions, and may have multiple physical keys bound to it.
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added multiple binding"
+Each key event description contains a keysym name and possibly
+modifiers.
+These key event descriptions, appropriately ordered and possibly further
+modified,
+.ne 15
+are used in translation tables.
+The following table lists the bindings of virtual keys to
+actual key event descriptions in Motif.
+.PP
+.ne 40
+.TS
+center, allbox, tab(@);
+cb s
+lb | lb.
+Virtual Key Bindings
+Virtual Key@Actual Key Events
+_
+KActivate@T{
+&lt;Key>&lt;Return>
+.nL
+&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>&lt;Return>
+.nL
+&lt;Key>osfActivate
+T}
+KAddMode@&lt;Key>osfAddMode
+KBackSpace@&lt;Key>osfBackSpace
+KBackTab@&lt;Shift>&lt;Key>&lt;Tab>
+KBeginData@&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>osfBeginLine
+KBeginLine@&lt;Key>osfBeginLine
+KCancel@&lt;Key>osfCancel
+KClear@&lt;Key>osfClear
+KCopy@T{
+&lt;Key>osfCopy
+.nL
+&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>osfInsert
+T}
+KCut@T{
+&lt;Key>osfCut
+.nL
+&lt;Shift>&lt;Key>osfDelete
+T}
+KDelete@&lt;Key>osfDelete
+KDeselectAll@&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>backslash
+KDown@&lt;Key>osfDown
+KEndData@&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>osfEndLine
+KEndLine@&lt;Key>osfEndLine
+KEnter@&lt;Key>&lt;Return>
+KEscape@&lt;Key>&lt;Escape>
+KExtend@T{
+&lt;Ctrl> &lt;Shift>&lt;Key>space
+.nL
+&lt;Shift>&lt;Key>osfSelect
+T}
+KHelp@&lt;Key>osfHelp
+KInsert@&lt;Key>osfInsert
+KLeft@&lt;Key>osfLeft
+.TE
+.ne 40
+.TS
+center, allbox, tab(@);
+cb s
+lb | lb.
+Virtual Key Bindings
+Virtual Key@Actual Key Events
+_
+KMenu@&lt;Key>osfMenu
+KMenuBar@&lt;Key>osfMenuBar
+KNextField@T{
+&lt;Key>&lt;Tab>
+.nL
+&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>&lt;Tab>
+T}
+KNextMenu@T{
+&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>osfDown
+.nL
+&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>osfRight
+T}
+KPageDown@&lt;Key>osfPageDown
+KPageLeft@T{
+&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>osfPageUp
+.nL
+&lt;Key>osfPageLeft
+T}
+KPageRight@T{
+&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>osfPageDown
+.nL
+&lt;Key>osfPageRight
+T}
+KPageUp@&lt;Key>osfPageUp
+KPaste@T{
+&lt;Key>osfPaste
+.nL
+&lt;Shift>&lt;Key>osfInsert
+T}
+KPrevField@T{
+&lt;Shift>&lt;Key>&lt;Tab>
+.nL
+&lt;Ctrl> &lt;Shift>&lt;Key>&lt;Tab>
+T}
+KPrevMenu@T{
+&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>osfUp
+.nL
+&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>osfLeft
+T}
+KPrimaryCopy@T{
+&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>osfPrimaryPaste
+.nl
+Mod1&lt;Key>osfCopy
+.nL
+Mod1 &lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>osfInsert
+T}
+KPrimaryCut@T{
+Mod1&lt;Key>osfPrimaryPaste
+.nL
+Mod1&lt;Key>osfCut
+.nL
+Mod1 &lt;Shift>&lt;Key>osfDelete
+T}
+KPrimaryPaste@&lt;Key>osfPrimaryPaste
+KQuickCopy@&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>osfQuickPaste
+KQuickCut@Mod1&lt;Key>osfQuickPaste
+KQuickExtend@&lt;Shift>&lt;Key>osfQuickPaste
+KQuickPaste@&lt;Key>osfQuickPaste
+KReselect@&lt;Ctrl> &lt;Shift>&lt;Key>osfSelect
+KRestore@&lt;Ctrl> &lt;Shift>&lt;Key>osfInsert
+KRight@&lt;Key>osfRight
+KSelect@T{
+&lt;Key>space
+.nL
+&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>space
+.nL
+&lt;Key>osfSelect
+T}
+KSelectAll@&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Key>slash
+KSpace@&lt;Key>space
+KTab@&lt;Key>&lt;Tab>
+KUndo@T{
+&lt;Key>osfUndo
+.nL
+Mod1&lt;Key>osfBackSpace
+T}
+KUp@&lt;Key>osfUp
+KAny@&lt;Key>
+.TE
+--></Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Bindings for osf Keysyms</Title>
+<Para>Keysym strings that begin with <KeySym>osf</KeySym> are not part of the X server's
+keyboard mapping.
+Instead, these keysyms are produced on the client side at run time.
+They are interpreted by the routine <Function>XmTranslateKey</Function>, and
+are used by the translation manager when the server delivers an actual
+key event.
+For each application, a mapping is maintained between <KeySym>osf</KeySym> keysyms and
+keysyms that correspond to actual keys.
+This mapping is based on information obtained at application startup
+from one of the following sources, listed in order of precedence:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultVirtualBindings</SystemItem> resource from Display.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A property on the root window, which can be set by <Command>mwm</Command> on startup,
+or by the <Command>xmbind</Command> client, or on prior startup of a Motif
+application.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The file <filename>.motifbind</filename> in the user's home directory.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A set of bindings based on the vendor string and optionally the vendor
+release of the X server.
+Motif searches for these bindings in the following steps:
+</Para>
+<OrderedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the file <filename>xmbind.alias</filename> exists in the user's home directory,
+Motif searches this file for a pathname associated with the vendor
+string or with the vendor string and vendor release.
+If it finds such a pathname and if that file exists, Motif loads the
+bindings contained in that file.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If it has found no bindings, Motif next looks for the file
+<filename>xmbind.alias</filename> in the directory specified by the environment
+variable <SystemItem Class="Constant">XMBINDDIR</SystemItem>, if <SystemItem Class="Constant">XMBINDDIR</SystemItem> is set, or in the directory
+<Filename>/usr/lib/Xm/bindings</Filename> if <SystemItem Class="Constant">XMBINDDIR</SystemItem> is not set.
+If this file exists Motif searches it for a pathname associated with the
+vendor string or with the vendor string and vendor release.
+If it finds such a pathname and if that file exists, Motif loads the
+bindings contained in that file.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If it still has found no bindings, Motif loads a set of hard-coded
+fallback bindings.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</OrderedList>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>The <filename>xmbind.alias</filename> file contains zero or more lines of the following form:
+</Para>
+<ProgramListing>"<Symbol Role="Variable">vendor_string</Symbol>[ <Symbol Role="Variable">vendor_release</Symbol>]"    <Symbol Role="Variable">bindings_file</Symbol>
+</ProgramListing>
+<Para>where <Symbol Role="Variable">vendor_string</Symbol> is the X server vendor name as returned by the
+X client <Command>xdpyinfo</Command> or the Xlib function <Function>XServerVendor</Function>, and
+must appear in double quotes.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">vendor_release</Symbol> is included, it is the X server vendor release
+number as returned by the X client <Command>xdpyinfo</Command> or the Xlib function
+<Function>XVendorRelease</Function>, and must also be contained within the double
+quotes separated by one space from <Symbol Role="Variable">vendor_string</Symbol>.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">vendor_release</Symbol> argument is provided to allow support
+of changes in keyboard
+hardware from a vendor, assuming that the vendor increments the release
+number to flag such changes.
+Alternatively, the vendor may simply use a unique vendor string for each
+different keyboard.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Symbol Role="Variable">bindings_file</Symbol> argument is the pathname of
+the file containing the bindings
+themselves.
+It can be a relative or absolute pathname.
+If it it is a relative pathname, it is relative to the location of the
+<filename>xmbind.alias</filename> file.
+</Para>
+<Para>Comment lines in the <filename>xmbind.alias</filename> file begin with ! (exclamation
+point).
+</Para>
+<Para>The bindings found in either the <filename>.motifbind</filename> file or the vendor
+mapping are placed in a property on the root window.
+This property is used to determine the bindings for subsequent Motif
+applications.
+</Para>
+<Para>On startup <Command>mwm</Command> attempts to load the file <filename>.motifbind</filename> in the
+user's home directory.
+If this is unsuccessful, it loads the vendor bindings as described
+previously.
+It places the bindings it loads in a property on the root window for use
+by subsequent Motif applications.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Command>xmbind</Command> function loads bindings
+from a file if that file is specified on the
+command line.
+If no file is specified on the command line, it attempts to load the
+file <filename>.motifbind</filename> in the user's home directory.
+If this fails, it loads the vendor bindings as described previously.
+It places the bindings it loads in a property on the root window for use
+by subsequent Motif applications.
+</Para>
+<Para>The format of the specification for mapping <KeySym>osf</KeySym> keysyms to
+actual keysyms is similar to that of a specification for an event
+translation. (See below) The syntax is specified (and below) here in
+EBNF notation using the following conventions:
+</Para>
+<ProgramListing>[<Symbol Role="Variable">a</Symbol>]    Means either nothing or <Symbol Role="Variable">a</Symbol>
+{<Symbol Role="Variable">a</Symbol>}    Means zero or more occurrences of <Symbol Role="Variable">a</Symbol>
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">a</Symbol>|<Symbol Role="Variable">b</Symbol>)    Means either <Symbol Role="Variable">a</Symbol> or <Symbol Role="Variable">b</Symbol>.
+</ProgramListing>
+<Para>Terminals are enclosed in double quotation marks.
+</Para>
+<Para>The syntax of an <KeySym>osf</KeySym> keysym binding specification is as follows:
+</Para>
+<ProgramListing>binding_spec    =       {line "&bsol;n"} [line]
+line            =       virtual_keysym ":" list_of_key_event
+list_of_key_event=      key_event { "," key_event}
+key_event       =       {modifier_name} "&lt;Key>" actual_keysym
+virtual_keysym  =       keysym
+actual_keysym   =       keysym
+keysym          =       A valid X11 keysym name that is
+                        mapped by <Function>XStringToKeysym</Function>
+</ProgramListing>
+<Para>As with event translations, more specific event descriptions must
+precede less specific descriptions.
+For example, an event description for a key with a modifier must precede
+a description for the same key without the same modifier.
+</Para>
+<Para>Following is an example of a specification for the
+<Literal>defaultVirtualBindings</Literal> resource in a resource file:
+<!--no-op:  .in +3n--></Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>*defaultVirtualBindings: &bsol;
+        osfBackSpace:       &lt;Key>BackSpace       &bsol;n&bsol;
+        osfInsert:       &lt;Key>InsertChar      &bsol;n&bsol;
+        osfDelete:       &lt;Key>DeleteChar      &bsol;n&bsol;
+&npzwc;...
+        osfLeft:       &lt;Key>left, Ctrl&lt;Key>H
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<!--no-op:  .in-->
+<Para>The format of a <filename>.motifbind</filename> file or of a file containing vendor
+bindings is the same, except that the binding specification for each
+keysym is placed on a separate line.
+The previous example specification appears as follows in a
+<filename>.motifbind</filename> or vendor bindings file:
+<!--no-op:  .in +3n--></Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>osfBackSpace:       &lt;Key>BackSpace
+osfInsert:       &lt;Key>InsertChar
+osfDelete:       &lt;Key>DeleteChar
+&npzwc;...
+osfLeft:       &lt;Key>left, Ctrl&lt;Key>H
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<!--no-op:  .in-->
+<Para>The following table lists the fixed fallback default bindings for
+<KeySym>osf</KeySym> keysyms.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="2" Namest="1"><Literal>Fallback Default Bindings for osf Keysyms</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><KeySym>osf Keysym</KeySym></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Fallback Default Binding</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym>KP_Enter
+<KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Execute</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfAddMode</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Shift&lt;Key>F8</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfBackSpace</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>BackSpace</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym>Home
+<KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Begin</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym>Escape
+<KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Cancel</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfClear</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Clear</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfCopy</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfCut</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfDelete</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Delete</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfDeselectAll</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Down</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>End</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym>F1
+<KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Help</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Insert</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Left</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfLeftLine</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfMenu</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Shift</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym>F10
+<KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Menu</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfMenuBar</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym>F10
+Shift<KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Menu</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfNextMinor</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Next</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfPageLeft</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfPageRight</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Prior</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfPaste</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfPrimaryPaste</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfPriorMinor</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfReselect</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfRestore</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Right</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfRightLine</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Select</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfSelectAll</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Variable">unbound</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfSwitchDirection</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Alt</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym>Return
+Alt<KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>KP_Enter</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfUndo</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Undo</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Up</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!--.ne 40
+.TS
+center, allbox, tab(@);
+cb s
+lb lb.
+Fallback Default Bindings for osf Keysyms
+osf Keysym@Fallback Default Binding
+_
+osfActivate@&lt;unbound>
+osfAddMode@&lt;Shift> F8
+osfBackSpace@Backspace
+osfBeginLine@Home
+osfClear@Clear
+osfCopy@unbound
+osfCut@unbound
+osfDelete@Delete
+osfDown@Down
+osfEndLine@End
+osfCancel@&lt;Escape>
+osfHelp@F1
+osfInsert@Insert
+osfLeft@Left
+osfMenu@F4
+osfMenuBar@F10
+osfPageDown@Next
+osfPageLeft@unbound
+osfPageRight@unbound
+osfPageUp@Prior
+osfPaste@unbound
+osfPrimaryPaste@unbound
+osfQuickPaste@unbound
+osfRight@Right
+osfSelect@Select
+osfUndo@Undo
+osfUp@Up
+.TE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Changes in the Handling of Shifted Keys</Title>
+<Para>In conjunction with MIT X11R5 Patch 24, this version of Motif
+introduces a change in the way that keys involving the &lt;Shift>
+modifier are processed. This change allows the numeric keypad to be
+used to generate numbers using the standard X mechanisms. Since the
+default behavior is now to honor the xmodmap keymap bindings,
+translations and virtual key bindings that use &lt;Shift> may behave
+differently. A common symptom is that unshifted keypad and function
+keys (with or without other modifiers) produce the expected results,
+but shifted ones do not.
+</Para>
+<Para>To obtain the old behavior you can remove the shifted interpretation
+from problematic keys using the <Command>xmodmap</Command> utility. Each entry in
+a <Command>xmodmap</Command> keymap table contains up to four keysym bindings. The
+second and fourth keysyms are for shifted keys. If an expression
+contains only two keysyms, simply remove the second keysym. If
+an entry contains three or more keysyms, replace the second keysym
+with <SystemItem Class="Constant">NoSymbol</SystemItem> and remove the fourth keysym.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Translations</Title>
+<Para>The translation table syntax used by Motif is completely specified
+in the X11R5 Toolkit Intrinsics Documentation. For the complete syntax
+description, and for general instructions about writing or modifying a
+translation table, please refer to this document. A brief summary of the
+translation table format, however, is included below.
+</Para>
+<Para>The syntax is defined as in the binding syntax specification above.
+Informal descriptions are contained in angle brackets (&lt;>).
+<LiteralLayout>TranslationTable=       [ directive ] { production }
+directive       =       ( "#replace" | "#override" | "#augment") "&bsol;n"
+production      =       lhs ":" rhs "&bsol;n"
+lhs             =       ( event | keyseq) {"," ( event | keyseq) }
+keyseq          =       """ keychar { keychar } """
+keychar         =       ( "&caret;" | "$" | "&bsol;&bsol;") &lt;ISO Latin 1 character>
+event           =       [ modifier_list ] "&lt;" event_type ">" [ count ] {detail}
+modifier_list   =       ( ["!"][":"] { modifier } | "None")
+modifier        =       [ "~" ] ( "@" &lt;keysym> | &lt;name from table below>)
+count           =       "(" &lt;positive integer> [ "+" ] ")"
+rhs             =       { action_name "(" [params] ")" }
+params          =       string { "," string }
+</LiteralLayout>
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> field need not be quoted unless it includes a space
+or tab character, or any comma, newline, or parenthesis. The entire
+list of string values making up the <Symbol Role="Variable">params</Symbol> field will ba passed
+to the named action routine.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Symbol Role="Variable">details</Symbol> field may be used to specify a keysym that will
+identify a particular key event. For example, <KeySym>Key</KeySym> is the name
+of a type of event, but it must be modified by the <Symbol Role="Variable">details</Symbol> field
+to name a specific event, such as <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>A</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>Modifier Names</Literal>
+The modifier list, which may be empty, consists of a list of modifier
+keys that must be pressed with the key sequence. The modifier keys
+may abbreviated with single letters, as in the following list of the
+familiar modifiers:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>s</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Shift
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>c&ensp;or&ensp;&caret;</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Ctrl (Control)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>m&ensp;or&ensp;$</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Meta
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>a</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Alt
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Other modifiers are available, such as "Mod5" and "Button2." These
+have no abbreviation (although the "Button" modifiers may be
+abbreviated in combination with events, as outlined below). If a
+modifier list has no entries, and is not "None", it means the position
+of the modifier keys is irrelevant. If modifiers are listed, the
+designated keys must be in the specified position, but the unlisted
+modifier keys are irrelevant. If the list begins with an exclamation
+point (!), however, the unlisted modifiers may not be asserted. In
+addition, if a modifier name is preceded by a tilde (~), the
+corresponding key must <Emphasis>not</Emphasis> be pressed.
+</Para>
+<Para>If a modifier list begins with a colon (:), X tries to use the
+standard modifiers (Shift and Lock), if present, to map the key event
+code into a recognized keysym.
+</Para>
+<Para>Event Types
+These are a few of the recognized event types.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Key or KeyDown</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A keyboard key was pressed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>KeyUp</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A keyboard key was released.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>BtnDown</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A mouse button was pressed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>BtnUp</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A mouse button was released.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Motion</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The mouse pointer moved.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Enter</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The pointer entered the widget's window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Leave</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The pointer left the widget's window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>FocusIn</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget has received focus.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>FocusOut</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget has lost focus.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>There are some event abbreviations available. For example,
+<KeySym>Btn1Motion</KeySym> is actually a "Motion" event, modified with the
+"Button1" modifier (<Literal>Button1&lt;Motion></Literal>). Similarly, <KeySym>Btn3Up</KeySym>
+is actually a "BtnUp" event with the "Button3" modifier. These
+abbreviations are used extensively in the Motif translation
+tables.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.xmbind;
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/WMShell.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/WMShell.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..71938ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X/WMShell.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,906 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: WMShell.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 21:43:23 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN32.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>WMShell</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>WMShell</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The WMShell widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>WMShell</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>WMShell</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+&npzwc;#include &lt;X11/Shell.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>WMShell is a top-level widget that encapsulates the interaction with the
+window manager.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>WMShell inherits behavior and resources from the <Classname>Core</Classname>, <Classname>Composite</Classname>,
+and <Classname>Shell</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">wmShellWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>WMShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>WMShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbaseHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBaseHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbaseWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBaseWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheightInc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeightInc</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>Window</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialState</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialState</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>NormalState</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinput</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInput</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtitleEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTitleEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>Atom</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtransient</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTransient</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwaitForWm</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWaitForWm</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidthInc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidthInc</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwindowGroup</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWindowGroup</Entry>
+<Entry>Window</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwinGravity</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWinGravity</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwmTimeout</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWmTimeout</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>5000 ms</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbaseHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the base for a progression of preferred heights for the
+window manager to use in sizing the widget.
+The preferred heights are <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbaseHeight</SystemItem> plus integral multiples of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheightInc</SystemItem>, with a minimum of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminHeight</SystemItem> and a maximum
+of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaxHeight</SystemItem>.
+If an initial value is not supplied for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbaseHeight</SystemItem> but is
+supplied for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbaseWidth</SystemItem>, the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbaseHeight</SystemItem>
+is set to 0 (zero) when the widget is realized.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbaseWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the base for a progression of preferred widths for the
+window manager to use in sizing the widget.
+The preferred widths are <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbaseWidth</SystemItem> plus integral multiples of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidthInc</SystemItem>, with a minimum of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminWidth</SystemItem> and a maximum of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaxWidth</SystemItem>.
+If an initial value is not supplied for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbaseWidth</SystemItem> but is
+supplied for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbaseHeight</SystemItem>, the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbaseWidth</SystemItem>
+is set to 0 (zero) when the widget is realized.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheightInc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the increment for a progression of preferred heights for the
+window manager to use in sizing the widget.
+The preferred heights are <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbaseHeight</SystemItem> plus integral multiples of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheightInc</SystemItem>, with a minimum of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminHeight</SystemItem> and a maximum
+of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaxHeight</SystemItem>.
+If an initial value is not supplied for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheightInc</SystemItem> but is
+supplied for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidthInc</SystemItem>, the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheightInc</SystemItem>
+is set to 1 when the widget is realized.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNiconMask</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a bitmap that could be used by the window manager to clip the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNiconPixmap</SystemItem> bitmap to make the icon nonrectangular.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNiconPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a bitmap that could be used by the window manager as the
+application's icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNiconWindow</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of a window that could be used by the window manager
+as the application's icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNiconX</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a suitable place to put the application's icon; this is a hint
+to the window manager in root window coordinates. Because the window manager
+controls icon placement policy, this resource may be ignored.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNiconY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a suitable place to put the application's icon; this is a hint
+to the window manager in root window coordinates.
+Because the window manager
+controls icon placement policy, this resource may be ignored.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialState</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the state the application wants the widget instance to
+start in.
+It must be one of the constants <SystemItem Class="Constant">NormalState</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">IconicState</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinput</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the application's input model for this widget and its
+descendants.
+The meaning of a True or False value for this resource depends on the
+presence or absence of a WM_TAKE_FOCUS atom in the
+WM_PROTOCOLS property:
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Input Model</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinput</SystemItem></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Property>WM_TAKE_FOCUS</Property></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>No input</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>Absent</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Passive</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>Absent</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Locally active</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>Present</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Globally active</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>Present</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>For more information on input models, see the X Consortium Standard
+<Emphasis>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</Emphasis> (ICCCM).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaxAspectX</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the numerator of the maximum aspect ratio (X/Y) that the
+application wants the widget instance to have.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaxAspectY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the denominator of the maximum aspect ratio (X/Y) that the
+application wants the widget instance to have.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaxHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the maximum height that the application wants the widget
+instance to have.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaxWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the maximum width that the application wants the widget
+instance to have.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminAspectX</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the numerator of the minimum aspect ratio (X/Y) that the
+application wants the widget instance to have.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminAspectY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the denominator of the minimum aspect ratio (X/Y) that the
+application wants the widget instance to have.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the minimum height that the application wants the widget
+instance to have.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the minimum width that the application wants the widget
+instance to have.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtitle</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the application name to be displayed by the window manager.
+The default is the icon name, if specified; otherwise, it is the name of the
+application.
+When <Function>XtGetValues</Function> is called on this resource, the returned value
+is a pointer to the actual resource value and
+should not be freed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtitleEncoding</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a property type that represents the encoding of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtitle</SystemItem> string.
+If a language procedure has been set, the default is None; otherwise,
+the default is <Symbol>XA_STRING</Symbol>. When the widget is realized, if the value
+is None, the corresponding name is assumed to be in the current locale.
+The name is passed to <Function>XmbTextListToTextProperty</Function> with an encoding
+style of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XStdICCTextStyle</SystemItem>. The resulting encoding is <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>
+if the name is fully convertible to <Symbol>STRING</Symbol>; otherwise it is
+<Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+The values of the encoding resources are not changed; they remain None.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtransient</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that is True if the widget instance is
+transient, typically a popup on behalf of another widget.
+The window manager may treat a transient widget's window differently
+from other windows.
+For example, a window manager may
+not iconify a transient window
+separately from its associated application.
+Applications and users should not normally alter this resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwaitForWm</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When True, specifies that the Intrinsics waits the length of time given
+by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwmTimeout</SystemItem> resource for the window manager to respond to
+certain actions before assuming that there is no window manager present.
+This resource is altered by the Intrinsics as it receives, or fails
+to receive, responses from the window manager.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidthInc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the base for a progression of preferred widths for the
+window manager to use in sizing the widget.
+The preferred widths are <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbaseWidth</SystemItem> plus integral multiples of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidthInc</SystemItem>, with a minimum of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminWidth</SystemItem> and a maximum of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaxWidth</SystemItem>.
+If an initial value is not supplied for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidthInc</SystemItem> but is
+supplied for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheightInc</SystemItem>, the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidthInc</SystemItem>
+is set to 1 when the widget is realized.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwindowGroup</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of a window with which this widget instance is
+associated.
+By convention, this window is the "leader" of a group of windows.
+A window manager may treat all windows in a group in some way; for
+example, it may always move or iconify them together.
+</Para>
+<Para>If no initial value is specified, the value is set to the window of the
+first realized ancestor widget in the parent hierarchy when the widget
+is realized.
+If a value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup</SystemItem> is specified, no window
+group is set.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwinGravity</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window gravity for use by the window manager in
+positioning the widget.
+If no initial value is specified, the value is set when the widget is
+realized.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgeometry</SystemItem> is not NULL, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwinGravity</SystemItem> is set to the
+window gravity returned by <Function>XWMGeometry</Function>.
+Otherwise, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwinGravity</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">NorthWestGravity</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwmTimeout</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the length of time that the Intrinsics waits for the window
+manager to respond to certain actions before assuming that there is no
+window manager present.
+The value is in milliseconds and must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>WMShell inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Shell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNgeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopdownCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>Visual *</Entry>
+<Entry>CopyFromParent</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for WMShell -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translations for WMShell.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Core;, and &cdeman.Shell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/CloseHie.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/CloseHie.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..76e5a13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/CloseHie.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CloseHie.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:24:38 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN7.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmCloseHierarchy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmCloseHierarchy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Closes a UID hierarchy
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmCloseHierarchy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmCloseHierarchy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uid hierarchy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h></FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmCloseHierarchy</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>hierarchy_id</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>MrmHierarchy <Parameter>hierarchy_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MRM function</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmCloseHierarchy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmCloseHierarchy</Primary>
+<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>MrmCloseHierarchy</Function>
+function<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmCloseHierarchy</Primary>
+<Secondary>description</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+closes a UID hierarchy previously opened by <Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>.
+All files associated with the hierarchy are closed by the
+Motif Resource Manager (MRM) and all associated memory is returned.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of a previously opened UID hierarchy.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol> was returned in a previous call to
+<Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The hierarchy ID was invalid.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchBit.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchBit.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..680ef6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchBit.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FetchBit.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 21:24:46 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN8.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmFetchBitmapLiteral</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmFetchBitmapLiteral</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Fetches a bitmap literal from a hierarchy
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchBitmapLiteral</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchBitmapLiteral</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmFetchBitmapLiteral</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>hierarchy_id, index, screen, display, pixmap_return,
+ width, height</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>MrmHierarchy <Parameter>hierarchy_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>index</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Screen *<Parameter>screen</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Display *<Parameter>display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixmap *<Parameter>pixmap_return</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension *<Parameter>width</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension *<Parameter>height</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MRM function</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchBitmapLiteral</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchBitmapLiteral</Primary>
+<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchBitmapLiteral</Primary>
+<Secondary>description</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>The <Function>MrmFetchBitmapLiteral</Function> function fetches a bitmap literal
+from an MRM hierarchy, and converts the bitmap literal to an X pixmap
+of depth 1. The function returns this pixmap and its width and height.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the UID hierarchy that contains the
+specified icon literal. The value of <Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol> was returned in
+a previous call to <Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">index</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the UIL name of the bitmap literal to fetch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the screen used for the pixmap.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol> argument specifies a pointer to the
+Xlib structure <StructName Role="typedef">Screen</StructName> which contains the information about that
+screen and is linked to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure.
+For more information on the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> and <StructName Role="typedef">Screen</StructName> structures,
+see the Xlib function <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> and the associated screen
+information macros.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display used for the pixmap.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol> argument specifies the connection to the X server.
+For more information on the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure, see the Xlib function
+<Function>XOpenDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">pixmap_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the resulting X pixmap value.
+The function allocates space for this pixmap.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmDestroyPixmap</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">width</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the width of the pixmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">height</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the height of the pixmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmNOT_FOUND</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The hierarchy ID was invalid.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmNOT_FOUND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The bitmap literal was not found in the hierarchy.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmWRONG_TYPE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The caller tried to fetch a literal of a type not supported by this
+function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.MrmFetchIconLiteral;,
+&cdeman.MrmFetchLiteral;, and
+<Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">XOpenDisplay</Filename>(3).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchCol.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchCol.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d11be71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchCol.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FetchCol.sgm /main/11 1996/09/24 15:57:42 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN9.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmFetchColorLiteral</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmFetchColorLiteral</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Fetches a named color literal from a UID file
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchColorLiteral</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchColorLiteral</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uid file</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmFetchColorLiteral</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>hierarchy_id, index, display, colormap_id, pixel</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>MrmHierarchy <Parameter>hierarchy_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>index</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Display *<Parameter>display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Colormap <Parameter>colormap_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel *<Parameter>pixel</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MRM function</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchColorLiteral</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchColorLiteral</Primary>
+<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>MrmFetchColorLiteral</Function>
+function<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchColorLiteral</Primary>
+<Secondary>description</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+fetches a named color literal from a UID file, and converts the
+color literal to a pixel color value.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the UID hierarchy that contains the
+specified literal.
+The value of <Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol> was returned in a previous call to
+<Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">index</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the UIL name of the color literal to fetch.
+You must define this name in UIL as an exported value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display used for the pixmap.
+The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol>
+argument specifies the connection to the X server.
+For more information on the
+<StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure, see the Xlib function
+<Function>XOpenDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">colormap_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the color map.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">colormap_id</Symbol> is NULL, the default color map is used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">pixel</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the ID of the color literal.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmNOT_FOUND</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The hierarchy ID was invalid.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmNOT_FOUND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The color literal was not found in the UIL file.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmWRONG_TYPE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The caller tried to fetch a literal of a type not supported by this
+function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.MrmFetchBitmapLiteral;,
+&cdeman.MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay;,
+&cdeman.MrmFetchIconLiteral;,
+&cdeman.MrmFetchLiteral;, and
+<Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">XOpenDisplay</Filename>(3).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchIco.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchIco.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..cc9cf99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchIco.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FetchIco.sgm /main/11 1996/09/24 15:57:52 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN10.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmFetchIconLiteral</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmFetchIconLiteral</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Fetches an icon literal from a hierarchy
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchIconLiteral</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchIconLiteral</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmFetchIconLiteral</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>hierarchy_id, index, screen, display, fgpix, bgpix, pixmap</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>MrmHierarchy <Parameter>hierarchy_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>index</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Screen *<Parameter>screen</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Display *<Parameter>display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>fgpix</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>bgpix</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixmap *<Parameter>pixmap</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MRM function</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchIconLiteral</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchIconLiteral</Primary>
+<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>MrmFetchIconLiteral</Function>
+function<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchIconLiteral</Primary>
+<Secondary>description</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+fetches an icon literal from an MRM hierarchy and converts the
+icon literal to an X pixmap.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the UID hierarchy that contains the
+specified icon literal.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol> was returned in a previous call to
+<Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">index</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the UIL name of the icon literal to fetch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the screen used for the pixmap.
+The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol>
+argument specifies a pointer to the
+Xlib structure
+<StructName Role="typedef">Screen</StructName>,
+which contains the information about that screen and is linked to the
+<StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName>
+structure.
+For more information on the
+<StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName>
+and
+<StructName Role="typedef">Screen</StructName>
+structures, see the Xlib function
+<Function>XOpenDisplay</Function>
+and the associated screen information macros.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display used for the pixmap.
+The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol>
+argument specifies the connection to the X server.
+For more information on the
+<StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure, see the Xlib function
+<Function>XOpenDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">fgpix</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the foreground color for the pixmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">bgpix</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the background color for the pixmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">pixmap</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the resulting X pixmap value.
+The function allocates space for this pixmap.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmDestroyPixmap</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmNOT_FOUND</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The hierarchy ID was invalid.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmNOT_FOUND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The icon literal was not found in the hierarchy.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmWRONG_TYPE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The caller tried to fetch a literal of a type not supported by this
+function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.MrmFetchBitmapLiteral;,
+&cdeman.MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay;,
+&cdeman.MrmFetchLiteral;,
+&cdeman.MrmFetchColorLiteral;, and
+<Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">XOpenDisplay</Filename>(3).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchLit.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchLit.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5102cf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchLit.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FetchLit.sgm /main/11 1996/09/24 15:58:02 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN11.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmFetchLiteral</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmFetchLiteral</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Fetches a literal from a UID file
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchLiteral</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchLiteral</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmFetchLiteral</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>hierarchy_id, index, display, value, type</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>MrmHierarchy <Parameter>hierarchy_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>index</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Display *<Parameter>display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer *<Parameter>value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>MrmCode *<Parameter>type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MRM function</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchLiteral</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchLiteral</Primary>
+<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>MrmFetchLiteral</Function>
+function<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchLiteral</Primary>
+<Secondary>description</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+reads and returns the value and type of a literal (named value)
+that is stored as
+a public resource in a single UID file.
+This function returns a pointer to the value of the literal.
+For example, an integer is always returned as a pointer to an integer,
+and a string is always returned as a pointer to a string.
+</Para>
+<Para>Applications should not use
+<Function>MrmFetchLiteral</Function>
+for fetching icon or color literals.
+If this is attempted,
+<Function>MrmFetchLiteral</Function>
+returns an error.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the UID hierarchy that contains the
+specified literal.
+The value of <Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol> was returned in a previous call to
+<Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">index</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the UIL name of the literal (pixmap) to fetch.
+You must define this name in UIL as an exported value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display used for the pixmap.
+The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol>
+argument specifies the connection to the X server.
+For more information on the
+<StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure, see the Xlib function
+<Function>XOpenDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the ID of the named literal's value.
+The function allocates space for the returned value.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space
+by calling the appropriate deallocation function. For example,
+if the returned ID symbolizes a pixmap, then the application can
+recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmDestroyPixmap</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the named literal's data type.
+Types are defined in the include file <Filename>Mrm/MrmPublic.h</Filename>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmNOT_FOUND</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The hierarchy ID was invalid.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmNOT_FOUND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The literal was not found in the UIL file.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmWRONG_TYPE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The caller tried to fetch a literal of a type not supported by this
+function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.MrmFetchBitmapLiteral;,
+&cdeman.MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay;,
+&cdeman.MrmFetchIconLiteral;,
+&cdeman.MrmFetchColorLiteral;, and
+<Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">XOpenDisplay</Filename>(3).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchSet.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchSet.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6db0e4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchSet.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FetchSet.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:25:15 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN12.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmFetchSetValues</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmFetchSetValues</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Fetches the values to be set from literals stored in
+UID files
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchSetValues</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchSetValues</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmFetchSetValues</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>hierarchy_id, widget, args, num_args</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>MrmHierarchy <Parameter>hierarchy_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>args</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>num_args</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MRM function</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchSetValues</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchSetValues</Primary>
+<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>MrmFetchSetValues</Function>
+function
+is similar to
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function>,
+except that the values to be set are defined by the UIL named
+values that are stored in the UID hierarchy.<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchSetValues</Primary>
+<Secondary>description</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Function>MrmFetchSetValues</Function>
+fetches the values to be set from literals stored in UID files.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the UID hierarchy that contains the
+specified literal.
+The value of <Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol>
+was returned in a previous call to <Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget that is modified.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">args</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an argument list that identifies the widget arguments to be
+modified as well as the index (UIL name) of the literal that
+defines the value for that argument.
+The name part of each argument (<Symbol Role="Variable">args[n].name</Symbol>) must begin with the string
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> followed by the name that uniquely identifies this attribute tag.
+For example, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem>
+is the attribute name associated with the core argument <Symbol Role="Variable">width</Symbol>.
+The value part (<Symbol Role="Variable">args[n].value</Symbol>) must be a string
+that gives the index (UIL name) of the literal.
+You must define all literals in UIL as exported values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_args</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of entries in <Symbol Role="Variable">args</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>This function
+sets the values
+on a widget, evaluating the
+values as public literal resource references resolvable from
+a UID hierarchy.
+Each literal is fetched from the hierarchy, and
+its value is modified and converted as required.
+This value is
+then placed in the argument list and used as the actual value for an
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function>
+call.
+<Function>MrmFetchSetValues</Function>
+allows a widget to be modified
+after creation using UID file values the same way
+creation values are used in <Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>As in
+<Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function>,
+each argument whose value can be evaluated
+from
+the UID hierarchy is set in the widget.
+Values that are not
+found
+or values in which conversion errors occur are not modified.
+</Para>
+<Para>Each entry in the argument list identifies an argument to be modified
+in the widget.
+The name part identifies the tag, which begins with
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem>.
+The value part must be a string
+whose value is the index of
+the literal.
+Thus, the following code would modify the label resource of the widget
+to have the value of the literal accessed by the index
+<Literal>OK_button_label</Literal> in the hierarchy:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>args[n].name = XmNlabel;
+args[n].value = "OK_button_label";
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUE</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmPARTIAL_SUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmPARTIAL_SUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>At least one literal was successfully fetched.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The hierarchy ID was invalid.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay;,
+<Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">XtSetValues</Filename>(3).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchWiA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchWiA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..65cd1e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchWiA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FetchWiA.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:25:23 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN13.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmFetchWidget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Fetches and creates an indexed (UIL named) application widget and its children
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchWidget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchWidget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>hierarchy_id, index, parent_widget, widget, class</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>MrmHierarchy <Parameter>hierarchy_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>index</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent_widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget *<Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>MrmType *<Parameter>class</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MRM function</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchWidget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchWidget</Primary>
+<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function>
+function<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchWidget</Primary>
+<Secondary>description</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+fetches and creates an
+indexed application widget and its children.
+The indexed application widget is any widget that is named in UIL.
+In
+fetch operations, the fetched widget's subtree is also
+fetched and created.
+This widget must not appear as the child of a widget within its own
+subtree. <Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function> does not execute <Function>XtManageChild</Function>
+for the newly created widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>All widgets fetched by a call to <Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function> are not managed
+at the time of their creation callbacks.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the <Symbol Role="Define">UID</Symbol> hierarchy that contains the
+interface definition.
+The value of <Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol> was returned in a previous call to
+<Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">index</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the UIL name of the widget to fetch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent_widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID of the created widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">class</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This argument must be set to an actual pointer; it
+cannot be a NULL pointer. <Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function> sets this argument to
+an implementation dependent value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>An application can fetch
+any named widget in the <Symbol Role="Define">UID</Symbol> hierarchy using
+<Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function>.
+<Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function>
+can be called at any time to fetch a widget that was not fetched at
+application startup.
+<Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function>
+can be used to defer fetching pop-up
+widgets until they are first
+referenced (presumably in a callback), and then used to fetch them
+once.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function>
+can also create multiple instances of a widget (and its subtree).
+In this case, the <Symbol Role="Define">UID</Symbol> definition functions as a template;
+a widget definition can be fetched any number of times.
+An application can use
+this template to make multiple instances of a widget, for example, in a
+dialog box box or menu.
+</Para>
+<Para>The index (UIL name) that identifies the widget must be
+known to the application.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmNOT_FOUND</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The hierarchy ID was invalid.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmNOT_FOUND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget was not found in UID hierarchy.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay;,
+&cdeman.MrmFetchWidgetOverride;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchWiB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchWiB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e9a5924
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/FetchWiB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FetchWiB.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 21:25:30 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN14.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmFetchWidgetOverride</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmFetchWidgetOverride</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Fetches any indexed (UIL named) application widget.  It overrides the arguments specified for this application widget in UIL
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchWidgetOverride</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchWidgetOverride</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmFetchWidgetOverride</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>hierarchy_id, index, parent_widget,
+override_name, override_args, override_num_args, widget, class</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>MrmHierarchy <Parameter>hierarchy_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>index</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent_widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>override_name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>override_args</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>override_num_args</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget *<Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>MrmType *<Parameter>class</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MRM function</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmFetchWidgetOverride</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchWidgetOverride</Primary>
+<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The <Function>MrmFetchWidgetOverride</Function> function<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFetchWidgetOverride</Primary>
+<Secondary>description</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+is the extended version of <Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function>.
+It is identical to <Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function>, except that it
+allows the caller to override the widget's name and any
+arguments that <Function>MrmFetchWidget</Function>
+would otherwise retrieve from the UID file or
+one of the defaulting mechanisms.
+That is, the override argument list is not
+limited to those arguments in the UID file.
+</Para>
+<Para>The override arguments apply only to the widget fetched and
+returned
+by this function.
+Its children (subtree) do not receive any
+override
+parameters.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the UID hierarchy that contains
+the interface definition.
+The value of <Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol>
+was returned in a previous call to <Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">index</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the UIL name of the widget to fetch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent_widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">override_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name to override the widget name.
+Use a NULL value if you do not want to override the widget name.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">override_args</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the override argument list, exactly as given to
+<Function>XtCreateWidget</Function>
+(conversion complete and so forth).
+Use a
+NULL value if you do not want to override the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">override_num_args</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of arguments in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">override_args</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID of the created widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">class</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the class code identifying MRM's widget class.
+Literals identifying MRM widget class codes are defined in
+the include file <Filename>Mrm/MrmPublic.h</Filename>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUE</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmNOT_FOUND</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmBAD_HIERARCHY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The hierarchy ID was invalid.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmNOT_FOUND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget was not found in UID hierarchy.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay;,
+&cdeman.MrmFetchWidget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/Initiali.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/Initiali.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d7e3090
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/Initiali.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Initiali.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:25:38 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN15.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmInitialize</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmInitialize</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Prepares an application to use MRM widget-fetching facilities
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmInitialize</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmInitialize</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo></FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>MrmInitialize</Function></FuncDef>
+<Void>
+</FuncSynopsis><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MRM function</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmInitialize</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmInitialize</Primary>
+<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>MrmInitialize</Function>
+function must be called to prepare an application to use MRM
+widget-fetching facilities.
+You must call this function prior to fetching a widget.
+However, it is good programming practice to call
+<Function>MrmInitialize</Function>
+prior to performing any
+MRM operations.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>MrmInitialize</Function>
+initializes<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmInitialize</Primary>
+<Secondary>description</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+the internal data structures that MRM needs to
+successfully perform type
+conversion on arguments and to successfully access widget creation
+facilities.
+An application must call
+<Function>MrmInitialize</Function>
+before it uses other
+MRM functions.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/OpenHieA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/OpenHieA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7038fb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/OpenHieA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: OpenHieA.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 21:25:45 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN16.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmOpenHierarchy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmOpenHierarchy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens all the UID files in
+the hierarchy
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmOpenHierarchy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmOpenHierarchy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmOpenHierarchy</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>num_files, file_names_list, ancillary_structures_list,
+hierarchy_id</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>MrmCount <Parameter>num_files</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>file_names_list</Parameter>[]</ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>MrmOsOpenParamPtr *<Parameter>ancillary_structures_list</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>MrmHierarchy *<Parameter>hierarchy_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MRM function</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmOpenHierarchy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmOpenHierarchy</Primary>
+<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This routine is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. It is replaced by <Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>.
+<Function>MrmOpenHierarchy</Function> is identical to <Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>
+except that <Function>MrmOpenHierarchy</Function> does not take a <Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol>
+argument.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_files</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of files in the name list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">file_names_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of character strings that identify
+the UID files.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">ancillary_structures_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A list of operating-system-dependent ancillary structures corresponding
+to items such as filenames, clobber flags, and so forth.
+This argument should be NULL for most operations.
+If you need to reference this structure,
+see the definition of
+<StructName Role="typedef">MrmOsOpenParamPtr</StructName>
+in the <Filename>MrmPublic.h</Filename> header file for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the search hierarchy ID.
+The search hierarchy ID identifies the list of UID files that
+MRM searches (in order) when performing subsequent
+fetch calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Each UID file string in <Symbol Role="Variable">file_names_list</Symbol> can specify either a full
+pathname or a filename.
+If a UID file string has a leading slash (/), it specifies a full
+pathname, and MRM opens the file as specified.
+Otherwise, the UID file string specifies a filename.
+In this case, MRM looks for the file along a search path specified by the
+<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">UIDPATH</SystemItem> environment variable or by a default search path, which
+varies depending on whether or not the <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</SystemItem> environment
+variable is set.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">UIDPATH</SystemItem> environment variable specifies a search path and
+naming conventions associated with UID files.
+It can contain the substitution field <Literal>%U</Literal>, where the UID file string from
+the <Symbol Role="Variable">file_names_list</Symbol> argument to <Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function> is
+substituted for <Literal>%U</Literal>.
+It can also contain the substitution fields accepted by
+<Function>XtResolvePathname</Function>.
+The substitution field <Literal>%T</Literal> is always mapped to <Symbol Role="Variable">uid</Symbol>.
+The entire path is first searched with <Literal>%S</Literal> mapped to <Literal>&npzwc;.uid</Literal>.
+If no file is found, it is searched again with <Literal>%S</Literal> mapped to NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para>If no display is set prior to calling this function, the result of
+this function's call to <Function>XtResolvePathname</Function> is undefined.
+</Para>
+<Para>For example, the following <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">UIDPATH</SystemItem> value and
+<Function>MrmOpenHierarchy</Function> call cause MRM to open two separate UID files:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>UIDPATH=/uidlib/%L/%U.uid:/uidlib/%U/%L
+  static char *uid_files[] = {"/usr/users/me/test.uid", "test2"};
+  MrmHierarchy  *Hierarchy_id;
+  MrmOpenHierarchy((MrmCount)2,uid_files, NULL, Hierarchy_id)
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>MRM opens the first file, <Filename>/usr/users/me/test.uid</Filename>, as specified in
+the <Symbol Role="Variable">file_names_list</Symbol> argument to <Function>MrmOpenHierarchy</Function>, because
+the UID file string in the <Symbol Role="Variable">file_names_list</Symbol> argument specifies a
+full pathname.
+MRM looks for the second file,
+<filename>test2</filename>,
+first as
+<Filename>/uidlib/%L/test2.uid</Filename>
+and second as
+<Filename>/uidlib/test2/%L</Filename>,
+where the display's language string is substituted for <Literal>%L</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>After
+<Function>MrmOpenHierarchy</Function>
+opens the UID hierarchy, you should not delete or modify the
+UID files until you close the UID hierarchy by calling
+<Function>MrmCloseHierarchy</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">UIDPATH</SystemItem> is not set but the environment variable
+<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</SystemItem> is set, MRM searches the following pathnames:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%L/uid/%N/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%l/uid/%N/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/uid/%N/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%L/uid/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%l/uid/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/uid/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/include/X11/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>If neither <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">UIDPATH</SystemItem> nor <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</SystemItem> is set, MRM searches the
+following pathnames:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>HOME/%L/uid/%N/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>HOME/%l/uid/%N/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%L/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%l/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/include/X11/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>These paths are defaults that vendors may change.
+For example, a vendor may use different directories for
+<Filename>/usr/lib/X11</Filename> and <Filename>/usr/include/X11</Filename>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following substitutions are used in these paths:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%U</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The UID file string, from the <Symbol Role="Variable">file_names_list</Symbol> argument.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%N</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The class name of the application.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%L</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The display's language string.
+This string is influenced by <Function>XtSetLanguageProc</Function>.
+The default string is determined by
+calling <Action>setlocale(<Symbol Role="Define">LC_ALL, NULL</Symbol>)</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%l</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The language component of the display's language string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%S</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The suffix to the filename.
+The entire path is first searched with a suffix of
+<filename>.uid</filename>.
+If
+no file is found, it is searched again with a NULL suffix.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmNOT_FOUND</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmNOT_FOUND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>File not found.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay; and
+&cdeman.MrmCloseHierarchy;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/OpenHieB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/OpenHieB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e1031ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/OpenHieB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: OpenHieB.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:25:53 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN17.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmOpenHierarchyFromBuffer</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmOpenHierarchyFromBuffer</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens a buffer containing a memory image of a UID file
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmOpenHierarchyFrom\\%Buffer</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmOpenHierarchyFrom\\%Buffer</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="not-ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h>
+<?sml-space \n(PDu></FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmOpenHierarchyFromBuffer</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>uid_buffer, hierarchy_id</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>uid_buffer</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>MrmHierarchy *<Parameter>hierarchy_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>MrmOpenHierarchyFromBuffer</Function> allows you to specify a buffer
+containing information from UID files that MRM searches in subsequent
+fetch operations.
+This function also allocates a hierarchy ID and initializes the
+optimized search lists in the hierarchy.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a stream of bytes containing information from UID files
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the search hierarchy ID.
+The search hierarchy ID identifies the buffer that MRM searches when
+performing subsequent fetch calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.MrmCloseHierarchy; and
+&cdeman.MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/OpenHieC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/OpenHieC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7f8499a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/OpenHieC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: OpenHieC.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 21:26:00 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN18.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens all the UID files in the hierarchy
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmOpenHierarchyPer\\%Display</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmOpenHierarchyPer\\%Display</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>display, num_files, file_names_list,
+ancillary_structures_list, hierarchy_id</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display *<Parameter>display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>MrmCount <Parameter>num_files</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>file_names_list</Parameter>[]</ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>MrmOsOpenParamPtr *<Parameter>ancillary_structures_list</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>MrmHierarchy *<Parameter>hierarchy_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function> allows you to specify the list
+of UID files that MRM searches in subsequent fetch operations.
+All subsequent fetch operations return the first occurrence of the
+named item encountered while traversing the UID hierarchy from
+the first list element (UID file specification) to the last list
+element.
+This function also
+allocates a hierarchy ID and opens all the UID files in the
+hierarchy.
+It initializes the optimized search lists in the hierarchy.
+If
+<Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>
+encounters any errors during its execution, any files that were opened
+are closed.
+</Para>
+<Para>The application must call <Function>XtAppInitialize</Function> before calling
+<Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the connection to the X server and the value to pass
+to <Function>XtResolvePathname</Function>. For more information on the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName>
+structure, see the Xlib function <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_files</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of files in the name list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">file_names_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of character strings that identify
+the UID files.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">ancillary_structures_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A list of operating-system-dependent ancillary structures corresponding
+to items such as filenames, clobber flags, and so forth.
+This argument should be NULL for most operations.
+If you need to reference this structure,
+see the definition of
+<StructName Role="typedef">MrmOsOpenParamPtr</StructName>
+in the <Filename>MrmPublic.h</Filename> header file for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the search hierarchy ID.
+The search hierarchy ID identifies the list of UID files that
+MRM searches (in order) when performing subsequent
+fetch calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Each UID file string in <Symbol Role="Variable">file_names_list</Symbol> can specify either a full
+pathname or a filename.
+If a UID file string has a leading / (slash), it specifies a full
+pathname, and MRM opens the file as specified.
+Otherwise, the UID file string specifies a filename.
+In this case MRM looks for the file along a search path specified by the
+<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">UIDPATH</SystemItem> environment variable or by a default search path, which
+varies depending on whether or not the <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</SystemItem> environment
+variable is set.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">UIDPATH</SystemItem> environment variable specifies a search path and
+naming conventions associated with UID files.
+It can contain the substitution field <Literal>%U</Literal>, where the UID file string from
+the <Symbol Role="Variable">file_names_list</Symbol> argument to <Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function> is
+substituted for <Literal>%U</Literal>.
+It can also contain the substitution fields accepted by
+<Function>XtResolvePathname</Function>.
+The substitution field <Literal>%T</Literal> is always mapped to <Symbol Role="Variable">uid</Symbol>.
+The entire path is searched first with <Literal>%S</Literal> mapped to <filename>.uid</filename>.
+If no file is found, it is searched again with <Literal>%S</Literal> mapped to NULL.
+For example, the following <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">UIDPATH</SystemItem> value and
+<Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function> call cause MRM to open two separate UID
+files:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>UIDPATH=/uidlib/%L/%U.uid:/uidlib/%U/%L
+  static char *uid_files[] = {"/usr/users/me/test.uid", "test2"};
+  MrmHierarchy  *Hierarchy_id;
+  MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay((MrmCount)2,uid_files, NULL, Hierarchy_id)
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>MRM opens the first file, <Filename>/usr/users/me/test.uid</Filename>, as specified in
+the <Symbol Role="Variable">file_names_list</Symbol> argument to <Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>,
+because the UID file string in the <Symbol Role="Variable">file_names_list</Symbol> argument
+specifies a full pathname.
+MRM looks for the second file,
+<filename>test2</filename>,
+first as
+<Filename>/uidlib/%L/test2.uid</Filename>
+and second as
+<Filename>/uidlib/test2/%L</Filename>,
+where the display's language string is substituted for <Literal>%L</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>After
+<Function>MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay</Function>
+opens the UID hierarchy, you should not delete or modify the
+UID files until you close the UID hierarchy by calling
+<Function>MrmCloseHierarchy</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">UIDPATH</SystemItem> is not set, but the environment variable
+<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</SystemItem> is set, MRM searches the following pathnames:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%L/uid/%N/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%l/uid/%N/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/uid/%N/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%L/uid/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%l/uid/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/uid/%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/include/X11/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>If neither <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">UIDPATH</SystemItem> nor <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</SystemItem> is set, MRM searches the
+following pathnames:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><filename>%U%S</filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%L/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%l/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%L/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%l/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/uid/%N/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/include/X11/uid/%U%S</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>These paths are defaults that vendors may change.
+For example, a vendor may use different directories for
+<Filename>/usr/lib/X11</Filename> and <Filename>/usr/include/X11</Filename>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following substitutions are used in these paths:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%U</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The UID file string, from the <Symbol Role="Variable">file_names_list</Symbol> argument.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%N</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The class name of the application.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%L</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The display's language string.
+This string is influenced by <Function>XtSetLanguageProc</Function>.
+The default string is determined by
+calling <Action>setlocale(<Symbol Role="Define">LC_ALL, NULL</Symbol>)</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%l</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The language component of the display's language string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%S</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The suffix to the filename.
+The entire path is first searched with a suffix of
+<filename>.uid</filename>.
+If
+no file is found, it is searched again with a NULL suffix.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmNOT_FOUND</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmNOT_FOUND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>File not found.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.MrmCloseHierarchy;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/RegisteA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/RegisteA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c6830cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/RegisteA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RegisteA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:26:08 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN19.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmRegisterClass</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmRegisterClass</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Saves the information needed for MRM to access the widget creation function for user-defined widgets
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmRegisterClass</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmRegisterClass</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmRegisterClass</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>class_code, class_name, create_name, create_proc,
+class_record</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>MrmType <Parameter>class_code</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>class_name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>create_name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget (*<Parameter>create_proc</Parameter>) ()</ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>WidgetClass <Parameter>class_record</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MRM function</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmRegisterClass</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmRegisterClass</Primary>
+<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>MrmRegisterClass</Function>
+function<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmRegisterClass</Primary>
+<Secondary>description</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+allows MRM to access user-defined widget classes.
+This function registers the necessary information for
+MRM to create widgets of this class.
+You must call
+<Function>MrmRegisterClass</Function>
+prior to fetching any user-defined class widget.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>MrmRegisterClass</Function>
+saves the information needed to access the widget creation
+function and to do type conversion of argument lists by using the
+information in MRM databases.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">class_code</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This argument is ignored; it is present for compatibility with previous
+releases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>class_name</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This argument is ignored; it is present for compatibility with previous
+releases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">create_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the case-sensitive name of the low-level widget creation
+function for the class.
+An example from the Motif Toolkit is
+<Function>XmCreateLabel</Function>.
+Arguments are
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parent_widget</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Variable">override_arglist</Symbol>,
+and
+<Symbol Role="Variable">override_argcount</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>For user-defined widgets,
+<Symbol Role="Variable">create_name</Symbol>
+is the creation procedure in the UIL that defines this widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>create_proc</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the address of the creation function that you named in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">create_name</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">class_record</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the class record.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/RegisteB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/RegisteB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c79677f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/RegisteB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RegisteB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:26:15 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN20.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmRegisterNames</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmRegisterNames</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names)
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmRegisterNames</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmRegisterNames</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmRegisterNames</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>register_list, register_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>MrmRegisterArglist <Parameter>register_list</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>MrmCount <Parameter>register_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MRM function</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmRegisterNames</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmRegisterNames</Primary>
+<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>MrmRegisterNames</Function>
+function<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmRegisterNames</Primary>
+<Secondary>description</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+registers a vector of names and associated values
+for access in MRM.
+The values can be callback functions, pointers
+to user-defined data, or any other values.
+The information provided is used to resolve symbolic references
+occurring in UID files to their run-time values.
+For callbacks, this information provides the procedure address required
+by the Motif Toolkit.
+For names used as identifiers in UIL, this information
+provides any
+run-time mapping the application needs.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function is similar to
+<Function>MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy</Function>,
+except that the scope of the names registered by
+<Function>MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy</Function>
+is limited to the hierarchy specified in the call to that function,
+whereas the names registered by
+<Function>MrmRegisterNames</Function>
+have global scope.
+When MRM looks up a name, it first tries to find the name among those
+registered for the given hierarchy.
+If that lookup fails, it tries to find the name among those registered
+globally.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">register_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of name/value pairs for the names to be registered.
+Each name is a case-sensitive, NULL-terminated ASCII string.
+Each value is a 32-bit quantity, interpreted as a procedure address if
+the name is a callback function, and uninterpreted otherwise.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">register_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of entries in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">register_list</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The names in the list are case-sensitive.
+The list can be either ordered or unordered.
+</Para>
+<Para>Callback functions registered through
+<Function>MrmRegisterNames</Function>
+can be either
+regular or creation callbacks.
+Regular callbacks have declarations determined by Motif Toolkit and user
+requirements.
+Creation callbacks have the same format as any other callback:
+</Para>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>CallBackProc</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget_id, tag, callback_data</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget *<Parameter>widget_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Opaque <Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmAnyCallbackStruct *<Parameter>callback_data</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID associated with the widget performing the
+callback (as in any callback function).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag value (as in any callback function).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">callback_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a widget-specific data structure.
+This data structure has a minimum of two members: event and reason.
+The reason member is always set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmCR_CREATE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Note that the widget name and parent are available from the widget
+record accessible through
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget_id</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/RegisteC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/RegisteC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4f9c026
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Mrm/RegisteC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RegisteC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:26:23 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN21.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL within a single hierarchy (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names)
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmRegisterNamesIn\\%Hierarchy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>uil functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmRegisterNamesIn\\%Hierarchy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Mrm/MrmPublic.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>hierarchy_id, register_list, register_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>MrmHierarchy <Parameter>hierarchy_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>MrmRegisterArglist <Parameter>register_list</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>MrmCount <Parameter>register_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MRM function</Primary>
+<Secondary>MrmRegisterNamesIn\\%Hierarchy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmRegisterNamesIn\\%Hierarchy</Primary>
+<Secondary>definition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy</Function>
+function<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmRegisterNamesIn\\%Hierarchy</Primary>
+<Secondary>description</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+registers a vector of names and associated values
+for access in MRM.
+The values can be callback functions, pointers
+to user-defined data, or any other values.
+The information provided is used to resolve symbolic references
+occurring in UID files to their run-time
+values. For callbacks, this information
+provides the procedure address required
+by the Motif Toolkit.
+For names used as identifiers in UIL, this information
+provides any
+run-time mapping the application needs.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function is similar to
+<Function>MrmRegisterNames</Function>,
+except that the scope of the names registered by
+<Function>MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy</Function>
+is limited to the hierarchy specified by
+<Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol>,
+whereas the names registered by
+<Function>MrmRegisterNames</Function>
+have
+global scope.
+When MRM looks up a name, it first tries to find the name among those
+registered for the given hierarchy.
+If that lookup fails, it tries to find the name among those registered
+globally.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">hierarchy_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the hierarchy with which the names are to be associated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">register_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of name/value pairs for the names to be registered.
+Each name is a case-sensitive, NULL-terminated ASCII string.
+Each value is a 32-bit quantity, interpreted as a procedure address if
+the name is a callback function, and uninterpreted otherwise.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">register_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of entries in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">register_list</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The names in the list are case-sensitive.
+The list can be either ordered or unordered.
+</Para>
+<Para>Callback functions registered through
+<Function>MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy</Function>
+can be either
+regular or creation callbacks.
+Regular callbacks have declarations determined by Motif Toolkit and user
+requirements.
+Creation callbacks have the same format as any other callback:
+</Para>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>CallBackProc</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget_id, tag, callback_data</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget *<Parameter>widget_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Opaque <Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmAnyCallbackStruct *<Parameter>callback_data</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID associated with the widget performing the
+callback (as in any callback function).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag value (as in any callback function).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">callback_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a widget-specific data structure.
+This data structure has a minimum of two members: event and reason.
+The reason member is always set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmCR_CREATE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Note that the widget name and parent are available from the widget
+record accessible through
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget_id</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmSUCCESS</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MrmFAILURE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>This function returns one of the following status return constants:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmSUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function executed successfully.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">MrmFAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ActivP.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ActivP.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f0095b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ActivP.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ActivP.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:07:11 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN33.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmActivateProtocol</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmActivateProtocol</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell function that activates a protocol
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmActivateProtocol</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmActivateProtocol</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmActivateProtocol</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, property, protocol</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>property</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>protocol</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmActivateProtocol</Function> activates a protocol. It
+updates the handlers and the <Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol> if
+the <Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol> is realized. It is sometimes useful to allow
+a protocol's state information (callback lists, and so on) to persist, even though
+the client may choose to temporarily resign from the interaction. This is
+supported by allowing a <Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol> to be in one of two states: active or
+inactive. If the <Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol> is active and the <Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol> is realized,
+the <Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol> contains the <Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol> <Literal>Atom</Literal>.
+If the <Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol> is inactive, the <Literal>Atom</Literal> is not present in
+the <Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmActivateWMProtocol</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmActivateProtocol</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol property
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol <Literal>Atom</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VendorShell;, &cdeman.XmActivateWMProtocol;,
+&cdeman.XmRemoveProtocols;
+and &cdeman.XmInternAtom;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ActivW.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ActivW.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e731bbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ActivW.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ActivW.sgm /main/8 1996/09/25 10:07:19 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN34.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmActivateWMProtocol</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmActivateWMProtocol</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell convenience interface that activates a protocol
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmActivateWMProtocol</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmActivateWMProtocol</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmActivateWMProtocol</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, protocol</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>protocol</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmActivateWMProtocol</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmActivateProtocol</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol <Literal>Atom</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.XmActivateProtocol;,
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;, and
+&cdeman.XmRemoveWMProtocols;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddProtA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddProtA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4f9d139
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddProtA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: AddProtA.sgm /main/9 1996/09/25 10:11:01 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN35.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmAddProtocolCallback</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmAddProtocolCallback</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell function that adds client callbacks for a protocol
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmAddProtocolCallback</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmAddProtocolCallback</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmAddProtocolCallback</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, property, protocol, callback, closure</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>property</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>protocol</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>callback</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>closure</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmAddProtocolCallback</Function> adds client callbacks for a protocol. It
+checks if the protocol is registered, and if it is not,
+calls <Function>XmAddProtocols</Function>. It then adds the callback to
+the internal list. These callbacks are called when
+the corresponding client message is received.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmAddWMProtocolCallback</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmAddProtocolCallback</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol property
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol <Literal>Atom</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the procedure to call when a protocol message is received
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">closure</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the client data to be passed to the callback when it is invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.XmAddWMProtocolCallback;,
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;, and
+&cdeman.XmRemoveProtocolCallback;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddProtB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddProtB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a5f736a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddProtB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: AddProtB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/25 10:11:10 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN36.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmAddProtocols</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmAddProtocols</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell function that adds the protocols to the protocol manager and allocates the internal tables
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmAddProtocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmAddProtocols</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmAddProtocols</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, property, protocols, num_protocols</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>property</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom *<Parameter>protocols</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>num_protocols</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmAddProtocols</Function> adds the protocols to the
+protocol manager and allocates the internal tables.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmAddWMProtocols</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmAddProtocols</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol property
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocols</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol <Literal>Atoms</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_protocols</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements in <Symbol Role="Variable">protocols</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.XmAddWMProtocols;,
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;, and
+&cdeman.XmRemoveProtocols;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddTabGr.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddTabGr.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6295181
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddTabGr.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: AddTabGr.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:24:23 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN37.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmAddTabGroup</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmAddTabGroup</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that adds a manager or a primitive
+widget to the list of tab groups
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmAddTabGroup</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmAddTabGroup</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmAddTabGroup</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>tab_group</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>tab_group</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This function is obsolete and its behavior is replaced by setting
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>.
+When the keyboard is used to traverse through a widget hierarchy, primitive
+or manager
+widgets are grouped together into what are known as <Literal>tab groups</Literal>. Any
+manager or primitive widget can be a tab group. Within
+a tab group, move the focus to the next widget in the tab
+group by using the arrow keys. To move to another tab group, use
+<Literal>KNextField</Literal> or <Literal>KPrevField</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Tab groups are ordinarily specified by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem>
+resource.
+<Function>XmAddTabGroup</Function> is called to control the order of traversal of tab
+groups. The widget specified
+by <Symbol Role="Variable">tab_group</Symbol> is appended to the list of tab
+groups to be traversed, and the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is set
+to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tab_group</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the manager or primitive widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmManager;,
+&cdeman.XmGetTabGroup;,
+&cdeman.XmPrimitive;, and
+&cdeman.XmRemoveTabGroup;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddToPos.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddToPos.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1fab752
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddToPos.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: AddToPos.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:24:39 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN38.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmAddToPostFromList</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmAddToPostFromList</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>a RowColumn function that makes a menu
+accessible from more than one widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmAddToPostFromList</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>RowColumn functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmAddToPostFromList</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="not-ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+<?sml-space \n(PDu></FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmAddToPostFromList</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>menu, post_from_widget</ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>menu</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>post_from_widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmAddToPostFromList</Function> makes a menu accessible from more than one
+widget. After a menu is once created, this function may be used to
+make that menu accessible from a second widget. The process may be
+repeated indefinitely. In other words, where an application would use
+<Function>XmCreatePopupMenu</Function> or <Function>XmCreatePulldownMenu</Function> or their
+equivalent to create a new menu identical to one that already exists,
+it can use this function to reuse that earlier menu.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">menu</Symbol> refers to a Popup menu, then the <Symbol Role="Variable">post_from_widget</Symbol>
+widget can now pop up the specified menu. The actual posting of the
+menu occurs as it always does, either through an event handler, or the
+automatic popup menu support (see the &cdeman.XmRowColumn; reference
+page).
+</Para>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">menu</Symbol> refers to a Pulldown menu, its ID is placed in the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsubMenuId</SystemItem> resource of the specified <Symbol Role="Variable">post_from_widget</Symbol>.
+In this case, the <Symbol Role="Variable">post_from_widget</Symbol> widget must be either a
+CascadeButton or a CascadeButtonGadget.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that this function manipulates the internal structures
+themselves, not a copy of them.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">menu</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the RowColumn widget containing the menu (Popup or
+Pulldown) to be made accessible from the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">post_from_widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the widget which will now be able to post
+the menu specified by <Symbol Role="Variable">menu</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmGetPostedFromWidget;,
+&cdeman.XmRemoveFromPostFromList;, and
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddWMPrA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddWMPrA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bf889d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddWMPrA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: AddWMPrA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/25 10:14:39 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN39.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmAddWMProtocolCallback</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmAddWMProtocolCallback</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell convenience interface that adds client callbacks for a protocol
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmAddWMProtocol\\%Callback</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmAddWMProtocol\\%Callback</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmAddWMProtocolCallback</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, protocol, callback, closure</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>protocol</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>callback</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>closure</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmAddWMProtocolCallback</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmAddProtocolCallback</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol <Literal>Atom</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the procedure to call when a protocol message is received
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">closure</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the client data to be passed to the callback when it is invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.XmAddProtocolCallback;,
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;, and
+&cdeman.XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddWMPrB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddWMPrB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..cb7e584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/AddWMPrB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: AddWMPrB.sgm /main/9 1996/09/25 10:14:47 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN40.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmAddWMProtocols</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmAddWMProtocols</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell convenience interface that adds the protocols to the protocol manager and allocates the internal tables
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmAddWMProtocol\\%s</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmAddWMProtocol\\%s</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmAddWMProtocols</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, protocols, num_protocols</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom *<Parameter>protocols</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>num_protocols</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmAddWMProtocols</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmAddProtocols</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocols</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol <Literal>Atoms</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_protocols</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements in <Symbol Role="Variable">protocols</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.XmAddProtocols;,
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;, and
+<Function>XmRemoveWMProtocols</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ArrowBuA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ArrowBuA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..72d01c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ArrowBuA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,862 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ArrowBuA.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 20:24:54 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN41.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmArrowButton</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmArrowButton</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ArrowButton widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmArrowButton</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>ArrowButton</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/ArrowB.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>ArrowButton consists of a directional arrow surrounded by a
+border shadow. When it is selected, the shadow changes
+to give the appearance that the
+ArrowButton has been pressed in. When the
+ArrowButton is unselected, the shadow reverts to give the appearance that the
+ArrowButton is released, or out.
+</Para>
+<Para>ArrowButton holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>ArrowButton inherits behavior, resources, and traits
+from the <Classname>Core</Classname> and <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmArrowButtonWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmArrowButton</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmArrowButton Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNactivateCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarrowDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCArrowDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmARROW_UP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdetailShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDetailShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdisarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmultiClick</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMultiClick</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called
+when the ArrowButton is activated.
+To activate the button, press and release <Literal>BSelect</Literal>
+while the pointer is inside
+the ArrowButton widget. Activating the ArrowButton
+also disarms it.
+The reason sent by this callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+This callback uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called
+when the ArrowButton is armed.
+To arm this widget, press <Literal>BSelect</Literal>
+while the pointer is inside the ArrowButton.
+The reason sent by this callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarrowDirection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets the arrow direction.
+The values for this resource are
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmARROW_UP</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmARROW_DOWN</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmARROW_LEFT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmARROW_RIGHT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailShadowThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the thickness of the inside arrow shadows. The default thickness
+is 2 pixels.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called
+when the ArrowButton is disarmed.
+To disarm this widget, press and release
+<Literal>BSelect</Literal> while the pointer is inside the ArrowButton.
+The reason for this callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DISARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a button click is followed by another button click within the time
+span specified by the display's multiclick time, and this resource is
+set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, the second click.
+is not processed.
+If this resource is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, the event
+is processed and <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol> is incremented in the callback structure.
+When the button is not in a menu, the default value is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>ArrowButton inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following table.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPrimitive Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!--no-op:  .tH-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol>;
+} XmArrowButtonCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value is valid only when the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+It contains the number of clicks in the last multiclick sequence
+if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> resource is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>;
+otherwise it contains 1.
+The activate callback is invoked for each click if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem>
+is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmArrowButton -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>XmArrowButton includes translations for XmPrimitive.
+The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>EnterWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Enter()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>LeaveWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Leave()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;Btn1Down></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ButtonTakeFocus()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Arm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>,&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Activate() Disarm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MultiArm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MultiActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Activate() Disarm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentCancel()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Help()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- The following list describes additional XmArrowButton translations.-->
+<!-- These translations may not directly correspond to a-->
+<!-- translation table.-->
+<!-- .VL 1.5i-->
+<!-- .LI "\*LBSelect Press:\*O"-->
+<!-- \*LArm()\*O-->
+<!-- .LI "\*LBSelect Click:\*O"-->
+<!-- \*LActivate()\*O-->
+<!-- #ifdef 1-->
+<!-- .zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new translation"-->
+<!-- .LI "\*LCtrl<Btn1Down>:\*O-->
+<!-- \*LPrimitiveTakeFocus()\*O-->
+<!-- .nL-->
+<!-- .zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new translation"-->
+<!-- #endif 1-->
+<!-- .LI-->
+<!-- \*LDisarm()\*O-->
+<!-- .LI "\*LBSelect Release\*O:"-->
+<!-- \*LActivate()\*O-->
+<!-- .LI-->
+<!-- \*LDisarm()\*O-->
+<!-- .LI "\*LBSelect Press 2+:\*O"-->
+<!-- \*LMultiArm()\*O-->
+<!-- .LI "\*LBSelect Release 2+:\*O"-->
+<!-- \*LMultiActivate()\*O-->
+<!-- .LI "\*LKSelect:"\*O-->
+<!-- \*LArmAndActivate()\*O-->
+<!-- .LI "\*LKHelp:\*O"-->
+<!-- \*LHelp()\*O-->
+<!-- .LE-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmArrowButton</Classname> action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Activate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the shadow in the unselected state.
+If the pointer is within the ArrowButton,
+calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Arm()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the shadow in the selected state and
+calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the shadow in the selected state and
+calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+Arranges for the shadow to be drawn in the unselected state and
+the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>
+to be called, either immediately or at a later time.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ButtonTakeFocus():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the ArrowButton to take keyboard focus
+when <Literal>Ctrl&lt;Btn1Down></Literal> is pressed, without activating the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Disarm()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the shadow in the unselected state and
+calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Help()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help callbacks for this widget, this action calls the
+help callbacks for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MultiActivate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, this action does
+nothing.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, this action
+increments <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol> in the callback structure and
+draws the shadow in the unselected state.
+If the pointer is within the ArrowButton, this action calls the
+callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MultiArm()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, this action does
+nothing.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, this action
+draws the shadow in the selected state and calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>This widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>EnterWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the ArrowButton shadow in its selected state if the
+pointer leaves and re-enters the window while <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> is pressed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>LeaveWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the ArrowButton shadow in its unselected state
+if the pointer leaves the window while <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> is pressed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.XmCreateArrowButton;, and &cdeman.XmPrimitive;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ArrowBuB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ArrowBuB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..0953ec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ArrowBuB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,641 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ArrowBuB.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 20:25:10 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN42.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmArrowButtonGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmArrowButtonGadget</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ArrowButtonGadget widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmArrowButtonGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>ArrowButtonGadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/ArrowBG.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>ArrowButtonGadget consists of a directional arrow surrounded by a border shadow.
+When it is selected, the shadow changes to give the appearance that the
+ArrowButtonGadget has been pressed in. When it is unselected, the
+shadow reverts to give the appearance that the button is released, or out.
+</Para>
+<Para>ArrowButtonGadget holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>ArrowButtonGadget inherits behavior, resources, and traits
+from the <Classname>Object</Classname>, <Classname>RectObj</Classname>, and <Classname>XmGadget</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmArrowButtonGadgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmArrowButtonGadget</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmArrowButtonGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNactivateCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarrowDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCArrowDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmARROW_UP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdetailShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDetailShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdisarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmultiClick</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMultiClick</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called
+when the ArrowButtonGadget is activated.
+To activate the button, press and release
+<Literal>BSelect</Literal> while the pointer is inside
+the ArrowButtonGadget. Activating the ArrowButtonGadget
+also disarms it.
+The reason sent by this callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+This callback uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called
+when the ArrowButtonGadget is armed.
+To arm this widget, press <Literal>BSelect</Literal>
+while the pointer is inside the ArrowButtonGadget.
+The reason sent by this callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarrowDirection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets the arrow direction.
+The values for this resource are
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmARROW_UP</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmARROW_DOWN</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmARROW_LEFT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmARROW_RIGHT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailShadowThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the thickness of the inside arrow shadows. The default thickness
+is 2 pixels.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called
+when the ArrowButtonGadget is disarmed.
+To disarm this widget, press and release <Literal>BSelect</Literal>
+while the pointer is inside the ArrowButtonGadget.
+The reason sent by this callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DISARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a button click is followed by another button click within the time
+span specified by the display's multiclick time and this resource is
+set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, the second click is not processed.
+If this resource is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, the event
+is processed and <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol> is incremented in the callback structure.
+When the ArrowButtonGadget is not in a menu, the default value is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmArrowButtonGadget</Classname> inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>RectObj Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Object Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol>;
+} XmArrowButtonCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value is valid only when the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+It contains the number of clicks in the last multiclick sequence
+if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> resource is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>,
+otherwise it contains 1.
+The activate callback is invoked for each click if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem>
+is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmArrowButtonGadget -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Behavior</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmArrowButtonGadget</Classname> includes behavior from <Classname>XmGadget</Classname>.
+The following list describes additional
+XmArrowButtonGadget behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the shadow in the selected state and
+calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>&ensp;or&ensp;</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the shadow in the unselected state.
+If the pointer is within the ArrowButtonGadget,
+calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>.
+Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, this action does
+nothing.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, this action
+draws the shadow in the selected state and calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, this action does
+nothing.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, this action
+increments <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol> in the callback structure and
+draws the shadow in the unselected state.
+If the pointer is within the ArrowButtonGadget, this action calls the
+callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the shadow in the selected state and
+calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+Arranges for the shadow to be drawn in the unselected state and
+the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>
+to be called, either immediately or at a later time.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help
+callbacks for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Enter</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the ArrowButtonGadget shadow in its selected state if the
+pointer leaves and re-enters the gadget while &lt;Btn1> is pressed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Leave</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the ArrowButtonGadget shadow in its unselected state
+if the pointer leaves the gadget while &lt;Btn1> is pressed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Object;, &cdeman.RectObj;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateArrowButtonGadget;, and
+&cdeman.XmGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/BulletB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/BulletB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..71a042d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/BulletB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1121 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: BulletB.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 20:25:26 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN43.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmBulletinBoard</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The BulletinBoard widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmBulletinBoard</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>BulletinBoard</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/BulletinB.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>BulletinBoard is a composite widget that provides simple geometry
+management for child widgets.
+It does not force positioning on its children, but can be set to reject
+geometry requests that result in overlapping children.
+BulletinBoard is the base widget for most dialog widgets and is also used
+as a general container widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>Modal and modeless dialogs are implemented as collections of widgets that
+include a DialogShell, a BulletinBoard (or subclass) child of the shell,
+and various dialog components (buttons, labels, and so on) that are children
+of BulletinBoard.
+BulletinBoard defines callbacks useful for dialogs (focus, map, unmap),
+which are available for application use.
+If its parent is a DialogShell, BulletinBoard passes title and input mode
+(based on dialog style)
+information to the parent, which is responsible for appropriate communication
+with the window manager.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default value for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem> is the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButton</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>BulletinBoard uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtakesDefault</Symbol> trait, and
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTdialogShellSavvy</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol>
+traits.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>BulletinBoard inherits behavior, resources, and traits
+from the <Classname>Core</Classname>, <Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Constraint</Classname>,
+and <Classname>XmManager</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmBulletinBoardWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmBulletinBoard Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowOverlap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowOverlap</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNautoUnmanage</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAutoUnmanage</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfocusCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnoResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNoResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCResizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRESIZE_ANY</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSHADOW_OUT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowOverlap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Controls the policy for overlapping child widgets.
+If this resource is True, BulletinBoard allows geometry requests that result
+in overlapping children.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautoUnmanage</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Controls whether or not BulletinBoard is automatically unmanaged after a
+button is activated.
+If this resource is True on initialization and if the BulletinBoard's
+parent is a DialogShell, BulletinBoard adds a callback to button
+children (PushButtons, PushButtonGadgets, and DrawnButtons) that
+unmanages the BulletinBoard when a button is activated.
+If this resource is False on initialization or if the BulletinBoard's
+parent is not a DialogShell, the
+BulletinBoard is not automatically unmanaged.
+For BulletinBoard subclasses with Apply or Help buttons, activating
+those buttons does not automatically unmanage the BulletinBoard.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonFontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list used for button descendants. See the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonRenderTable</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonRenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table used for BulletinBoard's button descendants.
+If this value is NULL at initialization, the parent hierarchy of the widget
+is searched for an ancestor that
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+If such an ancestor is found, the render table is initialized to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBUTTON_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. If no such
+ancestor is
+found, the default is implementation dependent. Refer to
+&cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on the creation and structure
+of a render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcancelButton</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the <Literal>Cancel</Literal> button. BulletinBoard's
+subclasses, which define a <Literal>Cancel</Literal> button,
+set this resource. BulletinBoard does not directly provide any behavior for
+that button.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButton</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the default button.
+Some BulletinBoard subclasses, which define a default button,
+set this resource. BulletinBoard defines translations and installs
+accelerators that activate that button when <Literal>KActivate</Literal> is pressed
+and the keyboard focus is not in another button.
+Controls the positioning of a DialogShell managing a BulletinBoard.
+If the BulletinBoard is not being managed by a DialogShell, then
+this resource has no effect. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultPosition</SystemItem> is True,
+the DialogShell will center itself at the center of its own parent.
+For example, if the parent of the DialogShell is an ApplicationShell,
+then the center of the DialogShell will be at the same coordinates
+as the center of the ApplicationShell.
+If the DialogShell becomes unmapped (but stays managed) and then remapped,
+this resource has no influence on the DialogShell's position.
+If this resource is False, the DialogShell does not automatically
+center itself.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogStyle</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the dialog style associated with the BulletinBoard.
+If the parent of the BulletinBoard is a DialogShell, the parent's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmwmInputMode</SystemItem> is set according to the value of this resource.
+This resource can be set only if the BulletinBoard is unmanaged.
+Possible values for this resource include the following:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_SYSTEM_MODAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Used for dialogs that
+must be responded to before
+any other interaction in any application.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_PRIMARY_APPLICATION_MODAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Used for dialogs that must
+be responded to before some other interactions in
+ancestors of the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_APPLICATION_MODAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Used for dialogs that must be
+responded to before some other interactions in
+ancestors of the widget. This value is the same as
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_PRIMARY_APPLICATION_MODAL</SystemItem>, and remains for compatibility.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_FULL_APPLICATION_MODAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Used for dialogs that must be
+responded to before some other interactions in
+the same application.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_MODELESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Used for dialogs that do not interrupt interaction
+of any application.
+This is the default when the parent of the BulletinBoard is a DialogShell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_WORK_AREA</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Used for BulletinBoard widgets whose
+parents are not DialogShells.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogStyle</SystemItem> is forced to have this value when the parent of the
+BulletinBoard is not a DialogShell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Posting a modal dialog in response to a button down or key down event
+(via translation actions or callbacks) can cause the corresponding
+button up or key up event to be lost. For example, posting a modal
+dialog from an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrementCallback</SystemItem> of <Classname>XmScrollBar</Classname> will cause
+the loss of the button up event, causing the <Classname>XmScrollBar</Classname> to
+auto-increment indefinitely.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogTitle</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the dialog title. If this resource is not NULL, and the parent
+of the BulletinBoard is a subclass of WMShell, BulletinBoard sets the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtitle</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtitleEncoding</SystemItem> of its parent.
+If the only character set in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogTitle</SystemItem> is ISO8859-1,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtitle</SystemItem> is set to the string of the title, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtitleEncoding</SystemItem> is set to <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogTitle</SystemItem> contains character sets other than ISO8859-1,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtitle</SystemItem> is set to the string of the title converted to a compound
+text string, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtitleEncoding</SystemItem> is set to <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+The direction of the title is based on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource
+of the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfocusCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+when the BulletinBoard widget or one of its
+descendants accepts the input focus.
+The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_FOCUS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelFontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list used for label descendants. See the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelRenderTable</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelRenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table used for BulletinBoard's label descendants.
+If this value is NULL at initialization, the parent hierarchy of the widget
+is searched for an ancestor that
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+If such an ancestor is found, the render table is initialized to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLABEL_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. If no such
+ancestor is
+found, the default is implementation dependent. Refer to
+&cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on the creation and structure
+of a render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmapCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+only when the parent of the BulletinBoard is a DialogShell. In this case,
+this callback list is invoked when the BulletinBoard widget is mapped.
+The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MAP</SystemItem>.
+DialogShells are usually mapped when the DialogShell is managed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the minimum spacing in pixels between the top or bottom edge
+of BulletinBoard and any child widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the minimum spacing in pixels between the left or right edge
+of BulletinBoard and any child widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoResize</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Controls whether or not resize controls are included in the window
+manager frame around the BulletinBoard's parent.
+If this resource is
+set to True, <Command>mwm</Command> does not include resize controls in the
+window manager frame containing the parent of the BulletinBoard if the
+parent is a subclass of VendorShell.
+If this resource is set to False,
+the window manager frame does include resize controls.
+Other controls provided by <Command>mwm</Command> can be included or excluded through
+the <Command>mwm</Command> resources provided by VendorShell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizePolicy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Controls the policy for resizing BulletinBoard widgets.
+Possible values include
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRESIZE_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Fixed size
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRESIZE_ANY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Shrink or grow as needed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRESIZE_GROW</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Grow only
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Describes the shadow
+drawing style for BulletinBoard. This resource can have the
+following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_IN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the BulletinBoard shadow
+so that it appears inset.
+This means that the bottom shadow visuals and top shadow visuals
+are reversed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_OUT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the BulletinBoard shadow
+so that it appears outset.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the BulletinBoard shadow
+using a double line giving the
+effect of a line etched into the window, similar to the Separator widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_OUT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the BulletinBoard shadow using a double
+line giving the
+effect of a line coming out of the window, similar to the Separator widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextFontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list used for text descendants. See the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextRenderTable</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextRenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table used for BulletinBoard's text descendants.
+If this value is NULL at initialization, the parent hierarchy of the widget
+is searched for an ancestor that
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+If such an ancestor is found, the render table is initialized to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEXT_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. If no such
+ancestor is
+found, the default is implementation dependent. Refer to
+&cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on the creation and structure
+of a render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextTranslations</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>It adds translations to any Text widget or Text widget subclass that
+is added as a child of BulletinBoard.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunmapCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called only when the parent of
+the BulletinBoard is a DialogShell.
+In this case, this callback list is invoked when the BulletinBoard
+widget is unmapped.
+The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_UNMAP</SystemItem>.
+DialogShells are usually unmapped when the DialogShell is unmanaged.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>BulletinBoard inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+} XmAnyCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmBulletinBoard -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname> includes the translations from <Classname>XmManager</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname> widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the activate callbacks for the cancel button if it is sensitive.
+If no cancel button exists and if the parent of the BulletinBoard is
+a manager, passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the activate callbacks for the button with the keyboard focus.
+If no button has the keyboard focus, calls the activate callbacks
+for the default button if it is sensitive.
+In a List widget or single-line Text widget,
+the List or Text action associated with <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>
+is called before the BulletinBoard actions associated with
+<KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a multiline Text widget, any <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>
+event except <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>Enter</KeySym> calls
+the Text action associated with <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>,
+then the BulletinBoard actions associated with <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>.
+If no button has the focus, no default button exists, and the parent of the
+BulletinBoard is a manager, passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusIn</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfocusCallback</SystemItem>.
+When the focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTER</SystemItem>, the callbacks are
+called when the pointer
+enters the window.
+When the focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, the callbacks are called
+when the user traverses to the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Map</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmapCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Unmap</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunmapCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Constraint;,
+&cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.XmCreateBulletinBoard;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog;,
+&cdeman.XmDialogShell;, and &cdeman.XmManager;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CascBA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CascBA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8d57156
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CascBA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1165 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CascBA.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 20:25:42 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN81.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCascadeButton</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmCascadeButton</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The CascadeButton widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCascadeButton</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>CascadeButton</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/CascadeB.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>CascadeButton links two menu panes or a MenuBar to a menu pane.
+</Para>
+<Para>It is used in menu systems and must have a RowColumn parent
+with its <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> resource set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_BAR</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_POPUP</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_PULLDOWN</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>It is the only widget that can have a Pulldown menu pane attached to it as
+a submenu. The submenu is displayed when this widget is activated within
+a MenuBar, a PopupMenu, or a PulldownMenu. Its visuals can
+include a label or pixmap and a cascading indicator when it is in a
+Popup or Pulldown menu pane; or it can include only a label or a pixmap
+when it is in a MenuBar.
+The positioning of the PulldownMenu with respect to the CascadeButton
+depends on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of the MenuShell.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default behavior associated with a CascadeButton depends on the type
+of menu system in which it resides.
+By default, <Literal>BSelect</Literal> controls the behavior of the CascadeButton.
+In addition, <Literal>BMenu</Literal> controls the behavior of the CascadeButton if
+it resides in a PopupMenu system.
+The actual mouse button used is determined by its RowColumn parent.
+<Literal>BMenu</Literal> also performs the <Literal>BSelect</Literal> actions in all
+types of menu systems.
+</Para>
+<Para>A CascadeButton's visuals differ from most other button gadgets. When the
+button
+becomes armed, its visuals change from a 2-D to a 3-D look, and it displays
+the submenu that has been attached
+to it. If no submenu is attached, it simply changes its visuals.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a CascadeButton within a Pulldown or Popup menu pane
+is armed as the result of the user
+moving the mouse pointer into the widget, it does not immediately display its
+submenu. Instead, it waits a short amount of time to see if the arming
+was temporary (that is, the user was simply passing through the widget), or
+whether the user really wanted the submenu posted. This time delay is
+configurable using <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmappingDelay</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>CascadeButton provides a single mechanism for
+activating the widget from the keyboard. This mechanism is referred to as
+a keyboard mnemonic.
+If a mnemonic has been
+specified for the widget, the user may activate the CascadeButton
+by simply typing the mnemonic while the CascadeButton is visible.
+If the CascadeButton is in a MenuBar and the MenuBar does not have the
+focus, the <Literal>MAlt</Literal> modifier must be
+pressed with the mnemonic.
+Mnemonics are typically used to interact with a menu
+using the keyboard interface.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the Cascadebutton is in a Pulldown or Popup menu pane and
+there is a submenu attached, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem> resources may
+enlarge to accommodate <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcascadePixmap</SystemItem>.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem> defaults
+to 6 if this
+resource is in a MenuBar; otherwise, it takes Label's default, which
+is 2.
+</Para>
+<Para>CascadeButton uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>CascadeButton inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname>, and <Classname>XmLabel</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmCascadeButtonWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmCascadeButton</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmCascadeButton Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNactivateCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcascadePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcascadingCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappingDelay</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappingDelay</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>180 ms</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsubMenuId</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMenuWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+when the user activates the CascadeButton widget
+and there is no submenu attached to pop up. The activation occurs
+when a mouse button is released
+or when the mnemonic associated with the widget is typed. The specific mouse
+button depends on information in the RowColumn parent. The reason
+sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcascadePixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the cascade pixmap displayed on one end of the widget when
+a CascadeButton is used within a Popup or Pulldown menu pane and a submenu
+is attached.
+The Label class resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem> may be modified to ensure
+that room is left for the cascade pixmap.
+The default cascade pixmap is an arrow pointing to the side of the menu
+where the submenu will appear.
+The positioning of the cascade pixmap
+to either the left of right of the widget, and the direction of the
+arrow, depend on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of the MenuShell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcascadingCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+just prior to the mapping of the submenu associated with
+CascadeButton. The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_CASCADING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmappingDelay</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of time, in milliseconds, between when a CascadeButton
+becomes armed and when it maps its submenu. This delay is used only when
+the widget is within a Popup or Pulldown menu pane.
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsubMenuId</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID for the Pulldown menu pane to be associated with
+this CascadeButton. The specified menu pane is displayed
+when the CascadeButton becomes armed. The menu pane must have been created
+with the appropriate parentage depending on the type of menu used. See
+&cdeman.XmCreateMenuBar;, &cdeman.XmCreatePulldownMenu;, and
+&cdeman.XmCreatePopupMenu; for more information on the menu systems.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>CascadeButton inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmLabel Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNacceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAcceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNalignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCXmString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSTRING</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>KeySym</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPrimitive Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!--no-op:  .tH-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+} XmAnyCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback or is NULL
+if this callback was not triggered due to an <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmCascadeButton -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmCascadeButton</Classname> includes translations from <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname>.
+<Classname>XmCascadeButton</Classname> includes the menu traversal translations from <Classname>XmLabel</Classname>.
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+--></Para>
+<Para>Note that altering translations in <Literal>#override</Literal>
+or <Literal>#augment</Literal> mode is undefined.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following list describes the translations for a
+CascadeButton in a MenuBar.
+The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>EnterWindow</KeySym><Literal>Normal</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuBarEnter()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>LeaveWindow</KeySym><Literal>Normal</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuBarLeave()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ProcessDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;BtnDown></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuButtonTakeFocusUp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;BtnUp></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuButtonTakeFocusUp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>BtnDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuBarSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>BtnUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DoSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>KeySelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>KeySelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Help()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CleanupMenuBar()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>KeySelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>KeySelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 1.5i
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMenuBarSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LDoSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKActivate:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LKeySelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelect:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LKeySelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAny KCancel:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCleanupMenuBar()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+<Para>The following list describes the translations for a
+CascadeButton in a PullDown or Popup MenuPane.
+In a Popup menu system, <KeySym>Btn3</KeySym> also performs the
+<KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> actions.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>EnterWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DelayedArm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>LeaveWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CheckDisarm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ProcessDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;BtnDown></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuButtonTakeFocus()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;BtnUp></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuButtonTakeFocusUp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>BtnDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>StartDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>BtnUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DoSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>KeySelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>KeySelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Help()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CleanupMenuBar()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>KeySelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>KeySelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--In a Popup menu system, &bsol;*LBMenu&bsol;*O also performs the &bsol;*LBSelect&bsol;*O
+actions.
+These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 1.5i
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LStartDrag()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LDoSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKActivate:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LKeySelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelect:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LKeySelect()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.ne 4
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAny KCancel:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCleanupMenuBar()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The XmCascadeButton action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CleanupMenuBar()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a MenuBar, disarms the CascadeButton and the menu and,
+when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores
+keyboard focus to the widget that had the focus before the menu was
+entered.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a toplevel Pulldown MenuPane from a MenuBar, unposts the menu,
+disarms the MenuBar CascadeButton and the MenuBar, and,
+when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores keyboard
+focus to the widget that had the focus before the MenuBar was
+entered.
+In other Pulldown MenuPanes, unposts the menu.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a Popup MenuPane, unposts the menu and,
+when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores keyboard focus to the
+widget from which the menu was posted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>DoSelect()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcascadingCallback</SystemItem>,
+posts the submenu attached to the CascadeButton and
+enables keyboard traversal within the menu.
+If the CascadeButton does not have a submenu attached,
+this action calls the callbacks in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>,
+activates the CascadeButton, and unposts all posted menus in the cascade.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Help()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy and,
+when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores keyboard focus to
+the widget that had the focus before the menu system was entered.
+Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help callbacks for this widget, this action calls the
+help callbacks for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>KeySelect()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcascadingCallback</SystemItem>,
+and posts the submenu attached to the CascadeButton if keyboard
+traversal is enabled in the menu.
+If the CascadeButton does not have a submenu attached,
+this action calls the callbacks in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>,
+activates the CascadeButton, and unposts all posted menus in the cascade.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuBarSelect()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Unposts any menus posted by the parent menu.
+Arms both the CascadeButton and the MenuBar,
+posts the associated submenu, and enables mouse traversal.
+If the menu is already active, this event
+disables keyboard traversal for the menu and returns
+the menu to mouse traversal mode.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>StartDrag()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Arms the CascadeButton, posts the associated submenu, and enables mouse
+traversal.
+If the menu is already active, this event
+disables keyboard traversal for the menu and returns
+the menu to mouse traversal mode.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>Posting a submenu calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcascadingCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+This widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>EnterWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If keyboard traversal is enabled, does nothing.
+Otherwise, in a MenuBar that is armed,
+unposts any MenuPanes associated with another MenuBar entry,
+arms the CascadeButton, and posts the associated submenu.
+In other menus,
+arms the CascadeButton and posts the associated submenu after
+the delay specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmappingDelay</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>LeaveWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If keyboard traversal is enabled does nothing.
+Otherwise, in a MenuBar that is armed,
+disarms the CascadeButton
+if the submenu associated with the CascadeButton is not currently
+posted or if there is no submenu associated with the CascadeButton.
+</Para>
+<Para>In other menus,
+if the pointer moves anywhere except into a submenu associated with the
+CascadeButton, the CascadeButton is disarmed and its submenu is unposted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.XmCascadeButtonHighlight;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateCascadeButton;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateMenuBar;, &cdeman.XmCreatePulldownMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePopupMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmLabel;, &cdeman.XmPrimitive;, and &cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CascBB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CascBB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..591cab9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CascBB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,874 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CascBB.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 20:25:59 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN82.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCascadeButtonGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmCascadeButtonGadget</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The CascadeButtonGadget widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCascadeButtonGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>CascadeButtonGadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/CascadeBG.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>CascadeButtonGadget links two menu panes, a MenuBar to a menu pane, or an
+OptionMenu to a menu pane.
+</Para>
+<Para>It is used in menu systems and must have a RowColumn parent
+with its <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> resource set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_BAR</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_POPUP</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_PULLDOWN</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>It is the only gadget that can have a Pulldown menu pane attached to it as
+a submenu. The submenu is displayed when this gadget is activated within
+a PopupMenu, a PulldownMenu, or an OptionMenu. Its visuals can
+include a label or pixmap and a cascading indicator when it is in a
+Popup or Pulldown menu pane; or it can include only a label or a pixmap
+when it is in an OptionMenu.
+The positioning of the PulldownMenu with respect to the CascadeButton
+depends on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of the MenuShell.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default behavior associated with a CascadeButtonGadget depends on the type
+of menu system in which it resides.
+By default, <Literal>BSelect</Literal> controls the behavior of the CascadeButtonGadget.
+In addition, <Literal>BMenu</Literal> controls the behavior of the CascadeButtonGadget if
+it resides in a PopupMenu system.
+The actual mouse button used is determined by its RowColumn parent.
+<Literal>BMenu</Literal> also performs the <Literal>BSelect</Literal> actions in all
+types of menu systems.
+</Para>
+<Para>A CascadeButtonGadget's visuals differ from most other button gadgets. When
+the button
+becomes armed, its visuals change from a 2-D to a 3-D look, and it displays
+the submenu that has been attached
+to it. If no submenu is attached, it simply changes its visuals.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a CascadeButtonGadget
+within a Pulldown or Popup menu pane is armed as the result of the user
+moving the mouse pointer into the gadget, it does not immediately display its
+submenu. Instead, it waits a short time to see if the arming
+was temporary (that is, the user was simply passing through the gadget), or
+the user really wanted the submenu posted. This delay is
+configurable using <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmappingDelay</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>CascadeButtonGadget provides a single mechanism for
+activating the gadget from the keyboard. This mechanism is referred to as
+a keyboard mnemonic.
+If a mnemonic has been
+specified for the gadget, the user may activate it
+by simply typing the mnemonic while the CascadeButtonGadget is visible.
+If the CascadeButtonGadget is in a MenuBar and the MenuBar does not have
+focus, the <Literal>MAlt</Literal> modifier must be
+pressed with the mnemonic.
+Mnemonics are typically used to interact with a menu
+using the keyboard.
+</Para>
+<Para>If a CascadeButtonGadget is in a Pulldown or Popup menu pane and there is a submenu attached, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem>
+resources may enlarge to accommodate <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcascadePixmap</SystemItem>.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem> defaults
+to 6 if this
+resource is in a MenuBar; otherwise, it takes LabelGadget's default, which
+is 2.
+</Para>
+<Para>CascadeButtonGadget uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>CascadeButtonGadget inherits behavior, resources, and traits
+from the <Classname>Object</Classname>, <Classname>RectObj</Classname>, <Classname>XmGadget</Classname>,
+and <Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmCascadeButtonGadgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmCascadeButtonGadget</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Classname>XmCascadeButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNactivateCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcascadePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcascadingCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappingDelay</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappingDelay</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>180 ms</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsubMenuId</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMenuWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is
+called when the user activates the CascadeButtonGadget,
+and there is no submenu attached to pop up. The activation occurs
+when a mouse button is released
+or when the mnemonic associated with the gadget is typed. The specific mouse
+button depends on information in the RowColumn parent. The reason
+sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcascadePixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the cascade pixmap displayed on one end of the gadget when
+a CascadeButtonGadget is used within a Popup or Pulldown menu pane
+and a submenu is attached.
+The LabelGadget class resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem> may be modified to
+ensure that room is left for the cascade pixmap.
+The default cascade pixmap in menus other than option menus is an arrow
+pointing to the side of the menu where the submenu will appear.
+The default for the CascadeButtonGadget in an option menu is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The positioning of the cascade pixmap
+to either the left of right of the widget, and the direction of the
+arrow, depend on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of the MenuShell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcascadingCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is
+called just prior to the mapping of the submenu
+associated with the
+CascadeButtonGadget. The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_CASCADING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmappingDelay</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of time, in milliseconds, between when a
+CascadeButtonGadget
+becomes armed and when it maps its submenu. This delay is used only when the
+gadget is within a Popup or Pulldown menu pane.
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsubMenuId</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID for the Pulldown menu pane to be
+associated with this CascadeButtonGadget. The specified menu pane is
+displayed when the CascadeButtonGadget becomes armed. The menu pane must
+have been created with the appropriate parentage depending on the type
+of menu used. See &cdeman.XmCreatePulldownMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePopupMenu;, and &cdeman.XmCreateOptionMenu; for
+more information on the menu systems.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>CascadeButtonGadget inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmLabelGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNacceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAcceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNalignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCXmString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSTRING</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>KeySym</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>RectObj Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Object Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+} XmAnyCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback or is NULL if this
+callback was not triggered by an <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmCascadeButtonGadget -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Behavior</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmCascadeButtonGadget</Classname> includes behavior from <Classname>XmGadget</Classname>.
+<Classname>XmCascadeButton</Classname> includes the menu traversal behavior from <Classname>XmLabel</Classname>.
+Additional <Classname>XmCascadeButtonGadget</Classname> behavior is described in
+the following list (in a Popup
+menu system, <KeySym>Btn3</KeySym> also performs the <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> actions).
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Unposts any menus posted by the parent menu.
+Arms the CascadeButtonGadget,
+posts the associated submenu,
+enables mouse traversal,
+and, in a MenuBar, arms the MenuBar.
+If the menu is already active, this event
+disables keyboard traversal for the menu and returns
+the menu to mouse traversal mode.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcascadingCallback</SystemItem>,
+posts the submenu attached to the CascadeButtonGadget and
+enables keyboard traversal within the menu.
+If the CascadeButtonGadget does not have a submenu attached,
+this action calls the callbacks in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>,
+activates the CascadeButtonGadget, and unposts
+all posted menus in the cascade.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcascadingCallback</SystemItem>,
+and
+posts the submenu attached to the CascadeButtonGadget if keyboard
+traversal is enabled in the menu.
+If the CascadeButtonGadget does not have a submenu attached,
+this action calls the callbacks in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>,
+activates the CascadeButtonGadget, and unposts
+all posted menus in the cascade.
+This action applies only to gadgets in MenuBars, PulldownMenus, and
+PopupMenus. For a CascadeButtonGadget in an OptionMenu, if the parent
+is a manager, this action passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcascadingCallback</SystemItem>,
+and
+posts the submenu attached to the CascadeButtonGadget if keyboard
+traversal is enabled in the menu.
+If the CascadeButtonGadget does not have a submenu attached,
+this action calls the callbacks in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>,
+activates the CascadeButtonGadget, and unposts all posted
+menus in the cascade.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy and,
+when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores keyboard focus to
+the widget that had the focus before the menu system was entered.
+Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help callbacks for this widget, this action calls the
+help callbacks for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a MenuBar, disarms the CascadeButtonGadget and the menu and,
+when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores
+keyboard focus to the widget that had the focus before the menu was
+entered.
+For a CascadeButtonGadget in an OptionMenu, if the parent is a manager, this
+action passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a toplevel Pulldown MenuPane from a MenuBar, unposts the menu,
+disarms the MenuBar CascadeButton and the MenuBar, and,
+when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores keyboard
+focus to the widget that had the focus before the MenuBar was
+entered.
+In other Pulldown MenuPanes, unposts the menu.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a Popup MenuPane, unposts the menu and restores keyboard focus to the
+widget from which the menu was posted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Enter</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If keyboard traversal is enabled does nothing.
+Otherwise, in a MenuBar,
+unposts any MenuPanes associated with another MenuBar entry,
+arms the CascadeButtonGadget, and posts the associated submenu.
+In other menus,
+arms the CascadeButtonGadget and posts the associated submenu after
+the delay specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmappingDelay</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Leave</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If keyboard traversal is enabled does nothing.
+Otherwise, in a MenuBar,
+disarms the CascadeButtonGadget
+if the submenu associated with the CascadeButtonGadget is not currently
+posted or if there is no submenu associated with the CascadeButtonGadget.
+</Para>
+<Para>In other menus, if the pointer moves anywhere except into a submenu
+associated with the CascadeButtonGadget, the CascadeButtonGadget is
+disarmed and its submenu is unposted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Object;, &cdeman.RectObj;,
+&cdeman.XmCascadeButtonHighlight;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePulldownMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePopupMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateOptionMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmGadget;, &cdeman.XmLabelGadget;,
+and &cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CascBC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CascBC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..85a8e2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CascBC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CascBC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:05:37 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN83.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCascadeButtonGadgetHighlight</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCascadeButtonGadgetHighlight</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A CascadeButtonGadget function that sets the highlight state
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCascadeButtonGadget\\%Highlight</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>CascadeButtonGadget functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCascadeButtonGadget\\%Highlight</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CascadeBG.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmCascadeButtonGadgetHighlight</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>cascadeButtonGadget, highlight</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>cascadeButtonGadget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>highlight</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCascadeButtonGadgetHighlight</Function> either draws or erases the shadow
+highlight around the CascadeButtonGadget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">cascadeButtonGadget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the CascadeButtonGadget to be highlighted
+or unhighlighted
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">highlight</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether to highlight (True) or to unhighlight (False)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of
+CascadeButtonGadget and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmCascadeButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCascadeButton;,
+&cdeman.XmCascadeButtonGadget;,
+and
+&cdeman.XmCascadeButtonHighlight;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CascBD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CascBD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f0774cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CascBD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CascBD.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:06:09 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN84.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCascadeButtonHighlight</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCascadeButtonHighlight</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A CascadeButton and CascadeButtonGadget function that sets the highlight state
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCascadeButtonHighlight</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>CascadeButton functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCascadeButtonHighlight</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CascadeB.h>
+#include &lt;Xm/CascadeBG.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmCascadeButtonHighlight</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>cascadeButton, highlight</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>cascadeButton</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>highlight</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCascadeButtonHighlight</Function> either draws or erases the shadow
+highlight around the CascadeButton or the CascadeButtonGadget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">cascadeButton</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the CascadeButton or CascadeButtonGadget to be highlighted
+or unhighlighted
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">highlight</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether to highlight (True) or to unhighlight (False)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of CascadeButton
+or CascadeButtonGadget and their associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmCascadeButton; or &cdeman.XmCascadeButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCascadeButton;,
+&cdeman.XmCascadeButtonGadget;
+and
+&cdeman.XmCascadeButtonGadgetHighlight;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ChangeCo.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ChangeCo.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3970d40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ChangeCo.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ChangeCo.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:26:15 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN85.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmChangeColor</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmChangeColor</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Recalculates all associated colors of
+a widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmChangeColor</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Color functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmChangeColor</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmChangeColor</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, background</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>background</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmChangeColor</Function> handles all color modifications for the
+specified widget when a new background pixel value is specified.
+This function recalculates the foreground, select, and shadow
+colors based on the new background color and sets the corresponding
+resources for the widget. If a color calculation procedure has
+been set by a call to <Function>XmSetColorCalculation</Function>, <Function>XmChangeColor</Function>
+uses that procedure to calculate the new colors. Otherwise, the
+routine uses a default procedure.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID whose colors will be updated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">background</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the background color pixel value
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmGetColorCalculation;,
+&cdeman.XmGetColors;, and
+&cdeman.XmSetColorCalculation;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..60e8a03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbA.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:23:34 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN86.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardCancelCopy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardCancelCopy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that cancels a copy to the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardCancelCopy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardCancelCopy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardCancelCopy (<Replaceable>display, window, item_id</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+        long    <Replaceable>item_id</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardCancelCopy</Function>
+cancels the copy to clipboard that is in progress and
+frees up temporary storage.
+When a copy is to be performed, <Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function> allocates
+temporary storage for the clipboard data. <Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function> copies
+the appropriate data into the the temporary storage. <Function>XmClipboardEndCopy</Function>
+copies the data to the clipboard structure and frees up the temporary
+storage structures.
+If <Function>XmClipboardCancelCopy</Function> is called, the
+<Function>XmClipboardEndCopy</Function> function does not have to be called. A call to
+<Function>XmClipboardCancelCopy</Function>
+is valid only after a call to
+<Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a widget's window ID that
+relates the application window to the clipboard.
+The widget's window ID can be obtained through <Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each of the
+clipboard functions that it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number assigned to this data item. This number was returned
+by a previous call to <Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+
+
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardFail</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because <Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function> was not called or
+because the data item contains too many formats.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardEndCopy;, and &cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..cdf14f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbB.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:23:42 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN87.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardCopy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that copies a data item to temporary storage for later copying to clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardCopy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardCopy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardCopy (<Replaceable>display, window, item_id, format_name,
+        buffer, length, private_id, data_id</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+        long    <Replaceable>item_id</Replaceable>;
+        char    <Replaceable>* format_name</Replaceable>;
+        XtPointer       <Replaceable>buffer</Replaceable>;
+        unsigned long   <Replaceable>length</Replaceable>;
+        long    <Replaceable>private_id</Replaceable>;
+        long    <Replaceable>* data_id</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function>
+copies a data item to temporary storage.
+The data item is moved from temporary storage
+to the clipboard data structure when a
+call to <Function>XmClipboardEndCopy</Function> is made.
+Additional calls to <Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function> before a call to
+<Function>XmClipboardEndCopy</Function> add
+additional data item formats to the same data item or
+append data to an existing format. Formats are described in the
+<Emphasis>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</Emphasis> (ICCCM) as targets.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>NOTE:</Literal> Do not call <Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function> before a call to
+<Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function> has been made. The latter function allocates
+temporary storage required by <Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol> argument is NULL, the data is considered
+to be passed by name.
+When data that
+has been passed by name is later requested by another application, the
+application that owns the data receives a callback with a request for
+the data. The application that owns the data must then transfer the
+data to the clipboard with the <Function>XmClipboardCopyByName</Function> function.
+When a data item that was passed by name is deleted
+from the clipboard, the application that owns the data receives a
+callback stating that the data is no longer needed.
+</Para>
+<Para>For information on the callback function, see the callback argument
+description for <Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each of the
+clipboard functions that it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number assigned to this data item.
+This number was returned by a previous call to
+<Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the format in which the data item
+is stored on the clipboard. The format was known as target in the ICCCM.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the buffer from which the clipboard copies the data.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the
+length, in bytes,
+of the data being copied to the clipboard.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">private_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the private data that the application wants
+to store with the data item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">data_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an identifying number assigned to the data item that uniquely
+identifies the data item and the format.
+This argument is required only for data that is passed by name.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardFail</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because <Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function> was not called or
+because the data item contains too many formats.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardCopyByName;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardEndCopy;, and
+&cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ffb17e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbC.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:23:50 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN88.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardCopyByName</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardCopyByName</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that copies a data item passed by name
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardCopyByName</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardCopyByName</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardCopyByName (<Replaceable>display, window, data_id,
+        buffer, length, private_id</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+        long    <Replaceable>data_id</Replaceable>;
+        XtPointer       <Replaceable>buffer</Replaceable>;
+        unsigned long   <Replaceable>length</Replaceable>;
+        long    <Replaceable>private_id</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardCopyByName</Function> copies the actual data for a data item
+that was previously passed by name to the clipboard. Data is
+considered to be passed by name when a call to <Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function>
+is made with a NULL buffer parameter. Additional calls to this
+function append new data to the existing data.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each
+clipboard function it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">data_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an identifying number assigned to the data item that uniquely
+identifies the data item and the format. This number was assigned by
+<Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function> to the data item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the buffer from which the clipboard copies the data.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bytes in the data item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">private_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the private data that the application wants to store with the
+data item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardCopy;, &cdeman.XmClipboardLock;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;, and &cdeman.XmClipboardUnlock;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..fd89d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbD.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:23:58 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN89.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardEndCopy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardEndCopy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that completes the
+copying of data to the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardEndCopy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardEndCopy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardEndCopy (<Replaceable>display, window, item_id</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+        long    <Replaceable>item_id</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardEndCopy</Function> locks the clipboard from access by other applications,
+places data in the clipboard data structure, and unlocks the clipboard.
+Data items copied to the clipboard by <Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function> are not actually
+entered in the clipboard data structure until the call to
+<Function>XmClipboardEndCopy</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function also frees up temporary storage that was allocated by
+<Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function>, which must be called before
+<Function>XmClipboardEndCopy</Function>. The latter function should not be called if
+<Function>XmClipboardCancelCopy</Function> has been called.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each
+clipboard function it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number assigned to this data item, which was returned
+by a previous call to <Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+
+
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardFail</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because <Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function> was not called.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardCancelCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardCopy; and &cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8f9deeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbE.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:24:05 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN90.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardEndRetrieve</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardEndRetrieve</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that completes
+retrieval of data from the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardEndRetrieve</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardEndRetrieve</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardEndRetrieve (<Replaceable>display, window</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardEndRetrieve</Function> suspends copying data incrementally from
+the clipboard. It tells the clipboard routines that the application
+is through copying an item from the clipboard. Until this function is
+called, data items can be retrieved incrementally from the clipboard
+with <Function>XmClipboardRetrieve</Function>.
+The act of copying data is started with the
+<Function>XmClipboardStartRetrieve</Function> function.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained with
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each of the
+clipboard functions that it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+
+
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardRetrieve;, &cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;, and
+&cdeman.XmClipboardStartRetrieve;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..64fca59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbF.sgm /main/11 1996/09/25 10:24:13 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN91.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardInquireCount</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardInquireCount</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that returns the number of data item formats
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardInquireCount</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardInquireCount</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardInquireCount (<Replaceable>display, window, count,
+        max_format_name_length</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+        int     <Replaceable>* count</Replaceable>;
+        unsigned long   <Replaceable>* max_format_name_length</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardInquireCount</Function> returns the number of data item formats available
+for the data item in the clipboard. This function also returns the
+maximum name-length for all formats in which the data item is
+stored.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each of the
+clipboard functions that it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the number of data item formats available for the data item in
+the clipboard. If no formats are available, this argument equals 0
+(zero). The count includes the formats that were passed by name.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">max_format_name_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the maximum length of all format names for the data item in
+the clipboard.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardNoData</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function could not find data on the clipboard corresponding to the
+format requested. This could occur because the clipboard is empty;
+there is data on the clipboard, but not in the requested format; or
+the data in the requested format was passed by name and is no longer
+available.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbG.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbG.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d00ed8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbG.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbG.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:24:20 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN92.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardInquireFormat</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardInquireFormat</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that returns a specified format name
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardInquireFormat</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardInquireFormat</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardInquireFormat (<Replaceable>display, window, index, format_name_buf,
+        buffer_len, copied_len</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+        int     <Replaceable>index</Replaceable>;
+        XtPointer       <Replaceable>format_name_buf</Replaceable>;
+        unsigned long   <Replaceable>buffer_len</Replaceable>;
+        unsigned long   <Replaceable>* copied_len</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardInquireFormat</Function> returns a specified format name for the
+data item in the clipboard. If the name must be truncated, the
+function returns a warning status.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each of the
+clipboard functions that it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">index</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies which of the ordered format names to obtain. If this index
+is greater than the number of formats for the data item,
+this function returns a 0 (zero) in the <Symbol Role="Variable">copied_len</Symbol> argument.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format_name_buf</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the buffer that receives the format name.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer_len</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bytes in the format name buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">copied_len</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bytes in the
+data item copied to the buffer.
+If this
+argument equals 0 (zero), there is no <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>th format for the data item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardTruncate</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The data returned is truncated because the user did not provide a buffer
+large enough to hold the data.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardNoData</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function could not find data on the clipboard corresponding to the
+format requested.
+This could occur because the clipboard is empty; there is data
+on the clipboard, but not in the requested format; or the data in
+the requested format was passed by name and is no longer available.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbH.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbH.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..cec972e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbH.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbH.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:24:28 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN93.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardInquireLength</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardInquireLength</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that returns the length of the stored data
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardInquireLength</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardInquireLength</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardInquireLength (<Replaceable>display, window, format_name, length</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+        char    <Replaceable>* format_name</Replaceable>;
+        unsigned long   <Replaceable>* length</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardInquireLength</Function> returns the length of the data stored
+under a specified format name for the clipboard data item. If no data
+is found for the specified format, or if there is no item on the
+clipboard, this function returns a value of 0
+(zero) in the <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol> argument.
+</Para>
+<Para>Any format passed by name is assumed to have <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol> passed in
+a call to <Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function>, even though the data has not yet been
+transferred to the clipboard in that format.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each of the
+clipboard functions that it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the format for the data item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the length of the next data item in the specified format. This
+argument equals 0 (zero) if no data is found for the specified format,
+or if there is no item on the clipboard.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+
+
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardNoData</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function could not find data on the clipboard corresponding to the
+format requested. This could occur because the clipboard is empty;
+there is data on the clipboard, but not in the requested format; or
+the data in the requested format was passed by name and is no longer
+available.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardCopy; and &cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbI.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbI.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3a8ff34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbI.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbI.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:24:35 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN94.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardInquirePendingItems</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardInquirePendingItems</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that returns a list of data ID/private ID pairs
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardInquirePending\\%Items</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardInquirePending\\%Items</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardInquirePendingItems (<Replaceable>display, window, format_name, item_list, count</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+        char    <Replaceable>* format_name</Replaceable>;
+        XmClipboardPendingList  <Replaceable>* item_list</Replaceable>;
+        unsigned long   <Replaceable>* count</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardInquirePendingItems</Function> returns a list of
+data ID/private ID pairs
+for the specified format name. A data item is considered pending if the
+application originally passed it by name, the application has not yet
+copied the data, and the item has not been deleted from the clipboard.
+The application is responsible for freeing the memory provided by this
+function to store the list.
+To free the memory, call <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function is used by an application when exiting, to determine if the
+data that is passed by name should be sent to the clipboard.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each of the
+clipboard functions that it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a string that contains the name of the format for which the list
+of data ID/private ID pairs is to be obtained.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the address of the array of data ID/private ID pairs for the
+specified format name. This argument is a type
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmClipboardPendingList</StructName>.
+The application is
+responsible for freeing the memory provided by this function
+for storing the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items returned in the list. If there is no data for
+the specified format name, or if there is no item on the clipboard, this
+argument equals 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbJ.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbJ.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..519fa6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbJ.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbJ.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:24:43 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN95.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardLock</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardLock</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that locks the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardLock</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardLock</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardLock (<Replaceable>display, window</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardLock</Function> locks the clipboard from access by another
+application until <Function>XmClipboardUnlock</Function> is called. All clipboard
+functions lock and unlock the clipboard to prevent simultaneous
+access. This function allows the application to keep the clipboard
+data from changing between calls to <Literal>Inquire</Literal> and
+other clipboard functions. The application does not need to
+lock the clipboard between calls to <Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function> and
+<Function>XmClipboardEndCopy</Function> or to <Function>XmClipboardStartRetrieve</Function> and
+<Function>XmClipboardEndRetrieve</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the clipboard is already locked by another application,
+<Function>XmClipboardLock</Function> returns an error status. Multiple calls to this
+function by the same application increase the lock level.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each of the
+clipboard functions that it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardEndCopy;, &cdeman.XmClipboardEndRetrieve;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;, &cdeman.XmClipboardStartRetrieve;, and
+&cdeman.XmClipboardUnlock;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbK.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbK.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ba96a4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbK.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbK.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:24:50 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN96.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardRegisterFormat</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardRegisterFormat</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that registers a new format
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardRegisterFormat</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardRegisterFormat</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardRegisterFormat (<Replaceable>display, format_name, format_length</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        char    <Replaceable>* format_name</Replaceable>;
+        int     <Replaceable>format_length</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardRegisterFormat</Function> registers a new format. Each format
+stored on the clipboard should have a length associated with it; this
+length must be known to the clipboard routines. Formats are known as
+targets in the <Emphasis>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</Emphasis>
+(ICCCM). All of the formats specified by
+version 1.1 of the ICCCM
+conventions are preregistered. Any other format that the application
+wants to use must either be 8-bit
+data or be registered via this routine.
+Failure to
+register the length of the data results in incompatible applications across
+platforms having different byte-swapping orders.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string name for the new format (target).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the format length in bits (8, 16, or 32).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardBadFormat</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The <Symbol Role="Variable">format_name</Symbol> must not be NULL, and the <Symbol Role="Variable">format_length</Symbol>
+must be 8, 16, or 32.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardFail</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the specified format was already registered with a
+different length from that specified now. If a specified format was already
+registered with the same
+length as that specified now, <Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol> is returned.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbL.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbL.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..93fb68b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbL.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbL.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:24:57 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN97.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardRetrieve</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardRetrieve</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that retrieves a data item from the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardRetrieve</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardRetrieve</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardRetrieve (<Replaceable>display, window, format_name,
+        buffer, length, num_bytes, private_id</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+        char    <Replaceable>* format_name</Replaceable>;
+        XtPointer       <Replaceable>buffer</Replaceable>;
+        unsigned long   <Replaceable>length</Replaceable>;
+        unsigned long   <Replaceable>* num_bytes</Replaceable>;
+        long    <Replaceable>* private_id</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardRetrieve</Function> retrieves the current data item from clipboard
+storage. It returns a warning if the clipboard is locked, if there is
+no data on the clipboard, or if the data needs to be truncated because the
+buffer length is too short.
+</Para>
+<Para>Between a call
+to <Function>XmClipboardStartRetrieve</Function> and a call to <Function>XmClipboardEndRetrieve</Function>,
+multiple calls to <Function>XmClipboardRetrieve</Function>
+with the same format name result
+in data being incrementally copied from the clipboard until the data in that
+format has all been copied.
+</Para>
+<Para>The return value <Symbol>XmClipboardTruncate</Symbol> from calls to
+<Function>XmClipboardRetrieve</Function> indicates that more data remains to be copied in the
+given format.
+It is recommended that any calls to the <Literal>Inquire</Literal> functions that
+the application needs to make to effect the copy from the clipboard be
+made between the call to <Function>XmClipboardStartRetrieve</Function> and the first
+call to <Function>XmClipboardRetrieve</Function>. This way, the application does not
+need to call <Function>XmClipboardLock</Function> and <Function>XmClipboardUnlock</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each of the
+clipboard functions that it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of a format in which the data
+is stored on the clipboard.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the buffer to which the application wants the
+clipboard to copy the data.
+The function allocates space to hold the data returned into the buffer.
+The application is responsible for managing this allocated space.
+The application can recover this allocated space by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the length of the application buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_bytes</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bytes of data copied into the application
+buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">private_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the private data stored with the data item by the
+application that placed the data item on the clipboard. If the
+application did not store private data with the data item, this
+argument returns 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardTruncate</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The data returned is truncated because the user did not provide a buffer
+large enough to hold the data.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardNoData</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function could not find data on the clipboard corresponding to the
+format requested. This could occur because the clipboard is empty;
+there is data on the clipboard but not in the requested format; or the
+data in the requested format was passed by name and is no longer
+available.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardEndRetrieve;, &cdeman.XmClipboardLock;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;, &cdeman.XmClipboardStartRetrieve;,
+and &cdeman.XmClipboardUnlock;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbM.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbM.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d3d1d7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbM.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbM.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:25:05 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN98.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardStartCopy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that sets up a storage and data structure
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardStartCopy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardStartCopy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardStartCopy (<Replaceable>display, window, clip_label,
+        timestamp, widget, callback, item_id</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+        XmString        <Replaceable>clip_label</Replaceable>;
+        Time    <Replaceable>timestamp</Replaceable>;
+        Widget  <Replaceable>widget</Replaceable>;
+        XmCutPasteProc  <Replaceable>callback</Replaceable>;
+        long    <Replaceable>* item_id</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function>
+sets up storage and data structures to receive clipboard data.
+An application calls this function during a cut or copy operation.
+The data item that these structures receive then becomes
+the next data item in the clipboard.
+</Para>
+<Para>Copying a large piece of data to the clipboard can take a long time.
+It is possible that, once the data is copied, no application will ever
+request that data. The Motif Toolkit provides a mechanism so that an
+application does not need to actually pass data to the clipboard until
+the data has been requested by some application.
+</Para>
+<Para>Instead, the application passes format and length information in
+<Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function> to the clipboard functions, along with a widget
+ID and a callback function address that is passed in
+<Function>XmClipboardStartCopy</Function>. The widget ID is necessary for
+communications between the clipboard functions in the application that
+owns the data and the clipboard functions in the application that
+requests the data.
+</Para>
+<Para>The callback functions are responsible for copying the actual data to
+the clipboard through <Function>XmClipboardCopyByName</Function>. The callback
+function is also called if the data item is removed from the clipboard
+and the actual data is no longer needed.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each of the
+clipboard functions that it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">clip_label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the label to be associated with the data item.
+This argument
+is used to identify the data item, as in a clipboard viewer.
+An example of a label is the name of the application that places the
+data in the clipboard.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">timestamp</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time of the event that triggered the copy.
+A valid timestamp must be supplied; it is not sufficient to use
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">CurrentTime</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget that receives messages requesting data
+previously passed by name. This argument must be present in order to
+pass data by name. Any valid widget ID in your application can be
+used for this purpose and all the message handling is taken care of by
+the cut and paste functions.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the address of the callback function that is called when the
+clipboard needs data that was originally passed by name. This is also
+the callback to receive the <Symbol Role="Variable">delete</Symbol> message for items that were
+originally passed by name. This argument must be present in order to
+pass data by name.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number assigned to this data item.
+The application uses this number in calls to
+<Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function>, <Function>XmClipboardEndCopy</Function>, and
+<Function>XmClipboardCancelCopy</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For more information on passing data by name, see
+&cdeman.XmClipboardCopy; and &cdeman.XmClipboardCopyByName;.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol> arguments must be present in order to
+pass data by name. The callback format is as follows:
+</Para>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>void (*<Replaceable>callback)</Replaceable> (<Replaceable>widget, data_id, private, reason</Replaceable>)
+        Widget  <Replaceable>widget</Replaceable>;
+        long    *<Replaceable>data_id</Replaceable>;
+        long    *<Replaceable>private</Replaceable>;
+        int     *<Replaceable>reason</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget passed to this function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">data_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the identifying number returned by
+<Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function>, which identifies the pass-by-name data.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">private</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the private information passed to
+<Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the reason. <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_CLIPBOARD_DATA_DELETE</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_CLIPBOARD_DATA_REQUEST</SystemItem>
+are the possible values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardCancelCopy;, &cdeman.XmClipboardCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardCopyByName;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardEndCopy;, &cdeman.XmClipboardEndRetrieve;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardInquireCount;, &cdeman.XmClipboardInquireFormat;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardInquireLength;, &cdeman.XmClipboardInquirePendingItems;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardLock;, &cdeman.XmClipboardRegisterFormat;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardRetrieve;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardStartRetrieve;, &cdeman.XmClipboardUndoCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardUnlock;, and &cdeman.XmClipboardWithdrawFormat;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbN.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbN.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9684230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbN.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbN.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:25:13 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN99.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardStartRetrieve</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardStartRetrieve</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that prepares
+to retrieve data from the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardStartRetrieve</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardStartRetrieve</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardStartRetrieve (<Replaceable>display, window, timestamp</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+        Time    <Replaceable>timestamp</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardStartRetrieve</Function>
+tells the clipboard routines that the application is
+ready to start copying an item from the clipboard.
+The clipboard is locked by this routine and stays locked until
+<Function>XmClipboardEndRetrieve</Function> is called. Between a call to
+<Function>XmClipboardStartRetrieve</Function> and a call to
+<Function>XmClipboardEndRetrieve</Function>, multiple calls to
+<Function>XmClipboardRetrieve</Function> with the same format name result in data
+being incrementally copied from the clipboard until the data in that
+format has all been retrieved.
+</Para>
+<Para>A return value of <Symbol>XmClipboardTruncate</Symbol> from calls to
+<Function>XmClipboardRetrieve</Function> indicates that more data remains to be
+copied in the given format.
+It is recommended that any calls to the <Literal>Inquire</Literal> functions that
+the application needs to make to complete the copy from the clipboard
+be made between the call to <Function>XmClipboardStartRetrieve</Function> and the
+first call to <Function>XmClipboardRetrieve</Function>. This way, the application
+does not need to call <Function>XmClipboardLock</Function> and
+<Function>XmClipboardUnlock</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each of the
+clipboard functions that it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">timestamp</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time of the event that triggered the copy.
+A valid timestamp must be supplied; it is not sufficient to use
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">CurrentTime</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function is successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardEndRetrieve;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardInquireCount;, &cdeman.XmClipboardInquireFormat;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardInquireLength;, &cdeman.XmClipboardInquirePendingItems;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardLock;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardRetrieve;, &cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;, and
+&cdeman.XmClipboardUnlock;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbO.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbO.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3aa9c29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbO.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbO.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:25:20 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN100.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardUndoCopy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardUndoCopy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that deletes the last item placed on the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardUndoCopy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardUndoCopy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardUndoCopy (<Replaceable>display, window</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardUndoCopy</Function>
+deletes the last item placed on the clipboard if the item
+was placed there by an application with the passed <Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol> arguments. Any data item deleted from the clipboard by the
+original call to <Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function> is restored. If the <Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol>
+or <Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol> IDs do not match the last copied item, no action is taken,
+and this function has no effect.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each
+clipboard function it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardLock; and &cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbP.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbP.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6033a41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbP.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbP.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:25:27 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN101.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardUnlock</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardUnlock</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that unlocks the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardUnlock</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardUnlock</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardUnlock (<Replaceable>display, window, remove_all_locks</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+        Boolean <Replaceable>remove_all_locks</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardUnlock</Function> unlocks the clipboard,
+enabling it to be accessed by other applications.
+</Para>
+<Para>If multiple calls to <Function>XmClipboardLock</Function> have occurred, the same
+number of calls to <Function>XmClipboardUnlock</Function> is necessary to unlock the
+clipboard, unless <Symbol Role="Variable">remove_all_locks</Symbol> is set to True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that relates the application window to the
+clipboard. The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each of the
+clipboard functions that it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">remove_all_locks</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When True, indicates that all nested locks should be removed. When False,
+indicates that only one level of lock should be removed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardFail</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was not locked or was locked
+by another application.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardCancelCopy;, &cdeman.XmClipboardCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardEndCopy;, &cdeman.XmClipboardEndRetrieve;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardInquireCount;, &cdeman.XmClipboardInquireFormat;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardInquireLength;, &cdeman.XmClipboardInquirePendingItems;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardLock;, &cdeman.XmClipboardRegisterFormat;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardRetrieve;, &cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmClipboardStartRetrieve;, &cdeman.XmClipboardUndoCopy;,
+and &cdeman.XmClipboardWithdrawFormat;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbQ.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbQ.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..18466e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ClipbQ.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ClipbQ.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:25:35 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN102.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmClipboardWithdrawFormat</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmClipboardWithdrawFormat</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A clipboard function that indicates that the application no longer wants to supply a data item
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmClipboardWithdrawFormat</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>clipboard functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmClipboardWithdrawFormat</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CutPaste.h>
+int XmClipboardWithdrawFormat (<Replaceable>display, window, data_id</Replaceable>)
+        Display <Replaceable>* display</Replaceable>;
+        Window  <Replaceable>window</Replaceable>;
+        long    <Replaceable>data_id</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmClipboardWithdrawFormat</Function> indicates that the application no longer
+supplies a data item to the clipboard that the application had
+previously passed by name.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">Display</StructName> structure that was returned in a
+previous call to <Function>XOpenDisplay</Function> or <Function>XtDisplay</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window ID of a widget that
+relates the application window to the clipboard.
+The widget's window ID can be obtained through
+<Function>XtWindow</Function>.
+The same application instance should pass the same window ID to each
+clipboard function it calls.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">data_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an identifying number assigned to the data item, that
+uniquely identifies the data item and the format. This was assigned
+to the item when it was originally passed by <Function>XmClipboardCopy</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardSuccess</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmClipboardLocked</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because the clipboard was locked by another
+application. The application can continue to call the function again with
+the same parameters until the lock goes away. This gives the application
+the opportunity to ask if the user wants to keep trying or to give up
+on the operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmClipboardCopy; and &cdeman.XmClipboardStartCopy;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboAdd.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboAdd.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2715fb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboAdd.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ComboAdd.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 14:15:48 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmComboBoxAddItem">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmComboBoxAddItem</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmComboBoxAddItem</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>add an item to the ComboBox widget
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ComboBox.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmComboBoxAddItem</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>w</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>pos</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>unique</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmComboBoxAddItem</Function> function adds the given item to the XmComboBox at the given position.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol> argument specifies the XmComboBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> argument specifies the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> for the new item.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Emphasis>pos</Emphasis> argument specifies the position of the new item.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Emphasis>unique</Emphasis> argument specifies if this item should duplicate an identical item or not.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUE</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmComboBoxAddItem</Function> function returns no value.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>APPLICATION USAGE</Title>
+<Para>The functions
+<Function>XmComboBoxAddItem</Function> and
+<Function>XmComboBoxDeletePos</Function> have different naming conventions (Item versus Pos)
+because of the objects they are manipulating.
+The Item is a string to be added,
+the Pos is a numeric position number.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmComboBoxDeletePos;, &cdeman.XmComboBoxSetItem;, &cdeman.XmComboBoxSelectItem;.</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboBU.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboBU.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..df519e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboBU.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ComboBU.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:30:27 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN104.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmComboBoxUpdate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmComboBoxUpdate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A ComboBox function that resynchronizes data
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ComboBox.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmComboBoxUpdate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmComboBoxUpdate</Function> resynchronizes the internal data structures of a
+specified ComboBox widget. This function is useful when an
+application manipulates ComboBox's child widgets, possibly changing
+data structures. For example, you might want to use the
+<Function>XmComboBoxUpdate</Function> function after a ComboBox List child selection
+has been changed without notification.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ComboBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmComboBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboBox.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboBox.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..479c646
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboBox.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1411 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ComboBox.sgm /main/16 1996/10/29 16:07:27 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN103.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmComboBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmComboBox</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ComboBox widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmComboBox</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>ComboBox</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>#include &lt;Xm/ComboBox.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmComboBox</Classname> combines the capabilities of a single-line
+TextField widget
+and a List widget. It allows users to perform opoerations like
+typing and pasting information, and it also
+provides a list of possible choices that the user
+can select from to complete
+the TextField entry field. The list can either be displayed at all
+times or can be dropped down by the user. When the list portion of the
+ComboBox is hidden, users are given a visual cue (a
+downward-pointing arrow)
+next to the TextField field. The position of the arrow relative to the
+TextField field depends on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of the
+widget. This
+version of the
+ComboBox is called
+the "drop-down" ComboBox. Drop-down ComboBoxes are useful
+when screen space is limited, or when users will
+complete the text entry field more often by typing text than by
+selecting the entry field text from the list.
+The user can access the drop-down ComboBox in either one of two ways:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>By clicking and releasing <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> on the downward-pointing arrow,
+which
+pops the list up, and the list stays up. A later selection of an item
+in the list will cause the item to appear in the text entry field, and
+the list will unpost itself.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>By pressing <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> on the downward-pointing arrow, dragging
+it to a list item, and then releasing it there, which selects that
+item. The list
+disappears, and the selected item appears in the text entry field.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>The application provides an array of strings that fill the list. At
+creation time, string items can be passed to the ComboBox via an
+arglist.
+Each string becomes an item in the list, with the first string becoming
+the item in position 1, the second string becoming the item in position 2,
+and so on. The size of the list is
+set by specifying the number of items that are visible in the list
+(<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisibleItemCount</SystemItem>). If the number of items in the list exceeds the
+number of items that are visible, a vertical scroll bar will
+automatically appear that allows the user to scroll through a
+large number of items.
+</Para>
+<Para>ComboBox creates two child widgets: a TextField widget for entering
+text and a ScrolledWindow containing a List for the list of items.
+The name of the items list itself is <Literal>List</Literal>, and the name of the
+TextField is <Literal>Text</Literal>.
+The application or user can specify resource values for these widgets in
+a resource file, and the application can use <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function>
+(specifying <Literal>"*List"</Literal> for the items list or <Literal>"*Text"</Literal> for the
+TextField widget) to obtain the widget IDs of the
+descendant widgets.
+At creation time, ComboBox passes appropriate resource values in the
+creation arglist, including <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitems</SystemItem>, to the items list.
+Note that the result of providing the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestroyCallback</SystemItem>
+resource in the creation <Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol> is unspecified. The
+application should use the <Function>XtAddCallback</Function> function to add
+callbacks to the appropriate widget (TextField or List) after
+creating it.
+</Para>
+<Para>ComboBox forces the following resource values
+on its List child:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcomboBoxType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOMBO_BOX</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem> is forced to False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightThickness</SystemItem> is forced to 2 in a drop-down ComboBox and
+to 0 in other types of ComboBoxes.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNborderWidth</SystemItem> is forced to 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is forced to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is forced to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistSizePolicy</SystemItem> is forced to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVARIABLE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspacing</SystemItem> is forced to 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisualPolicy</SystemItem> is forced to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVARIABLE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedPositions</SystemItem> is forced to NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>XmNselectedPositionsCount</Symbol> is forced to 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcomboBoxType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_DOWN_LIST</SystemItem>,
+ComboBox forces the following resource values on
+its TextField child:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem> is forced to False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPositionVisible</SystemItem> is forced to False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem> is forced to 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>By contrast, when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcomboBoxType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOMBO_BOX</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_DOWN_COMBO_BOX</SystemItem>, ComboBox forces the following
+resource values on its TextField child:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem> is forced to True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPositionVisible</SystemItem> is forced to True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is forced to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>ComboBox always forces the values of the following resources on
+the TextField:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is forced to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightThickness</SystemItem> is forced to 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNborderWidth</SystemItem> is forced to 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>ComboBox allows a single item to be selected in two ways: by
+selecting the desired item from the List or by entering text
+into the TextField.
+ComboBox does not automatically select a list item if the user types
+that string into the TextField. It selects the item when the user
+presses <Literal>KActivate</Literal> or moves the focus.
+ComboBox supports the Browse
+Select selection model of List (see the <Classname>XmList</Classname> reference page
+for a description of this model), so selections are mutually
+exclusive. Selecting an item from the list causes
+that item to be displayed in the TextField portion of the
+ComboBox.
+If an application sets the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> resource of TextField,
+that string is shown in the TextField.
+If the application has not provided any list items,
+or if there is no current selection, the TextField
+is empty.
+</Para>
+<Para>The TextField in the ComboBox widget
+can be either editable or noneditable, depending on the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcomboBoxType</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the TextField is editable, the user can type into it.
+When the user presses the Return key, the ComboBox will
+compare the typed entry to the items in the List.
+If there is an exact match, then the matched List item is
+selected.
+If the application wishes to validate the entered text (for example, to
+ensure that the typed selection is a valid one), it can do so by
+setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> on the TextField widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the TextField is noneditable, typing text may invoke a matching
+algorithm that will attempt to match the entered text with items in
+the list. The specific matching algorithm applied, which may be none,
+is determined by the value of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmatchBehavior</SystemItem> resource in
+ComboBox, which can be either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmQUICK_NAVIGATE</SystemItem>. A value
+of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem> indicates that no matching algorithm will occur. A value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmQUICK_NAVIGATE</SystemItem> indicates that when the List widget has focus,
+one-character navigation is supported. In this algorithm, if the typed
+character is the initial character of some item in the List, this
+algorithm causes that item to be navigated to and selected, and the
+item is displayed in the TextField. Subsequently typing the same
+character will cycle among the items with the same first character.
+</Para>
+<Para>Regardless of the selection mechanism used (either selected directly
+from the List or typed into the TextField), when an item in the
+List is selected, that item is highlighted in the List.
+In addition, the selected item is displayed in the
+TextField of the ComboBox. If the user performs an action
+that would move focus away from ComboBox, or selects a List item,
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks are invoked to notify
+the application of the current contents of the TextField (or choice). The
+application then takes whatever action is required based on those
+contents (or choice).
+</Para>
+<Para>ComboBox uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait and holds the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmComboBox</Classname> inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>,
+and <Classname>XmManager</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmComboBoxWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmComboBox</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by
+the programmer to specify data. The programmer can also set the
+resource values for the inherited classes to set attributes for
+this widget. To reference a resource by name or by class in
+a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and
+use the
+remaining letters. To specify one of the defined values for a
+resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use the
+remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but
+include any underscores between words). The codes in the
+access column indicate if the given resource can be at
+creation time (C), set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S), retrieved by
+using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmComboBox Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarrowSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCArrowSize</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarrowSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCArrowSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolumns</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColumn</Entry>
+<Entry>short</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcomboBoxType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCComboBoxType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOMBO_BOX</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNitemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNitems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlist</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCList</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmatchBehavior</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMatchBehavior</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpositionMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPositionMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmZERO_BASED</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectedItem</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectedItem</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectedPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectedPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectionCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmtextField</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextField</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisibleItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisibleItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarrowSize</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of the arrow. The default size
+depends on the size of the text, as well as
+the size of the ComboBox.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarrowSpacing</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the space between the text and arrow visual in pixels. The
+default value is obtained from the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcolumns</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of columns in the text field. If unset,
+the text field's value is used. Refer to the <Symbol>XmTextField</Symbol> man page
+for more detailed information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcomboBoxType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of ComboBox to be created. This can be one of
+the following:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOMBO_BOX</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Generates a ComboBox where the list is always displayed, and the text
+entry field is editable.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_DOWN_COMBO_BOX</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Generates a ComboBox where the list is hidden unless specifically
+requested, and the text entry field is editable.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_DOWN_LIST</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Generates a ComboBox where the list is hidden unless specifically
+requested, and the text entry field is noneditable.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the fontlist associated with <Classname>XmComboBox</Classname>. The fontlist
+is an obsolete construct, and has been superseded by the render table.
+It is included for compatibility with earlier versions of Motif, and
+for applications that do not easily support render tables. The
+default fontlist is derived from the default render table, and if
+both a fontlist and a render table are specified, the render table
+takes precedence.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the thickness of the highlighting rectangle.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitemCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items in the list. If unset,
+the lists's value is used.
+Refer to the <Symbol>XmList</Symbol> man page for more detailed information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitems</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the items in the list. If unset,
+the lists's value is used. Refer to the <Symbol>XmList</Symbol> man page for more detailed information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlist</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The list widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the horizontal spacing between the child widgets and the boundary
+of the ComboBox.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the vertical spacing between the child widgets and the boundary
+of the ComboBox.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmatchBehavior</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Defines the matching algorithm applied to match the text
+typed by the user in the TextField field with items in the list.
+The current values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmQUICK_NAVIGATE</SystemItem>, as follows:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that there is no assigned matching algorithm.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmQUICK_NAVIGATE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is only valid for noneditable ComboBoxes (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcomboBoxType</SystemItem> resource value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_DOWN_LIST</SystemItem>). This algorithm supports 1-character navigation
+when the List widget has focus. If the typed character is the
+initial character of some item in the List, this algorithm causes
+that item to be navigated to and selected. Subsequently typing the
+same character will cycle among the items with the same first character.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionMode</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies how the value of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedPosition</SystemItem>
+resource and the <Literal>item_position</Literal> field
+of the callback structure are to be interpreted. Note that
+the convenience functions <Symbol>XmComboBoxDeletePos</Symbol> and <Symbol>XmComboBoxAddItem</Symbol>
+are not affected by this resource, and (like <Symbol>XmList</Symbol>) always use
+1-based positions. Valid values for this resource are:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmZERO_BASED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>(DtComboBox compatibility mode: default) <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedPosition</SystemItem>
+is in <Literal>[0,itemcount-1]</Literal>.
+The <Literal>item_position</Literal> in the <Symbol>XmComboBoxCallbackStruct</Symbol>
+is 0 if the first element in the list
+was selected. Note that 0 is also returned if no element in the list
+was selected (that is, a new item was entered in the text field).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_BASED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>(Motif mode) Both the resource value and the callback fields
+are 1-based. This is consistent with other Motif widgets.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table associated with ComboBox.
+This render table is used in both the TextField field and the
+List in the ComboBox. This is used in conjunction with the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisibleItemCount</SystemItem> resource of the List to determine the height
+of the ComboBox widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>If this value is NULL at initialization, and if the widget parent is
+<Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname> or its subclasses,
+<Classname>VendorShell</Classname> or its subclasses, or <Classname>XmMenuShell</Classname>, then the
+widget parent provides the default render table associated with
+the widget.
+If both a render table and a fontlist are specified, the render table
+will take precedence.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItem</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a compound string that represents the current selection of
+the ComboBox. The selected item is the content of the
+ComboBox text entry field.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedPosition</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the selection in the ComboBox is an item in the list, this is
+the index of the selected item in the list. If no item in
+the list is selected, this is 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called when an item is selected.
+The reason field in the <StructName Role="typedef">XmComboBoxCallbackStruct</StructName> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextField</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The text field widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisibleItemCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of visible items in the list. This will override any
+value specified for the list.
+Refer to the <Symbol>XmList</Symbol> man page for more detailed information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>ComboBox inherits behavior and resources from superclasses described
+in the following tables. For a complete description of each
+resource, refer to the reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSTICKY_TAG_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback.
+The callback structure is defined as follows:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">item_or_text</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">item_position</Symbol>;
+} XmComboBoxCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback. It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_or_text</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The contents of the text field at the time the event caused the
+callback. The <Symbol Role="Variable">item_or_text</Symbol> parameter points to a temporary
+storage space that is
+reused after the callback is finished. If an application needs to save
+the item, it should copy <Symbol Role="Variable">item_or_text</Symbol> into its own data space.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The position of item in the list's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitems</SystemItem> 1-based array. If this
+is 0, it means that the <Symbol Role="Variable">item_or_text</Symbol> was not selected from the
+List.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>The ComboBox translations are listed below.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<note>
+<para>
+The KPageUp and KPageDown translations do not take effect unless the
+<classname>List</className> child widget is posted.
+</para>
+</note>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBArmAndDropDownList()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBDisarm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBArmAndDropDownList()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBDisarm()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+<Para>The following lists the List translations in the drop-down list. When
+ComboBox <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcomboBoxType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_DOWN_LIST</SystemItem>,
+<KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>, <KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>, and
+<Literal>Return</Literal> are overriden by ComboBox actions.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> &lt;Key><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBDropDownList()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> &lt;Key><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBDropDownList()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal>&lt;Key><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBCancel()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal>&lt;Key><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal>&lt;Key><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBDropDownList()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBDropDownList()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LosfCancel:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBCancel()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LosfActivate:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LReturn:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Accelerators</Title>
+<Para>The following accelerators are added to ComboBox and its children.
+The accelerators may not directly correspond to a translation table.
+If the translation is not listed below, it may depend on the context
+of the event.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> &lt;Key><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBDropDownList()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal>&lt;Key><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBListAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Up</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> &lt;Key><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBDropDownList()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal>&lt;Key><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBListAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Down</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> &lt;Key><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBListAction(<Symbol Role="Define">ListBeginData</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> &lt;Key><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBListAction(<Symbol Role="Define">ListEndData</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal>&lt;Key><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBListAction(<Symbol Role="Define">ListPrevPage</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal>&lt;Key><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CBListAction(<Symbol Role="Define">ListNextPage</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBDropDownList()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBDropDownList()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKBeginData:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBListAction(ListBeginData)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKEndData&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBListAction(ListEndData)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPageup&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBListAction(ListPrevPage)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPageDown&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBListAction(ListNextPage)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBListAction(Up)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKDown&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCBListAction(Down)&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+<Para>A drop-down ComboBox also adds accelerators to its List child.
+Aside from the accelerators that are already listed in this section,
+those accelerators are the default TextField key translations.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmComboBox</Classname> action routines are as follows:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CBActivate():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks. If the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcomboBoxType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_DOWN_COMBO_BOX</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_DOWN_LIST</SystemItem>, it unposts the
+list. If the
+parent is a manager, passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CBArmAndDropDownList():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the pointer is within the down arrow, draws the shadow of the arrow
+in the selected state, and then posts the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CBCancel():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcomboBoxType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_DOWN_COMBO_BOX</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_DOWN_LIST</SystemItem>, pops down
+the list. If the parent is a manager, passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CBDisarm():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Redraws the arrow in an unselected state.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CBDropDownList():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcomboBoxType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_DOWN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_DOWN_LIST</SystemItem>, and
+list is not
+displayed, posts the list. If list is displayed, it unposts the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CBListAction(<Symbol Role="Define">ListBeginData</Symbol>):</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the location cursor to the first item in the list.
+In Normal Mode, this also deselects any current selection,
+selects the first item in the list, and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> selection callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CBListAction(<Symbol Role="Define">ListEndData</Symbol>):</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the location cursor to the last item in the list.
+In Normal Mode, this also deselects any current selection,
+selects the last item in the list, and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> selection callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CBListAction(<Symbol Role="Define">ListPrevPage</Symbol>):</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the list to the previous page, moving the location cursor to a
+new item.
+This action also selects the new item, deselects any current
+selection, and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If the ComboBox is not a drop-down type, then this action does
+nothing.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CBListAction(<Symbol Role="Define">ListNextPage</Symbol>):</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the list to the next page, moving the location cursor to a new
+item.
+This action also selects the new item, deselects any current
+selection, and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If the ComboBox is not a drop-down type, then this action does
+nothing.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CBListAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Up</Symbol>):</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the location cursor to the previous item in the list.
+This action also selects the previous item, deselects any current
+selection, and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+Note that, unlike the List <Literal>ListPrevItem</Literal> action, this action wraps
+around.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CBListAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Down</Symbol>):</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the location cursor to the next item in the list.
+This action also selects the next item, deselects any current
+selection, and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+Note that, unlike the List <Literal>ListNextItem</Literal> action, this action wraps
+around.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific. For information
+about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>ERRORS/WARNINGS</Title>
+<Para>The toolkit will display a warning if the application tries to
+set the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlist</SystemItem>
+or the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextField</SystemItem> resource, which are read-only (marked G in the resource
+table).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;,
+&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateComboBox;,
+&cdeman.XmList;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;, and
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboDel.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboDel.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..70be49f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboDel.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ComboDel.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 14:17:12 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmComboBoxDeletePos">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmComboBoxDeletePos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmComboBoxDeletePos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose> Delete a XmComboBox item
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ComboBox.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmComboBoxDeletePos</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>w</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>pos</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmComboBoxDeletePos</Function> function deletes a specified item from a XmComboBox widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol> argument specifies the XmComboBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Emphasis>pos</Emphasis> argument specifies the position of the item to be deleted.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUE</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmComboBoxDeletePos</Function> function returns no value.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>APPLICATION USAGE</Title>
+<Para>The functions
+<Function>XmComboBoxAddItem</Function> and
+<Function>XmComboBoxDeletePos</Function> have different naming conventions (Item versus Pos)
+because of the objects they are manipulating.
+The Item is a string to be added,
+the Pos is a numeric position number.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmComboBoxAddItem;, &cdeman.XmComboBoxSetItem;, &cdeman.XmComboBoxSelectItem;.</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboSel.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboSel.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..46e6757
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboSel.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ComboSel.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 14:17:37 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmComboBoxSelectItem">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmComboBoxSelectItem</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmComboBoxSelectItem</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>select a XmComboBox item
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ComboBox.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmComboBoxSelectItem</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>w</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmComboBoxSelectItem</Function> function selects an item in the XmList of the XmComboBox
+widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol> argument specifies the XmComboBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> argument specifies the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> of the item to be selected.
+If the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> is not found on the list,
+<Function>XmComboBoxSelectItem</Function> notifies the user via the
+<Function>XtWarning</Function> function.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUE</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmComboBoxSelectItem</Function> function returns no value.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmComboBoxAddItem;, &cdeman.XmComboBoxDeletePos;, &cdeman.XmComboBoxSetItem;; <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<Function>XtWarning</Function>(3). ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [<Function>XtWarning</Function> ]]>in the &str-Zt;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboSet.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboSet.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2e5e64e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ComboSet.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ComboSet.sgm /main/5 1996/08/30 14:18:01 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmComboBoxSetItem">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmComboBoxSetItem</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmComboBoxSetItem</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>set an item in the XmComboBox list
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ComboBox.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmComboBoxSetItem</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>w</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmComboBoxSetItem</Function> function selects an item in the XmList of the given XmComboBox
+widget and makes it the first visible item in the list.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol> argument specifies the XmComboBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> argument specifies the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> for the item to be set in the XmComboBox.
+If the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> is not found on the list,
+<Function>XmComboBoxSetItem</Function> notifies the user via the
+<Function>XtWarning</Function> function.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUE</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmComboBoxSetItem</Function> function returns no value.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmComboBoxAddItem;, &cdeman.XmComboBoxDeletePos;, &cdeman.XmComboBoxSelectItem;; <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<Function>XtWarning</Function>(3). ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [<Function>XtWarning</Function> ]]>in the &str-Zt;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CommAp.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CommAp.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..389fe90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CommAp.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CommAp.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:18:26 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN106.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCommandAppendValue</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCommandAppendValue</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Command function that appends the passed XmString to the end of the string displayed in the command area of the widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCommandAppendValue</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Command functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCommandAppendValue</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Command.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmCommandAppendValue</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, command</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>command</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCommandAppendValue</Function> appends the passed <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+to the end of the string displayed in the command
+area of the Command widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Command widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">command</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the passed <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Command and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmCommand;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCommand;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CommEr.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CommEr.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2c55ddc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CommEr.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CommEr.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:30:55 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN107.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCommandError</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCommandError</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Command function that displays an error message
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCommandError</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Command functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCommandError</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Command.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmCommandError</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, error</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>error</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCommandError</Function> displays an error message in the history
+area of the Command widget. The <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> error is displayed until
+the next command entered occurs.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Command widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">error</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the passed <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Command and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmCommand;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCommand;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CommGe.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CommGe.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..21aac52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CommGe.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CommGe.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:31:08 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN108.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCommandGetChild</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCommandGetChild</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Command function that is used to access a component
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCommandGetChild</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Command functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCommandGetChild</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Command.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCommandGetChild</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, child</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>child</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCommandGetChild</Function> is used to access a component within a Command. The
+parameters given to the function are the Command widget and a value
+indicating which component to access.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Command widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">child</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a component within the Command.
+The following values are legal for
+this parameter:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_COMMAND_TEXT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_PROMPT_LABEL</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_HISTORY_LIST</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_WORK_AREA</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Command and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmCommand;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID of the specified Command component.
+An application should not assume that the returned widget will be of any
+particular class.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCommand;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CommSe.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CommSe.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f0c05ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CommSe.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CommSe.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:20:00 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN109.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCommandSetValue</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCommandSetValue</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Command function that replaces a displayed string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCommandSetValue</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Command functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCommandSetValue</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Command.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmCommandSetValue</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, command</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>command</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCommandSetValue</Function> replaces the string displayed in the
+command area of the Command widget with the passed <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Command widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">command</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the passed <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Command and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmCommand;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCommand;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Command.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Command.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f57fd74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Command.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1199 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Command.sgm /main/12 1996/09/26 14:53:59 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN105.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCommand</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmCommand</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Command widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCommand</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Command</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Command.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Command is a special-purpose composite widget for command
+entry that provides a built-in command-history mechanism.
+Command includes a command-line text-input field, a command-line prompt,
+and a command-history list region.
+</Para>
+<Para>One additional <Literal>WorkArea</Literal> child may be added to the Command after
+creation.
+</Para>
+<Para>Whenever a command is entered, it is
+automatically added to the end of the command-history list and made visible.
+This does not change the selected item in the list, if there is one.
+</Para>
+<Para>Many of the new resources specified for Command are actually SelectionBox
+resources that have been renamed for clarity and ease of use.
+<!--.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Traits Updates"
+.PP
+Command holds the &bsol;*LXmQTspecifyRenderTable&bsol;*O trait.
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Traits Updates"
+--></Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Descendants</Title>
+<Para>Command automatically creates the descendants shown in the
+following table.
+An application can use <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> to gain access
+to the named descendant. In addition, a user or an application
+can use the named descendant when specifying resource values.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Named Descendant</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Identity</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>=</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>ItemsList</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmList</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">command-history list region</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>ItemsListSW</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmScrolledWindow</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">the ScrolledWindow parent of <Literal>ItemsList</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Selection</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">command-line prompt</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Text</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Classname>XmTextField</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>command-line text-input field</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Command inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Constraint</Classname>, <Classname>XmManager</Classname>,
+<Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname>, and <Classname>XmSelectionBox</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmCommandWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmCommand</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters.
+To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmCommand Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcommand</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>""</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcommandChangedCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcommandEnteredCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhistoryItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhistoryItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhistoryMaxItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxItems</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>100</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhistoryVisibleItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisibleItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpromptString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPromptString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcommand</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains the current command-line text. This is the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextString</SystemItem>
+resource in SelectionBox, renamed for Command.
+This resource can also be modified with
+<Function>XmCommandSetValue</Function> and <Function>XmCommandAppendValue</Function> functions.
+The command area is a Text widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcommandChangedCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called after
+each time the value of the command changes.
+The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_COMMAND_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+This is equivalent to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> of the Text
+widget, except that a pointer to an <Symbol>XmCommandCallbackStructure</Symbol> is
+passed, and the structure's <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> member contains the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcommandEnteredCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+when a command is entered in the Command.
+The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_COMMAND_ENTERED</SystemItem>. A pointer to an
+<Symbol>XmCommandCallback</Symbol> structure is passed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhistoryItems</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Lists <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> items that make up the contents
+of the history list. This is the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistItems</SystemItem> resource in
+SelectionBox, renamed for Command.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> for this resource returns the list items themselves,
+not a copy of the list items.
+The application must not free the returned items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhistoryItemCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of <Symbol>XmStrings</Symbol> in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhistoryItems</SystemItem>. This is
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistItemCount</SystemItem> resource in SelectionBox, renamed for Command.
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhistoryMaxItems</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the maximum number of items allowed in the history list. Once
+this number is reached, an existing list item must be removed before
+a new item can be added to the list. For each command entered, the first list
+item is removed from the list, so the new command can be added to the list.
+The value must be greater than 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhistoryVisibleItemCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items in the history list that should be visible at
+one time. In effect, it sets the height (in lines) of the history list
+window. This is the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistVisibleItemCount</SystemItem> resource in SelectionBox,
+renamed for Command.
+The value must be greater than 0 (zero).
+The default is dynamic based on the height of the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpromptString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a prompt for the command line.
+This is the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionLabelString</SystemItem>
+resource in SelectionBox, renamed for Command.
+The default may vary depending on the value of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>
+resource and the locale.
+In the C locale the default is > (right angle bracket).
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Command inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmSelectionBox Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNapplyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNapplyLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCApplyLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCancelLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildPlacement</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCChildPlacement</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPLACE_ABOVE_SELECTION</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDIALOG_COMMAND</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHelpLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCListLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistVisibleItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisibleItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminimizeButtons</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinimizeButtons</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmustMatch</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMustMatch</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnoMatchCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNokCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNokLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOkLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectionLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectionLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>default</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextColumns</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColumns</Entry>
+<Entry>short</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>""</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmBulletinBoard Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowOverlap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowOverlap</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNautoUnmanage</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAutoUnmanage</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfocusCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnoResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNoResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCResizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRESIZE_NONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSHADOW_OUT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>;
+} XmCommandCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> in the CommandArea
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size in bytes of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> value.
+This member is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+earlier releases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmCommand -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmCommand</Classname> inherits translations from <Classname>XmSelectionBox</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Accelerators</Title>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextAccelerators</SystemItem> from <Classname>XmSelectionBox</Classname> are added to the Text
+descendant of <Classname>XmCommand</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmCommand</Classname> action routines are:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>SelectionBoxUpOrDown(<Symbol Role="Define">Previous|Next|First|Last</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When called with an argument of <Literal>Previous</Literal>, or 0 (zero) for
+compatibility,
+selects the previous item in the history
+list and replaces the text with that item.
+</Para>
+<Para>When called with an argument of <Literal>Next</Literal>, or 1 for
+compatibility, selects the next item in the history
+list and replaces the text with that item.
+</Para>
+<Para>When called with an argument of <Literal>First</Literal>, or 2 for
+compatibility, selects the first item in the history
+list and replaces the text with that item.
+</Para>
+<Para>When called with an argument of <Literal>Last</Literal>, or 3 for
+compatibility, selects the last item in the history
+list and replaces the text with that item.
+</Para>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcommandChangedCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>The Command widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the parent of the Command is a manager, the event is passed to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>&ensp;in&ensp;Text:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the Text widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If the text is empty, this action then returns.
+Otherwise, if the history list has <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhistoryMaxItems</SystemItem> items, it
+removes the first item in
+the list.
+It adds the text to the history list as the last item, clears the text,
+and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcommandEnteredCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym>&ensp;in&ensp;Text:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When any change is made to the text edit widget, this action
+calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcommandChangedCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>BtnDown</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>&ensp;or&ensp;<KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>&ensp;in&ensp;List:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the List widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultActionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If the history list has <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhistoryMaxItems</SystemItem> items, this action
+removes the first item in the list.
+It adds the selected List item to the history list as the last item,
+clears the text, and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcommandEnteredCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusIn</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfocusCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>MapWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When a Command that is the child of a DialogShell is mapped, this action
+calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmapCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>UnmapWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When a Command that is the child of a DialogShell is unmapped, this
+action calls the
+callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunmapCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Constraint;,
+&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmBulletinBoard;,
+&cdeman.XmCommandAppendValue;,
+&cdeman.XmCommandError;,
+&cdeman.XmCommandGetChild;,
+&cdeman.XmCommandSetValue;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateCommand;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;, and
+&cdeman.XmSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3e96b39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,3803 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ContainA.sgm /main/12 1996/09/08 20:31:35 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN110.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmContainer</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmContainer</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Container widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainer</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>container</Primary>
+<Secondary>Container</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Container.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Container manages child widgets that have the <Literal>ContainerItem</Literal> trait.
+These child widgets can be viewed in several different
+layout formats,
+selected using different selection types and techniques,
+and directly manipulated by the user.
+</Para>
+<Para>Three different formats or views are supported by the Container.
+They are specified via the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryViewType</SystemItem> resource:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLARGE_ICON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSMALL_ICON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmANY_ICON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>Three different layout types are supported by the Container.
+They are specified by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> resource:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>In the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem> layout type, several other resources
+(<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspatialStyle</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspatialIncludeModel</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspatialSnapModel</SystemItem>)
+control the positioning of the items within the Container;
+an application programmer can specify these resources so that the Container
+strictly enforces the position of each item or so that the Container positions
+items according to constraint resources specified for each item.
+The user, however, can alter the position of an item in the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>
+layout type
+within the Container by direct manipulation; for example, by pressing
+<Literal>BTransfer</Literal> over the item and then dragging and releasing
+<Literal>BTransfer</Literal>
+over some location within the Container.
+</Para>
+<Para>In the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem> layout type, the Container controls the positioning of
+the items. Items within the Container can have parent-child
+relationships between them. Each item's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryParent</SystemItem> resource can
+specify another item in the same Container as its parent;
+items with a non-NULL value
+for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryParent</SystemItem> can only be displayed in the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem> layout
+type. In the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem> layout type,
+items are positioned in a tree configuration with connecting lines drawn
+to illustrate the relationships.
+Items are positioned top to bottom in the order specified by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> within their parent.
+Container positions a PushButton next to each item that has a parent
+relationship to other items. The PushButton contains a pixmap to illustrate
+whether the child items are shown or not; the user can activate the
+PushButton to toggle between showing or hiding the child items.
+Direct manipulation to alter the
+position of the item is not supported in the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem> layout
+type.
+Note that the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem> resource of the PushButtons created
+by Container are set to False.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem> layout type is the same as <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem>, except that
+each item can also display additional information as rows in
+columns with column headers specified in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailColumnHeading</SystemItem>
+resources. In each item row, the item's detail information
+(see the reference page on <StructName Role="typedef">XmIconGadget</StructName> for a description of the
+<Symbol>XmNentryDetail</Symbol> resource)
+is displayed. Items are positioned top to bottom
+in the order specified by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> within the parent.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Selection</Title>
+<Para>When a child widget of the container is selected, the container
+specifies that the item should display the appropriate visual
+information to the user via the <Literal>ContainerItem</Literal> trait.
+The application program is notified of selection
+changes through <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The container uses four selection policies:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Single
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Browse
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Multiple
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Extended
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>In Single Select and Browse Select modes, only one item can be selected at a
+time. Pressing <Literal>BSelect</Literal>
+on an item selects it and deselects any other selected item.
+Pressing <Literal>BSelect</Literal> over an empty space in the Container deselects
+all items. In Browse Select, dragging <Literal>BSelect</Literal> moves the selection
+as the pointer is moved.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Multiple Select and Extended Select modes, any number of items can be
+selected at the same time.
+In Multiple Select, pressing and dragging <Literal>BSelect</Literal> or
+<Literal>BExtend</Literal> to specify an item, range of items, or group of discontiguous
+items
+causes the selection states of those items to be toggled. In Extended Select,
+pressing and dragging <Literal>BSelect</Literal> to indicate an item, range of items,
+or group of discontiguous
+items selects those items and deselects all others. Pressing
+and dragging <Literal>BExtend</Literal> in Extended Select to indicate an item,
+range of items, or discontiguous group of items causes the selection states
+of those items to be toggled.
+</Para>
+<Para>Several techniques are available to indicate an item, range of items, or
+group of discontiguous items in the Multiple Select and Extended Select modes.
+</Para>
+<Para>In the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem> layout types,
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionTechnique</SystemItem> resource specifies the techniques to be used
+to indicate items. The default specification of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOUCH_OVER</SystemItem>
+allows both the Random-Swipe and Marquee techniques to be used when
+<Symbol>XmNlayoutStyle</Symbol> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>. The default specification of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOUCH_OVER</SystemItem> allows the Range-Swipe, Range-Click, and Marquee techniques
+to be used when <Symbol>XmNlayoutStyle</Symbol> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Discontiguous groups of items can be selected using the Random-Swipe
+technique.
+In the Random-Swipe
+technique, pressing <Literal>BSelect</Literal> (or <Literal>BExtend</Literal>) over an item and dragging
+<Literal>BSelect</Literal> over other items selects all of those items. Only those
+items that pointer passed over are selected.
+</Para>
+<Para>In the Range-Swipe
+technique, the user presses <Literal>BSelect</Literal> (or <Literal>BExtend</Literal>) over the first
+item and releases <Literal>BSelect</Literal> over the last item; all items within the range
+between the first and last item are selected whether the pointer actually
+passed over them or not.
+In the Range-Click technique, the user presses and releases
+<Literal>BSelect</Literal> (or <Literal>BExtend</Literal>) over the first item and then presses and
+releases <Literal>BExtend</Literal> over the last item.
+</Para>
+<Para>In the Marquee technique, pressing <Literal>BSelect</Literal> (or <Literal>BExtend</Literal>)
+over a blank space within the
+Container indicates the starting point of a Marquee rectangle. Dragging
+<Literal>BSelect</Literal> draws a Marquee rectangle (rubberband line) between the
+starting point and current pointer. All items completely within the Marquee
+rectangle are selected.
+</Para>
+<Para>Specifying <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOUCH_ONLY</SystemItem> for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionTechnique</SystemItem> enforces
+the Random-Swipe technique even when <Literal>BSelect</Literal> (or <Literal>BExtend</Literal>)
+is pressed over a blank space.
+Similarly, specifying <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE</SystemItem> enforces the
+Marquee technique even when <Literal>BSelect</Literal> (or <Literal>BExtend</Literal>)
+is pressed over an item; since the item over which the press occurs is
+only partially included in the Marquee rectangle, it is not selected.
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_START</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_BOTH</SystemItem> enforce the
+Marquee technique and also cause the rectangle to extend automatically around
+the first item indicated and, for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_BOTH</SystemItem>, the last item.
+</Para>
+<Para>In the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem> layout type, the Range-Swipe and
+Range-Click techniques
+are available to indicate a range of items for selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>Container uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcontainerItem</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol>
+traits and holds the
+<Function>XmQTcontainer</Function> and <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtransfer</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Data Transfer Behavior</Title>
+<Para>Container supports dragging of selected items from the widget.
+Depending on the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprimaryOwnership</SystemItem>, Container can also
+support primary selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>As a source of data, Container supports the following targets and
+associated conversions of data to these targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">locale</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <Symbol Role="Variable">locale</Symbol> target matches the widget's locale, the widget
+transfers the selected items in the encoding of the locale.
+The value for each item transferred, except the last, includes a trailing
+separator.
+Each item value is the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> of the
+item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the selected items as type <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+The value for each item transferred, except the last, includes a trailing
+separator.
+Each item value is the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> of the
+item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget deletes the selected items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">PIXMAP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers a list of the pixmap IDs of the selected items as
+type <Symbol Role="Define">DRAWABLE</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the selected items as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+The value for each item transferred, except the last, includes a trailing
+separator.
+Each item value is the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> of the
+item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the selected items are fully convertible to the encoding of the
+locale, the widget transfers the selected items in the encoding of the
+locale.
+Otherwise, the widget transfers the selected items as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+The value for each item transferred, except the last, includes a trailing
+separator.
+Each item value is the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> of the
+item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports for immediate transfer for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection.
+These include <Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property> and <Symbol Role="Define">PIXMAP</Symbol>.
+If the selected items are fully convertible to <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, these also
+include <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>; otherwise, they also include <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the selected items as a compound string in
+Byte Stream format.
+The value for each item transferred, except the last, includes a trailing
+separator.
+Each item value is the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> of the
+item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_DEFERRED_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports for delayed transfer for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection.
+This widget currently supplies no targets for
+<Property>_MOTIF_DEFERRED_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property>.
+<!--If the selected items are fully convertible to &bsol;*LSTRING&bsol;*O, these
+include &bsol;*LCOMPOUND_TEXT&bsol;*O.
+If the selected items are fully convertible to the encoding of the
+locale, these also include the encoding of the locale.
+--></Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_DRAG_OFFSET</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers a list of two 16-bit numbers, of type
+<Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>, representing an x and y offset for an item being dragged.
+This offset is calculated so that, if the offset were added to the x and
+y coordinates at the drop site, and the dragged pixmap placed at that
+position, it would correspond to the position the user would expect the
+pixmap to placed at, based on the drag icon used at the drop site.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_EXPORT_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets to be
+used as the value of the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> in a
+drag-and-drop transfer.
+These include <Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property>, <Symbol Role="Define">PIXMAP</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, the encoding of the locale, <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol>.
+<!--.LI "\*L_MOTIF_LOSE_SELECTION\*O"--></Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>As a source of data, Container also supports the following standard
+Motif targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLASS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_CLASS</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the
+current locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLIENT_WINDOW</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy and transfers
+its window as type <Symbol Role="Define">WINDOW</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcolormap</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNforeground</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">NAME</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_NAME</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the current
+locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TARGETS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports.
+These include the standard targets in this list.
+These also include <Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property>, <Symbol Role="Define">PIXMAP</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, the encoding of the locale, <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TIMESTAMP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the timestamp used to acquire the selection as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_RENDER_TABLE</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> if it exists, or else the
+default text render table, as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_ENCODING_REGISTRY</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers its encoding registry as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+The value is a list of NULL separated items in the
+form of tag encoding pairs.
+This target symbolizes the transfer target for the
+Motif Segment Encoding Registry.
+Widgets and applications can use this Registry to register
+text encoding formats for specified render table tags.
+Applications access this Registry by calling
+<Function>XmRegisterSegmentEncoding</Function> and <Function>XmMapSegmentEncoding</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>As a destination for data, Container supports only the dropping of items
+being dragged from the same widget.
+Subclasses and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures are
+responsible for any other data transfers to the widget.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Container inherits behavior, resources, and traits from the <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Constraint</Classname>,
+and <Classname>XmManager</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmContainerWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmContainer</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the
+programmer to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource
+values for the inherited classes to set attributes for this widget.
+To reference a resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters.
+To specify one of the defined values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename>
+file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters (in
+either lowercase or uppercase, but include any underscores between
+words). The codes in the access column indicate whether the given resource
+can be set at creation time (C), set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function>
+(S), retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not
+applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmContainer Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNautomaticSelection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAutomaticSelection</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAUTO_SELECT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcollapsedStatePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCollapsedStatePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultActionCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestinationCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdetailColumnHeading</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDetailColumnHeading</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdetailColumnHeadingCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDetailColumnHeadingCount</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdetailOrder</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDetailOrder</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal *</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdetailOrderCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDetailOrderCount</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdetailTabList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDetailTabList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTabList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNentryViewType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEntryViewType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmANY_ICON</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNexpandedStatePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCExpandedStatePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlargeCellHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCellHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlargeCellWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCellWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSPATIAL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoutlineButtonPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOutlineButtonPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmOUTLINE_BUTTON_PRESENT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoutlineChangedCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoutlineColumnWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOutlineColumnWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoutlineIndentation</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOutlineIndentation</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>40</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoutlineLineStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLineStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSINGLE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNprimaryOwnership</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCprimaryOwnership</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmOWN_POSSIBLE_MULTIPLE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectedObjects</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectedObjects</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectedObjectCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectedObjectCount</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectionCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectionPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectionPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmEXTENDED_SELECT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectionTechnique</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectionTechnique</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTOUCH_OVER</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsmallCellHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCellHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsmallCellWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCellWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNspatialIncludeModel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSpatialIncludeModel</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAPPEND</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNspatialResizeModel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSpatialResizeModel</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmGROW_MINOR</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNspatialSnapModel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSpatialSnapModel</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNspatialStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSpatialStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmGRID</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether the Container invokes selection callbacks when each
+item is selected (or toggled) or whether selection callbacks are not
+invoked until the user has completed selection actions (for example,
+the user has released the mouse button). It can have one of the following
+values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Makes selection callbacks automatically when each
+item is selected or toggled. This may also be the value <SystemItem Class="Constant">TRUE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_AUTO_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Delays selection callbacks until the
+user has finished selection actions. This may also be the value <SystemItem Class="Constant">FALSE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcollapsedStatePixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to display on a PushButton next to a Container item
+with child items, when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineButtonPolicy</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE_BUTTON_PRESENT</SystemItem>.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcollapsedStatePixmap</SystemItem> indicates that the child items are not displayed.
+If set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</SystemItem>, a default pixmap showing an
+arrow pointing up is used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks called when the Container is asked to
+convert a selection.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to these callbacks is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultActionCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks to call when the user double-clicks
+an item or presses
+<KeyCap>Enter</KeyCap> or
+<KeyCap>Return</KeyCap> over an item.
+The callback structure is <StructName Role="typedef">XmContainerSelectCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DEFAULT_ACTION</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks called when the Container is the
+destination of a transfer operation.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to these callbacks is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailColumnHeading</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a table of <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>s to display as the headings to columns.
+If NULL, or if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem>
+is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem>, no heading is displayed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailColumnHeadingCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a count of <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>s in the table specified for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailColumnHeading</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailOrder</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of
+<StructName Role="typedef">Cardinal</StructName>s that indicate which column detail information,
+and in which order, each Container child will display its detail information.
+This resource is ignored if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem>.
+If NULL, the the default behavior is determined by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailOrderCount</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailOrderCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a count of <StructName Role="typedef">Cardinal</StructName>s in the array specified for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailOrder</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailOrder</SystemItem> is NULL and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailOrderCount</SystemItem> is not 0, then
+each Container child displays its detail information in order from column
+1 to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailOrderCount</SystemItem> column number. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailOrderCount</SystemItem>
+is 0, then a default is calculated from the detail order count
+information of each item accessed via the <Literal>ContainerItem</Literal> trait.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailTabList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates an <StructName Role="typedef">XmTabList</StructName> specifying the start
+of each column in the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem> layout.
+If this resource is set to NULL, then Container calculates an <StructName Role="typedef">XmTabList</StructName>.
+This resource is ignored if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryViewType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the view type for all Container children. The view type is
+specified for each item via the <Literal>ContainerItem</Literal> trait.
+It can have one of the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmANY_ICON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>No specification is made for Container children. Children use their own
+default specifications.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLARGE_ICON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The view type for all children is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLARGE_ICON</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSMALL_ICON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The view type for all children is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSMALL_ICON</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexpandedStatePixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to display on a PushButton next to a Container item
+with child items, when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineButtonPolicy</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE_BUTTON_PRESENT</SystemItem>.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexpandedStatePixmap</SystemItem> indicates that the child items are displayed.
+If set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</SystemItem>, a default pixmap showing
+an arrow pointing down is used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the fontlist associated with <Classname>XmContainer</Classname>. The fontlist
+is an obsolete construct and has been superseded by the render table.
+It is included for compatibility with earlier versions of Motif, and
+for applications that do not easily support render tables. The
+default fontlist is derived from the default render table; and if
+both a fontlist and a render table are specified, the render table
+takes precedence.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlargeCellHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the height of a cell for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmGRID</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCELLS</SystemItem> spatial style when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryViewType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLARGE_ICON</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmANY_ICON</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlargeCellWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of a cell for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmGRID</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCELLS</SystemItem> spatial style when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryViewType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLARGE_ICON</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmANY_ICON</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the policy for laying out child widgets within the Container.
+It can have one of the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays items in the same manner as when the resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem>,
+except that each item displays detail information next to it.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays items in a tree configuration,
+in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> within <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryParent</SystemItem> order, with connecting
+lines drawn to show their parent-child relationships.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays items according to <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspatialStyle</SystemItem>.
+Items with <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryParent</SystemItem> values are not displayed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the margin spacing at the top and bottom of the Container.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the margin spacing at the left and right sides of the Container.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineButtonPolicy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether or not to display buttons for users to expand and collapse
+the display of items.
+It can have one of the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE_BUTTON_ABSENT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Do not display the outline buttons.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE_BUTTON_PRESENT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Display the outline buttons.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineChangedCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks to call when an item's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineState</SystemItem>
+is changed.
+The callback structure is <StructName Role="typedef">XmContainerOutlineCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_COLLAPSED</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXPANDED</SystemItem>,
+depending on the new value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineState</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineColumnWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of the first column displayed when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem>
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem>. Specifies the preferred width of the Container (without the
+margins) when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem>.
+If not specified, Container will determine a default value equal to the
+widest space necessary to display an item's pixmap and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineIndentation</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineIndentation</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the distance to indent for the display of
+child items when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineLineStyle</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether to draw lines between items with parent-child
+relationships when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem>
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem>.
+It can have one of the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws no line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws a line one pixel wide.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprimaryOwnership</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether Container takes ownership of the primary selection when a
+selection is made inside it. This resource can take the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOWN_NEVER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Never takes ownership.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOWN_ALWAYS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Always takes ownership.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOWN_MULTIPLE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Only takes ownership if more than one element has been
+selected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOWN_POSSIBLE_MULTIPLE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Only takes ownership if more than one element
+can be selected at a time.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <StructName Role="typedef">XmRenderTable</StructName> that is inherited by all children
+of the Container.
+The default is implementation dependent.
+If both a render table and a fontlist are specified, the render table
+will take precedence.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Pixel that can be accessed by children of the Container and
+used to indicate that the child is in a selected state. In addition to
+a Pixel value, the following symbolic values can be specified:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDEFAULT_SELECT_COLOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a color between the background and the bottom shadow color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmREVERSED_GROUND_COLORS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Forces the select color to the foreground color and causes the default color
+of any text rendered over the select color to be the background color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">HIGHLIGHT_COLOR</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Forces the fill color to use the highlight color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedObjectCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of widgets in the selected items list.
+The value must be the number of items in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedObjects</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedObjects</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An array of widgets that represents the Container items that
+are currently selected, either by the user or by the application.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the application sets <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedObjects</SystemItem> to an array of widgets,
+those array elements that are valid Container items are selected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks to call when an item is selected.
+The callback structure is <StructName Role="typedef">XmContainerSelectCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_SINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_BROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_MULTIPLE</SystemItem>, depending on
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Defines the interpretation of the selection action. This can be one of the
+following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows only single selections.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows "drag and browse" selections.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows multiple selections.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows extended selections.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionTechnique</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the selection technique to use when the Container displays
+items in a 2-dimensional layout
+(<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryViewType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLARGE_ICON</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSMALL_ICON</SystemItem>).
+In the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem> layout, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionTechnique</SystemItem>
+resource is treated as <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOUCH_ONLY</SystemItem>. In either case,
+it can have one of the following
+values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Uses the Marquee technique only.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_START</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Uses the Marquee technique only and extends
+the Marquee rectangle around any item under the Marquee start point.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_BOTH</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Uses the Marquee technique only and extends
+the Marquee rectangle around any items under the Marquee start and end points.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOUCH_ONLY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Uses the Random-Swipe technique only if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, uses the Range-Swipe and Range-Click techniques.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOUCH_OVER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the selection action begins over an item
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>, uses
+the Random-Swipe technique.
+If the selection action begins over an item
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem>, uses
+the Range-Swipe and Range-Click techniques.
+Uses the Marquee technique if the select action
+begins over an unoccupied area in the Container.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsmallCellHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the height of a cell for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmGRID</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCELLS</SystemItem> spatial style when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryViewType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSMALL_ICON</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsmallCellWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of a cell for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmGRID</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCELLS</SystemItem> spatial style when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryViewType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSMALL_ICON</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspatialIncludeModel</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the layout of an item when the item is managed
+in the Container when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspatialStyle</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmGRID</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCELLS</SystemItem>.
+It can have one of the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAPPEND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Places the item after the last occupied cell according to
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCLOSEST</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Places the item in the free cell closest to the position
+specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNy</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFIRST_FIT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Places the item in the first free cell
+according to <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspatialResizeModel</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies how Container will attempt to grow its dimensions
+when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspatialStyle</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmGRID</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCELLS</SystemItem>
+and there are not enough cells to contain a new Container item.
+It can have one of the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmGROW_BALANCED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Container will request both width and height growth from its parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmGROW_MAJOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Container will request growth in its major dimension from its parent.
+Container's major dimension is width when the precedence of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> is horizontal, and height when vertical.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmGROW_MINOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Container will request growth in its minor dimension from its parent.
+Container's minor dimension is height when the precedence of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> is horizontal, and width when vertical.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspatialSnapModel</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies how Container will position an item within the cell layout
+when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspatialStyle</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmGRID</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCELLS</SystemItem>.
+It can have one of the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCENTER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Center the items as follows, depending on the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryViewType</SystemItem>:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLARGE_ICON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The child is centered in
+the cell horizontally and baseline-aligned vertically.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSMALL_ICON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The child is centered in the cell vertically on its baseline and aligned
+with the left or right of the cell horizontally, depending on
+the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSNAP_TO_GRID</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Position the item at the upper-left or upper-right corner of the cell(s),
+depending on the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Position the item according to the position
+specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNy</SystemItem>.
+If the position is not within the coordinates of the cell(s),
+then position the item at the upper-left or upper-right corner of the cell(s),
+depending on the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspatialStyle</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the layout of Container items when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>. It can have one of the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCELLS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Lays out items within a grid of same-size cells.
+Each item occupies as many cells as required to contain the item dimensions.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmGRID</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Lays out items within a grid of same-size cells.
+Each item occupies only one cell. Items that are larger than the cell
+size may overlap other items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Lays out items according to <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNy</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmContainer Constraint Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNentryParent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoutlineState</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOutlineState</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOLLAPSED</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpositionIndex</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPositionIndex</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryParent</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget that is this item's logical parent.
+A value of NULL indicates that this is a root-level item. Parent-child
+information is displayed only when the <Symbol>XmNlayoutPolicy</Symbol> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineState</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether to display child items when <Symbol>XmNlayoutPolicy</Symbol> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem>.
+It can have one of the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOLLAPSED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Does not display child items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPANDED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays child items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the order of items in the Container for display.
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem>, items are
+displayed in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> order within <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryParent</SystemItem>.
+Items that
+have an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryParent</SystemItem> resource are ignored when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> is not specified, it defaults to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> value plus 1 of the item with the highest
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> that has the same <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryParent</SystemItem> if such
+an item exists; otherwise, it defaults to 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Container inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!--no-op:  .in-->
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineChangedCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">new_outline_state</Symbol>;
+} XmContainerOutlineCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the reason for the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback. It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the container item affected by the event.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">new_outline_state</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the next <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineState</SystemItem> for <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>. The user can
+change this value in the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultActionCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        WidgetList <Symbol Role="Variable">selected_items</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">selected_item_count</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">auto_selection_type</Symbol>;
+} XmContainerSelectCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the reason for the callback. It corresponds to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> at the time the selection was made, or indicates
+that the default action should be taken.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback. It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selected_items</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of items selected at the time of the <Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol> that
+caused the callback.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">selected_items</Symbol> field points to a temporary storage space
+that is reused
+after the callback is finished.
+Therefore, if an application needs to save the selected list, it should
+copy the list into its own data space.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selected_item_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items in the <Symbol Role="Variable">selected_items</Symbol> list.
+This number must be positive or 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the cause of the selection when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem>. Valid values are the following:
+<!--no-op:  .rS--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_UNSET</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returned when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_AUTO_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_BEGIN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the beginning of automatic selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_MOTION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that there is a button drag selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CANCEL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the new selection is canceled.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_NO_CHANGE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the currently selected item matches the initial item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CHANGE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the currently selected item does not match the initial item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent  *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">source_data</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">location_data</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol>;
+        unsigned long <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_length</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>;
+        unsigned long <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>;
+} XmConvertCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the selection for which conversion is being requested.
+Possible values are <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>,
+and <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the conversion target.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">source_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the selection source.
+When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, <Symbol Role="Variable">source_data</Symbol> is the
+DragContext.
+Otherwise, it is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>location_data</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the location of data to be converted.
+If the value is NULL, the data to be transferred consists of the
+widget's current selection.
+Otherwise, it is the widget ID of the item being transferred, or the
+widget ID of the Container if all items are being transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the status of the conversion. Following are the possible
+values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This flag is currently unused.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_PARTIAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The target widget was able to be converted, but some data was lost.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_SAME</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The conversion target is the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_TRANSACT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This flag is currently unused.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains parameter data for this target.
+If no parameter data exists, the value is NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> is <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol> is
+<Property>_MOTIF_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property> or
+<Property>_MOTIF_DEFERRED_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property>, the value is the requested
+operation (<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed
+as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol> quantities.
+Possible values are 0 (when <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> is NULL),
+8 (when the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>s),
+16 (when the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>s),
+or 32 (when the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol>s).
+Note that <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol> symbolizes a data type, not the number of bits
+in each list element.
+For example, on some machines, a <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol> of 32 means that
+the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of 64-bit quantities,
+not 32-bit quantities.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements of data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol>, where each
+element has the size specified by <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol>.
+When <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> is NULL, the value is 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that specifies the status of the conversion.
+The initial value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_DEFAULT</SystemItem>.
+The callback procedure can set this member to one of the following
+values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_DEFAULT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget class conversion procedure, if any, is
+called after the callback procedures return.
+If the widget class conversion procedure produces any data, it
+overwrites the data provided by the callback procedures in the <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>
+member.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_MERGE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget class conversion procedure, if any, is
+called after the callback procedures return.
+If the widget class conversion procedure produces any data, it appends
+its data to the data provided by the callback procedures in the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> member.
+This value is intended for use with targets that result in lists of
+data, such as <Symbol Role="Define">TARGETS</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_DONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The callback procedure has successfully finished
+the conversion.
+The widget class conversion procedure, if any, is not called after the
+callback procedures return.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_REFUSE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The callback procedure has terminated the
+conversion process without completing the requested conversion.
+The widget class conversion procedure, if any, is not called after the
+callback procedures return.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT parameter that contains any data that the callback procedure
+produces as a result of the conversion.
+The initial value is NULL.
+If the callback procedure sets this member, it must ensure that the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol> members correspond
+to the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>.
+The callback procedure is responsible for allocating, but not for
+freeing, memory when it sets this member.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT parameter that indicates the type of the data in the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> member.
+The initial value is <Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT parameter that specifies whether the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> should
+be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol> quantities.
+The initial value is 8.
+The callback procedure can set this member to 8 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>),
+16 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>), or 32 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that specifies the number of elements of data in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>, where each element has the size symbolized by <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>.
+The initial value is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following callback structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent  *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol>;
+        XtEnum <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">transfer_id</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">location_data</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol>;
+} XmDestinationCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the selection for which data transfer is being requested.
+Possible values are <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>, and
+<Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the type of transfer operation requested.
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>, possible values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> or <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, possible
+values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, possible values are
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOTHER</SystemItem>.
+A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOTHER</SystemItem> means that the callback procedure must get
+further information from the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> in the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol> member.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether or not the destination widget is also the source of
+the data to be transferred.
+Following are the possible values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The destination widget is not the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_SAME</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The destination widget is the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>transfer_id</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Serves as a unique ID to identify the transfer transaction.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the destination.
+When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, the callback procedures are
+called by the drop site's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol>
+is a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> procedure.
+When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol> is an Atom
+representing a target recommmended by the selection owner for use in
+converting the selection.
+Otherwise, <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol> is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>location_data</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the location where data is to be transferred.
+The value is always NULL when the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> or
+<Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>.
+If the value is NULL, the data is to be inserted at the widget's cursor
+position.
+Otherwise, the value is a pointer to an <Symbol>XPoint</Symbol> structure
+containing the x and y coordinates at the location where the data is to
+be transferred.
+Once <Symbol>XmTransferDone</Symbol> procedures start to be called,
+<Literal>location_data</Literal> will no longer be stable.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the time when the transfer operation began.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- Action Table for XmContainer -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmContainer</Classname> translations are listed below.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerBeginSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Motion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerButtonMotion()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerEndSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerBeginToggle()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerEndToggle()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerBeginExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerEndExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerBeginExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerEndExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerStartTransfer(<Symbol Role="Define">Copy</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerStartTransfer(<Symbol Role="Define">Link</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerStartTransfer(<Symbol Role="Define">Move</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerEndTransfer()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c s a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerPrimaryLink()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c s m</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerPrimaryLink()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerPrimaryCopy()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:m</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerPrimaryCopy()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDelete</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerPrimaryMove()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s m</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDelete</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerPrimaryMove()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerCancel()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelectAll</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerSelectAll()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDeselectAll</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerDeselectAll()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfAddMode</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerToggleMode()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>slash</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerSelectAll()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>backslash</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerDeselectAll()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerExtendCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">First</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerExtendCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">Last</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerMoveCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">First</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerMoveCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">Last</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerExpandOrCollapse(<Symbol Role="Define">Left</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerExpandOrCollapse(<Symbol Role="Define">Right</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerExtendCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">Up</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerExtendCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">Down</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerExtendCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">Left</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerExtendCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">Right</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerMoveCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">Up</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerMoveCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">Down</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerMoveCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">Left</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerMoveCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">Right</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetPrevTabGroup()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetNextTabGroup()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations might not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerBeginSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerButtonMotion()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerEndSelect()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.LI "&bsol;*LBToggle Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerBeginToggle()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBToggle Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerButtonMotion()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBToggle Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerEndToggle()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.LI "&bsol;*LBExtend Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerBeginExtend()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBExtend Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerButtonMotion()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBExtend Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerEndExtend()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerStartTransfer(Copy)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Shift>BTransfer Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerStartTransfer(Link)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Shift>BTransfer Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerStartTransfer(Move)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerEndTransfer()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Alt>&lt;osfInsert>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerPrimaryCopy()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Alt>&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Shift>&lt;osfInsert>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerPrimaryLink()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Alt>&lt;Shift>&lt;osfDelete>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerPrimaryMove()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfCancel>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerCancel()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfSelect>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Shift>&lt;osfSelect>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerExtend()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfUp>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerMoveCursor(Up)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfDown>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerMoveCursor(Down)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfLeft>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerMoveCursor(Left)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfRight>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerMoveCursor(Right)&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Shift>&lt;osfUp>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerExtendCursor(Up)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Shift>&lt;osfDown>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerExtendCursor(Down)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Shift>&lt;osfLeft>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerExtendCursor(Left)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Shift>&lt;osfRight>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerExtendCursor(Right)&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Ctrl>&lt;osfBeginLine>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerMoveCursor(First)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Ctrl>&lt;osfEndLine>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerMoveCursor(Last)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Shift>&lt;osfBeginLine>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerExtendCursor(First)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Ctrl>&lt;Shift>&lt;osfEndLine>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerExtendCursor(Last)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfAddMode>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerToggleMode()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfSelectAll>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerSelectAll()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfDeselectAll>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerDeselectAll()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfActivate>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LContainerActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+<Para>The Container button event translations are modified when Display's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource does not have a value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOFF</SystemItem> (in other words, it is either <Symbol>XmBUTTON2_TRANSFER</Symbol> or
+<Symbol>XmBUTTON2_ADJUST</Symbol>). This
+option allows the
+actions for selection and transfer to be integrated on <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>, and
+the actions for extending the selection can be bound to
+<KeySym>Btn2</KeySym>. The actions for <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> that are defined in the
+preceding list
+still apply when the <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> event occurs over text that is not
+selected. The following actions apply when the <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> event
+occurs over text that is selected:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>~c ~s ~m ~a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn1Down(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerBeginSelect,Copy</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c ~s ~m ~a &lt;Btn1Down>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn1Down(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerBeginToggle,Copy</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c s ~m ~a &lt;Btn1Down>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn1Down(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerNoop,Link</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>~c s ~m ~a &lt;Btn1Down>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn1Down(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerBeginExtend,Move</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Motion</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn1Motion(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerButtonMotion</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>~c ~s ~m ~a &lt;Btn1Up>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn1Up(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerEndSelect</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c ~s ~m ~a &lt;Btn1Up>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn1Up(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerEndToggle</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>~c s ~m ~a &lt;Btn1Up>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn1Up(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerEndExtend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c s ~m ~a &lt;Btn1Down>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn1Down(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerBeginExtend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c s ~m ~a &lt;Btn1Up>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn1Up(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerEndExtend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>When Display's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource has a value of
+<Symbol>XmBUTTON2_ADJUST</Symbol>, the following actions apply:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>~c ~s ~m ~a &lt;Btn2Down>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn2Down(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerStartTransfer,Copy</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c s ~m ~a &lt;Btn2Down>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn2Down(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerStartTransfer,Link</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>~c s ~m ~a &lt;Btn2Down>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn2Down(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerStartTransfer,Move</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Motion</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn2Motion(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerButtonMotion</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>~m ~a &lt;Btn2Up>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ContainerHandleBtn2Up(<Symbol Role="Define">ContainerEndTransfer</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The Container action routines are described below.
+The current selections are always shown
+with the background color specified by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerActivate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action calls <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultActionCallback</SystemItem>
+with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DEFAULT_ACTION</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerBeginExtend()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Simply returns if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+Simply returns if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Otherwise, this action sets the selection state of all items between
+the anchor item and the item under the pointer to
+the selection state of the anchor item.
+The location cursor is moved to the item under the pointer.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem>, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s) is called with either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> as the reason depending on
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>, and with <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal>
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerBeginSelect()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this is a second <Action>ContainerBeginSelect()</Action> action that has occurred
+within the time specified by the display's multiclick time, this action calls
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultActionCallback</SystemItem> with reason
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DEFAULT_ACTION</SystemItem> and returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>Otherwise, processing depends on the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>
+as follows:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action deselects all items and toggles the item (if any) under the pointer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action deselects all items and toggles the item (if any) under the pointer.
+This item is now the anchor item for further selection.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem> and a change in any
+item's selection state is made, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s)
+is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_BROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem> and
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_BEGIN</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the pointer is over an item and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionTechnique</SystemItem> is not
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE</SystemItem>, this action toggles the selection state of that item.
+The item becomes the anchor item for further selection.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionTechnique</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_START</SystemItem>,
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_BOTH</SystemItem>, this action sets the start point for the
+Marquee rectangle.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionTechnique</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_START</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_BOTH</SystemItem> and the pointer is over an item, this action
+draws the Marquee rectangle around the item.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem>, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s)
+is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem> and
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_BEGIN</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All items are first deselected. Processing is then identical to the
+case where <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>, except that
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> is the callback reason given if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem> is called.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerBeginToggle()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Simply returns if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Otherwise, if the pointer is over an item and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionTechnique</SystemItem> is not
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE</SystemItem>, this action toggles the selection state of that item.
+The item becomes the anchor item for further selection.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionTechnique</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_START</SystemItem>,
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_BOTH</SystemItem>
+this action sets the start point for the
+Marquee rectangle.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionTechnique</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_START</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_BOTH</SystemItem> and the pointer is over an item, this action
+draws the Marquee rectangle around the item.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem>, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s) is called with either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> as the reason, depending on
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>, and with <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_BEGIN</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerButtonMotion()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Processing depends on the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>, as follows:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action simply returns to the caller.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Simply returns if this action follows a <Action>ContainerBeginExtend()</Action>
+action or <Action>ContainerBeginToggle()</Action> action.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is no longer over the current anchor item, this action
+toggles the current anchor item and then toggles the item under the pointer
+(if any) and makes it the new anchor item for further processing.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem> and a change in any item's
+selection state is made, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s)
+is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_BROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem> and
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_MOTION</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a previous action has set a Marquee rectangle start point,
+this action draws the Marquee rectangle
+between the current pointer position and the Marquee start point. If the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionTechnique</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMARQUEE_EXTEND_BOTH</SystemItem> and the pointer is
+over an item, the end point of the Marquee rectangle is extended to include
+the item. The selection states of all items within the Marquee rectangle are
+toggled to match the state of the anchor item.
+</Para>
+<Para>If no Marquee rectangle start point is set and the pointer is over an
+item, processing depends on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> resource.
+The anchor item from the previous action is used. If
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>,
+the selection state of the item
+under the pointer is toggled to match the selection state of the anchor item.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem>, the selection state of all items between the anchor item
+and the item under the pointer are toggled to match the selection state of
+the anchor item.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem> and a change in any
+item's selection state is made, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s) is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>
+and <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_MOTION</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Processing is identical to the
+case where <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>, except that
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> is the callback reason given if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem> is called.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerCancel()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a selection is in progress, this action
+restores selection states of all items
+to their state before the selection began.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is True and a change in any item's
+selection state is made, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem> is called with reason
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_BROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>
+depending on the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> resource and <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal>
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CANCEL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerDeselectAll()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action deselects all items and calls <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem> with
+reason depending on <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerEndExtend()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Simply returns if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+Simply returns if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Otherwise,
+if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_AUTO_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s) is called with either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> as the reason depending on
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem> and no change
+is made in any item's selection state by this action,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s)
+is called with either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> as the reason depending on
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> and
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem> and this action makes no
+change in any item's selection state,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s)
+is called with either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> as the reason depending on
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> and
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_NO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerEndSelect()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Processing depends on the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>, as follows:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action calls <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>
+with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_SINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the pointer is no longer over the current anchor item, this action
+toggles the current anchor item and then toggles the item under the pointer
+(if any). If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_AUTO_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s) is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_BROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem> and a change in any item's
+selection state is made,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s) is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_BROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem> and
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem> and no change
+is made in any item's selection state by this action,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s)
+is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_BROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem> and
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_NO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action first
+performs the same processing as the <Action>ContainerButtonMotion()</Action>
+action, except that <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem> is not called.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_AUTO_SELECT</SystemItem>, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s) is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem> and a change in any item's
+selection state is made, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s)
+is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem> and
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem> and this action makes no
+change in any item's selection state,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s)
+is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem> and
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_NO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action first
+performs the same processing as the <Action>ContainerButtonMotion()</Action>
+action, except that <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem> is not called.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_AUTO_SELECT</SystemItem>, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s) is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem> and a change in any item's
+selection state is made,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s)
+is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_SELECT</SystemItem> and this action makes
+no change in any item's selection state,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>(s)
+is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_NO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerEndToggle()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Simply returns if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>, this action performs the same processing as the
+<Action>ContainerEndSelect()</Action> action.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerEndTransfer():</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the elapsed time since a <Action>ContainerStartTransfer()</Action>
+action has occurred exceeds the time
+span specified by the display's multiclick time, this action returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>Otherwise, the <Action>ContainerPrimaryCopy()</Action>, <Action>ContainerPrimaryLink()</Action>, or
+<Action>ContainerPrimaryMove()</Action> action is invoked, depending on the value
+of the operation parameter saved by
+<Action>ContainerStartTransfer()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerExpandOrCollapse(<Symbol Role="Define">Left|Right|Collapse|Expand</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action changes the value of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineState</SystemItem> of the
+current focus widget. If the argument value is <Literal>Collapse</Literal> or
+<Literal>Left</Literal>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineState</SystemItem> resource value is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOLLAPSED</SystemItem>. If the argument value is <Literal>Expand</Literal>
+or <Literal>Right</Literal>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineState</SystemItem> resource value is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPANDED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the argument is <Literal>Left</Literal> or <Literal>Right</Literal> and the layout is right to
+left, then the setting of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoutlineState</SystemItem> value is reversed
+from that described in the preceding paragraph.
+</Para>
+<Para>Simply returns if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerExtend()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Processing depends on the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>, as follows:
+</Para>
+<Para>If the selection policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action returns.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>, this action returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the selection policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action sets the selection state
+of all items between the anchor item and the location cursor to
+the selection state of the anchor item.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the selection policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and the
+Container is in Normal Mode, this action deselects all items and selects
+all items between the anchor item and the location cursor.
+If the selection policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and the Container is in Add Mode, this action
+sets the selection state
+of all items between the anchor item and the location cursor to
+the selection state of the anchor item.
+</Para>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem> is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> depending on
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerExtendCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">Left|Right|Up|Down</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Processing depends on the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>, as follows:
+</Para>
+<Para>If the selection policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action returns.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>, this action returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>This action
+moves the location cursor one item in the indicated direction, if possible.
+If the value of the argument string is <Literal>First</Literal> or <Literal>Last</Literal>, this action
+moves the location cursor to the indicated item. For other values of the
+argument string, the location cursor is not affected.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the selection policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action sets the selection state
+of all items between the anchor item and the location cursor to
+the selection state of the anchor item.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the selection policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and the
+Container is in Normal Mode, this action deselects all items and selects
+all items between the anchor item and the location cursor.
+If the selection policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and the Container is in Add Mode, this action
+sets the selection state
+of all items between the anchor item and the location cursor to
+the selection state of the anchor item.
+</Para>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem> is called with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> depending on
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerHandleBtn1Down(</Action><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When Display's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOFF</SystemItem>, the
+actions for selection and transfer are integrated on <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>.
+If the pointer is over an unselected item or background, the item is
+first selected before
+the transfer is started. Otherwise, if the item is already selected, the
+transfer is started.
+The value of <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> can be one of
+the following actions:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ContainerBeginSelect,Copy</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ContainerBeginToggle,Copy</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ContainerNoop,Link</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ContainerBeginExtend,Move</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerHandleBtn1Motion(</Action><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When Display's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource is not
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOFF</SystemItem>, the actions for selection
+and transfer are integrated
+on <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>. When this action is invoked, and a selection is in
+progress, a drag is performed. Otherwise,
+the default
+action as specified in <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> is performed. The value of <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>
+can be <Literal>ContainerButtonMotion</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerHandleBtn1Up(</Action><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a Button 1 transfer was in progress, then when this action
+is invoked, that
+transfer is cancelled. Otherwise,
+the default
+action as specified in <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> is performed. The value of <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>
+can be one of the following actions:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ContainerEndSelect</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ContainerEndToggle</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ContainerEndExtend</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerHandleBtn2Down(</Action><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When Display's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource has a value of
+<Symbol>XmBUTTON2_ADJUST</Symbol>, the
+actions for extending selection are bound on <KeySym>Btn2</KeySym>. Otherwise,
+the action that is
+performed depends on the value of <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>, which can be one of
+the following actions:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ContainerStartTransfer,Copy</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ContainerStartTransfer,Link</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ContainerStartTransfer,Move</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerHandleBtn2Motion(</Action><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When Display's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource is not
+<Symbol>XmBUTTON2_ADJUST</Symbol>, and a selection is in
+progress, a drag is performed.
+Otherwise, the default action that is
+performed depends on the value of <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>, which can be
+<Literal>ContainerButtonMotion</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerHandleBtn2Up(</Action><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When Display's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource has a value of
+<Symbol>XmBUTTON2_ADJUST</Symbol>, this action ends an extend. Otherwise, the action
+that is performed depends on the value of <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>, which can be
+<Literal>ContainerEndTransfer</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerMoveCursor(<Symbol Role="Define">Left|Right|Up|Down|First|Last</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the argument is <Literal>Left</Literal>, <Literal>Right</Literal>, <Literal>Up</Literal>, or
+<Literal>Down</Literal>, this action
+moves the location cursor one item in the indicated direction, if possible.
+If the value of the argument string is <Literal>First</Literal> or <Literal>Last</Literal>, this action
+moves the location cursor to the indicated item. Any other arguments
+are ignored.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+or if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and the
+Container is in Normal Mode,
+this action deselects all items, selects the item at the location cursor,
+and calls <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem> with the reason depending on
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerPrimaryCopy()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action requests that primary selection data be copied to the
+Container.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> operation.
+By default, the Container does not do any transfer, and copying the
+selection is the responsibility of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerPrimaryLink()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action requests that primary selection data be linked to the
+Container.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem> operation.
+By default, the Container does not do any transfer, and linking the
+selection is the responsibility of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerPrimaryMove()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action requests that primary selection data be copied to the
+Container and deleted from the primary source.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem> operation.
+By default, the Container does not do any transfer, and moving the
+selection is the responsibility of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures.
+If the transfer is successful, this action then calls the selection
+owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>
+selection and the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerSelect()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Processing depends on the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>, as follows:
+</Para>
+<Para>If the selection policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action deselects all items and selects the item at the location cursor.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the selection policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>, this action
+toggles the selection state of the item at the location cursor.
+This item becomes the anchor item for further selections.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the selection policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and the
+Container is in Normal Mode, this action deselects all items and selects
+the item at the location cursor. If the selection policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and the Container is in Add Mode, this action
+toggles the selection state of the item at the location cursor.
+The selected/toggled item becomes the anchor item for further selections.
+</Para>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem> is called with the reason depending on
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerSelectAll()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action deselects all items and selects the item at the location cursor
+position.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>, this action selects all items.
+</Para>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem> is called with the
+reason depending on the value
+of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerStartTransfer(<Symbol Role="Define">Copy|Move|Link</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action saves the event and the operation specified in the argument
+string for use by subsequent actions.
+If no <Action>ContainerEndTransfer()</Action> actions occur within the time
+span specified by the display's multiclick time and if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem>
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPATIAL</SystemItem>, this action
+creates a DragContext and starts a drag transfer by using <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> to
+specify the transfer operation. If no argument string is
+specified, <Literal>Copy</Literal> is the default value.
+</Para>
+<Para>Unless default drag and drop behavior has been overridden by a
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedure,
+if the drop operation occurs within the Container, then
+the item(s) being dragged are relocated at the position of the
+drop operation. If the item targeted by the Drag operation is
+not in the selected state, then only that item is moved. If the item is
+in the selected state, however, all items in the selected state are moved.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ContainerToggleMode()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>, this action
+toggles the Container
+between Normal Mode and Add Mode.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>The Container widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a button click is followed by another button click within the time
+span specified by the display's multiclick time, the Container interprets
+that as a double-click and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultActionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusIn</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the focus policy is explicit, sets the focus and draws
+the location cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusOut</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the focus policy is explicit, removes the focus and erases
+the location cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;,
+&cdeman.Constraint;,
+&cdeman.Core;,
+<Function>XmContainerCopy</Function>,
+<Function>XmContainerCopyLink</Function>,
+<Function>XmContainerCut</Function>,
+<Function>XmContainerGetItemChildren</Function>,
+<Function>XmContainerPaste</Function>,
+<Function>XmContainerPasteLink</Function>,
+&cdeman.XmContainerRelayout;,
+&cdeman.XmContainerReorder;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateContainer;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateIconGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmIconGadget;, and
+&cdeman.XmManager;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f3316e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ContainB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:22:33 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN111.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmContainerCopy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmContainerCopy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Container widget function to copy primary selection
+to the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainerCopy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainer</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Container.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmContainerCopy</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>container, timestamp</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>container</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>timestamp</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmContainerCopy</Function> copies the primary selected container items to the
+clipboard.
+This routine calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName> set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> member set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">container</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Container widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">timestamp</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the server time at which to modify the selection value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Container and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>The function returns False in the following cases: if the primary selection
+is NULL, if the widget does not own the primary selection, or if the function
+is unable to gain ownership of the clipboard selection.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1e15f2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ContainC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:23:09 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN112.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmContainerCopyLink</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmContainerCopyLink</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Container widget function to copy links
+to the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainerCopyLink</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainer</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Container.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmContainerCopyLink</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>container, timestamp</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>container</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>timestamp</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmContainerCopyLink</Function> copies links to the primary selected items to
+the clipboard.
+This routine calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName> set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> member set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+The Container widget itself does not copy any links;
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures are responsible for copying the link
+to the clipboard and for taking any related actions.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">container</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Container widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">timestamp</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the server time at which to modify the selection value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Container and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>The function returns False in the following cases: if the primary
+selection is NULL, if the widget does not own the primary selection, or
+if the function is unable to gain ownership of the clipboard selection.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..fdc1468
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ContainD.sgm /main/8 1996/08/30 14:23:47 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN113.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmContainerCut</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmContainerCut</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Container widget function to move items to the
+clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainerCut</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainer</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Container.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmContainerCut</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>container, timestamp</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>container</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>timestamp</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmContainerCut</Function> cuts the primary selected items to the clipboard.
+This routine calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName> set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> member set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>.
+If the transfer is successful, this routine then calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection
+and the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">container</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Container widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">timestamp</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the server time at which to modify the selection value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Container and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>The function returns False in the following cases: if the primary selection
+is NULL, if the widget does not own the primary selection, or if the function
+is unable to gain ownership of the clipboard selection. Otherwise, it returns
+True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..945e65a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ContainE.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:31:53 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN114.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmContainerGetItemChildren</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmContainerGetItemChildren</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Container widget function to find
+all children of an item
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainerGetItemChildren</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainer</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Container.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmContainerGetItemChildren</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>container, item, item_children</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>container</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>WidgetList * <Parameter>item_children</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmContainerGetItemChildren</Function> allocates a WidgetList and stores within
+it the widget IDs of all widgets that have <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> specified as the value
+of their <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryParent</SystemItem> resource.
+The application programmer is responsible for freeing the allocated
+WidgetList using XtFree.
+The number of widget IDs returned
+in <Symbol Role="Variable">item_children</Symbol> is returned by the function. If no widgets specify
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> as the value of their <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryParent</SystemItem> resource,
+the function returns zero and <Symbol Role="Variable">item_children</Symbol> is left unchanged.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">container</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Container widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a widgetID within <Symbol Role="Variable">container</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_children</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returned array of Widgets.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Container and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns a count of all widgets that have <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>
+specified as the value of their <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryParent</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..0463b5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ContainF.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:24:55 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN115.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmContainerPaste</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmContainerPaste</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Container widget function to insert items from the
+clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainerPaste</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainer</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Container.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmContainerPaste</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>container</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>container</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmContainerPaste</Function> requests data transfer from the clipboard
+selection to the Container.
+This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures
+with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName>
+set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> member set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>.
+The Container widget itself performs no transfers; the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures are responsible for inserting
+the clipboard selection and for taking any related actions.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">container</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Container widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Container and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>The function returns False if no data transfer takes place.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainG.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainG.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d13b649
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainG.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ContainG.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:25:26 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN116.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmContainerPasteLink</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmContainerPasteLink</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Container widget function to insert links from the
+clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainerPasteLink</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainer</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Container.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmContainerPasteLink</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>container</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>container</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmContainerPasteLink</Function> requests data transfer from the clipboard
+selection to the Container.
+This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures
+with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName>
+set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> member set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+The Container widget itself performs no transfers; the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures are responsible for inserting
+the link to the clipboard selection and for taking any related actions.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">container</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Container widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Container and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>The function returns False if no data transfer takes place.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainH.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainH.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..91d0d5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainH.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ContainH.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:25:55 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN117.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmContainerRelayout</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmContainerRelayout</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Container widget relayout function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainerRelayout</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainer</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Container.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmContainerRelayout</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>container</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>container</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmContainerRelayout</Function> forces a layout of all items in the Container using
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryParent</SystemItem> constraint resources
+associated with each item.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">container</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Container widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Container and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainI.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainI.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..863edc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ContainI.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ContainI.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:26:29 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN118.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmContainerReorder</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmContainerReorder</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Container widget function to reorder children
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainerReorder</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmContainer</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Container.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmContainerReorder</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>container, widgets, num_widgets</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>container</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>WidgetList <Parameter>widgets</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>num_widgets</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmContainerReorder</Function> obtains the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> constraint
+resources of each widget specified in <Symbol Role="Variable">widgets</Symbol>, sorts them in
+ascending order, and inserts the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> constraint
+resources in the new order into each widget.
+If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutType</SystemItem> resource of Container is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTLINE</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDETAIL</SystemItem>, <Function>XmContainerReorder</Function> will force a layout of all
+items.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">container</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Container widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widgets</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of widget children of <Symbol Role="Variable">container</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_widgets</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items in the <Symbol Role="Variable">widgets</Symbol> array.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Container and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreArA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreArA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2f5bfc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreArA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreArA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:27:01 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN121.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateArrowButton</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateArrowButton</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ArrowButton widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateArrowButton</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateArrowButton</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ArrowB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateArrowButton</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateArrowButton</Function> creates an instance of an ArrowButton
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ArrowButton and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmArrowButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ArrowButton widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmArrowButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreArB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreArB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7e74942
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreArB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreArB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:27:25 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN122.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateArrowButtonGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateArrowButtonGadget</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ArrowButtonGadget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateArrowButton\\%Gadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateArrowButton\\%Gadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ArrowBG.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateArrowButtonGadget</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateArrowButtonGadget</Function> creates an instance of an ArrowButtonGadget
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ArrowButtonGadget and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmArrowButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ArrowButtonGadget widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmArrowButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreBuA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreBuA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..164b067
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreBuA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreBuA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:27:58 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN123.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateBulletinBoard</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateBulletinBoard</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The BulletinBoard widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateBulletinBoard</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateBulletinBoard</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/BulletinB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateBulletinBoard</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateBulletinBoard</Function> creates an instance of a BulletinBoard
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of BulletinBoard and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmBulletinBoard;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the BulletinBoard widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmBulletinBoard;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreBuB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreBuB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..500dd62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreBuB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreBuB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:32:05 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN124.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The BulletinBoard BulletinBoardDialog convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateBulletinBoard\\%Dialog</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateBulletinBoard\\%Dialog</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/BulletinB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog</Function> is a convenience
+creation function that creates a DialogShell and an unmanaged BulletinBoard
+child of the DialogShell.
+A BulletinBoardDialog is used for interactions not supported by the
+standard dialog set.
+This function does not automatically create
+any labels, buttons, or other dialog components. Such components should be
+added by the application after the BulletinBoardDialog is created.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to pop up the BulletinBoardDialog (passing the
+BulletinBoard as the widget parameter); use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop
+it down.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog</Function> forces the value of the Shell resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of BulletinBoard and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmBulletinBoard;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the BulletinBoard widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmBulletinBoard;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCaA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCaA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..568e35a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCaA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreCaA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:32:17 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN126.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateCascadeButton</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateCascadeButton</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The CascadeButton widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateCascadeButton</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateCascadeButton</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CascadeB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateCascadeButton</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateCascadeButton</Function> creates an instance of a CascadeButton
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID. The parent must be a RowColumn widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of CascadeButton and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmCascadeButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the CascadeButton widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCascadeButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCaB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCaB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3f4a63c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCaB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreCaB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:32:30 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN127.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The CascadeButtonGadget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateCascadeButton\\%Gadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateCascadeButton\\%Gadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/CascadeBG.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget</Function> creates an instance of a
+CascadeButtonGadget and returns the
+associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID. The parent must be a RowColumn widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of CascadeButtonGadget and its
+associated resources, see &cdeman.XmCascadeButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the CascadeButtonGadget widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCascadeButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCoA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCoA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d03590e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCoA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreCoA.sgm /main/8 1996/08/31 17:32:11 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN128.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateComboBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateComboBox</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The default ComboBox widget creation function
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988, 1993 by Lotus Development Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ComboBox.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateComboBox</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, arg_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>arg_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateComboBox</Function> creates an instance of a ComboBox widget of
+<Symbol>XmNcomboBoxType</Symbol> <Symbol>XmCOMBO_BOX</Symbol> and returns
+the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>arg_count</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ComboBox and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmComboBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ComboBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmComboBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCoB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCoB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..31c3b92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCoB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreCoB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:30:31 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN129.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateCommand</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateCommand</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Command widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateCommand</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateCommand</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Command.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateCommand</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateCommand</Function> creates an instance of a Command widget and returns the
+associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Command and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmCommand;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the Command widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCommand;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCoC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCoC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e9c8e0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCoC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreCoC.sgm /main/2 1996/09/25 10:32:36 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN575.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateCommandDialog</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateCommandDialog</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Command CommandDialog convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateCommandDialog</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateCommandDialog</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Command.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateCommandDialog</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateCommandDialog</Function> is a convenience function
+that creates a DialogShell and an unmanaged Command child of the DialogShell.
+A CommandDialog is used for entering commands for processing.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to pop up the CommandDialog
+(passing the Command as the widget parameter);
+use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop it down.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateCommandDialog</Function> forces the value of the
+Shell resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Command and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmCommand;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the Command widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCommand;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCon.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCon.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8495f96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreCon.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreCon.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:31:11 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN130.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateContainer</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateContainer</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Container widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateContainer</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateContainer</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Container.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateContainer</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateContainer</Function> creates an instance of a Container
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Container and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns the Container widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmContainer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDia.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDia.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3d86e72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDia.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreDia.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:31:47 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN131.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateDialogShell</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateDialogShell</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The DialogShell widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateDialogShell</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateDialogShell</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DialogS.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateDialogShell</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateDialogShell</Function> creates an instance of a DialogShell
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DialogShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmDialogShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the DialogShell widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDialogShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a0297f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreDrA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:32:43 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN132.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateDragIcon</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateDragIcon</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that creates a DragIcon widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateDragIcon</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateDragIcon</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateDragIcon</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragIcon.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateDragIcon</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateDragIcon</Function> creates a DragIcon and returns the associated widget
+ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget that the function uses to access
+default values for visual attributes of the DragIcon. This widget
+may be different than the actual parent of the DragIcon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the DragIcon widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument
+list (<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DragIcon and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDragIcon;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>The function creates a DragIcon and returns the associated
+widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDragContext;,
+&cdeman.XmDragIcon;, and
+&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..262d982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreDrB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:33:00 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN133.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateDrawingArea</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateDrawingArea</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The DrawingArea widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateDrawingArea</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateDrawingArea</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DrawingA.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateDrawingArea</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateDrawingArea</Function> creates an instance of a DrawingArea widget and returns the
+associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DrawingArea and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmDrawingArea;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the DrawingArea widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDrawingArea;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..39b4ee3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreDrC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:33:32 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN134.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateDrawnButton</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateDrawnButton</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The DrawnButton widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateDrawnButton</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateDrawnButton</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DrawnB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateDrawnButton</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateDrawnButton</Function> creates an instance of a DrawnButton widget and returns the
+associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DrawnButton and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmDrawnButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the DrawnButton widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDrawnButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..015bd73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreDrD.sgm /main/8 1996/08/31 17:32:49 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN135.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateDropDownComboBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateDropDownComboBox</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Drop-down ComboBox widget creation function
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988, 1993 by Lotus Development Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ComboBox.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateDropDownComboBox</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, arg_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>arg_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateDropDownComboBox</Function> creates an instance of a ComboBox widget of
+<Symbol>XmNcomboBoxType</Symbol> <Symbol>XmDROP_DOWN_COMBO_BOX</Symbol> and returns
+the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>arg_count</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ComboBox and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmComboBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ComboBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmComboBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f99743a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreDrE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreDrE.sgm /main/8 1996/08/31 17:35:19 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN136.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateDropDownList</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateDropDownList</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Drop-down list ComboBox widget creation function
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988, 1993 by Lotus Development Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ComboBox.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateDropDownList</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, arg_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>arg_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateDropDownList</Function> creates an instance of a ComboBox widget of
+<Symbol>XmNcomboBoxType</Symbol> <Symbol>XmDROP_DOWN_LIST</Symbol> and returns
+the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>arg_count</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ComboBox and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmComboBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ComboBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmComboBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreErr.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreErr.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2e64259
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreErr.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreErr.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:32:55 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN137.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateErrorDialog</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateErrorDialog</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The MessageBox ErrorDialog convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateErrorDialog</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateErrorDialog</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MessageB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateErrorDialog</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateErrorDialog</Function> is a convenience creation
+function that creates a DialogShell and an unmanaged MessageBox child
+of the DialogShell.
+An ErrorDialog warns the user of an invalid or potentially
+dangerous condition.
+It includes a symbol, a message, and three buttons.
+The default symbol is an octagon with a diagonal slash. The default
+button labels are <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, and <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to pop up the ErrorDialog (passing the MessageBox
+as the widget parameter); use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop it down.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateErrorDialog</Function> forces the value of the Shell resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MessageBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the MessageBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFiA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFiA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4b331eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFiA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreFiA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:33:07 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN138.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateFileSelectionBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateFileSelectionBox</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The FileSelectionBox widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateFileSelection\\%Box</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateFileSelection\\%Box</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/FileSB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateFileSelectionBox</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateFileSelectionBox</Function> creates an unmanaged FileSelectionBox.
+A FileSelectionBox is used to select a file
+and includes the following:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An editable text field for the directory mask
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A scrolling list of filenames
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An editable text field for the selected file
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Labels for the list and text fields
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Four buttons
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>The default button labels are <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, <Literal>Filter</Literal>, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, and
+<Literal>Help</Literal>.
+Additional work area children may be added to the FileSelectionBox after
+creation. FileSelectionBox inherits the layout functionality provided
+by SelectionBox for any additional work area children.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the parent of the FileSelectionBox is a DialogShell, use <Function>XtManageChild</Function>
+to pop up the FileSelectionDialog (passing the
+FileSelectionBox as the widget parameter);
+use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop it down.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of FileSelectionBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmFileSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the FileSelectionBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFileSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFiB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFiB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4dca0ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFiB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreFiB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:33:19 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN139.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateFileSelectionDialog</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateFileSelectionDialog</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The FileSelectionBox FileSelectionDialog convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateFileSelection\\%Dialog</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateFileSelection\\%Dialog</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/FileSB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateFileSelectionDialog</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateFileSelectionDialog</Function> is a convenience creation function that
+creates a DialogShell and an unmanaged FileSelectionBox child of the
+DialogShell.
+A FileSelectionDialog selects a file.
+It includes the following:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An editable text field for the directory mask
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A scrolling list of filenames
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An editable text field for the selected file
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Labels for the list and text fields
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Four buttons
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>The default button labels are
+<Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, <Literal>Filter</Literal>, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, and <Literal>Help</Literal>. One additional
+<Literal>WorkArea</Literal> child may be added to the FileSelectionBox after creation.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to pop up the FileSelectionDialog (passing the
+FileSelectionBox
+as the widget parameter); use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop it down.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateFileSelectionDialog</Function> forces the value of the Shell resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of FileSelectionBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmFileSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the FileSelectionBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFileSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFoA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFoA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5bb5fea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFoA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreFoA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:37:12 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN140.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateForm</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateForm</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Form widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateForm</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateForm</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Form.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateForm</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateForm</Function> creates an instance of a Form
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Form and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmForm;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the Form widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmForm;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFoB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFoB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..71cda69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFoB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreFoB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:37:51 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN141.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateFormDialog</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateFormDialog</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Form FormDialog convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateFormDialog</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateFormDialog</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Form.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateFormDialog</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateFormDialog</Function> is a convenience creation function that creates
+a DialogShell and an unmanaged Form child of the DialogShell.
+A FormDialog is used for interactions not supported by the standard dialog
+set.
+This function
+does not automatically create any labels, buttons, or other dialog components.
+Such components should be added by the application after the FormDialog is
+created.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to pop up the FormDialog (passing the Form as the
+widget parameter); use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop it down.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateFormDialog</Function> forces the value of the Shell resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Form and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmForm;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the Form widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmForm;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFra.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFra.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ec31424
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreFra.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreFra.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:38:22 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN142.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateFrame</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateFrame</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Frame widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateFrame</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateFrame</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Frame.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateFrame</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateFrame</Function> creates an instance of a Frame
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Frame and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmFrame;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the Frame widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFrame;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreIco.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreIco.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a43e28d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreIco.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreIco.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:38:55 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN143.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateIconGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateIconGadget</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The IconGadget widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateIconGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateIconGadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/IconG.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateIconGadget</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateIconGadget</Function> creates an instance of an IconGadget
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of IconGadget and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmIconGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the IconGadget widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmIconGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreInf.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreInf.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b6d9b48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreInf.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreInf.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:39:29 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN144.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateInformationDialog</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateInformationDialog</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The MessageBox InformationDialog convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateInformationDialog</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateInformationDialog</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MessageB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateInformationDialog</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateInformationDialog</Function> is a convenience creation function that creates
+a DialogShell and an unmanaged MessageBox child of the DialogShell.
+An InformationDialog gives the user information, such as the status of
+an action.
+It includes a symbol, a message, and three buttons.
+The default symbol is <Literal>i</Literal>.
+The default button labels are <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, and <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to pop up the InformationDialog (passing the MessageBox
+as the widget parameter); use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop it down.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateInformationDialog</Function> forces the value of the Shell resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MessageBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the MessageBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreLaA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreLaA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b90610f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreLaA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreLaA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:40:03 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN145.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateLabel</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateLabel</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Label widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateLabel</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateLabel</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Label.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateLabel</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateLabel</Function> creates an instance of a Label
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Label and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmLabel;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the Label widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmLabel;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreLaB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreLaB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1aff410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreLaB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreLaB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:41:08 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN146.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateLabelGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateLabelGadget</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The LabelGadget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateLabelGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateLabelGadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/LabelG.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateLabelGadget</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateLabelGadget</Function> creates an instance of a LabelGadget
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of LabelGadget and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmLabelGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the LabelGadget widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmLabelGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreLis.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreLis.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..503608a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreLis.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreLis.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:41:44 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN147.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateList</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateList</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The List widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateList</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateList</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateList</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateList</Function> creates an instance of a List widget and returns the associated
+widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the List widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMai.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMai.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ae12ac9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMai.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreMai.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:42:16 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN148.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateMainWindow</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateMainWindow</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The MainWindow widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateMainWindow</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateMainWindow</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MainW.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateMainWindow</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateMainWindow</Function> creates an instance of a MainWindow
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MainWindow and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMainWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the MainWindow widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMainWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMeA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMeA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3b34cfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMeA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreMeA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:33:32 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN149.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateMenuBar</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateMenuBar</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateMenuBar</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateMenuBar</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateMenuBar</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateMenuBar</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn widget
+of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_BAR</SystemItem> and returns the
+associated widget ID. It is provided as a convenience
+function for creating RowColumn
+widgets configured to operate as a MenuBar and is not implemented as a
+separate widget class.
+</Para>
+<Para>The MenuBar widget is generally used for building a Pulldown
+menu system. Typically, a MenuBar is created and placed along the
+top of the application window, and several CascadeButtons
+are inserted as the children. Each of the CascadeButtons has a
+Pulldown menu pane associated with it.
+These Pulldown menu panes must have been created as children of the MenuBar.
+The user interacts with the MenuBar by using either the mouse or
+the keyboard.
+</Para>
+<Para>The MenuBar displays a 3-D shadow along its border. The application
+controls the shadow attributes using the visual-related resources
+supported by <Classname>XmManager</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The MenuBar widget is homogeneous in that it accepts only children
+that are a subclass of <Classname>XmCascadeButton</Classname> or
+<Classname>XmCascadeButtonGadget</Classname>.
+Attempting to insert a child of a different class results in a warning
+message.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the MenuBar does not have enough room to fit all of its subwidgets on a
+single line, the MenuBar attempts to wrap the remaining entries onto
+additional lines if allowed by the geometry manager of the parent widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCascadeButton;,
+&cdeman.XmCascadeButtonGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePulldownMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleMenuBar;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMeB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMeB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..297f135
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMeB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreMeB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:43:20 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN150.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateMenuShell</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateMenuShell</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The MenuShell widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateMenuShell</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateMenuShell</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MenuShell.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateMenuShell</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateMenuShell</Function> creates an instance of a MenuShell
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MenuShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMenuShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the MenuShell widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMenuShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMeC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMeC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b1e5076
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMeC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreMeC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:33:44 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN151.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateMessageBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateMessageBox</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The MessageBox widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateMessageBox</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateMessageBox</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MessageB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateMessageBox</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateMessageBox</Function> creates an unmanaged MessageBox.
+A MessageBox is used for common interaction tasks, which include giving
+information, asking questions, and reporting errors.
+It includes an optional symbol, a message, and three buttons.
+</Para>
+<Para>By default, there is no symbol. The default button labels are <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>,
+<Literal>Cancel</Literal>, and <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the parent of the MessageBox is a DialogShell, use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to
+pop up the MessageBox (passing the MessageBox as the widget parameter); use
+<Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop it down.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MessageBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the MessageBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMeD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMeD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..751c4bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreMeD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreMeD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:33:56 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN152.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateMessageDialog</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateMessageDialog</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The MessageBox MessageDialog convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateMessageDialog</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateMessageDialog</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MessageB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateMessageDialog</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateMessageDialog</Function> is a convenience creation function that creates
+a DialogShell and an unmanaged MessageBox child of the DialogShell.
+A MessageDialog is used for common interaction tasks, which include giving
+information, asking questions, and reporting errors.
+It includes a symbol, a message, and three buttons.
+By default, there is no symbol. The default button labels are
+<Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, and <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to pop up the MessageDialog (passing the MessageBox
+as the widget parameter); use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop it down.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateMessageDialog</Function> forces the value of the Shell resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MessageBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the MessageBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreNot.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreNot.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..29115ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreNot.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreNot.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:44:56 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN153.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateNotebook</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateNotebook</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Notebook widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateNotebook</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Notebook functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateNotebook</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Notebook.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmCreateNotebook</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateNotebook</Function> creates an instance of a Notebook widget and
+returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Notebook and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmNotebook;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the Notebook widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmNotebook;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreOpt.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreOpt.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4520b38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreOpt.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreOpt.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:34:08 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN154.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateOptionMenu</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateOptionMenu</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateOptionMenu</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateOptionMenu</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateOptionMenu</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateOptionMenu</Function> creates an instance of a
+RowColumn widget of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem>
+and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>It is provided as a convenience function for creating a RowColumn
+widget configured to operate as an OptionMenu and is not implemented as a
+separate widget class.
+</Para>
+<Para>The OptionMenu widget is a specialized RowColumn manager composed of a
+label, a selection area, and a
+single Pulldown menu pane. When an application creates
+an OptionMenu widget, it supplies the label string and the Pulldown menu pane.
+In order for the operation to be successful,
+there must be a valid <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsubMenuId</SystemItem> resource set
+when this function is called.
+The LabelGadget and the selection area (a CascadeButtonGadget) are created
+by the OptionMenu.
+</Para>
+<Para>The OptionMenu's Pulldown menu pane must not contain any ToggleButtons or
+ToggleButtonGadgets.
+The results of including CascadeButtons or CascadeButtonGadgets in the
+OptionMenu's Pulldown menu pane are undefined.
+</Para>
+<Para>An OptionMenu is laid out with the label displayed on one side of
+the widget and the selection area on the other side when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem> is <Symbol>XmHORIZONTAL</Symbol>.
+The layout of the label with respect to the selection area depends on
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource in the horizontal orientation.
+If the value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem>,
+the label is above the selection area.
+The selection area has a dual purpose; it displays the label of the last
+item selected from the associated Pulldown menu pane, and it provides
+the means for posting the Pulldown menu pane.
+</Para>
+<Para>The OptionMenu typically does not display any 3-D visuals around
+itself or the internal LabelGadget. By default, the internal
+CascadeButtonGadget has a visible 3-D shadow.
+The application may change this
+by getting the CascadeButtonGadget ID using <Function>XmOptionButtonGadget</Function>, and then
+calling <Function>XtSetValues</Function> using the standard visual-related resources.
+</Para>
+<Para>The Pulldown menu pane is posted when the mouse pointer is moved over the
+selection area and a mouse button that is defined by OptionMenu's
+RowColumn parent is pressed.
+The Pulldown menu pane is posted
+and positioned so that the last selected item is directly over
+the selection area. The mouse is then used to arm the desired menu
+item. When the mouse button is released, the armed menu item is selected
+and the label within the selection area is changed to match that of
+the selected item. By default, <Literal>BSelect</Literal> is used to interact with an
+OptionMenu.
+The default can be changed with the RowColumn resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmenuPost</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The OptionMenu also operates with the keyboard interface mechanism.
+If the application has established a mnemonic with the OptionMenu,
+pressing
+<KeyCap>Alt</KeyCap> with the mnemonic causes the Pulldown menu pane to be posted with
+traversal enabled.
+The standard traversal keys can then be used to
+move within the menu pane. Pressing
+<KeyCap>Return</KeyCap> or typing a mnemonic or accelerator for one of the
+menu items selects that item.
+</Para>
+<Para>An application may use the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmenuHistory</SystemItem> resource to
+indicate which item in the Pulldown menu pane should be treated as the current
+choice and have its label displayed in the selection area. By default,
+the first selectable item in the Pulldown menu pane is used.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The user can specify resources in a resource file for the automatically
+created widgets and gadgets of an OptionMenu.
+These widgets (or gadgets) and the associated
+OptionMenu areas are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Option Menu Label Gadget</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>OptionLabel</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Option Menu Cascade Button</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>OptionButton</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCascadeButtonGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePulldownMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmLabelGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmOptionButtonGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmOptionLabelGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePan.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePan.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4ec7320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePan.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CrePan.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:45:59 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN155.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreatePanedWindow</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreatePanedWindow</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The PanedWindow widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreatePanedWindow</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreatePanedWindow</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/PanedW.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreatePanedWindow</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreatePanedWindow</Function> creates an instance of a PanedWindow
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of PanedWindow and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmPanedWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the PanedWindow widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmPanedWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePop.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePop.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7e9fad2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePop.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CrePop.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:34:20 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN156.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreatePopupMenu</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreatePopupMenu</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreatePopupMenu</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreatePopupMenu</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreatePopupMenu</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreatePopupMenu</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn widget
+of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_POPUP</SystemItem> and returns
+the associated widget ID. When this function is used to create the Popup
+menu pane, a MenuShell widget is automatically created as the parent of
+the menu pane.
+The parent of the MenuShell widget is the widget indicated by the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol> parameter.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreatePopupMenu</Function> is
+provided as a convenience function for creating RowColumn
+widgets configured to operate as Popup menu panes and is not implemented as
+a separate widget class.
+</Para>
+<Para>The PopupMenu is used as the first menu pane within a PopupMenu system;
+all other
+menu panes are of the Pulldown type. A Popup menu pane displays a
+3-D shadow, unless the feature is disabled by the application.
+The shadow appears around the edge of the menu pane.
+</Para>
+<Para>The Popup menu pane must be created as the child of a MenuShell widget in
+order to function properly when it is incorporated into a menu.
+If the application uses this convenience function for creating a
+Popup menu pane, the MenuShell is automatically created as the real
+parent of the menu pane.
+If the application does not use this convenience function to create the
+RowColumn to function as a Popup menu pane,
+it is the application's responsibility to create the
+MenuShell widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>To access the PopupMenu, the application must first position the
+widget using the
+<Function>XmMenuPosition</Function> function and then manage it using <Function>XtManageChild</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Popup menu panes support tear-off capabilities
+for tear-off menus through <Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname>
+resources.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateSimplePopupMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmMenuPosition;,
+&cdeman.XmMenuShell;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePro.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePro.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..17e5d48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePro.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CrePro.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 20:34:32 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN157.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreatePromptDialog</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreatePromptDialog</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The SelectionBox PromptDialog convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreatePromptDialog</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreatePromptDialog</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/SelectioB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreatePromptDialog</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreatePromptDialog</Function> is a convenience creation function that creates
+a DialogShell and an unmanaged SelectionBox child of the DialogShell.
+A PromptDialog prompts the user for text input.
+It includes a message, a text input region, and three managed buttons.
+The default button labels are <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, and <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+An additional button, with <Literal>Apply</Literal> as the default label, is created
+unmanaged; it may be explicitly managed if needed. One additional
+<Literal>WorkArea</Literal> child may be added to the SelectionBox after creation.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreatePromptDialog</Function> forces the value of the SelectionBox resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogType</SystemItem> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_PROMPT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to pop up the PromptDialog (passing the SelectionBox
+as the widget parameter); use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop it down.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreatePromptDialog</Function> forces the value of the Shell resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of SelectionBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the SelectionBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePuA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePuA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c358fec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePuA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CrePuA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:34:44 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN158.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreatePulldownMenu</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreatePulldownMenu</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreatePulldownMenu</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreatePulldownMenu</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreatePulldownMenu</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreatePulldownMenu</Function> creates an instance of a
+RowColumn widget of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_PULLDOWN</SystemItem> and returns
+the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>).
+When this function is used to create the Pulldown
+menu pane, a MenuShell widget is automatically created as the parent of the
+menu pane. If the widget specified
+by the <Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol> parameter is a
+Popup or a Pulldown menu pane, the MenuShell
+widget is created as a child of the <Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol> MenuShell; otherwise, it
+is created as a child of the specified <Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol> widget.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreatePulldownMenu</Function> is
+provided as a convenience function for creating RowColumn
+widgets configured to operate as Pulldown menu panes and is not implemented as
+a separate widget class.
+</Para>
+<Para>A Pulldown menu pane displays a
+3-D shadow, unless the feature is disabled by the application.
+The shadow appears around the edge of the menu pane.
+</Para>
+<Para>A Pulldown menu pane is used with submenus that are to be
+attached to a CascadeButton or a
+CascadeButtonGadget. This is the case for all menu panes
+that are part of a PulldownMenu system (a MenuBar), the menu pane
+associated with an OptionMenu, and any menu panes that cascade from
+a Popup menu pane. Pulldown menu panes that are to be associated with an
+OptionMenu must be created before the OptionMenu is created.
+</Para>
+<Para>The Pulldown menu pane must be attached to a CascadeButton or CascadeButtonGadget
+that resides in a MenuBar, a Popup menu pane, a Pulldown menu pane, or an
+OptionMenu. It is attached with the button resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsubMenuId</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>A MenuShell widget is required between the Pulldown menu pane and its
+parent.
+If the application uses this convenience function for creating a
+Pulldown menu pane, the MenuShell is automatically created as the real
+parent of the menu pane; otherwise,
+it is the application's responsibility to create
+the MenuShell widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>To function correctly when incorporated into a menu, the Pulldown menu pane's
+hierarchy must be considered. This hierarchy depends on the
+type of menu system that is being built, as follows:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the Pulldown menu pane is to be pulled down from a MenuBar, its <Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol>
+must be the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the Pulldown menu pane is to be pulled down from a Popup or another
+Pulldown menu pane, its <Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol> must be that Popup or Pulldown menu pane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the Pulldown menu pane is to be pulled down from an OptionMenu, its
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol> must be the same as the OptionMenu parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>PullDown menu panes support tear-off capabilities
+for tear-off menus through <Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname>
+resources.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCascadeButton;,
+&cdeman.XmCascadeButtonGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateOptionMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePopupMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmMenuShell;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePuB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePuB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..faa2a6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePuB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CrePuB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:47:57 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN159.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreatePushButton</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreatePushButton</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The PushButton widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreatePushButton</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreatePushButton</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/PushB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreatePushButton</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreatePushButton</Function> creates an instance of a PushButton
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of PushButton and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmPushButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the PushButton widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmPushButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePuC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePuC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8593a69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CrePuC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CrePuC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:48:28 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN160.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreatePushButtonGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreatePushButtonGadget</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The PushButtonGadget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreatePushButtonGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreatePushButtonGadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/PushBG.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreatePushButtonGadget</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreatePushButtonGadget</Function> creates an instance of a PushButtonGadget
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of PushButtonGadget and its associated
+resources, see &cdeman.XmPushButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the PushButtonGadget widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmPushButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreQue.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreQue.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1461e8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreQue.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreQue.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:34:55 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN161.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateQuestionDialog</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateQuestionDialog</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The MessageBox QuestionDialog convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateQuestionDialog</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateQuestionDialog</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MessageB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateQuestionDialog</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateQuestionDialog</Function> is a convenience creation function that
+creates a DialogShell and an unmanaged MessageBox child of the DialogShell.
+A QuestionDialog is used to get the answer to a question from the user.
+It includes a symbol, a message, and
+three buttons. The default symbol is a question mark. The default button
+labels are <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, and <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to pop up the QuestionDialog (passing the MessageBox
+as the widget parameter); use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop it down.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateQuestionDialog</Function> forces the value of the Shell resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MessageBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the MessageBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreRad.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreRad.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3bf1605
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreRad.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreRad.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:35:07 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN162.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateRadioBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateRadioBox</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateRadioBox</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateRadioBox</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateRadioBox</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateRadioBox</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn widget
+of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem> and returns the
+associated widget ID. Typically,
+this is a composite widget that contains multiple
+ToggleButtonGadgets.
+The RadioBox arbitrates and ensures that at most one
+ToggleButtonGadget is on at any time.
+</Para>
+<Para>Unless the application supplies other values in the <Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>, this
+function provides initial values for several RowColumn resources.
+It initializes <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpacking</SystemItem> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPACK_COLUMN</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNradioBehavior</SystemItem> to True, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNisHomogeneous</SystemItem> to True, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryClass</SystemItem> to <StructName Role="typedef">XmToggleButtonGadgetClass</StructName>.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a RadioBox, the ToggleButton or ToggleButtonGadget resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorType</SystemItem> defaults to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY</SystemItem>, and the
+ToggleButton or ToggleButtonGadget resource<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisibleWhenOff</SystemItem>
+defaults to True.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine is provided as a convenience function for creating
+RowColumn widgets.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleCheckBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateWorkArea;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreRow.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreRow.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..760d701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreRow.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreRow.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:35:19 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN163.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateRowColumn</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateRowColumn</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The RowColumn widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateRowColumn</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateRowColumn</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateRowColumn</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateRowColumn</Function> creates an instance of a
+RowColumn widget and returns the associated widget ID. If
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is not specified, then it is created with
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem>, which is the default.
+</Para>
+<Para>If this function is used to create a Popup Menu of type
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_POPUP</SystemItem> or a Pulldown Menu of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_PULLDOWN</SystemItem>,
+a MenuShell widget is not automatically created as the parent of the
+menu pane. The application must first create the MenuShell by using either
+<Function>XmCreateMenuShell</Function> or the standard toolkit create function.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateMenuBar;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateMenuShell;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateOptionMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePopupMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePulldownMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleCheckBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleMenuBar;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimplePopupMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateWorkArea;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox;,
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar;,
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d270c9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreScA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:50:09 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN164.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateScale</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateScale</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Scale widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateScale</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateScale</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Scale.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateScale</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateScale</Function> creates an instance of a Scale widget and
+returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Scale and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmScale;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the Scale widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScale;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..758250c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreScB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:35:31 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN165.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateScrollBar</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateScrollBar</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ScrollBar widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateScrollBar</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateScrollBar</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ScrollBar.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateScrollBar</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateScrollBar</Function> creates an instance of a ScrollBar widget and
+returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ScrollBar and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmScrollBar;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ScrollBar widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScrollBar;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8a898cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreScD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:35:42 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN167.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateScrolledList</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateScrolledList</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The List ScrolledList convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateScrolledList</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateScrolledList</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateScrolledList</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateScrolledList</Function> creates an instance of a List widget
+that is contained within a ScrolledWindow.
+The ScrolledWindow parent is created managed.
+All ScrolledWindow subarea
+widgets are automatically created by this function.
+The ID returned by this function is that of the List widget
+(not the ScrolledWindow widget).
+Use this widget ID for all operations on the List widget.
+Use the widget ID of the List widget's parent for all operations
+on the ScrolledWindow.
+To obtain the ID of the ScrolledWindow widget associated with the List widget,
+use the Xt Intrinsics <Function>XtParent</Function> function.
+The name of the ScrolledWindow
+created by this function is formed by concatenating <Symbol Role="Define">SW</Symbol>
+onto the end of the <Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol> specified in the parameter list.
+</Para>
+<Para>All arguments to either the List or the ScrolledWindow widget can be
+specified at creation time using this function.
+Changes to initial position and size are sent only to the ScrolledWindow widget.
+Other resources are sent to the List or the ScrolledWindow widget as appropriate.
+Note that the result of providing the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestroyCallback</SystemItem>
+resource in the creation <Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol> is unspecified. The
+application should use the <Function>XtAddCallback</Function> function to add
+callbacks to the appropriate widget (List or ScrolledWindow) after
+creating it.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function forces the following initial values for ScrolledWindow
+resources:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAPPLICATION_DEFINED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisualPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVARIABLE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollBarDisplayPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTATIC</SystemItem>.
+(No initial value is forced for the List's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollBarDisplayPolicy</SystemItem>.)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem> is set to 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the List widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList; and &cdeman.XmScrolledWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7f40047
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreScE.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:35:54 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN168.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateScrolledText</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateScrolledText</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Text ScrolledText convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateScrolledText</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateScrolledText</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateScrolledText</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateScrolledText</Function> creates an instance of a Text widget
+that is contained within a ScrolledWindow.
+The ScrolledWindow parent is created managed.
+All ScrolledWindow subarea
+widgets are automatically created by this function.
+The ID returned by this function is that of the Text widget
+(not the ScrolledWindow widget).
+Use this widget ID for all operations on the Text widget.
+Use the widget ID of the Text widget's parent for
+all operations on the ScrolledWindow.
+To obtain the ID of the ScrolledWindow widget associated with the
+Text widget, use the Xt Intrinsics <Function>XtParent</Function> function.
+The name of the ScrolledWindow created by this function is formed by
+concatenating the letters <Symbol Role="Define">SW</Symbol>
+onto the end of the <Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol> specified in the parameter list.
+</Para>
+<Para>The Text widget defaults to single-line text edit; therefore, no ScrollBars
+are displayed. The Text resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> must be set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> to display the ScrollBars.
+The results of placing a Text widget inside a ScrolledWindow when the
+Text's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> are undefined.
+</Para>
+<Para>All arguments to either the Text or the ScrolledWindow widget can be
+specified at creation time with this function.
+Changes to initial position and size are sent only to the ScrolledWindow
+widget.
+Other resources are sent to the Text or the ScrolledWindow widget as
+appropriate.
+Note that the result of providing the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestroyCallback</SystemItem>
+resource in the creation <Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol> is unspecified. The
+application should use the <Function>XtAddCallback</Function> function to add
+callbacks to the appropriate widget (Text or ScrolledWindow) after
+creating it.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function forces the following initial values for ScrolledWindow
+resources:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAPPLICATION_DEFINED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisualPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVARIABLE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollBarDisplayPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTATIC</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem> is set to 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScrolledWindow; and &cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..db377a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreScF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreScF.sgm /main/8 1996/08/30 14:51:43 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN169.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateScrolledWindow</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateScrolledWindow</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ScrolledWindow widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateScrolledWindow</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateScrolledWindow</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ScrolledW.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateScrolledWindow</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateScrolledWindow</Function> creates an instance of a ScrolledWindow
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ScrolledWindow and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmScrolledWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ScrolledWindow widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScrolledWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSeA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSeA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3218543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSeA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreSeA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:36:06 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN170.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateSelectionBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateSelectionBox</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The SelectionBox widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateSelectionBox</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateSelectionBox</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/SelectioB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateSelectionBox</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateSelectionBox</Function> creates an unmanaged SelectionBox.
+A SelectionBox is used to get a selection
+from a list of alternatives from the user and
+includes the following:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A scrolling list of alternatives
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An editable text field for the selected alternative
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Labels for the list and text field
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Three or four buttons
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>The default button labels are <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, and <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+By default, an <Literal>Apply</Literal> button is also created. If the parent of the
+SelectionBox is a DialogShell, it is managed; otherwise it is unmanaged.
+Additional work area children may be added to the SelectionBox after
+creation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of SelectionBox
+and its associated resources, see &cdeman.XmSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the SelectionBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSeB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSeB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..69bb52f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSeB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreSeB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:52:30 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN171.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateSelectionDialog</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateSelectionDialog</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The SelectionBox SelectionDialog convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateSelectionDialog</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateSelectionDialog</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/SelectioB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateSelectionDialog</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateSelectionDialog</Function> is a convenience creation function that creates
+a DialogShell and an unmanaged SelectionBox child of the DialogShell.
+A SelectionDialog offers the user a choice from a list of alternatives
+and gets a selection.
+It includes the following:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A scrolling list of alternatives
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An editable text field for the selected alternative
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Labels for the text field
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Four buttons
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>The default button labels are <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, <Literal>Apply</Literal>,
+and <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+One additional <Literal>WorkArea</Literal> child may be added to the
+SelectionBox after creation.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateSelectionDialog</Function> forces the value of the SelectionBox resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogType</SystemItem> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_SELECTION</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateSelectionDialog</Function> forces the value of the Shell resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to pop up the SelectionDialog (passing the
+SelectionBox as the widget parameter);
+use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop it down.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of SelectionBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the SelectionBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSeC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSeC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d5289f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSeC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreSeC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:53:00 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN172.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateSeparator</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateSeparator</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Separator widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateSeparator</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateSeparator</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Separator.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateSeparator</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateSeparator</Function> creates an instance of a Separator
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Separator and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmSeparator;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the Separator widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSeparator;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSeD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSeD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..19ca98a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSeD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreSeD.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:53:27 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN173.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateSeparatorGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateSeparatorGadget</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The SeparatorGadget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateSeparatorGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateSeparatorGadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/SeparatoG.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateSeparatorGadget</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateSeparatorGadget</Function> creates an instance of a SeparatorGadget
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of SeparatorGadget and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmSeparatorGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the SeparatorGadget widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSeparatorGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..78329eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreSiA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:53:47 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN174.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateSimpleCheckBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateSimpleCheckBox</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateSimpleCheckBox</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateSimpleCheckBox</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateSimpleCheckBox</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateSimpleCheckBox</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn widget
+of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem> and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine creates a CheckBox and its ToggleButtonGadget children.
+A CheckBox is similar to a RadioBox, except that more than one button
+can be selected at a time.
+The name of each button is <Literal>button_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of buttons in the menu minus 1.
+Buttons are named and created in the order they are specified
+in the RowColumn simple menu creation resources supplied in the argument
+list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A number of resources exist specifically for use with this and
+other simple menu creation routines.
+The only button type allowed in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonType</SystemItem> resource is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHECKBUTTON</SystemItem>.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e6ac975
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreSiB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:36:19 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN175.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateSimpleMenuBar</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateSimpleMenuBar</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateSimpleMenuBar</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateSimpleMenuBar</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateSimpleMenuBar</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateSimpleMenuBar</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn widget of
+type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_BAR</SystemItem> and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine creates a MenuBar and its CascadeButtonGadget children.
+The name of each button is <Literal>button_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of buttons in the menu minus 1.
+Buttons are named and created in the order they are specified
+in the RowColumn simple menu creation resources supplied in the argument
+list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A number of resources exist specifically for use with this and
+other simple menu creation routines.
+The only button type allowed in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonType</SystemItem> resource is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCASCADEBUTTON</SystemItem>.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateMenuBar;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..de18c5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreSiC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:54:35 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN176.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn widget
+of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem> and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine creates an OptionMenu and its submenu containing
+PushButtonGadget or CascadeButtonGadget children.
+The name of each button is <Literal>button_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of buttons in the menu minus 1.
+The name of each separator is <Literal>separator_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of separators in the menu minus 1.
+Buttons and separators are named and created in the order they
+are specified in the RowColumn simple menu creation resources supplied
+in the argument list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The user can specify resources in a resource file for the automatically
+created widgets and gadgets of an OptionMenu.
+These widgets (or gadgets) and the associated
+OptionMenu areas are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Option Menu Label Gadget</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>OptionLabel</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Option Menu Cascade Button</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>OptionButton</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A number of resources exist specifically for use with this and
+other simple menu creation routines.
+The only button types allowed in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonType</SystemItem> resource are
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPUSHBUTTON</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCASCADEBUTTON</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSEPARATOR</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_SEPARATOR</SystemItem>.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateOptionMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2c393ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreSiD.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:54:59 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN177.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateSimplePopupMenu</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateSimplePopupMenu</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateSimplePopupMenu</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateSimplePopupMenu</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateSimplePopupMenu</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateSimplePopupMenu</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn widget
+of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_POPUP</SystemItem> and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine creates a Popup menu pane and its button children.
+The name of each button is <Literal>button_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of buttons in the menu minus 1.
+The name of each separator is <Literal>separator_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of separators in the menu minus 1.
+The name of each title is <Literal>label_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of titles in the menu minus 1.
+Buttons, separators, and titles are named and created in the order in
+which they are specified in the RowColumn simple menu creation resources
+supplied in the argument list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the parent of the MenuShell
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A number of resources exist specifically for use with this and
+other simple menu creation routines.
+The only button types allowed in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonType</SystemItem> resource are
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCASCADEBUTTON</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPUSHBUTTON</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRADIOBUTTON</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHECKBUTTON</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTITLE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSEPARATOR</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_SEPARATOR</SystemItem>.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreatePopupMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ab7d27f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreSiE.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:55:22 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN178.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateSimplePulldown\\%Menu</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateSimplePulldown\\%Menu</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn
+widget of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_PULLDOWN</SystemItem> and returns the associated widget
+ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine creates a Pulldown menu pane and its button children.
+The name of each button is <Literal>button_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of buttons in the menu minus 1.
+The name of each separator is <Literal>separator_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to
+the number of separators in the menu minus 1.
+The name of each title is <Literal>label_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an
+integer from 0 (zero) to the number of titles in the menu minus 1.
+Buttons, separators, and titles are named and created in the order
+they are specified in the RowColumn simple menu creation resources
+supplied in the argument list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the parent of the MenuShell
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A number of resources exist specifically for use with this and
+other simple menu creation routines.
+The only button types allowed in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonType</SystemItem> resource are
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCASCADEBUTTON</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPUSHBUTTON</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRADIOBUTTON</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHECKBUTTON</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTITLE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSEPARATOR</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_SEPARATOR</SystemItem>.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreatePulldownMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bad7b1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSiF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreSiF.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:36:31 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN179.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateSimpleRadioBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateSimpleRadioBox</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateSimpleRadioBox</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateSimpleRadioBox</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateSimpleRadioBox</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateSimpleRadioBox</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn widget
+of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem> and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine creates a RadioBox and its ToggleButtonGadget children.
+The name of each button is <Literal>button_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of buttons in the menu minus 1.
+Buttons are named and created in the order they are specified
+in the RowColumn simple menu creation resources supplied in the argument
+list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A number of resources exist specifically for use with this and
+other simple menu creation routines.
+The only button type allowed in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonType</SystemItem> resource is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRADIOBUTTON</SystemItem>.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleCheckBox;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSpi.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSpi.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..07d6fc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSpi.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreSpi.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 20:36:42 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN180.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateSpinBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateSpinBox</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The SpinBox creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateSpinBox</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateSpinBox</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **  (c) Computer Associates International, Inc., 1993-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- -->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/SpinB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateSpinBox</Function> creates a SpinBox widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function creates a SpinBox with two arrows,
+but without any traversable children (choices to spin).
+The application can create text children to go with this parent SpinBox
+using <Function>XmCreateTextField</Function> or
+<Function>XmCreateText</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of SpinBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmSpinBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the SpinBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSpinBox;
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSpinB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSpinB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4975bc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreSpinB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreSpinB.sgm /main/6 1996/09/06 09:24:11 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmCreateSimpleSpinBox">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateSimpleSpinBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateSimpleSpinBox</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>the SimpleSpinBox widget creation function
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.-->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc.-->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Interleaf, Inc.-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/SSpinB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateSimpleSpinBox</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmCreateSimpleSpinBox</Function> function creates an instance of a SpinBox
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol> argument specifies the parent widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol> argument specifies the name of the created widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol> argument specifies the argument list.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol> argument specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUE</Title>
+<Para>Upon successful completion, the
+<Function>XmCreateSimpleSpinBox</Function> function returns the SimpleSpinBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
+<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBox;.</Para>
+]]>
+<![ %CDE.C.XO; [
+<Para><Classname>XmSimpleSpinBox</Classname>.</Para>
+]]>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreTeA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreTeA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ce34f14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreTeA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreTeA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:36:54 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN181.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateTemplateDialog</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateTemplateDialog</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A MessageBox TemplateDialog convenience
+creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateTemplateDialog</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>create functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateTemplateDialog</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MessageB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateTemplateDialog</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateTemplateDialog</Function> is a convenience creation function
+that creates a DialogShell and an unmanaged MessageBox child of
+the DialogShell. The MessageBox widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogType</SystemItem> resource
+is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_TEMPLATE</SystemItem>. By default, the TemplateDialog
+widget contains only the separator child. You can build
+a customized dialog by adding children to the TemplateDialog.
+</Para>
+<Para>You can create
+the standard MessageBox pushbuttons, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, <Literal>Help</Literal>,
+and <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, by specifying the associated callback
+and label string resources. Setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsymbolPixmap</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmessageString</SystemItem> creates a symbol or message label.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to pop up the TemplateDialog (passing the
+MessageBox as the widget parameter); use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to
+pop it down.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateTemplateDialog</Function> forces the value of the Shell resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument
+list (<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MessageBox and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the MessageBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreTeB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreTeB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c171669
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreTeB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreTeB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:57:13 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN182.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateText</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateText</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Text widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateText</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateText</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateText</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateText</Function> creates an instance of a Text
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreTeC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreTeC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..92293fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreTeC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreTeC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:57:34 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN183.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateTextField</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateTextField</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The TextField widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateTextField</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateTextField</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateTextField</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateTextField</Function> creates an instance of a TextField
+widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the TextField widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreToA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreToA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..859b1cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreToA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreToA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:57:56 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN184.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateToggleButton</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateToggleButton</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ToggleButton widget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateToggleButton</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateToggleButton</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ToggleB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateToggleButton</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateToggleButton</Function> creates an instance of a ToggleButton widget and
+returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ToggleButton and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmToggleButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ToggleButton widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmToggleButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreToB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreToB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..125b68e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreToB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreToB.sgm /main/8 1996/08/30 14:58:15 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN185.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateToggleButtonGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateToggleButtonGadget</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ToggleButtonGadget creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateToggleButton\\%Gadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateToggleButton\\%Gadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ToggleBG.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateToggleButtonGadget</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateToggleButtonGadget</Function> creates an instance of a ToggleButtonGadget
+and returns the associated widget ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ToggleButtonGadget and
+its associated resources, see &cdeman.XmToggleButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ToggleButtonGadget widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmToggleButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreWar.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreWar.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8a2d268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreWar.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreWar.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:37:05 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN186.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateWarningDialog</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateWarningDialog</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The MessageBox WarningDialog convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateWarningDialog</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateWarningDialog</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MessageB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateWarningDialog</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateWarningDialog</Function> is a convenience creation function that
+creates a DialogShell and an unmanaged MessageBox child of the DialogShell.
+A WarningDialog warns users of action consequences and gives them
+a choice of resolutions.
+It includes a symbol, a message, and three buttons.
+The default symbol is an exclamation point. The default button labels are
+<Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, and <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to pop up the WarningDialog (passing the
+MessageBox as the widget parameter);
+use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop it down.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateWarningDialog</Function> forces the value of the Shell resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MessageBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the MessageBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreWoA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreWoA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ebb9972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreWoA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreWoA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:58:59 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN187.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateWorkArea</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateWorkArea</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that creates a RowColumn WorkArea
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateWorkArea</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateWorkArea</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateWorkArea</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateWorkArea</Function> creates an instance of a
+RowColumn widget and returns the associated widget ID.
+The widget is created with <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleCheckBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreWoB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreWoB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..40bca27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CreWoB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CreWoB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:37:17 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN188.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCreateWorkingDialog</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCreateWorkingDialog</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The MessageBox WorkingDialog convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCreateWorkingDialog</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCreateWorkingDialog</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MessageB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmCreateWorkingDialog</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateWorkingDialog</Function> is a convenience creation function that
+creates a DialogShell and an unmanaged MessageBox child of the DialogShell.
+A WorkingDialog informs users that there is a time-consuming
+operation in progress and allows them to cancel the
+operation.
+It includes a symbol, a message, and three buttons.
+The default symbol is an hourglass. The default button labels are
+<Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, and <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use <Function>XtManageChild</Function> to pop up the WorkingDialog (passing the
+MessageBox as the widget parameter);
+use <Function>XtUnmanageChild</Function> to pop it down.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmCreateWorkingDialog</Function> forces the value of the Shell resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MessageBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the MessageBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtByteS.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtByteS.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..39e5bbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtByteS.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CvtByteS.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 14:59:48 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN189.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCvtByteStreamToXmString</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCvtByteStreamToXmString</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that converts from a compound string in Byte Stream format to a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCvtByteStreamToXmString</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCvtByteStreamToXmString</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmCvtByteStreamToXmString</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>property</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>unsigned char *<Parameter>property</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCvtByteStreamToXmString</Function> converts a stream of bytes representing a
+compound string in Byte Stream format to a compound string.
+This routine is typically used by the destination of a data transfer
+operation to produce a compound string from a transferred Byte Stream
+representation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a compound string representation in Byte Stream format.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a compound string.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned compound string.
+The application is responsible for managing this allocated space.
+The application can recover this allocated space by calling <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmString;,
+&cdeman.XmCvtXmStringToByteStream;, and
+&cdeman.XmStringFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtCTTXm.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtCTTXm.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f26d993
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtCTTXm.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CvtCTTXm.sgm /main/8 1996/08/31 15:21:07 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN190.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCvtCTToXmString</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCvtCTToXmString</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that converts compound text to a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCvtCTToXmString</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCvtCTToXmString</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmCvtCTToXmString</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>text</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>char <Parameter>* text</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCvtCTToXmString</Function> converts a (<StructName Role="typedef">char *</StructName>) string in compound text
+format to a compound string.
+The application must call <Function>XtAppInitialize</Function> before calling this
+function.
+Conversion of compound text to compound strings is implementation
+dependent.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a string in compound text format to be converted to a compound
+string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a compound string derived from the compound text.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned compound string.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+The compound text is assumed to be NULL-terminated; NULLs within the
+compound text are handled correctly.
+The handling of HORIZONTAL TABULATION (HT) control characters within the
+compound text is undefined.
+The compound text format is described in the X Consortium Standard
+<Emphasis>Compound Text Encoding</Emphasis>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCvtXmStringToCT;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtSt.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtSt.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3037a72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtSt.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CvtSt.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:37:28 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN119.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmConvertStringToUnits</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmConvertStringToUnits</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that converts a string specification to a unit value
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmConvertStringToUnits</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmConvertStringToUnits</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>screen, spec, orientation, to_type, parse_error</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Screen *<Parameter>screen</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>spec</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>orientation</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>to_type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtEnum *<Parameter>parse_error</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmConvertStringToUnits</Function> converts a string specification value and
+returns the converted value as the return value from the function.
+This function uses the specified screen's resolution to compute the
+number of units for the string specification.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the screen whose resolution is to be used for the computation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">spec</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string, in <Symbol Role="Variable">&lt;floating value>&lt;unit></Symbol> format, to be
+converted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">orientation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the converter uses the horizontal or vertical screen
+resolution when performing the conversion. The <Symbol Role="Variable">orientation</Symbol>
+parameter can have values of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHORIZONTAL</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">to_type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Converts the value to the unit type specified.
+Refer to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> resource of the
+<Classname>XmGadget</Classname>, <Classname>XmManager</Classname>, or <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> reference page.
+This parameter can have one of
+the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXELS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The returned value will be the number of pixels.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMILLIMETERS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The returned value will be the number of millimeters.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_MILLIMETERS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The returned values will be the number of 1/100 millimeters.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCENTIMETERS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The returned values will be the number of centimeters.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINCHES</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The returned values will be the number of inches.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm1000TH_INCHES</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The returned values will be the number of 1/100 inches.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The returned values will be the number of points.
+A point is a text processing unit
+defined as 1/72 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_POINTS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The returned values will be the number of 1/100 points.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_UNITS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as font
+units. A font unit has horizontal and vertical components.
+These are the values of the XmScreen resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_FONT_UNITS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are
+treated as 1/100 of a font unit.
+A font unit has horizontal and vertical components.
+These are the values of the XmScreen resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parse_error</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies if a parsing error occurred. This is set to a value of True
+indicates that an error occurred, a value of False to indicate no error.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the converted value.
+If a NULL screen, incorrect <Symbol Role="Variable">orientation</Symbol>,
+or incorrect <Symbol Role="Variable">unit_type</Symbol>
+is supplied as parameter data, or if a parsing error occurred, 0
+(zero) is returned.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmConvertUnits;, &cdeman.XmSetFontUnits;, and &cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtStr.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtStr.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f8b19f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtStr.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CvtStr.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 20:37:40 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN191.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCvtStringToUnitType</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCvtStringToUnitType</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that converts a string to a unit-type value
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCvtStringToUnitType</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmCvtStringToUnitType</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>args, num_args, from_val, to_val</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XrmValuePtr <Parameter>args</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>* num_args</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XrmValue <Parameter>* from_val</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XrmValue <Parameter>* to_val</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCvtStringToUnitType</Function> converts a string to a unit type. Refer to
+the reference pages for <Classname>XmGadget</Classname>,
+<Classname>XmManager</Classname>, or <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> for a
+description of the valid unit types.
+Use of this function as a resource converter is obsolete. It has been replaced
+by a new resource converter that uses the RepType facility.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">args</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of additional <Symbol>XrmValue</Symbol> arguments to the converter
+if additional context is needed to perform the conversion. For example,
+the string-to-font converter needs the widget's screen and the
+string-to-pixel converter needs the widget's screen and color map. This
+argument is often NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_args</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of additional <Symbol>XrmValue</Symbol> arguments. This argument
+is often zero.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">from_val</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the value to convert
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">to_val</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the descriptor to use to return the converted value
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmGadget;, &cdeman.XmManager;, and &cdeman.XmPrimitive;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtTxtPr.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtTxtPr.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bf1be6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtTxtPr.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CvtTxtPr.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:37:52 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN192.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCvtTextPropertyToXmStringTable</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCvtTextPropertyToXmStringTable</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that converts from a TextProperty Structure to a StringTable
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCvtTextPropertyToXmStringTable</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+int XmCvtTextPropertyToXmStringTable (<Replaceable>display, text_prop, string_table_return, count_return</Replaceable>)
+        Display *<Replaceable>display</Replaceable>;
+        XTextProperty   *<Replaceable>text_prop</Replaceable>;
+        XmStringTable   *<Replaceable>string_table_return</Replaceable>;
+        int     *<Replaceable>count_return</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCvtTextPropertyToXmStringTable</Function> converts the specified
+<Symbol>XTextProperty</Symbol> structure into an <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName>, as follows:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the encoding member of <Symbol Role="Variable">text_prop</Symbol> is the Atom <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, each
+returned <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+has a tag of "ISO8859-1" and a text type of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHARSET_TEXT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If
+the encoding member of <Symbol Role="Variable">text_prop</Symbol> is the encoding of the current locale,
+and if that encoding is not <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, each returned <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> has a
+tag of <SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem> and a text type of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIBYTE_TEXT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If
+the encoding member of <Symbol Role="Variable">text_prop</Symbol> is other than <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol> or
+the encoding of the current locale,
+the contents of the returned compound strings are
+implementation dependent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>If conversion depends on the
+locale and the current locale is not supported, the function returns
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XLocaleNotSupported</SystemItem>. If conversion to the encoding of the current
+locale is required and if the locale is supported but no converter is
+available for the encoding specified in <Symbol Role="Variable">text_prop</Symbol>, the function
+returns <SystemItem Class="Constant">XConverterNotFound</SystemItem>. For supported locales, existence of
+a converter
+from <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, or the encoding of the current
+locale is
+guaranteed if <Function>XSupportsLocale</Function> returns True for the current locale (but
+the actual text may contain unconvertible characters). Conversion of
+other encodings to the encoding of the current locale is implementation
+dependent. In all of these error cases, the function does not set any
+return values.
+</Para>
+<Para>If an element of the value member of <Symbol Role="Variable">text_prop</Symbol> is not
+convertible to <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>, the corresponding entry in the returned
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName> will be NULL, and
+<Function>XmCvtTextPropertyToXmStringTable</Function> returns Success.
+</Para>
+<Para>To free the storage for the <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName> and its
+<Symbol Role="Variable">count_return</Symbol> compound strings returned by this function, first
+free each <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> in the table using <Function>XmStringFree</Function>, and
+then free the <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName> itself using <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the connection to the X server.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">text_prop</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the <Symbol>XTextProperty</Symbol>.
+The format member of <Symbol Role="Variable">text_prop</Symbol> must be 8.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string_table_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName> array into which the converted compound
+strings are placed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">count_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>s returned by this function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUES</Title>
+<Para>Upon success, this function returns the set of <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>s in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">string_table_return</Symbol>, and it returns the number of <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>s in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">count_return</Symbol>, and returns Success. Otherwise, it returns the
+following:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XLocaleNotSupported</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returned if conversion depends on the
+locale and the current locale is not supported.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XConverterNotFound</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returned if conversion to the encoding of the current
+locale is required and if the locale is supported but no converter is
+available for the encoding specified in <Symbol Role="Variable">text_prop</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCvtXmStringTableToTextProperty;,
+&cdeman.XmText;, and
+&cdeman.XmTextGetString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtUn.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtUn.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..aec39d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtUn.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CvtUn.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:38:03 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN120.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmConvertUnits</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmConvertUnits</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that converts a value in one unit type to another unit type
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmConvertUnits</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmConvertUnits</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, orientation, from_unit_type, from_value, to_unit_type</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>orientation</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>from_unit_type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>from_value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>to_unit_type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmConvertUnits</Function> converts the value and returns it as the return value from
+the function.
+For resources of type, dimension, or position, you can specify units
+using the syntax described in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> resource of the
+<Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> reference page.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget for which the data is to be converted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">orientation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the converter uses the horizontal or vertical screen
+resolution when performing the conversions. The <Symbol Role="Variable">orientation</Symbol>
+parameter can have values of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHORIZONTAL</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">from_unit_type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the current unit type of the supplied value
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">from_value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the value to be converted
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">to_unit_type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Converts the value to the unit type specified
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The parameters <Symbol Role="Variable">from_unit_type</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">to_unit_type</Symbol> can have the
+following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXELS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as
+pixel values. This
+is the default for the resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMILLIMETERS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as millimeter
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_MILLIMETERS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are
+treated as 1/100 of a millimeter.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCENTIMETERS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as centimeter
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINCHES</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as inch
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm1000TH_INCHES</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated
+as 1/1000 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as point
+values. A point is a unit used in text processing
+applications and is defined as 1/72 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_POINTS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as
+1/100 of a point.
+A point is a unit typically used in text processing applications and
+is defined as 1/72 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_UNITS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal font
+units. A font unit has horizontal and vertical components.
+These are the values of the XmScreen resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_FONT_UNITS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are
+treated as 1/100 of a font unit.
+A font unit has horizontal and vertical components.
+These are the values of the XmScreen resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the converted value.
+If a NULL widget, incorrect <Symbol Role="Variable">orientation</Symbol>, or incorrect <Symbol Role="Variable">unit_type</Symbol>
+is supplied as parameter data, 0 (zero) is returned.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname>,
+&cdeman.XmSetFontUnits;,
+and
+&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtXmStA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtXmStA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bae559e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtXmStA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CvtXmStA.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:38:14 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN193.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCvtXmStringTableToTextProperty</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCvtXmStringTableToTextProperty</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that converts from XmStringTable to an XTextProperty Structure
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCvtXmStringTableToTextProperty</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+int XmCvtXmStringTableToTextProperty (<Replaceable>display, string_table, count, style, text_prop_return</Replaceable>)
+        Display *<Replaceable>display</Replaceable>;
+        XmStringTable   <Replaceable>string_table</Replaceable>;
+        int     <Replaceable>count</Replaceable>;
+        XmICCEncodingStyle      <Replaceable>style</Replaceable>;
+        XTextProperty   *<Replaceable>text_prop_return</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCvtXmStringTableToTextProperty</Function> converts the <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>s
+in the specified <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName> into an
+<Symbol>XTextProperty</Symbol> structure.
+</Para>
+<Para>The function sets the encoding member of <Symbol Role="Variable">text_prop_return</Symbol> to an
+<Literal>Atom</Literal> for the specified display naming the encoding determined by
+the specified style, and it converts the first <Symbol Role="Variable">count</Symbol> compound
+strings in the specified <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName> to this encoding for
+storage in the <Symbol Role="Variable">text_prop_return</Symbol> value member. Following are the
+possible encoding styles:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTYLE_COMPOUND_STRING</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The encoding is <Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property>. The function converts
+each specified <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> to a compound string in Byte Stream
+format.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTYLE_COMPOUND_TEXT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The encoding is <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>. The function converts each
+specified <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> to compound text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTYLE_LOCALE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The encoding is the encoding of the current locale. The function
+converts each specified <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> to the encoding of the current
+locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTYLE_STRING</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The encoding is <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol> (plain C strings encoded in ISO8859-1), and
+the function converts each specified
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> to <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTYLE_TEXT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If all specified <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>s are fully convertible to the
+encoding of the current locale, the encoding is the encoding of the
+current locale, and the function converts each specified
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> to the encoding of the current locale. Otherwise, the
+encoding is <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, and the function converts each
+specified compound
+string to compound text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTYLE_STANDARD_ICC_TEXT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If all specified <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>s are fully convertible to <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, the
+encoding is <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, and the function converts each specified
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+to <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>. Otherwise, the encoding is <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, and the
+function converts each specified <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> to compound text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the connection to the X server.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string_table</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a set of <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>s.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>s to be
+converted in <Symbol Role="Variable">string_table</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">style</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the manner in which the property is encoded.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">text_prop_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the <Symbol>XTextProperty</Symbol> structure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>To free the storage for the value member of the <Symbol>XTextProperty</Symbol>, use
+<Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUES</Title>
+<Para>If conversion depends on the locale and the
+current locale is not supported, the function returns
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XLocaleNotSupported</SystemItem>. In both of these cases, the function does not set
+<Symbol Role="Variable">text_prop_return</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>To determine whether the function is guaranteed not to return
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XLocaleNotSupported</SystemItem>, use <Function>XSupportsLocale</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCvtXmStringToByteStream;,
+&cdeman.XmCvtTextPropertyToXmStringTable;, and
+&cdeman.XmStringTable;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtXmStB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtXmStB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..43e0114
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtXmStB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CvtXmStB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:03:27 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN194.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCvtXmStringToByteStream</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCvtXmStringToByteStream</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that converts a compound string to a Byte Stream format
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCvtXmStringToByteStream</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCvtXmStringToByteStream</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>unsigned int <Function>XmCvtXmStringToByteStream</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>string, prop_return</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char **<Parameter>prop_return</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCvtXmStringToByteStream</Function> converts a compound string to a
+string of
+bytes
+representing the compound string in Byte Stream format.
+This routine is typically used by the source of a data transfer
+operation to produce a Byte Stream representation for transferring a compound
+string to a destination.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">prop_return</Symbol> is not NULL, this function creates a string of
+characters in Byte Stream format and returns it in <Symbol Role="Variable">prop_return</Symbol>.
+The function also returns the number of bytes in <Symbol Role="Variable">prop_return</Symbol>.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">prop_return</Symbol> is NULL, the function does not return the Byte
+Stream format
+string, but it does calculate and return the number of bytes that would
+appear in the Byte Stream format string.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a compound string to be converted to Byte Stream format
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">prop_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to a string in Byte Stream format that is created and
+returned by this function.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">prop_return</Symbol> is NULL, no Byte Stream format string is returned.
+When a Byte Stream format string is returned, the function allocates
+space to hold it.
+The application is responsible for managing this allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the number of bytes in the Byte Stream representation (whether or not
+the Byte Stream representation is returned).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmString; and
+&cdeman.XmCvtByteStreamToXmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtXmStC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtXmStC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..08daeb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/CvtXmStC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: CvtXmStC.sgm /main/8 1996/08/31 15:21:54 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN195.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmCvtXmStringToCT</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmCvtXmStringToCT</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that converts a compound string to compound text
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmCvtXmStringToCT</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmCvtXmStringToCT</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>char * <Function>XmCvtXmStringToCT</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>string</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmCvtXmStringToCT</Function> converts a compound string to a (<StructName Role="typedef">char *</StructName>) string
+in compound text format.
+The application must call <Function>XtAppInitialize</Function> before calling this
+function.
+The converter uses the font list tag associated with a given compound
+string segment to select a compound text format for that segment.
+A registry defines a mapping between font list tags and compound text
+encoding formats.
+The converter uses the following algorithm for each compound string
+segment:
+</Para>
+<OrderedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the compound string segment tag is mapped to
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem> in the registry, the converter passes the
+text of the compound string segment to <Function>XmbTextListToTextProperty</Function>
+with an encoding style of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XCompoundTextStyle</SystemItem> and uses the
+resulting compound text for that segment.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the compound string segment tag is mapped to an MIT registered
+charset in the registry, the converter creates the compound text for
+that segment using the charset (from the registry) and the text of the
+compound string segment as defined in the X Consortium Standard
+<Emphasis>Compound Text Encoding</Emphasis>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the compound string segment tag is mapped to a charset in the
+registry that is neither <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem> nor an MIT
+registered charset, the converter creates the compound text for that
+segment using the charset (from the registry) and the text of the
+compound string segment as an "extended segment" with a variable number
+of octets per character.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the compound string segment tag is not mapped in the registry, the
+result is implementation dependent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</OrderedList>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a compound string to be converted to compound text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a (<StructName Role="typedef">char *</StructName>) string in compound text format.
+This format is described in the X Consortium Standard <Emphasis>Compound Text
+Encoding</Emphasis>.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned string.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCvtCTToXmString;,
+&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmMapSegmentEncoding;,
+&cdeman.XmRegisterSegmentEncoding;, and
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DeactivA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DeactivA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bcac647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DeactivA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DeactivA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:38:26 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN196.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDeactivateProtocol</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDeactivateProtocol</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell function that deactivates a protocol without removing it
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDeactivateProtocol</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDeactivateProtocol</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmDeactivateProtocol</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, property, protocol</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>property</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>protocol</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDeactivateProtocol</Function> deactivates a protocol without removing it.
+It updates the handlers and the <Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol> if
+the <Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol> is realized. It is sometimes useful to allow
+a protocol's state information (callback lists, and so on) to persist, even though
+the client may choose to temporarily resign from the interaction.
+The main use of this capability is to gray/ungray <Function>f.send_msg</Function>
+entries in the MWM system menu.
+To support this capability, <Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol> is allowed to be in
+one of two states: active or inactive.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol> is active and <Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol> is realized,
+<Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol> contains the <Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol> <Literal>Atom</Literal>.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol> is inactive, <Literal>Atom</Literal> is not present in
+the <Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmDeactivateWMProtocol</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmDeactivateProtocol</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol property
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol atom
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.mwm;,
+&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.XmActivateProtocol;,
+&cdeman.XmDeactivateWMProtocol;, and
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DeactivB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DeactivB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..112b508
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DeactivB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DeactivB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:04:57 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN197.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDeactivateWMProtocol</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDeactivateWMProtocol</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell convenience interface that deactivates a protocol without removing it
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDeactivateWMProtocol</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDeactivateWMProtocol</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmDeactivateWMProtocol</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, protocol</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>protocol</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDeactivateWMProtocol</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmDeactivateProtocol</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol atom
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.XmActivateWMProtocol;,
+&cdeman.XmDeactivateProtocol;, and
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DestroyP.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DestroyP.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5c19e43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DestroyP.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DestroyP.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:05:41 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN198.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDestroyPixmap</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDestroyPixmap</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A pixmap caching function that removes a pixmap from the pixmap cache
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDestroyPixmap</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>pixmaps</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmDestroyPixmap</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>screen, pixmap</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Screen <Parameter>* screen</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixmap <Parameter>pixmap</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDestroyPixmap</Function> removes pixmaps that are no longer used.
+Pixmaps are completely freed only when there is no further reference to them.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display screen for which the pixmap was requested
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">pixmap</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to be destroyed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True when successful; returns False if there is no matching screen
+and pixmap in the pixmap cache.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmInstallImage;, &cdeman.XmUninstallImage;, and
+&cdeman.XmGetPixmap;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DialogSh.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DialogSh.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5d56d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DialogSh.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,865 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DialogSh.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 15:29:11 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN199.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDialogShell</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmDialogShell</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The DialogShell widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDialogShell</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>DialogShell</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/DialogS.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Modal and modeless dialogs use DialogShell as the Shell parent.
+DialogShell widgets cannot
+be iconified. Instead, all secondary DialogShell widgets
+associated with an ApplicationShell widget are iconified and
+de-iconified as a group with the primary widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>The client indirectly manipulates DialogShell through the convenience
+interfaces during creation, and it can directly manipulate its
+BulletinBoard-derived child.
+Much of the functionality of DialogShell assumes
+that its child is a BulletinBoard subclass, although it
+can potentially stand alone.
+</Para>
+<Para>Setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem>,
+or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNborderWidth</SystemItem> for
+either a DialogShell or its managed child usually sets that resource to the
+same value in both the parent and the child. When an off-the-spot input
+method exists, the height and width of the shell may be greater than
+those of the managed child in order to accommodate the input method.
+In this case, setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem> for the
+shell does not necessarily set that resource to the same value in
+the managed child, and setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem>
+for the child does not necessarily set that resource to the same
+value in the shell.
+</Para>
+<Para>For the managed child of a DialogShell, regardless of the value of
+the shell's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> resource,
+setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNy</SystemItem>
+sets the corresponding resource of the parent but does not change the
+child's position relative to the parent.
+The <Function>XtGetValues</Function> resource for the child's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNy</SystemItem> yields the
+value of the corresponding resource in the parent.
+The x and y-coordinates of the child's upper left outside
+corner relative to the parent's upper left inside corner are both 0 (zero)
+minus the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNborderWidth</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the <Emphasis>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</Emphasis> (ICCCM)
+allows a window manager to change or control the border width of a reparented
+top-level window.
+</Para>
+<Para>DialogShell uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTdialogShellSavvy</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>DialogShell inherits behavior, resources, and traits from the <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Shell</Classname>,
+<Classname>WMShell</Classname>, <Classname>VendorShell</Classname>, and <Classname>TransientShell</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmDialogShellWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmDialogShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>DialogShell defines no new resources but overrides the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdeleteResponse</SystemItem>
+resource in the <Classname>VendorShell</Classname> class.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>DialogShell inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables,
+which define sets of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data.
+</Para>
+<Para>For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable
+(N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>TransientShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtransientFor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTransientFor</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!----></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>VendorShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaudibleWarning</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAudibleWarning</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmBELL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdeleteResponse</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDeleteResponse</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinputMethod</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInputMethod</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmInputPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPER_SHELL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNkeyboardFocusPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCKeyboardFocusPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmEXPLICIT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelRenderTabel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmDecorations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmDecorations</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmFunctions</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmFunctions</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmInputMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmInputMode</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>-1</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmwmMenu</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMwmMenu</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpreeditType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPreeditType</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshellUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShellUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPIXELS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPIXELS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuseAsyncGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUseAsyncGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>WMShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbaseHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBaseHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbaseWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBaseWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheightInc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeightInc</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>Window</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNiconY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialState</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialState</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>NormalState</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinput</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInput</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinAspectX</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinAspectY</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtitleEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTitleEncoding</Entry>
+<Entry>Atom</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtransient</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTransient</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwaitForWm</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWaitForWm</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidthInc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidthInc</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwindowGroup</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWindowGroup</Entry>
+<Entry>Window</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwinGravity</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWinGravity</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwmTimeout</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWmTimeout</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>5000 ms</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+
+<note>
+<para>
+If values for <systemitem class="resource">XmNminWidth</systemitem> and <systemitem class="resource">XmNminHeight
+</systemitem> are present,
+and values for <systemitem class="resource">XmNbaseWidth</systemitem> and
+<systemitem class="resource">XmNbaseHeight</systemitem> are absent,
+<systemitem class="resource">XmNminWidth</systemitem> and
+<systemitem class="resource">XmNminHeight</systemitem> will be used as
+default values for <systemitem class="resource">XmNbaseWidth</systemitem>
+and <systemitem class="resource">XmNbaseHeight</systemitem>,
+and these values will be added to the shell size specified by the user.
+To work around this, add arguments during widget
+creation to explicitly set <systemitem class="resource">XmNbaseWidth</systemitem> and
+<systemitem class="resource">XmNbaseHeight</systemitem> to zero.  
+</para>
+</note>
+
+
+<Para><!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+
+
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Shell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNgeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopdownCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>Visual *</Entry>
+<Entry>CopyFromParent</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmDialogShell -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translations for XmDialogShell.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.Shell;,
+&cdeman.TransientShell;, &cdeman.WMShell;, &cdeman.VendorShell;,
+and &cdeman.XmCreateDialogShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DirectA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DirectA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..32b4cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DirectA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DirectA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:38:49 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN200.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDirection</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Data type for the direction of widget components
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDirection</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>data types</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDirection</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> is the data type specifying the direction in which
+the system displays subwidgets, children of
+widgets, or other visual components that are to be laid out.
+This data type also affects traversal order within tab groups.
+</Para>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> is implemented as an unsigned char bit mask.
+The horizontal and vertical directions can be specified independent of
+each other. <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> also specifies the precedence of the
+horizontal and vertical directions relative to each other. For
+example, a value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM</SystemItem> lays out a
+component horizontally from right to left first, then vertically
+top to bottom.
+</Para>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> provides the following masks, each of which
+corresponds to a particular bit in <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName>:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT_MASK</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT_MASK</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM_MASK</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBOTTOM_TO_TOP_MASK</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPRECEDENCE_HORIZ_MASK</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPRECEDENCE_VERT_MASK</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>In addition to the preceding single bit masks, <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName>
+also provides the following multiple bit masks. These multiple
+bit masks are particularly useful as arguments to
+<Function>XmDirectionMatchPartial</Function>:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHORIZONTAL_MASK</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPRECEDENCE_MASK</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL_MASK</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>Motif also provides the following enumerated constants for
+specifying various combinations of directions:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the components are laid out from right to left first, then
+top to bottom.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the components are laid out from left to right first, then
+top to bottom.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the components are laid out from right to left first, then
+bottom to top.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the components are laid out from left to right first, then
+bottom to top.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM_RIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the components are laid out from top to bottom first, then
+right to left.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM_LEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the components are laid out from top to bottom first, then
+left to right.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBOTTOM_TO_TOP_RIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the components are laid out from bottom to top first, then
+right to left.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBOTTOM_TO_TOP_LEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the components are laid out from bottom to top first, then
+left to right.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the components are laid out from top to bottom.
+If horizontal direction is important, do not use this constant.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBOTTOM_TO_TOP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the components are laid out from bottom to top.
+If horizontal direction is important, do not use this constant.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDEFAULT_DIRECTION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the components are laid out according to the default
+direction. (This constant is primarily for widget writers.)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the components are laid out from left to right.
+If vertical direction is important, do not use this constant.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the components are laid out from right to left.
+If vertical direction is important, do not use this constant.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDirectionMatch;, &cdeman.XmDirectionMatchPartial;,
+&cdeman.XmDirectionToStringDirection;, &cdeman.XmString;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDirection;, and
+&cdeman.XmStringDirectionToDirection;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DirectB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DirectB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7073d78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DirectB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DirectB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:39:00 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN201.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDirectionMatch</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDirectionMatch</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that checks for a specified direction component
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDirectionMatch</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+Boolean XmDirectionMatch (<Replaceable>d1, d2</Replaceable>)
+        XmDirection     <Replaceable>d1</Replaceable>;
+        XmDirection     <Replaceable>d2</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDirectionMatch</Function> compares two <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> values.
+The function returns a Boolean value depending on whether or
+not the two input values "match."
+The simplest match is when <Symbol Role="Variable">d1</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">d2</Symbol> are identical.
+However, other matches are possible.
+<Function>XmDirectionMatch</Function> attempts to compare specified bits only;
+nonspecified bits automatically match.
+</Para>
+<Para>For example, suppose that <Symbol Role="Variable">d1</Symbol> equals
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM_RIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem>. In this case, the function will
+return True if <Symbol Role="Variable">d2</Symbol> equals either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</SystemItem>. However, the function will return False if
+<Symbol Role="Variable">d2</Symbol> equals <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM_LEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBOTTOM_TO_TOP_RIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem>, or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBOTTOM_TO_TOP_LEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that direction can be thought of as having three components, a
+horizontal component, a vertical component, and the precedence among
+them. This means that in addition to the previously mentioned
+directions, the function will still return False if <Symbol Role="Variable">d1</Symbol> equals
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM_RIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem> and <Symbol Role="Variable">d2</Symbol> equals
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">d1</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">d2</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUES</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if <Symbol Role="Variable">d1</Symbol> "matches" <Symbol Role="Variable">d2</Symbol>; otherwise, returns False.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDirection;,
+&cdeman.XmDirectionMatchPartial;,
+&cdeman.XmDirectionToStringDirection;, &cdeman.XmString;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDirection;, and
+&cdeman.XmStringDirectionToDirection;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DirectC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DirectC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..051965c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DirectC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DirectC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:39:11 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN202.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDirectionMatchPartial</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDirectionMatchPartial</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that checks for a specified direction component
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDirectionMatchPartial</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+Boolean XmDirectionMatchPartial (<Replaceable>d1, d2, dmask</Replaceable>)
+        XmDirection     <Replaceable>d1</Replaceable>;
+        XmDirection     <Replaceable>d2</Replaceable>;
+        XmDirection     <Replaceable>dmask</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDirectionMatchPartial</Function> compares <Symbol Role="Variable">d1</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">d2</Symbol> along the
+direction component specified by <Symbol Role="Variable">dmask</Symbol>.
+For example, if <Symbol Role="Variable">dmask</Symbol> equals <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL_MASK</SystemItem>, then
+the function will compare only the vertical components of <Symbol Role="Variable">d1</Symbol>
+and <Symbol Role="Variable">d2</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">d1</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> value to check.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">d2</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> value to check.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">dmask</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the direction component along which <Symbol Role="Variable">d1</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">d2</Symbol>
+are to be checked. Appropriate values for <Symbol Role="Variable">dmask</Symbol> are
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHORIZONTAL_MASK</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL_MASK</SystemItem>,
+and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPRECEDENCE_MASK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUES</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the <Symbol Role="Variable">d1</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">d2</Symbol> match in the component
+specified by <Symbol Role="Variable">dmask</Symbol>; otherwise, returns False.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDirection;, &cdeman.XmDirectionMatch;,
+&cdeman.XmDirectionToStringDirection;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDirection;, and &cdeman.XmStringDirectionToDirection;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DirectD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DirectD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..fedaa20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DirectD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DirectD.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:07:40 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN203.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDirectionToStringDirection</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDirectionToStringDirection</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that converts an XmDirection value to an XmStringDirection value
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDirectionToStringDirection</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+XmStringDirection XmDirectionToStringDirection (<Replaceable>dir</Replaceable>)
+        XmDirection     <Replaceable>dir</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDirectionToStringDirection</Function> converts the specified
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName>
+direction value to its equivalent <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringDirection</StructName> value.
+Basically, if the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> value has a horizontal direction
+specification,
+that horizontal element is used; otherwise, the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmStringDirection</StructName> value is interpreted as
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_L_TO_R</SystemItem>.
+This function provides backward compatibility with the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmStringDirection</StructName> data type.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the Motif toolkit also contains an
+<Function>XmStringDirectionToDirection</Function> routine to convert an
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmStringDirection</StructName> value to its <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> equivalent.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> value to be converted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the following <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringDirection</StructName> values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_R_TO_L</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol> argument has a right to left horizontal direction
+value in it, for
+example <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_L_TO_R</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol> argument has a left to right horizontal direction in
+it, for example <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM</SystemItem>, or if the
+horizontal direction value in the <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol> argument is ambiguous,
+such as in the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</SystemItem> value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_DEFAULT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If there was no horizontal direction specified.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDirection;, &cdeman.XmDirectionMatch;,
+&cdeman.XmDirectionMatchPartial;,
+&cdeman.XmDirectionToStringDirection;, &cdeman.XmString;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDirection;, and
+&cdeman.XmStringDirectionToDirection;,
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Display.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Display.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f28cc60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Display.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,890 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Display.sgm /main/17 1996/09/08 20:39:22 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN204.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDisplay</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmDisplay</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Display widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDisplay</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDisplay</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>#include &lt;Xm/Display.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The XmDisplay object is used by the Motif widgets to store information
+that is specific to a display. It also allows the toolkit to access
+certain information on widget hierarchies that would otherwise be
+unavailable. Each client has one XmDisplay object for each display
+it accesses.
+</Para>
+<Para>An XmDisplay object is automatically created when the application
+creates the first shell on a display (usually accomplished by a call to
+<Function>XtAppInitialize</Function> or <Function>XtAppCreateShell</Function>).
+It is not necessary to create an XmDisplay object by any other means.
+An application can use the function <Function>XmGetXmDisplay</Function> to obtain the
+widget ID of the XmDisplay object for a given display.
+</Para>
+<Para>An application cannot supply initial values for XmDisplay resources as
+arguments to a call to any function that creates widgets.
+The application or user can supply initial values in a resource file.
+After creating the first shell on the display, the application can use
+<Function>XmGetXmDisplay</Function> to obtain the widget ID of the XmDisplay object and
+then call <Function>XtSetValues</Function> to set the XmDisplay resources.
+</Para>
+<Para>XmDisplay resources specify the drag protocol style for a client
+participating in drag and drop transactions. The two basic
+protocol types are preregister and dynamic. When a preregister protocol
+is used, the toolkit handles any communication between the initiator
+and receiver clients and displays the appropriate drag-over and
+drag-under visual effects. A client registers its drop sites in
+advance and this information is stored in a property for each
+top-level window. When the drag pointer enters a top-level window,
+the drop site information is read by the initiator. A dynamic
+protocol allows the source and destination clients to dynamically
+communicate drag and drop state information between each other, and
+to update their respective visuals accordingly. The toolkit provides
+drop site information as the pointer passes over any given drop site.
+In this mode, a receiver can supply a procedure to generate its
+own drag-under effects.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Display inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Core</Classname>, <Classname>Composite</Classname>,
+<Classname>Shell</Classname>, <Classname>WMShell</Classname>, <Classname>VendorShell</Classname>, <Classname>TopLevelShell</Classname>, and
+<Classname>ApplicationShell</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmDisplayClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmDisplay</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the
+programmer to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource
+values for the inherited classes to set attributes for this widget.
+To reference a resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters.
+To specify one of the defined values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename>
+file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters (in
+either lowercase or uppercase, but include any underscores between
+words). The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource
+can be set at creation time (C), set by using XtSetValues
+(S), retrieved by using XtGetValues (G), or is not
+applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmDisplay Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultButtonEmphasis</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultButtonEmphasis</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmEXTERNAL_HIGHLIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultVirtualBindings</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultVirtualBindings</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdragInitiatorProtocolStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDragInitiatorProtocolStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDRAG_PREFER_RECEIVER</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdragReceiverProtocolStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDragReceiverProtocolStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDRAG_PREFER_DYNAMIC</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdragStartCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNenableBtn1Transfer</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEnableBtn1Transfer</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmOFF</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNenableButtonTab</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEnableButtonTab</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNenableDragIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEnableDragIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNenableEtchedInMenu</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEnableEtchedInMenu</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNenableToggleColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEnableToggleColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNenableToggleVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEnableToggleVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNenableUnselectableDrag</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEnableUnselectableDrag</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNenableWarp</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEnableWarp</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmotifVersion</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMotifVersion</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XmVERSION</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnoFontCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnoRenditionCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButtonEmphasis</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether to change the look of the PushButton widget and
+gadget that have the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowAsDefault</SystemItem> resource set. When the
+PushButton is the default, it has an etched out button which is
+enclosed with another etched in border. The
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButtonEmphasis</SystemItem> has the follow possible values, which
+affect the location cursor:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINTERNAL_HIGHLIGHT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the location cursor to appear in between the two etched borders
+to minimize the space required.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTERNAL_HIGHLIGHT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the PushButton to draw the location cursor outside the second border.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultVirtualBindings</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the default virtual bindings for the display.
+Following is an example of a specification for the
+<Literal>defaultVirtualBindings</Literal> resource in a resource file:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>*defaultVirtualBindings: &bsol;
+        osfBackSpace:       &lt;Key>BackSpace       &bsol;n&bsol;
+        osfInsert:       &lt;Key>InsertChar      &bsol;n&bsol;
+        osfDelete:       &lt;Key>DeleteChar      &bsol;n&bsol;
+        ...
+        osfLeft:       &lt;Key>left, Ctrl&lt;Key>H
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragInitiatorProtocolStyle</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the drag and drop protocol requirements or preference when
+the client is an initiator. The possible values are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_PREREGISTER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>As an initiator, this client does not use the dynamic protocol and
+can only arrange visual effects with receivers who provide
+preregistered information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_DYNAMIC</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>As an initiator, this client does not make use of any preregistered
+drop site information made available by other clients, and can only
+arrange visual effects with receivers who use the dynamic protocol.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that drag and drop is disabled for this client.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_DROP_ONLY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>As an initiator, this client does not use either the preregistered
+drop site information or the dynamic protocol. It supports dragging,
+and any time the cursor is over a client that supports drag and
+drop, valid feedback is provided. There are no other visual effects.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_PREFER_DYNAMIC</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>As an initiator, this client can support both the preregister and
+dynamic protocols, but prefers to use dynamic protocols whenever
+possible in order to provide high-quality drag-under feedback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_PREFER_PREREGISTER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>As an initiator, this client can support both the preregister and
+dynamic protocols, but prefers to use the preregister protocol
+whenever possible in order to accommodate performance needs or to
+provide consistent drag-over feedback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_PREFER_RECEIVER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that this client can support both preregister and dynamic
+protocols, but will defer to the preference of the receiver client.
+This value is valid only for the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragInitiatorProtocolStyle</SystemItem>
+resource, and is its default value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragReceiverProtocolStyle</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the drag and drop protocol requirements or preference
+when this client is a receiver. The values are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_PREREGISTER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>As a receiver, this client preregisters drop site information and
+does not use the dynamic protocol. It can only arrange visual
+effects with initiators who make use of the preregistered information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_DYNAMIC</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>As a receiver, this client uses the dynamic protocol and does
+not preregister drop site information. It can only arrange visual
+effects with initiators who use the dynamic protocol.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that drag and drop is disabled for this client.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_DROP_ONLY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>As a receiver, this client neither uses the dynamic protocol
+nor preregisters drop site information. It supports
+dropping, and when dragging over this client, valid feedback
+is always provided, but there are no other visual effects.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_PREFER_DYNAMIC</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>As a receiver, this client can support both the preregister and
+dynamic protocols, but prefers to use the dynamic protocol whenever
+possible in order to provide high-quality drag-under feedback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_PREFER_PREREGISTER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>As a receiver, this client can support both the preregister and
+dynamic protocols, but prefers to use the preregister protocol
+whenever possible in order to accommodate performance
+needs.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The default value of this resource is dependent on the capabilities of
+the display. If the display supports the shape extension, allowing the
+dynamic protocol to use arbitrarily sized drag cursors, the default of
+this resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_PREFER_DYNAMIC</SystemItem>, otherwise the default is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_PREFER_PREREGISTER</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The actual protocol used between an initiator and a receiver
+is based on the protocol style of the receiver and initiator. The
+decision matrix is described in the following table.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="6">
+<ColSpec Colsep="1" Align="Right" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<ColSpec Colname="6">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1" Align="Center" Morerows="1"><Literal>Drag Initiator
+Protocol Style</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1" Colsep="0" Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="2"><Literal>Drag Receiver Protocol Style</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Preregister</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Prefer Preregister</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Prefer Dynamic</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Dynamic</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Preregister</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Preregister</Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Preregister</Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Preregister</Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Drop Only</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Prefer Preregister</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Preregister</Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Preregister</Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Preregister</Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Dynamic</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Prefer Receiver</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Preregister</Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Preregister</Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Dynamic</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Prefer Dynamic</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Preregister</Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Dynamic</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Dynamic</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry>Drop Only</Entry>
+<Entry>Dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>Dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>Dynamic</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>The value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_NONE</SystemItem> does not appear in the
+matrix. When specified for either the initiator or receiver side,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_NONE</SystemItem> implies that drag and drop transactions are not
+supported. A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_DROP_ONLY</SystemItem> (Drop Only) results
+when an initiator and receiver cannot compromise protocol styles,
+that is, one client requires dynamic mode while the other
+can only support preregister mode, or if either explicitly has
+specified <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_DROP_ONLY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragStartCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are invoked when the
+<Function>XmDragStart</Function> function is called. The type of structure whose
+address is passed to this callback is <StructName Role="typedef">XmDragStartCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The callback reason
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DRAG_START</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies if selection and transfer actions are integrated on Btn1
+and extend actions are activated on Btn2. This resource
+can take the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOFF</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Disables integration and selection activation on Btn1.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmBUTTON2_TRANSFER</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Enables integration and selection activation on Btn1 and transfer on Btn2.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmBUTTON2_ADJUST</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Enables integration and selection activation on Btn1 and adjust on Btn2.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>This
+resource affects the actions of Text, TextField, List, and Container.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies if the action for the
+<KeyCap>Tab</KeyCap> key (<Literal>KNextField</Literal> and <Literal>KPrevField</Literal> actions) is to be modified.
+A value of True modifies the key to move as an arrow key until the
+boundary of a tab group is reached. Then, at the boundary of the
+tab group, <Literal>KNextField</Literal> and <Literal>KPrevField</Literal> will move to the next
+or previous tab group, respectively. A value of False does not cause
+modification.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableDragIcon</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies which set of icons are to be used for system default cursors
+during drag and drop operations. A value of False specifies that
+earlier versions of Motif release icons are used, a value of True
+specifies that
+alternate icons are used. This resource affects both the 16x16 and
+the 32x32 icons that the system defaults for each of the Screen
+objects associated with this display.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableEtchedInMenu</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the shadowing of the button widgets and gadgets in menus
+when the control is activated. A value of True causes the selected
+menu to be drawn with the shadow etched in; this shadow style is
+consistent with the selected appearance of other button widgets
+outside of menus. A value of False causes
+the selected menu to be draw with the shadow etched out. This
+resource affects the actions of PushButton, ToggleButton, and
+CascadeButton widgets and gadgets when they are children of Menu.
+</para>
+<para>When this resource is set, the background of a button in a menu
+uses the <systemitem class="resource">XmNselectColor</systemitem>
+(derived from the <systemitem class="resource">XmNselectPixel</systemitem>) when armed
+as a default. A <classname>PushButton</classname>
+uses the <systemitem class="resource">XmNarmColor</systemitem>
+if it is defined. A <classname>ToggleButton</classname>
+uses the <systemitem class="resource">XmNselectColor</systemitem>
+if <systemitem class="resource">XmNindicatorOn</systemitem>
+is <literal>False</literal> and <systemitem class="resource">XmNfillOnSelect</systemitem>
+is <literal>True</literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableToggleColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies how to determine the default value of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem> resource of ToggleButton and ToggleButtonGadget.
+A value of True causes the default value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem>
+to be set to the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightColor</SystemItem>.
+A value of False causes the default value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem>
+to be set to the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem>.
+This resource only affects the appearance of ToggleButton
+widgets and gadgets that are in <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_ROUND</SystemItem> mode. In addition, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableToggleColor</SystemItem>
+only influences the default value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem>. That is,
+if the user or application sets a value for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem>,
+then <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableToggleColor</SystemItem> is ignored.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableToggleVisual</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the visual appearance of the ToggleButton widget and/or
+gadget. This resource affects the default value of the ToggleButton[Gadget]
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorType</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> resources. When the
+ToggleButton is in a RadioBox, a value of True causes the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_ROUND</SystemItem> (a shadowed circle) to be the default.
+Otherwise, when this resource is True, the ToggleButton
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> resource causes a default of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN_OF_MANY</SystemItem>,
+which will be a shadowed square with a check mark (check box).
+</Para>
+<Para>A value of False causes the following:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is a shadowed diamond.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN_OF_MANY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is a shadowed square.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableUnselectableDrag</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether or not it is possible to drag from Label and Scale.
+A value of True enables the drag; a value of False disables it.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableWarp</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies if an application is allowed to warp the pointer
+from the user. A value of True enables warping, a value of False does not.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotifVersion</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the current version of Motif that the current implementation
+is supposed to
+behave like. By default, this resource gets its value from release
+values in <Filename>Xm.h</Filename>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoFontCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This callback is called whenever a rendition attempts to load a font
+or fontset and fails. This can happen on creation if the font is
+specified as <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLOAD_IMMEDIATE</SystemItem> or when an attempt is made to
+render an <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> using a font specified as
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLOAD_DEFERRED</SystemItem>. An application can have this callback attempt
+to remedy this problem by calling <Function>XmRenditionUpdate</Function> on the input
+rendition to provide a font for the widget to use. This may be done by
+either providing an an alternative font name to be loaded using the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontName</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontType</SystemItem> resources or with an already
+loaded font using the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem> resource. The callback reason is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_NO_FONT</SystemItem>. This callback uses the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDisplayCallbackStruct</StructName> structure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoRenditionCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This callback is called whenever an attempt is made to render a
+segment with a <Symbol Role="Define">RENDITION</Symbol> tag which does not match any renditions
+in a given render table. The callback reason is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_NO_RENDITION</SystemItem>. This callback uses the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDisplayCallbackStruct</StructName> structure.
+</Para>
+<Para>An application can have this callback attempt to remedy this problem
+by creating a new
+rendition with the given tag and adding it to <Literal>render_table</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoRenditionCallback</SystemItem> should deallocate the render table passed in
+in the <Literal>render_table</Literal> field of the callback structure. Note that
+the table
+will automatically be deallocated if the
+<Function>XmRenderTableAddRenditions</Function> function is
+called on it. The callback should NOT deallocate the modified render
+table that is passed back to Motif in the <Literal>render_table</Literal>
+field. If the
+application wishes to manipulate this render table further, it should
+make a copy with the <Function>XmRenderTableCopy</Function> function before returning
+from the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNuserData</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a client data pointer for applications. An internally
+unused resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>All of the superclass resources inherited by XmDisplay are
+designated N/A (not applicable).
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragStartCallback</SystemItem> callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent  *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">timeStamp</Symbol>;
+        Boolean <Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol>;
+}XmDragStartCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the ID of the widget from which the drag was initiated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is an IN/OUT member that allows the callback to determine whether to
+continue with the drag or cancel. Setting <Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol> to
+False will cancel the drag. The default value is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoFontCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoRenditionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        XmRendition <Symbol Role="Variable">rendition</Symbol>;
+        char *<Symbol Role="Variable">font_name</Symbol>;
+        XmRenderTable <Symbol Role="Variable">render_table</Symbol>;
+        XmStringTag <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis>;
+}XmDisplayCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback. It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendition</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the rendition with the missing font.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">font_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the font or font set which could not be loaded.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>render_table</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table with the missing rendition.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag of the missing rendition.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The following table describes the reasons for which the individual
+callback structure fields are valid.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Reason</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Valid Fields</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmCR_NO_FONT</Entry>
+<Entry><Emphasis>rendition, font_name</Emphasis></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmCR_NO_RENDITION</Entry>
+<Entry><Emphasis>render_table, tag</Emphasis></Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.ApplicationShell;,
+&cdeman.Composite;,
+&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.TopLevelShell;,
+&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.WMShell;,
+&cdeman.XmGetXmDisplay;, and
+&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DragCanc.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DragCanc.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d1863d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DragCanc.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DragCanc.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:39:35 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN205.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDragCancel</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDragCancel</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that terminates a drag
+transaction
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDragCancel</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDragCancel</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmDragCancel</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>dragcontext</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>dragcontext</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDragCancel</Function> terminates a drag operation and cancels
+any pending actions of the specified DragContext. This routine
+can only be called by the initiator client.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">dragcontext</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the DragContext widget associated with the
+drag and drop transaction to be terminated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DragContext and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDragContext;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDragContext; and
+&cdeman.XmDragStart;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DragCont.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DragCont.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..daee146
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DragCont.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1880 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DragCont.sgm /main/12 1996/09/08 20:39:46 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN206.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDragContext</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmDragContext</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The DragContext widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDragContext</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>DragContext</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1991, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1991 by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>DragContexts are special widgets used in drag and drop transactions.
+A DragContext is implemented as a widget, but a client does not
+explicitly create a DragContext widget. Instead, a client initiates
+a drag and drop transaction by calling <Function>XmDragStart</Function>, and this
+routine initializes and returns a DragContext widget. There is a
+unique DragContext for each drag operation. The toolkit frees a
+DragContext when a transaction is complete; therefore, an application
+programmer should not explicitly destroy a DragContext.
+</Para>
+<Para>Initiator and receiver clients both use DragContexts to track
+the state of a transaction. When the initiator and receiver of
+a transaction are in the same client, they share the same
+DragContext instance. If they are in different clients, there
+are two separate DragContexts. In this case, the initiator calls
+<Function>XmDragStart</Function> and the toolkit provides a DragContext for the
+receiver client. The only resources pertinent to the receiver
+are <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnumExportTargets</SystemItem>. These
+can both be passed as arguments to the <Function>XmDropSiteRetrieve</Function>
+function to obtain information about the current drop site.
+</Para>
+<Para>In general, in order to receive data, a drop site must share at least
+one target type and operation in common with a drag source. The
+DragContext resource, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem>, identifies the selection
+targets for the drag source. These export targets are compared with the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNimportTargets</SystemItem> resource list specified by a drop site.
+The DragContext resource, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem>, identifies the
+valid operations that can be applied to the source data by the
+initiator. The drop site counterpart resource is
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteOperations</SystemItem>, which indicates a drop site's supported
+operations.
+</Para>
+<Para>A client uses DragIcon widgets to define the drag-over animation
+effects associated with a given drag and drop transaction.
+An initiator specifies a set of drag icons, selects a blending
+model, and sets foreground and background cursor colors with
+DragContext resources.
+</Para>
+<Para>The type of drag-over visual used to represent a drag operation
+depends on the drag protocol style. In preregister mode, the server
+is grabbed, and either a cursor or a pixmap may be used as a drag-over
+visual. In dynamic mode, drag-over visuals must be
+implemented with the X cursor. If the resulting drag protocol style is
+Drop Only or None and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragInitiatorProtocolStyle</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_DYNAMIC</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_PREFER_DYNAMIC</SystemItem>,
+then a dynamic visual style (cursor) is used. Otherwise, a preregister
+visual style is used.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>DragContext inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Core</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmDragContextClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmDragContext</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the
+programmer to specify data. The programmer can also set the
+resource values for the inherited classes to set attributes for
+this widget. To reference a resource by name or by class in
+a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined values for a
+resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include
+any underscores between words). The codes in the access column
+indicate if the given resource can be set at creation time (C),
+set by using XtSetValues (S), retrieved by using
+XtGetValues (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmDragContext Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNblendModel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBlendModel</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmBLEND_ALL</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNclientData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCClientData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCConvertProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtConvertSelectionIncrProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcursorBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCursorBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG
+<!-- WARNING: ghost column #6: --></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcursorForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCursorForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdragDropFinishCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdragMotionCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdragOperations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDragOperations</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDROP_COPY | XmDROP_MOVE</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdropFinishCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdropSiteEnterCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdropSiteLeaveCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdropStartCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNexportTargets</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCExportTargets</Entry>
+<Entry>Atom *</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNincremental</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIncremental</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinvalidCursorForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCursorForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnoneCursorForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCursorForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumExportTargets</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNumExportTargets</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoperationChangedCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoperationCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOperationCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsourceCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSourceCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsourcePixmapIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSourcePixmapIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstateCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStateCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopLevelEnterCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopLevelLeaveCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvalidCursorForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCursorForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNblendModel</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies which combination of DragIcons are blended to produce
+a drag-over visual.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBLEND_ALL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Blends all three DragIcons: the source, state and operation icons.
+The icons are layered from top to bottom with the operation icon
+on top and the source icon on the bottom.
+The hotspot is derived from the state icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBLEND_STATE_SOURCE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Blends the state and source icons only. The hotspot is derived
+from the state icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBLEND_JUST_SOURCE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that only the source icon is used, which the initiator
+updates as required.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBLEND_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that no drag-over visual is generated. The client
+tracks the drop site status through callback routines and updates
+the drag-over visuals as necessary.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNclientData</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the client data to be passed to <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertProc</SystemItem>
+when it is invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertProc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincremental</SystemItem> is True, specifies a procedure of type
+<Symbol>XtConvertSelectionIncrProc</Symbol> that
+converts the source data to the format(s) requested by the receiver
+client.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> argument passed to this procedure is the DragContext
+widget.
+The selection atom passed is _MOTIF_DROP.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincremental</SystemItem> is False, the procedure is an
+<Symbol>XtConvertSelectionProc</Symbol>, and should ignore the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">max_length</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">request_id</Symbol> arguments and
+should handle the conversion atomically.
+Data returned by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertProc</SystemItem> must be allocated using
+<Function>XtMalloc</Function>, and will be freed automatically by the toolkit after the
+transfer.
+For additional information on selection conversion procedures, see <Emphasis>X
+Toolkit Intrinsics&mdash;C Language Interface</Emphasis>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorBackground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the background pixel value of the cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorForeground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the foreground pixel value of the cursor when the state icon
+is not blended. This resource defaults to the foreground color of the
+widget passed to the <Function>XmDragStart</Function> function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragDropFinishCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are called when the transaction is
+completed. The type of the structure whose address is passed to this
+callback is <StructName Role="typedef">XmDragDropFinishCallbackStruct</StructName>. The reason sent by
+the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DRAG_DROP_FINISH</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragMotionCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are invoked when the pointer moves.
+The type of structure whose address is passed to this callback is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDragMotionCallbackStruct</StructName>. The reason sent by the callback
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DRAG_MOTION</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the set of valid operations associated with an initiator
+client for a drag transaction.
+This resource is a bit mask that is formed by combining one or
+more of the following values using a bitwise operation such as
+inclusive OR (|):
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_COPY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_LINK</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_MOVE</SystemItem>.
+The value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem> for this resource indicates that no
+operations are valid.
+For Text and TextField widgets, this resource is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_COPY</SystemItem> | <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_MOVE</SystemItem>; for List widgets, it is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_COPY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropFinishCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are invoked when the drop
+is completed. The type of the structure whose address is passed to
+this callback is <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropFinishCallbackStruct</StructName>. The reason sent
+by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DROP_FINISH</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteEnterCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are invoked when the pointer enters
+a drop site. The type of the structure whose address is passed to this
+callback is <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropSiteEnterCallbackStruct</StructName>. The reason sent by the
+callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DROP_SITE_ENTER</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteLeaveCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are invoked when the pointer leaves
+a drop site. The type of the structure whose address is passed to this
+callback is <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropSiteLeaveCallbackStruct</StructName>. The reason sent by
+the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DROP_SITE_LEAVE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropStartCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are invoked when a drop is
+initiated. The type of the structure whose address is passed to this
+callback is <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropStartCallbackStruct</StructName>. The reason sent by the
+callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DROP_START</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of target atoms associated with this source.
+This resource identifies the selection targets this source
+can be converted to.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincremental</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the transfer on the
+initiator side uses the Xt incremental selection transfer mechanism
+described in <Emphasis>X Toolkit Intrinsics&mdash;C Language Interface</Emphasis>.
+If the value is True, the initiator uses incremental transfer; if the
+value is False, the initiator uses atomic transfer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinvalidCursorForeground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the foreground pixel value of the cursor when the state
+is invalid. This resource defaults to the value of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorForeground</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoneCursorForeground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the foreground pixel value of the cursor when the state
+is none. This resource defaults to the value of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorForeground</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnumExportTargets</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of entries in the list of export targets.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoperationChangedCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are invoked when the drag
+is started and when the user requests that a different operation
+be applied to the drop.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to this callback
+is <StructName Role="typedef">XmOperationChangedCallbackStruct</StructName>. The reason sent by the
+callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OPERATION_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoperationCursorIcon</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the cursor icon used to designate the type of operation
+performed by the drag transaction. If NULL, <Classname>XmScreen</Classname>
+resources provide default icons for copy, link, and move
+operations.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsourceCursorIcon</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the cursor icon used to represent the source when
+a dynamic visual style is used. If NULL, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultSourceCursorIcon</SystemItem> resource of <Classname>XmScreen</Classname> provides
+a default cursor icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsourcePixmapIcon</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap icon used to represent the source when
+a preregister visual style is used. The icon is used in conjunction
+with the colormap of the widget passed to <Function>XmDragStart</Function>.
+If NULL, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsourceCursorIcon</SystemItem> is used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNstateCursorIcon</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the cursor icon used to designate the state of a drop site.
+If NULL, <Classname>XmScreen</Classname> resources provide default icons for a valid,
+invalid, and no drop site condition.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopLevelEnterCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are called when the pointer enters
+a top-level window or root window (due to changing screens). The type
+of the structure whose address is passed to this callback is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmTopLevelEnterCallbackStruct</StructName>. The reason sent by the
+callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_TOP_LEVEL_ENTER</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopLevelLeaveCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are called when the pointer
+leaves a top level window or the root window (due to changing
+screens). The type of the structure whose address is
+passed to this callback is <StructName Role="typedef">XmTopLevelLeaveCallbackStruct</StructName>. The
+reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_TOP_LEVEL_LEAVE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalidCursorForeground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the foreground pixel value of the cursor designated as a
+valid cursor icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>DragContext inherits behavior and resources from the superclass
+described in the following table.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer
+to the <Classname>Core</Classname> reference page.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>Each of the DragContext callbacks has an associated callback
+structure.
+</Para>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragDropFinishCallback</SystemItem> callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent  *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">timeStamp</Symbol>;
+}XmDragDropFinishCallbackStruct, *XmDragDropFinishCallback;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>timeStamp</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time at which either the drag or the drop was completed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragMotionCallback</SystemItem>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">timeStamp</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">dropSiteStatus</Symbol>;
+        Position <Emphasis>x</Emphasis>;
+        Position <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>;
+}XmDragMotionCallbackStruct, *XmDragMotionCallback;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>timeStamp</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the timestamp of the logical event.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Identifies an operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has just called a DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, the
+toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>
+member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDragProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the time the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> and the pointer is
+within an active drop site, the toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> by
+selecting an operation from the bitwise AND of the initial value of the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> member and the value of the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+The toolkit searches this set first for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_MOVE</SystemItem>, then for
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_COPY</SystemItem>, then for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_LINK</SystemItem>, and initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the first operation it finds in the set.
+If the toolkit finds none of these operations in the set, it initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> and the pointer is
+not within an active drop site, the toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>
+by selecting an operation from the initial value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>
+member.
+The toolkit searches this set first for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_MOVE</SystemItem>, then for
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_COPY</SystemItem>, then for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_LINK</SystemItem>, and initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the first operation it finds in the set.
+If the toolkit finds none of these operations in the set, it initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the set of operations supported for the source data.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has just called a DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, the
+toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the bitwise AND of the
+DropSite's <Symbol>XmNdropOperations</Symbol> and the value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>
+member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDragProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the time the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> returns.
+If the resulting set of operations is empty, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> and the user does not
+select an operation (by pressing a modifier key), the toolkit
+initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the value of the DragContext's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> and the user does
+select an operation, the toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the
+bitwise AND of the corresponding operation and the value of the
+DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+If the resulting set of operations is empty, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether or not a drop site is valid.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has just called a DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, the
+toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to the value of the
+<Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDragProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the
+time the DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, it initializes
+<Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> as follows:
+the toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_DROP_SITE</SystemItem> if
+the pointer is over an inactive drop site or is not over a drop site.
+The toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_VALID</SystemItem>
+if all the following conditions are met:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The pointer is over an active drop site.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> and the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNimportTargets</SystemItem> are compatible.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The initial value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> member is not
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>Otherwise, the toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_INVALID</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed for the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropFinishCallback</SystemItem> callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">timeStamp</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">dropSiteStatus</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">dropAction</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">completionStatus</Symbol>;
+}XmDropFinishCallbackStruct, *XmDropFinishCallback;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>timeStamp</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time at which the drop was completed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Identifies an operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is over an active drop site when the drop begins, the
+toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>
+member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the time the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is not over an active drop site when the drop begins, the
+toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> by selecting an operation from the
+initial value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> member.
+The toolkit searches this set first for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_MOVE</SystemItem>, then for
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_COPY</SystemItem>, then for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_LINK</SystemItem>, and initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the first operation it finds in the set.
+If it finds none of these operations in the set, it initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the set of operations supported for the source data.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is over an active drop site when the drop begins, the
+toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the bitwise AND of the
+DropSite's <Symbol>XmNdropOperations</Symbol> and the value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>
+member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the time the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> returns.
+If the resulting set of operations is empty, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is not over an active drop site when the drop begins and
+if the user does not select an operation (by pressing a modifier key),
+the toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the value of the
+DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is not over an active drop site when the drop begins and
+if the user does select an operation, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the bitwise AND of the corresponding operation and
+the value of the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+If the resulting set of operations is empty, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether or not a drop site is valid.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is over an active drop site when the drop begins, the
+toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to the value of the
+<Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the
+time the DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is not over an active drop site when the drop begins, the
+toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_DROP_SITE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>dropAction</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Identifies the drop action. The values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_CANCEL</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_HELP</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_INTERRUPT</SystemItem>.
+The <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_INTERRUPT</SystemItem> value is currently unsupported; if
+specified, it will be interpreted as an <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_CANCEL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>completionStatus</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that indicates the status of the drop action.
+After the last callback procedure has returned, the final value of this
+member determines what visual transition effects will be applied.
+There are two values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The drop was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_FAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The drop was unsuccessful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteEnterCallback</SystemItem>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">timeStamp</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">dropSiteStatus</Symbol>;
+        Position <Emphasis>x</Emphasis>;
+        Position <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>;
+}XmDropSiteEnterCallbackStruct, *XmDropSiteEnterCallback;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>timeStamp</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time the crossing event occurred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Identifies an operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has just called a DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, the
+toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>
+member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDragProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the time the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, it initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> by selecting an operation from the bitwise AND of the
+initial value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> member and the value of the
+DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+The toolkit searches this set first for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_MOVE</SystemItem>, then for
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_COPY</SystemItem>, then for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_LINK</SystemItem>, and initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the first operation it finds in the set.
+If the toolkit finds none of these operations in the set, it initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the set of operations supported for the source data.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has just called a DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, the
+toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the bitwise AND of the
+DropSite's <Symbol>XmNdropOperations</Symbol> and the value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>
+member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDragProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the time the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> returns.
+If the resulting set of operations is empty, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> and the user does not
+select an operation (by pressing a modifier key), the toolkit
+initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the value of the DragContext's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> and the user does
+select an operation, the toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the
+bitwise AND of the corresponding operation and the value of the
+DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+If the resulting set of operations is empty, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether or not a drop site is valid.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has just called a DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, the
+toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to the value of the
+<Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDragProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the
+time the DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, it initializes
+<Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_VALID</SystemItem>
+if the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> and the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNimportTargets</SystemItem> are compatible and if the initial value of the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> member is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, the toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_INVALID</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the x-coordinate of the pointer in root window coordinates.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the y-coordinate of the pointer in root window coordinates.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteLeaveCallback</SystemItem>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">timeStamp</Symbol>;
+}XmDropSiteLeaveCallbackStruct, *XmDropSiteLeaveCallback;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>timeStamp</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the timestamp of the logical event
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed for the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropStartCallback</SystemItem> callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">timeStamp</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">dropSiteStatus</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">dropAction</Symbol>;
+        Position <Emphasis>x</Emphasis>;
+        Position <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>;
+}XmDropStartCallbackStruct, *XmDropStartCallback;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>timeStamp</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time at which the drag was completed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Identifies an operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is over an active drop site when the drop begins, the
+toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>
+member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the time the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is not over an active drop site when the drop begins, the
+toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> by selecting an operation from the
+initial value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> member.
+The toolkit searches this set first for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_MOVE</SystemItem>, then for
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_COPY</SystemItem>, then for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_LINK</SystemItem>, and initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the first operation it finds in the set.
+If it finds none of these operations in the set, it initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the set of operations supported for the source data.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is over an active drop site when the drop begins, the
+toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the bitwise AND of the
+DropSite's <Symbol>XmNdropOperations</Symbol> and the value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>
+member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the time the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> returns.
+If the resulting set of operations is empty, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is not over an active drop site when the drop begins and
+if the user does not select an operation (by pressing a modifier key),
+the toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the value of the
+DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is not over an active drop site when the drop begins and
+if the user does select an operation, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the bitwise AND of the corresponding operation and
+the value of the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+If the resulting set of operations is empty, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether or not a drop site is valid.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is over an active drop site when the drop begins, the
+toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to the value of the
+<Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the
+time the DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer is not over an active drop site when the drop begins, the
+toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_DROP_SITE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>This field is invalid if the <Literal>dropAction</Literal> field is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_CANCEL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>dropAction</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that identifies the drop action.
+The values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_CANCEL</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_HELP</SystemItem>,
+and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_INTERRUPT</SystemItem>. The value of <Literal>dropAction</Literal> can be
+modified to change the action actually initiated.
+The value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_INTERRUPT</SystemItem> is currently unsupported; if
+specified, it will be interpreted as an <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_CANCEL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the x-coordinate of the pointer in root window coordinates.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the y-coordinate of the pointer in root window coordinates.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoperationChangedCallback</SystemItem> callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent  *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">timeStamp</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">dropSiteStatus</Symbol>;
+}XmOperationChangedCallbackStruct, *XmOperationChangedCallback;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>timeStamp</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time at which the crossing event occurred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Identifies an operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has just called a DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, the
+toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>
+member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDragProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the time the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, and the pointer is
+within an active drop site, the toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> by
+selecting an operation from the bitwise AND of the initial value of the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> member and the value of the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+The toolkit searches this set first for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_MOVE</SystemItem>, then for
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_COPY</SystemItem>, then for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_LINK</SystemItem>, and initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the first operation it finds in the set.
+If the toolkit finds none of these operations in the set, it initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, and the pointer is
+not within an active drop site, the toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>
+by selecting an operation from the initial value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>
+member.
+The toolkit searches this set first for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_MOVE</SystemItem>, then for
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_COPY</SystemItem>, then for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_LINK</SystemItem>, and initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the first operation it finds in the set.
+If the toolkit finds none of these operations in the set, it initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the set of operations supported for the source data.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has just called a DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, the
+toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the bitwise AND of the
+DropSite's <Symbol>XmNdropOperations</Symbol> and the value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>
+member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDragProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the time the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> returns.
+If the resulting set of operations is empty, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, and the user does not
+select an operation (by pressing a modifier key), the toolkit
+initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the value of the DragContext's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, and the user does
+select an operation, the toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the
+bitwise AND of the corresponding operation and the value of the
+DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+If the resulting set of operations is empty, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether or not a drop site is valid.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has just called a DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>, the
+toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to the value of the
+<Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDragProcCallbackStruct</StructName> at the
+time the DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the toolkit has not called an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> it initializes
+<Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_DROP_SITE</SystemItem> if
+the pointer is over an inactive drop site or is not over a drop site.
+The toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_VALID</SystemItem>
+if all the following conditions are met:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The pointer is over an active drop site
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> and the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNimportTargets</SystemItem> are compatible
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The initial value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> member is not
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>Otherwise, the toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_INVALID</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopLevelEnterCallback</SystemItem>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">timeStamp</Symbol>;
+        Screen <Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol>;
+        Window <Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol>;
+        Position <Emphasis>x</Emphasis>;
+        Position <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">dragProtocolStyle</Symbol>;
+}XmTopLevelEnterCallbackStruct, *XmTopLevelEnterCallback;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>timeStamp</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the timestamp of the logical event.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the screen associated with the top-level window or root
+window being entered.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the top-level window or root window being entered.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the x-coordinate of the pointer in root window coordinates.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the y-coordinate of the pointer in root window coordinates.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>dragProtocolStyle</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol style adopted by the initiator. The values
+are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_DROP_ONLY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_DYNAMIC</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_NONE</SystemItem>,
+and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_PREREGISTER</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopLevelLeaveCallback</SystemItem>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent  *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">timeStamp</Symbol>;
+        Screen <Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol>;
+        Window <Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol>;
+}XmTopLevelLeaveCallbackStruct, *XmTopLevelLeaveCallback;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>timeStamp</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the timestamp of the logical event
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a screen associated with the top-level window or root
+window being left
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the top-level window or root window being left
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!-- Action Table for XmDragContext --></Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>The XmDragContext translations are described in the following list.
+The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Button1&lt;Enter></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DragMotion()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Button1&lt;Leave></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DragMotion()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Button1&lt;Motion></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DragMotion()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Button2&lt;Enter></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DragMotion()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Button2&lt;Leave></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DragMotion()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Button2&lt;Motion></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DragMotion()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>FinishDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>FinishDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>FinishDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>FinishDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>BtnDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>IgnoreButtons()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>BtnUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>IgnoreButtons()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CancelDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>HelpDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DragKey(<Symbol Role="Define">Up</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DragKey(<Symbol Role="Define">Down</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DragKey(<Symbol Role="Define">Left</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DragKey(<Symbol Role="Define">Right</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:&lt;KeyUp></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DragKey(<Symbol Role="Define">Update</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:&lt;KeyDown></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DragKey(<Symbol Role="Define">Update</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LDragMotion()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Release:"&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LFinishDrag()&bsol;*O
+.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new bindings"
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;Return>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LFinishDrag()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfActivate>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LFinishDrag()&bsol;*O
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new bindings"
+.sp .5
+.LI "&bsol;*LKCancel:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCancelDrag()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:"&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LHelpDrag()&bsol;*O
+.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, added new actions"
+.sp .5
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfUp>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LDragKey(Up)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfDown>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LDragKey(Down)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfLeft>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LDragKey(Left)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*L&lt;osfRight>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LDragKey(Right)&bsol;*O
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, added new actions"
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The XmDragContext action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList Remap="tight">
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CancelDrag()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Cancels the drag operation and frees the associated
+DragContext.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>DragKey(</Action><StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the value of <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName> is <Literal>Left</Literal>, <Literal>Right</Literal>, <Literal>Up</Literal>, or
+<Literal>Down</Literal>, this action
+moves the dragged object in the corresponding location. Any other values of
+<StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName> are ignored.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>DragMotion()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Drags the selected data as the pointer is moved.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>FinishDrag()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Finishes the drag operation and starts the drop operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>HelpDrag()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Initiates a conditional drop that enables the receiver to provide
+help information to the user. The user can cancel or continue the
+drop operation in response to this information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys,
+see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmDisplay;,
+&cdeman.XmDragCancel;,
+&cdeman.XmDragIcon;,
+&cdeman.XmDragStart;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSite;,
+&cdeman.XmDropTransfer;, and
+&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DragIcon.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DragIcon.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c0f2863
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DragIcon.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DragIcon.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:39:59 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN207.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDragIcon</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmDragIcon</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The DragIcon widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDragIcon</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>DragIcon</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1991, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1991 by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>A DragIcon is a component of the visual used to represent the source
+data in a drag and drop transaction. During a drag operation, a real
+or simulated X cursor provides drag-over visuals consisting of a
+static portion that represents the object being dragged, and dynamic
+cues that provide visual feedback during the drag operation. The
+visual is attained by blending together various <Symbol>XmDragIcons</Symbol>
+specified in the <Classname>XmDragContext</Classname> associated with the drag
+operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>The static portion of the drag-over visual is the graphic
+representation that identifies the drag source. For example,
+when a user drags several items within a list, a DragIcon depicting a
+list might be supplied as the visual. The <Classname>XmDragContext</Classname>
+resources, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsourceCursorIcon</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsourcePixmapIcon</SystemItem>,
+specify a DragIcon to use for the static portion of the visual.
+</Para>
+<Para>A drag-over visual incorporates dynamic cues in order to provide
+visual feedback in response to the user's actions. For instance,
+the drag-over visual might use different indicators to identify
+the type of operation (copy, link, or move) being performed. Dynamic
+cues could also alert the user that a drop site is valid or invalid
+as the pointer traverses the drop site. The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoperationCursorIcon</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNstateCursorIcon</SystemItem> resources of <Classname>XmDragContext</Classname> specify
+DragIcons for dynamic cues.
+</Para>
+<Para>A drag-over visual typically consists of a source, operation and
+state DragIcon. The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNblendModel</SystemItem> resource of <Classname>XmDragContext</Classname>
+offers several options that determine which icons are blended
+to produce the drag-over visual. DragIcon resources control
+the relative position of the operation and state icons (if used).
+If a particular DragIcon is not specified, the toolkit uses the
+<Classname>XmScreen</Classname> default DragIcons.
+</Para>
+<Para>An application initializes a DragIcon with the function
+<Function>XmCreateDragIcon</Function> or through entries in the resource
+database. If a pixmap and its mask (optional) are specified
+in the resource database, the toolkit converts the
+values in the X11 Bitmap file format and assigns values to
+the corresponding resources.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>DragIcon inherits behavior and a resource from <Classname>Object</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmDragIconObjectClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmDragIcon</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the
+programmer to specify data. The programmer can also set the
+resource values for the inherited classes to set attributes for
+this widget. To reference a resource by name or by class in
+a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined values for a
+resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include
+any underscores between words). The codes in the access column
+indicate if the given resource can be set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S), retrieved by using
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmDragIcon Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNattachment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAttachment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmATTACH_NORTH_WEST</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhotX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHot</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhotY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHot</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG
+<!-- WARNING: ghost column #6:  --></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmask</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoffsetX</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOffset</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoffsetY</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOffset</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNattachment</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a relative location on the source icon for the attachment of
+the state or operation icon. The origin of the state and operation
+icons is aligned with the specified compass point on the source icon.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoffsetX</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoffsetY</SystemItem> resources can be used to further
+refine the icon positions. The possible values are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_NORTH_WEST</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attaches the origin of the state or operation icon to the northwest
+point on the source icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_NORTH</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attaches the origin of the state or operation icon to the north
+point on the source icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_NORTH_EAST</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attaches the origin of the state or operation icon to the northeast
+point on the source icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_EAST</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attaches the origin of the state or operation icon to the east
+point on the source icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_SOUTH_EAST</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attaches the origin of the state or operation icon to the southeast
+point on the source icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_SOUTH</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attaches the origin of the state or operation icon to the south
+point on the source icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_SOUTH_WEST</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attaches the origin of the state or operation icon to the southwest
+point on the source icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WEST</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attaches the origin of the state or operation icon to the west
+point on the source icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_CENTER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attaches the origin of the state or operation icon to the
+center of the source icon. The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoffsetX</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoffsetY</SystemItem>
+resources may be used to center the attached icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_HOT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attaches the hotspot coordinates of a state or operation DragIcon to
+an x,y position on the source icon. The x,y coordinate
+is taken from the event passed to the <Function>XmDragStart</Function> function,
+and made relative to the widget passed as an argument to the same
+function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdepth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the depth of the pixmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the height of the pixmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhotX</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the x-coordinate of the hotspot of a cursor DragIcon
+in relation to the origin of the pixmap bounding box.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhotY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the y-coordinate of the hotspot of a cursor DragIcon
+in relation to the origin of the pixmap bounding box.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmask</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pixmap of depth 1 to use as the DragIcon mask
+pixmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoffsetX</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a horizontal offset (in pixels) of the origin of the state
+or operation icon relative to the attachment point on the source icon.
+A positive offset value moves the origin to the right; a negative value
+moves the origin to the left.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoffsetY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a vertical offset (in pixels) of the origin of the state or
+operation icon relative to the attachment point on the source icon. A
+positive offset value moves the origin down; a negative value moves the
+origin up.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pixmap to use as the DragIcon pixmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of the pixmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>DragIcon inherits behavior and a resource from <Classname>Object</Classname>.
+For a complete description of this resource, refer to the
+<Classname>Object</Classname> reference page.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Object Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Object;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateDragIcon;,
+&cdeman.XmDisplay;,
+&cdeman.XmDragContext;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSite;,
+&cdeman.XmDropTransfer;, and
+&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DragSt.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DragSt.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..654022b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DragSt.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DragSt.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:40:10 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN208.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDragStart</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDragStart</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that initiates a drag and
+drop transaction
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDragStart</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDragStart</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmDragStart</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, event, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XEvent *<Parameter>event</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDragStart</Function> initiates a drag operation. This routine
+returns the DragContext widget that it initializes for the
+associated drag transaction. The toolkit is responsible for
+freeing the DragContext when the drag and drop transaction
+is complete.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the smallest widget and/or gadget that encloses
+the source elements selected for a drag operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the drag operation. This
+event must be a ButtonPress event.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list. Any <Classname>XmDragContext</Classname> resources not
+specified in the argument list are obtained from the resource database
+or are set to their default values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument
+list (<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DragContext and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDragContext;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ID of the DragContext widget that controls this drag
+and drop transaction.
+Returns NULL if the drag cannot be initiated.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDragCancel; and
+&cdeman.XmDragContext;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DrawAr.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DrawAr.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..22cd4fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DrawAr.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1178 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DrawAr.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 20:40:20 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN209.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDrawingArea</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmDrawingArea</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The DrawingArea widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDrawingArea</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>DrawingArea</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/DrawingA.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>DrawingArea is an empty widget that is easily adaptable
+to a variety of purposes.
+It does no drawing and defines no behavior except for invoking
+callbacks.
+Callbacks notify the application when graphics need to be drawn
+(exposure events or widget resize) and when the widget receives input from
+the keyboard or mouse.
+</Para>
+<Para>Applications are responsible for defining appearance and behavior as needed
+in response to DrawingArea callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>DrawingArea is also a composite widget and subclass of
+<Classname>XmManager</Classname> that supports
+minimal geometry management for multiple widget or gadget children.
+</Para>
+<Para>DrawingArea uses the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem> resource of <Classname>XmManager</Classname>
+to define whether or not DrawingArea will receive focus when it is
+traversed to, even if it has traversable children. If
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem> is NULL, DrawingArea receives focus only if it
+does not have any traversable children. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem> is
+not NULL, then DrawingArea receives focus when traversed to. In the latter
+case, the application first needs to be able to realize that the DrawingArea
+will receive focus, then, as appropriate, needs to either call the
+<Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function> function for the desired child, or to navigate
+across the private DrawingArea graphics objects.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following resources are not currently used by the DrawingArea
+widget: <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowPixmap</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowPixmap</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Data Transfer Behavior</Title>
+<Para>DrawingArea has no widget class conversion or destination procedure.
+Subclasses and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures are responsible
+for any conversion of selections.
+Subclasses and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures are
+responsible for any data transfers to the widget.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>DrawingArea inherits behavior and resources from the <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Constraint</Classname>, and <Classname>XmManager</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmDrawingAreaWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmDrawingArea</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmDrawingArea Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestinationCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNexposeCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinputCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizeCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCResizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRESIZE_ANY</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks called when the DrawingArea is asked to
+convert a selection.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to these callbacks is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks called when the DrawingArea is the
+destination of a transfer operation.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to these callbacks is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexposeCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is
+called when DrawingArea receives an exposure event.
+The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXPOSE</SystemItem>.
+The callback structure also includes the exposure event.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default bit gravity for Manager windows is <SystemItem Class="Constant">NorthWestGravity</SystemItem>.
+This may cause the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexposeCallback</SystemItem> procedures not to be invoked
+when the DrawingArea window is made smaller.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinputCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is
+called when the DrawingArea receives a keyboard
+or mouse event (key or button, up or down).
+The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_INPUT</SystemItem>.
+The callback structure also includes the input event.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the minimum spacing in pixels between the top or bottom edge
+of DrawingArea and any child widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the minimum spacing in pixels between the left or right edge
+of DrawingArea and any child widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizeCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is
+called when the DrawingArea is resized.
+The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_RESIZE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizePolicy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Controls the policy for resizing DrawingArea widgets.
+Possible values include <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRESIZE_NONE</SystemItem> (fixed size),
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRESIZE_ANY</SystemItem> (shrink or grow as needed), and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRESIZE_GROW</SystemItem> (grow only).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>DrawingArea inherits behavior and resources from the following
+superclasses. For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexposeCallback</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinputCallback</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizeCallback</SystemItem> procedures:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        Window <Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol>;
+} XmDrawingAreaCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+This is NULL for the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizeCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is set to the widget window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">source_data</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">location_data</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol>;
+        unsigned long <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_length</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>;
+        unsigned long <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>;
+} XmConvertCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the selection for which conversion is being requested.
+Possible values are <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>,
+and <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the conversion target.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">source_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the selection source.
+When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, <Symbol Role="Variable">source_data</Symbol> is the
+DragContext.
+Otherwise, it is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>location_data</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the location of data to be converted.
+If the value is NULL, the data to be transferred consists of the
+widget's current selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the status of the conversion. Following are the possible
+values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This flag is currently unused.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_PARTIAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The target widget was able to be converted, but some data was lost.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_SAME</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The conversion target is the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_TRANSACT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This flag is currently unused.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains parameter data for this target.
+If no parameter data exists, the value is NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> is <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol> is
+<Property>_MOTIF_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property> or
+<Property>_MOTIF_DEFERRED_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property>, the value is the requested
+operation (<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed
+as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol> quantities.
+Possible values are 0 (when <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> is NULL),
+8 (when the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>s),
+16 (when the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>s),
+or 32 (when the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol>s).
+Note that <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol> symbolizes a data type, not the number of bits
+in each list element.
+For example, on some machines, a <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol> of 32 means that
+the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of 64-bit quantities,
+not 32-bit quantities.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements of data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol>, where each
+element has the size specified by <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol>.
+When <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> is NULL, the value is 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that specifies the status of the conversion.
+The initial value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_DEFAULT</SystemItem>.
+The callback procedure can set this member to one of the following
+values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_DEFAULT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value means that the widget class conversion procedure, if any, is
+called after the callback procedures return.
+If the widget class conversion procedure produces any data, it
+overwrites the data provided by the callback procedures in the <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>
+member.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_MERGE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value means that the widget class conversion procedure, if any, is
+called after the callback procedures return.
+If the widget class conversion procedure produces any data, it appends
+its data to the data provided by the callback procedures in the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> member.
+This value is intended for use with targets that result in lists of
+data, such as <Symbol Role="Define">TARGETS</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_DONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value means that the callback procedure has successfully finished
+the conversion.
+The widget class conversion procedure, if any, is not called after the
+callback procedures return.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_REFUSE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value means that the callback procedure has terminated the
+conversion process without completing the requested conversion.
+The widget class conversion procedure, if any, is not called after the
+callback procedures return.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT parameter that contains any data that the callback procedure
+produces as a result of the conversion.
+The initial value is NULL.
+If the callback procedure sets this member, it must ensure that the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol> members correspond
+to the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>.
+The callback procedure is responsible for allocating, but not for
+freeing, memory when it sets this member.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT parameter that indicates the type of the data in the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> member.
+The initial value is <Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT parameter that specifies whether the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> should
+be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol> quantities.
+The initial value is 8.
+The callback procedure can set this member to 8 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>),
+16 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>), or 32 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that specifies the number of elements of data in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>, where each element has the size symbolized by <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>.
+The initial value is 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following callback structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol>;
+        XtEnum <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">transfer_id</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">location_data</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol>;
+} XmDestinationCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the selection for which data transfer is being requested.
+Possible values are <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>, and
+<Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the type of transfer operation requested.
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>, possible values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> or <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, possible
+values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, possible values are
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOTHER</SystemItem>.
+A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOTHER</SystemItem> means that the callback procedure must get
+further information from the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> in the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol> member.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether or not the destination widget is also the source of
+the data to be transferred.
+Following are the possible values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The destination widget is not the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_SAME</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The destination widget is the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>transfer_id</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Serves as a unique ID to identify the transfer transaction.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the destination.
+When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, the callback procedures are
+called by the drop site's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol>
+is a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> procedure.
+When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol> is an Atom
+representing a target recommmended by the selection owner for use in
+converting the selection.
+Otherwise, <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol> is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>location_data</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the location where data is to be transferred.
+The value is always NULL when the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> or
+<Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>.
+If the value is NULL, the data is to be inserted at the widget's cursor
+position. <Literal>location_data</Literal> is only valid for the duration of a
+transfer. Once <Symbol>XmTransferDone</Symbol> procedures start to be called,
+<Literal>location_data</Literal> will no longer be stable.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the time when the transfer operation began.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmDrawingArea -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>XmDrawingArea inherits translations from XmManager.
+Before calling the XmManager actions, all events in the inherited
+translations except <KeySym>BtnMotion</KeySym>, <KeySym>EnterWindow</KeySym>,
+<KeySym>LeaveWindow</KeySym>, <KeySym>FocusIn</KeySym>, and <KeySym>FocusOut</KeySym> also call the
+<Action>DrawingAreaInput()</Action> action.
+</Para>
+<Para>XmDrawingArea has the following additional translations.
+The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>BtnDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DrawingAreaInput()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>BtnUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DrawingAreaInput()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>KeyDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DrawingAreaInput()
+ManagerGadgetKeyInput()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>KeyUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>DrawingAreaInput()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAny BAny Press:"&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LDrawingAreaInput()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAny BAny Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LDrawingAreaInput()&bsol;*O
+.sp .5
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAny KAny Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LDrawingAreaInput()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetKeyInput()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAny KAny Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LDrawingAreaInput()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmDrawingArea</Classname> action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>DrawingAreaInput()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Unless the event takes place in a gadget, calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinputCallback</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetKeyInput()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the current gadget to process a keyboard event
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>The XmDrawingArea widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Expose</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexposeCallback</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Widget&ensp;Resize</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizeCallback</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Constraint;, &cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateDrawingArea;,
+and &cdeman.XmManager;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DrawnBut.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DrawnBut.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3f0d48c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DrawnBut.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1081 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DrawnBut.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 20:40:33 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN210.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDrawnButton</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmDrawnButton</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The DrawnButton widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDrawnButton</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>DrawnButton</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/DrawnB.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The DrawnButton widget consists of an empty widget window surrounded by a
+shadow border. It provides the application developer with a graphics area
+that can have PushButton input semantics.
+</Para>
+<Para>Callback types are defined for widget exposure and widget resize to allow the
+application to redraw or reposition its graphics. If the DrawnButton
+widget has a highlight and shadow thickness, the application should not draw
+in that area.
+To avoid drawing in the highlight and
+shadow area, create the graphics context with
+a clipping rectangle for drawing in the widget.
+The clipping rectangle should
+take into account the size of the widget's highlight thickness and
+shadow.
+DrawnButton uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> traits, and
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>BulletinBoard inherits behavior, resources, and traits
+from the <Classname>Core</Classname>, <Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Constraint</Classname>,
+and <Classname>XmManager</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmDrawnButtonWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmDrawnButton</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmDrawnButton Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNactivateCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdisarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNexposeCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmultiClick</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMultiClick</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpushButtonEnabled</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPushButtonEnabled</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizeCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+when the widget becomes selected.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+This callback uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+when the widget becomes armed.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+when the widget becomes disarmed.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DISARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexposeCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+when the widget receives an exposure event.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXPOSE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a button click is followed by another button click within the time
+span specified by the display's multiclick time, and this resource is
+set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, the second click is not processed.
+If this resource is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, the event
+is processed and <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol> is incremented in the callback structure.
+When the button is not in a menu, the default value is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpushButtonEnabled</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Enables or disables the 3-dimensional shadow drawing as in
+PushButton.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizeCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+when the widget receives a resize event.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_RESIZE</SystemItem>. The event
+returned for this callback is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Describes the drawing style for the DrawnButton. This resource can have
+the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_IN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the DrawnButton so that the shadow appears
+inset. This means that the bottom shadow visuals and top shadow visuals
+are reversed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_OUT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the DrawnButton
+so that the shadow appears outset.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the DrawnButton using a double line. This
+gives the effect of a line etched into the window. The thickness of the
+double line is equal to the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_OUT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the DrawnButton using a double line. This
+gives the effect of a line coming out of the window. The thickness of the
+double line is equal to the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>DrawnButton inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmLabel Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNacceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAcceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNalignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCXmString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>"&bsol;0"</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSTRING</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>KeySym</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPrimitive Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!--no-op:  .tH-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        Window <Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol>;
+} XmDrawnButtonCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+This is NULL for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizeCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is set to the window ID in which the event occurred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains the number of clicks in the last multiclick sequence
+if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> resource is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>,
+otherwise it contains 1.
+The activate callback is invoked for each click if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem>
+is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmDrawnButton -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>XmDrawnButton includes translations from Primitive.
+Additional XmDrawnButton translations are
+described in the following list.
+The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;Btn1Down></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ButtonTakeFocus()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Arm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>,&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Activate() Disarm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MultiArm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MultiActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Activate() Disarm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentCancel()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Help()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LArm()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Click:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LActivate()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new translation"
+.LI "&bsol;*LCtrl&lt;Btn1Down>:&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveTakeFocus()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new translation"
+&bsol;*LDisarm()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LActivate()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+&bsol;*LDisarm()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press 2+:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMultiArm()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release 2+:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMultiActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelect:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LArmAndActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmDrawnButton</Classname> action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Activate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpushButtonEnabled</SystemItem> is True, redraws the shadow in the
+unselected state; otherwise, redraws the shadow according to
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowType</SystemItem>.
+<!--Calls the \*LXmNexposeCallback\*O callbacks, then redraws the label.-->If the pointer is within the DrawnButton, calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Arm()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpushButtonEnabled</SystemItem> is True, redraws the shadow in the
+selected state; otherwise, redraws the shadow according to
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowType</SystemItem>.
+<!--Calls the \*LXmNexposeCallback\*O callbacks, then redraws the label.-->Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpushButtonEnabled</SystemItem> is True, redraws the shadow in the
+selected state; otherwise, redraws the shadow according to
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowType</SystemItem>.
+<!--Calls the \*LXmNexposeCallback\*O callbacks, then redraws the label.-->Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpushButtonEnabled</SystemItem> is True, the shadow is redrawn in the
+unselected state; otherwise, the shadow is redrawn according to
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowType</SystemItem>.
+<!--Calls the \*LXmNexposeCallback\*O callbacks, then redraws the label.-->The callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>
+are called.
+These actions happen either immediately or at a later
+time.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ButtonTakeFocus():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the PushButton to take keyboard focus
+when <Literal>Ctrl&lt;Btn1Down></Literal> is pressed, without activating the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Disarm()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Marks the DrawnButton as unselected and calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Help()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help callbacks for this widget, this action calls the
+help callbacks for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MultiActivate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, this action does
+nothing.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, this action
+increments <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol> in the callback structure.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpushButtonEnabled</SystemItem> is True, this action redraws the shadow in the
+unselected state; otherwise, it redraws the shadow according to
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowType</SystemItem>.
+<!--Calls the \*LXmNexposeCallback\*O callbacks, then redraws the label.-->If the pointer is within the DrawnButton, this action calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> callbacks and calls the
+callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MultiArm()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, this action does
+nothing.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem> and
+if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpushButtonEnabled</SystemItem> is True, this action
+redraws the shadow in the selected state;
+otherwise, it redraws the shadow according to
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowType</SystemItem> and
+<!--Calls the \*LXmNexposeCallback\*O callbacks, then redraws the label.-->calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>This widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>EnterWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the shadow in its selected state if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpushButtonEnabled</SystemItem> is
+True and if the cursor leaves and re-enters the window while <Literal>BSelect</Literal> is
+pressed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>LeaveWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the shadow in its unselected state if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpushButtonEnabled</SystemItem>
+is True and if the cursor leaves the window while <Literal>BSelect</Literal> is pressed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;, <Function>XmCreateDrawnButton</Function>, &cdeman.XmLabel;,
+&cdeman.XmPrimitive;, <Classname>XmPushButton</Classname>, and &cdeman.XmSeparator;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSit.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSit.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..81ec565
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSit.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,789 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DropSit.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 20:40:45 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN211.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDropSite</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Symbol>XmDropSite</Symbol></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The DropSite Registry
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDropSite</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1991, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1991 by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>A client registers a widget or gadget as a drop site using the
+<Function>XmDropSiteRegister</Function> function. In addition, this routine
+defines the behavior and capabilities of a drop site by specifying
+appropriate resources. For example, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNimportTargets</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnumImportTargets</SystemItem> resources identify respectively the
+selection target types and number of types supported by a drop
+site. The visual animation effects associated with
+a drop site are also described with DropSite resources.
+</Para>
+<Para>Drop site animation effects that occur in response to the pointer
+entering a valid drop site are called drag-under effects. A receiver
+can select from several animation styles supplied by the toolkit or
+can provide customized animation effects. Drag-under effects supplied
+by the toolkit include border highlighting, shadow in/out drawing,
+and pixmap representation.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a preregister drag protocol style is used, the toolkit generates
+drag-under visual effects based on the value of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNanimationStyle</SystemItem>
+resource. In dynamic mode, if the drop site <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>
+resource is NULL, the toolkit also provides animation effects based on
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNanimationStyle</SystemItem> resource. Otherwise, if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem>
+routine is specified, the receiver can either assume
+responsibility for animation effects (through the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> routine)
+or rely on the toolkit to provide animation.
+An application can either handle all or none of the animation effects
+for a particular drop site.
+That is, an application should never do a partial job of animation
+on a particular drop site.
+</Para>
+<Para>Drop sites may overlap. The initial stacking order corresponds to the
+order in which the drop sites were registered. When a drop site
+overlaps another drop site, the drag-under effects of the
+drop site underneath are clipped by the obscuring drop site(s).
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Function>XmDropSiteUpdate</Function> routine sets resources for a widget
+that is registered as a drop site. <Function>XmDropSiteRetrieve</Function> gets drop
+site resource values previously specified for a registered widget. These
+routines are used instead of <Function>XtSetValues</Function> and <Function>XtGetValues</Function>.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>XmDropSite does not inherit from any widget class.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the
+programmer to specify data. To reference a resource by name
+or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem>
+prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix
+and use the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include
+any underscores between words). The codes in the access column
+indicate if the given resource can be set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XmDropSiteUpdate</Function> (S), retrieved by using
+<Function>XmDropSiteRetrieve</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmDropSite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNanimationMask</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAnimationMask</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNanimationPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAnimationPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNanimationPixmapDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAnimationPixmapDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNanimationStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAnimationStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDRAG_UNDER_HIGHLIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdragProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDragProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdropProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDropProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdropRectangles</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDropRectangles</Entry>
+<Entry>XRectangle *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdropSiteActivity</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDropSiteActivity</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDROP_SITE_ACTIVE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdropSiteOperations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDropSiteOperations</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDROP_MOVE | XmDROP_COPY</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdropSiteType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDropSiteType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDROP_SITE_SIMPLE</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNimportTargets</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCImportTargets</Entry>
+<Entry>Atom *</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumDropRectangles</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNumDropRectangles</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumImportTargets</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNumImportTargets</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNanimationMask</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a mask to use with the pixmap specified
+by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNanimationPixmap</SystemItem> when the animation style is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_UNDER_PIXMAP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNanimationPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pixmap for drag-under animation when the
+animation style is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_UNDER_PIXMAP</SystemItem>. The pixmap
+is drawn with its origin at the upper left corner of the
+bounding box of the drop site. If the drop site window
+is larger than the animation pixmap, the portion of the
+window not covered by the pixmap will be tiled with the
+window's background color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNanimationPixmapDepth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the depth of the pixmap specified by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNanimationPixmap</SystemItem> resource. When the depth is 1, the
+colors are taken from the foreground and background of the
+drop site widget. For any other value, drop site animation
+occurs only if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNanimationPixmapDepth</SystemItem> matches the
+depth of the drop site window. Colors are derived from the
+current colormap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNanimationStyle</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the drag-under animation style used when a drag enters
+a valid drop site. The possible values are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_UNDER_HIGHLIGHT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The drop site uses highlighting effects.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_UNDER_SHADOW_OUT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The drop site uses an outset shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_UNDER_SHADOW_IN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The drop site uses an inset shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_UNDER_PIXMAP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The drop site uses the pixmap specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNanimationPixmap</SystemItem>
+to indicate that it can receive the drop.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDRAG_UNDER_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The drop site does not use animation effects. A client
+using a dynamic protocol, may provide drag-under
+effects in its <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> routine.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the procedure that is invoked when the drop site
+receives a crossing, motion, or operation changed message. This
+procedure is called only when a dynamic protocol is used.
+The type of structure whose address is passed to this
+procedure is <StructName Role="typedef">XmDragProcCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason sent to the procedure is one of
+the following:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DROP_SITE_ENTER_MESSAGE</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DROP_SITE_LEAVE_MESSAGE</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DRAG_MOTION</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OPERATION_CHANGED</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>The drag procedure may change the values of some members of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDragProcCallbackStruct</StructName> passed to it.
+After the drag procedure returns, the toolkit uses the final values in
+initializing some members of the callback structure passed to the
+appropriate callbacks of the initiator (the DragContext's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteEnterCallback</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteLeaveCallback</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragMotionCallback</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoperationChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the procedure that is invoked when a drop
+(excluding a cancel or interrupt action) occurs
+on a drop site regardless of the status of the drop site. The
+type of the structure whose address is passed to this procedure
+is <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName>. The reason
+sent to the procedure is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DROP_MESSAGE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The drop procedure may change the values of some members of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> passed to it.
+After the drop procedure returns, the toolkit uses the final values in
+initializing some members of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropStartCallbackStruct</StructName> passed
+to the initiator's drop start callbacks (the DragContext's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropStartCallback</SystemItem> callbacks).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropRectangles</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of rectangles that describe the shape of a
+drop site. The locations of the rectangles are relative to the
+origin of the enclosing object. When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropRectangles</SystemItem>
+is NULL,
+the drop site is assumed to be the sensitive area of
+the enclosing widget. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_COMPOSITE</SystemItem>, this resource cannot be specified by
+the application.
+</Para>
+<Para>Retrieving this resource returns allocated memory that needs to be
+freed with the <Function>XtFree</Function> function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteActivity</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether a drop site is active or inactive. The values
+are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_ACTIVE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_INACTIVE</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_IGNORE</SystemItem>.
+An
+active drop site can receive a drop, whereas an inactive drop
+site is dormant. An inactive drop site is treated as if it was
+not a registered drop site and any drag-under visuals associated
+with entering or leaving the drop site do not occur. However, it
+is still used for clipping drag-under effects.
+A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_IGNORE</SystemItem> indicates that a drop site should
+be ignored for all purposes.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteOperations</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the set of valid operations associated with a drop site.
+This resource is a bit mask that is formed by combining one or
+more of the following values using a bitwise operation such as
+inclusive OR (|):
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_COPY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_LINK</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_MOVE</SystemItem>.
+The value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem> for this resource indicates that no
+operations are valid.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of the drop site. The possible values are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_SIMPLE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget does not have any additional children that
+are registered as drop sites.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_COMPOSITE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget will have children that are registered as drop
+sites.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNimportTargets</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of target atoms that this drop site accepts.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnumDropRectangles</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of rectangles in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropRectangles</SystemItem>
+list. If the drop site type is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_COMPOSITE</SystemItem>, this resource
+can not be specified by the application.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnumImportTargets</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of atoms in the target atom list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> routine when the drop site receives
+crossing, motion, or operation changed messages:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">timeStamp</Symbol>;
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">dragContext</Symbol>;
+        Position <Emphasis>x</Emphasis>;
+        Position <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">dropSiteStatus</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>;
+        Boolean <Symbol Role="Variable">animate</Symbol>;
+} XmDragProcCallbackStruct, *XmDragProcCallback;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>timeStamp</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the timestamp of the logical event.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">dragContext</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the DragContext widget associated with
+the transaction.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the x-coordinate of the pointer relative
+to the drop site.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the y-coordinate of the pointer relative
+to the drop site.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that indicates whether or not a drop site is valid.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DROP_SITE_ENTER_MESSAGE</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OPERATION_CHANGED</SystemItem>,
+or
+<Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DRAG_MOTION</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DROP_SITE_LEAVE_MESSAGE</SystemItem> and
+the pointer is not in the same drop site as on the previous invocation
+of the drag procedure,
+the toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_VALID</SystemItem>
+if the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> and the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNimportTargets</SystemItem> are compatible and if the initial value of the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> member is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, the toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_INVALID</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DRAG_MOTION</SystemItem>
+or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DROP_SITE_LEAVE_MESSAGE</SystemItem> and the pointer is within the same
+drop site as on the previous invocation of the drag procedure, the
+toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to the value of
+<Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> at the time the previous invocation of the drag
+procedure returns.
+</Para>
+<Para>The drag procedure may change the value of this member.
+After the drag procedure returns, the toolkit uses the final value in
+initializing the <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> member of the callback struct
+passed to the appropriate callbacks of the initiator.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that identifies an operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>The toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> by selecting an operation
+from the bitwise AND of the initial value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> member
+and the value of the DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+The toolkit searches this set first for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_MOVE</SystemItem>, then for
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_COPY</SystemItem>, then for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_LINK</SystemItem>, and initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the first operation it finds in the set.
+If the toolkit finds none of these operations in the set, it initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The drag procedure may change the value of this member.
+After the drag procedure returns, the toolkit uses the final value in
+initializing the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> member of the callback struct
+passed to the appropriate callbacks of the initiator.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that indicates the set of operations supported for the
+source data.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the user does not select an operation (by pressing a modifier key),
+the toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the value of the
+DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+If the user does select an operation, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the bitwise AND of the corresponding operation and
+the value of the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+If the resulting set of operations is empty, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The drag procedure may change the value of this member.
+After the drag procedure returns, the toolkit uses the final value in
+initializing the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> member of the callback struct
+passed to the appropriate callbacks of the initiator.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">animate</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An OUT member that indicates whether the toolkit or
+the receiver client provides drag-under effects for a valid
+drop site. If <Symbol Role="Variable">animate</Symbol> is set to True, the toolkit provides
+drop site animation per the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNanimationStyle</SystemItem>
+resource value; if it is set to False,
+the receiver generates drag-under animation effects.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem>
+routine when the drop site receives a drop message:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">timeStamp</Symbol>;
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">dragContext</Symbol>;
+        Position <Emphasis>x</Emphasis>;
+        Position <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">dropSiteStatus</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">dropAction</Symbol>;
+} XmDropProcCallbackStruct, *XmDropProcCallback;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>timeStamp</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the timestamp of the logical event.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">dragContext</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the DragContext widget associated with the
+transaction.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the x-coordinate of the pointer relative to the
+drop site.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the y-coordinate of the pointer relative to the
+drop site.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that indicates whether or not a drop site is valid.
+</Para>
+<Para>The toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_VALID</SystemItem>
+if the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> and the DropSite's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNimportTargets</SystemItem> are compatible and if the initial value of the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> member is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, the toolkit initializes <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_INVALID</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The drop procedure may change the value of this member.
+After the drop procedure returns, the toolkit uses the final value in
+initializing the <Literal>dropSiteStatus</Literal> member of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDropStartCallbackStruct</StructName> passed to the initiator's drop start
+callbacks (the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropStartCallback</SystemItem> callbacks).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that identifies an operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>The toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> by selecting an operation
+from the bitwise AND of the initial value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> member
+and the value of the DropSite's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+The toolkit searches this set first for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_MOVE</SystemItem>, then for
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_COPY</SystemItem>, then for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_LINK</SystemItem>, and initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to the first operation it finds in the set.
+If it finds none of these operations in the set, it initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The drop procedure may change the value of this member.
+After the drop procedure returns, the toolkit uses the final value in
+initializing the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> member of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDropStartCallbackStruct</StructName> passed to the initiator's drop start
+callbacks (the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropStartCallback</SystemItem> callbacks).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that indicates the set of operations supported for the
+source data.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the user does not select an operation (by pressing a modifier key),
+the toolkit initializes <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the value of the
+DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+If the user does select an operation, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to the bitwise AND of the corresponding operation and
+the value of the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragOperations</SystemItem> resource.
+If the resulting set of operations is empty, the toolkit initializes
+<Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_NOOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The drop procedure may change the value of this member.
+After the drop procedure returns, the toolkit uses the final value in
+initializing the <Symbol Role="Variable">operations</Symbol> member of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDropStartCallbackStruct</StructName> passed to the initiator's drop start
+callbacks (the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropStartCallback</SystemItem> callbacks).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>dropAction</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that identifies the action associated with the drop.
+The possible values are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A drop was attempted. If the drop site is valid, drop transfer
+handling proceeds.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_HELP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The user has requested help on the drop site.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The drop procedure may change the value of this member.
+After the drop procedure returns, the toolkit uses the final value in
+initializing the <Literal>dropAction</Literal> member of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDropStartCallbackStruct</StructName> passed to the initiator's drop start
+callbacks (the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropStartCallback</SystemItem> callbacks).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDragContext;,
+&cdeman.XmDragIcon;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteEndUpdate;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteRegister;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteStartUpdate;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteUpdate;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteUnregister;,
+&cdeman.XmDropTransfer;, and
+&cdeman.XmTargetsAreCompatible;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d511ee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DropSitC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:40:57 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN212.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that
+reorders a stack of widgets that are registered drop sites
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDropSiteConfigureStack\\%ingOrder</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDropSiteConfigureStack\\%ingOrder</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, sibling, stack_mode</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>sibling</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>stack_mode</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder</Function> changes the stacking
+order of the drop site specified by <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>. The stacking
+order controls the manner in which drag-under effects are
+clipped by overlapping siblings, regardless of whether they are
+active. The stack mode is relative either to the entire stack,
+or to another drop site within the stack. The stack order can
+be modified only if the drop
+sites are siblings in both the widget and drop site hierarchy, and
+the widget parent of the drop sites is registered
+as a composite drop site.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the drop site to be restacked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">sibling</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a sibling drop site for stacking operations. If specified,
+then <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> is restacked relative to this drop site's stack position.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">stack_mode</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the new stack position for the specified widget.
+The values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmABOVE</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBELOW</SystemItem>. If a sibling is specified,
+then <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> is restacked as follows:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmABOVE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget is placed just above the sibling.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBELOW</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget is placed just below the sibling.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>If the <Symbol Role="Variable">sibling</Symbol> parameter is not specified, then <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>
+is restacked as follows:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmABOVE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget is placed at the top of the stack.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBELOW</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget is placed at the bottom of the stack.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DropSite and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDropSite;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDropSite;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteRetrieve;, and
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..cf0d755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DropSitE.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:41:07 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN213.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDropSiteEndUpdate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDropSiteEndUpdate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that facilitates
+processing updates to multiple drop sites
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDropSiteEndUpdate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDropSiteEndUpdate</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmDropSiteEndUpdate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDropSiteEndUpdate</Function> is used in conjunction with
+<Function>XmDropSiteStartUpdate</Function> to process updates to
+multiple drop sites within the same hierarchy. <Function>XmDropSiteStartUpdate</Function>
+and <Function>XmDropSiteEndUpdate</Function> signal the beginning and
+the end respectively of a series of calls to <Function>XmDropSiteUpdate</Function>.
+Calls to <Function>XmDropSiteStartUpdate</Function> and <Function>XmDropSiteEndUpdate</Function> can
+be recursively stacked. Using these routines optimizes the processing
+of update information.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of any widget within a given hierarchy. The function
+uses this widget to identify the shell that contains the drop sites.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DropSite and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDropSite;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDropSiteStartUpdate; and
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteUpdate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitQ.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitQ.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..57b14e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitQ.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DropSitQ.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:41:18 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN214.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that
+returns the parent, a list of children, and the number of children
+for a specified widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDropSiteQueryStacking\\%Order</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDropSiteQueryStacking\\%Order</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Status <Function>XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, parent_return, child_returns,
+num_child_returns</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget *<Parameter>parent_return</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget **<Parameter>child_returns</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal *<Parameter>num_child_returns</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder</Function> obtains the parent, a list of
+children registered as drop sites, and the number of children registered
+as drop sites for a given widget. The children are listed in current
+stacking order, from bottom-most (first child) to the top-most (last
+child).
+<!-- Delete this next line after the AES becomes unfrozen.-->This function allocates memory for the returned data that
+must be freed by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID. For this widget, you obtain the list
+of its children, its parent, and the number of children.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID of the drop site parent of the
+specified widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">child_returns</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns a pointer to the list of drop site children associated with
+the specified widget.
+The function allocates memory to hold the list.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_child_returns</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the number of drop site children for the specified widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DropSite and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDropSite;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns 0 (zero) if the routine fails; returns a nonzero
+value if it succeeds.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDropSite; and
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitT.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitT.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..88dfbc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitT.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DropSitT.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:41:28 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN215.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDropSiteRegister</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDropSiteRegister</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that identifies
+a drop site and assigns resources that specify its behavior
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDropSiteRegister</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDropSiteRegister</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>register functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDropSiteRegister</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmDropSiteRegister</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDropSiteRegister</Function> identifies the specified widget or
+gadget as a drop site and sets resource values that define
+the drop site's behavior. The routine assigns default values
+to any resources that are not specified in the argument list.
+The toolkit generates a warning message if a drop site is
+registered with <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteActivity</SystemItem> set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_ACTIVE</SystemItem> and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> resource
+is NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the drop site is a descendant of a widget that is registered
+as a drop site, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropSiteType</SystemItem> resource of the ancestor
+drop site must be specified as <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_COMPOSITE</SystemItem>. The
+ancestor must be registered before the descendant. The drop site
+is stacked above all other sibling drop sites already registered.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget to be registered.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument
+list (<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DropSite and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDropSite;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDisplay;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSite;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteEndUpdate;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteStartUpdate;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteUpdate;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteUnregister;, and
+&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitU.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitU.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..788f2c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitU.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DropSitU.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:41:38 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN216.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDropSiteRegistered</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDropSiteRegistered</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that determines if a drop site has been registered
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDropSiteRegistered</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDropSiteRegistered</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>register functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDropSiteRegistered</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmDropSiteRegistered</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDropSiteRegistered</Function> determines if the specified widget has a
+drop site registered. If a drop site is registered, this function returns
+True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget being queried.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DropSite and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDropSite;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>If the widget is not a registered drop site, this function returns
+False. Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDisplay;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSite;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteEndUpdate;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteStartUpdate;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteUpdate;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteUnregister;, and
+&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitV.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitV.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..741ae1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitV.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DropSitV.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:41:48 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN217.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDropSiteRetrieve</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDropSiteRetrieve</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that retrieves
+resource values set on a drop site
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDropSiteRetrieve</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDropSiteRetrieve</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmDropSiteRetrieve</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDropSiteRetrieve</Function> extracts values for the given
+resources from the drop site specified by <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>.
+An initiator can also obtain information about the current drop
+site by passing the associated DragContext widget as the <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>
+parameter to this routine. The initiator can retrieve all
+of the drop site resources except <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragProc</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> using this method.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget that encloses the drop site.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument
+list (<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DropSite and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDropSite;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDropSite; and
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteUpdate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitW.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitW.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..dc56928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitW.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DropSitW.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 20:41:58 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN218.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDropSiteStartUpdate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDropSiteStartUpdate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that
+facilitates processing updates to multiple drop sites
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDropSiteStartUpdate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDropSiteStartUpdate</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmDropSiteStartUpdate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDropSiteStartUpdate</Function> is used in conjunction with
+<Function>XmDropSiteEndUpdate</Function> to process updates to multiple
+drop sites within the same shell widget. <Function>XmDropSiteStartUpdate</Function>
+and <Function>XmDropSiteEndUpdate</Function> signal the beginning and the end
+respectively of a series of calls to <Function>XmDropSiteUpdate</Function>. Calls to
+<Function>XmDropSiteStartUpdate</Function> and <Function>XmDropSiteEndUpdate</Function> can be
+recursively stacked. Using these routines optimizes the processing
+of update information.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of any widget within a given hierarchy. The function
+uses this widget to identify the shell that contains the drop sites.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DropSite and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDropSite;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDropSite;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteEndUpdate;, and
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteUpdate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitX.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitX.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8106c71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitX.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DropSitX.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:42:08 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN219.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDropSiteUnregister</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDropSiteUnregister</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that
+frees drop site information
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDropSiteUnregister</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDropSiteUnregister</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmDropSiteUnregister</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDropSiteUnregister</Function> informs the toolkit that the specified
+widget is no longer a registered drop site. The function frees all
+associated drop site information.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget, registered as a drop site,
+that is to be unregistered
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DropSite and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDropSite;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDropSite; and
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteRegister;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitY.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitY.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..528a8f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropSitY.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DropSitY.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:42:18 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN220.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDropSiteUpdate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDropSiteUpdate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that sets
+resource values for a drop site
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDropSiteUpdate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDropSiteUpdate</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmDropSiteUpdate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDropSiteUpdate</Function> modifies drop site resources associated with
+the specified widget. This routine updates the drop site resources
+specified in the <Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget registered as a drop site
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument
+list (<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DropSite and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDropSite;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDropSite;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteEndUpdate;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteRegister;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteStartUpdate;, and
+&cdeman.XmDropSiteUnregister;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropTrA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropTrA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f7eb173
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropTrA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DropTrA.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 20:42:28 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN221.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDropTransfer</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmDropTransfer</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The DropTransfer widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDropSite</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>DropTransfer</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1991, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1991 by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>DropTransfer provides a set of resources that identifies
+the procedures and associated information required by the
+toolkit in order to process and complete a drop transaction.
+Clients should not explicitly create a DropTransfer widget.
+Instead, a client initiates a transfer by calling
+<Function>XmDropTransferStart</Function>, which initializes and returns a
+DropTransfer widget. If this function is called within an
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> callback, the actual transfers are initiated
+after the callback returns. Even if no data needs to be transferred,
+<Function>XmDropTransferStart</Function> needs to be called (typically with
+no arguments, or just setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtransferStatus</SystemItem>) to finish
+the drag and drop transaction.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropTransfers</SystemItem> resource specifies a transfer
+list that describes the requested target types for the source
+data. A transfer list is an array of <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropTransferEntryRec</StructName>
+structures, each of which identifies a target type. The
+transfer list is analogous to the MULTIPLE selections capability
+defined in the <Emphasis>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</Emphasis>
+(ICCCM).
+</Para>
+<Para>The DropTransfer resource, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtransferProc</SystemItem>, specifies a
+transfer procedure of type XtSelectionCallbackProc that
+delivers the requested selection data. This procedure operates
+in conjunction with the underlying Xt selection capabilities and
+is called for each target in the transfer list. Additional target
+types can be requested after a transfer is initiated by calling
+the <Function>XmDropTransferAdd</Function> function.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Structures</Title>
+<Para>An <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropTransferEntry</StructName> is a pointer to the following structure of
+type <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropTransferEntryRec</StructName>, which identifies a selection
+target associated with a given drop transaction:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        XtPointer       <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol><Literal>;
+        Atom</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol><Literal>;
+} XmDropTransferEntryRec, *XmDropTransferEntry;</Literal></Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies any additional information required
+by this selection target
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a selection target associated with the drop
+operation
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>DropTransfer inherits behavior and a resource from <Classname>Object</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmDropTransferObjectClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmDropTransfer</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the
+programmer to specify data. The programmer can also set the
+resource values for the inherited classes to set attributes for
+this widget. To reference a resource by name or by class in
+a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined values for a
+resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include
+any underscores between words). The codes in the access column
+indicate if the given resource can be set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S), retrieved by using
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmDropTransfer Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdropTransfers</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDropTransfers</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDropTransferEntryRec *</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNincremental</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIncremental</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumDropTransfers</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNumDropTransfers</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtransferProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTransferProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtSelectionCallbackProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtransferStatus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTransferStatus</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTRANSFER_SUCCESS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropTransfers</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the address of an array of drop transfer entry records. The
+drop transfer is complete when all the entries in the list have been
+processed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincremental</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the transfer on the
+receiver side uses the Xt incremental selection transfer mechanism
+described in <Emphasis>X Toolkit Intrinsics&mdash;C Language Interface</Emphasis>.
+If the value is True, the receiver uses incremental transfer; if the
+value is False, the receiver uses atomic transfer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnumDropTransfers</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of entries in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropTransfers</SystemItem>. If
+this resource is set to 0 at any time, the transfer is considered
+complete. The value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtransferStatus</SystemItem> determines the
+completion handshaking process.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtransferProc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a procedure of type <Symbol>XtSelectionCallbackProc</Symbol> that
+delivers the requested selection values.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> argument passed to this procedure is the DropTransfer
+widget.
+The selection atom passed is _MOTIF_DROP.
+For additional information on selection callback procedures, see <Emphasis>X
+Toolkit Intrinsics&mdash;C Language Interface</Emphasis>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtransferStatus</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the current status of the drop transfer. The client
+updates this value when the transfer ends and communicates
+the value to the initiator. The possible values are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRANSFER_SUCCESS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The transfer succeeded.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRANSFER_FAILURE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The transfer failed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>DropTransfer inherits behavior and a resource from <Classname>Object</Classname>.
+For a complete description of this resource, refer
+to the <Classname>Object</Classname> reference page.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Object Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Object;,
+&cdeman.XmDisplay;,
+&cdeman.XmDragContext;,
+&cdeman.XmDragIcon;,
+&cdeman.XmDropSite;,
+&cdeman.XmDropTransferAdd;, and
+&cdeman.XmDropTransferStart;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropTrB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropTrB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..caea688
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropTrB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DropTrB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:15:13 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN222.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDropTransferAdd</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDropTransferAdd</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that enables
+additional drop transfer entries to be processed after initiating
+a drop transfer
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDropTransferAdd</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDropTransferAdd</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmDropTransferAdd</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>drop_transfer, transfers, num_transfers</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>drop_transfer</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmDropTransferEntryRec *<Parameter>transfers</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>num_transfers</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDropTransferAdd</Function> identifies a list of additional drop transfer
+entries to be processed after a drop transfer is started.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">drop_transfer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the DropTransfer widget returned by
+<Function>XmDropTransferStart</Function>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">transfers</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the additional drop transfer entries that the receiver
+wants processed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_transfers</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items in the <Symbol Role="Variable">transfers</Symbol> array
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DropTransfer and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDropTransfer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDragContext;,
+&cdeman.XmDropTransfer;, and
+&cdeman.XmDropTransferStart;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropTrC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropTrC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3d838d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/DropTrC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: DropTrC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:42:38 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN223.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmDropTransferStart</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmDropTransferStart</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that initiates a
+drop transfer
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmDropTransferStart</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmDropTransferStart</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmDropTransferStart</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmDropTransferStart</Function> initiates a drop transfer and uses the
+specified argument list to initialize an <Classname>XmDropTransfer</Classname> object.
+The DropTransfer object can be manipulated with <Function>XtSetValues</Function>
+and <Function>XtGetValues</Function> until the last call to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtransferProc</SystemItem>
+procedure is made. After that point, the result of using the
+widget pointer is undefined. The DropTransfer object is freed
+by the toolkit when a transfer is complete.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the DragContext widget associated with the
+transaction
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument
+list (<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DropTransfer and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDropTransfer;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ID of the DropTransfer widget.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDragContext;,
+&cdeman.XmDropTransfer;, and
+&cdeman.XmDropTransferAdd;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FileSelA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FileSelA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4a3dceb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FileSelA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,2192 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FileSelA.sgm /main/12 1996/09/26 14:54:48 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN224.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFileSelectionBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmFileSelectionBox</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The FileSelectionBox widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFileSelectionBox</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>FileSelectionBox</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/FileSB.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>FileSelectionBox traverses
+through directories, views the files and subdirectories in them,
+and then selects files.
+</Para>
+<Para>A FileSelectionBox has five main areas:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A text input field for displaying and editing a directory mask used to
+select the files to be displayed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An optional text input field for displaying and editing a filter mask
+used to select the files to be displayed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A scrollable list of filenames
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A scrollable list of subdirectories
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A text input field for displaying and editing a filename
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A group of PushButtons,
+labeled <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, <Literal>Filter</Literal>, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, and <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+The layout direction of the buttons depends on the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>####Additional children may be added to the FileSelectionBox after
+creation.
+FileSelectionBox inherits the layout functionality provided
+by SelectionBox for any additional children.
+To remove the list of filenames, the list of subdirectories, or both
+from the FileSelectionBox after creation, unmanage the
+appropriate widgets and their labels.
+The list and label widgets are obtained through a call to the
+<Function>XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild</Function> function.
+To remove either the directory list or the file list, unmanage the
+parent of the appropriate list widget and unmanage the corresponding
+label.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user can specify resources in a resource file for the automatically
+created widgets and gadgets of FileSelectionBox. The following list
+identifies the names of these widgets (or gadgets) and the associated
+FileSelectionBox areas:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>FilterLabel</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>FilterText</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Filter Text</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>TextField</Literal></Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Directory List</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>DirList</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Directory List Label</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>Dir</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>DirL</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>Label</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>DirText</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>TextField</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The directory mask is a string specifying the base directory to be
+examined and a search pattern.
+Ordinarily, the directory list displays the subdirectories of the base
+directory, as well as the base directory itself and its parent
+directory.
+The file list ordinarily displays all files and/or subdirectories in the
+base directory that match the search pattern.
+</Para>
+<Para>Optionally, the search pattern mask and the base directory can be
+displayed in two separate text fields. This option is controlled by
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpathMode</SystemItem> resource. Using this alternate
+display does not change the meaning of resources that control the
+content of these fields: <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirMask</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>A procedure specified by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> resource
+extracts the base directory and search pattern from the directory mask.
+If the directory specification is empty, the current working directory
+is used.
+If the search pattern is empty, a pattern that matches all files is
+used.
+</Para>
+<Para>An application can supply its own <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> as well
+as its own procedures to search for subdirectories and files.
+The default <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> works as follows:
+The directory mask is a pathname that can contain zero or more
+<Symbol Role="Variable">wildcard</Symbol> characters in its directory portion, its file portion, or
+both.
+The directory components of the directory mask &mdash; up to, but not
+including, the first component with a wildcard character &mdash; specify the
+directory to be searched, relative to the current working directory.
+The remaining components specify the search pattern.
+If the directory mask is empty or if its first component contains a
+wildcard character, the current working directory is searched.
+If no component of the directory mask contains a wildcard character, the
+entire directory mask is the directory specification, and all files in
+that directory are matched.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user can select a new directory to examine by scrolling through the
+list of directories and selecting the desired directory or by editing
+the directory mask.
+Selecting a new directory from the directory list does not change the
+search pattern.
+A user can select a new search pattern by editing the directory mask
+or, when the FileSelectionBox has the optional <Literal>XmNpathMode
+XmPATH_MODE_RELATIVE</Literal> display, the filter text field.
+Double clicking or pressing <Literal>KActivate</Literal> on a directory in the
+directory list initiates a search for files and subdirectories in the
+new directory, using the current search pattern.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user can select a file by scrolling through the list of filenames
+and selecting the desired file or by entering the filename directly into
+the text edit area.
+Selecting a file from the list causes that filename to appear in the
+file selection text edit area.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user may select a new file as many times as desired.
+The application is not notified until the user takes one of the
+following actions:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Selects the <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol> PushButton
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Presses <Literal>KActivate</Literal> while the selection text edit area has the
+keyboard focus
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Double clicks or presses <Literal>KActivate</Literal> on an item in the file list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>FileSelectionBox initiates a directory and file search when any of the
+following occurs:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The FileSelectionBox is initialized
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function <Function>XtSetValues</Function> is used to change <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirMask</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileTypeMask</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The user activates the <Literal>Filter</Literal> PushButton
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The user double clicks or presses <Literal>KActivate</Literal> on an item in the
+directory list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The application calls <Function>XmFileSelectionDoSearch</Function>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The user presses <Literal>KActivate</Literal> while the directory mask text edit area
+has the keyboard focus
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>When a file search is initiated, the FileSelectionBox takes the
+following actions:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Constructs an <StructName Role="typedef">XmFileSelectionBoxCallbackStruct</StructName> structure with
+values appropriate for the action that initiated the search
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> with the callback structure as
+the data input argument
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectoryValid</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistUpdated</SystemItem> to False
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSearchProc</SystemItem> with the qualified data returned by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectoryValid</SystemItem> is True, the FileSelectionBox takes the
+following additional actions:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistUpdated</SystemItem> to False
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileSearchProc</SystemItem> with the qualified data returned by
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> (and possibly modified by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSearchProc</SystemItem>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistUpdated</SystemItem> is True and the file list is empty, displays the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoMatchString</SystemItem> in the file list and clears the selection text
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSpec</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistUpdated</SystemItem> is True and the file list is not empty, sets the
+selection text and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSpec</SystemItem> to the qualified <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol> returned
+by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> (and possibly modified by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSearchProc</SystemItem>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets the directory mask text and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirMask</SystemItem> to the qualified
+<Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol> returned by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> (and possibly
+modified by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSearchProc</SystemItem>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem> to the qualified <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol> returned by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> (and possibly modified by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSearchProc</SystemItem>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem> to the qualified <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol> returned by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> (and possibly modified by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSearchProc</SystemItem>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>FileSelectionBox uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Data Transfer Behavior</Title>
+<Para>Child widgets of a FileSelectionBox support the data transfer operations
+and targets associated with their widget classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>In addition, if the source of a data transfer is the directory list and
+if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSearchProc</SystemItem> has its default value, the directory list
+supports the <Symbol Role="Define">FILE</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Define">FILE_NAME</Symbol> targets.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the source of a data transfer is the file list and if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileSearchProc</SystemItem> has its default value, the file list supports
+the <Symbol Role="Define">FILE</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Define">FILE_NAME</Symbol> targets.
+</Para>
+<Para>In either case, FileSelectionBox adds an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem>
+procedure to the appropriate list.
+This procedure adds <Symbol Role="Define">FILE</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Define">FILE_NAME</Symbol> to the <Symbol Role="Define">TARGETS</Symbol>
+returned by the list.
+It treats requests for conversion of a selection to <Symbol Role="Define">FILE</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Define">FILE_NAME</Symbol> exactly like requests for conversion to <Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If an application changes <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSearchProc</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileSearchProc</SystemItem> and wants to support the <Symbol Role="Define">FILE</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Define">FILE_NAME</Symbol> targets on the corresponding list, it must provide
+support itself by adding a procedure to the list's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> list.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Descendants</Title>
+<Para>FileSelectionBox automatically creates the descendants shown in the
+following table.
+An application can use <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> to gain access
+to the named descendant. In addition, a user or an application
+can use the named descendant when specifying resource values.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Named Descendant</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Identity</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>=</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Apply</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Apply button</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Cancel</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Cancel button</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Dir</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">title above list of directories</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>DirList</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmList</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">list of directories</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>DirListSW</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmScrolledWindow</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">ScrolledWindow parent of <Literal>DirList</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>FilterLabel</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">title above filter box</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>FilterText</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmText</Classname> or <Classname>XmTextField</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">text within filter box</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Help</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Help button</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Items</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">title above list of filenames</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>ItemsList</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmList</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">list of filenames</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>ItemsListSW</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmScrolledWindow</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">ScrolledWindow parent of <Literal>ItemsList</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">OK button</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Selection</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">title above selection box</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Separator</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmSeparatorGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">optional dividing line</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Text</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Classname>XmText</Classname> or <Classname>XmTextField</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>text within selection box</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>FileSelectionBox inherits behavior,
+resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>, <Classname>Composite</Classname>,
+<Classname>Constraint</Classname>, <Classname>XmManager</Classname>,
+<Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname>, and <Classname>XmSelectionBox</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmFileSelectionBoxWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmFileSelectionBox</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmFileSelectionBox Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdirectory</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDirectory</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdirectoryValid</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDirectoryValid</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdirListItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDirListItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdirListItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDirListItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdirListLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDirListLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdirMask</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDirMask</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdirSearchProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDirSearchProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSearchProc</Entry>
+<Entry>default procedure</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdirSpec</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDirSpec</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdirTextLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDirTextLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfileFilterStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFileFilterStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFILTER_NONE</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfileListItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfileListItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfileListLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFileListLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfileSearchProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFileSearchProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSearchProc</Entry>
+<Entry>default procedure</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfileTypeMask</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFileTypeMask</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFILE_REGULAR</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfilterLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFilterLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistUpdated</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCListUpdated</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnoMatchString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNoMatchString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>"&numsp;[&numsp;&numsp;&numsp;&numsp;]&numsp;"</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpathMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPathMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPATH_MODE_FULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpattern</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPattern</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNqualifySearchDataProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCQualifySearchDataProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmQualifyProc</Entry>
+<Entry>default procedure</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the base directory used in combination with <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem>
+in determining the files and directories to be displayed.
+The default value is determined by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem>
+and depends on the initial values of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirMask</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem>.
+If the default is NULL or empty, the current working directory is used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectoryValid</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an attribute that is set only by the directory search
+procedure.
+The value is set to True if the directory passed to the directory search
+procedure can actually be searched.
+If this value is False the file search procedure is not called, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirMask</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem> are not
+changed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirListItems</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the items in the directory list.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> for this resource returns the list items themselves,
+not a copy of the list items.
+The application must not free the returned items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirListItemCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items in the directory list.
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirListLabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the label string of the directory list.
+The default for this resource depends on the locale.
+In the C locale the default is <Literal>Directories</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirMask</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the directory mask used
+in determining the files and directories to be displayed.
+The default value is determined by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem>
+and depends on the initial values of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirMask</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSearchProc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a directory search procedure to replace the default
+directory search procedure.
+FileSelectionBox's default directory search procedure fulfills the needs
+of most applications.
+Because it is impossible to cover the requirements of all applications,
+you can replace the default search procedure.
+</Para>
+<Para>The directory search procedure is called with two arguments:
+the FileSelectionBox widget and a pointer to an
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmFileSelectionBoxCallbackStruct</StructName> structure.
+The callback structure is generated by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> and contains all information required to
+conduct a directory search, including the directory mask and a qualified
+base directory and search pattern.
+Once called, it is up to the search routine to generate a new list of
+directories and update the FileSelectionBox widget by using
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The search procedure must set <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectoryValid</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistUpdated</SystemItem>.
+If it generates a new list of directories, it must also set
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirListItems</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirListItemCount</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the search procedure cannot search the specified directory, it must
+warn the user and set <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectoryValid</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistUpdated</SystemItem>
+to False, unless it prompts and subsequently obtains a valid directory.
+If the directory is valid but is the same as the current
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem>, the search procedure must set
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectoryValid</SystemItem> to True, but it may elect not to generate a new
+list of directories.
+In this case, it must set <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistUpdated</SystemItem> to False.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the search procedure generates a new list of directories, it must set
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirListItems</SystemItem> to the new list of directories and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirListItemCount</SystemItem> to the number of items in the list.
+If there are no directories, it sets <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirListItems</SystemItem> to NULL and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirListItemCount</SystemItem> to 0 (zero).
+In either case, it must set <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectoryValid</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistUpdated</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<Para>The search procedure ordinarily should not change the callback structure.
+But if the original directory is not valid, the search procedure may
+obtain a new directory from the user.
+In this case, it should set the <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol> member of the callback structure
+to the new directory,
+call the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> with the
+callback struct as the input argument, and copy the qualified data
+returned by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> into the callback struct.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSpec</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the full file path specification.
+This is the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextString</SystemItem> resource in SelectionBox, renamed for
+FileSelectionBox.
+The default value is determined by the FileSelectionBox after conducting
+the initial directory and file search.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirTextLabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Uses the specified <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> as the label above the TextField
+directory. The resource takes effect when the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpathMode</SystemItem>
+resource has a value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPATH_MODE_RELATIVE</SystemItem>. It is ignored
+when the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpathMode</SystemItem> resource has a value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPATH_MODE_FULL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileFilterStyle</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether or not the "hidden" files (those whose names begin
+with &period; (period) in POSIX systems) will be listed in the file and
+directory
+scrolling lists (where the default directory search procedure is used).
+The possible values are:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFILTER_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Does not filter hidden files.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFILTER_HIDDEN_FILES</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Restricts the list of possible file names, such as those beginning
+with &period; (period).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileListItems</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the items in the file list.
+This is the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistItems</SystemItem> resource in SelectionBox, renamed for
+FileSelectionBox.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> for this resource returns the list items themselves,
+not a copy of the list items.
+The application must not free the returned items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileListItemCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items in the file list.
+This is the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistItemCount</SystemItem> resource in SelectionBox, renamed for
+FileSelectionBox.
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileListLabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the label string of the file list.
+This is the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistLabelString</SystemItem> resource in SelectionBox, renamed
+for FileSelectionBox.
+The default for this resource depends on the locale.
+In the C locale the default is <Literal>Files</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileSearchProc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a file search procedure to replace the default file search
+procedure.
+FileSelectionBox's default file search procedure fulfills the needs of
+most applications.
+Because it is impossible to cover the requirements of all applications,
+you can replace the default search procedure.
+</Para>
+<Para>The file search procedure is called with two arguments:
+the FileSelectionBox widget and a pointer to an
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmFileSelectionBoxCallbackStruct</StructName> structure.
+The callback structure is generated by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> (and possibly modified by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSearchProc</SystemItem>).
+It contains all information required to conduct a file search, including
+the directory mask and a qualified base directory and search pattern.
+Once this procedure is called,
+it is up to the search routine to generate a new list of
+files and update the FileSelectionBox widget by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The search procedure must set <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistUpdated</SystemItem>.
+If it generates a new list of files, it must also set
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileListItems</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileListItemCount</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>It is recommended that the search procedure always generate a new list of
+files.
+If the <Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol> member of the callback structure is the same as the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol> member of the callback struct in the preceding call to the
+search procedure, the procedure may elect not to generate a new list of
+files.
+In this case it must set <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistUpdated</SystemItem> to False.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the search procedure generates a new list of files, it must set
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileListItems</SystemItem> to the new list of files and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileListItemCount</SystemItem> to the number of items in the list.
+If there are no files, it sets <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileListItems</SystemItem> to NULL and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileListItemCount</SystemItem> to 0 (zero).
+In either case it must set <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistUpdated</SystemItem> to True.
+</Para>
+<Para>In constructing the list of files, the search procedure should include
+only files of the types specified by the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileTypeMask</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSpec</SystemItem> is optional, but recommended.
+Set this attribute to the full file specification of the directory
+searched.
+The directory specification is displayed below the directory and file
+lists.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileTypeMask</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of files listed in the file list.
+The possible values are
+<!--no-op:  .rS--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFILE_REGULAR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Restricts the file list to contain only regular
+files.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFILE_DIRECTORY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Restricts the file list to contain only
+directories.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFILE_ANY_TYPE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the list to contain all file types
+including directories.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfilterLabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the label string for the text entry field for the directory
+mask.
+The default for this resource depends on the locale.
+In the C locale the default is <Literal>Filter</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistUpdated</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an attribute that is set only by the directory and file search
+procedures.
+This resource is set to True if the
+search procedure updated the directory or file list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoMatchString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a string to be displayed in the file list if the list of files
+is empty.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the search pattern used in combination with <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem>
+in determining the files and directories to be displayed.
+The default value is determined by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem>
+and depends on the initial values of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirMask</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem>.
+If the default is NULL or empty, a pattern that matches all files is
+used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpathMode</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether or not an additional text field will be used to
+display and edit the filter. The possible values are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPATH_MODE_FULL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that no additional text field will be used to display
+the filter. There will just be a single text field to display
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirMask</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPATH_MODE_RELATIVE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that there will be two text field displays, one to display
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem> and one to display the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem>. In
+this instance, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfilterLabelString</SystemItem> resource applies to the
+text field for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirTextLabelString</SystemItem> applies to the text
+field for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a search data qualification procedure to replace the default
+data qualification procedure.
+FileSelectionBox's default data qualification procedure fulfills the
+needs of most applications.
+Because it is impossible to cover the requirements of all applications,
+you can replace the default procedure.
+</Para>
+<Para>The data qualification procedure is called to generate a qualified
+directory mask, base directory, and search pattern for use by the
+directory and file search procedures.
+It is called with three arguments:
+the FileSelectionBox widget and pointers to two
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmFileSelectionBoxCallbackStruct</StructName> structures.
+The first callback structure contains the input data.
+The second callback structure contains the output data, to be filled in by
+the data qualification procedure.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the input <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol> members are not NULL, the
+procedure must copy them to the corresponding members of the output
+callback structure.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the input <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol> is NULL, the procedure constructs the
+output <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol> as follows:
+If the input <Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol> member is NULL, the procedure uses the
+widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem> as the output <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol>; otherwise, it
+extracts the output <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol> from the input <Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol>.
+If the resulting output <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol> is empty, the procedure uses
+the current working directory instead.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the input <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol> is NULL, the procedure constructs
+the output <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol> as follows:
+If the input <Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol> member is NULL, the procedure uses the
+widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem> as the output <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol>; otherwise, it
+extracts the output <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol> from the input <Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol>.
+If the resulting output <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol> is empty, the procedure
+uses a pattern that matches all files instead.
+</Para>
+<Para>The data qualification procedure constructs the output <Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol> from
+the output <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol>.
+The procedure must ensure that the output <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol> are fully qualified.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the input <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> member is not NULL, the procedure must copy it
+to the output <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> member; otherwise, the procedure must copy the
+widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSpec</SystemItem> to the output <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The data qualification procedure must calculate the lengths of the
+output <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol> members and
+must fill in the corresponding length members of the output callback
+struct.
+</Para>
+<Para>The data qualification procedure must copy the input <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol> members to the corresponding output members.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The values of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSearchProc</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfileSearchProc</SystemItem>
+are procedure pointers of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmSearchProc</StructName>, defined as
+follows:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>void (* XmSearchProc) (<Symbol Role="Variable">w, search_data</Symbol>)
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">search_data</Symbol>;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The FileSelectionBox widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">search_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Pointer to an <StructName Role="typedef">XmFileSelectionBoxCallbackStruct</StructName> containing
+information for conducting a search
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The value of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem> resource
+is a procedure pointer of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmQualifyProc</StructName>, defined
+as follows:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>void (* XmQualifyProc) (<Symbol Role="Variable">w, input_data, output_data</Symbol>)
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">input_data</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">output_data</Symbol>;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The FileSelectionBox widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">input_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Pointer to an <StructName Role="typedef">XmFileSelectionBoxCallbackStruct</StructName> containing
+input data to be qualified
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">output_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Pointer to an <StructName Role="typedef">XmFileSelectionBoxCallbackStruct</StructName> containing
+output data to be filled in by the qualification procedure
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>FileSelectionBox inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmSelectionBox Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNapplyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNapplyLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCApplyLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCancelLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildPlacement</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCChildPlacement</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPLACE_ABOVE_SELECTION</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDIALOG_FILE_SELECTION</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHelpLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCListLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistVisibleItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisibleItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminimizeButtons</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinimizeButtons</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmustMatch</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMustMatch</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnoMatchCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNokCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNokLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOkLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectionLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectionLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>default</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextColumns</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColumns</Entry>
+<Entry>short</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmBulletinBoard Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowOverlap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowOverlap</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNautoUnmanage</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAutoUnmanage</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>Cancel button</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>OK button</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfocusCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnoResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNoResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCResizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRESIZE_ANY</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSHADOW_OUT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>;
+        XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">mask_length</Symbol>;
+        XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">dir_length</Symbol>;
+        XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern_length</Symbol>;
+} XmFileSelectionBoxCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the current value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirSpec</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bytes in <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>
+This member is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+earlier releases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the current value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirMask</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mask_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bytes in <Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol>
+This member is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+earlier releases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the current base directory
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">dir_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bytes in <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol>
+This member is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+earlier releases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the current search pattern
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">pattern_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bytes in <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol>
+This member is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+earlier releases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmFileSelectionBox -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>XmFileSelectionBox inherits translations from XmSelectionBox.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Accelerators</Title>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextAccelerators</SystemItem> from XmSelectionBox are added to the
+selection and directory mask (filter) Text descendants of
+XmFileSelectionBox.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The XmFileSelectionBox action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>SelectionBoxUpOrDown(<Symbol Role="Define">Previous|Next|First|Last</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If neither the selection text nor the directory mask (filter) text has
+the focus, this action does nothing.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the selection text has the focus, the term <Symbol Role="Variable">list</Symbol> in the
+following description refers to the file list, and the term <Emphasis>text</Emphasis>
+refers to the selection text.
+If the directory mask text has the focus, <Symbol Role="Variable">list</Symbol> refers to the
+directory list, and <Emphasis>text</Emphasis> refers to the directory mask text.
+</Para>
+<Para>When called with an argument of <Literal>Previous</Literal>, or 0 (zero) for
+compatibility, this action
+selects the previous item in the
+list and replaces the text with that item.
+</Para>
+<Para>When called with an argument of <Literal>Next</Literal>, or 1 for
+compatibility, this action
+selects the next item in the
+list and replaces the text with that item.
+</Para>
+<Para>When called with an argument of <Literal>First</Literal>, or 2 for
+compatibility, this action
+selects the first item in the
+list and replaces the text with that item.
+</Para>
+<Para>When called with an argument of <Literal>Last</Literal>, or 3 for
+compatibility, this action
+selects the last item in the
+list and replaces the text with that item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>SelectionBoxRestore()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If neither the selection text nor the directory mask (filter) text has
+the focus, this action does nothing.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the selection text has the focus, this action
+replaces the selection text with
+the selected item in the file list.
+If no item in the file list is selected, it clears the selection text.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the directory mask text has the focus, this action
+replaces the directory mask
+text with a new directory mask constructed from the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdirectory</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem> resources.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>The FileSelectionBox widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the activate callbacks for the cancel button if it is sensitive.
+If no cancel button exists and the parent of the FileSelectionBox is a manager,
+it passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>&ensp;in&ensp;Selection&ensp;Text:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the selection text widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmustMatch</SystemItem> is True and the selection text does not match an
+item in the file list, it calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoMatchCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks with
+reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_NO_MATCH</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, it calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNokCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>&ensp;in&ensp;Directory&ensp;Mask&ensp;Text:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the directory mask text widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks,
+initiates a directory and file search, and
+calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNapplyCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_APPLY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>&ensp;or&ensp;<KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>&ensp;in&ensp;Directory&ensp;List:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the directory list widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultActionCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks,
+initiates a directory and file search,
+and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNapplyCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_APPLY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>&ensp;or&ensp;<KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>&ensp;in&ensp;File&ensp;List:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the file list widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultActionCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks and
+calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNokCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>&ensp;in&ensp;Directory&ensp;List:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Generates a new directory mask, using the selected list item as the
+directory and the pattern extracted from the current directory mask text
+as the search pattern.
+If the search pattern is empty, it uses a pattern that matches all files in
+the directory.
+Replaces the directory mask text with the new directory mask.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>&ensp;in&ensp;File&ensp;List:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Replaces the selection text with the selected list item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym> in File List:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Drags the content of one or more selected list items using the drag
+and drop facility. If <Literal>&lt;Btn2Down</Literal> is pressed on an unselected item,
+drags only that item, excluding any other selected items.
+</Para>
+<Para>This action sets the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertProc</SystemItem> of the DragContext to a
+function that calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures of the file
+list, possibly multiple times, for the <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property> selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym> in Directory List:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Drags the content of one or more selected list items using the drag
+and drop facility. If <Literal>&lt;Btn2Down</Literal> is pressed on an unselected item,
+it drags only that item, excluding any other selected items.
+</Para>
+<Para>This action sets the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertProc</SystemItem> of the DragContext to a
+function that calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures of the
+directory list, possibly multiple times, for the <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>
+selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Apply&ensp;Button&ensp;Activated</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Initiates a directory and file search.
+Calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNapplyCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_APPLY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>OK&ensp;Button&ensp;Activated</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmustMatch</SystemItem> is True and the selection text does not match an
+item in the file list, calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoMatchCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with
+reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_NO_MATCH</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNokCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Cancel&ensp;Button&ensp;Activated</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcancelCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_CANCEL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Help&ensp;Button&ensp;Activated</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_HELP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If no button, list widget, or text widget has the keyboard focus,
+if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmustMatch</SystemItem> is True and the selection text does not match an
+item in the file list, it calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoMatchCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with
+reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_NO_MATCH</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, it calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNokCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;,
+&cdeman.Constraint;,
+&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmBulletinBoard;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateFileSelectionBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateFileSelectionDialog;,
+&cdeman.XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild;,
+&cdeman.XmFileSelectionDoSearch;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;, and
+&cdeman.XmSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FileSelB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FileSelB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6a56f59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FileSelB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FileSelB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:43:02 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN225.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A FileSelectionBox function used to access a component
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>FileSelectionBox functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/FileSB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, child</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>child</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild</Function> is used to access a component within a
+FileSelectionBox. The parameters given to the function are the
+FileSelectionBox widget and a value indicating which component to access.
+</Para>
+<Para>NOTE: This routine is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. Instead of calling <Function>XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild</Function>, you should
+call <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> as described in the &cdeman.XmFileSelectionBox;
+reference page.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the FileSelectionBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">child</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a component within the FileSelectionBox. The following are legal
+values for this parameter:
+<!--no-op:  .rS--></Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_APPLY_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_CANCEL_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_DEFAULT_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_DIR_LIST</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_DIR_LIST_LABEL</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_FILTER_LABEL</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_FILTER_TEXT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_HELP_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_LIST</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_LIST_LABEL</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_OK_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_SELECTION_LABEL</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_SEPARATOR</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_TEXT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_WORK_AREA</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of FileSelectionBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmFileSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID of the specified FileSelectionBox component.
+An application should not assume that the returned widget will be of any
+particular class.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFileSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FileSelC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FileSelC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3e045a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FileSelC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FileSelC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:17:19 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN226.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFileSelectionDoSearch</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFileSelectionDoSearch</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A FileSelectionBox function that initiates a directory search
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFileSelectionDoSearch</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>FileSelectionBox functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFileSelectionDoSearch</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/FileSB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmFileSelectionDoSearch</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, dirmask</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>dirmask</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFileSelectionDoSearch</Function> initiates a directory and file search in a
+FileSelectionBox widget.
+For a description of the actions that the FileSelectionBox takes when
+doing a search, see &cdeman.XmFileSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the FileSelectionBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">dirmask</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the directory mask used in determining the directories and
+files displayed in the FileSelectionBox lists.
+This value is used as the <Symbol Role="Variable">mask</Symbol> member of the input data
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmFileSelectionBoxCallbackStruct</StructName> structure passed to the
+FileSelectionBox's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNqualifySearchDataProc</SystemItem>.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">dir</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern</Symbol> members of that structure are NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of FileSelectionBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmFileSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFileSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontList.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontList.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2ea793b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontList.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontList.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:43:12 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN227.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontList</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmFontList</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Data type for a font list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontList</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>data types</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontList</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmFontList</StructName> is the data type for a font list. A font list
+consists of font list entries. Each entry contains a font or a
+font set (a group of fonts) and is identified with a tag,
+which is optional. If this tag is
+NULL, the tag
+is set to <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG_STRING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a compound string is displayed, the font list element tag of the
+compound string segment is matched with a font list entry tag in
+the font list and the matching font list entry is used to display
+the compound string. A font list entry is chosen as follows:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The first font list entry whose tag matches the tag of the compound
+string segment is used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If no match has been found and if the tag of the compound string
+segment is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>, the first font list
+entry whose tag matches the tag that would result from creating
+an entry with <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DEFAULT_CHARSET</SystemItem> is used.
+For example, if creating an entry with <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DEFAULT_CHARSET</SystemItem>
+would result in the tag <Literal>ISO8859-1</Literal>, the compound string segment
+tag <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem> matches the font list entry tag
+<Literal>ISO8859-1</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If no match has been found and if the tag of the compound string
+segment matches the tag that would result from creating a segment
+with <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DEFAULT_CHARSET</SystemItem>, the first font list entry
+whose tag is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem> is used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If no match has been found, the first entry in the font list is
+used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>The font list interface consists of the routines listed
+in <Literal>Related Information</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Font lists are specified in resource files with the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis><Symbol Role="Variable">resource_spec</Symbol><Literal>:</Literal>  <Symbol Role="Variable">font_entry</Symbol> [, <Symbol Role="Variable">font_entry</Symbol> ]+
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>The resource value string consists of one or more font list entries
+separated by commas. Each <Symbol Role="Variable">font_entry</Symbol> identifies a font or
+font set and an optional font list entry tag. A tag specified for a
+single font follows the font name and is separated
+by = (equals sign); otherwise,
+in a font set the tag is separated by a colon. The colon is required
+whether a tag is specified or not. A font entry uses the following
+syntax to specify a single font:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis><Symbol Role="Variable">font_name</Symbol> [ '=' <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> ]
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>For example, the following entry specifies a 10 point Times Italic font
+without a font list entry tag;
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>*fontList:  -Adobe-Times-Medium-I-Normal--10*
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>A font entry containing a font set is similar, except a semicolon
+separates multiple font names and the specification ends with
+a colon followed by an optional tag:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis><Symbol Role="Variable">font_name</Symbol> [ ';' <Symbol Role="Variable">font_name</Symbol> ]+ ':' [ <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> ]
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>A <Symbol Role="Variable">font_name</Symbol> is an X Logical Font Description (XLFD) string
+and <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> is any set of characters from ISO646IRV except
+space, comma, colon, equal sign and semicolon. Following is an example of a font
+set entry. It consists of three fonts (except for charsets),
+and an explicit font list entry tag.
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>*fontList: -Adobe-Courier-Bold-R-Normal--25-180-100-100-M-150;\
+-JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-240;\
+-JIS-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--26-180-100-100-C-120:MY_TAG
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>Note that the <StructName Role="typedef">XmRenderTable</StructName> is another data type that can be
+used for font lists. Refer to the &cdeman.XmRenderTable; for details.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontListAdd;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryFree;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetFont;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetTag;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryLoad;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListFree;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListFreeFontContext;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListGetNextFont;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListInitFontContext;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListNextEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListRemoveEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmRenderTable;,
+and
+&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..577282a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:43:21 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN228.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListAdd</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListAdd</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that creates a new font list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListAdd</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListAdd</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmFontList <Function>XmFontListAdd</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>oldlist, font, charset</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmFontList <Parameter>oldlist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XFontStruct <Parameter>*font</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringCharSet <Parameter>charset</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListAdd</Function> creates a new font list consisting of the contents of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol> and the new font list element being added. This
+function deallocates <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol> after extracting the required
+information; therefore, do not reference <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol> thereafter.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>NOTE:</Literal> This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility
+with previous releases. It has been replaced by <Function>XmFontListAppendEntry</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the font list to which an entry will be added.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">font</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to a font structure for which the new font list is
+generated. This is the structure returned by the XLib <Function>XLoadQueryFont</Function>
+function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">charset</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character set identifier for the font.
+This can be <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DEFAULT_CHARSET</SystemItem>, but this value does not
+comply with the AES, and it may be removed in future versions of Motif.
+If the value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DEFAULT_CHARSET</SystemItem>, the routine derives the
+character set from the current language environment.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns NULL if <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol> is NULL; returns <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol> if
+<Symbol Role="Variable">font</Symbol> or <Symbol Role="Variable">charset</Symbol> is NULL; otherwise, returns a new font list.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList; and
+&cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f1dd74a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:43:30 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN229.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListAppendEntry</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListAppendEntry</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that appends an entry to a font list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListAppendEntry</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list  functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListAppendEntry</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmFontList <Function>XmFontListAppendEntry</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>oldlist, entry</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmFontList <Parameter>oldlist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmFontListEntry <Parameter>entry</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListAppendEntry</Function> creates a new font list that
+contains the contents of <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol>. This function
+copies the contents of the font list entry being added
+into this new font list. If <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol> is NULL,
+<Function>XmFontListAppendEntry</Function> creates a new font list containing
+only the single entry specified.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function deallocates the original font list after
+extracting the required information. The caller must
+free the font list entry by using <Function>XmFontListEntryFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list to be added to
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list entry to be added
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol> is NULL, returns <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol>; otherwise, returns
+a new font list.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryFree;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryLoad;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListFree;, and
+&cdeman.XmFontListRemoveEntry;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstH.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstH.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ab27317
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstH.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstH.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:19:21 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN230.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListCopy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListCopy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that copies a font list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListCopy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListCopy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmFontList <Function>XmFontListCopy</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>fontlist</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmFontList <Parameter>fontlist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListCopy</Function> creates a new font list consisting of the contents
+of the <Symbol Role="Variable">fontlist</Symbol> argument.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">fontlist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a font list to be copied
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns NULL if
+<Symbol Role="Variable">fontlist</Symbol> is NULL;
+otherwise, returns a new font list
+and allocates space to hold the font list.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmFontListFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList; and
+&cdeman.XmFontListFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstJ.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstJ.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..38f298d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstJ.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstJ.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:43:40 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN231.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListCreate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListCreate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that creates a font list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListCreate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListCreate</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmFontList <Function>XmFontListCreate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>font, charset</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XFontStruct <Parameter>* font</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringCharSet <Parameter>charset</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListCreate</Function> creates a new font list with a single element specified
+by the provided font and character set. It also allocates the space for
+the font list.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>NOTE:</Literal> This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility
+with previous releases. It is replaced by <Function>XmFontListAppendEntry</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">font</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to a font structure for which the new font list is
+generated. This is the structure returned by the XLib <Function>XLoadQueryFont</Function>
+function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">charset</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character set identifier for the font.
+This can be <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DEFAULT_CHARSET</SystemItem>, but this value does not
+comply with the AES, and it may be removed in future versions of Motif.
+If the value
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DEFAULT_CHARSET</SystemItem>, the routine derives the
+character set from the current language environment.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns NULL if
+<Symbol Role="Variable">font</Symbol>
+or
+<Symbol Role="Variable">charset</Symbol>
+is NULL; otherwise, returns a new font list.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList; and
+&cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstK.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstK.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c562b55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstK.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstK.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:43:49 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN232.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListEntryCreate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListEntryCreate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that creates a font list entry
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListEntryCreate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListEntryCreate</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmFontListEntry <Function>XmFontListEntryCreate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>tag, type, font</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmFontType <Parameter>type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>font</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListEntryCreate</Function> creates a font list entry that
+contains either a font or font set and is identified by a tag.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a NULL terminated string for the tag of the font
+list entry. The tag may be specified as <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>,
+which is used to identify the default font list element in a
+font list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the <Symbol Role="Variable">font</Symbol> argument is a font structure or
+a font set. Valid values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_IS_FONT</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_IS_FONTSET</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">font</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies either an <Symbol>XFontSet</Symbol> returned by <Symbol>XCreateFontSet</Symbol> or
+a pointer to an <Symbol>XFontStruct</Symbol> returned by <Function>XLoadQueryFont</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The toolkit does not copy the X Font structure specified by the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">font</Symbol> argument. Therefore, an application programmer must not
+free <Symbol>XFontStruct</Symbol> or <Symbol>XFontSet</Symbol> until all font lists and/or font
+entries that reference it have been freed.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a font list entry.
+The function allocates space to hold the
+returned font list entry. The application is responsible for managing the
+allocated space. The application can recover the allocated space by calling
+<Function>XmFontListEntryFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryFree;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetFont;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetTag;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryLoad;, and
+&cdeman.XmFontListRemoveEntry;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstL.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstL.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1cc57e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstL.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstL.sgm /main/8 1996/08/31 15:23:42 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN233.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListEntryFree</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListEntryFree</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that recovers
+memory used by a font list entry
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListEntryFree</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListEntryFree</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmFontListEntryFree</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>entry</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmFontListEntry *<Parameter>entry</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListEntryFree</Function> recovers memory used by a font list entry.
+This routine does not free the <Symbol>XFontSet</Symbol> or <Symbol>XFontStruct</Symbol> associated
+with the font list entry.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the font list entry to be freed.
+In addition, it may be necessary to take the address of the font list
+entry (via the <Literal>&amp;</Literal> operator) before passing it to this function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryLoad;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListNextEntry;, and
+&cdeman.XmFontListRemoveEntry;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstM.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstM.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..101b67b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstM.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstM.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:43:58 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN234.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListEntryGetFont</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListEntryGetFont</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function
+that retrieves font information from a font list entry
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListEntryGetFont</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListEntryGetFont</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XtPointer <Function>XmFontListEntryGetFont</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>entry, type_return</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmFontListEntry <Parameter>entry</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmFontType *<Parameter>type_return</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListEntryGetFont</Function> retrieves font information for a
+specified font list entry. If the font list entry contains
+a font, <Symbol Role="Variable">type_return</Symbol> returns <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_IS_FONT</SystemItem> and the
+function returns a pointer to an <Symbol>XFontStruct</Symbol>. If the font list
+entry contains a font set, <Symbol Role="Variable">type_return</Symbol> returns
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_IS_FONTSET</SystemItem> and the function returns the <Symbol>XFontSet</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list entry.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the type of the font element for the current
+entry. Valid values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_IS_FONT</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_IS_FONTSET</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The returned <Symbol>XFontSet</Symbol> or <Symbol>XFontStruct</Symbol> is not a copy of the
+toolkit data and must not be freed.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns an <Symbol>XFontSet</Symbol> or a pointer to an <Symbol>XFontStruct</Symbol> structure.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetTag;
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryLoad;, and
+&cdeman.XmFontListNextEntry;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstO.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstO.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d0a9f3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstO.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstO.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:44:07 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN235.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListEntryGetTag</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListEntryGetTag</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that
+retrieves the tag of a font list entry
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListEntryGetTag</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListEntryGetTag</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>char* <Function>XmFontListEntryGetTag</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>entry</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmFontListEntry <Parameter>entry</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListEntryGetTag</Function> retrieves a copy of the tag of the specified
+font list entry. This routine allocates memory for the tag string that
+must be freed by the application.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list entry
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the tag for the font list entry.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned tag.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetFont;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryLoad;, and
+&cdeman.XmFontListNextEntry;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstP.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstP.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ab02793
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstP.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstP.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:44:16 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN236.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListEntryLoad</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListEntryLoad</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that loads
+a font or creates a font set and creates an accompanying font list entry
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListEntryLoad</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListEntryLoad</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmFontListEntry <Function>XmFontListEntryLoad</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>display, font_name, type, tag</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display *<Parameter>display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>font_name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmFontType <Parameter>type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListEntryLoad</Function> loads a font or creates a font set
+based on the value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> argument. It creates and returns
+a font list entry that contains the font or font set and the
+specified tag.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the value of <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_IS_FONT</SystemItem>, the function uses
+the <Function>XtCvtStringToFontStruct</Function> routine to convert the value of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">font_name</Symbol> to a font struct.
+If the value of <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_IS_FONTSET</SystemItem>, the function uses
+the <Function>XtCvtStringToFontSet</Function> converter to create a font set in the
+current locale.
+<Function>XmFontListEntryLoad</Function> creates a font list entry that contains the
+font or font set derived from the converter.
+For more information about <Function>XtCvtStringToFontStruct</Function> and
+<Function>XtCvtStringToFontSet</Function>, see <Emphasis>X Toolkit Intrinsics&mdash;C Language
+Interface.</Emphasis>
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- Delete the following #ifdef'ed paragraph when the AES is unlocked.--><!-- Keep the #ifdef 1 paragraph at the bottom of the page.--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display where the font list will be used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">font_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an X Logical Font Description (XLFD) string,
+which is interpreted either as a font name or as a base font name
+list.
+A base font name list is a comma-separated and NULL-terminated string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the <Symbol Role="Variable">font_name</Symbol> argument refers to a font name or
+to a base font name list.
+Valid values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_IS_FONT</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_IS_FONTSET</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag of the font list entry to be created.
+The tag may be specified as <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>,
+which is used to identify the default font list
+element in a font list when specified as part of a resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>If the specified font is not found, or if the specified font
+set cannot be created, then either an implementation-defined font will
+be opened or a font set will be created, and a warning messge will be
+generated. If no suitable font can be found or a font set cannot be created,
+then another message will be generated and the function will return
+NULL; otherwise the function returns a font list entry.
+If the function returns a font list entry, the function allocates space
+to hold the font list entry. The application is responsible for managing
+the allocated space. The application can recover the allocated space by
+calling <Function>XmFontListEntryFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryFree;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetFont;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetTag;, and
+&cdeman.XmFontListRemoveEntry;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstQ.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstQ.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bf082bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstQ.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstQ.sgm /main/8 1996/08/31 15:23:57 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN237.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListFree</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListFree</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that recovers memory used by a font list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListFree</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListFree</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmFontListFree</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>list</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmFontList <Parameter>list</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListFree</Function> recovers memory used by a font list.
+This routine does not free the <Symbol>XFontSet</Symbol> or <Symbol>XFontStruct</Symbol> associated
+with the specified font list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list to be freed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListCopy;, and
+&cdeman.XmFontListRemoveEntry;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstS.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstS.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b434d8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstS.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstS.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:22:35 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN238.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListFreeFontContext</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListFreeFontContext</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that instructs the toolkit that the font list context is no longer needed
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListFreeFontContext</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListFreeFontContext</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmFontListFreeFontContext</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>context</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmFontContext <Parameter>context</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListFreeFontContext</Function> instructs the toolkit that the context
+is no longer needed and will not be used without reinitialization.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list context structure that was allocated by the
+<Function>XmFontListInitFontContext</Function> function
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontListInitFontContext; and
+&cdeman.XmFontListNextEntry;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstT.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstT.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5aa8969
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstT.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstT.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:44:24 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN239.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListGetNextFont</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListGetNextFont</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that allows applications to access the fonts and character sets in a font list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListGetNextFont</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListGetNextFont</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmFontListGetNextFont</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>context, charset, font</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmFontContext <Parameter>context</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringCharSet *<Parameter>charset</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XFontStruct **<Parameter>font</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListGetNextFont</Function> accesses the character set and font for the
+next entry of the font list. The application first uses the
+<Function>XmFontListInitFontContext</Function> routine to create a font list context.
+The application then calls <Function>XmFontListGetNextFont</Function> repeatedly with
+the same context. Each succeeding call accesses the next element of
+the font list. When finished, the application calls
+<Function>XmFontListFreeFontContext</Function> to free the allocated font list context.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine allocates memory for the character set string that must be
+freed by the application.
+The function allocates memory for <Symbol Role="Variable">charset</Symbol>.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated memory.
+The application can recover the allocated memory by calling
+<Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. It is replaced by <Function>XmFontListNextEntry</Function>.
+If <Function>XmFontListGetNextFont</Function> is passed a context that contains
+a font set entry, it will return the first font of the
+font set. The next call to the function will move to the next
+entry in the font list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list context
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">charset</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to a character set string; the routine returns the
+character set for the current font list element
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">font</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to a pointer to a font structure; the routine
+returns the font for the current font list element
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the returned values are valid; otherwise, returns False.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList; and
+&cdeman.XmFontListNextEntry;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstU.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstU.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c187905
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstU.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstU.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:44:33 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN240.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListInitFontContext</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListInitFontContext</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that allows
+applications to access the entries in a font list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListInitFontContext</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListInitFontContext</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmFontListInitFontContext</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>context, fontlist</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmFontContext <Parameter>*context</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmFontList <Parameter>fontlist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListInitFontContext</Function>
+establishes a context to allow applications to access the contents
+of a font list. This context is used when reading the font
+list entry tag, font, or font set associated with each entry in
+the font list. A Boolean status is returned to indicate whether
+or not the font list is valid.
+</Para>
+<Para>If an application deallocates the font list passed to
+<Function>XmFontListInitFontContext</Function> as the fontlist argument, the context
+established by this function is rendered no longer valid.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the allocated context
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">fontlist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the context was allocated; otherwise, returns False.
+If the function allocated a context, the application is responsible
+for managing the allocated space. The application can recover the
+allocated space by calling <Function>XmFontListFreeFontContext</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListFreeFontContext;, and
+&cdeman.XmFontListNextEntry;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstV.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstV.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9a0e81e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstV.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstV.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:44:42 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN241.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListNextEntry</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListNextEntry</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that returns
+the next entry in a font list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListNextEntry</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListNextEntry</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmFontListEntry <Function>XmFontListNextEntry</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>context</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmFontContext <Parameter>context</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListNextEntry</Function> returns the next entry in the
+font list. The application uses the <Function>XmFontListInitFontContext</Function>
+routine to create a font list context. The first call to
+<Function>XmFontListNextEntry</Function> sets the context to the first entry
+in the font list. The application then calls <Function>XmFontListNextEntry</Function>
+repeatedly with the same context. Each succeeding call accesses
+the next entry of the font list. When finished, the application
+calls <Function>XmFontListFreeFontContext</Function> to free the allocated font
+list context.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list context
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns NULL if the context does not refer to a valid entry or if
+it is at the end of the font list; otherwise, it returns a font list entry.
+If the function does return a font list entry, the font list entry is not
+a copy. Therefore, the application should not free the returned font list entry.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryFree;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetFont;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetTag;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListFreeFontContext;, and
+&cdeman.XmFontListInitFontContext;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstW.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstW.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c0b9b80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/FontLstW.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: FontLstW.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:44:51 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN242.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFontListRemoveEntry</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmFontListRemoveEntry</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A font list function that removes a font list entry from a font list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFontListRemoveEntry</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>font list functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmFontListRemoveEntry</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmFontList <Function>XmFontListRemoveEntry</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>oldlist, entry</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmFontList <Parameter>oldlist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmFontListEntry <Parameter>entry</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmFontListRemoveEntry</Function> creates a new font list
+that contains the contents of <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol>
+minus those entries specified in <Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol>.
+The routine removes any entries from <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol>
+that match the components (tag, type font/font set)
+of the specified entry. The function deallocates the
+original font list after extracting the required
+information. The caller uses <Function>XmFontListEntryFree</Function>
+to recover memory allocated for the specified entry. This
+routine does not free the <Symbol>XFontSet</Symbol> or <Symbol>XFontStruct</Symbol> associated
+with the font list entry that is removed.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list entry to be removed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol> is NULL, the function returns NULL. If
+<Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol> is NULL or no entries are removed, the function
+returns <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol>. Otherwise, it returns a new font list.
+If the function returns a new font list, the function allocates
+space to hold the new font list. The application is responsible
+for managing the allocated space. The application can recover the
+allocated space by calling <Function>XmFontListFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryFree;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryLoad;, and
+&cdeman.XmFontListFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Form.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Form.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..15d973c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Form.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1588 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Form.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:45:00 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN243.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmForm</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmForm</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Form widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmForm</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Form</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Form.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Form is a container widget with no input semantics of its own.
+Constraints are placed on children of the Form to define attachments
+for each of the child's four sides.
+These attachments can be to the Form, to another child widget or gadget,
+to a relative position within the Form, or to the initial position of
+the child.
+The attachments determine the layout behavior of the Form when resizing
+occurs.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default value for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem> is the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButton</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Following are some important considerations in using a Form:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Every child must have an attachment on either the left or the right.
+If initialization or <Function>XtSetValues</Function> leaves a widget without
+such an attachment, the result depends upon the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrubberPositioning</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrubberPositioning</SystemItem> is False, the child is given an
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftAttachment</SystemItem> of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_FORM</SystemItem> and an
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftOffset</SystemItem> equal to its current <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> value.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrubberPositioning</SystemItem> is True, the child is given an
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftAttachment</SystemItem> of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem> and an
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftPosition</SystemItem> proportional to the current <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> value divided
+by the width of the Form.
+</Para>
+<Para>In either case, if the child has not been previously given an <Emphasis>x</Emphasis>
+value, its <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> value is taken to be 0 (zero), which places the child at the
+left side of the Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If you want to create a child without any attachments, and then
+later (for example, after creating and managing it, but before realizing it)
+give it a right attachment through <Function>XtSetValues</Function>, you must set its
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftAttachment</SystemItem> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_NONE</SystemItem> at the same time.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizable</SystemItem> resource controls only whether a geometry request
+by the child will be granted.
+It has no effect on whether the child's size can be changed because of
+changes in geometry of the Form or of other children.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Every child has a preferred width, based on geometry requests it
+makes (whether they are granted or not).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a child has attachments on both the left and the right sides,
+its size is completely controlled by the Form.
+It can be shrunk below its preferred width or enlarged above it, if
+necessary, due to other constraints.
+In addition, the child's geometry requests to change its own width may
+be refused.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a child has attachments on only its left or right side, it will
+always be at its preferred width (if resizable, otherwise at is current
+width).
+This may cause it to be clipped by the Form or by other children.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a child's left (or right) attachment is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_SELF</SystemItem>, its
+corresponding left (or right) offset is forced to 0 (zero).
+The attachment is then changed to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem>, with a
+position that corresponds to the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> value of the child's left (or
+right) edge.
+To fix the position of a side at a specific <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> value, use
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_FORM</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_OPPOSITE_FORM</SystemItem> with the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis>
+value as the left (or right) offset.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Unmapping a child has no effect on the Form except that the child
+is not mapped.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Unmanaging a child unmaps it.
+If no other child is attached to it, or if all children attached to it
+and all children recursively attached to them are also all unmanaged,
+all of those children are treated as if they did not exist in
+determining the size of the Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> to change the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem> resource of a
+child, you must simultaneously set its left attachment to either
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_SELF</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_NONE</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, the request is not granted.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizable</SystemItem> is False, the request is granted only if the
+child's size can remain the same.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A left (or right) attachment of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WIDGET</SystemItem>, where
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftWidget</SystemItem> (or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightWidget</SystemItem>) is NULL, acts like an
+attachment of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_FORM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If an attachment is made to a widget that is not a child of the
+Form, but an ancestor of the widget is a child of the Form, the
+attachment is made to the ancestor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>All these considerations are true of top and bottom attachments as well,
+with top acting like left, bottom acting like right, <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> acting like
+<Emphasis>x</Emphasis>, and height acting like width.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Form inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Constraint</Classname>,
+<Classname>XmManager</Classname>, and <Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmFormWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmForm</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the
+programmer to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource
+values for the inherited classes to set attributes for this widget.
+To reference a resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters.
+To specify one of the defined values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename>
+file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters (in
+either lowercase or uppercase, but include any underscores between
+words). The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource
+can be set at creation time (C), set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function>
+(S), retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not
+applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmForm Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfractionBase</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxValue</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>100</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhorizontalSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrubberPositioning</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRubberPositioning</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNverticalSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the denominator used in calculating the relative position of
+a child widget using <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem> constraints.
+The value must not be 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+<Para>If the value of a child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftAttachment</SystemItem> (or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightAttachment</SystemItem>) is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem>, the position of
+the left (or right) side of the child is relative to the left
+side of the Form and is a fraction of the width of the Form.
+This fraction is the value of the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftPosition</SystemItem> (or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightPosition</SystemItem>) resource divided by the value of the Form's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the value of a child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopAttachment</SystemItem> (or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomAttachment</SystemItem>) is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem>, the position of
+the top (or bottom) side of the child is relative to the top
+side
+of the Form and is a fraction of the height of the Form.
+This fraction is the value of the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopPosition</SystemItem> (or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomPosition</SystemItem>) resource divided by the value of the Form's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalSpacing</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the offset for right and left attachments. This resource is
+only used if no offset resource is specified (when attaching to a
+widget), or if no margin resource is specified (when attaching
+to the Form).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrubberPositioning</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the default near (left) and top attachments for a child of the
+Form.
+(Note that whether this resource actually applies to the left or
+right side of the child and its attachment
+depends on the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.)
+</Para>
+<Para>The default left attachment is applied whenever initialization or
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function> leaves the child without either a left or right
+attachment.
+The default top attachment is applied whenever initialization or
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function> leaves the child without either a top or bottom
+attachment.
+</Para>
+<Para>If this Boolean resource is set to False, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftAttachment</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopAttachment</SystemItem> default to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_FORM</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftOffset</SystemItem> defaults to the current <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> value of the left
+side of the child,
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopOffset</SystemItem> defaults to the current
+<Emphasis>y</Emphasis> value of the child.
+The effect is to position the child according to its absolute distance
+from the left or top side of the Form.
+</Para>
+<Para>If this resource is set to True, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftAttachment</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopAttachment</SystemItem> default to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftPosition</SystemItem> defaults to a value proportional to the current
+<Emphasis>x</Emphasis> value of the left side of the child divided by the width of the
+Form, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopPosition</SystemItem> defaults to a value proportional to the
+current <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> value of the child divided by the height of the Form.
+The effect is to position the child relative to the left or top
+side of the Form and in proportion to the width or height of the Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalSpacing</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the offset for top and bottom attachments. This resource is
+only used if no offset resource is specified (when attaching to a
+widget), or if no margin resource is specified (when attaching
+to the Form).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmForm Constraint Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomAttachment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAttachment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmATTACH_NONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomOffset</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOffset</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNleftAttachment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAttachment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmATTACH_NONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNleftOffset</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOffset</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNleftPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNleftWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBoolean</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrightAttachment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAttachment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmATTACH_NONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrightOffset</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOffset</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrightPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrightWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopAttachment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAttachment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmATTACH_NONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopOffset</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOffset</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomAttachment</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies attachment of the bottom side of the child. It can have the
+following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Do not attach the bottom side of the child.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_FORM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the bottom side of the child to the bottom
+side of the Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_OPPOSITE_FORM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the bottom side of the child to
+the top side of the Form.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomOffset</SystemItem> can be used to determine the visibility of the
+child.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WIDGET</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the bottom side of the child to the top
+side of the widget or
+gadget specified in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomWidget</SystemItem> resource.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomWidget</SystemItem> is NULL, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WIDGET</SystemItem> is replaced by
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_FORM</SystemItem>, and the child is attached to the bottom side of the
+Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_OPPOSITE_WIDGET</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the bottom side of the child to
+the bottom side of the widget or
+gadget specified in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomWidget</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the bottom side of the child to a
+position that is relative to
+the top side of the Form and in proportion to the height of the Form.
+This position is determined by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomPosition</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem> resources.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_SELF</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the bottom side of the child to a position
+that is proportional
+to the current <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> value of the bottom of the child divided by the
+height of the Form.
+This position is determined by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomPosition</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem> resources.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomPosition</SystemItem> is set to a value proportional to the current
+<Emphasis>y</Emphasis> value of the bottom of the child divided by the height of the
+Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomOffset</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the constant offset between the bottom side of the
+child and the object to which it is
+attached.
+The relationship established remains, regardless of any resizing operations
+that occur.
+When this resource is explicitly set, the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalSpacing</SystemItem>
+is ignored.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomPosition</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is used to determine the position of the bottom side of
+the child when the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomAttachment</SystemItem> is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem>.
+In this case the position of the bottom side of the child is relative to
+the top side of the Form and is a fraction of the height of the Form.
+This fraction is the value of the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomPosition</SystemItem>
+resource divided by the value of the Form's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem>.
+For example, if the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomPosition</SystemItem> is 50, the Form's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem> is 100, and the Form's height is 200, the position
+of the bottom side of the child is 100.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomWidget</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget or gadget to which
+the bottom side of the child is attached.
+This resource is used if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomAttachment</SystemItem> resource
+is set to either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WIDGET</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_OPPOSITE_WIDGET</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>A string-to-widget resource converter is automatically installed for use
+with this resource.
+With this converter, the widget that is to be the value of the resource
+must exist at the time the widget that has the resource is created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftAttachment</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies attachment of the near (left) side of the child.
+(Note that whether this resource actually applies to the left or
+right side of the child and its attachment
+depends on the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.)
+It can have the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Do not attach the left side of the child.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightAttachment</SystemItem> is also <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_NONE</SystemItem>, this value is
+ignored and the child is given a default left attachment.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_FORM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the left side of the child to the left
+side of the Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_OPPOSITE_FORM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the left side of the child to the
+right side of the Form.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftOffset</SystemItem> can be used to determine the visibility of the
+child.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WIDGET</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the left side of the child to the right
+side of the widget or
+gadget specified in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftWidget</SystemItem> resource.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftWidget</SystemItem> is NULL, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WIDGET</SystemItem> is replaced by
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_FORM</SystemItem>, and the child is attached to the left side of the
+Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_OPPOSITE_WIDGET</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the left side of the child to
+the left side of the widget or
+gadget specified in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftWidget</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the left side of the child to a
+position that is relative to
+the left side of the Form and in proportion to the width of the Form.
+This position is determined by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftPosition</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem> resources.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_SELF</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the left side of the child to a position
+that is proportional to
+the current <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> value of the left side of the child divided by the
+width of the Form.
+This position is determined by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftPosition</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem> resources.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftPosition</SystemItem> is set to a value proportional to the current
+<Emphasis>x</Emphasis> value of the left side of the child divided by the width of the
+Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftOffset</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the constant offset between the near (left) side of the
+child and the object to which it is attached.
+(Note that whether this resource actually applies to the left or
+right side of the child and its attachment
+depends on the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.)
+The relationship established remains, regardless of any resizing operations
+that occur.
+When this resource is explicitly set, the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalSpacing</SystemItem>
+is ignored.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftPosition</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is used to determine the position of the near (left) side
+of the child when the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftAttachment</SystemItem> is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem>.
+(Note that whether this resource actually applies to the left or
+right side of the child and its attachment
+depends on the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.)
+</Para>
+<Para>In this case, the position of the left side of the child is relative to
+the left side of the Form and is a fraction of the width of the Form.
+This fraction is the value of the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftPosition</SystemItem> resource
+divided by the value of the Form's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem>.
+For example, if the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftPosition</SystemItem> is 50, the Form's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem> is 100, and the Form's width is 200, the position
+of the left side of the child is 100.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftWidget</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget or gadget to which the near (left) side of the
+child is attached.
+(Note that whether this resource actually applies to the left or
+right side of the child and its attachment
+depends on the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.)
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftWidget</SystemItem> resource is used if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNleftAttachment</SystemItem>
+resource is set to either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WIDGET</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_OPPOSITE_WIDGET</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>A string-to-widget resource converter is automatically installed for use
+with this resource.
+With this converter, the widget that is to be the value of the resource
+must exist at the time the widget that has the resource is created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This Boolean resource specifies whether or not a child's request for a
+new size is (conditionally) granted by the Form.
+If this resource is set to True the request is granted if possible.
+If this resource is set to False the request is always refused.
+</Para>
+<Para>If a child has both left and right attachments, its width is completely
+controlled by the Form, regardless of the value of the child's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizable</SystemItem> resource.
+If a child has a left or right attachment but not both, the child's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem> is used in setting its width if the value of the child's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizable</SystemItem> resource is True.
+These conditions are also true for top and bottom attachments, with
+height acting like width.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightAttachment</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies attachment of the far (right) side of the child.
+(Note that whether this resource actually applies to the left or
+right side of the child and its attachment
+depends on the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.)
+It can have the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Do not attach the right side of the child.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_FORM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the right side of the child to the right
+side of the Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_OPPOSITE_FORM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the right side of the child to
+the left side of the Form.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightOffset</SystemItem> can be used to determine the visibility of the
+child.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WIDGET</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the right side of the child to the left
+side of the widget or
+gadget specified in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightWidget</SystemItem> resource.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightWidget</SystemItem> is NULL, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WIDGET</SystemItem> is replaced by
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_FORM</SystemItem>, and the child is attached to the right side of the
+Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_OPPOSITE_WIDGET</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the right side of the child to
+the right side of the widget or
+gadget specified in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightWidget</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the right side of the child to a
+position that is relative to
+the left side of the Form and in proportion to the width of the Form.
+This position is determined by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightPosition</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem> resources.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_SELF</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the right side of the child to a position
+that is proportional to
+the current <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> value of the right side of the child divided by the
+width of the Form.
+This position is determined by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightPosition</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem> resources.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightPosition</SystemItem> is set to a value proportional to the current
+<Emphasis>x</Emphasis> value of the right side of the child divided by the width of the
+Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightOffset</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the constant offset between the far (right) side of the
+child and the object to which it is attached.
+(Note that whether this resource actually applies to the left or
+right side of the child and its attachment
+depends on the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.)
+The relationship established remains, regardless of any resizing operations
+that occur.
+When this resource is explicitly set, the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalSpacing</SystemItem>
+is ignored.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightPosition</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is used to determine the position of the far (right) side
+of the child when the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightAttachment</SystemItem> is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem>.
+(Note that whether this resource actually applies to the left or
+right side of the child and its attachment
+depends on the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.)
+</Para>
+<Para>In this case the position of the right side of the child is relative to
+the left side of the Form and is a fraction of the width of the Form.
+This fraction is the value of the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightPosition</SystemItem> resource
+divided by
+the value of the Form's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem>.
+For example, if the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightPosition</SystemItem> is 50, the Form's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem> is 100, and the Form's width is 200, the position
+of the right side of the child is 100.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightWidget</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget or gadget
+to which the far (right) side of the child is attached.
+(Note that whether this resource actually applies to the left or
+right side of the child and its attachment
+depends on the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.)
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightWidget</SystemItem> resource is used if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrightAttachment</SystemItem> resource
+is set to either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WIDGET</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_OPPOSITE_WIDGET</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>A string-to-widget resource converter is automatically installed for use
+with this resource.
+With this converter, the widget that is to be the value of the resource
+must exist at the time the widget that has the resource is created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopAttachment</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies attachment of the top side of the child. It can have
+following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Do not attach the top side of the child.
+If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomAttachment</SystemItem> resource
+is also <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_NONE</SystemItem>, this value is
+ignored and the child is given a default top attachment.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_FORM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the top side of the child to the top side
+of the Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_OPPOSITE_FORM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the top side of the child to the
+bottom side of the Form.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopOffset</SystemItem> can be used to determine the visibility of the
+child.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WIDGET</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the top side of the child to the bottom
+side of the widget or
+gadget specified in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopWidget</SystemItem> resource.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopWidget</SystemItem> is NULL, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WIDGET</SystemItem> is replaced by
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_FORM</SystemItem> and the child is attached to the top side of the
+Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_OPPOSITE_WIDGET</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the top side of the child to
+the top side of the widget or
+gadget specified in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopWidget</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the top side of the child to a
+position that is relative to
+the top side of the Form and in proportion to the height of the Form.
+This position is determined by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopPosition</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem> resources.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_SELF</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Attach the top side of the child to a position
+that is proportional to
+the current <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> value of the child divided by the height of the
+Form.
+This position is determined by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopPosition</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem> resources.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopPosition</SystemItem> is set to a value proportional to the current
+<Emphasis>y</Emphasis> value of the child divided by the height of the Form.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopOffset</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the constant offset between the top side of the
+child and the object to which it is
+attached.
+The relationship established remains, regardless of any resizing operations
+that occur.
+When this resource is explicitly set, the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalSpacing</SystemItem>
+is ignored.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopPosition</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is used to determine the position of the top side of
+the child when the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopAttachment</SystemItem> is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_POSITION</SystemItem>.
+In this case, the position of the top side of the child is relative to
+the top side of the Form and is a fraction of the height of the Form.
+This fraction is the value of the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopPosition</SystemItem>
+resource divided by the value of the Form's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem>.
+For example, if the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopPosition</SystemItem> is 50, the Form's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfractionBase</SystemItem> is 100, and the Form's height is 200, the position
+of the top side of the child is 100.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopWidget</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget or gadget to which the top
+side of the child is attached.
+This resource is used if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopAttachment</SystemItem> is
+set to a value of either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_WIDGET</SystemItem>
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmATTACH_OPPOSITE_WIDGET</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>A string-to-widget resource converter is automatically installed for use
+with this resource.
+With this converter, the widget that is to be the value of the resource
+must exist at the time the widget that has the resource is created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Form inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmBulletinBoard Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowOverlap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowOverlap</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNautoUnmanage</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAutoUnmanage</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfocusCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnoResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNoResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCResizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRESIZE_ANY</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSHADOW_OUT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmBulletinBoard -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>XmForm inherits translations from XmBulletinBoard.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Constraint;, &cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmBulletinBoard;,
+<Function>XmCreateForm</Function>, &cdeman.XmCreateFormDialog;, and
+&cdeman.XmManager;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Frame.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Frame.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bcca997
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Frame.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,783 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Frame.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:45:11 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN244.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmFrame</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmFrame</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Frame widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmFrame</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Frame</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Frame.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Frame is a very simple manager used to enclose a single work
+area child in a border drawn by Frame.
+It uses the Manager class resources for border drawing and performs
+geometry management so that its size always matches its child's outer size
+plus the Frame's margins and shadow thickness.
+</Para>
+<Para>Frame is most often used to enclose other managers when the
+application developer wants the manager to have the same border
+appearance as the primitive widgets. Frame can also be
+used to enclose primitive widgets that do not support the same
+type of border drawing. This gives visual consistency when
+you develop applications using diverse widget sets.
+Constraint resources are used to designate a child as the Frame title,
+align its text, and control its vertical alignment in relation to
+Frame's top shadow. The title appears only at the top of the Frame.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the Frame's parent is a Shell widget,
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowType</SystemItem> resource defaults to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_OUT</SystemItem>, and
+the Manager's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem> resource defaults to 1.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the Frame's parent is not a Shell widget,
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowType</SystemItem> resouce defaults to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN</SystemItem>, and
+the Manager's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem> resource defaults to 2.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Frame inherits behavior and
+resources from the <Classname>Core</Classname>, <Classname>Composite</Classname>,
+<Classname>Constraint</Classname>, and <Classname>XmManager</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmFrameWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmFrame</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmFrame Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the padding space on the left and right
+sides between Frame's child and Frame's shadow drawing.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the padding space on the top and bottom
+sides between Frame's child and Frame's shadow drawing.
+When a title is present, the top margin equals the value
+specified by this resource plus the distance (if any) that the
+title extends below the top shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Describes the drawing style for Frame. This resource can have the
+following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_IN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws Frame so that it appears inset.
+This means that the bottom shadow visuals and top shadow visuals
+are reversed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_OUT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws Frame so that it appears outset.
+This is the default if Frame's parent is a Shell widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws Frame using a double line giving the
+effect of a line etched into the window. The thickness of the double
+line is equal to the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem>.
+This is the default when Frame's parent is not a Shell widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_OUT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws Frame using a double line giving the
+effect of a line coming out of the window. The thickness of the double
+line is equal to the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmFrame Constraint Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCChildType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFRAME_WORKAREA_CHILD</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildHorizontalAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCChildHorizontalAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildHorizontalSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCChildHorizontalSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildVerticalAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCChildVerticalAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNframeChildType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFrameChildType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFRAME_WORKAREA_CHILD</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!--no-op:  .in-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<!--Specifies whether a child is a title or work area.  Frame supports
+a single title and/or work area child.  The possible
+values are
+.ML
+.LI
+&bsol;*LXmFRAME_TITLE_CHILD&bsol;*O
+.LI
+&bsol;*LXmFRAME_WORKAREA_CHILD&bsol;*O
+.LI
+&bsol;*LXmFRAME_GENERIC_CHILD&bsol;*O
+.LE
+.PP
+The Frame geometry manager ignores any child of type
+&bsol;*LXmFRAME_GENERIC_CHILD&bsol;*O.
+-->
+<Para>Refer to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNframeChildType</SystemItem> resource description. The
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildType</SystemItem> resource is obsoleted by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNframeChildType</SystemItem>,
+but is kept here for backward compatibility.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildHorizontalAlignment</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the alignment of the title. This resource has the
+following values:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_END</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>See the description of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNalignment</SystemItem> in the <Classname>XmLabel</Classname>
+reference page for an explanation of these values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildHorizontalSpacing</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the minimum distance between either edge of the title text
+and the inner edge of the Frame shadow. Clipping of the title
+text occurs in order to maintain this spacing. The default value
+is the margin width of the Frame.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildVerticalAlignment</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the vertical alignment of the title text, or the title
+area in relation to the top shadow of the Frame.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BASELINE_BOTTOM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the baseline of the
+title to align vertically with the
+top shadow of the Frame. In the case of a multi-line title,
+the baseline of the last line of text aligns vertically with
+the top shadow of the Frame.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BASELINE_TOP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the baseline of the first
+line of the title to align vertically with the top shadow
+of the Frame.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CHILD_TOP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the top edge of the title
+area to align vertically with the top shadow of the Frame.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the center of the title
+area to align vertically with the top shadow of the Frame.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CHILD_BOTTOM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the bottom edge of the title
+area to align vertically with the top shadow of the Frame.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNframeChildType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether a child is a title or work area. Frame supports
+a single title and/or work area child. The possible
+values are
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFRAME_TITLE_CHILD</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFRAME_WORKAREA_CHILD</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFRAME_GENERIC_CHILD</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>The Frame geometry manager ignores any child of type
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFRAME_GENERIC_CHILD</SystemItem>.
+This resource replaces
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildType</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Frame inherits behavior and resources from the following
+superclasses. For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmFrame -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>XmFrame inherits translations from XmManager.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;,
+&cdeman.Constraint;,
+&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateFrame;, and
+&cdeman.XmManager;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Gadget.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Gadget.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3278de6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Gadget.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,769 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Gadget.sgm /main/13 1996/09/08 20:45:20 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN245.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmGadget</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Gadget widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Gadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Gadget is a widget class used as
+a supporting superclass for other
+gadget classes. It handles shadow-border drawing and highlighting, traversal
+activation and deactivation, and various callback lists needed by
+gadgets.
+</Para>
+<Para>The color and pixmap resources defined by <Classname>XmManager</Classname> are directly used by
+gadgets. If <Function>XtSetValues</Function> is used
+to change one of the resources for a manager
+widget, all of the gadget children within the manager also change.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Gadget inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Object</Classname> and
+<Classname>RectObj</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmGadgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmGadget</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a .Xdefaults file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a .Xdefaults file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the background color for the gadget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackgroundPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pixmap for tiling the background. The first tile is
+placed at the upper left corner of the widget's window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains the color to use to draw the bottom and right sides of the
+border shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to use to draw the bottom and right sides of the
+border shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNforeground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the foreground drawing color used by Primitive widgets.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when the help key sequence
+is pressed. The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_HELP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains the color of the highlighting rectangle.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightOnEnter</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies if the highlighting rectangle is drawn when the cursor moves
+into the widget.
+If the shell's focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, this resource is
+ignored, and the widget is highlighted when it has the focus.
+If the shell's focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTER</SystemItem> and if this resource is
+True, the highlighting rectangle is drawn when the the cursor moves into
+the widget.
+If the shell's focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTER</SystemItem> and if this resource is
+False, the highlighting rectangle is not drawn when the the cursor moves
+into the widget.
+The default is False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap used to draw the highlighting rectangle.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the thickness of the highlighting rectangle.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the direction in which components of the manager (including
+strings) are laid out. The values are of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName>. If
+the widget's parent is a manager or shell, the value is inherited from
+the widget's parent. Otherwise, it is inherited from the closest
+ancestor vendor or menu shell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Determines whether the widget is a tab group.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is not a tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTAB_GROUP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is a tab group, unless
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of another widget in the hierarchy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTICKY_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is a tab group, even if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem>
+of another widget in the hierarchy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is a tab group and
+that widgets in the hierarchy whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTAB_GROUP</SystemItem> are not tab groups.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a parent widget has an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, traversal of non-tab-group widgets within
+the group is based on the order of those widgets in their parent's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> list.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of any widget in a hierarchy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>,
+traversal of tab groups in the hierarchy
+proceeds to widgets in the order in which their <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem>
+resources were specified as <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTICKY_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, whether by creating the widgets with that value,
+by calling <Function>XtSetValues</Function>, or by calling <Function>XmAddTabGroup</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size of the drawn border shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains the color to use to draw the top and left sides of the border
+shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to use to draw the top and left sides of the border
+shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies traversal activation for this gadget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Provides the basic support for resolution independence.
+It defines the type of units a widget uses with sizing and
+positioning resources.
+If the widget's parent is a subclass of <Classname>XmManager</Classname> and if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> resource is not explicitly set, it defaults to the
+unit type of the parent widget.
+If the widget's parent is not a subclass of <Classname>XmManager</Classname>, the
+resource has a default unit type of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXELS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The unit type can also be specified in resource files, with the
+following format:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing><Symbol Role="Variable">&lt;floating value>&lt;unit></Symbol>
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>where:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">unit</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;" ", pixels, inches, centimeters, millimeters, points, font units>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>pixels</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">pix</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">pixel</Symbol>, <Emphasis>pixels</Emphasis>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">inches</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">in</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">inch</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">inches</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">centimeter</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">cm</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">centimeter</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">centimeters</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">millimeters</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">mm</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">millimeter</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">millimeters</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>points</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">pt</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">point</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">points</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>font units</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">fu</Symbol>, <Literal>font_unit</Literal>, <Literal>font_units</Literal>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">float</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is {"+"|"-"}{{&lt;"0"-"9">*}.}&lt;"0"-"9">*
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the type Dimension must always be positive.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For example,
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>xmfonts*XmMainWindow.height: 10.4cm
+*PostIn.width: 3inches
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> can have the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXELS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal
+pixel values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMILLIMETERS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal millimeter
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_MILLIMETERS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated
+as 1/100 of a millimeter.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCENTIMETERS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal centimeter
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINCHES</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal inch
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm1000TH_INCHES</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as
+1/1000 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal point
+values. A point is a unit used in text processing
+applications and is defined as 1/72 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_POINTS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as
+1/100 of a point. A point is a unit used in text processing
+applications and is defined as 1/72 inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_UNITS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal font
+units. A font unit has horizontal and vertical components.
+These are the values of the XmScreen resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_FONT_UNITS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are
+treated as 1/100 of a font unit.
+A font unit has horizontal and vertical components.
+These are the values of the XmScreen resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNuserData</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to attach any necessary specific data to the gadget.
+This is an internally unused resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Gadget inherits resources from the
+superclass described in the following table.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>RectObj Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Object Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+} XmAnyCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+For this callback, <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_HELP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmGadget -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Behavior</Title>
+<Para>Gadgets cannot have translations associated with them.
+Because of this, a Gadget's behavior is determined by the Manager
+widget into which the Gadget is placed. If focus is on a Gadget,
+events are passed to the Gadget by its Manager.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Object;,
+&cdeman.RectObj;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;, and
+&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetAtomN.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetAtomN.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f44b334
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetAtomN.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetAtomN.sgm /main/7 1996/09/08 20:45:30 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN246.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetAtomName</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetAtomName</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that returns the string representation for an atom
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetAtomName</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>atoms</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+#include &lt;Xm/AtomMgr.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>String <Function>XmGetAtomName</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>display, atom</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display <Parameter>* display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>atom</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetAtomName</Function> returns the string representation for an atom.
+It mirrors the <Emphasis>Xlib</Emphasis> interfaces for atom management but provides
+client-side caching. When and where caching is provided in <Emphasis>Xlib</Emphasis>, the
+routines will become pseudonyms for the <Emphasis>Xlib</Emphasis> routines.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the connection to the X server
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">atom</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the atom for the property name you want returned
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a string.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned string.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetColC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetColC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..89a41c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetColC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetColC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:25:40 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN247.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetColorCalculation</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetColorCalculation</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function to get the procedure used for default color calculation
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetColorCalculation</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Color functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmGetColorCalculation</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmColorProc <Function>XmGetColorCalculation</Function></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetColorCalculation</Function> returns the procedure being used to calculate
+default colors.
+</Para>
+<Para>For a description of <StructName Role="typedef">XmColorProc</StructName>, see &cdeman.XmSetColorCalculation;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the procedure used for default color calculation.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmChangeColor;,
+&cdeman.XmGetColors;, and
+&cdeman.XmSetColorCalculation;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetCols.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetCols.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d44065a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetCols.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetCols.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:45:39 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN248.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetColors</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetColors</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that generates foreground, select, and shadow colors
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetColors</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Color functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmGetColors</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmGetColors</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>screen, colormap, background, foreground, top_shadow,
+bottom_shadow, select</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Screen <Parameter>* screen</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Colormap <Parameter>colormap</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>background</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>* foreground</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>* top_shadow</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>* bottom_shadow</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>* select</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetColors</Function> takes a screen, a colormap, and a background pixel,
+and returns pixel values for foreground, select, and shadow colors.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the screen for which these colors should be allocated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">colormap</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the colormap from which these colors should be allocated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">background</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the background on which the colors should be based.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">foreground</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the returned foreground pixel value.
+If this argument is NULL, no value is allocated or returned for this color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">top_shadow</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the returned top shadow pixel value.
+If this argument is NULL, no value is allocated or returned for this color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">bottom_shadow</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the returned bottom shadow pixel value.
+If this argument is NULL, no value is allocated or returned for this color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">select</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the returned select pixel value.
+If this argument is NULL, no value is allocated or returned for this color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmChangeColor;,
+&cdeman.XmGetColorCalculation;, and
+&cdeman.XmSetColorCalculation;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetDest.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetDest.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d53bc5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetDest.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetDest.sgm /main/6 1996/09/08 20:45:47 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN249.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetDestination</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetDestination</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that returns the widget ID of the widget to be used as the current destination for quick paste and certain clipboard operations
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetDestination</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmGetDestination</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>display</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display <Parameter>*display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetDestination</Function> returns the widget that is the current destination
+on the specified display.
+The destination is generally the last editable widget on which a
+select, edit, insert, or paste operation was performed and is the
+destination for quick paste and certain clipboard functions.
+The destination is NULL until a keyboard or mouse operation has been
+done on an editable widget. Refer to the &MotifProgGd; for a description of
+keyboard focus.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display whose destination widget is to be queried
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID for the current destination or NULL if there is
+no current destination.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetDragC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetDragC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3cf2d01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetDragC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetDragC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:45:56 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN250.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetDragContext</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetDragContext</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Drag and Drop function that retrieves the
+DragContext widget ID associated with a timestamp
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetDragContext</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmGetDragContext</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragC.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmGetDragContext</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>refwidget, timestamp</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>refwidget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>timestamp</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetDragContext</Function> returns the widget ID of the active
+DragContext associated with a given display and timestamp. A timestamp
+uniquely identifies which DragContext is active when more than
+one drag and drop transaction has been initiated on a display. If
+the specified timestamp matches a timestamp processed between
+the start and finish of a single drag and drop transaction, the
+function returns the corresponding DragContext ID.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">refwidget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget that the routine uses to identify
+the intended display. The function returns the ID of the
+DragContext associated with the display value passed by this widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">timestamp</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a timestamp.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of DragContext and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDragContext;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ID of the DragContext widget that is active for the
+specified timestamp. Otherwise, returns NULL if no active
+DragContext is found.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDragContext;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetFocW.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetFocW.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..cf51319
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetFocW.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetFocW.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:46:05 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN251.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetFocusWidget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetFocusWidget</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Returns the ID of the widget that has
+keyboard focus
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetFocusWidget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>traversal functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmGetFocusWidget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmGetFocusWidget</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetFocusWidget</Function> examines the hierarchy that contains
+the specified widget and returns the ID of the widget that
+has keyboard focus. The function extracts the widget ID
+from the associated Shell widget; therefore, the specified
+widget can be located anywhere in the hierarchy.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a widget ID within a given hierarchy
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ID of the widget with keyboard focus. If no child
+of the Shell has focus, the function returns NULL.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmProcessTraversal;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetMenuC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetMenuC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..77c0651
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetMenuC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetMenuC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:46:14 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN252.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetMenuCursor</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetMenuCursor</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that returns the cursor ID for the current menu cursor
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetMenuCursor</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cursor <Function>XmGetMenuCursor</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>display</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display <Parameter>* display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetMenuCursor</Function> queries the menu
+cursor currently being used by this client on the specified display and returns
+the cursor ID.
+This function returns the menu cursor for the default screen of the
+display.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>NOTE:</Literal> <Function>XmGetMenuCursor</Function> is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+previous releases.
+Instead of using this function, call <Function>XtGetValues</Function> for the XmScreen
+resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmenuCursor</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display whose menu cursor is to be queried
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the cursor ID for the current menu cursor or the value None if
+a cursor is not yet defined. A cursor will not be defined
+if the application makes this call before the client has created any menus
+on the specified display.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetPixA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetPixA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ccd7538
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetPixA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetPixA.sgm /main/10 1996/10/29 16:10:26 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN253.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetPixmap</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetPixmap</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetPixmap</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>pixmaps</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Pixmap <Function>XmGetPixmap</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>screen, image_name, foreground, background</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Screen *<Parameter>screen</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>image_name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>foreground</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>background</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetPixmap</Function>
+uses the parameter data to perform a lookup in the
+pixmap cache to see if a pixmap has already been generated that
+matches the data. If one is found, a reference count is incremented
+and the pixmap is returned. Applications should use <Function>XmDestroyPixmap</Function>
+when the pixmap is no longer needed.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display screen on which the pixmap is to
+be drawn.
+The depth of the pixmap is the default depth for this screen.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the image to be used to
+generate the pixmap
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">foreground</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Combines the image with the <Symbol Role="Variable">foreground</Symbol> color to create the pixmap
+if the image referenced is a bit-per-pixel image
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">background</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Combines the image with the <Symbol Role="Variable">background</Symbol> color to create the pixmap
+if the image referenced is a bit-per-pixel image
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>If a pixmap is not found, <Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol> is used to perform a lookup in
+the image cache. If an image is found, it is used to generate the pixmap,
+which is then cached and returned.
+</Para>
+<Para>If an image is not found, the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol> is used as a filename, and a search is made for
+an <Literal>X10</Literal> or <Literal>X11</Literal> bitmap file. If it is found, the file is
+read, converted into an image, and cached in the image cache. The image
+is then used to generate a pixmap, which is cached and returned.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol> has a leading slash (<Filename>/</Filename>), it specifies a full
+pathname, and <Function>XmGetPixmap</Function> opens the file as specified.
+Otherwise, <Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol> specifies a filename.
+In this case, <Function>XmGetPixmap</Function> looks for the file along a search path
+specified by the <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</SystemItem> environment variable or by a default
+search path, which varies depending on whether or not the
+<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</SystemItem> environment variable is set.
+The default search path contains a lot of directories.
+Therefore, <Function>XmGetPixmap</Function> will need a relatively
+long time to search through all these directories for pixmaps
+and bitmaps. Applications that use a lot of pixmaps and bitmaps
+will probably run more quickly if
+<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</SystemItem> is set to a short list of directories.
+In addition to X bitmap files (XBM), Motif also supports XPM (X
+Pixmap) file formats. The <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</SystemItem> specifies the path for
+both XBM and XPM files. Refer to the <Function>XmGetPixmapByDepth</Function> reference
+page for further details.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</SystemItem> environment variable specifies a search path
+for X bitmap files.
+It can contain the substitution field <Literal>%B</Literal>, where the <Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol>
+argument to <Function>XmGetPixmap</Function> is substituted for <Literal>%B</Literal>.
+It can also contain the substitution fields accepted by
+<Function>XtResolvePathname</Function>.
+The substitution field <Literal>%T</Literal> is always mapped to <Symbol Role="Variable">bitmaps</Symbol>, and <Literal>%S</Literal> is
+always mapped to NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</SystemItem> is not set but the environment variable
+<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</SystemItem> is set, the following pathnames are searched:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%L/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%l_%t/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%l/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%L/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%l_%t/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</listitem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%l/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l_%t/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l_%t/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/include/X11/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>If neither <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</SystemItem> nor <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</SystemItem> is set, the
+following pathnames are searched:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%L/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%l_%t/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%l/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%L/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%l_%t/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%l/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l_%t/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l_%t/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/include/X11/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>These paths are defaults that vendors may change.
+For example, a vendor may use different directories for
+<Filename>/usr/lib/X11</Filename> and <Filename>/usr/include/X11</Filename>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following substitutions are used in these paths:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%B</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The image name, from the <Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol> argument
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%N</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The class name of the application
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%L</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The display's language string.
+This string is influenced by <Function>XtSetLanguageProc</Function>.
+The default string is determined by
+calling <Action>setlocale(<Symbol Role="Define">LC_ALL, NULL</Symbol>)</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%l_%t</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The language and territory component of the display's language string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+
+
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%l</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The language component of the display's language string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The contents of the file must conform to the rules for
+X11 bitmap files. In other words, Motif can read any X11
+conformant bitmap file.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a pixmap when successful; returns <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</SystemItem>
+if the image corresponding to <Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol> cannot be found.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDestroyPixmap;,
+&cdeman.XmGetPixmapByDepth;,
+&cdeman.XmInstallImage;, and
+&cdeman.XmUninstallImage;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetPixB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetPixB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2bac801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetPixB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetPixB.sgm /main/10 1996/10/29 16:10:37 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN254.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetPixmapByDepth</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetPixmapByDepth</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetPixmapByDepth</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>pixmaps</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Pixmap <Function>XmGetPixmapByDepth</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>screen, image_name,foreground, background, depth</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Screen *<Parameter>screen</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>image_name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>foreground</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>background</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>depth</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetPixmapByDepth</Function> uses the parameter data to perform a lookup in the
+pixmap cache to see if a pixmap has already been generated that
+matches the data. If one is found, a reference count is incremented
+and the pixmap is returned. Applications should use <Function>XmDestroyPixmap</Function>
+when the pixmap is no longer needed.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display screen on which the pixmap is to
+be drawn
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the image to be used to
+generate the pixmap
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">foreground</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Combines the image with the <Symbol Role="Variable">foreground</Symbol> color to create the pixmap
+if the image referenced is a bit-per-pixel image
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">background</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Combines the image with the <Symbol Role="Variable">background</Symbol> color to create the pixmap
+if the image referenced is a bit-per-pixel image
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">depth</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the depth of the pixmap
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>If a matching pixmap is not found,
+<Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol> is used to perform a lookup in
+the image cache. If an image is found, it is used to generate the pixmap,
+which is then cached and returned.
+</Para>
+<Para>If an image is not found,
+<Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol> is used as a filename, and a search is made for
+an <Literal>X10</Literal> or <Literal>X11</Literal> bitmap file. If it is found, the file is
+read, converted into an image, and cached in the image cache. The image
+is then used to generate a pixmap, which is cached and returned.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol> has a leading / (slash), it specifies a full
+pathname, and <Function>XmGetPixmapByDepth</Function> opens the file as specified.
+Otherwise, <Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol> specifies a filename.
+In this case, <Function>XmGetPixmapByDepth</Function> looks for the file along a search
+path specified by the <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</SystemItem> environment variable or by a
+default search path, which varies depending on whether or not the
+<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</SystemItem> environment variable is set.
+The default search path contains a lot of directories.
+Therefore, <Function>XmGetPixmapByDepth</Function> will need a relatively
+long time to search through all these directories for pixmaps
+and bitmaps. Applications that use a lot of pixmaps and bitmaps
+will probably run more quickly if
+<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</SystemItem> is set to a short list of directories.
+In addition to X bitmap files (XBM), Motif also supports XPM (X
+Pixmap) file formats. The <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</SystemItem> specifies the path for
+both XBM and XPM files. XPM files are described in more detail later
+in this reference page.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</SystemItem> environment variable specifies a search path
+for X bitmap files.
+It can contain the substitution field <Literal>%B</Literal>, where the <Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol>
+argument to <Function>XmGetPixmapByDepth</Function> is substituted for <Literal>%B</Literal>.
+It can also contain the substitution fields accepted by
+<Function>XtResolvePathname</Function>.
+The substitution field <Literal>%T</Literal> is always mapped to <Symbol Role="Variable">bitmaps</Symbol>, and <Literal>%S</Literal> is
+always mapped to NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</SystemItem> is not set, but the environment variable
+<SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</SystemItem> is set, the following pathnames are searched:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%L/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%l_%t/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%l/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%L/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%l_%t/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/%l/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$XAPPLRESDIR/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l_%t/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l_%t/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/include/X11/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>If neither <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XBMLANGPATH</SystemItem> nor <SystemItem Class="EnvironVar">XAPPLRESDIR</SystemItem> is set, the
+following pathnames are searched:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%L/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%l_%t/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%l/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%L/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%l_%t/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%l/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>$HOME/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l_%t/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/bitmaps/%N/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%L/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l_%t/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/%l/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/lib/X11/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Filename>/usr/include/X11/bitmaps/%B</Filename>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>These paths are defaults that vendors may change.
+For example, a vendor may use different directories for
+<Filename>/usr/lib/X11</Filename> and <Filename>/usr/include/X11</Filename>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following substitutions are used in these paths:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%B</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The image name, from the <Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol> argument
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%N</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The class name of the application
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%L</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The display's language string.
+This string is influenced by <Function>XtSetLanguageProc</Function>.
+The default string is determined by
+calling <Action>setlocale(<Symbol Role="Define">LC_ALL, NULL</Symbol>)</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%l_%t</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The language and territory component of the display's language string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>%l</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The language component of the display's language string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The contents of the file must conform to the rules for
+X11 bitmap files. In other words, Motif can read any X11
+conformant bitmap file.
+</Para>
+<Para>The XPM file format is used for
+storing or getting back colored X pixmaps from files. The XPM library
+is provided as unsupported with Motif. To build applications without
+XPM, use the <Symbol Role="Define">NO_XPM</Symbol> macro.
+The following shows both XBM and XPM files, respectively,
+for a plaid pattern.
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>/* XBM file */
+&npzwc;#define plaid_width 22
+&npzwc;#define plaid_height 22
+&npzwc;#define plaid_x_hot -1
+&npzwc;#define plaid_y_hot -1
+static char plaid_bits[] = {
+   0x75, 0xfd, 0x3f, 0xaa, 0xfa, 0x3e, 0x75, 0xfd, 0x3f, 0xaa, 0xfa, 0x3e,
+   0x75, 0xfd, 0x3f, 0xff, 0x57, 0x15, 0x75, 0xfd, 0x3f, 0xaa, 0xfa, 0x3e,
+   0x75, 0xfd, 0x3f, 0xaa, 0xfa, 0x3e, 0x75, 0xfd, 0x3f, 0x20, 0xa8, 0x2b,
+   0x20, 0x50, 0x15, 0x20, 0xa8, 0x2b, 0x20, 0x50, 0x15, 0x20, 0xa8, 0x2b,
+   0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x20, 0xa8, 0x2b, 0x20, 0x50, 0x15, 0x20, 0xa8, 0x2b,
+   0x20, 0x50, 0x15, 0x20, 0xa8, 0x2b};
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>/* XPM file */
+static char * plaid[] = {
+/* plaid pixmap
+ * width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
+"22 22 4 2 ",
+/* colors */
+"   c red       m white  s light_color ",
+"Y  c green     m black  s lines_in_mix ",
+"+  c yellow    m white  s lines_in_dark ",
+"x              m black  s dark_color ",
+/* pixels */
+"x   x   x x x   x   x x x x x x + x x x x x ",
+"  x   x   x   x   x   x x x x x x x x x x x ",
+"x   x   x x x   x   x x x x x x + x x x x x ",
+"  x   x   x   x   x   x x x x x x x x x x x ",
+"x   x   x x x   x   x x x x x x + x x x x x ",
+"Y Y Y Y Y x Y Y Y Y Y + x + x + x + x + x + ",
+"x   x   x x x   x   x x x x x x + x x x x x ",
+"  x   x   x   x   x   x x x x x x x x x x x ",
+"x   x   x x x   x   x x x x x x + x x x x x ",
+"  x   x   x   x   x   x x x x x x x x x x x ",
+"x   x   x x x   x   x x x x x x + x x x x x ",
+"          x           x   x   x Y x   x   x ",
+"          x             x   x   Y   x   x   ",
+"          x           x   x   x Y x   x   x ",
+"x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x ",
+"          x           x   x   x Y x   x   x ",
+"          x             x   x   Y   x   x   ",
+"          x           x   x   x Y x   x   x ",
+"          x             x   x   Y   x   x   ",
+"          x           x   x   x Y x   x   x "
+};
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a pixmap when successful; returns <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</SystemItem>
+if the image corresponding to <Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol> cannot be found.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDestroyPixmap;,
+&cdeman.XmInstallImage;, and
+&cdeman.XmUninstallImage;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetPost.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetPost.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f73aa32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetPost.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetPost.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:28:25 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN255.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetPostedFromWidget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetPostedFromWidget</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn function that returns the widget from which a menu was posted
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetPostedFromWidget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>RowColumn functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmGetPostedFromWidget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmGetPostedFromWidget</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>menu</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>menu</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetPostedFromWidget</Function> returns the widget from which a menu was
+posted.
+For torn-off menus, this function returns the widget
+from which the menu was originally torn.
+An application can use this routine during the activate callback to
+determine the context in which the menu callback should be interpreted.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">menu</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the menu
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID of the widget from which the menu was posted.
+If the menu is a Popup Menu, the returned widget is the widget from
+which the menu was popped up.
+If the menu is a Pulldown Menu, the returned widget is the MenuBar or
+OptionMenu from which the widget was pulled down.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetSec.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetSec.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..49f3ec7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetSec.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetSec.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:46:40 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN256.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetSecondaryResourceData</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetSecondaryResourceData</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that provides access to secondary widget resource data
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetSecondaryResourceData</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>XmGetSecondaryResourceData</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget_class, secondary_data_return</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>WidgetClass <Parameter>widget_class</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmSecondaryResourceData **<Parameter>secondary_data_return</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Some Motif widget classes (such as Gadget, Text, and VendorShell) have
+resources that are not accessible through the functions
+<Function>XtGetResourceList</Function> and <Function>XtGetConstraintResourceList</Function>.
+In order to retrieve the descriptions of these resources, an application
+must use <Function>XmGetSecondaryResourceData</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a widget class has such resources, this function provides
+descriptions of the resources in one or more data structures.
+<Function>XmGetSecondaryResourceData</Function> takes a widget class argument and
+returns the number of these data structures associated with the widget
+class.
+If the return value is greater than 0 (zero), the function allocates and fills
+an array of pointers to the corresponding data structures.
+It returns this array at the address that is the value of the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">secondary_data_return</Symbol> argument.
+</Para>
+<Para>The type <StructName Role="typedef">XmSecondaryResourceData</StructName> is a pointer to a structure with
+two members that are useful to an application: <Symbol Role="Variable">resources</Symbol>, of type
+<Symbol>XtResourceList</Symbol>, and <Literal>num_resources</Literal>, of type <StructName Role="typedef">Cardinal</StructName>.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">resources</Symbol> member is a list of the widget resources that are
+not accessible using Xt functions.
+The <Literal>num_resources</Literal> member is the length of the <Symbol Role="Variable">resources</Symbol>
+list.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the return value is greater than 0 (zero), <Function>XmGetSecondaryResourceData</Function>
+allocates memory that the application must free.
+Use <Function>XtFree</Function> to free the resource list in each structure (the value
+of the <Symbol Role="Variable">resources</Symbol> member), the structures themselves, and the array
+of pointers to the structures (the array whose address is
+<Symbol Role="Variable">secondary_data_return</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget_class</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget class for which secondary resource data is to be
+retrieved.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">secondary_data_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to an array of <StructName Role="typedef">XmSecondaryResourceData</StructName>
+pointers to be returned by this function.
+If the widget class has no secondary resource data, for example, if the value
+returned by the function is 0 (zero), the function returns no meaningful value
+for this argument.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the number of secondary resource data structures associated with
+this widget class.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>EXAMPLE</Title>
+<Para>The following example uses <Function>XmGetSecondaryResourceData</Function> to print the
+names of the secondary resources of the Motif Text widget and then frees
+the data allocated by the function:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>XmSecondaryResourceData * block_array;
+Cardinal num_blocks, i, j;
+if (num_blocks = XmGetSecondaryResourceData (xmTextWidgetClass,
+                                             &amp;block_array)) {
+  for (i = 0; i &lt; num_blocks; i++) {
+    for (j = 0; j &lt; block_array[i]->num_resources; j++) {
+      printf("%s&bsol;n", block_array[i]->resources[j].resource_name);
+    }
+    XtFree((char*)block_array[i]->resources);
+    XtFree((char*)block_array[i]);
+  }
+  XtFree((char*)block_array);
+}
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetTabGr.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetTabGr.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5650083
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetTabGr.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetTabGr.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:28:51 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN257.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetTabGroup</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetTabGroup</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Returns the widget ID of a tab group
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetTabGroup</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>traversal functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmGetTabGroup</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmGetTabGroup</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetTabGroup</Function> returns the widget ID of the tab group that
+contains the specified widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a widget ID within a tab group
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID of a tab group or shell, determined as follows:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> is a tab group or shell, returns <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If neither <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> nor any ancestor up to the nearest shell is a tab
+group, returns the nearest ancestor of <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> that is a shell
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Otherwise, returns the nearest ancestor of <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> that is a tab group
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmAddTabGroup;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;, and
+&cdeman.XmPrimitive;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetTearO.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetTearO.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..de23a9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetTearO.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetTearO.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:29:18 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN258.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetTearOffControl</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetTearOffControl</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the tear-off control in a menu
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetTearOffControl</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>RowColumn functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmGetTearOffControl</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmGetTearOffControl</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>menu</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>menu</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetTearOffControl</Function> provides the application with the means for
+obtaining the widget ID of the internally created tear-off control in a
+tear-off menu.
+</Para>
+<Para>RowColumn creates a tear-off control for a PulldownMenu or PopupMenu
+when the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtearOffModel</SystemItem> resource is initialized or set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEAR_OFF_ENABLED</SystemItem>.
+The tear-off control is a widget that appears as the first element in
+the menu.
+The user tears off the menu by means of mouse or keyboard events in the
+tear-off control.
+</Para>
+<Para>The tear-off control has Separator-like behavior.
+Once the application has obtained the widget ID of the tear-off control,
+it can set resources to specify the appearance of the control.
+The application or user can also set these resources in a resource file
+by using the name of the control, which is <Literal>TearOffControl</Literal>.
+For a list of the resources the application or user can set, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">menu</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the RowColumn PulldownMenu or PopupMenu
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For more information on tear-off menus and a complete definition of
+RowColumn and its associated resources, see &cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID for the tear-off control, or NULL if no tear-off
+control exists.
+An application should not assume that the returned widget will be of any
+particular class.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetVisi.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetVisi.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f8e7183
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetVisi.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetVisi.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:46:48 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN259.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetVisibility</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetVisibility</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that determines if a widget is
+visible
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetVisibility</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmVisibility <Function>XmGetVisibility</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetVisibility</Function> returns the visibility state of the specified
+widget.
+It checks to see if some part of the widget's rectangular
+area is unobscured
+by the widget's ancestors, or some part of the widget's rectangular
+area is inside the work window (but possibly outside the clip window)
+of a ScrolledWindow whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem> and whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</SystemItem> is not
+NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmGetVisibility</Function> does not check to see if <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> is obscured by
+its siblings or by siblings of its ancestors. Consequently, <Function>XmGetVisibility</Function>
+returns <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED</SystemItem> for widgets which are completely or partially
+covered by one or more siblings of <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> by one or more siblings of ancestors
+of <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a widget which is unrealized is being queried, it is indicated
+that the widget is fully obscured.
+If an application unmaps a <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> that has its
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmappedWhenManaged</SystemItem> resource set to True, the return value
+is undefined.
+When a widget which is unmanaged is being queried, it is
+indicated that the widget is fully obscured.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns one of the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is mapped, not obscured, and is completely
+visible on the screen.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVISIBILITY_PARTIALLY_OBSCURED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is mapped, and is not completely
+visible on the screen (partially obscured).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVISIBILITY_FULLY_OBSCURED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is not at all visible on the screen.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmIsTraversable;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;,
+and &cdeman.XmProcessTraversal;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetXmD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetXmD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..874fea5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetXmD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetXmD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:46:57 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN260.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetXmDisplay</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetXmDisplay</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Display function that returns the
+XmDisplay object ID for a specified display
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetXmDisplay</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Display functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmGetXmDisplay</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Display.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmGetXmDisplay</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>display</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display *<Parameter>display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetXmDisplay</Function> returns the <Classname>XmDisplay</Classname> object ID associated
+with a display. The application can access
+Display resources with <Function>XtGetValues</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display for which the <Classname>XmDisplay</Classname> object ID is to be returned
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Display and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmDisplay;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the <Classname>XmDisplay</Classname> object ID for the specified display.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDisplay;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetXmScr.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetXmScr.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c198e88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/GetXmScr.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: GetXmScr.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:47:05 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN261.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetXmScreen</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetXmScreen</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Screen function that returns the XmScreen object
+ID for a specified screen
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmGetXmScreen</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Screen.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmGetXmScreen</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>screen</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Screen *<Parameter>screen</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmGetXmScreen</Function> returns the <Classname>XmScreen</Classname> object ID associated
+with a screen. The application can access
+and manipulate Screen resources with <Function>XtGetValues</Function> and
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">screen</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the screen for which the <Classname>XmScreen</Classname> ID is to be returned
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Screen and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the <Classname>XmScreen</Classname> object ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/IconGadg.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/IconGadg.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..84e84d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/IconGadg.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: IconGadg.sgm /main/13 1996/09/08 20:47:14 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN262.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmIconGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmIconGadget</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The IconGadget widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmIconGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>iconGadget</Primary>
+<Secondary>IconGadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>#include &lt;Xm/IconG.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>IconGadget is an instantiable widget used to display both text and a pixmap
+in various combinations.
+Other widgets that hold the <Function>XmQTcontainer</Function> trait, such as
+Container, can use IconGadget to represent objects.
+</Para>
+<Para>IconGadget text is a compound string. If no text is supplied, then
+the compound string is generated from the gadget name. IconGadget
+text is placed relative to the type of associated pixmap.
+</Para>
+<Para>Depending upon the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNviewType</SystemItem> resource, IconGadget can display
+two views:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLARGE_ICON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The IconGadget text string is displayed below the
+pixmap, and centered.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSMALL_ICON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The IconGadget text string is placed on the side of the small icon, in the
+widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A bitmap mask can be supplied for each pixmap to
+clip the pixmap into some shape other than a rectangle. The
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlargeIconMask</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsmallIconMask</SystemItem> resources specify
+the large and small bitmap masks respectively. Visual emphasis for
+the IconGadget is
+provided with the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisualEmphasis</SystemItem> resource.
+IconGadget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetail</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailCount</SystemItem> resources provide
+a detail view for IconGadgets, enabling the display of Strings alongside the
+IconGadget. The exact layout ordering of the strings depends on the
+associated containing widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>IconGadget uses the <Function>XmQTcontainer</Function> and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> traits, and
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcareParentVisual</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcontainerItem</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>IconGadget inherits behaviour, resources, and traits from <Literal>Object,
+RectObject</Literal>,
+and <Classname>XmGadget</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Function>xmIconGadgetClass</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <StructName Role="typedef">XmIconGadget</StructName>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the
+programmer to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource
+values for the inherited classes to set attributes for this widget.
+To reference a resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters.
+To specify one of the defined values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename>
+file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters (in
+either lowercase or uppercase, but include any underscores between
+words). The codes in the access column indicate whether the given resource
+can be set at creation time (C), set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function>
+(S), retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not
+applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmIconGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Xmalignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdetail</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDetail</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdetailCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDetailCount</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCXmString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlargeIconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlargeIconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsmallIconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconMask</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsmallIconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIconPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNviewType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCViewType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmLARGE_ICON</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisualEmphasis</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisualEmphasis</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNOT_SELECTED</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNspacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>4</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNalignment</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the horizontal alignment of the pixmap with
+respect to the label when the icon is in
+<Symbol>LARGE_ICON</Symbol>
+view. Valid values are
+<systemitem class="constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</systemitem>,
+<systemitem class="constant">XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</systemitem>,
+and <systemitem class="constant">XmALIGNMENT_END</systemitem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetail</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>s that are the detail information
+associated with the gadget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetail</SystemItem> array.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list associated with <StructName Role="typedef">XmIconGadget</StructName>. The font list
+is an obsolete construct, and has been superseded by the render table.
+It is included for compatibility with earlier versions of Motif, and
+for applications that do not easily support render tables. The
+default font list is derived from the default render table, and if
+both a font list and a render table are specified, the render table
+takes precedence.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string.
+If this value is NULL, it is initialized by converting the name of the
+gadget to a compound string.
+Refer to &cdeman.XmString;
+for more information on the
+creation and structure of compound strings.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlargeIconMask</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the icon mask used when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNviewType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLARGE_ICON</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlargeIconPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNviewType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLARGE_ICON</SystemItem>. If
+this resource's value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</SystemItem>, there is no
+pixmap. If a large
+icon pixmap is specified, and if during conversion an associated mask
+can be fetched, then the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlargeIconMask</SystemItem> resource is set to that mask.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of vertical space between the highlight
+and the inside (pixmap and label).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of horizontal space between the highlight
+and the inside (pixmap and label).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <StructName Role="typedef">XmRenderTable</StructName> of the text used in the gadget.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> is NULL when the IconGadget is created, the parent's
+render table resource value is used if there is a render table. If
+the parent does not have a render table,
+the parent hierarchy of the widget is
+searched for a widget that
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+If such an ancestor is found, the render table is initialized to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLABEL_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. If no such widget
+is found, the default is implementation dependent.
+Refer to
+&cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on the creation and
+structure of a <StructName Role="typedef">XmRenderTable</StructName>.
+If both a render table and a font list are specified, the render table
+will take precedence.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsmallIconMask</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the icon mask used when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNviewType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSMALL_ICON</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsmallIconPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNviewType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSMALL_ICON</SystemItem>.
+If
+this resource's value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</SystemItem>, there is no
+pixmap. If a small
+icon pixmap is specified, and if during conversion an associated mask
+can be fetched, then the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsmallIconMask</SystemItem> resource is set to that mask.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspacing</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of space between the pixmap and
+the label parts of the icon.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNviewType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the view (combination of pixmaps/text) that will be displayed.
+If the IconGadget is a child of a Container widget, however, then the
+specification of this resource will be taken from the Container&mdash;
+if Container's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryViewType</SystemItem> is either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLARGE_ICON</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSMALL_ICON</SystemItem>, then IconGadget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNviewType</SystemItem> takes that value;
+otherwise, the default is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLARGE_ICON</SystemItem>.
+This resource is set to one of the following:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLARGE_ICON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The pixmap specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlargeIconPixmap</SystemItem> is
+displayed with the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> beneath it.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSMALL_ICON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The pixmap specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsmallIconPixmap</SystemItem> is
+displayed with the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> displayed in the direction of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisualEmphasis</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the visual state of the IconGadget. If the IconGadget is in a
+selected state
+all visuals are displayed using the Container <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem>
+resource.
+It is set to one of the following:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSELECTED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The IconGadget is in the selected state and displays
+the appropriate visuals.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNOT_SELECTED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The IconGadget is not in the selected state.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>IconGadget inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>RectObj Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Object Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>IconGadget has no behavior.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Errors/Warnings</Title>
+<Para>The toolkit will display a warning if an incorrect value is given
+for an enumeration resource.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmContainer;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateIconGadget;, and
+&cdeman.XmGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImCloXI.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImCloXI.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a9412bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImCloXI.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImCloXI.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:47:24 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN263.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImCloseXIM</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImCloseXIM</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An input manager function that releases the input
+method associated with a specified widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmImCloseXIM</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>input manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmImCloseXIM</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmImCloseXIM</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmImCloseXIM</Function> closes all input contexts associated with the Input
+Method (IM) of <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>. <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> is used to
+identify the Display that specifies the Input Method opened for the
+widget. Upon closure, all widgets registered with the input contexts
+are unregistered. Also, the Input Method specified by Display is closed.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of a widget whose reference Input Method is to be closed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmImGetXIM; and
+&cdeman.XmImRegister;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImFrXIC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImFrXIC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a7f18e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImFrXIC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImFrXIC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:31:49 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN264.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImFreeXIC</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImFreeXIC</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An input manager function that unregisters widgets for an XIC
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmImFreeXIC</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>input manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmImFreeXIC</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmImFreeXIC</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, xic</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XIC <Parameter>xic</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmImFreeXIC</Function> unregisters all widgets associated with the specified
+X Input Context (XIC).
+The specified <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> must be associated with the specified
+<Symbol Role="Variable">xic</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>After unregistering the associated widgets, this call
+frees the <Symbol Role="Variable">xic</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of a widget used to identify the <Classname>VendorShell</Classname>
+and <Classname>XmDisplay</Classname> that maintain the widget-XIC registry.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">xic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Input Context associated with the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmImGetXIC; and
+&cdeman.XmImSetXIC;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImGetXIC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImGetXIC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..840f9ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImGetXIC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImGetXIC.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:47:33 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN265.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImGetXIC</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImGetXIC</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An input manager function that obtains an XIC for a widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmImGetXIC</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>input manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmImGetXIC</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XIC <Function>XmImGetXIC</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, input_policy, args, num_args</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmInputPolicy <Parameter>input_policy</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>args</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>num_args</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmImGetXIC</Function> creates and registers an X Input Context (XIC)
+with the specified
+arguments for <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>. If <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINHERIT_POLICY</SystemItem> is specified
+for <Symbol Role="Variable">input_policy</Symbol>, a new XIC will be created only if
+required to by the arguments or by the <Classname>VendorShell</Classname> input policy.
+Any existing XIC registered with <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> is unregistered.
+</Para>
+<Para>Refer to the <Classname>VendorShell</Classname> reference page for further details.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of a widget for which an Input Context is to be
+created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">input_policy</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of input policy. It accepts the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINHERIT_POLICY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Inherits the policy from <Classname>VendorShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPER_WIDGET</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Creates a new XIC for this widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPER_SHELL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Creates a new XIC for the shell, if needed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">args</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an <Symbol>XtArgList</Symbol> parameter to use for creating the XIC.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_args</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of arguments in the <Symbol Role="Variable">args</Symbol> parameter.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the created XIC.
+The application is responsible for freeing the returned XIC
+by calling <Function>XmImFreeXIC</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmImSetXIC; and
+&cdeman.XmImFreeXIC;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImGetXIM.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImGetXIM.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c556abd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImGetXIM.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImGetXIM.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:47:41 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN266.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImGetXIM</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImGetXIM</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An input manager function that retrieves the input
+method associated with a specified widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmImGetXIM</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>input manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmImGetXIM</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!---->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!---->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!---->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XIM <Function>XmImGetXIM</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef>widget<ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmImGetXIM</Function> retrieves the XIM data structure representing
+the input method that the input manager has opened for the
+specified widget. If an input method has not been opened
+by a previous call to <Function>XmImRegister</Function>, the first time this
+routine is called it opens an input method using the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinputMethod</SystemItem> resource for the VendorShell. If the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinputMethod</SystemItem> is NULL, an input method is opened using the
+current locale.
+If it cannot open an input method, the
+function returns NULL.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of a widget registered with the input manager
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the input method for the current locale associated with
+the specified widget's input manager; otherwise, returns NULL.
+The application is responsible for freeing the returned XIM by calling
+<Function>XmImCloseXIM</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmImCloseXIM;,
+&cdeman.XmImGetXIM;,
+&cdeman.XmImMbLookupString;, and
+&cdeman.XmImRegister;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImMbLook.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImMbLook.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..30552ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImMbLook.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImMbLook.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:47:50 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN267.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImMbLookupString</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImMbLookupString</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An input manager function that retrieves a composed string from an input method
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmImMbLookupString</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>input manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmImMbLookupString</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!---->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!---->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmImMbLookupString</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, event, buffer_return, bytes_buffer, keysym_return, status_return</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XKeyPressedEvent *<Parameter>event</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>buffer_return</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>bytes_buffer</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>KeySym *<Parameter>keysym_return</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int *<Parameter>status_return</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmImMbLookupString</Function> returns a string composed in the
+locale associated with the widget's input method and a
+KeySym that is currently mapped to the keycode in a KeyPress
+event. The KeySym is obtained by using the standard
+interpretation of Shift, Lock and Group modifiers as
+defined in the X Protocol specification.
+</Para>
+<Para>An XIM will be created, but an XIC will not be created. One of the functions,
+<Function>XmImSetValues</Function>, <Function>XmImVaSetValues</Function>, or <Function>XmImGetXIC</Function>,
+needs to be called to create an XIC.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget registered with the input manager
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the key press event
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the buffer in which the string is returned
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">bytes_buffer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">keysym_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the KeySym returned if one exists
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">status_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the status values returned by the function. These status
+values are the same as those for the <Function>XmbLookupString</Function> function. The
+possible status values are:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XBufferOverflow</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The size of the buffer was insufficient to handle
+the returned string. The contents of <Symbol Role="Variable">buffer_return</Symbol>
+and <Symbol Role="Variable">keysym_return</Symbol> are not modified. The required
+buffer size is returned as a value of the function. The
+client should repeat the call with a larger buffer size to
+receive the string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XLookupNone</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>No consistent input was composed. The contents of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">buffer_return</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">keysym_return</Symbol> are not modified
+and the function returns a value of 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XLookupChars</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Some input characters were composed and returned in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">buffer_return</Symbol>. The content of <Symbol Role="Variable">keysym_return</Symbol>
+is not modified. The function returns the length of
+the string in bytes.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Function>XLookupKeysym</Function></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A keysym value was returned instead of a string. The content of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">buffer_return</Symbol> is not modified and the function returns
+a value of 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XLookupBoth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A keysym value and a string were returned. The keysym value may
+not necessarily correspond to the string returned. The function
+returns the length of the string in bytes.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Return values depend on the status returned by the function. Refer
+to the description of status values above.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmImGetXIM;,
+&cdeman.XmImGetXIC;,
+&cdeman.XmImRegister;,
+&cdeman.XmImSetValues;,
+and
+&cdeman.XmImUnregister;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImMbRese.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImMbRese.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..01aff16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImMbRese.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImMbRese.sgm /main/5 1996/08/25 21:47:12 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmImMbResetIC">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImMbResetIC</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImMbResetIC</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>
+An input manager function that resets the input context for a widget
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmImMbResetIC</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+<ParamDef>char <Parameter>**mb</parameter></paramdef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><function>XmImMbResetIC</function> gets the XIC of the widget
+and resets it. It puts a pointer to a string
+containing the current preedit string to <Symbol Role="Variable">mb</symbol>. The caller should free the returned
+string after use by calling <function>Xfree</function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>Specifies the ID of the widget.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">mb</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>Contains a pointer to the preedit string upon return.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>RETURN VALUE</title>
+<para>None
+</para>
+</RefSect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para></para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImRegist.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImRegist.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..338c18c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImRegist.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImRegist.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:47:59 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN268.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImRegister</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImRegister</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An input manager function that registers a widget with an input manager
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmImRegister</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>input manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmImRegister</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!---->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!---->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!---->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmImRegister</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, reserved</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned int <Parameter>reserved</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmImRegister</Function> registers a widget with its input manager.
+This adds the specified widget to a list of widgets that
+are supported by the input manager for an input method.
+If an input method has not been opened
+by a previous call to <Function>XmImRegister</Function>, the first time this
+routine is called it opens an input method using the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinputMethod</SystemItem> resource for the VendorShell. If the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinputMethod</SystemItem> is NULL, an input method is opened using the
+current locale.
+</Para>
+<Para>If an input method cannot be opened in
+the current locale, <Function>XLookupString</Function> provides input processing.
+</Para>
+<Para>The application is responsible for unregistering a widget by calling
+<Function>XmImUnregister</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the Text, TextField, and List widgets already call the
+<Function>XmImRegister</Function> function internally. You should not call this function for
+these widgets before calling <Function>XmImUnregister</Function> first.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget to be registered.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reserved</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This argument is not used in the current release of Motif.
+The value should always be 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmImGetXIM;,
+&cdeman.XmImMbLookupString;,
+and &cdeman.XmImUnregister;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImSetFoc.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImSetFoc.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..299cc90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImSetFoc.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImSetFoc.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 20:48:08 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN269.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImSetFocusValues</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImSetFocusValues</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An input manager function that notifies an input manager that a widget
+has received input focus and updates the input context attributes
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmImSetFocusValues</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>input manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmImSetFocusValues</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!---->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!---->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!---->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmImSetFocusValues</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmImSetFocusValues</Function> notifies the input manager that the
+specified widget has received input focus. This function also updates the
+attributes of the input context associated with the widget. The focus
+window for the XIC is set to the window of the widget. The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol> argument is a list of attribute/value pairs for the input
+context. This function passes the attributes and values to
+<Symbol>XICSetValues</Symbol>. The caller of this routine should pass in
+only those values that have changed since the last call to any of
+these functions; <Function>XmImSetValues</Function>, <Function>XmImSetFocusValues</Function>,
+<Function>XmImVaSetValues</Function>, or <Function>XmImVaSetFocusValues</Function>. See the
+description in the &cdeman.XmImSetValues; reference page for a list of
+associated resources.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the previous parameters for the widget's XIC do not allow
+the previously registered XIC to be reused, that XIC will be
+unregistered, and a new one will be created and registered with the
+widget. Note that sharing of data is preserved.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget registered with the input manager.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of attribute/value pairs to be passed to
+<Symbol>XICSetValues</Symbol>. See the description in the &cdeman.XmImSetValues;
+man page for a description of resources.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/values pairs in the argument
+list (<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist)</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Note that the Text and TextField widgets call the
+<Function>XmImSetFocusValues</Function> function when they receive focus. Therefore,
+further calls to the <Function>XmImSetFocusValues</Function> function for these
+widgets are unnecessary.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmImSetValues;,
+&cdeman.XmImVaSetFocusValues;, and
+&cdeman.XmImVaSetValues;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImSetVal.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImSetVal.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d05324e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImSetVal.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImSetVal.sgm /main/13 1996/09/08 20:48:16 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN270.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImSetValues</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImSetValues</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An input manager function that updates attributes of
+an input context
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmImSetValues</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>input manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmImSetValues</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmImSetValues</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmImSetValues</Function> updates attributes of the input context associated with
+the specified widget. The <Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol> argument is a list of
+attribute/value pairs for the input context. This function passes the
+attributes and values to <Symbol>XICSetValues</Symbol>. The initial call to
+this routine should pass in all of the input context attributes.
+Thereafter, the application programmer calls <Function>XmImSetValues</Function>, for
+an XIC,
+only if a value has changed.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the previous parameters for the widget's XIC do not allow
+the previously registered XIC to be reused, that XIC will be
+unregistered, and a new one will be created and registered with the
+widget. Note that sharing of data is preserved.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the Text and TextField widgets call the
+<Function>XmImSetValues</Function> function when they receive focus. Therefore,
+further calls to the <Function>XmImSetValues</Function> function for these
+widgets are unnecessary.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget registered with the input manager
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of attribute/value pairs to be passed to <Symbol>XICSetValues</Symbol>;
+the following attributes are accepted:
+<Symbol>XmNpreeditStartCallback</Symbol>
+<Symbol>XmNpreeditDoneCallback</Symbol>
+<Symbol>XmNpreeditDrawCallback</Symbol>
+and
+<Symbol>XmNpreeditCaretCallback</Symbol>. These attributes accept an accompanying
+value of type pointer
+to structure of type <Symbol>XIMCallback</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>These callbacks are used only when the <Symbol>XmNpreeditType</Symbol>
+resource of the relevant <Symbol>VendorShell</Symbol> has the "onthespot" value,
+and that the XIM supports <Symbol>XIMPreeditCallbacks</Symbol> input style. These
+values are ignored if the condition is not met.
+</Para>
+<Para>For each of these callbacks, if the callback value is not set by this
+function, no action will be taken when the Input Method tries to call this callback.
+Refer to the "Xlib - C Language X Interface, X Version 11, Release 6,"
+Chapter 13 for the detail of these callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/values pairs in the argument
+list (<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist)</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Resources that can be set for the input context include:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixel value for the background color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackgroundPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pixmap for tiling the background.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list used by the widget. The input method
+uses the first occurrence of a font set tagged with
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>. If no such instance is
+found, the first font set in the font list is used. If
+the font list does not contain a font set, a value is not
+passed to <Symbol>XICSetValues</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNforeground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixel value for the foreground color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlineSpace</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the line spacing used in the pre-edit window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table used by the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspotLocation</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> and <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> coordinates of the position
+where text will be inserted in the widget handling
+input, whose input method style is <Literal>"OverTheSpot"</Literal>. The <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>
+coordinate is the position of the baseline used by the current text line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The caller may also pass any other vendor-defined resources to this
+function. For additional information on the internationalization
+interface, see the Xlib documentation.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmImSetFocusValues;,
+&cdeman.XmImVaSetFocusValues;, and
+&cdeman.XmImVaSetValues;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImSetXIC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImSetXIC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8d8837b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImSetXIC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImSetXIC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:48:25 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN271.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImSetXIC</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImSetXIC</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An input manager function that registers an existing XIC with a widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmImSetXIC</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>input manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmImSetXIC</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XIC <Function>XmImSetXIC</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, xic</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XIC <Parameter>xic</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmImSetXIC</Function> registers the specified X Input Context (XIC) with
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>. Any existing XIC registered for <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> is
+unregistered. The new XIC registered for <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> is returned.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">xic</Symbol> was not created by <Function>XmImGetXIC</Function> or
+<Function>XmImRegister</Function>, it will not be subject to closing activities when it
+has no widgets registered with it.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of a widget for which a new Input Context is to be
+registered.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">xic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Input Context to be registered with the widget.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">xic</Symbol> is NULL, the function returns the current <Symbol Role="Define">XIC</Symbol>
+used by <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the new XIC registered for <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>.
+The application is responsible for freeing the returned XIC.
+To free the XIC, call <Function>XmImFreeXIC</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmImGetXIC; and
+&cdeman.XmImFreeXIC;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImUnreg.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImUnreg.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ecbc293
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImUnreg.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImUnreg.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:48:34 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN272.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImUnregister</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImUnregister</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An input manager function that removes a widget
+from association with its input manager
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmImUnregister</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>input manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmImUnregister</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!---->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!---->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!---->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmImUnregister</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmImUnregister</Function> removes the specified widget from the list of
+widgets registered for input by the input manager.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the Text, TextField, and List widgets already call the
+<Function>XmImRegister</Function> internally. You should call the
+<Function>XmImUnregister</Function> function for
+these widgets before calling <Function>XmImRegister</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget to be unregistered
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmImRegister;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImUnsetF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImUnsetF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a4909f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImUnsetF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImUnsetF.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:48:42 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN273.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImUnsetFocus</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImUnsetFocus</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An input manager function that notifies an input
+method that a widget has lost input focus
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmImUnsetFocus</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>input manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmImUnsetFocus</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!---->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!---->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!---->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmImUnsetFocus</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmImUnsetFocus</Function> unsets a specified widget's focus, then
+notifies the input manager that the specified widget has lost its input focus.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the Text, TextField, and List widgets already call the
+<Function>XmImUnsetFocus</Function> internally. Therefore, further calls to the
+<Function>XmImUnsetFocus</Function> function for those widgets are unnecessary.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget registered with the input manager
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmImSetFocusValues; and &cdeman.XmImVaSetFocusValues;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImVaSetF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImVaSetF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..846f212
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImVaSetF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImVaSetF.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:48:51 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN274.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImVaSetFocusValues</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImVaSetFocusValues</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An input manager function that notifies an
+input manager that a widget has received input focus and updates the input
+context attributes
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmImVaSetFocusValues</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>input manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmImVaSetFocusValues</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!---->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!---->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!---->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmImVaSetFocusValues</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, arg...</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmImVaSetFocusValues</Function> notifies the input manager that the
+specified widget has received input focus. This function also updates the
+attributes of the input context associated with the widget. This
+function passes the attributes and values to <Symbol>XICSetValues</Symbol>. The
+caller of this routine should pass in only those values that have changed
+since the last call to any of these functions; <Function>XmImVaSetValues</Function>,
+<Function>XmImVaSetFocusValues</Function>, <Function>XmImSetValues</Function>, or <Function>XmImSetFocusValues</Function>.
+See the description in the &cdeman.XmImSetValues; reference page for a list of
+associated resources.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine uses the ANSI C variable-length argument list (varargs) calling
+conventions. The variable-length argument list consists of groups
+of arguments each of which contains an attribute followed by the
+value of the attribute. The last argument in the list must be NULL
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the List and TextField widgets call the
+<Function>XmImVaSetFocusValues</Function> function when they receive focus. Therefore,
+further calls to the <Function>XmImVaSetFocusValues</Function> function for these
+widgets are unnecessary.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget registered with the input manager
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For more information on variable-length argument lists, see the
+X Toolkit Intrinsics documentation.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmImSetFocusValues;,
+&cdeman.XmImSetValues;, and
+&cdeman.XmImVaSetValues;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImVaSetV.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImVaSetV.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c857bf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ImVaSetV.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ImVaSetV.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:48:59 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN275.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmImVaSetValues</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmImVaSetValues</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An input manager function that updates attributes
+of an input context
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmImVaSetValues</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>input manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmImVaSetValues</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!---->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!---->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!---->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/XmIm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmImVaSetValues</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, arg...</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmImVaSetValues</Function> updates attributes of the input context associated
+with the specified widget. This function passes the attributes to
+<Symbol>XICSetValues</Symbol>. The initial call to this routine should pass in
+all of the input context attributes. Thereafter, the application
+programmer calls <Function>XmImVaSetValues</Function> only if a value has changed. See
+the description in the &cdeman.XmImSetValues; man page for a list of
+associated resources.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine uses the ANSI C variable-length
+argument list (varargs) calling convention. The variable-length argument
+list consists of groups of arguments each of which contains an attribute
+followed by the value of the attribute. The last argument in the list must
+be NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the List and TextField widgets call the
+<Function>XmImVaSetValues</Function> function internally. Therefore,
+further calls to the <Function>XmImVaSetValues</Function> function for these
+widgets are unnecessary.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget registered with the input manager
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For more information on variable-length argument lists, see
+the X Toolkit Intrinsics documentation.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmImSetFocusValues;,
+&cdeman.XmImSetValues;, and
+&cdeman.XmImVaSetFocusValues;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/InstIm.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/InstIm.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7392bcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/InstIm.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: InstIm.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:49:08 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN276.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmInstallImage</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmInstallImage</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A pixmap caching function that adds an image to the image cache
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmInstallImage</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>pixmaps</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmInstallImage</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>image, image_name</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XImage <Parameter>* image</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char <Parameter>* image_name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmInstallImage</Function> stores an image in an image cache
+that can later be used to generate a pixmap.
+Part of the installation process is to extend the
+resource converter used to reference these images. The resource converter
+is given the image name so that the image can be
+referenced in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file.
+Since an image can be referenced by a widget
+through its pixmap resources, it is up to the application to ensure that the
+image is installed before the widget is created.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">image</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the image structure to be installed.
+The installation process does not make a local copy of the image. Therefore,
+the application should not destroy the image until it is uninstalled from
+the caching functions.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a string that the application uses to name the image. After
+installation, this name can be used in <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> for referencing
+the image. A local copy of the name is created by the image caching
+functions.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The image caching functions provide a set of eight preinstalled images.
+These names can be used within a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file for generating pixmaps
+for the resource for which they are provided.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Image Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Description</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>background</Entry>
+<Entry>A tile of solid background</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>25_foreground</Entry>
+<Entry>A tile of 25% foreground, 75% background</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>50_foreground</Entry>
+<Entry>A tile of 50% foreground, 50% background</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>75_foreground</Entry>
+<Entry>A tile of 75% foreground, 25% background</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>horizontal</Entry>
+<Entry>A tile of horizontal lines of the two colors</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>vertical</Entry>
+<Entry>A tile of vertical lines of the two colors</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>slant_right</Entry>
+<Entry>A tile of slanting lines of the two colors</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>slant_left</Entry>
+<Entry>A tile of slanting lines of the two colors</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>menu_cascade</Entry>
+<Entry>A tile of an arrow of the foreground color</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>menu_checkmark</Entry>
+<Entry>A tile of a checkmark of the foreground color</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>menu_dash</Entry>
+<Entry>A tile of one horizontal line of the foreground color</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True when successful; returns False if NULL <Symbol Role="Variable">image</Symbol>, NULL
+<Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol>, or duplicate <Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol> is used as a parameter
+value.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmUninstallImage;, &cdeman.XmGetPixmap;, and
+&cdeman.XmDestroyPixmap;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/InternA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/InternA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..afff156
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/InternA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: InternA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/25 10:03:28 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN277.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmInternAtom</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmInternAtom</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A macro that returns an atom for a given name
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmInternAtom</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>atoms</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/AtomMgr.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Atom <Function>XmInternAtom</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>display, name, only_if_exists</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display <Parameter>* display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>only_if_exists</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmInternAtom</Function> returns an atom for a given name.
+The returned atom remains defined even after the client's
+connection closes. The returned atom becomes undefined when
+the last connection to the X server closes.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the connection to the X server
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name associated with the atom you want returned.
+The value of <Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol> is case dependent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">only_if_exists</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value.
+If False, the atom is created even if it does not exist.
+(If it does not exist, the returned atom will be <SystemItem Class="Constant">None</SystemItem>.)
+If True, the atom is created only if it exists.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns an atom.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/IsMWM.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/IsMWM.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1e96eea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/IsMWM.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: IsMWM.sgm /main/5 1995/08/19 13:47:22 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN278.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmIsMotifWMRunning</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmIsMotifWMRunning</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that determines whether the window manager is running
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmIsMotifWMRunning</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmIsMotifWMRunning</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmIsMotifWMRunning</Function> lets a user know
+whether the Motif Window Manager is
+running on a screen that contains a specific widget hierarchy.
+This
+function first sees whether the <Property>_MOTIF_WM_INFO</Property> property is present on
+the root window of the shell's screen. If it is, its window
+field is used to query for the presence of the specified window as a
+child of root.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the shell whose screen will be tested for <Command>mwm</Command>'s presence.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if MWM is running.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/IsTraver.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/IsTraver.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ab2b8df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/IsTraver.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: IsTraver.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:49:25 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN279.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmIsTraversable</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmIsTraversable</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that identifies whether a widget can
+be traversed
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmIsTraversable</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmIsTraversable</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmIsTraversable</Function> determines whether the specified widget is
+eligible to receive focus through keyboard traversal.
+In general, a widget is eligible to receive focus when all of the
+following conditions are true:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget and its ancestors are not being destroyed, are sensitive, and
+have a value of True for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget and its ancestors are realized, managed, and (except for
+gadgets) mapped.
+If an application unmaps a <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> that has its
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmappedWhenManaged</SystemItem> resource set to True, the return value
+is undefined.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Some part of the widget's rectangular area is unobscured by the widget's
+ancestors, or some part of the widget's rectangular area is inside the
+work window (but possibly outside the clip window) of a ScrolledWindow
+whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem> and whose
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</SystemItem> is not NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>Some widgets may not be eligible to receive focus even if they meet all
+these conditions.
+For example, most managers cannot receive focus through keyboard traversal.
+Some widgets may be eligible to receive focus under particular
+conditions.
+For example, a DrawingArea is eligible to receive focus if it meets the
+conditions above and has no child whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem> resource is
+True.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that when all widgets in a shell hierarchy have been made
+untraversable, they are considered to have lost focus. When a
+widget in this hierarchy is made traversable again, it regains focus.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmIsTraversable</Function> may return unexpected results when <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>
+or its ancestors are overlapped by their siblings.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the widget is eligible to receive focus through keyboard
+traversal; otherwise, returns False.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmGetVisibility; and &cdeman.XmProcessTraversal;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Label.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Label.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..83dd294
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Label.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1414 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Label.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:49:33 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN280.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmLabel</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmLabel</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Label widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmLabel</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Label</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Label.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Label is an instantiable widget and is also used as a superclass for
+other button widgets, such as PushButton and ToggleButton. The Label
+widget does not accept any button or key input, and the help
+callback is the only callback defined. Label also receives enter
+and leave events.
+</Para>
+<Para>Label can contain either text or a pixmap. Label text is a
+compound string. Refer to the &MotifProgGd;
+for more information on compound strings.
+The text can be multilingual,
+multiline, and/or multifont. When a Label is insensitive, its text is
+stippled, or the user-supplied insensitive pixmap is displayed.
+</Para>
+<Para>Label supports both accelerators and mnemonics primarily for use in
+Label subclass widgets that are contained in menus.
+Mnemonics are available in a menu system when the button is visible.
+Accelerators in a menu system are accessible even when the button is not
+visible.
+The Label widget displays the mnemonic by underlining the first matching
+character in the text string.
+The accelerator is displayed
+as a text string adjacent to the label text or pixmap, depending on
+the layout direction.
+</Para>
+<Para>Label consists of many margin fields surrounding the text or pixmap.
+These margin fields are resources that may
+be set by the user, but Label subclasses and Manager parents also
+modify some of these fields. They tend to modify the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem> resources and leave the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem> resources as set by the application.
+</Para>
+<Para>Label takes into account <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem> in determining
+its layout but does not draw the shadow. That is, if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem>
+is greater than 0 (zero), Label leaves space for the shadow, but the shadow
+does not appear.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a Label, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightOnEnter</SystemItem> are forced
+to False inside Popup menu panes, Pulldown menu panes, and OptionMenus.
+Otherwise, these resources default to False.
+</Para>
+<Para>Label uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol>
+traits, and
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSavvy</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtransfer</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Data Transfer Behavior</Title>
+<Para>Label and it subclasses, except when used in a menu system, support
+dragging of the label contents from the Label.
+However, the label contents are draggable only if
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableUnselectableDrag</SystemItem> resource of <Classname>XmDisplay</Classname>
+is set to True.
+</Para>
+<Para>As a source of data, Label and its subclasses support the following
+targets and associated conversions of data to these targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">locale</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <Symbol Role="Variable">locale</Symbol> target matches the widget's locale, the widget
+transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> in the encoding of the locale.
+This target is supported only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+This target is supported only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">PIXMAP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">DRAWABLE</Symbol>.
+This target is supported only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+This target is supported only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> is fully convertible to the encoding of the
+locale, the widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> in the encoding of
+the locale.
+Otherwise, the widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+This target is supported only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection.
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>, these include the following
+targets:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The encoding of the locale, if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> is fully convertible
+to the encoding of the locale
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> is fully convertible to
+<Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the targets include
+<Symbol Role="Define">PIXMAP</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> as a compound string in
+Byte Stream format.
+This target is supported only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_EXPORT_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets to be
+used as the value of the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> in a
+drag-and-drop transfer.
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>, these include
+<Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property>, <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, the encoding of the
+locale, <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol>.
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, these include <Symbol Role="Define">PIXMAP</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>As a source of data, Label also supports the following standard Motif
+targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLASS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_CLASS</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the
+current locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLIENT_WINDOW</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy and transfers
+its window as type <Symbol Role="Define">WINDOW</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcolormap</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNforeground</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">NAME</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_NAME</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the current
+locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TARGETS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports.
+These include the standard targets in this list.
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>, these also include
+<Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property>, <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, the encoding of the
+locale, <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>.
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, these also include
+<Symbol Role="Define">PIXMAP</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TIMESTAMP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the timestamp used to acquire the selection as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_RENDER_TABLE</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> if it exists, or else the
+default text render table, as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_ENCODING_REGISTRY</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers its encoding registry as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+The value is a list of NULL separated items in the
+form of tag encoding pairs.
+This target symbolizes the transfer target for the
+Motif Segment Encoding Registry.
+Widgets and applications can use this Registry to register
+text encoding formats for specified render table tags.
+Applications access this Registry by calling
+<Function>XmRegisterSegmentEncoding</Function> and <Function>XmMapSegmentEncoding</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Label inherits behavior, resources, and traits from
+<Classname>Core</Classname> and <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmLabelWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmLabel</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G),
+or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmLabel Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNacceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAcceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNalignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCXmString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSTRING</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>KeySym</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNaccelerator</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets the accelerator on a button widget in a menu, which
+activates a visible or invisible, but managed, button from the keyboard.
+This resource is a string that describes a set of modifiers
+and the key that may be used to select the button.
+The format of this string
+is identical to that used by the translations manager, with the exception
+that only a single event may be specified and only <SystemItem Class="Constant">KeyPress</SystemItem> events are
+allowed.
+</Para>
+<Para>Accelerators for buttons are supported only for
+PushButtons and ToggleButtons in Pulldown and Popup menu panes.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNacceleratorText</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the text displayed
+for the accelerator.
+The text is displayed
+adjacent to the label string or pixmap. The direction of its layout depends on
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of the widget.
+Accelerator text for buttons is displayed only for
+PushButtons and ToggleButtons in Pulldown and Popup Menus.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNalignment</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the label alignment for text or pixmap.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</SystemItem> (left alignment)</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the left sides of
+the lines of text to be vertically aligned with the
+left edge of the widget window. For a pixmap, its left side is vertically
+aligned with the left edge of the widget window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</SystemItem> (center alignment)</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the centers of the lines of text to be vertically aligned
+in the center of the widget window. For a pixmap, its center is vertically aligned with the
+center of the widget window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_END</SystemItem> (right alignment)</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the right sides of the
+lines of text to be vertically aligned with the
+right edge of the widget window. For a pixmap, its right side is vertically
+aligned with the right edge of the widget window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The preceding descriptions for text are correct when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem>. When that resource
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem>, the descriptions for
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_END</SystemItem> are switched.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the parent is a RowColumn whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNisAligned</SystemItem> resource is True,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNalignment</SystemItem> is forced to the same value as the RowColumn's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryAlignment</SystemItem> if the RowColumn's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem> or if the widget is a subclass of XmLabel.
+Otherwise, the default is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font of the text used in the widget. <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem>
+is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous releases. You
+should now use <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> instead of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem>. If
+both are specified, the render table will take precedence. If
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem> is NULL at initialization, Label searches its parent
+hierarchy for an ancestor that is a subclass of the XmBulletinBoard,
+VendorShell, or XmMenuShell widget class. If such an ancestor is
+found, Label initializes <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem> to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelFontList</SystemItem> of the ancestor widget. Similarly, button
+subclasses of Label initialize <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem> to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonFontList</SystemItem> of the ancestor widget. (Currently, all
+subclasses of Label are button subclasses.) If no such ancestor is
+found, the default is implementation dependent. Refer to
+&cdeman.XmFontList; for more information on the creation and
+structure of a font list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pixmap used as the button face if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem> and the button is insensitive.
+The default value, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</SystemItem>, displays an empty label.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>.
+The default value, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</SystemItem>, displays an empty label.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>.
+If this value is NULL, it is initialized by converting the name
+of the widget to a compound string.
+Refer to &cdeman.XmString;
+for more information on the
+creation and structure of compound strings.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the label type.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays text using <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays pixmap using <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of spacing between the bottom of the label text
+and the top of the bottom margin specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem>.
+This may be modified by Label's
+subclasses. For example, CascadeButton may increase this field to make
+room for the cascade pixmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an equal amount of spacing above the margin
+defined by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem> and below the margin defined by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem>. <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem> specifies the amount
+of spacing between the top edge of the margin set by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem>
+and the bottom edge of the top shadow, and the amount of spacing between
+the bottom edge of the margin specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem> and the
+top edge of the bottom shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of spacing between the left edge of the label text
+and the right side of the left margin (specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem>).
+This may be modified by Label's
+subclasses. For example, ToggleButton may increase this field to make room
+for the toggle indicator and for spacing between the indicator and label.
+Whether this actually applies to the left or right side of the label
+depends on the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of spacing between the right edge of the label text
+and the left side of the right margin (specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem>).
+This may be modified by Label's
+subclasses. For example, CascadeButton may increase this field to make room
+for the cascade pixmap.
+Whether this actually applies to the left or right side of the label
+depends on the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of spacing between the top of the label text and
+the bottom of the top margin specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem>.
+This may be modified by Label's subclasses. For example, CascadeButton
+may increase this field to make room for the cascade pixmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an equal amount of spacing to the left of the margin defined
+by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem> and to the right of the margin defined by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem>. <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem> specifies the amount
+of spacing between the left edge of the margin set by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>
+and the right edge of the left shadow, and the amount of spacing between
+the right edge of the margin specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem> and the
+left edge of the right shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmnemonic</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Provides the user with an alternate means of activating a button.
+A button in a MenuBar, a Popup menu pane, or a Pulldown
+menu pane can have a mnemonic.
+</Para>
+<Para>This resource contains a keysym as listed in the X11 keysym table.
+The first character in the label string that exactly matches
+the mnemonic in the character set specified in
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmnemonicCharSet</SystemItem>
+is underlined when the button is displayed.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a mnemonic has been specified, the user activates the button by
+pressing the mnemonic key while the button is visible.
+If the button is a CascadeButton in a MenuBar and the MenuBar does not
+have the focus, the user must use the <Literal>MAlt</Literal> modifier while
+pressing the mnemonic.
+The user can activate the button by pressing either the shifted or the
+unshifted mnemonic key.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmnemonicCharSet</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character set of the mnemonic for the label.
+The default is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrecomputeSize</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the widget
+shrinks or expands to accommodate its contents (label string or
+pixmap) as a result of an <Function>XtSetValues</Function> resource value that
+would change the size of the widget. If True, the widget shrinks
+or expands to exactly fit the label string or pixmap.
+If False, the widget never attempts to change size on its own.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table associated with the <Literal>labelString</Literal>. If
+this value is NULL at initialization, Label searches its parent
+hierarchy for an ancestor that holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+If such an ancestor is
+found, Label initializes <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLABEL_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. Similarly, button
+subclasses of Label initialize <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBUTTON_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. (Note that all
+current subclasses of Label are button subclasses.) If no such
+ancestor is found, the default is implementation dependent. If a font
+list and a render table are both sepcified, the render table will take
+precedence. Refer to &cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on
+the creation and structure of a render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNstringDirection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is a synthetic resource for setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.
+The values for this resource are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_L_TO_R</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_R_TO_L</SystemItem>. Refer to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource description. The
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNstringDirection</SystemItem> resource is obsoleted by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>, but is kept here for backward compatibility.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Label inherits behavior and resources from the following
+superclasses. For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPrimitive Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!--no-op:  .tH-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmLabel -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>XmLabel includes translations from Primitive.
+The XmLabel translations are described in the following list.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ProcessDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Help()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Press:&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LProcessDrag()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+<Para>The translations used by subclasses of XmLabel for menu
+traversal are described in the following list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuEscape()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuTraverseLeft()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuTraverseRight()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuTraverseUp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuTraverseDown()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LKLeft:&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LMenuTraverseLeft()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKRight:&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LMenuTraverseRight()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKUp:&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LMenuTraverseUp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKDown:&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LMenuTraverseDown()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAny KCancel:&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LMenuEscape()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmLabel</Classname> action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Help()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a Popup or Pulldown MenuPane, unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy
+and, when the shell's keyboard focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores keyboard focus to the widget that had the focus before the
+menu system was entered.
+Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help
+callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help callbacks
+for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuEscape()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a MenuBar, disarms the CascadeButton and the menu and, when the
+shell's keyboard focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, restores keyboard
+focus to the widget that had the focus before the menu was entered.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a top-level Pulldown MenuPane from a MenuBar, unposts the menu,
+disarms the MenuBar CascadeButton and the MenuBar, and, when the shell's
+keyboard focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, restores keyboard focus to
+the widget that had the focus before the MenuBar was entered.
+In other Pulldown MenuPanes, unposts the menu and moves the focus
+to its CascadeButton.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a Popup MenuPane, unposts the menu and, when the shell's keyboard
+focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, restores keyboard focus to the widget
+from which the menu was posted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuTraverseDown()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the current menu item has a submenu and is in a MenuBar, then this
+action posts the submenu, disarms the current menu item, and arms
+the submenu's first traversable menu item.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the current menu item is in a MenuPane, then this action disarms the
+current menu item and arms the item below it. This action wraps within the
+MenuPane. The direction of the wrapping depends on the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuTraverseLeft()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the current menu item is in a MenuBar, then this action disarms the
+current item and arms the MenuBar item to the left.
+This action wraps within the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+<Para>In MenuPanes, if the current menu item is not at the left edge of a MenuPane,
+this action disarms the current item and arms the item to its left.
+If the current menu item is at the left edge of a submenu attached to a
+MenuBar item, then this action unposts the submenu and traverses to the
+MenuBar item to the left, wrapping if necessary. If that MenuBar item
+has a submenu, it posts the submenu and arms the first traversable
+item in the submenu.
+If the current menu item is at the left edge of a submenu not directly
+attached to a MenuBar item, then this action unposts the current submenu only.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Popup or Torn-off MenuPanes, when the current menu item is at the
+left edge, this action wraps within the MenuPane. If the current menu
+item is at the left edge of the MenuPane and not in the top row, this
+action wraps to the rightmost menu item in the row above. If the current
+menu item is in the upper, leftmost corner, this action wraps
+to the tear-off control, if present, or else it wraps to the bottom,
+rightmost menu item in the MenuPane.
+The preceding description applies when the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> horizontal
+direction is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem>. If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> horizontal
+direction is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem>, then the following applies.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the current menu item is in a MenuBar, then this action disarms the
+current item and arms the MenuBar item to the left.
+This action wraps within the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+<Para>In MenuPanes, if the current menu item is a CascadeButton, then this
+action posts its associated submenu.
+If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and is not at the left
+edge of a MenuPane, this action disarms the current item and arms the
+item to its left, wrapping if necessary.
+If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and is at the left edge of a
+submenu that is a descendent of a MenuBar, then this action unposts all
+submenus and traverses to the MenuBar item to the left.
+If that MenuBar item has a submenu, it posts the submenu and arms
+the submenu's first traversable item.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Popup or Torn-off menus, if the current menu item is not a
+CascadeButton and is at the left edge of a row (except the
+bottom row), this action wraps to the rightmost menu item in the
+row below. If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and
+is in the bottom, leftmost corner of a Popup or Pulldown MenuPane, this
+action wraps to the tear-off control, if present, or else it wraps to
+the top, rightmost menu item of the MenuPane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuTraverseRight()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the current menu item is in a MenuBar, then this action disarms the
+current item and arms the MenuBar item to the right.
+This action wraps within the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+<Para>In MenuPanes, if the current menu item is a CascadeButton, then this
+action posts its associated submenu.
+If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and is not at the right
+edge of a MenuPane, this action disarms the current item and arms the
+item to its right, wrapping if necessary.
+If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and is at the right edge of a
+submenu that is a descendent of a MenuBar, then this action unposts all
+submenus and traverses to the MenuBar item to the right.
+If that MenuBar item has a submenu, it posts the submenu and arms
+the submenu's first traversable item.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Popup or Torn-off menus, if the current menu item is not a
+CascadeButton and is at the right edge of a row (except the
+bottom row), this action wraps to the leftmost menu item in the
+row below. If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and
+is in the bottom, rightmost corner of a Popup or Pulldown MenuPane, this
+action wraps to the tear-off control, if present, or else it wraps to
+the top, leftmost menu item of the MenuPane.
+The preceding description applies when the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> horizontal
+direction is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem>. If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> horizontal
+direction is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem>, then the following applies.
+When the current menu item is in a MenuBar, then this action disarms the
+current item and arms the MenuBar item to the left.
+This action wraps within the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+<Para>In MenuPanes, if the current menu item is not at the right edge of a MenuPane,
+this action disarms the current item and arms the item to its right.
+If the current menu item is at the right edge of a submenu attached to a
+MenuBar item, then this action unposts the submenu and traverses to the
+MenuBar item to the right, wrapping if necessary. If that MenuBar item
+has a submenu, it posts the submenu and arms the first traversable
+item in the submenu.
+If the current menu item is at the right edge of a submenu not directly
+attached to a MenuBar item, then this action unposts the current submenu only.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Popup or Torn-off MenuPanes, when the current menu item is at the
+right edge, this action wraps within the MenuPane. If the current menu
+item is at the right edge of the MenuPane and not in the top row, this
+action wraps to the leftmost menu item in the row above. If the current
+menu item is in the upper, rightmost corner, this action wraps
+to the tear-off control, if present, or else it wraps to the bottom,
+leftmost menu item in the MenuPane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuTraverseUp()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the current menu item is in a MenuPane, then
+this action disarms the current menu item and arms the item above it.
+This action wraps within the MenuPane. The direction of the wrapping
+depends on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ProcessDrag()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Drags the contents of a Label, identified when <Literal>BTransfer</Literal> is
+pressed.
+This action sets the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertProc</SystemItem> of the DragContext to a
+function that calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, for the <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property> selection.
+This action is undefined for Labels used in a menu system.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.XmCreateLabel;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreateLtoR;,
+and &cdeman.XmPrimitive;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LabelGad.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LabelGad.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..fbf9335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LabelGad.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1265 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LabelGad.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:49:44 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN281.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmLabelGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The LabelGadget widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmLabelGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>LabelGadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/LabelG.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>LabelGadget is an instantiable widget and is also used as a superclass for
+other button gadgets, such as PushButtonGadget and ToggleButtonGadget.
+</Para>
+<Para>LabelGadget can contain either text or a pixmap. LabelGadget text is a
+compound string.
+Refer to the <Emphasis>Motif Programmer's</Emphasis>
+Guide for more information on compound strings.
+The text can be multilingual,
+multiline, and/or multifont. When a LabelGadget is insensitive, its text is
+stippled, or the user-supplied insensitive pixmap is displayed.
+</Para>
+<Para>LabelGadget supports both accelerators and mnemonics primarily for use in
+LabelGadget subclass widgets that are contained in
+menus. Mnemonics are available in
+a menu system when the button is visible. Accelerators in a
+menu system are accessible even when the button is not visible.
+The LabelGadget displays the mnemonic by underlining the first matching
+character in the text string. The accelerator is displayed
+as a text string adjacent to the label text or pixmap, depending on
+the layout direction.
+</Para>
+<Para>LabelGadget consists of many margin fields surrounding the text or
+pixmap.
+These margin fields are resources that may
+be set by the user, but LabelGadget subclasses and Manager parents also
+modify some of these fields. They tend to modify the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem> resources and leave the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem> resources as set by the application.
+</Para>
+<Para>LabelGadget takes into account <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem> in determining
+its layout but does not draw the shadow.
+That is, if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem> is greater than 0 (zero), LabelGadget
+leaves space for the shadow, but the shadow does not appear.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a LabelGadget, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightOnEnter</SystemItem> are
+forced to False inside Popup menu panes, Pulldown menu panes, and
+OptionMenus.
+Otherwise these resources default to False.
+</Para>
+<Para>LabelGadget uses the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> traits, and
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcareParentVisual</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSavvy</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtransfer</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Data Transfer Behavior</Title>
+<Para>LabelGadget and it subclasses, except when used in a menu system,
+support dragging of the label contents from the LabelGadget.
+However, the label contents are draggable only if
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableUnselectableDrag</SystemItem> resource of <Classname>XmDisplay</Classname>
+is set to True.
+</Para>
+<Para>As a source of data, LabelGadget and its subclasses support the
+following targets and associated conversions of data to these targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">locale</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <Symbol Role="Variable">locale</Symbol> target matches the widget's locale, the widget
+transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> in the encoding of the locale.
+This target is supported only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+This target is supported only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">PIXMAP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">DRAWABLE</Symbol>.
+This target is supported only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+This target is supported only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> is fully convertible to the encoding of the
+locale, the widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> in the encoding of
+the locale.
+Otherwise, the widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+This target is supported only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection.
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>, these include the following
+targets:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The encoding of the locale, if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> is fully convertible
+to the encoding of the locale
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> is fully convertible to
+<Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the targets include
+<Symbol Role="Define">PIXMAP</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> as a compound string in Byte
+Stream format.
+This target is supported only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_EXPORT_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets to be
+used as the value of the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> in a
+drag-and-drop transfer.
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>, these include
+<Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property>, <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, the encoding of the
+locale, <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol>.
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, these include <Symbol Role="Define">PIXMAP</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>As a source of data, LabelGadget also supports the following standard
+Motif targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the parent's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem> as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLASS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_CLASS</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the
+current locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLIENT_WINDOW</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy and transfers
+its window as type <Symbol Role="Define">WINDOW</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the parent's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcolormap</SystemItem> as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the parent's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNforeground</SystemItem> as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">NAME</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_NAME</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the current
+locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TARGETS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports.
+These include the standard targets in this list.
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>, these also include
+<Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property>, <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, the encoding of the
+locale, <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>.
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, these also include
+<Symbol Role="Define">PIXMAP</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TIMESTAMP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the timestamp used to acquire the selection as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_RENDER_TABLE</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> if it exists, or else the
+default text render table, as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_ENCODING_REGISTRY</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers its encoding registry as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+The value is a list of NULL separated items in the
+form of tag encoding pairs.
+This target symbolizes the transfer target for the
+Motif Segment Encoding Registry.
+Widgets and applications can use this Registry to register
+text encoding formats for specified render table tags.
+Applications access this Registry by calling
+<Function>XmRegisterSegmentEncoding</Function> and <Function>XmMapSegmentEncoding</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>LabelGadget inherits behavior,
+resources, and traits from <Classname>Object</Classname>, <Classname>RectObj</Classname> and <Classname>XmGadget</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmLabelGadgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmLabelGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNacceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAcceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNalignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCXmString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSTRING</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>KeySym</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNaccelerator</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets the accelerator on a button widget in a menu, which
+activates a visible or invisible, but managed, button from the keyboard.
+This resource is a string that describes a set of modifiers
+and the key that may be used to select the button.
+The format of this string
+is identical to that used by the translations manager, with the exception
+that only a single event may be specified and only <SystemItem Class="Constant">KeyPress</SystemItem> events are
+allowed.
+</Para>
+<Para>Accelerators for buttons are supported only for
+PushButtonGadgets and ToggleButtonGadgets in Pulldown and Popup menus.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNacceleratorText</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the text displayed
+for the accelerator.
+The text is displayed
+adjacent to the label string or pixmap. The direction of its layout depends on
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of the widget.
+Accelerator text for buttons is displayed only for
+PushButtonGadgets and ToggleButtonGadgets in Pulldown and Popup Menus.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNalignment</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the label alignment for text or pixmap.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</SystemItem> (left alignment)</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the left sides of
+the lines of text to be vertically aligned with the
+left edge of the gadget. For a pixmap, its left side is vertically
+aligned with the left edge of the gadget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</SystemItem> (center alignment)</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the centers of the
+lines of text to be vertically aligned in the center
+of the gadget. For a pixmap, its center is vertically aligned with the
+center of the gadget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_END</SystemItem> (right alignment)</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the right sides of the
+lines of text to be vertically aligned with the
+right edge of the gadget. For a pixmap, its right side is
+vertically aligned with the right edge of the gadget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The preceding descriptions for text are correct when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem>. When that resource
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem>, the descriptions for
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_END</SystemItem> are switched.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the parent is a RowColumn whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNisAligned</SystemItem> resource is True,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNalignment</SystemItem> is forced to the same value as the RowColumn's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryAlignment</SystemItem> if the RowColumn's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem> or if the gadget is a subclass of <Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname>.
+Otherwise, the default is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font of the text used in the gadget. <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem>
+is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous releases. You
+should now use <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> instead of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem>. If
+both are specified, the render table will take precedence. If
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem> is NULL at initialization, the parent hierarchy of
+the widget is searched for an ancestor that is a subclass of the
+<Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname>, <Classname>VendorShell</Classname>, or <Classname>XmMenuShell</Classname> widget
+class. If such an ancestor is found, the font list is initialized to
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonFontList</SystemItem> (for button gadget subclasses) or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelFontList</SystemItem> of the ancestor widget. If no such ancestor is
+found, the default is implementation dependent. Refer to
+&cdeman.XmFontList; for more information on the creation and
+structure of a font list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pixmap used as the button face if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem> and the button is insensitive.
+The default value, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</SystemItem>, displays an empty label.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>.
+The default value, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</SystemItem>, displays an empty label.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>.
+If the value of this resource is NULL, it is initialized to name of the
+gadget converted to a compound string.
+Refer to &cdeman.XmString;
+for more information on the
+creation and the structure of compound strings.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the label type.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Text displays <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Icon data in pixmap displays <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of spacing between the bottom of the label text
+and the top of the bottom margin specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem>.
+This may be modified by LabelGadget's subclasses.
+For example, CascadeButtonGadget may increase this field to make room
+for the cascade pixmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an equal amount of spacing above the margin
+defined by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem> and below the margin defined by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem>. <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem> specifies the amount
+of spacing between the top edge of the margin set by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem>
+and the bottom edge of the top shadow, and the amount of spacing between
+the bottom edge of the margin specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem> and the
+top edge of the bottom shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of spacing
+between the left edge of the label text and the right side of the left
+margin (specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem>).
+This may be modified by LabelGadget's subclasses.
+For example, ToggleButtonGadget may increase this field to make room for
+the toggle indicator and for spacing between the indicator and label.
+Whether this actually applies to the left or right side of the label
+depends on the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of spacing
+between the right edge of the label text and the left side of the right
+margin (specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem>).
+This may be modified by LabelGadget's subclasses.
+For example, CascadeButtonGadget may increase this field to make room
+for the cascade pixmap.
+Whether this actually applies to the left or right side of the label
+depends on the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of spacing between the top of the label text and
+the bottom of the top margin specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem>.
+This may be modified by LabelGadget's subclasses.
+For example, CascadeButtonGadget may increase this field to make room
+for the cascade pixmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an equal amount of spacing to the left of the margin defined
+by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem> and to the right of the margin defined by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem>. <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem> specifies the amount
+of spacing between the left edge of the margin set by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>
+and the right edge of the left shadow, and the amount of spacing between
+the right edge of the margin specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem> and the
+left edge of the right shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmnemonic</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Provides the user with an alternate means of activating a button.
+A button in a MenuBar, a Popup menu pane, or a Pulldown
+menu pane can have a mnemonic.
+</Para>
+<Para>This resource contains a keysym as listed in the X11 keysym table.
+The first character in the label string that exactly matches
+the mnemonic in the character set specified in
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmnemonicCharSet</SystemItem>
+is underlined when the button is displayed.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a mnemonic has been specified, the user activates the button by
+pressing the mnemonic key while the button is visible.
+If the button is a CascadeButtonGadget in a MenuBar and the MenuBar does
+not have the focus, the user must use the <Literal>MAlt</Literal> modifier while
+pressing the mnemonic.
+The user can activate the button by pressing either the shifted or the
+unshifted mnemonic key.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmnemonicCharSet</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character set of the mnemonic for the label.
+The default is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrecomputeSize</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the gadget
+shrinks or expands to accommodate its contents (label string or
+pixmap) as a result of an <Function>XtSetValues</Function> resource value that
+would change the size of the gadget. If True, the gadget shrinks
+or expands to exactly fit the label string or pixmap.
+If False, the gadget never attempts to change size on its own.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table associated with the <Literal>labelString</Literal>. If
+this value is NULL at initialization, Label searches its parent
+hierarchy for an ancestor that holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+If such an ancestor is
+found, Label initializes <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLABEL_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. Similarly, button
+subclasses of Label initialize <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBUTTON_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. (Note that all
+current subclasses of Label are button subclasses.) If no such
+ancestor is found, the default is implementation dependent. If a font
+list and a render table are both specified, the render table will take
+precedence. Refer to &cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on
+the creation and structure of a render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNstringDirection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is a synthetic resource for setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.
+The values for this resource are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_L_TO_R</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_R_TO_L</SystemItem>. Refer to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource description. The
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNstringDirection</SystemItem> resource is obsoleted by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>, but is kept here for backward compatibility.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>LabelGadget inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>RectObj Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Object Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmLabelGadget -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Behavior</Title>
+<Para>XmLabelGadget includes behavior from XmGadget.
+Additional XmLabelGadget behavior is described in the following list:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Drags the contents of a LabelGadget, identified when <Literal>BTransfer</Literal> is
+pressed.
+This action is undefined for LabelGadgets used in a menu system.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a Popup or Pulldown MenuPane, unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy
+and, when the shell's keyboard focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores keyboard focus to the widget that had the focus before the
+menu system was entered.
+Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help
+callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help callbacks
+for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a MenuBar, disarms the CascadeButton and the menu and, when the
+shell's keyboard focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, restores keyboard
+focus to the widget that had the focus before the menu was entered.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a toplevel Pulldown MenuPane from a MenuBar, unposts the menu,
+disarms the MenuBar CascadeButton and the MenuBar, and, when the shell's
+keyboard focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, restores keyboard focus to
+the widget that had the focus before the MenuBar was entered.
+In other Pulldown MenuPanes, unposts the menu.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a Popup MenuPane, unposts the menu and, when the shell's keyboard
+focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, restores keyboard focus to the widget
+from which the menu was posted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the current menu item has a submenu and is in a MenuBar, then this
+action posts the submenu, disarms the current menu item, and arms
+the submenu's first traversable menu item.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the current menu item is in a MenuPane, then this action disarms the
+current menu item and arms the item below it. This action wraps within the
+MenuPane. The direction of the wrapping depends on the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the current menu item is in a MenuBar, then this action disarms the
+current item and arms the MenuBar item to the left.
+This action wraps within the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+<Para>In MenuPanes, if the current menu item is not at the left edge of a MenuPane,
+this action disarms the current item and arms the item to its left.
+If the current menu item is at the left edge of a submenu attached to a
+MenuBar item, then this action unposts the submenu and traverses to the
+MenuBar item to the left, wrapping if necessary. If that MenuBar item
+has a submenu, it posts the submenu and arms the first traversable
+item in the submenu.
+If the current menu item is at the left edge of a submenu not directly
+attached to a MenuBar item, then this action unposts the current submenu only.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Popup or Torn-off MenuPanes, when the current menu item is at the
+left edge, this action wraps within the MenuPane. If the current menu
+item is at the left edge of the MenuPane and not in the top row, this
+action wraps to the rightmost menu item in the row above. If the current
+menu item is in the upper, leftmost corner, this action wraps
+to the tear-off control, if present, or else it wraps to the bottom,
+rightmost menu item in the MenuPane.
+The preceding description applies when the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> horizontal
+direction is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem>. If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> horizontal
+direction is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem>, then the following applies.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the current menu item is in a MenuBar, then this action disarms the
+current item and arms the MenuBar item to the left.
+This action wraps within the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+<Para>In MenuPanes, if the current menu item is a CascadeButton, then this
+action posts its associated submenu.
+If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and is not at the left
+edge of a MenuPane, this action disarms the current item and arms the
+item to its left, wrapping if necessary.
+If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and is at the left edge of a
+submenu that is a descendent of a MenuBar, then this action unposts all
+submenus and traverses to the MenuBar item to the left.
+If that MenuBar item has a submenu, it posts the submenu and arms
+the submenu's first traversable item.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Popup or Torn-off menus, if the current menu item is not a
+CascadeButton and is at the left edge of a row (except the
+bottom row), this action wraps to the rightmost menu item in the
+row below. If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and
+is in the bottom, leftmost corner of a Popup or Pulldown MenuPane, this
+action wraps to the tear-off control, if present, or else it wraps to
+the top, rightmost menu item of the MenuPane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the current menu item is in a MenuBar, then this action disarms the
+current item and arms the MenuBar item to the right.
+This action wraps within the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+<Para>In MenuPanes, if the current menu item is a CascadeButton, then this
+action posts its associated submenu.
+If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and is not at the right
+edge of a MenuPane, this action disarms the current item and arms the
+item to its right, wrapping if necessary.
+If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and is at the right edge of a
+submenu that is a descendent of a MenuBar, then this action unposts all
+submenus and traverses to the MenuBar item to the right.
+If that MenuBar item has a submenu, it posts the submenu and arms
+the submenu's first traversable item.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Popup or Torn-off menus, if the current menu item is not a
+CascadeButton and is at the right edge of a row (except the
+bottom row), this action wraps to the leftmost menu item in the
+row below. If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and
+is in the bottom, rightmost corner of a Popup or Pulldown MenuPane, this
+action wraps to the tear-off control, if present, or else it wraps to
+the top, leftmost menu item of the MenuPane.
+The preceding description applies when the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> horizontal
+direction is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem>. If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> horizontal
+direction is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem>, then the following applies.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the current menu item is in a MenuBar, then this action disarms the
+current item and arms the MenuBar item to the right.
+This action wraps within the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+<Para>In MenuPanes, if the current menu item is not at the right edge of a MenuPane,
+this action disarms the current item and arms the item to its right.
+If the current menu item is at the right edge of a submenu attached to a
+MenuBar item, then this action unposts the submenu and traverses to the
+MenuBar item to the right, wrapping if necessary. If that MenuBar item
+has a submenu, it posts the submenu and arms the first traversable
+item in the submenu.
+If the current menu item is at the right edge of a submenu not directly
+attached to a MenuBar item, then this action unposts the current submenu only.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Popup or Torn-off MenuPanes, when the current menu item is at the
+right edge, this action wraps within the MenuPane. If the current menu
+item is at the right edge of the MenuPane and not in the top row, this
+action wraps to the leftmost menu item in the row above. If the current
+menu item is in the upper, rightmost corner, this action wraps
+to the tear-off control, if present, or else it wraps to the bottom,
+leftmost menu item in the MenuPane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the current menu item is in a MenuPane, then
+this action disarms the current menu item and arms the item above it.
+This action wraps within the MenuPane. The direction of the wrapping
+depends on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Object;, &cdeman.RectObj;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateLabelGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreateLtoR;,
+and &cdeman.XmGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/List.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/List.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b17c145
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/List.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,3115 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: List.sgm /main/12 1996/09/08 20:49:54 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN282.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmList</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmList</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The List widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmList</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>List</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>List allows a user to select one or more items
+from a group of choices. Items are selected from the list in a
+variety of ways, using both the pointer and the keyboard.
+List operates on an array of compound strings that are defined by the application.
+Each compound string becomes an item in the List,
+with the first compound string becoming
+the item in position 1, the second becoming the item in position 2, and so on.
+</Para>
+<Para>Specifying the number of items that are visible
+sets the size of the List.
+If the number of visible items is not specified, the height
+of the list controls the number of visible items. Each item assumes
+the height of the tallest element in the list.
+To create a list that allows the user to scroll easily through a large
+number of items, use the <Function>XmCreateScrolledList</Function> convenience
+function.
+</Para>
+<Para>To select items, move the pointer or cursor to the desired item and
+press the <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> mouse button or the key defined as
+<KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>. There are several styles of selection behavior, and
+they all highlight the selected item or items by displaying them in
+inverse colors. An appropriate callback is invoked to notify the
+application of the user's choice. The application then takes whatever
+action is required for the specified selection.
+When a List is insensitive, all of the list items are displayed in a
+stippled fill pattern.
+</Para>
+<Para>List uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol> traits, and
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtransfer</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Selection</Title>
+<Para>Each list has one of four selection models:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Single Select
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Browse Select
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Multiple Select
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Extended Select
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>In Single Select and Browse Select, at most one item is selected at a
+time.
+In Single Select, pressing <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> on an item toggles its
+selection state and deselects any other selected item.
+In Browse Select, pressing <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> on an item selects it and
+deselects any other selected item; dragging <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> moves the
+selection as the pointer is moved. Releasing <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> on an
+item moves the location cursor to that item.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Multiple Select, any number of items can be selected at a time.
+Pressing <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> on an item toggles its selection state but
+does not deselect any other selected items.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Extended Select, any number of items can be selected at a time,
+and the user can easily select ranges of items.
+Pressing <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> on an item selects it and deselects any other
+selected item.
+Dragging <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> or pressing or dragging <KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> following a
+<KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> action selects all items between the item under the
+pointer and the item on which <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> was pressed.
+This action also deselects any other selected items outside that
+range.
+</Para>
+<Para>Extended Select also allows the user to select and deselect
+discontiguous ranges of items.
+Pressing <KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> on an item toggles its selection state but
+does not deselect any other selected items.
+Dragging <KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> or pressing or dragging <KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> following a
+<KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> action sets the selection state of all items between
+the item under the pointer and the item on which <KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> was
+pressed to the state of the item on which <KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> was pressed.
+This action does not deselect any other selected items outside that
+range.
+</Para>
+<Para>All selection operations available from the mouse are also available
+from the keyboard.
+List has two keyboard selection modes, Normal Mode and Add Mode.
+In Normal Mode, navigation operations and <KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym> select the
+item at the location cursor and deselect any other selected
+items.
+In Add Mode, navigation operations have no effect on selection, and
+<KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym> toggles the selection state of the item at the location
+cursor without deselecting any other selected items, except in Single
+Select.
+</Para>
+<Para>Single and Multiple Select use Add Mode, and Browse Select uses Normal
+Mode.
+</Para>
+<Para>Extended Select can use either mode; the user changes modes by pressing
+<KeySym>osfAddMode</KeySym>.
+In Extended Select Normal Mode, pressing <KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym> has the same
+effect as pressing <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>; <KeySym>osfExtend</KeySym> and shifted navigation
+have the same effect as pressing <KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> following a <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>
+action.
+In Extended Select Add Mode, pressing <KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym> has the same
+effect as pressing <KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>; <KeySym>osfExtend</KeySym> and shifted navigation
+have the same effect as pressing <KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> following a <KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>
+action.
+</Para>
+<Para>Normal Mode is indicated by a solid location cursor, and Add Mode is
+indicated by a dashed location cursor.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Data Transfer Behavior</Title>
+<Para>List supports dragging of items from the List and transfer of items to
+the clipboard.
+When the user presses <Literal>BTransfer</Literal> on a selected item, the widget
+transfers all selected items.
+When the user presses <Literal>BTransfer</Literal> on an unselected item, the widget
+transfers only that item.
+Depending on the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprimaryOwnership</SystemItem>, List can also
+support primary selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures are called, the
+<Literal>location_data</Literal> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName> member
+is NULL if the selected items are being transferred.
+If the selected items are not being transferred, this member has the
+following value:
+If a single item is being transferred, the value is an integer
+representing the position of the item in the List.
+A value of 1 transfers the first item in the List; a value of 2
+transfers the second item; and so on.
+If the entire contents of the List are being transferred, the value is
+&minus;1.
+</Para>
+<Para>As a source of data, List supports the following targets and associated
+conversions of data to these targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">locale</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <Symbol Role="Variable">locale</Symbol> target matches the widget's locale, the widget
+transfers the selected list items in the encoding of the locale.
+Each item transferred except the last includes a trailing separator.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the selected list items as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+Each item transferred except the last includes a trailing separator.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the selected list items as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+Each item transferred except the last includes a trailing separator.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the selected list items are fully convertible to the encoding of the
+locale, the widget transfers the selected list items in the encoding of
+the locale.
+Otherwise, the widget transfers the selected list items as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+Each item transferred except the last includes a trailing separator.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports for immediate transfer for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection.
+These include <Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property>.
+If the selected list items are fully convertible to <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, these
+also include <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>; otherwise, they also include
+<Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the selected list items as a compound string in
+Byte Stream format.
+Each item transferred except the last includes a trailing separator.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_DEFERRED_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports for delayed transfer for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection.
+This widget currently supplies no targets for
+<Property>_MOTIF_DEFERRED_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property>.
+<!--If the selected list items are fully convertible to &bsol;*LSTRING&bsol;*O, these
+include &bsol;*LCOMPOUND_TEXT&bsol;*O.
+If the selected list items are fully convertible to the encoding of the
+locale, these also include the encoding of the locale.
+--></Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_EXPORT_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets to be
+used as the value of the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> in a
+drag-and-drop transfer.
+These include <Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property>, <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, the
+encoding of the locale, <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_LOSE_SELECTION</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the widget loses the selection, it deselects all list items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>As a source of data, List also supports the following standard Motif
+targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLASS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_CLASS</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the
+current locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLIENT_WINDOW</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy and transfers
+its window as type <Symbol Role="Define">WINDOW</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcolormap</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNforeground</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">NAME</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_NAME</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the current
+locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TARGETS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports.
+These include the standard targets in this list.
+These also include <Property>_MOTIF_COMPOUND_STRING</Property>, <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>,
+the encoding of the locale, <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TIMESTAMP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the timestamp used to acquire the selection as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_RENDER_TABLE</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> if it exists, or else the
+default text render table, as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_ENCODING_REGISTRY</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers its encoding registry as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+The value is a list of NULL separated items in the
+form of tag encoding pairs.
+This target symbolizes the transfer target for the
+Motif Segment Encoding Registry.
+Widgets and applications can use this Registry to register
+text encoding formats for specified render table tags.
+Applications access this Registry by calling
+<Function>XmRegisterSegmentEncoding</Function> and <Function>XmMapSegmentEncoding</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>List has no widget class destination procedure.
+Subclasses and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures are
+responsible for any data transfers to the widget.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>List inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname> and
+<Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmListWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmList</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmList Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNautomaticSelection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAutomaticSelection</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultActionCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestinationCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdoubleClickInterval</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDoubleClickInterval</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNextendedSelectionCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNitemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNitems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCListMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCListMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistSizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCListSizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmVARIABLE</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCListSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmatchBehavior</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMatchBehavior</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmQUICK_NAVIGATE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmultipleSelectionCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNprimaryOwnership</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPrimaryOwnership</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmOWN_NEVER</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrollBarDisplayPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrollBarDisplayPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAS_NEEDED</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRSelectColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmREVERSED_GROUND_COLORS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectedItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectedItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectedItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectedItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectedPositionCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectedPositionCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectedPositions</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectedPositions</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned int *</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectionMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectionMode</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectionPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectionPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmBROWSE_SELECT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsingleSelectionCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopItemPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopItemPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisibleItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisibleItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Invokes either
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when
+<KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> is pressed and the items that are shown as selected change
+if the value is True (or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO</SystemItem>) and the selection
+mode is either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> respectively.
+If False (<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_AUTO_SELECT</SystemItem>), no selection callbacks are invoked until
+the user releases the mouse button.
+See <Literal>Behavior</Literal> for
+further details on the interaction of this resource with the selection modes.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called
+when an item is selected in the browse selection mode. The reason is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_BROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultActionCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called when an item is double
+clicked or <KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym> is pressed.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DEFAULT_ACTION</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks called when the List is the destination of
+a transfer operation.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to these callbacks is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdoubleClickInterval</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a button click is followed by another button click within the time
+span specified by this resource (in milliseconds), the button clicks
+are considered a double-click action, rather than two single-click
+actions.
+The value must not be negative.
+The default value is the display's multiclick time.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called
+when items are selected using the extended selection mode.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list associated with the list items.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem> is obsolete and exists only for compatibility with
+previous releases. You should now use <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> instead of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem>. If both are specified, the render table will take
+precedence. The font list is used in conjunction with the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisibleItemCount</SystemItem>
+resource to determine the height of the List widget.
+If this
+value is NULL at initialization, the parent hierarchy of the widget is
+searched for a widget that
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+If such an ancestor is found, the font list is initialized to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEXT_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. If no such widget
+is found, the default is implementation dependent. Refer to
+&cdeman.XmFontList; for more information on a font list structure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitemCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the total number of items.
+The value must be the number of items in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitems</SystemItem> and must not be
+negative.
+It is automatically updated by the list whenever an item is added to or
+deleted from the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitems</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to an array of compound strings that are to be displayed as the list
+items.
+Refer to &cdeman.XmString; for more information on the creation and
+structure of compound strings.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> for this resource returns the list items themselves,
+not a copy of the list items.
+The application must not free the returned items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistMarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the height of the margin between the list border and the items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistMarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of the margin between the list border and the items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistSizePolicy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Controls the reaction of the List when an item grows horizontally beyond
+the current size of the list work area.
+If the value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONSTANT</SystemItem>, the list viewing area does not grow,
+and a horizontal ScrollBar is added for a List whose parent is a ScrolledWindow.
+If this resource is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVARIABLE</SystemItem>, the List grows to
+match the
+size of the longest item, and no horizontal ScrollBar appears.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the value of this resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRESIZE_IF_POSSIBLE</SystemItem>, the List
+attempts to grow or shrink to match the width of the widest item.
+If it cannot grow to match the widest size, a horizontal ScrollBar is
+added for a List whose parent is a ScrolledWindow
+if the longest item is wider than the list
+viewing area.
+</Para>
+<Para>The size policy must be set at the time the List widget is created.
+It cannot be changed at a later time through <Function>XtSetValues</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistSpacing</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the spacing between list items.
+This spacing increases by the value of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightThickness</SystemItem>
+resource in Primitive.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmatchBehavior</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the matching behavior followed by XmList.
+The current values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmQUICK_NAVIGATE</SystemItem>, as follows:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the typed in characters are ignored.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmQUICK_NAVIGATE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that 1-character navigation shall be supported when List
+has focus. If the typed character is
+the initial character of some set of items in
+List, the first of those items following the current
+item will be navigated to (become the current
+item). If all such items precede the current item, the
+first such item becomes the current item.
+Subsequently, typing the same character will
+cyclically navigate among the items with the same first
+character.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultipleSelectionCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called
+when an item is selected in
+multiple selection mode. The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprimaryOwnership</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether XmContainer takes ownership of the Primary selection
+when a selection is made inside it. This resource can take the
+following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOWN_NEVER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Never takes ownership.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOWN_ALWAYS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Always takes ownership.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOWN_MULTIPLE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Only takes ownership is more than one element has been selected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOWN_POSSIBLE_MULTIPLE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Only takes ownership if more than one element can be selected at a
+time.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table associated with the list items. The render
+table is used in conjunction with the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisibleItemCount</SystemItem>
+resource to determine the height of the List widget. If this
+value is NULL at initialization, List searches its parent hierarchy
+for a widget that
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+If such an ancestor is found, the render table is initialized to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEXT_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. If no such widget
+is found, the default is implementation dependent. If a font list and
+a render table are both specified, the
+render table will take precedence. Refer to
+&cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on the creation and
+structure of a render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollBarDisplayPolicy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Controls the display of vertical ScrollBars in a
+List whose parent is a ScrolledWindow.
+When the value of this resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAS_NEEDED</SystemItem>, a vertical
+ScrollBar is displayed only when the number of items in the List exceeds
+the number of visible items.
+When the value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTATIC</SystemItem>, a vertical ScrollBar is always
+displayed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to specify the color of the background rectangle
+that indicates selected text. It takes two values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDEFAULT_SELECT_COLOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the select color to be set to a color
+between the background and the bottom shadow color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmREVERSED_GROUND_COLORS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Forces the select color to the
+foreground color and the color of any text rendered over the
+select color to be in the background color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">HIGHLIGHT_COLOR</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Forces the fill color to use the highlight color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItemCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of strings in the selected items list.
+The value must be the number of items in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> and must
+not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to an array of compound strings that represents the list items that
+are currently selected, either by the user or by the application.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> for this resource returns the list items themselves,
+not a copy of the list items.
+The application must not free the returned items or the array.
+</Para>
+<Para>Setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> selects those list items that exactly
+match items in the given <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> list. There may be
+additional items in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> that do not match items in
+the list. These items remain until <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> is updated.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitems</SystemItem> is changed such that the list now contains items
+matching previously unmatched items in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem>, those
+new items will also appear selected.
+</Para>
+<Para>Any user interaction with the list that causes at least one item to be
+selected or deselected and any call to
+<Function>XmListDeleteAllItems</Function>,
+<Function>XmListDeleteItem</Function>,
+<Function>XmListDeleteItems</Function>,
+<Function>XmListDeleteItemsPos</Function>,
+<Function>XmListDeletePos</Function>,
+<Function>XmListDeletePositions</Function>,
+<Function>XmListDeselectAllItems</Function>,
+<Function>XmListDeselectItem</Function>, <Function>XmListDeselectPos</Function>,
+<Function>XmListSelectItem</Function>, <Function>XmListSelectPos</Function>, or
+<Function>XmListUpdateSelectedList</Function> cause <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> to be
+updated immediately to exactly reflect the visual state of the list.
+Calls to any other <Classname>XmList</Classname> functions do not affect
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedPositionCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of positions in the selected positions list.
+The value must be the number of items in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedPositions</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedPositions</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to an array of the positions of the selected items in the List.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> for this resource returns the
+list items themselves, not a copy of the list
+items. The application must not free the returned
+items or the array.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionMode</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Defines what effect keyboard navigations have on selection. The valid
+modes are:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmADD_MODE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows no navigation operations to have effect on selection, and
+<KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym> toggles the selection state of the item at the location
+cursor without deselecting any other selected items, except in Single
+Select. However, the widget cannot be put into add mode if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> resource is an incompatible mode
+(<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> cannot be <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNORMAL_MODE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows navigation operations and <KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym> to select the
+item at the location cursor and deselect any other selected
+items. However, the widget cannot be put into normal mode if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> resource is an incompatible mode
+(<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> cannot be <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Defines the interpretation of the selection action. This can be one of the
+following:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows only single selections
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows multiple selections
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows extended selections
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows drag-and-browse functionality
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsingleSelectionCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called
+when an item is selected in
+single selection mode. The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_SINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNstringDirection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is a synthetic resource for setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.
+The values for this resource are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_L_TO_R</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_R_TO_L</SystemItem>. Refer to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource description. The
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNstringDirection</SystemItem> resource is obsoleted by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>, but is kept here for backward compatibility.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopItemPosition</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the item that is the first visible item in the
+list.
+Setting this resource is equivalent to calling the <Function>XmListSetPos</Function>
+function.
+The position of the first item in the list is 1; the position of the
+second item is 2; and so on.
+A position of 0 (zero) specifies the last item in the list.
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisibleItemCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items that can
+fit in the visible space of the list work area. The List uses this
+value to determine its height.
+The value must be greater than 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>List inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPrimitive Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!--no-op:  .tH-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>List defines a new callback structure. The application must first look at the
+reason field and use only the structure members that are valid for that
+particular reason, because not all fields are relevant for
+every possible reason. The callback structure is defined as follows:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">item_length</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">item_position</Symbol>;
+        XmString *<Symbol Role="Variable">selected_items</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">selected_item_count</Symbol>;
+        int *<Symbol Role="Variable">selected_item_positions</Symbol>;
+        char <Symbol Role="Variable">selection_type</Symbol>;
+        unsigned char <Symbol Role="Variable">auto_selection_type</Symbol>;
+} XmListCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback. It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The last item selected at the time of the <Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol> that caused the
+callback.
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> points to a temporary storage space that is reused after the
+callback is finished.
+Therefore, if an application needs to save the item, it should copy the
+item into its own data space.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The length in bytes of <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>.
+This member is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+earlier releases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The position (plus one) of <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> in the List's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitems</SystemItem> array.
+An <Symbol Role="Variable">item_position</Symbol> value of one symbolizes the first element in the
+list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selected_items</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A list of items selected at the time of the <Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol> that caused
+the callback.
+<Symbol Role="Variable">selected_items</Symbol> points to a temporary storage space that is reused
+after the callback is finished.
+Therefore, if an application needs to save the selected list, it should
+copy the list into its own data space.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selected_item_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The number of items in the <Symbol Role="Variable">selected_items</Symbol> list.
+This number must be non-negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selected_item_positions</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An array of integers, one for each selected item, representing the
+position of each selected item in the List's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitems</SystemItem> array.
+<Symbol Role="Variable">selected_item_positions</Symbol> points to a temporary storage space that
+is reused after the callback is finished.
+Therefore, if an application needs to save this array, it should copy
+the array into its own data space.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selection_type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the most recent extended selection was the initial
+selection (<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINITIAL</SystemItem>), a modification of an existing selection
+(<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMODIFICATION</SystemItem>), or an additional noncontiguous selection
+(<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmADDITION</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the type of automatic selection callback. The types of
+callbacks include the following:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_BEGIN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the beginning of automatic selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_MOTION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that there is a button drag selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CANCEL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the new selection is cancelled.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_NO_CHANGE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the currently selected item matches the initial item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CHANGE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the currently selected item does not match the initial item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The following table describes the reasons for which the individual callback
+structure fields are valid.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Reason</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Valid Fields</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmCR_SINGLE_SELECT</Entry>
+<Entry><Emphasis>reason, event, item, item_length, item_position</Emphasis></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmCR_DEFAULT_ACTION</Entry>
+<Entry><Emphasis>reason, event, item, item_length, item_position, selected_items, selected_item_count, selected_item_positions</Emphasis></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmCR_BROWSE_SELECT</Entry>
+<Entry><Emphasis>reason, event, item, item_length, item_position</Emphasis></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmCR_MULTIPLE_SELECT</Entry>
+<Entry><Emphasis>reason, event, item, item_length, item_position, selected_items, selected_item_count, selected_item_positions</Emphasis></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmCR_EXTENDED_SELECT</Entry>
+<Entry><Emphasis>reason, event, item, item_length, item_position, selected_items, selected_item_count, selected_item_positions, selection_type</Emphasis></Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>A pointer to the following callback structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol>;
+        XtEnum <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">transfer_id</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">location_data</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol>;
+} XmDestinationCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the selection for which data transfer is being requested.
+Possible values are <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>, and
+<Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the type of transfer operation requested.
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>, possible values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> or <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, possible
+values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, possible values are
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOTHER</SystemItem>.
+A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOTHER</SystemItem> means that the callback procedure must get
+further information from the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> in the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol> member.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether or not the destination widget is also the source of
+the data to be transferred.
+Following are the possible values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The destination widget is not the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_SAME</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The destination widget is the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>transfer_id</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Serves as a unique ID to identify the transfer transaction.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the destination.
+When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, the callback procedures are
+called by the drop site's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol>
+is a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> procedure.
+When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol> is an Atom
+representing a target recommmended by the selection owner for use in
+converting the selection.
+Otherwise, <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol> is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>location_data</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the location where data is to be transferred.
+The value is always NULL when the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> or
+<Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>.
+If the value is NULL, the data is to be inserted at the widget's cursor
+position.
+Otherwise, the value is an integer representing the position in the List
+where the items are to be transferred.
+A value of 1 makes the first new item the first item in the list; a
+value of 2 makes it the second item; and so on.
+Once <Symbol>XmTransferDone</Symbol> procedures start to be called,
+<Literal>location_data</Literal> will no longer be stable.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the time when the transfer operation began.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmList -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmList</Classname> includes translations from Primitive.
+The <Classname>XmList</Classname> translations are described in the following list.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1</KeySym><KeySym>Motion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListButtonMotion()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListBeginExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListEndExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListBeginToggle()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListEndToggle()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListBeginSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&npzwc;&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListEndSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListProcessDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListBeginDataExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListBeginData()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListBeginLine()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListEndDataExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListEndData()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListEndLine()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListLeftPage()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListLeftPage()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListPrevPage()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListRightPage()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListRightPage()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListNextPage()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s</Literal> <KeySym>KeyDown</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdBeginExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>KeyDown</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdBeginSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>KeyUp</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdEndExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>KeyUp</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdEndSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelectAll</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdSelectAll()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDeselectAll</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdDeSelectAll()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfAddMode</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListAddMode()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveHelp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdCancel()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListLeftPage()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListLeftChar()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListRightPage()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListRightChar()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListExtendPrevItem()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListPrevItem()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListExtendNextItem()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListNextItem()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListCopyToClipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCopy</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListCopyToClipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>slash</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdSelectAll()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>backslash</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdDeSelectAll()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitivePrevTabGroup()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveNextTabGroup()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>KeyDown</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdBeginSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>KeyUp</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdEndSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>KeyDown</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdBeginExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>KeyUp</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListKbdEndExtend()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListQuickNavigate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListBeginSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListButtonMotion()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListEndSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBExtend Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListBeginExtend()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBExtend Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListButtonMotion()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBExtend Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListEndExtend()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBToggle Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListBeginToggle()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBToggle Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListButtonMotion()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBToggle Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListEndToggle()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListProcessDrag()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListPrevItem()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMShift KUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListExtendPrevItem()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListNextItem()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMShift KDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListExtendNextItem()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListLeftChar()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListLeftPage()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListRightChar()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListRightPage()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPageUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListPrevPage()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPageDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListNextPage()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPageLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListLeftPage()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPageRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListRightPage()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKBeginLine:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListBeginLine()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKEndLine:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListEndLine()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKBeginData:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListBeginData()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMShift KBeginData:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListBeginDataExtend()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKEndData:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListEndData()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMShift KEndData:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListEndDataExtend()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKAddMode:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListAddMode()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKActivate:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListKbdActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKCopy Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListCopyToClipboard()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListKbdBeginSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListKbdEndSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKExtend Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListKbdBeginExtend()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKExtend Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListKbdEndExtend()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAny KCancel:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListKbdCancel()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelectAll:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListKbdSelectAll()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKDeselectAll:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListKbdDeSelectAll()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveHelp()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.ne 6
+.LI "&bsol;*LKNextField&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveNextTabGroup()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPrevField&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitivePrevTabGroup()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+<Para>The List button event translations are modified when Display's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource does not have a value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOFF</SystemItem> (in other words, it is either <Symbol>XmBUTTON2_TRANSFER</Symbol> or
+<Symbol>XmBUTTON2_ADJUST</Symbol>). This
+option allows the
+actions for selection and transfer to be integrated on <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>, and
+the actions for extending the selection can be bound to
+<KeySym>Btn2</KeySym>. The actions for <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> that are defined above
+still apply when the <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> event occurs over text that is not
+selected. The following actions apply when the <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> event
+occurs over text that is selected:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Motion</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListProcessBtn1(<Symbol Role="Define">ListButtonMotion</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListProcessBtn1(<Symbol Role="Define">ListBeginExtend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListProcessBtn1(<Symbol Role="Define">ListEndExtend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListProcessBtn1(<Symbol Role="Define">ListBeginToggle</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListProcessBtn1(<Symbol Role="Define">ListEndToggle</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListProcessBtn1(<Symbol Role="Define">ListBeginSelect</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListProcessBtn1(<Symbol Role="Define">ListEndSelect</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>When Display's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource has a value of
+<Symbol>XmBUTTON2_ADJUST</Symbol>, the following actions apply:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListProcessBtn2(<Symbol Role="Define">ListBeginExtend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Motion</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListProcessBtn2(<Symbol Role="Define">ListButtonMotion</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Up</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ListProcessBtn2(<Symbol Role="Define">ListEndExtend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--.VL
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListProcessDrag()&bsol;*O resulting in copy.
+.LI "&bsol;*LBExtend Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListProcessDrag()&bsol;*O resulting in move.
+.LI "&bsol;*LBExtend Click:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListBeginExtend()&bsol;*O, &bsol;*LListEndExtend()&bsol;*O.
+.LI "&bsol;*LToggle Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListProcessDrag()&bsol;*O resulting in copy.
+.LI "&bsol;*LBDrag Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListBeginExtend()&bsol;*O.
+.LI "&bsol;*LBDrag Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListBeginExtend()&bsol;*O.
+.LI "&bsol;*LBDrag Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LListEndExtend()&bsol;*O.
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmList</Classname> action routines are described in the following list.
+The current selection is always shown with inverted colors.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListAddMode()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Toggles the state of Add Mode for keyboard selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListBeginData()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the location cursor to the first item in the list.
+In Normal Mode, this also deselects any current selection,
+selects the first item in the list, and calls the appropriate selection
+callbacks (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set
+to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListBeginDataExtend()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action moves the location cursor to the first item in the list.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action does the following:
+If an extended selection has been made from the current anchor point,
+restores the selection state of the items in that range to their state
+before the extended selection was done;
+changes the selection state of the first item and all
+items between it and the current anchor point to the state of the
+item at the current anchor point;
+calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListBeginExtend()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action does the following:
+If an extended selection has been made from the current anchor point,
+restores the selection state of the items in that range to their state
+before the extended selection was done, and
+changes the selection state of the item under the pointer and all
+items between it and the current anchor point to the state of the
+item at the current anchor point.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True, this action calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+The <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> component of the callback structure will
+be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_BEGIN</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListBeginLine()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the horizontal scroll region to the beginning of the line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListBeginSelect()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+deselects any current selection and toggles the selection state of the
+item under the pointer.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+deselects any current selection and selects the item under the pointer.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True, calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+The <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> component of the callback structure will
+be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_BEGIN</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+toggles the selection state of the item under the pointer.
+Any previous selections remain.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action deselects any current selection,
+selects the item under the pointer, and
+sets the current anchor at that item.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True,
+this action calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+The <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> component of the callback structure will
+be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_BEGIN</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListBeginToggle()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action moves the current anchor to the item under the pointer
+without changing the current selection.
+If the item is unselected, this action selects it; if the item is selected,
+this action unselects it.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True, this action calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>Otherwise, the list takes keyboard focus. No other action occurs.
+The <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> component of the callback structure will
+be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_BEGIN</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListButtonMotion()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action deselects any current selection and selects the item under the
+pointer.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True and the pointer has
+entered a new list item, this action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action does the following:
+If an extended selection is being made and an extended selection has
+previously been made from the current anchor point,
+restores the selection state of the items in that range to their state
+before the previous extended selection was done and
+changes the selection state of the item under the pointer and all
+items
+between it and the current anchor point to the state of the
+item at the current anchor point.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True and the pointer has
+entered a new list item, calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the pointer leaves a scrolled list, this action scrolls the list in
+the direction of the pointer motion.
+The <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> component of the callback structure will
+be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_MOTION</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListCopyToClipboard()</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Copies the content of the selected items to the clipboard as a single
+compound string with each
+item separated by a newline.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListEndData()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the location cursor to the last item in the list.
+In Normal Mode, this also deselects any current selection,
+selects the last item in the list, and calls the appropriate selection
+callbacks (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set
+to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListEndDataExtend()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action moves the location cursor to the last item in the list.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action does the following:
+If an extended selection has been made from the current anchor point,
+restores the selection state of the items in that range to their state
+before the extended selection was done;
+changes the selection state of the last item and all
+items between it and the current anchor point to the state of the
+item at the current anchor point;
+calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListEndExtend()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action moves the location
+cursor to the last item selected or deselected
+and
+calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True, then the
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> field of the callback will be
+valid. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>
+and the currently selected item position matches the position of the
+item that was selected before the browse selection began, or if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and the set
+of currently selected item positions matches the set of item positions
+selected before the extended selection began, the callback will be
+called with <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_NO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, it will be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListEndLine()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the horizontal scroll region to the end of the line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListEndSelect()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action moves the location cursor to the last item selected or
+deselected and calls the appropriate selection callbacks
+(<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsingleSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set
+to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultipleSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is
+set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True, then the
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> field of the callback will be valid.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem> and the
+currently selected item position matches the position of the item that
+was selected before the brose selection began, or if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and the set
+of currently selected item positions matches the set of item positions
+selected before the extended selection began, the callback will be
+called with <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_NO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, it will be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListEndToggle()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>, moves
+the location cursor to the last item selected or deselected
+and
+calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True, then the
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> field of the callback will be valid. If
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem> and the
+currently selected item position matches the position of the item that
+was selected before the browse selection began, or if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and the set
+of currently selected item positions matches the set of item positions
+selected before the extended selection began, the callback will be
+called with <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_NO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, it will be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListExtendNextItem()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action
+does the following:
+If an extended selection has been made from the current anchor point,
+restores the selection state of the items in that range to their state
+before the extended selection was done;
+moves the location cursor to the next item and changes the selection
+state of the item and all
+items between it and the current anchor point
+to the state of the item at the current anchor point;
+calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListExtendPrevItem()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action does the following:
+If an extended selection has been made from the current anchor point,
+restores the selection state of the items in that range to their state
+before the extended selection was done;
+moves the location cursor to the previous item and changes the selection
+state of the item and all items between it and the current anchor point
+to the state of the item at the current anchor point;
+calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListScrollCursorVertically(</Action><Symbol Role="Variable">percentage</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the line containing the insertion cursor vertically
+to an intermediate position in the visible window based on an
+input percentage. A value of 0 (zero) indicates the top of the window;
+a value of 100, the bottom of the window. If this action is called
+with no argument, the line containing the insertion cursor is scrolled
+vertically to a new position designated by the <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> event passed
+to the routine.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListKbdActivate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultActionCallback</SystemItem>.
+If the List's parent is a manager, this action passes the event to the
+parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListKbdBeginExtend()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+does the following:
+If an extended selection has been made from the current anchor point,
+restores the selection state of the items in that range to their state
+before the extended selection was done;
+changes the selection state of the item at the location cursor and all
+items between it and the current anchor point to the state of the
+item at the current anchor point.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True, this action calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+The <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> component of the callback structure will
+be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_BEGIN</SystemItem>".
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListKbdBeginSelect()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+deselects any current selection and toggles the state of the item at the
+location cursor.
+The <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> component of the callback structure will
+be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_BEGIN</SystemItem>".
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+deselects any current selection and selects the item at the location
+cursor.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True, calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+toggles the selection state of the item at the location cursor.
+Any previous selections remain.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+moves the current anchor to the item at the location cursor.
+In Normal Mode, this action
+deselects any current selection and selects the item at
+the location cursor.
+In Add Mode, this action
+toggles the selection state of the item at the location
+cursor and leaves the current selection unchanged.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True, this action
+calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+The <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> component of the callback structure will
+be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_BEGIN</SystemItem>".
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListKbdCancel()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>
+and an extended selection is being made from the current anchor point,
+this action
+cancels the new selection and restores the selection state of the items
+in that range to their state before the extended selection was done.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True, this action calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks; otherwise, if the
+parent is a manager, it passes the event to the parent.
+The <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> component of the callback structure will
+be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CANCEL</SystemItem>".
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListKbdDeSelectAll()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> in Add Mode,
+this action deselects all items in the list.
+If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> in
+Normal Mode, this action deselects all items in the list (except the item at the
+location cursor if the shell's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNkeyboardFocusPolicy</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>).
+This action also calls the appropriate selection callbacks
+(<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsingleSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set
+to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultipleSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set
+to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListKbdEndExtend()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True, then the
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> field of the callback will be valid. If
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem> and the
+currently selected item position matches the position of the item that
+was selected before the browse selection began, or if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and the set
+of currently selected item positions matches the set of item positions
+selected before the extended selection began, the callback will be
+called with <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_NO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, it will be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListKbdEndSelect()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the appropriate selection callbacks
+(<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsingleSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set
+to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultipleSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set
+to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautomaticSelection</SystemItem> is set to True, then the
+<Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> field of the callback will be valid. If
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem> and the
+currently selected item position matches the position of the item that
+was selected before the browse selection began, or if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> and the set
+of currently selected item positions matches the set of item positions
+selected before the extended selection began, the callback will be
+called with <Literal>auto_selection_type</Literal> set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_NO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, it will be set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_CHANGE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListKbdSelectAll()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>, this action selects the item at the location cursor.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+it selects all items in the list.
+This action also calls the appropriate selection callbacks
+(<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsingleSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set
+to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_SELECT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultipleSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set
+to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIPLE_SELECT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListLeftChar()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the list one character to the left.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListLeftPage()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the list one page to the left.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListNextItem()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the location cursor to the next item in the list.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action also selects the next item, deselects any current
+selection, and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action in Normal Mode also selects the next item, deselects any
+current selection, moves the current anchor to the next item, and calls
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+In Add Mode, this action does not affect the selection or the anchor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListNextPage()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the list to the next page, moving the location cursor to a new
+item.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action also selects the new item, deselects any current
+selection, and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action in Normal Mode also selects the new item, deselects any
+current selection, moves the current anchor to the new item, and calls
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+In Add Mode, this action does not affect the selection or the anchor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListPrevItem()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the location cursor to the previous item in the list.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action also selects the previous item, deselects any current
+selection, and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action in Normal Mode also selects the previous item, deselects any
+current selection, moves the current anchor to the previous item, and
+calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+In Add Mode, this action does not affect the selection or the anchor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListPrevPage()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the list to the previous page, moving the location cursor to a
+new item.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action also selects the new item, deselects any current
+selection, and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbrowseSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTENDED_SELECT</SystemItem>,
+this action in Normal Mode also selects the new item, deselects any
+current selection, moves the current anchor to the new item, and calls
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNextendedSelectionCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+In Add Mode this action does not affect the selection or the anchor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListProcessBtn1(</Action><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>)</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When Display's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOFF</SystemItem>,
+the
+actions for selection and transfer are integrated on <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>.
+When the button is not performing a transfer or drag, the action that is
+performed depends on the value of <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>, which can be one of
+the following actions:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ListButtonMotion</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ListBeginExtend</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ListEndExtend</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ListBeginToggle</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ListEndToggle</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ListBeginSelect</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ListEndSelect</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ListProcessBtn2</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When Display's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource has a value of
+<Symbol>XmBUTTON2_TRANSFER</Symbol>, the
+actions for extending selection are bound on <KeySym>Btn2</KeySym>, and a drag
+starts immediately.
+When Display's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource has a value of
+<Symbol>XmBUTTON2_ADJUST</Symbol>, the action that is
+performed depends on the value of <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>, which can be one of
+the following actions:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ListBeginExtend</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ListButtonMotion</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ListEndExtend</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListProcessDrag()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Drags the content of one or more selected list items.
+Each item is separated by a newline.
+If <Literal>BTransfer</Literal> is pressed on an unselected item, it drags only that
+item, excluding any other selected items.
+This action sets the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertProc</SystemItem> of the DragContext to a
+function that calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, for the <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property> selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ListQuickNavigate</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Navigates to an item. When List's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmatchBehavior</SystemItem> resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmQUICK_NAVIGATE</SystemItem>, this
+action uses 1-character
+navigation to navigate. Refer to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmatchBehavior</SystemItem> resource
+for a description of how this navigation works.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListRightChar()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the list one character to the right.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ListRightPage()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the list one page to the right.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveHelp()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist. If there
+are no help callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help callbacks
+for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveNextTabGroup()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the focus to the first item contained within the next tab group. If
+the current tab group is the last entry in the tab group list, it
+wraps to the beginning of the tab group list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitivePrevTabGroup()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the focus to the first item contained within the previous tab group.
+If the beginning of the tab group list is reached, it wraps to the end
+of the tab group list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>The List widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Double&ensp;Click</KeySym></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a button click is followed by another button click within the time
+span specified by the display's multiclick time, the List interprets
+that as a double click and calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultActionCallback</SystemItem>.
+The item's colors invert to indicate that it is selected.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdoubleClickInterval</SystemItem> resource can be used to specify a
+time span that overrides the display's multi-click time.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusIn</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the focus policy is Explicit, this action sets the focus and draw
+the location cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusOut</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the focus policy is Explicit, this action removes the focus and erase
+the location cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.XmCreateList;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateScrolledList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmListAddItem;,
+&cdeman.XmListAddItems;,
+&cdeman.XmListAddItemUnselected;,
+&cdeman.XmListAddItemsUnselected;,
+&cdeman.XmListDeleteAllItems;,
+&cdeman.XmListDeleteItem;,
+&cdeman.XmListDeleteItems;,
+&cdeman.XmListDeleteItemsPos;,
+&cdeman.XmListDeletePos;,
+&cdeman.XmListDeletePositions;,
+&cdeman.XmListDeselectAllItems;,
+&cdeman.XmListDeselectItem;,
+&cdeman.XmListDeselectPos;,
+<Symbol>XmListGetKbdItemPos</Symbol> &cdeman.XmListGetMatchPos;,
+&cdeman.XmListGetSelectedPos;,
+&cdeman.XmListItemExists;,
+&cdeman.XmListItemPos;,
+&cdeman.XmListPosToBounds;,
+&cdeman.XmListReplaceItems;,
+&cdeman.XmListReplaceItemsPos;,
+&cdeman.XmListReplaceItemsPos;,
+&cdeman.XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected;,
+&cdeman.XmListReplaceItemsUnselected;,
+&cdeman.XmListSelectItem;,
+&cdeman.XmListSelectPos;,
+&cdeman.XmListSetAddMode;,
+&cdeman.XmListSetBottomItem;,
+&cdeman.XmListSetBottomPos;,
+&cdeman.XmListSetHorizPos;,
+&cdeman.XmListSetItem;,
+&cdeman.XmListSetKbdItemPos;,
+&cdeman.XmListSetPos;,
+&cdeman.XmListUpdateSelectedList;,
+&cdeman.XmListYToPos;,
+&cdeman.XmPrimitive; and
+&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstAddIA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstAddIA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1f5177b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstAddIA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstAddIA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:38:14 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN283.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListAddItem</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListAddItem</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that adds an item to the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListAddItem</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListAddItem</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListAddItem</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, item, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListAddItem</Function> adds an item to the list at the given position.
+When the item is inserted into the list, it is compared with the current
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> list.
+If the new item matches an item on the selected list, it appears
+selected.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List to which an item is added.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the item to be added to the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the new item in the list.
+A value of 1 makes the new item the first item in the list; a value of 2
+makes it the second item; and so on.
+A value of 0 (zero) makes the new item the last item in the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstAddIB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstAddIB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..00651ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstAddIB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstAddIB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:38:34 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN284.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListAddItemUnselected</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListAddItemUnselected</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that adds an item to the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListAddItemUnselected</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListAddItemUnselected</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListAddItemUnselected</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, item, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListAddItemUnselected</Function> adds an item to the list at the given
+position.
+The item does not appear selected, even if it matches an item in the
+current <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List from whose list an item is added.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the item to be added to the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the new item in the list.
+A value of 1 makes the new item the first item in the list; a value of 2
+makes it the second item; and so on.
+A value of 0 (zero) makes the new item the last item in the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstAddIC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstAddIC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..525f805
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstAddIC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstAddIC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:38:50 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN285.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListAddItems</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListAddItems</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that adds items to the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListAddItems</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListAddItems</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListAddItems</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, items, item_count, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString *<Parameter>items</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>item_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListAddItems</Function> adds the specified items to the list at the given
+position.
+The first <Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol> items of the <Symbol Role="Variable">items</Symbol> array are added to
+the list.
+When the items are inserted into the list, they are compared with the
+current <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> list.
+If any of the new items matches an item on the selected list, it
+appears selected.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List to which an item is added.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">items</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the items to be added to the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items in <Symbol Role="Variable">items</Symbol>.
+This number must be nonnegative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the first new item in the list.
+A value of 1 makes the first new item the first item in the list; a
+value of 2 makes it the second item; and so on.
+A value of 0 (zero) makes the first new item follow the last item in the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstAddID.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstAddID.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..fbe9d58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstAddID.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstAddID.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:50:08 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN286.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListAddItemsUnselected</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListAddItemsUnselected</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that adds items
+to a list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListAddItemsUnselected</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListAddItemsUnselected</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListAddItemsUnselected</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, items, item_count, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString *<Parameter>items</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>item_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListAddItemsUnselected</Function> adds the specified items to the
+list at the given position. The inserted items remain unselected,
+even if they currently appear in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem>
+list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget to add items to.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">items</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the items to be added to the
+list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements in <Symbol Role="Variable">items</Symbol>.
+This number must be nonnegative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the first new item in the list. A value
+of 1 makes the first new item the first item in the list; a value
+of 2 makes it the second item; and so on. A value of 0 (zero)
+makes the
+first new item follow the last item of the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..533a1e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstDeleA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:39:24 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN287.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListDeleteAllItems</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListDeleteAllItems</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that deletes all items from the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListDeleteAllItems</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListDeleteAllItems</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListDeleteAllItems</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListDeleteAllItems</Function> deletes all items from the list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List from whose list the items are deleted
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..28a810e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstDeleB.sgm /main/8 1996/08/30 15:39:40 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN288.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListDeleteItem</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListDeleteItem</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that deletes an item from the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListDeleteItem</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListDeleteItem</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListDeleteItem</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, item</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListDeleteItem</Function> deletes the first item in the list that matches
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>.
+A warning message appears if the item does not exist.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List from whose list an item is deleted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the text of the item to be deleted from the list.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> appears more than once in the List, only the
+first occurrence is matched.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3a02cb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstDeleC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:39:57 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN289.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListDeleteItems</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListDeleteItems</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that deletes items from the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListDeleteItems</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListDeleteItems</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListDeleteItems</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, items, item_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString *<Parameter>items</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>item_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListDeleteItems</Function> deletes the specified items from the list.
+For each element of <Symbol Role="Variable">items</Symbol>, the first item in the list that matches
+that element is deleted.
+A warning message appears if any of the items do not exist.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List from whose list an item is deleted
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">items</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to items to be deleted from the list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements in <Symbol Role="Variable">items</Symbol>
+This number must be nonnegative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..db10fcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstDeleD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:50:16 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN290.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListDeleteItemsPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListDeleteItemsPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that deletes items from the list starting at the given position
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListDeleteItemsPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListDeleteItemsPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListDeleteItemsPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, item_count, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>item_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListDeleteItemsPos</Function> deletes the specified number of items from
+the list starting at the specified position.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List from whose list an item is deleted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items to be deleted.
+This number must be nonnegative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position in the list of the first item to be deleted.
+A value of 1 indicates that the first deleted item is the first item in
+the list; a value of 2 indicates that it is the second item; and so on.
+<!-- A value of 0 indicates that the first deleted item is the last item in--><!-- the list.--></Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..379d188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstDeleE.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:40:31 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN291.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListDeletePos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListDeletePos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that deletes an item from a list at a specified position
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListDeletePos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListDeletePos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListDeletePos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListDeletePos</Function> deletes an item at a specified position.
+A warning message appears if the position does not exist.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List from which an item is to be deleted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the item to be deleted.
+A value of 1 indicates that the first item in the list is deleted; a
+value of 2 indicates that the second item is deleted; and so on.
+A value of 0 (zero)
+indicates that the last item in the list is deleted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d473f70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeleF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstDeleF.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:50:25 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN292.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListDeletePositions</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListDeletePositions</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that deletes items
+from a list based on an array of positions
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListDeletePositions</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListDeletePositions</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListDeletePositions</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position_list, position_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int *<Parameter>position_list</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListDeletePositions</Function> deletes noncontiguous
+items from a list. The function deletes all items whose
+corresponding positions appear in the <Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol> array.
+A warning message is displayed if a specified position is invalid;
+that is, the value is 0, a negative integer, or a number greater
+than the number of items in the list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of the item positions to be deleted. The
+position of the first item in the list is 1; the position of
+the second item is 2; and so on.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements in the <Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeseA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeseA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c806cbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeseA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstDeseA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:41:06 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN293.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListDeselectAllItems</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListDeselectAllItems</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that unhighlights and removes all items from the selected list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListDeselectAllItems</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListDeselectAllItems</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListDeselectAllItems</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListDeselectAllItems</Function> unhighlights and removes all items from the
+selected list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget from whose list all selected
+items are deselected
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeseB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeseB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6bd2eed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeseB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstDeseB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:41:21 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN294.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListDeselectItem</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListDeselectItem</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that deselects the specified item from the selected list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListDeselectItem</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListDeselectItem</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListDeselectItem</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, item</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListDeselectItem</Function> unhighlights and removes from the selected list
+the first item in the list that matches <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List from whose list an item is deselected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the item to be deselected from the list.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> appears more than once in the List, only the
+first occurrence is matched.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeseC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeseC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..cec911a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstDeseC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstDeseC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:41:43 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN295.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListDeselectPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListDeselectPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that deselects an item at a specified position in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListDeselectPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListDeselectPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListDeselectPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListDeselectPos</Function> unhighlights the item at the specified position
+and deletes it from the list of selected items.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the item to be deselected.
+A value of 1 indicates that the first item in the list is deselected; a
+value of 2 indicates that the second item is deselected; and so on.
+A value of 0 (zero) indicates that the last item in the list is deselected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstGetKb.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstGetKb.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b460e46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstGetKb.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstGetKb.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:50:33 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN296.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListGetKbdItemPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListGetKbdItemPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that returns the
+position of the item at the location cursor
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListGetKbdItemPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListGetKbdItemPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmListGetKbdItemPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListGetKbdItemPos</Function> returns the position of the list
+item at the location cursor.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the position of the current keyboard item. A value of 1
+indicates that the location cursor is at the first item of the
+list; a value of 2 indicates that it is at the second item; and
+so on. A value of 0 (zero) indicates the List widget is empty.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstGetMa.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstGetMa.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1d3322d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstGetMa.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstGetMa.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:42:31 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN297.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListGetMatchPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListGetMatchPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that returns all instances of an item in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListGetMatchPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListGetMatchPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmListGetMatchPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, item, position_list, position_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int **<Parameter>position_list</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int *<Parameter>position_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListGetMatchPos</Function> is a Boolean function that returns an array of
+positions where a specified item is found in a List.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the item to search for.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns an array of positions at which the item occurs in the List.
+The position of the first item in the list is 1; the position of the
+second item is 2; and so on.
+When the return value is True, <Function>XmListGetMatchPos</Function> allocates
+memory for this array.
+The caller is responsible for freeing this memory.
+The caller can recover the allocated memory by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the number of elements in the <Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the specified item is present in the list, and
+False if it is not.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstGetSe.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstGetSe.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..77f957e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstGetSe.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstGetSe.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:50:41 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN298.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListGetSelectedPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListGetSelectedPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that returns the position of every selected item in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListGetSelectedPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListGetSelectedPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmListGetSelectedPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position_list, position_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int **<Parameter>position_list</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int *<Parameter>position_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This routine is obsolete. It is
+replaced by calling <Function>XtGetValues</Function> for the List resources
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedPositions</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedPositionCount</SystemItem>.
+<Function>XmListGetSelectedPos</Function> is a Boolean function that returns an
+array of the positions of the selected items in a List.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns an array of the positions of the selected items in the List.
+The position of the first item in the list is 1; the position of the
+second item is 2; and so on.
+When the return value is True, <Function>XmListGetSelectedPos</Function> allocates
+memory for this array.
+The caller is responsible for freeing this memory.
+The caller can recover the allocated memory by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the number of elements in the <Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the list has any selected items, and False if it does
+not.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstItemE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstItemE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6e46b4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstItemE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstItemE.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:43:18 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN299.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListItemExists</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListItemExists</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that checks if a specified item is in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListItemExists</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListItemExists</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmListItemExists</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, item</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListItemExists</Function> is a Boolean function that checks if a specified
+item is present in the list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the item whose presence is checked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the specified item is present in the list.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstItemP.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstItemP.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..30885f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstItemP.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstItemP.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:50:50 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN300.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListItemPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListItemPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that returns the position of an item in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListItemPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListItemPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmListItemPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, item</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListItemPos</Function> returns the position of the first
+instance of the specified item in a list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the item whose position is returned
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the position in the list of the first instance of the specified
+item.
+The position of the first item in the list is 1; the position of the
+second item is 2; and so on.
+This function returns 0 (zero) if the item is not found.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstPosSe.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstPosSe.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7990bc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstPosSe.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstPosSe.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:50:59 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN301.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListPosSelected</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListPosSelected</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that determines if the
+list item at a specified position is selected
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListPosSelected</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListPosSelected</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmListPosSelected</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Symbol>XmPosSelected</Symbol> determines if the list item at the specified
+position is selected or not.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the list item. A value of 1 indicates
+the first item in the list; a value of 2 indicates the second item;
+and so on. A value of 0 (zero) specifies the last item in the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the list item is selected; otherwise, returns False
+if the item is not selected or the specified position is invalid.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstPosTo.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstPosTo.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7732d92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstPosTo.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstPosTo.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:51:07 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN302.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListPosToBounds</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListPosToBounds</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that returns the bounding
+box of an item at a specified position in a list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListPosToBounds</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListPosToBounds</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmListPosToBounds</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position, x, y, width, height</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position *<Parameter>x</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position *<Parameter>y</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension *<Parameter>width</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension *<Parameter>height</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListPosToBounds</Function> returns the coordinates
+of an item within a list and the dimensions of its bounding
+box. The function returns the associated x and y-coordinates
+of the upper left corner of the bounding box relative to the
+upper left corner of the List widget, as well as the width
+and the height of the box. The caller can pass a NULL value
+for the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis>, <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>, <Symbol Role="Variable">width</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Variable">height</Symbol> parameters
+to indicate that the return value for that parameter is not
+requested.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the specified item.
+A value of 1 indicates the first item in
+the list; a value of 2 indicates the second item; and so on. A
+value of 0 (zero) specifies the last item in the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the returned x-coordinate of the item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer to the returned y-coordinate of the item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">width</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer to the returned width of the item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">height</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer to the returned height of the item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>If the item at the specified position is not visible,
+returns False, and the returned values (if any) are undefined. Otherwise,
+this function returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList; and
+&cdeman.XmListYToPos;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..11370df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstReplA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:51:16 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN303.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListReplaceItems</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListReplaceItems</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListReplaceItems</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListReplaceItems</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListReplaceItems</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, old_items, item_count, new_items</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString *<Parameter>old_items</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>item_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString *<Parameter>new_items</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListReplaceItems</Function> replaces each specified item of the list
+with a corresponding new item.
+When the items are inserted into the list, they are compared with
+the current <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> list. If any of the new items
+matches an item on the selected list, it appears selected.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">old_items</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the items to be replaced.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items in <Symbol Role="Variable">old_items</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>.
+This number must be nonnegative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the replacement items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Every occurrence of each element of <Symbol Role="Variable">old_items</Symbol> is replaced with
+the corresponding element from <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>.
+That is, the first element of <Symbol Role="Variable">old_items</Symbol> is replaced with the first
+element of <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>. The second element of <Symbol Role="Variable">old_items</Symbol> is replaced
+with the second element of <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>, and so on until <Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol>
+is reached.
+</Para>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b959d28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstReplB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:51:24 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN304.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListReplaceItemsPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListReplaceItemsPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListReplaceItemsPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListReplaceItemsPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListReplaceItemsPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, new_items, item_count, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString *<Parameter>new_items</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>item_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListReplaceItemsPos</Function> replaces the specified number of
+items of the List with new items, starting at the specified position
+in the List.
+When the items are inserted into the list, they are compared with
+the current <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> list. If any of the new items
+matches an item on the selected list, it appears selected.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the replacement items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items in <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol> and the number of
+items in the list to replace.
+This number must be nonnegative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the first item in the list to be replaced.
+A value of 1 indicates that the first item replaced is the first item in
+the list; a value of 2 indicates that it is the second item; and so on.
+<!-- A value of 0 indicates that the first item replaced is the last item in--><!-- the list.--></Para>
+<Para>Beginning with the item specified in <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol>
+items in the list are replaced with the corresponding elements from
+<Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>.
+That is, the item at <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol> is replaced with the first element
+of <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>; the item after <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol> is replaced with the
+second element of <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>; and so on, until <Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol> is
+reached.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..fd1971f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstReplC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:51:33 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN305.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that replaces items
+in a list without selecting the replacement items
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListReplaceItemsPosUn\\%selected</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListReplaceItemsPosUn\\%selected</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, new_items, item_count, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString *<Parameter>new_items</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>item_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected</Function> replaces the specified number of
+items in the list with new items, starting at the given position. The
+replacement items remain unselected, even if they currently appear in
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget to replace items in.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the replacement items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements in <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol> and the
+number of items in the list to replace.
+This number must be nonnegative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the first item in the list to
+be replaced. A value of 1 indicates that the first item
+replaced is the first item in the list; a value of 2
+indicates that it is the second item; and so on.
+</Para>
+<Para>Beginning with the item specified in <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol> items in the list are replaced with
+the corresponding elements from <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>. That
+is, the item at <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol> is replaced with the
+first element of <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>; the item after
+<Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol> is replaced with the second element
+of <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>; and so on, until <Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol>
+is reached.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8b1dc2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstReplD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:51:41 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN306.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListReplaceItemsUnselected</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListReplaceItemsUnselected</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that replaces items
+in a list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListReplaceItemsUn\\%selected</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListReplaceItemsUn\\%selected</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListReplaceItemsUnselected</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, old_items, item_count, new_items</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString *<Parameter>old_items</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>item_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString *<Parameter>new_items</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListReplaceItemsUnselected</Function> replaces each specified item in the
+list with a corresponding new item. The replacement items
+remain unselected, even if they currently appear in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem>
+list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget to replace items in.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">old_items</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the list items to be replaced.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements in <Symbol Role="Variable">old_items</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>.
+This number must be nonnegative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the replacement items. Every
+occurrence of each element of <Symbol Role="Variable">old_items</Symbol> is replaced
+with the corresponding element from <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>. That
+is, the first element of <Symbol Role="Variable">old_items</Symbol> is replaced with
+the first element of <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>. The second element
+of <Symbol Role="Variable">old_items</Symbol> is replaced with the second element of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>, and so on until <Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol> is
+reached. If an element in <Symbol Role="Variable">old_items</Symbol> does not exist
+in the list, the corresponding entry in <Symbol Role="Variable">new_items</Symbol>
+is skipped.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d059c41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstReplE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstReplE.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:51:50 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN307.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListReplacePositions</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListReplacePositions</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that replaces items
+in a list based on position
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListReplacePositions</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListReplacePositions</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListReplacePositions</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position_list, item_list, item_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int *<Parameter>position_list</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString *<Parameter>item_list</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>item_count;</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListReplacePositions</Function> replaces noncontiguous items
+in a list. The item at each position specified in <Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol>
+is replaced with the corresponding entry in <Symbol Role="Variable">item_list</Symbol>.
+When the items are inserted into the list, they are compared with the
+current <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> list. Any of the new items that match
+items on the selected list appear selected. A warning message
+is displayed if a specified position is invalid; that is, the value is 0 (zero),
+a negative integer, or a number greater than the number of items
+in the list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of the positions of items to be replaced. The
+position of the first item in the list is 1; the position of the
+second item is 2; and so on.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of the replacement items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements in <Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item_list</Symbol>.
+This number must be nonnegative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSeleA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSeleA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9e1f178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSeleA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstSeleA.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 20:51:59 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN308.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListSelectItem</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListSelectItem</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that selects an item in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListSelectItem</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListSelectItem</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListSelectItem</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, item, notify</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>notify</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListSelectItem</Function> highlights and adds to the selected list the
+first item in the list that matches <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol>.
+<!--.zA "defect,5037,R2.0,"XmListSelect+([Item|Pos]) is incomplete"
+&bsol;*LXmListSelectItem&bsol;*O lets an application program (as opposed to a user)
+select an item from a list.
+.PP
+The outcome of the &bsol;*LXmListSelectItem&bsol;*O
+call depends on the value of the &bsol;*LXmNselectionPolicy&bsol;*O resource.
+When &bsol;*LXmNselectionPolicy&bsol;*O is &bsol;*LXmSINGLE_SELECT&bsol;*O,
+&bsol;*LXmBROWSE_SELECT&bsol;*O, or
+&bsol;*LXmEXTENDED_SELECT&bsol;*O with &bsol;*Vnotify&bsol;*O set to True,
+&bsol;*LXmListSelectItem&bsol;*O selects and highlights the
+given item and deselects all other items in the List.
+When &bsol;*LXmNselectionPolicy&bsol;*O is &bsol;*LXmMULTIPLE_SELECT&bsol;*O,
+or is &bsol;*LXmEXTENDED_SELECT&bsol;*O with &bsol;*Vnotify&bsol;*O set to False,
+&bsol;*LXmListSelectItem&bsol;*O toggles the selection state of the given item
+without changing the selection state of other items in the List.
+.zZ "defect,5037,R2.0,"XmListSelect+([Item|Pos]) is incomplete"
+--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget from whose list an item is selected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the item to be selected in the List widget.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> appears more than once in the List, only the
+first occurrence is matched.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">notify</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that when TRUE invokes the selection callback
+for the current mode. From an application interface view, calling this
+function with <Symbol Role="Variable">notify</Symbol> True is indistinguishable from a user-initiated
+selection action.
+When <Symbol Role="Variable">notify</Symbol> is FALSE, no callbacks are called.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList; and
+&cdeman.XmListSelectPos;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSeleB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSeleB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..94d9a87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSeleB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstSeleB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:52:08 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN309.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListSelectPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListSelectPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that selects an item at a specified position in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListSelectPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListSelectPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListSelectPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position, notify</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>notify</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListSelectPos</Function> highlights a List item at the specified position
+and adds it to the list of selected items.
+<!--.zA "defect,5037,R2.0,"XmListSelect+([Item|Pos]) is incomplete"
+&bsol;*LXmListSelectPos&bsol;*O lets an application program (as opposed to a user)
+select an item from a list.  This function is similar to &bsol;*LXmListSelectItem&bsol;*O;
+the only difference is that &bsol;*LXmListSelectPos&bsol;*O selects through numerical
+order while &bsol;*LXmListSelectItem&bsol;*O selects by name.
+.PP
+The outcome of the &bsol;*LXmListSelectPos&bsol;*O
+call depends on the value of the &bsol;*LXmNselectionPolicy&bsol;*O resource.
+When &bsol;*LXmNselectionPolicy&bsol;*O is &bsol;*LXmSINGLE_SELECT&bsol;*O,
+&bsol;*LXmBROWSE_SELECT&bsol;*O, or
+&bsol;*LXmEXTENDED_SELECT&bsol;*O with &bsol;*Vnotify&bsol;*O set to True,
+&bsol;*LXmListSelectPos&bsol;*O selects and highlights the
+given item and deselects all other items in the List.
+When &bsol;*LXmNselectionPolicy&bsol;*O is &bsol;*LXmMULTIPLE_SELECT&bsol;*O,
+or is &bsol;*LXmEXTENDED_SELECT&bsol;*O with &bsol;*Vnotify&bsol;*O set to False,
+&bsol;*LXmListSelectPos&bsol;*O toggles the selection state of the given item
+without changing the selection state of other items in the List.
+.zZ "defect,5037,R2.0,"XmListSelect+([Item|Pos]) is incomplete"
+--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the item to be selected.
+A value of 1 indicates that the first item in the list is selected; a
+value of 2 indicates that the second item is selected; and so on.
+A value of 0 (zero) indicates that the last item in the list is selected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">notify</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that when TRUE invokes the selection callback
+for the current mode. From an application interface view, calling this
+function with <Symbol Role="Variable">notify</Symbol> True is indistinguishable from a user-initiated
+selection action.
+When <Symbol Role="Variable">notify</Symbol> is FALSE, no callbacks are called.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList; and
+&cdeman.XmListSelectItem;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetAd.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetAd.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bf73912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetAd.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstSetAd.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:52:16 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN310.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListSetAddMode</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListSetAddMode</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that sets add mode in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListSetAddMode</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListSetAddMode</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListSetAddMode</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, state</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>state</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListSetAddMode</Function> allows applications
+control over Add Mode in the extended selection model.
+This function ensures that the mode it sets is compatible with the
+selection policy (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem>) of the widget. For
+example, it cannot put the widget into add mode when the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">state</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether to activate or deactivate Add Mode.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">state</Symbol>
+is True, Add Mode is activated. If <Symbol Role="Variable">state</Symbol> is
+False, Add Mode is deactivated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetBA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetBA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e10caec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetBA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstSetBA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:46:48 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN311.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListSetBottomItem</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListSetBottomItem</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that makes an existing item the last visible item in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListSetBottomItem</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListSetBottomItem</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListSetBottomItem</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, item</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListSetBottomItem</Function> makes the first item in the list that matches
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> the last visible item in the list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget from whose list an item is made the
+last visible
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the item
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetBB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetBB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..21a82ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetBB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstSetBB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:46:58 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN312.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListSetBottomPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListSetBottomPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that makes a specified item the last visible item in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListSetBottomPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListSetBottomPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListSetBottomPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListSetBottomPos</Function> makes the item at the specified position the
+last visible item in the List.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the item to be made the last visible item in
+the list.
+A value of 1 indicates that the first item in the list is the last
+visible item; a value of 2 indicates that the second item is the last
+visible item; and so on.
+A value of 0 (zero) indicates that the last item in the list is the last
+visible item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetHo.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetHo.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a7f96f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetHo.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstSetHo.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:47:08 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN313.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListSetHorizPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListSetHorizPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that scrolls to the specified position in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListSetHorizPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListSetHorizPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListSetHorizPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListSetHorizPos</Function> sets the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> resource of the
+horizontal ScrollBar to the
+specified position and updates the visible portion of the list with the
+new value if the List widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistSizePolicy</SystemItem> is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONSTANT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRESIZE_IF_POSSIBLE</SystemItem>
+and the horizontal ScrollBar is currently visible.
+This is equivalent to moving the horizontal ScrollBar to the specified
+position.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the horizontal position
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetIt.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetIt.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3cacdeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetIt.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstSetIt.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:47:18 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN314.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListSetItem</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListSetItem</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that makes an existing item the first visible item in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListSetItem</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListSetItem</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListSetItem</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, item</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListSetItem</Function> makes the first item in the list that matches
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> the first visible item in the list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget from whose list an item is made the
+first visible
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the item
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetKb.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetKb.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..027a627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetKb.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstSetKb.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:52:25 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN315.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListSetKbdItemPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListSetKbdItemPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that sets the
+location cursor at a specified position
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListSetKbdItemPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListSetKbdItemPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmListSetKbdItemPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListSetKbdItemPos</Function> sets the location cursor at the
+item specified by <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol>. This function does not
+determine if the item at the specified position is
+selected or not.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the item at which the location
+cursor is set. A value of 1 indicates the first item in
+the list; a value of 2 indicates the second item; and so
+on. A value of 0 (zero) sets the location cursor at the last item
+in the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns False if no item exists at the specified position or if
+the list is empty; otherwise, returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetPo.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetPo.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4abf6c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstSetPo.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstSetPo.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:52:33 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN316.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListSetPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListSetPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that makes the item at the given position the first visible position in the list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListSetPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListSetPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListSetPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListSetPos</Function> makes the item at the given position the first
+visible position in the list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the item to be made the first visible item in
+the list.
+A value of 1 indicates that the first item in the list is the first
+visible item; a value of 2 indicates that the second item is the first
+visible item; and so on.
+A value of 0 (zero) indicates that the last item in the list is the first
+visible item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstUpdat.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstUpdat.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6527604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstUpdat.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstUpdat.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:52:42 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN317.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListUpdateSelectedList</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListUpdateSelectedList</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that updates
+the XmNselectedItems resource
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListUpdateSelectedList</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListUpdateSelectedList</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmListUpdateSelectedList</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListUpdateSelectedList</Function> frees the contents of the
+current <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> list. The routine traverses
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitems</SystemItem> list and adds each currently selected item to
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> list. For each selected item, there is
+a corresponding entry in the updated <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem> list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget to update
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstYToPo.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstYToPo.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a99cfb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/LstYToPo.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: LstYToPo.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:52:51 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN318.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmListYToPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmListYToPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A List function that returns the position of the item at a specified y-coordinate
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmListYToPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmListYToPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/List.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmListYToPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, y</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>y</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmListYToPos</Function> returns the position of the item
+at the given y-coordinate within the list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the List widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the y-coordinate in the list's coordinate system
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of List and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the position of the item at the specified y
+coordinate. A value of 1 indicates the first item in the
+list; a value of 2 indicates the second item; and so on. A
+value of 0 (zero) indicates that no item exists at the specified
+y coordinate.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmList; and &cdeman.XmListPosToBounds;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..0314070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,806 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: MainWinA.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:52:59 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN319.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmMainWindow</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmMainWindow</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The MainWindow widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmMainWindow</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>MainWindow</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/MainW.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>MainWindow provides a standard layout for the primary window of an
+application. This layout includes a MenuBar, a CommandWindow, a work
+region, a MessageWindow, and ScrollBars. Any or all of these areas are optional. The
+work region and ScrollBars in the MainWindow behave identically to the work
+region and ScrollBars in the ScrolledWindow widget. The user can think of
+the MainWindow as an extended ScrolledWindow with an optional MenuBar and
+optional CommandWindow and MessageWindow.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a fully loaded MainWindow, the MenuBar spans the top of the window
+horizontally. The CommandWindow spans the MainWindow horizontally just below
+the MenuBar, and the work region lies below the CommandWindow.
+The MessageWindow is below the work region.
+Any space remaining below the
+MessageWindow is managed in a manner identical to ScrolledWindow.
+The behavior of ScrolledWindow can be controlled by the ScrolledWindow
+resources.
+To create a MainWindow, first create the
+work region elements, a MenuBar, a CommandWindow, a MessageWindow, a
+horizontal
+ScrollBar, and a vertical ScrollBar widget, and then
+call <Function>XmMainWindowSetAreas</Function> with those widget IDs.
+</Para>
+<Para>MainWindow
+can also create three Separator widgets that provide a visual separation of
+MainWindow's four components.
+The user can specify resources in a resource file for the automatically
+created gadgets that contain the MainWindow separators. The name of the
+first separator gadget is <Literal>Separator1</Literal>; the second is <Literal>Separator2</Literal>;
+and the third is <Literal>Separator3</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>MainWindow also provides the following three child types for layout at
+creation time:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_BAR</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOMMAND_WINDOW</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMESSAGE_WINDOW</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>MainWindow can use these child types
+at creation time instead of their associated resource values.
+MainWindow uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Descendants</Title>
+<Para>MainWindow automatically creates the descendants shown in the
+following table.
+An application can use <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> to gain access
+to the named descendant. In addition, a user or an application
+can use the named descendant when specifying resource values.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Named Descendant</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Identity</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>=</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>HorScrollBar</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmScrollBar</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">horizontal scroll bar</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Separator1</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmSeparatorGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">optional first separator</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Separator2</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmSeparatorGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">optional second separator</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Separator3</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmSeparatorGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">optional third separator</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>VertScrollBar</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Classname>XmScrollBar</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>vertical scroll bar</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>MainWindow inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Constraint</Classname>, <Classname>XmManager</Classname>,
+and
+<Classname>XmScrolledWindow</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmMainWindowWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmMainWindow</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove
+the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in -.5i--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmMainWindow Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcommandWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCommandWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcommandWindowLocation</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCommandWindowLocation</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>ABOVE (SeeDesc.)</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmainWindowMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMainWindowMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmainWindowMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMainWindowMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmenuBar</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMenuBar</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmessageWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMessageWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshowSeparator</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShowSeparator</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!--no-op:  .in-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcommandWindow</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget to be laid out as the CommandWindow. This widget
+must have been previously created and managed as a child of MainWindow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcommandWindowLocation</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Controls the position of the command window. <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOMMAND_ABOVE_WORKSPACE</SystemItem>
+locates the command window between the menu bar and the work window.
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOMMAND_BELOW_WORKSPACE</SystemItem> locates the command window between the
+work window and the message window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmainWindowMarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the margin height on the top and bottom of MainWindow. This
+resource overrides any setting of the
+ScrolledWindow resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrolledWindowMarginHeight</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmainWindowMarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the margin width on the right and left sides of MainWindow. This
+resource overrides any setting of the ScrolledWindow resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrolledWindowMarginWidth</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmenuBar</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget to be laid out as the MenuBar. This widget must
+have been previously created and managed as a child of MainWindow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmessageWindow</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget to be laid out as the MessageWindow. This widget
+must have been previously created and managed as a child of MainWindow.
+The MessageWindow is positioned at the bottom of the MainWindow.
+If this value is NULL, no message window is included in the MainWindow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowSeparator</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays separators between the components of the MainWindow when set
+to True. If set to False, no separators are displayed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>MainWindow inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following table.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmScrolledWindow Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNautoDragModel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAutoDragModel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAUTO_DRAG_ENABLED</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNclipWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCClipWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhorizontalScrollBar</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHorizontalScrollBar</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrollBarDisplayPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrollBarDisplayPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrollBarPlacement</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrollBarPlacement</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmBOTTOM_RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrolledWindowMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrolledWindowMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrolledWindowMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrolledWindowMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrollingPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrollingPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAPPLICATION_DEFINED</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNspacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>4</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNverticalScrollBar</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVerticalScrollBar</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisualPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisualPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNworkWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWorkWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmMainWindow -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>MainWindow inherits translations from ScrolledWindow.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Constraint;, &cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateMainWindow;,
+&cdeman.XmMainWindowSep1;, &cdeman.XmMainWindowSep2;,
+&cdeman.XmMainWindowSep3;,
+&cdeman.XmMainWindowSetAreas;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;, and &cdeman.XmScrolledWindow;
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2f0dc28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: MainWinB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:53:08 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN320.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmMainWindowSep1</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmMainWindowSep1</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the first Separator
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmMainWindowSep1</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MainWindow functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmMainWindowSep1</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MainW.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmMainWindowSep1</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmMainWindowSep1</Function> returns the widget ID of the first Separator
+in the MainWindow.
+The first Separator is located between the MenuBar and the Command widget.
+This Separator is visible only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowSeparator</SystemItem> is True.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>NOTE:</Literal> <Function>XmMainWindowSep1</Function> is obsolete and exists for compatibility
+with previous releases. Use <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> instead. Pass
+a MainWindow variable as the first argument to <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function>
+and pass <Literal>Separator1</Literal> as the second argument.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the MainWindow widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MainWindow and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMainWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID of the first Separator.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMainWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..748b9e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: MainWinC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:53:17 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN321.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmMainWindowSep2</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmMainWindowSep2</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the second Separator widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmMainWindowSep2</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MainWindow functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmMainWindowSep2</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MainW.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmMainWindowSep2</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmMainWindowSep2</Function> returns the widget ID of the second Separator in the
+MainWindow. The second Separator is located between the
+Command widget and the ScrolledWindow.
+This Separator is visible only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowSeparator</SystemItem> is True.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>NOTE:</Literal> <Function>XmMainWindowSep2</Function> is obsolete and exists for compatibility
+with previous releases. Use <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> instead. Pass
+a MainWindow variable as the first argument to <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function>
+and pass <Literal>Separator2</Literal> as the second argument.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the MainWindow widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MainWindow and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMainWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID of the second Separator.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMainWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f4bd747
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: MainWinD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:53:25 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN322.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmMainWindowSep3</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmMainWindowSep3</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the third Separator widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmMainWindowSep3</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MainWindow functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmMainWindowSep3</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MainW.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmMainWindowSep3</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmMainWindowSep3</Function> returns the widget ID of the third Separator in the
+MainWindow. The third Separator is located between the
+message window and the widget above it.
+This Separator is visible only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowSeparator</SystemItem> is True.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>NOTE:</Literal> <Function>XmMainWindowSep3</Function> is obsolete and exists for compatibility
+with previous releases. Use <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> instead. Pass
+a MainWindow variable as the first argument to <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function>
+and pass <Literal>Separator3</Literal> as the second argument.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the MainWindow widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MainWindow and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMainWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID of the third Separator.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMainWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..df97a54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MainWinE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: MainWinE.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:53:34 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN323.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmMainWindowSetAreas</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmMainWindowSetAreas</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A MainWindow function that identifies manageable children for each area
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmMainWindowSetAreas</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MainWindow functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmMainWindowSetAreas</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MainW.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmMainWindowSetAreas</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, menu_bar, command_window,
+horizontal_scrollbar, vertical_scrollbar, work_region</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>menu_bar</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>command_window</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>horizontal_scrollbar</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>vertical_scrollbar</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>work_region</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmMainWindowSetAreas</Function> identifies which of the valid children for each
+area (such as the MenuBar and work region) are to be actively managed by MainWindow.
+This function also sets up or adds the MenuBar, work window, command
+window, and ScrollBar widgets to the application's main window widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>Each area is optional; therefore, the user can pass NULL to one or more
+of the following arguments. The window manager provides the title bar.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>NOTE:</Literal> <Function>XmMainWindowSetAreas</Function> is obsolete and exists for
+compatibility with previous releases.
+The information previously returned by this function can now be
+obtained through a call to <Function>XtGetValues</Function> on the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrolledWindowChildType</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the MainWindow widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">menu_bar</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID for the MenuBar to be associated
+with the MainWindow widget. Set this ID only after creating an instance
+of the MainWindow widget. The attribute name associated with this
+argument is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmenuBar</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">command_window</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID for the command window
+to be associated
+with the MainWindow widget. Set this ID only after creating an instance
+of the MainWindow widget. The attribute name associated with this
+argument is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcommandWindow</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">horizontal_scrollbar</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ScrollBar widget ID for the
+horizontal ScrollBar to be associated
+with the MainWindow widget. Set this ID only after creating an instance
+of the MainWindow widget. The attribute name associated with this
+argument is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalScrollBar</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">vertical_scrollbar</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ScrollBar widget ID for the
+vertical ScrollBar to be associated
+with the MainWindow widget. Set this ID only after creating an instance
+of the MainWindow widget. The attribute name associated with this
+argument is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalScrollBar</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">work_region</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID for the work window to be associated
+with the MainWindow widget. Set this ID only after creating an instance
+of the MainWindow widget. The attribute name associated with this
+argument is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNworkWindow</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MainWindow and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMainWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMainWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Manager.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Manager.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8010c62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Manager.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1485 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Manager.sgm /main/12 1996/09/08 20:53:42 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN324.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmManager</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmManager</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Manager widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmManager</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Manager</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Manager is a widget class used as a supporting superclass for other
+widget classes. It supports the
+visual resources, graphics contexts, and traversal resources necessary for the
+graphics and traversal mechanisms.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Manager inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, and <Classname>Constraint</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmManagerWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmManager</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the color to use to draw the bottom
+and right sides of the border shadow.
+This color is used if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowPixmap</SystemItem> resource is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to use to draw the bottom and right sides of the border
+shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNforeground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the foreground drawing color used by manager widgets.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are called when the help key
+sequence is pressed. The reason sent by this callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_HELP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the color of the highlighting rectangle.
+This color is used if the highlight pixmap resource is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap used to draw the highlighting rectangle.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of a widget descendant of the manager.
+The widget must meet these conditions:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget must be either a tab group or a non-tab-group widget that can
+receive keyboard focus.
+For the definition of a tab group, see the description of the Manager,
+Primitive, and Gadget <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> resources.
+In general a widget can receive keyboard focus when it is a primitive, a
+gadget, or a manager (such as a DrawingArea with no traversable
+children) that acts as a primitive.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget must not be a descendant of a tab group that is itself a
+descendant of the manager.
+That is, the widget cannot be contained within a tab group that is
+nested inside the manager.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget and its ancestors must have a value of True for their
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem> resources.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>If the widget does not meet these conditions, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem> is
+treated as if the value were NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para>This resource is meaningful only when the nearest shell ancestor's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNkeyboardFocusPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>.
+It is used to determine which widget receives focus in these situations:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the manager is the child of a shell and the shell hierarchy
+receives focus for the first time
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When focus is inside the shell hierarchy, the manager is a composite tab
+group, and the user traverses to the manager via the keyboard
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>Focus is then determined as follows:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem> is a traversable non-tab-group widget, that
+widget receives focus.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem> is a traversable tab group, that tab group
+receives focus.
+If that tab group is a composite with descendant tab groups or
+traversable non-tab-group widgets, these procedures are used recursively
+to assign focus to a descendant of that tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem> is NULL, the first traversable non-tab-group
+widget that is not contained within a nested tab group receives focus.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem> is NULL and no traversable non-tab-group widget
+exists, the first traversable tab group that is not contained within a
+nested tab group receives focus.
+If that tab group is a composite with descendant tab groups or
+traversable non-tab-group widgets, these procedures are used recursively
+to assign focus to a descendant of that tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>If a shell hierarchy regains focus after losing it, focus returns to the
+widget that had the focus at the time it left the hierarchy.
+</Para>
+<Para>The use of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem> is undefined if the manager is a
+MenuBar, PulldownMenu, PopupMenu, or OptionMenu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the direction in which components of the manager (including
+strings) are laid out. The values are of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName>. If
+the widget's parent is a manager or shell, the value is inherited from
+the widget's parent. Otherwise, it is inherited from the closest
+ancestor vendor or menu shell. Refer to the &cdeman.XmDirection;
+reference page for the possible direction values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Determines whether the widget is a tab group.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is not a tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTAB_GROUP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is a tab group, unless
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of another widget in the hierarchy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTICKY_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is a tab group, even if
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of another widget in the hierarchy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is a tab group and
+that widgets in the hierarchy whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTAB_GROUP</SystemItem> are not tab groups.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a parent widget has an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, traversal of non-tab-group widgets within
+the group is based on the order of those widgets in their parent's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> list.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of any widget in a hierarchy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, traversal of tab groups in the hierarchy
+proceeds to widgets in the order in which their <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem>
+resources were specified as <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTICKY_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, whether by creating the widgets with that value,
+by calling <Function>XtSetValues</Function>, or by calling <Function>XmAddTabGroup</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpopupHandlerCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to control which popup menu will be
+automatically posted. The reason can either be <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_POST</SystemItem> or
+<Literal>XmCR_REPOST:</Literal></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_POST</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that this is a regular posting request.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_REPOST</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the menu was just unposted and that this callback was
+invoked on a replay.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>This callback
+uses the <StructName Role="typedef">XmPopupHandlerCallbackStruct</StructName>
+structure to pass information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the thickness of the drawn border shadow.
+<Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname> and its descendants set this value dynamically.
+If the widget is a top-level window, this value is set to 1.
+If it is not a top-level window, this value is set to 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNstringDirection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is a synthetic resource for setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.
+The values for this resource are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_L_TO_R</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_R_TO_L</SystemItem>. Refer to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource description. The
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNstringDirection</SystemItem> resource is obsoleted by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>, but is kept here for backward compatibility.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the color to use to draw the top and
+left sides of the border shadow.
+This color is used if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowPixmap</SystemItem> resource is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to use to draw the top and left sides of
+the border shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether traversal is activated for this widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Provides the basic support for resolution independence.
+It defines the type of units a widget uses with sizing and
+positioning resources.
+If the widget's parent is a subclass of <Classname>XmManager</Classname> and if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> resource is not explicitly set, it defaults to the
+unit type of the parent widget.
+If the widget's parent is not a subclass of <Classname>XmManager</Classname>, the
+resource has a default unit type of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXELS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The unit type can also be specified in resource files, with the
+following format:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing><Symbol Role="Variable">&lt;floating value>&lt;unit></Symbol>
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>where:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">unit</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;" ", pixels, inches, centimeters, millimeters, points, font units>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>pixels</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">pix</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">pixel</Symbol>, <Emphasis>pixels</Emphasis>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">inches</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">in</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">inch</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">inches</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">centimeter</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">cm</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">centimeter</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">centimeters</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">millimeters</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">mm</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">millimeter</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">millimeters</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>points</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">pt</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">point</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">points</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>font units</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">fu</Symbol>, <Literal>font_unit</Literal>, <Literal>font_units</Literal>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">float</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is {"+"|"-"}{{&lt;"0"-"9">*}.}&lt;"0"-"9">*
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the type Dimension must always be positive.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For example,
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>xmfonts*XmMainWindow.height: 10.4cm
+*PostIn.width: 3inches
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> can have the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXELS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal
+pixel values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMILLIMETERS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal millimeter
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_MILLIMETERS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated
+as 1/100 of a millimeter.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCENTIMETERS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal centimeter
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINCHES</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal inch
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm1000TH_INCHES</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as
+1/1000 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal point
+values. A point is a unit used in text processing
+applications and is defined as 1/72 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_POINTS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as
+1/100 of a point. A point is a unit used in text processing
+applications and is defined as 1/72 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_UNITS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal font
+units. A font unit has horizontal and vertical components.
+These are the values of the XmScreen resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_FONT_UNITS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are
+treated as 1/100 of a font unit.
+A font unit has horizontal and vertical components.
+These are the values of the XmScreen resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNuserData</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to attach
+any necessary specific data to the widget. This is an internally
+unused resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Dynamic Color Defaults</Title>
+<Para>The foreground, background, top shadow, bottom shadow, and
+highlight color resources are dynamically defaulted.
+If no color data is specified, the colors are
+automatically generated. On a single-plane system, a black and white color
+scheme is generated. Otherwise, four colors are
+generated, which display the correct shading for the 3-D visuals.
+If the background is the only color specified for a widget, the top
+shadow and bottom shadow colors are generated to give the 3-D appearance.
+Foreground and highlight colors are generated to provide sufficient
+contrast with the background color.
+</Para>
+<Para>Colors are generated only at creation. Resetting the background through
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function> does not regenerate the other colors.
+<Function>XmChangeColor</Function> can be used to recalculate all associated colors
+based on a new background color.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Manager inherits resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+} XmAnyCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+For this callback, <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_HELP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpopupHandlerCallback</SystemItem>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* xevent</Symbol>;
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">menuToPost</Symbol>;
+        Boolean <Symbol Role="Variable">postIt</Symbol>;
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol>;
+} XmPopupHandlerCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">xevent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the handler.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">menuToPost</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the popup menu that the menu system believes should be
+posted. The application may modify this field.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">postIt</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether the posting process should continue. The
+application may modify this field.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the most specific widget or gadget that the menu sytem found
+from the event that matches the event.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmManager -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>The following set of translations are used by Manager widgets that
+have Gadget children. Because Gadgets cannot have translations associated
+with them, it is the responsibility of the Manager widget to intercept the
+events of interest and pass them to any Gadget child with focus.
+These events are ignored if no Gadget child has the focus.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>BtnMotion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetButtonMotion()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;Btn1Down></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetTraverseCurrent()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetArm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>,&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetMultiArm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetMultiActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerParentCancel()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetHelp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetSelect()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetKeyInput()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetTraverseHome()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetTraverseUp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetTraverseDown()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetTraverseLeft()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetTraverseRight()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetPrevTabGroup()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ManagerGadgetNextTabGroup()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBAny Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetButtonMotion()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetArm()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Click:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press 2+:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetMultiArm()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release 2+:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetMultiActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetDrag()&bsol;*O
+.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new translation"
+.LI "&bsol;*LCtrl&lt;Btn1Down>:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LGadgetTakeFocus()&bsol;*O
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new translation"
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelect:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKActivate:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerParentActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKCancel:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerParentCancel()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPrevField:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetPrevTabGroup()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKNextField:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetNextTabGroup()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetTraverseUp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetTraverseDown()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetTraverseLeft()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetTraverseRight()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKBeginLine:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetTraverseHome()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKAny:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetKeyInput()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmManager</Classname> action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>GadgetTakeFocus():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the current gadget to take keyboard focus when
+<Literal>Ctrl&lt;Btn1Down></Literal> is pressed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetActivate():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the current gadget to be activated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetArm():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the current gadget to be armed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetButtonMotion():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the current gadget to process a mouse motion event.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetDrag():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the current gadget to begin a drag operation.
+This action is undefined for gadgets used in a menu system.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetHelp():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for the current gadget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if
+any exist.
+If there are no help
+callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help callbacks
+for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetKeyInput():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the current gadget to process a keyboard event.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetMultiActivate():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the current gadget to process a multiple mouse click.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetMultiArm():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the current gadget to process a multiple mouse button press.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetNextTabGroup():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action depends on the value of the Display resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem>. When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem> is False
+(default), this action traverses to the first item in the next tab
+group. If the current tab group is the last entry in the tab group
+list, it wraps to the beginning of the tab group list.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem> is True, this action moves to the next
+item within the current tab group, unless it is the last item in the
+tab group. When the item is the last in the group, the action
+traverses to the first item in the next tab group. The
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem> behavior applies only to PushButton, ArrowButton,
+and DrawnArrow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetPrevTabGroup():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action depends on the value of the Display resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem>. When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem> is False
+(default), this action traverses to the first item in the previous tab
+group. If the beginning of the tab group list is reached, it wraps to
+the end of the tab group list.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem> is True, this action moves to the
+previous item within the current tab group unless it is the first item
+in the tab group. When the item is the first in the group, the action
+traverses to the first item in the previous tab group. The
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem> behavior applies only PushButton, ArrowButton, and
+DrawnButton.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetSelect():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the current gadget to be armed and activated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ManagerGadgetTraverseCurrent</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the current gadget to take keyboard focus
+when <Literal>Ctrl&lt;Btn1Down></Literal> is pressed. Gadget is not activated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetTraverseDown():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next item below the current gadget in the current tab
+group, wrapping if necessary.
+The wrapping direction depends on the layout direction of the
+widget tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetTraverseHome():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the first widget or gadget in the current tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetTraverseLeft():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next item to the left of the current gadget in the
+current tab group, wrapping if necessary.
+The wrapping direction depends on the layout direction of the
+widget tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetTraverseNext():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next item in the current tab group, wrapping if
+necessary.
+The wrapping direction depends on the layout direction of the
+widget tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetTraversePrev():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the previous item in the current tab group, wrapping if
+necessary.
+The wrapping direction depends on the layout direction of the
+widget tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetTraverseRight()</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next item to the right of the current gadget in the
+current tab, wrapping if necessary.
+widget tab group.
+The wrapping direction depends on the layout direction of the
+widget tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetTraverseUp():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next item above the current gadget in the current tab
+group, wrapping if necessary.
+The wrapping direction depends on the layout direction of the
+widget tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerParentActivate():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the parent is a manager,
+passes the <KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym> event received by the current widget/gadget
+to its parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerParentCancel():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the parent is a manager,
+passes the <KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym> event received by the current widget/gadget
+to its parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>This widget has the additional behavior described below:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusIn</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the shell's keyboard focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem> and the event
+occurs in a gadget, causes the gadget to be highlighted and to take the
+focus.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusOut</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the shell's keyboard focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem> and the event
+occurs in a gadget, causes the gadget to be unhighlighted and to lose
+the focus.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;,
+&cdeman.Constraint;,
+&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmDirection;,
+&cdeman.XmChangeColor;,
+&cdeman.XmGadget;, and
+&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MapSeg.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MapSeg.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8687b61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MapSeg.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: MapSeg.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:53:52 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN325.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmMapSegmentEncoding</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmMapSegmentEncoding</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that returns
+the compound text encoding format associated with the specified font list tag
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmMapSegmentEncoding</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmMapSegmentEncoding</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>char * <Function>XmMapSegmentEncoding</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>fontlist_tag</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>fontlist_tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmMapSegmentEncoding</Function> searches the segment encoding registry for
+an entry that matches the specified font list tag and returns a copy
+of the associated compound text encoding format. The application is
+responsible for freeing the storage associated with the returned data
+by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">fontlist_tag</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string font list tag
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a copy of the associated compound text encoding format
+if the font list tag is found in the registry; otherwise, returns NULL.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCvtXmStringToCT;,
+&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmRegisterSegmentEncoding;, and
+&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MenuPos.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MenuPos.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f24639b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MenuPos.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: MenuPos.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:54:01 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN326.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmMenuPosition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmMenuPosition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn function that positions a Popup menu pane
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmMenuPosition</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>RowColumn functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmMenuPosition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmMenuPosition</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>menu, event</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>menu</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XButtonPressedEvent <Parameter>* event</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmMenuPosition</Function> positions a Popup menu pane using the information in the
+specified event. Unless an application is positioning the menu pane
+itself, it must first invoke this function before managing the PopupMenu.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">x_root</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">y_root</Symbol>
+fields
+in the specified
+X
+event are used to
+determine the menu position.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">menu</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the PopupMenu to be positioned
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the event passed to the action procedure which manages the
+PopupMenu
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Which corner of the PopupMenu is positioned at the <Symbol Role="Variable">x_root</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Variable">y_root</Symbol>
+depends on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of the widget from
+which popup occurs.
+</Para>
+<Para>For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MenuSh.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MenuSh.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b426fb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MenuSh.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,684 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: MenuSh.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:54:09 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN327.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmMenuShell</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmMenuShell</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The MenuShell widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmMenuShell</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>MenuShell</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/MenuShell.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The MenuShell widget is a custom OverrideShell widget. An OverrideShell
+widget bypasses <Command>mwm</Command> when displaying itself. It is designed
+specifically to contain Popup or Pulldown menu panes.
+</Para>
+<Para>Most application writers never encounter this widget if they use the
+menu-system convenience functions,
+<Function>XmCreatePopupMenu</Function> or <Literal>XmCreatePulldown Menu</Literal>,
+to create a Popup or Pulldown menu pane.
+The convenience functions automatically create a MenuShell widget as the
+parent of the menu pane. However, if the convenience functions are
+not used, the application programmer must create
+the required MenuShell. In this case, it is important to note that the
+parent of the MenuShell depends on the type of menu system
+being built.
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the MenuShell is for the top-level Popup menu pane, the MenuShell's
+parent must be the widget from which the Popup menu pane is popped up.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the MenuShell is for a menu pane that is pulled down from a Popup or
+another Pulldown menu pane, the MenuShell's parent must be the Popup or
+Pulldown menu pane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the MenuShell is for a menu pane that is pulled down from a MenuBar,
+the MenuShell's parent must be the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the MenuShell is for a Pulldown menu pane in an OptionMenu, the
+MenuShell's parent must be the OptionMenu's parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>Setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNborderWidth</SystemItem> for
+either a MenuShell or its child sets that resource to the same value
+in both the parent and the child.
+An application should always specify these resources for the child, not
+the parent.
+</Para>
+<Para>For the managed child of a MenuShell, regardless of the value of
+the shell's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem>, setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNy</SystemItem>
+sets the corresponding resource of the parent but does not change the
+child's position relative to the parent.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> for the child's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNy</SystemItem> yields the
+value of the corresponding resource in the parent.
+The x and y-coordinates of the child's upper left outside
+corner relative to the parent's upper left inside corner are both 0 (zero)
+minus the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNborderWidth</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>MenuShell uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> trait and holds the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>MenuShell inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Shell</Classname>, and
+<Classname>OverrideShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmMenuShellWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmMenuShell</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>MenuShell overrides the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowShellResize</SystemItem> resource in Shell.
+The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmMenuShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonFontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list used for button descendants. See the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonRenderTable</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonRenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table used for MenuShell's button descendants.
+If this value is NULL at initialization and if the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem> is not NULL, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonRenderTable</SystemItem>
+is initialized to the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem>. If
+the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem> is NULL, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonRenderTable</SystemItem>
+is initialized by looking up the parent hierarchy of the widget for
+an ancestor that holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+If such an ancestor is found,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonRenderTable</SystemItem> is initialized to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBUTTON_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value
+of the ancestor widget. If no such ancestor is found, the default
+is implementation dependent.
+Refer to
+&cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on the creation and structure
+of a render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a default font list for MenuShell's descendants.
+This resource is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+earlier releases. It has been replaced by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonFontList</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelFontList</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelFontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list used for label descendants. See the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelRenderTable</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelRenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table used for MenuShell's label descendants
+(Labels and LabelGadgets). If this value is NULL at initialization
+and if the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem> is not NULL,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelRenderTable</SystemItem> is initialized to the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem>. If the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultFontList</SystemItem> is
+NULL, the parent hierarchy of the widget is searched
+for an ancestor that holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait.
+If such
+an ancestor is found, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelRenderTable</SystemItem> is initialized to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLABEL_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. If no such ancestor
+is found, the default is implementation dependent. Refer to
+&cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on the creation and structure
+of a render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the direction in which the subwidgets, children of a
+widget, or other visual components are to be laid out. This policy
+will apply as the default layout policy for all descendants of this
+MenuShell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>MenuShell inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+The programmer can set the resource values for these
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G),
+or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Shell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowShellResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCreatePopupChildProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNgeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCGeometry</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOverrideRedirect</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopdownCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSaveUnder</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>Visual *</Entry>
+<Entry>CopyFromParent</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmMenuShell -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>The XmMenuShell translations are described in the following list.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>BtnDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ClearTraversal()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>BtnUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuShellPopdownDone()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LClearTraversal()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMenuShellPopdownDone()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmMenuShell</Classname> action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ClearTraversal()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Disables keyboard traversal for the menu, enables mouse traversal, and
+unposts any menus posted by this menu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuShellPopdownDone()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Unposts the menu hierarchy and, when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores focus to the widget that had
+the focus before the menu system was entered.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuShellPopdownOne()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a top-level Pulldown MenuPane from a MenuBar, this action unposts the menu,
+disarms the MenuBar CascadeButton and the MenuBar, and,
+when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores keyboard
+focus to the widget that had the focus before the MenuBar was
+entered.
+In other Pulldown MenuPanes, this action unposts the menu.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a Popup MenuPane, this action unposts the menu, and,
+when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores keyboard focus to the
+widget from which the menu was posted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.OverrideShell;, &cdeman.Shell;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateMenuShell;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePopupMenu;, &cdeman.XmCreatePulldownMenu;, and
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MsgBA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MsgBA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c2d2e44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MsgBA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1202 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: MsgBA.sgm /main/11 1996/09/26 14:54:34 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN328.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmMessageBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmMessageBox</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The MessageBox widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmMessageBox</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>MessageBox</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/MessageB.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>MessageBox is a dialog class used for creating simple message dialogs.
+Convenience dialogs based on MessageBox are provided for several common
+interaction tasks, which include giving information, asking questions, and
+reporting errors.
+</Para>
+<Para>A MessageBox dialog is typically transient in nature, displayed for the
+duration of a single interaction.
+MessageBox is a subclass of BulletinBoard and
+depends on it for much of its general dialog behavior.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default value for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem>
+is the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButton</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>A typical MessageBox contains a message symbol, a message, and up to
+three standard default PushButtons: <Literal>OK, Cancel</Literal>, and <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+It is laid out with the symbol and message on top and the
+PushButtons on the bottom. The <Literal>Help</Literal> button is positioned to the side
+of the other push buttons.
+You can localize the default symbols and button labels for MessageBox
+convenience dialogs.
+<!--.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added for layout"
+The positioning of the symbol's pixmap relative to the message text,
+and the ordering of the pushbuttons, depends on the
+&bsol;*LXmNlayoutDirection&bsol;*O resource of the widget.
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added for layout"
+--></Para>
+<Para>The user can specify resources in a resource file for the gadgets
+created automatically that contain the MessageBox symbol pixmap
+and separator. The gadget names are <Literal>Symbol</Literal> and <Literal>Separator</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>A MessageBox can also be customized by creating and managing new
+children that are added to the MessageBox children created
+automatically by the convenience dialogs.
+In the case of
+TemplateDialog, only the separator child is created by default.
+If the callback, string, or pixmap symbol resources are specified,
+the appropriate child will be created.
+</Para>
+<Para>Additional children are laid out in the following manner:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The first MenuBar child is placed at the top of the window.
+The <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> trait is used to check that it is the first
+MenuBar child.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All widgets or gadgets
+are placed after the <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol> button in the order of their creation
+(this order is checked using the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A child that is not in the above categories is placed above
+the row of buttons. If a message label exists, the child is placed below
+the label. If a message pixmap exists, but a message label is absent, the
+child is placed on the same row as the pixmap. The child behaves as a
+work area and grows or shrinks to fill the space above the
+row of buttons. The layout of multiple work area children is
+undefined.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>At initialization, MessageBox looks for the following bitmap files:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>xm_error</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>xm_information</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>xm_question</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>xm_working</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>xm_warning</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>See &cdeman.XmGetPixmap; for a list of the paths that are searched for
+these files.
+</Para>
+<Para>MessageBox uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Descendants</Title>
+<Para>MessageBox automatically creates the descendants shown in the
+following table.
+An application can use <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> to gain access
+to the named descendant. In addition, a user or an application
+can use the named descendant when specifying resource values.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Named Descendant</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Identity</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>=</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Cancel</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Cancel button</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Help</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Help button</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Message</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">displayed message</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">OK button</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Separator</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmSeparatorGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">dividing line between message and buttons</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Symbol</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>icon symbolizing message type</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>MessageBox inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Constraint</Classname>,
+<Classname>XmManager</Classname>, and <Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmMessageBoxWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmMessageBox</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmMessageBox Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCancelLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultButtonType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultButtonType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDIALOG_OK_BUTTON</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDIALOG_MESSAGE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHelpLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmessageAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmessageString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMessageString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>""</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminimizeButtons</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinimizeButtons</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNokCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNokLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOkLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsymbolPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcancelCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when
+the user clicks on the cancel button.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_CANCEL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcancelLabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string label for the cancel button.
+The default for this resource depends on the locale.
+In the C locale the default is <Literal>Cancel</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButtonType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the default PushButton.
+A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_NONE</SystemItem> means that there should be no default
+PushButton.
+The following types are valid:
+<!--no-op:  .rS--></Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_CANCEL_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_OK_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_HELP_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_NONE</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of MessageBox dialog, which determines
+the default message symbol.
+The following are the possible values for this resource:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_ERROR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates an ErrorDialog.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_INFORMATION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates an InformationDialog.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_MESSAGE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates a MessageDialog.
+This is the default MessageBox dialog type.
+It does not have an associated message symbol.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_QUESTION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates a QuestionDialog.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_TEMPLATE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates a TemplateDialog.
+The TemplateDialog contains only a separator child. It does not
+have an associated message symbol.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_WARNING</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates a WarningDialog.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_WORKING</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates a WorkingDialog.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>If this resource is changed with <Function>XtSetValues</Function>, the symbol bitmap is
+modified to the new <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogType</SystemItem> bitmap unless
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsymbolPixmap</SystemItem> is also being set in the call to
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function>.
+If the dialog type does not have an associated message symbol, then no
+bitmap will be displayed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpLabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string label for the help button.
+The default for this resource depends on the locale.
+In the C locale the default is <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmessageAlignment</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Controls the alignment of the message Label.
+Possible values include the following:
+<!--no-op:  .rS--></Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</SystemItem> (default)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_END</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+<Para>See the description of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNalignment</SystemItem> in the <Classname>XmLabel</Classname>
+reference page for an explanation of these values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmessageString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string to be used as the message.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimizeButtons</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets the buttons to the width of the widest button and height of the
+tallest button if False. If this resource is True,
+button width and height are
+set to the preferred size of each button.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNokCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when
+the user clicks on the OK button.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNokLabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string label for the OK button.
+The default for this resource depends on the locale.
+In the C locale the default is <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsymbolPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap label to be used as the message symbol.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>MessageBox inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmBulletinBoard Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowOverlap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowOverlap</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNautoUnmanage</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAutoUnmanage</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>Cancel button</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfocusCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnoResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNoResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCResizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRESIZE_ANY</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSHADOW_OUT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+} XmAnyCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmMessageBox -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmMessageBox</Classname> includes the translations from <Classname>XmManager</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmMessageBox</Classname> widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the activate callbacks for the cancel button if it is sensitive.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the activate callbacks for the button with the keyboard focus.
+If no button has the keyboard focus, calls the activate callbacks
+for the default button if it is sensitive.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Ok&ensp;Button&ensp;Activated</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNokCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Cancel&ensp;Button&ensp;Activated</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcancelCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Help&ensp;Button&ensp;Activated</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusIn</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfocusCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Map</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmapCallback</SystemItem> if the parent is a
+DialogShell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Unmap</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunmapCallback</SystemItem> if the parent is a
+DialogShell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;,
+&cdeman.Constraint;,
+&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmBulletinBoard;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateErrorDialog;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateInformationDialog;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateMessageBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateMessageDialog;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateQuestionDialog;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateTemplateDialog;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateWarningDialog;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateWorkingDialog;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;, and
+&cdeman.XmMessageBoxGetChild;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MsgBB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MsgBB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4c2d6ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/MsgBB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: MsgBB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:54:29 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN329.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmMessageBoxGetChild</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmMessageBoxGetChild</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A MessageBox function that is used to access a component
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmMessageBoxGetChild</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>MessageBox functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmMessageBoxGetChild</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/MessageB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmMessageBoxGetChild</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, child</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>child</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmMessageBoxGetChild</Function> is used to access a component within a MessageBox.
+The parameters given to the function are the MessageBox widget and a value
+indicating which component to access.
+</Para>
+<Para>NOTE: This routine is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. Instead of calling <Function>XmMessageBoxGetChild</Function>, you should
+call <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> as described in the &cdeman.XmMessageBox;
+reference page.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the MessageBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">child</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a component within the MessageBox. The following are legal values
+for this parameter:
+<!--no-op:  .rS--></Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_CANCEL_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_DEFAULT_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_HELP_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_MESSAGE_LABEL</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_OK_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_SEPARATOR</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_SYMBOL_LABEL</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of MessageBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID of the specified MessageBox component.
+An application should not assume that the returned widget will be of any
+particular class.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmMessageBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/NotebG.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/NotebG.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..843c485
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/NotebG.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: NotebG.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:51:06 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN331.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmNotebookGetPageInfo</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmNotebookGetPageInfo</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Notebook function that returns page information
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmNotebookGetPageInfo</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Notebook functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmNotebookGetPageInfo</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Notebook.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmNotebookPageStatus <Function>XmNotebookGetPageInfo</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>notebook, page_number, page_info</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>notebook</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>page_number</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmNotebookPageInfo <Parameter>*page_info</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmNotebookGetPageInfo</Function> returns status information for the specified
+Notebook page.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">notebook</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Notebook widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">page_number</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the page number to be queried.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">page_info</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the structure containing the page information. The structure
+has the following form:
+</Para>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>typedef struct
+{
+        int     <Replaceable>page_number</Replaceable>;
+        Widget  <Replaceable>page_widget</Replaceable>;
+        Widget  <Replaceable>status_area_widget</Replaceable>;
+        Widget  <Replaceable>major_tab_widget</Replaceable>;
+        Widget  <Replaceable>minor_tab_widget</Replaceable>;
+} XmNotebookPageInfo;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">page_number</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <Symbol Role="Variable">page_number</Symbol> passed to the function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">page_widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a child widget of the Notebook with a <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildType</SystemItem> of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPAGE</SystemItem> and a <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageNumber</SystemItem> equal to <Symbol Role="Variable">page_number</Symbol> if one
+exists; otherwise set to NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">status_area_widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a child widget of the Notebook with a <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildType</SystemItem> of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTATUS_AREA</SystemItem> and a <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageNumber</SystemItem> equal to <Symbol Role="Variable">page_number</Symbol> if one
+exists; otherwise set to NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">major_tab_widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a child widget of the Notebook with a <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildType</SystemItem> of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAJOR_TAB</SystemItem> and the nearest <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageNumber</SystemItem>
+equal to or less than <Symbol Role="Variable">page_number</Symbol> if one
+exists; otherwise set to NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">minor_tab_widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a child widget of the Notebook with a <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildType</SystemItem> of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMINOR_TAB</SystemItem> and the nearest <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageNumber</SystemItem>
+equal to or less than <Symbol Role="Variable">page_number</Symbol> if one
+exists; otherwise set to NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Notebook and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmNotebook;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns one of the following page status values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPAGE_FOUND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The specified page was found.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPAGE_INVALID</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The specified page number is out of the page number range.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPAGE_EMPTY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The specified page does not have a page widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPAGE_DUPLICATED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>There is more than one page widget with the specified page number. The
+more recently managed page widget is used for the page information structure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmNotebook;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Notebook.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Notebook.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..40d9e7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Notebook.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1562 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Notebook.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 20:54:37 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN330.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmNotebook</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmNotebook</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Notebook widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmNotebook</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Notebook</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993 by International Business Machines Corporation-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Notebook.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Notebook is a manager widget that
+organizes its children into pages, tabs, status areas, and page scrollers to
+simulate a real notebook. It stacks its page children so that all page
+children occupy the same area like real book pages.
+Notebook displays visuals that look like the binding of a book and the
+edges of other pages around the page that is shown.
+Tab children simulate
+notebook tabs. Major tabs divide Notebook into several sections,
+and minor tabs subdivide these sections. Status area children provide additional
+information about pages such as page numbers. The page scroller child allows
+the user to move from page to page. Notebook also provides tab scrollers
+for scrolling major and minor tabs if it cannot display all tabs within its
+edges.
+</Para>
+<Para>The application creates pages, tabs, status areas, and page scroller
+as children of the Notebook widget. Notebook creates tab scrollers
+when the Notebook is created.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnotebookChildType</SystemItem> constraint resource
+of Notebook determines whether a child widget is a page, tab, status area,
+or page scroller. Any Motif widget can be a page of the Notebook.
+When the application creates a child of the Notebook widget without setting
+the child type constraint, the child becomes a page by default, unless it has
+the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol> trait.
+Children with the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol> trait become
+major tabs, status areas, and page scrollers, respectively.
+</Para>
+<Para>Notebook uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTjoinSide</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol> traits, and installs the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<Para>The application attaches a tab to a page by creating a tab child of the
+Notebook and setting the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageNumber</SystemItem> constraint to the page number of
+the targeted page. By the same method, a status area widget can be attached to
+a page. The page scroller child, on the other hand, is associated with the
+Notebook, not with a specific page. Therefore, there is only one valid page
+scroller for each Notebook.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Pages</Title>
+<Para>Only one child of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPAGE</SystemItem> is displayed at a time by Notebook.
+Other page children are hidden off-screen. When Notebook displays a particular
+page, it positions the previously-displayed page off-screen and puts the new
+page in its place. The page is resized to fit into the dimensions that
+Notebook has allocated to display pages.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Page Numbers</Title>
+<Para>Notebook uses the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcurrentPageNumber</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfirstPageNumber</SystemItem>,
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlastPageNumber</SystemItem> resources to determine the current page and
+available page number range. Only those pages whose page numbers are within
+the range can be displayed. Other pages cannot be displayed until the range
+between <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfirstPageNumber</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlastPageNumber</SystemItem> is
+changed to include them or their page numbers are changed to a number within
+the range.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfirstPageNumber</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlastPageNumber</SystemItem> are not set explicitly
+by the application, they are set to 1 by default; Notebook
+sets <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlastPageNumber</SystemItem>
+to the largest page number assigned by the application thereafter by
+default. However, once <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlastPageNumber</SystemItem> is set by the application,
+Notebook no longer changes it
+even when a page with a higher page number is managed.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageNumber</SystemItem> constraint resource is used for specifying the page
+number of a page widget. It can be set to any integer. For tab and status area
+children, the resource is used for linking the child widget to a page.
+For the page scroller child, the resource has no meaning and is ignored by
+the Notebook.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a page without a page number is managed, Notebook assigns it
+the smallest unallocated page number that is not less than
+the first page number and greater than the last allocated page number. When
+a tab or a status area without a page number is managed, the newly managed
+widget is assigned
+the page number of the most recently managed page, unless the page already has
+the same type of child. If the page does have the same type of child,
+Notebook assigns the newly managed widget
+a page number one greater than the most recently managed page;
+this new page number is now occupied.
+Notebook may generate a
+default page number greater than <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlastPageNumber</SystemItem>, making
+those pages inaccessible to the user.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Duplicate and Empty Pages</Title>
+<Para>Since an application can create or change page numbers, it is possible
+to have duplicate page numbers and empty pages. When two pages with the
+same page number are managed, only the more recently managed page can be
+displayed. Inserting a page with an existing page number
+does not cause a warning. The old page widget cannot be displayed
+until the new page widget is removed from the Notebook or until the page number
+of the old page widget is changed to some other number.
+</Para>
+<Para>An empty page is a page
+slot where no page is inserted. Empty pages occur when a tab or status area
+is associated with a page number that has no matching page widget.
+Empty pages display the blank Notebook
+background unless the application provides visual information to this
+empty area while processing <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageChangedCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Notebook Visuals</Title>
+<Para>Notebook draws lines around two sides of the top page
+to simulate the edges of other pages that are behind the top page.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackPagePlacement</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem> resources determine
+which two sides have the lines drawn around them. By default, they are drawn
+on the bottom and right sides of the top page. The application can set
+resources to control how many lines are drawn and how wide the area that they
+are drawn in is. Applications can also choose from three styles of binding
+visual that simulates the binding of a Notebook. Solid or spiral bindings
+can be drawn by Notebook, or the application can supply a pixmap that is
+tiled into the binding.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Tabs</Title>
+<Para>A major or minor tab is a Motif widget with the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait.
+If a widget without the trait is created
+for a tab, Notebook does not provide the page activation callback.
+As a result, even though the tab is displayed, it cannot automatically move the
+associated page to the top.
+</Para>
+<Para>Major tabs divide the Notebook pages into sections. Minor tabs
+subdivide these sections.
+Only minor tabs associated with the current
+section are displayed, where a section consists of the group of pages
+between the current major tab and the next major tab, including the
+current major tab but not including the page containing the next major tab.
+The exception to this is when there is no preceding major tab, in
+which case the section starts from the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfirstPageNumber</SystemItem> value.
+A user in one major tab section does not see
+the minor tabs in other sections.
+However, all tabs are used in computing
+the size of the Notebook.
+</Para>
+<Para>Unlike regular notebook tabs, tabs in the
+Notebook are not attached to a physical page (a widget). They are, instead,
+attached to a logical page (a page number). Therefore, it is possible to have
+a tab with an empty page. When a page with a tab is removed from the Notebook,
+the tab is not removed because it is still bound to a logical page.
+Destroying or unmanaging
+a page widget only erases the page and leaves an empty page.
+It does not tear the page out of the Notebook. To remove the tab, the
+application must explicitly destroy or unmanage it.
+</Para>
+<Para>Notebook supports the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTjoinSide</Symbol> trait. A widget that has the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTjoinSide</Symbol> trait can be added to the Notebook as a Major or Minor
+tab and will appear to be attached to its associated page with no margins or
+shadows between them.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Status Areas</Title>
+<Para>A status area is any widget that is used for describing
+the associated page. For example, the Label widget as a status area child
+can hold a simple string or a pixmap that describes a page. A status area
+widget is also attached to a page by the page number constraint resource.
+Therefore, it is possible to have multiple status area widgets for one page.
+Only the most recently managed status area widget for that page can be
+displayed. All others for that page are not unmanaged, but their sizes are
+used for computing the size of the Notebook. If no status area widget
+is provided, the Notebook displays its blank background in the status area's
+reserved space. Notebook does not create any default status area widget.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Page Scrollers</Title>
+<Para>The page scroller of the Notebook is any widget that the application
+creates for scrolling pages. If the application does not create one when
+the Notebook is realized, Notebook creates a SpinBox widget as the
+default page scroller.
+If the application creates a new page scroller, the default page scroller is
+destroyed. If the application creates multiple page scrollers, only the
+most recently managed one can be displayed and used. All others are
+unmanaged.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default SpinBox page scroller grays out one of the arrow visuals
+if the current page is a boundary page.
+If the current page is the first page, the previous arrow of the SpinBox
+is grayed. If the current page is the last page, the next arrow of the
+SpinBox is grayed.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Tab Scrollers</Title>
+<Para>Tab scrollers are created by the Notebook for scrolling major tabs and minor
+tabs. When Notebook is initialized, it creates four ArrowButtonGadgets
+for scrolling to the next major tab, the previous major tab, the next
+minor tab, and the previous minor tab.
+The application cannot replace these tab scrollers.
+The application can change all resources
+of these widgets except the position and the arrow direction. Tab scrollers
+are only visible and enabled when there is not enough space to display all the
+major or minor tabs appropriate to the page. Tab scrollers are also
+grayed out when scrolling is inappropriate. The following lists the
+tab scrollers that are created:
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="3" Namest="1"><Literal>Child Widgets that XmNotebook Creates</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Child</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Widget Class</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Page Scroller</Entry>
+<Entry>PageScroller</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSpinBox</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Next Major Tab Scroller</Entry>
+<Entry>MajorTabScrollerNext</Entry>
+<Entry>XmArrowButtonGadget</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Previous Major Tab Scroller</Entry>
+<Entry>MajorTabScrollerPrevious</Entry>
+<Entry>XmArrowButtonGadget</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Next Minor Tab Scroller</Entry>
+<Entry>MinorTabScrollerNext</Entry>
+<Entry>XmArrowButtonGadget</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Previous Minor Tab Scroller</Entry>
+<Entry>MinorTabScrollerPrevious</Entry>
+<Entry>XmArrowButtonGadget</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>When the user selects the page scroller, a major tab, or a minor tab, the value
+of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcurrentPageNumber</SystemItem> is changed to the selected page number and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageChangedCallback</SystemItem> is invoked. After the application returns from
+the callback, the Notebook displays the last page child whose page number is
+equal to the current page number. It also displays the last matched status
+area child. All other pages and status areas are automatically hidden. Major
+tabs and minor tabs that can fit into the Notebook's edges are displayed and
+positioned appropriately. All other tabs are also hidden. The application
+can also cause a page change by calling <Function>XtSetValues</Function> on
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcurrentPageNumber</SystemItem> and then calling <Function>XtCallCallbacks</Function> on
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageChangedCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Orientation</Title>
+<Para>The Notebook has eight different visual configurations, depending on
+the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackPagePlacement</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem>. These two
+resources determine the placement of back pages, the binding, major tabs,
+minor tabs, the status area, and the page scroller. The location of the binding
+is determined by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem>.
+Major tabs are always placed on the back page side opposite to the binding;
+Minor tabs are placed on the
+back page display area that is visually connected to the binding.
+Both Major and Minor tabs are ordered so that the page numbers they access
+increase as they get closer to the corner where the back pages meet.
+The status area and the page scroller are always located on the bottom
+of the Notebook, inside the frame. The page scroller is always placed adjacent
+to a back page side. The following table shows the possible configurations
+and the locations of each Notebook component within the configuration.
+The default back page value
+and the default orientation
+are based upon <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Notebook Configurations</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackPagePlacement</SystemItem></Entry>
+<Entry><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Major Tabs</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Status Area</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Binding</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Minor Tabs</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Page Scroller</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmBOTTOM_RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>XmHORIZONTAL</Entry>
+<Entry>RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM LEFT</Entry>
+<Entry>LEFT</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM RIGHT</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmBOTTOM_RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>XmVERTICAL</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM LEFT</Entry>
+<Entry>TOP</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM RIGHT</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmBOTTOM_LEFT</Entry>
+<Entry>XmHORIZONTAL</Entry>
+<Entry>LEFT</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>RIGHT</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM LEFT</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmBOTTOM_LEFT</Entry>
+<Entry>XmVERTICAL</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>TOP</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>LEFT</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM LEFT</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmTOP_RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>XmHORIZONTAL</Entry>
+<Entry>RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM LEFT</Entry>
+<Entry>LEFT</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>TOP</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM RIGHT</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmTOP_RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>XmVERTICAL</Entry>
+<Entry>TOP</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM LEFT</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM RIGHT</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmTOP_LEFT</Entry>
+<Entry>XmHORIZONTAL</Entry>
+<Entry>LEFT</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>RIGHT</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>TOP</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM LEFT</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmTOP_LEFT</Entry>
+<Entry>XmVERTICAL</Entry>
+<Entry>TOP</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>LEFT</Entry>
+<Entry>BOTTOM LEFT</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>There are three tab groups for tab group traversal
+inside the Notebook: major tabs, minor tabs,
+and the page scroller.
+The application can also create additional types of tab groups
+within the Notebook; for example, each page added by the application is
+treated as a separate tab group by the traversal actions.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Notebook inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Constraint</Classname>, and <Classname>XmManager</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmNotebookWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmNotebook</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the
+programmer to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource
+values for the inherited classes to set attributes for this widget.
+To reference a resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters.
+To specify one of the defined values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename>
+file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters (in
+either lowercase or uppercase, but include any underscores between
+words). The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource
+can be set at creation time (C), set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function>
+(S), retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not
+applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmNotebook Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackPageBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackPageBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackPageForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackPageForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackPageNumber</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackPageNumber</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackPagePlacement</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackPagePlacement</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackPageSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackPageSize</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>8</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbindingPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBindingPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbindingType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBindingType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSPIRAL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbindingWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBindingWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>25</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcurrentPageNumber</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCurrentPageNumber</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfirstPageNumber</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFirstPageNumber</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNframeBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFrameBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNframeShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinnerMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInnerMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinnerMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInnerMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlastPageNumber</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLastPageNumber</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminorTabSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinorTabSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>3</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmajorTabSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMajorTabSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>3</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNorientation</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOrientation</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmHORIZONTAL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpageChangedCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackPageBackground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the background color for drawing back pages.
+The default is a lower-intensity version of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNframeBackground</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackPageForeground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the forground color for drawing back pages. The default is
+taken from the application's default foreground color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackPageNumber</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of lines to draw for back pages. The minimum value is
+1, and the maximum value is (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackPageSize</SystemItem> / 2).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackPagePlacement</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies where to place the back pages.
+The default is dependent on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource
+of the Notebook's instance parents.
+It can have one of the following
+values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBOTTOM_RIGHT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays back pages on the Notebook's bottom and
+right sides.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBOTTOM_LEFT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays back pages on the Notebook's bottom and
+left sides.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOP_RIGHT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays back pages on the Notebook's top and right
+sides.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOP_LEFT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays back pages on the Notebook's top and left sides.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackPageSize</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the thickness of the back page rendering.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap or bitmap for stippling or tiling the binding when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP_OVERLAP_ONLY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the binding type. It can have one of the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays no binding.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSOLID</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays a solid binding in the foreground color of the
+Notebook within the binding area specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingWidth</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSPIRAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays a spiral binding in the foreground color of the
+Notebook within the area specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingWidth</SystemItem>
+and within the area outside of the frame equal to
+the area specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingWidth</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays the binding with the pixmap or bitmap specified by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingPixmap</SystemItem> as a stipple or tile. It uses the foreground color of
+the Notebook for stippling. The binding width is decided by the larger value
+of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingWidth</SystemItem> and the width of the pixmap or bitmap.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP_OVERLAP_ONLY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays the binding with the pixmap or bitmap
+specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingPixmap</SystemItem> as a stipple or tile. It uses the
+foreground color of the Notebook for stippling. The binding is displayed only
+within the binding area specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingWidth</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of the Notebook binding. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem> and the width of the pixmap specified in
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingPixmap</SystemItem> is greater than <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbindingWidth</SystemItem>, then this
+resource is ignored and the
+width of the pixmap is used as the width of the Notebook binding
+instead.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcurrentPageNumber</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the page number of the currently displayed page. Initially, it is set
+to <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfirstPageNumber</SystemItem>. If it is set to less than
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfirstPageNumber</SystemItem>,
+then it is set to <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfirstPageNumber</SystemItem>.
+If it is set to <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlastPageNumber</SystemItem>,
+then it is set to <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlastPageNumber</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfirstPageNumber</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the page number for the first page of the Notebook.
+The Notebook does not scroll to any page numbers below this value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNframeBackground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the background color for drawing the Notebook's frame.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNframeShadowThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the shadow thickness around the Notebook's frame.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinnerMarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the margin on the top and bottom sides of the page, status
+area, and page scroller widgets.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinnerMarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the margin on the left and right sides of the page, status
+area, and page scroller widgets.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlastPageNumber</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the page number for the last page of the Notebook.
+The Notebook does not scroll to any page numbers above this value.
+The default page number is the largest page number of managed page,
+major tab, or minor tab widgets.
+If this is set to a value that is less than <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfirstPageNumber</SystemItem>, the
+behavior of the Notebook is undefined.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmajorTabSpacing</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the spacing distance between major tabs.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNframeShadowThickness</SystemItem> is greater than <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmajorTabSpacing</SystemItem>, then
+this resource is ignored and the size of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNframeShadowThickness</SystemItem> is
+used as the spacing distance between major tabs.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminorTabSpacing</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the spacing distance between minor tabs. If
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNframeShadowThickness</SystemItem> is greater than <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminorTabSpacing</SystemItem>, then
+this resource is ignored and the size of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNframeShadowThickness</SystemItem> is
+used as the spacing distance between minor tabs.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the orientation of the Notebook. It can have one of the following
+values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHORIZONTAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Places the binding beside the pages, in the left or
+right side of the frame.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Places the binding above or below the pages, in the top
+or the bottom of the frame.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageChangedCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks to call whenever the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcurrentPageNumber</SystemItem>, representing the current page number, is
+changed. This includes the point when the widget is realized and the
+page number is initialized.
+The callback structure is <StructName Role="typedef">XmNotebookCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MAJOR_TAB</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MINOR_TAB</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_PAGE_SCROLLER_INCREMENT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_PAGE_SCROLLER_DECREMENT</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_NONE</SystemItem>, depending
+upon what action caused the Notebook to display a new page.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmNotebook Constraint Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnotebookChildType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNotebookChildType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpageNumber</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPageNumber</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCResizable</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnotebookChildType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the child type of the Notebook. It can be one of the following types:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPAGE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The child is a page of the Notebook. This is the default
+when the child does not have
+the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAJOR_TAB</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The child is a major tab. This is the default when
+the child has the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMINOR_TAB</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The child is a minor tab.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTATUS_AREA</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The child is a status area. This is the default when
+the child has the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol> trait and does not have
+the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPAGE_SCROLLER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The child is the page scroller. The default page
+scroller is destroyed, if it exists. Any previously created page
+scrollers are unmanaged. This is the default when the child
+has the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol> trait and does have the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait or the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageNumber</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the page number associated with the widget.
+If the widget is a page, the number specifies the page number of the widget.
+If the widget is not a page, the number specifies the page number of the
+associated page. If none is supplied by the application, Notebook
+generates the smallest unallocated page number when the child is managed.
+This resource is ignored for the page scroller.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether this child can request a resize.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Notebook inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+<!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageChangedCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">*event</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">page_number</Symbol>;
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">page_widget</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">prev_page_number</Symbol>;
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">prev_page_widget</Symbol>;
+} XmNotebookCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the reason for the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback. It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">page_number</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the page number to be displayed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">page_widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the page widget that has the new page number.
+It is NULL if no page widget with the page number is found.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">prev_page_number</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the page number of the currently displayed page. If the
+callback procedure is being called at widget initialization, this page
+number will be returned as <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PAGE_NUMBER</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">prev_page_widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the currently displayed page widget. If the callback
+procedure is being called at widget initialization, NULL will be
+returned.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- Action Table for XmNotebook -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>Notebook inherits translations from Manager.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Accelerators</Title>
+<Para>Notebook accelerators are added to all major tab and minor tab
+children of XmNotebook.
+Notebook accelerators are listed below.
+These accelerators might not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+</Para>
+<VariableList Remap="tight">
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>TraverseTab(<Symbol Role="Define">Home</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>TraverseTab(<Symbol Role="Define">End</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>TraverseTab(<Symbol Role="Define">Previous</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>TraverseTab(<Symbol Role="Define">Next</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>TraverseTab(<Symbol Role="Define">Previous</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym><Literal>:</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>TraverseTab(<Symbol Role="Define">Next</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>Notebook action routines are described below:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>TraverseTab(<Symbol Role="Define">Home|End|Next|Previous</Symbol>)</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the focus on major or minor tabs.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>The Notebook widget has the additional behavior described below:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Tab</KeySym></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Notebook intercepts tab group traversal when traversal is entering or
+leaving major or minor tabs. It does this to support major tabs and minor
+tabs as two separate tab groups when they are actually treated as one
+by traversal. If a minor tab has keyboard focus and a user or program
+action specifies <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRAVERSE_PREV_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, keyboard focus will
+go to a major tab. If a major tab has keyboard focus and a user or program
+action specifies <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRAVERSE_NEXT_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, keyboard focus will
+go to a minor tab.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;,
+&cdeman.Constraint;,
+&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateNotebook;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;, and
+&cdeman.XmNotebookGetPageInfo;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ObjectAP.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ObjectAP.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..082298d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ObjectAP.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ObjectAP.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:54:48 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN332.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmObjectAtPoint</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmObjectAtPoint</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A toolkit function that determines which child intersects or comes closest to a specified point
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmObjectAtPoint</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmObjectAtPoint</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef>widget, x, y<ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>x</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>y</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmObjectAtPoint</Function> searches the child list of the specified
+manager <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> and returns the child most closely associated
+with the specified <Emphasis>x</Emphasis>,<Emphasis>y</Emphasis> coordinate pair.
+</Para>
+<Para>For the typical Motif manager <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>, <Function>XmObjectAtPoint</Function>
+uses the following rules to determine the returned object:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If one child intersects <Emphasis>x,y</Emphasis>, <Function>XmObjectAtPoint</Function>
+returns the widget ID of that child.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If more than one child intersects <Emphasis>x,y</Emphasis>,
+<Function>XmObjectAtPoint</Function> returns the widget ID of the visible child.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If no child intersects <Emphasis>x</Emphasis>,<Emphasis>y</Emphasis>, <Function>XmObjectAtPoint</Function>
+returns NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>The preceding rules are only general. In fact, each manager
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> is free to define "most closely associated"
+as it desires.
+For example, if no child intersects <Emphasis>x,y</Emphasis>, a manager
+might return the child closest to <Emphasis>x,y</Emphasis>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a manager widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the x-coordinate about which you are seeking child
+information. The x-coordinate must be specified in pixels,
+relative to the left side of <Emphasis>manager</Emphasis>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the y-coordinate about which you are seeking child
+information. The y-coordinate must be specified in pixels,
+relative to the top side of <Emphasis>manager</Emphasis>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the child of <Emphasis>manager</Emphasis> most closely associated
+with <Emphasis>x,y</Emphasis>.
+If none of its children are sufficiently associated with <Emphasis>x,y</Emphasis>,
+returns NULL.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmManager;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/OptionBu.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/OptionBu.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56cbbc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/OptionBu.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: OptionBu.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:54:56 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN333.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmOptionButtonGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmOptionButtonGadget</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the CascadeButtonGadget in an OptionMenu
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmOptionButtonGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>RowColumn functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmOptionButtonGadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmOptionButtonGadget</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>option_menu</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>option_menu</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmOptionButtonGadget</Function> provides the application with the means for
+obtaining the widget ID for the internally created CascadeButtonGadget. Once
+the application has obtained the widget ID, it can
+adjust the visuals for the CascadeButtonGadget, if desired.
+</Para>
+<Para>When an application creates an instance of the OptionMenu widget, the
+widget creates two internal gadgets. One is a LabelGadget that is
+used to display RowColumn's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> resource.
+The other is a CascadeButtonGadget that displays the current selection
+and provides the means for posting the OptionMenu's submenu.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user can specify resources in a resource file for the automatically
+created widgets and gadgets of an OptionMenu. The following list
+identifies the names of these widgets (or gadgets) and the associated
+OptionMenu areas.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Option Menu Label Gadget</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>OptionLabel</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Option Menu Cascade Button</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>OptionButton</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">option_menu</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the OptionMenu widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID for the internal button.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateOptionMenu;, &cdeman.XmCascadeButtonGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmOptionLabelGadget;,
+and &cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/OptionLa.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/OptionLa.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..60bc378
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/OptionLa.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: OptionLa.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:55:05 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN334.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmOptionLabelGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmOptionLabelGadget</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the LabelGadget in an OptionMenu
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmOptionLabelGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>RowColumn functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmOptionLabelGadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmOptionLabelGadget</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>option_menu</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>option_menu</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmOptionLabelGadget</Function>
+provides the application with the means for obtaining the
+widget ID for the internally created LabelGadget.
+Once the application has obtained the widget ID, it can
+adjust the visuals for the LabelGadget, if desired.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">option_menu</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the OptionMenu widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>When an application creates an instance of the OptionMenu widget, the
+widget creates two internal gadgets. One is a LabelGadget that is used
+to display RowColumn's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem> resource. The other
+is a CascadeButtonGadget that displays the current selection and provides
+the means for posting the OptionMenu's submenu.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user can specify resources in a resource file for the automatically
+created widgets and gadgets of an OptionMenu. The following list
+identifies the names of these widgets (or gadgets) and the associated
+OptionMenu areas.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Option Menu Label Gadget</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>OptionLabel</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Option Menu Cascade Button</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>OptionButton</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID for the internal label.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateOptionMenu;, &cdeman.XmLabelGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmOptionButtonGadget;, and &cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PanedWin.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PanedWin.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9806a3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PanedWin.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1107 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: PanedWin.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:55:13 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN335.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmPanedWindow</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmPanedWindow</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The PanedWindow widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmPanedWindow</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>PanedWindow</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1988 by Massachusetts Institute of Technology-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/PanedW.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>PanedWindow is a composite widget that lays out children in a
+vertically tiled format. Children appear in top-to-bottom fashion, with
+the first child inserted appearing at the top of the PanedWindow and the
+last child inserted appearing at the bottom. The
+PanedWindow grows to match the width of its widest child and all
+other children are forced to this width. The height of the PanedWindow
+is equal to the sum of the heights of all its children, the spacing
+between them, and the size of the top and bottom margins.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user can also adjust the size of the panes. To
+facilitate this adjustment, a pane control sash is created for most
+children. The sash appears as a square box positioned on the bottom of
+the pane that it controls. The user can adjust the size of
+a pane by using the mouse or keyboard.
+</Para>
+<Para>The PanedWindow is also a constraint widget, which means that it
+creates and manages a set of constraints for each child. You can
+specify a minimum and maximum size for each pane. The PanedWindow
+does not allow a pane to be resized below its minimum size or beyond its
+maximum size. Also, when the minimum size of a pane is equal to its maximum
+size, no control sash is presented for that pane or
+for the lowest pane.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinsertPosition</SystemItem> procedure for PanedWindow causes
+all panes to appear first in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> list and
+all sashes to appear after the panes. For a pane child, it returns the
+value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> if one has been specified for the
+child. Otherwise, it returns the number of <Emphasis>panes</Emphasis> in the
+PanedWindow's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> list. Other than the fact that all
+sashes appear after all panes, the insertion order of sashes is unspecified.
+This procedure also causes
+nonsash widgets to be inserted after other nonsash children but before
+any sashes.
+The behavior of PanedWindow is undefined if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinsertPosition</SystemItem> is set
+to a procedure other than the default.
+</Para>
+<Para>All panes and sashes in a PanedWindow must be tab groups. When a pane is
+inserted as a child of the PanedWindow, if the pane's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, PanedWindow
+sets it to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTICKY_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Descendants</Title>
+<Para>PanedWindow automatically creates for each paned window the
+descendants shown in the
+following table.
+An application can use <Function>XtName</Function> and the child list information to
+gain access to the named descendant.
+In addition, a user or an application
+can use the named descendant when specifying resource values.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Named Descendant</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Identity</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>=</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Sash</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>subclass of</Literal> <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">sash</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Separator</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Classname>XmSeparatorGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>dividing line between window panes</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>PanedWindow inherits behavior and resources from the
+<Classname>Core</Classname>, <Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Constraint</Classname>, and <Classname>XmManager</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmPanedWindowWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmPanedWindow</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPanedWindow Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>3</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>3</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNorientation</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOrientation</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmVERTICAL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrefigureMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBoolean</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsashHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSashHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsashIndent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSashIndent</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>-10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsashShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsashWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSashWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNseparatorOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSeparatorOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNspacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>8</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the distance between the top and bottom edges of the PanedWindow
+and its children.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the distance between the left and right edges of the PanedWindow
+and its children.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the layout as either vertical (with the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem>
+value) or horizontal (with the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHORIZONTAL</SystemItem> value). In the
+vertical layout, the children are laid out in a vertically tiled
+format. In the horizontal layout, the children are laid out in a
+horizontal layout, with the sash moveable along the horizontal axis.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrefigureMode</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Determines whether the panes' positions are recomputed and repositioned
+when programmatic changes are being made to the PanedWindow.
+Setting this resource to True resets the children to their appropriate
+positions.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsashHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the height of the sash.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsashIndent</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the horizontal placement of the sash along each pane. A positive
+value causes the sash to be offset from the near (left) side of the PanedWindow,
+and a negative value causes the sash to be offset from the far (right)
+side of the PanedWindow. If the offset is greater than the width of the
+PanedWindow minus the width of the sash, the sash is placed flush
+against the near side of the PanedWindow.
+</Para>
+<Para>Whether the placement actually corresponds to the left or right side of
+the PanedWindow
+depends on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>
+resource of the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsashShadowThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the thickness of the shadows of the sashes.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsashWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of the sash.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNseparatorOn</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Determines whether a separator is created between each of the panes.
+Setting this resource to True creates a Separator at the
+midpoint between each of the panes.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspacing</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the distance between each child pane.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPanedWindow Constraint Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBoolean</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpaneMaximum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPaneMaximum</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>1000</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpaneMinimum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPaneMinimum</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpositionIndex</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPositionIndex</Entry>
+<Entry>short</Entry>
+<Entry>XmLAST_POSITION</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNskipAdjust</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBoolean</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNallowResize</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows an application to specify whether the PanedWindow
+should allow a pane to request to be resized. This flag has an
+effect only after the PanedWindow and its children have been realized.
+If this flag is set to True, the PanedWindow tries to honor requests
+to alter the height of the pane. If False, it always denies pane
+requests to resize.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpaneMaximum</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows an application to specify the maximum size to which a pane
+may be resized. This value must be greater than the specified minimum.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpaneMinimum</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows an application to specify the minimum size to which a pane
+may be resized. This value must be greater than 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the widget in its parent's list of
+children (the list of pane children, not including sashes). The value
+is an integer that is no less than 0 (zero) and no greater than
+the number of children in the list at the time the value is
+specified. A value of 0 means that the child is placed at the
+beginning of the list. The value can also be specified as
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLAST_POSITION</SystemItem> (the default), which means that the child
+is placed at the end of the list. Any other value is ignored.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> returns the position of the widget in its parent's
+child list at the time of the call to <Function>XtGetValues</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a widget is inserted into its parent's child list, the positions
+of any existing children that are greater than or equal to the
+specified widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> are increased by 1.
+The effect of a call to <Function>XtSetValues</Function> for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem>
+is to remove the specified widget from its parent's child list, decrease
+by one the positions of any existing children that are greater than
+the specified widget's former position in the list, and then insert
+the specified widget into its parent's child list as described in the
+preceding sentence.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNskipAdjust</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When set to True, this Boolean resource allows an application to specify
+that the PanedWindow should not automatically resize this pane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>PanedWindow inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>default procedure</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmPanedWindow -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmPanedWindow</Classname> inherits translations from <Classname>XmManager</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The translations for sashes within the PanedWindow are
+described in the following table.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Start</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Motion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Move</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Commit</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Start</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Motion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Move</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Commit</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentCancel()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Help()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Key,LargeIncr,Up</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Key,DefaultIncr,Up</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Key,LargeIncr,Right</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Key,DefaultIncr,Right</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Key,LargeIncr,Down</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Key,DefaultIncr,Down</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Key,LargeIncr,Left</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Key,DefaultIncr,Left</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrevTabGroup()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>NextTabGroup()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Start)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Move)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Commit)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Start)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Move)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Commit)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Key,DefaultIncr,Up)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Key,LargeIncr,Up)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Key,DefaultIncr,Down)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Key,LargeIncr,Down)&bsol;*O
+.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new actions"
+.LI "&bsol;*LKLeft:&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Key,DefaultIncr,Left)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMctrl KLeft:&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Key,LargeIncr,Left)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Key,DefaultIncr,Right)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSashAction(Key,LargeIncr,Right)&bsol;*O
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new actions"
+.LI "&bsol;*LKNextField:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LNextTabGroup()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPrevField:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrevTabGroup()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmPanedWindow</Classname> action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Help()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist. If there are no help
+callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help callbacks
+for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>NextTabGroup()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the keyboard focus to the next tab group.
+By default, each pane and sash is a tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrevTabGroup()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the keyboard focus to the previous tab group.
+By default, each pane and sash is a tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>SashAction(</Action><Symbol Role="Variable">action</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal>&ensp;or&ensp;<Action>SashAction(<Symbol Role="Define">Key,&npzwc;</Symbol></Action><Symbol Role="Variable">increment</Symbol><Literal>,&npzwc;</Literal><Emphasis>direction</Emphasis><Literal>)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The <Literal>Start</Literal> action activates the interactive placement of the pane's borders.
+The <Literal>Move</Literal> action causes the sash to track the position of the pointer.
+If one of the panes reaches its minimum or maximum size, adjustment
+continues with the next adjustable pane.
+The <Literal>Commit</Literal> action ends sash motion.
+</Para>
+<Para>When sash action is caused by a keyboard event, the sash with the keyboard
+focus is moved according to the <Symbol Role="Variable">increment</Symbol> and <Emphasis>direction</Emphasis>
+specified. <Literal>DefaultIncr</Literal> adjusts the sash by one line.
+<Literal>LargeIncr</Literal> adjusts the sash by one view region. The <Emphasis>direction</Emphasis>
+is specified as either
+<Literal>Up</Literal>, <Literal>Down</Literal>, <Literal>Left</Literal>, or <Literal>Right</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the SashAction action routine is not a direct action routine
+of the <Literal>XmPanedWindow,</Literal> but rather an action of the Sash control created
+by the <Classname>XmPanedWindow</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>This widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusIn</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the keyboard focus to the sash and highlights it
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusOut</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Unsets the keyboard focus in the sash and unhighlights it
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Constraint;,
+&cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.XmCreatePanedWindow;, and &cdeman.XmManager;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e5cf056
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ParMapA.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 20:55:23 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN336.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmParseMapping</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Data type for a compound string parse mapping
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmParseMapping</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>data types</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmParseMapping</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName> is an opaque data type for a parse mapping used by
+<Function>XmStringParseText</Function> to create a compound string.
+A parse mapping contains a pattern to be matched in text being parsed to
+create a compound string.
+It also contains a compound string, or a function to be invoked to
+provide a compound string, to be included in the compound string being
+created whenever the pattern is matched.
+</Para>
+<Para>An application uses a resource-style interface to specify components for
+an <StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName>.
+<Function>XmParseMappingCreate</Function> creates a parse mapping, using a
+resource-style argument list.
+<Function>XmParseMappingGetValues</Function> and <Function>XmParseMappingSetValues</Function> retrieve
+and set the components of a parse mapping.
+<Function>XmParseMappingFree</Function> recovers memory used by a parse mapping.
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmParseTable</StructName> is an array of <StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName> objects.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinvokeParseProc</SystemItem> resource is a function of type
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmParseProc</StructName>, which is defined as follows:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>XmIncludeStatus (*XmParseProc) (<Symbol Role="Variable">text_in_out, text_end, type, tag, entry, pattern_length,
+str_include, call_data</Symbol>)
+        XtPointer *<Symbol Role="Variable">text_in_out</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">text_end</Symbol>;
+        XmTextType <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>;
+        XmStringTag <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis>;
+        XmParseMapping <Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">pattern_length</Symbol>;
+        XmString *<Symbol Role="Variable">str_include</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">call_data</Symbol>;</Synopsis>
+<Para>A parse procedure provides an escape mechanism for arbitrarily complex
+parsing.
+This procedure is invoked when a pattern in the input text is matched
+with a pattern in a parse mapping whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincludeStatus</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINVOKE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The input text is a pointer to the first byte of the pattern that was
+matched to trigger the call to the parse procedure.
+The parse procedure consumes as many bytes of the input string as it
+needs and sets the input text pointer to the following byte.
+It returns a compound string to be included in the compound string being
+constructed, and it also returns an <StructName Role="typedef">XmIncludeStatus</StructName> indicating how
+the returned compound string should be handled.
+If the parse procedure does not set the input text pointer ahead by at
+least one byte, the parsing routine continues trying to match the input
+text with the patterns in the remaining parse mappings in the parse
+table.
+Otherwise, the parsing routine begins with the new input text pointer
+and tries to match the input text with patterns in the parse mappings
+starting at the beginning of the parse table.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">text_in_out</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the text being parsed.
+The value is a pointer to the first byte of text matching the pattern
+that triggered the call to the parse procedure.
+When the parse procedure returns, this argument is set to the position
+in the text where parsing should resume&mdash;that is, to the byte
+following the last character parsed by the parse procedure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">text_end</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the end of the <Symbol Role="Variable">text_in_out</Symbol> string.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">text_end</Symbol> is NULL, the string is scanned until a NULL character
+is found.
+Otherwise, the string is scanned up to but not including the character
+whose address is <Symbol Role="Variable">text_end</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of text and the tag type.
+If a locale tag should be created, <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> has a value of either
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIBYTE_TEXT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>.
+If a charset should be created, <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> has a value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHARSET_TEXT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag to be used in creating the result.
+The type of string tag created (charset or locale) depends on the text
+type and the passed in <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> value.
+If the <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> value is NULL and if <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> indicates that a
+charset string tag should be created, the string tag has the value
+that is the result of mapping <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DEFAULT_CHARSET</SystemItem>.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> indicates a locale string tag, the string tag has the
+value <SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">entry</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parse mapping that triggered the call to the parse
+procedure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">pattern_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bytes in the input text, following
+<Symbol Role="Variable">text_in_out</Symbol>, that constitute the matched pattern.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">str_include</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to a compound string.
+The parse procedure creates a compound string to be included in the
+compound string being constructed.
+The parse procedure then returns the compound string in this argument.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">call_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies data passed by the application to the parsing routine.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The parse procedure returns an <StructName Role="typedef">XmIncludeStatus</StructName> indicating how
+<Symbol Role="Variable">str_include</Symbol> is to be included in the compound string being
+constructed.
+Following are the possible values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINSERT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Concatenate the result to the compound string being constructed and
+continue parsing.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTERMINATE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Concatenate the result to the compound string being constructed and
+terminate parsing.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of resources used by the programmer
+to specify data.
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be set
+at creation time (C), set by using <Function>XmParseMappingSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XmParseMappingGetValues</Function> (G), or is not
+applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmParseMapping Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNclientData</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNincludeStatus</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>XmIncludeStatus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmINSERT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinvokeParseProc</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>XmParseProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpattern</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpatternType</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>XmTextType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHARSET_TEXT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsubstitute</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNclientData</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies data to be used by the parse procedure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincludeStatus</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies how the result of the mapping is to be included in the
+compound string being constructed.
+Unless the value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINVOKE</SystemItem>, the result of the mapping is the
+value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsubstitute</SystemItem>.
+Following are the possible values for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincludeStatus</SystemItem>:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINSERT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Concatenate the result to the compound string being constructed and
+continue parsing.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINVOKE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Invoke the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinvokeParseProc</SystemItem> on the text being parsed and use the
+returned compound string instead of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsubstitute</SystemItem> as the result to
+be inserted into the compound string being constructed.
+The include status returned by the parse procedure (<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINSERT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTERMINATE</SystemItem>) determines how the returned compound string is
+included.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTERMINATE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Concatenate the result to the compound string being constructed and
+terminate parsing.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinvokeParseProc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parse procedure to be invoked when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincludeStatus</SystemItem>
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINVOKE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pattern to be matched in the text being parsed.
+This is a maximum of one character.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpatternType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of the pattern that is the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpattern</SystemItem>.
+Following are the possible values:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHARSET_TEXT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIBYTE_TEXT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsubstitute</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string to be included in the compound string
+being constructed when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincludeStatus</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINSERT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTERMINATE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmParseMappingCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingFree;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingGetValues;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingSetValues;,
+&cdeman.XmParseTable;, and
+&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..37c8c44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ParMapB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:52:25 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN337.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmParseMappingCreate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmParseMappingCreate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function to create a parse mapping
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmParseMappingCreate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmParseMappingCreate</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmParseMapping <Function>XmParseMappingCreate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmParseMappingCreate</Function> creates a parse mapping for use in a parse
+table.
+This function allows the application to specify values for components of
+the parse mapping using a resource-style argument list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of <StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName> and its associated
+resources, see &cdeman.XmParseMapping;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the <StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName> object.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned <StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName> object.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmParseMappingFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmParseMapping;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingFree;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingGetValues;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingSetValues;,
+&cdeman.XmParseTable;, and
+&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f96c8ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ParMapC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:52:34 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN338.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmParseMappingFree</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmParseMappingFree</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function to free a parse mapping
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmParseMappingFree</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmParseMappingFree</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmParseMappingFree</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parse_mapping</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmParseMapping <Parameter>parse_mapping</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmParseMappingFree</Function> recovers memory used by an
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parse_mapping</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parse mapping to be freed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmParseMapping;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingGetValues;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingSetValues;,
+&cdeman.XmParseTable;, and
+&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a4a52c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ParMapD.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:52:43 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN339.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmParseMappingGetValues</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmParseMappingGetValues</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function to retrieve attributes of a parse mapping
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmParseMappingGetValues</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmParseMappingGetValues</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmParseMappingGetValues</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parse_mapping, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmParseMapping <Parameter>parse_mapping</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmParseMappingGetValues</Function> retrieves attributes of an
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName> object, using a resource-style argument list.
+If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsubstitute</SystemItem> resource is in the <Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>, the
+function will allocate space to hold the returned <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> value.
+The application is responsible for managing this allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of <StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName> and its associated
+resources, see &cdeman.XmParseMapping;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmParseMapping;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingFree;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingSetValues;,
+&cdeman.XmParseTable;, and
+&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1dd051e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParMapE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ParMapE.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:52:52 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN340.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmParseMappingSetValues</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmParseMappingSetValues</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function to set attributes of a parse mapping
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmParseMappingSetValues</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmParseMappingSetValues</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmParseMappingSetValues</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parse_mapping, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmParseMapping <Parameter>parse_mapping</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmParseMappingSetValues</Function> specifies attributes of an
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName> object, using a resource-style argument list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of <StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName> and its associated
+resources, see &cdeman.XmParseMapping;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmParseMapping;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingFree;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingGetValues;,
+&cdeman.XmParseTable;, and
+&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParTabA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParTabA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..661fc04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParTabA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ParTabA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:53:05 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN341.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmParseTable</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmParseTable</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Data type for a compound string parse table
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmParseTable</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>data types</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmParseTable</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmParseTable</StructName> is the data type for an array of parse mappings
+(objects of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName>).
+</Para>
+<Para>A parse table is used by some routines that parse and unparse compound
+strings.
+The table is an ordered list of parse mappings.
+A parsing routine that uses a parse table scans the input text and
+searches the parse mappings, in order, for one containing a pattern that
+matches the input text.
+The matching parse mapping supplies a compound string to be included in
+the compound string under construction.
+</Para>
+<Para>An unparsing routine that uses a parse table searches the parse
+mappings, in order, for one containing a compound string that matches
+the input compound string.
+The unparsing routine can then include the parse mapping's text pattern
+in the output text under construction.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmParseMapping;,
+&cdeman.XmParseTableFree;, and
+&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParTabB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParTabB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..cfe3642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ParTabB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ParTabB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:53:15 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN342.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmParseTableFree</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmParseTableFree</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that recovers memory
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmParseTableFree</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmParseTableFree</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmParseTableFree</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parse_table, count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmParseTable <Parameter>parse_table</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmParseTableFree</Function> recovers memory used by an <StructName Role="typedef">XmParseTable</StructName>
+and its constituent <StructName Role="typedef">XmParseMapping</StructName>s.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parse_table</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parse table to be freed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of parse mappings in the parse table
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmParseTable; and
+&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Primitiv.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Primitiv.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7e3e9d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Primitiv.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1499 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Primitiv.sgm /main/12 1996/09/08 20:55:32 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN343.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmPrimitive</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Primitive widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmPrimitive</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Primitive</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Primitive is a widget class used as a supporting superclass
+for other widget classes. It handles border drawing and highlighting,
+traversal activation and deactivation, and various callback lists needed by
+Primitive widgets.
+Primitive and all its subclasses hold the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcareParentVisual</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Data Transfer Behavior</Title>
+<Para>Primitive has no widget class conversion or destination procedure.
+Subclasses and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures are responsible
+for any conversion of selections.
+Subclasses and the subclass <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures are
+responsible for any data transfers to the widget.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Primitive inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmPrimitiveWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPrimitive Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!--no-op:  .tH-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the color to use to draw the bottom and right sides of the
+border shadow.
+This color is used if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowPixmap</SystemItem> resource is
+unspecified.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to use to draw the bottom and right sides of the
+border shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks called when the widget is asked to convert
+a selection.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to these callbacks is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNforeground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the foreground drawing color used by Primitive widgets.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when the help key
+is pressed. The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_HELP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the color of the highlighting rectangle.
+This color is used if the highlight pixmap resource is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightOnEnter</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies if the highlighting rectangle is drawn when the cursor moves
+into the widget.
+If the shell's focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, this resource is
+ignored, and the widget is highlighted when it has the focus.
+If the shell's focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTER</SystemItem> and if this resource is
+True, the highlighting rectangle is drawn when the cursor moves into
+the widget.
+If the shell's focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTER</SystemItem> and if this resource is
+False, the highlighting rectangle is not drawn when the the cursor moves
+into the widget.
+The default is False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap used to draw the highlighting rectangle.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the thickness of the highlighting rectangle.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the direction in which components of the primitive (including
+strings) are laid out. The values are of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName>. If
+the widget's parent is a primitive or shell, the value is inherited from
+the widget's parent. Otherwise, it is inherited from the closest
+ancestor vendor or menu shell. Refer to the &cdeman.XmDirection;
+reference page for the possible direction values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Determines whether the widget is a tab group.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is not a tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTAB_GROUP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is a tab group, unless
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of another widget in the hierarchy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTICKY_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is a tab group, even
+if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of another widget in the hierarchy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the widget is a tab group and
+that widgets in the hierarchy whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTAB_GROUP</SystemItem> are not tab groups.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a parent widget has an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, traversal of non-tab-group widgets within
+the group is based on the order of those widgets in their parent's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> list.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of any widget in a hierarchy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, traversal of tab groups in the hierarchy
+proceeds to widgets in the order in which their <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem>
+resources were specified as <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTICKY_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, whether by creating the widgets with that value,
+by calling <Function>XtSetValues</Function>, or by calling <Function>XmAddTabGroup</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpopupHandlerCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to control which popup menu will be
+automatically posted. The reason can either be <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_POST</SystemItem> or
+<Literal>XmCR_REPOST:</Literal></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_POST</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that this is a regular posting request.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_REPOST</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the menu was just unposted and that this callback was
+invoked on a replay.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>This callback
+uses the <StructName Role="typedef">XmPopupHandlerCallbackStruct</StructName>
+structure to pass information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size of the drawn border shadow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the color to use to draw the top and left sides of the border
+shadow.
+This color is used if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowPixmap</SystemItem> resource is
+unspecified.
+If a default top shadow pixmap exists, it will need to be removed for
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem> to take effect.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to use to draw the top and left sides of the border
+shadow.
+A Primitive top shadow pixmap is created in two situations. In either
+of these situations, a default 50-foreground top shadow
+pixmap is created.
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the Primitive top shadow color is the same as the
+Core background pixel color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the depth of the screen is only one.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>For example, if a widget with the same top shadow and background color
+is created, a default shadow pixmap is generated. Such a pixmap
+needs to be removed for the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem> resource to take
+effect.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies if traversal is activated for this widget. In CascadeButton
+and CascadeButtonGadget, this resource is forced to True unless the parent
+is an OptionMenu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Provides the basic support for resolution independence.
+It defines the type of units a widget uses with sizing and
+positioning resources.
+If the widget's parent is a subclass of <Classname>XmManager</Classname> and if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> resource is not explicitly set, it defaults to the
+unit type of the parent widget.
+If the widget's parent is not a subclass of <Classname>XmManager</Classname>, the
+resource has a default unit type of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXELS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The unit type can also be specified in resource files, with the
+following format:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing><Symbol Role="Variable">&lt;floating value>&lt;unit></Symbol>
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>where:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">unit</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;" ", pixels, inches, centimeters, millimeters, points, font units>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>pixels</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">pix</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">pixel</Symbol>, <Emphasis>pixels</Emphasis>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">inches</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">in</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">inch</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">inches</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">centimeter</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">cm</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">centimeter</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">centimeters</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">millimeters</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">mm</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">millimeter</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">millimeters</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>points</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">pt</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">point</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">points</Symbol>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>font units</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is &lt;<Symbol Role="Variable">fu</Symbol>, <Literal>font_unit</Literal>, <Literal>font_units</Literal>>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">float</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>is {"+"|"-"}{{&lt;"0"-"9">*}.}&lt;"0"-"9">*
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that the type Dimension must always be positive.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For example,
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>xmfonts*XmMainWindow.height: 10.4cm
+*PostIn.width: 3inches
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> can have the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXELS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal
+pixel values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMILLIMETERS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal millimeter
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_MILLIMETERS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated
+as 1/100 of a millimeter.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCENTIMETERS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal centimeter
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINCHES</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal inch
+values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm1000TH_INCHES</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as
+1/1000 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal point
+values. A point is a unit used in text processing
+applications and is defined as 1/72 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_POINTS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as
+1/100 of a point. A point is a unit used in text processing
+applications and is defined as 1/72 of an inch.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_UNITS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are treated as normal font
+units. A font unit has horizontal and vertical components.
+These are the values of the XmScreen resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>Xm100TH_FONT_UNITS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All values provided to the widget are
+treated as 1/100 of a font unit.
+A font unit has horizontal and vertical components.
+These are the values of the <Classname>XmScreen</Classname> resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNuserData</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to attach any necessary specific data to the widget.
+It is an internally unused resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Dynamic Color Defaults</Title>
+<Para>The foreground, background, top shadow, bottom shadow, and
+highlight color resources are dynamically defaulted.
+If no color data is specified, the colors are
+automatically generated. On a single-plane system, a black and white color
+scheme is generated. Otherwise, four colors are
+generated, which display the correct shading for the 3-D visuals.
+If the background is the only color specified for a widget, the top
+shadow and bottom shadow colors are generated to give the 3-D appearance.
+Foreground and highlight colors are generated to provide sufficient
+contrast with the background color.
+</Para>
+<Para>Colors are generated only at creation. Resetting the background through
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function> does not regenerate the other colors.
+<Function>XmChangeColor</Function> can be used to recalculate all associated colors
+based on a new background color.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Primitive inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclass described in the following table.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+} XmAnyCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+For this callback, <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_HELP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following callback structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">source_data</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer location_data;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol>;
+        unsigned long <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_length</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_type</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>;
+        unsigned long <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>;
+} XmConvertCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the selection for which conversion is being requested.
+Possible values are <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>,
+and <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the conversion target.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">source_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the selection source.
+When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, <Symbol Role="Variable">source_data</Symbol> is the
+DragContext.
+Otherwise, it is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>location_data</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the location of data to be converted.
+If the value is NULL, the data to be transferred consists of the
+widget's current selection.
+Otherwise, the type and interpretation of the value are specific to the
+widget class.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the status of the conversion. Following are the possible
+values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This flag is currently unused.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_PARTIAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The target widget was able to be converted, but some data was lost.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_SAME</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The conversion target is the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_TRANSACT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This flag is currently unused.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains parameter data for this target.
+If no parameter data exists, the value is NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> is <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol> is
+<Property>_MOTIF_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property> or
+<Property>_MOTIF_DEFERRED_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property>, the value is the requested
+operation (<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed
+as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol> quantities.
+Possible values are 0 (when <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> is NULL),
+8 (when the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>s),
+16 (when the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>s),
+or 32 (when the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol>s).
+Note that <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol> symbolizes a data type, not the number of bits
+in each list element.
+For example, on some machines, a <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol> of 32 means that
+the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of 64-bit quantities,
+not 32-bit quantities.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements of data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol>, where each
+element has the size specified by <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol>.
+When <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> is NULL, the value is 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm_type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parameter type of <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that specifies the status of the conversion.
+The initial value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_DEFAULT</SystemItem>.
+The callback procedure can set this member to one of the following
+values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_DEFAULT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value means that the widget class conversion procedure, if any, is
+called after the callback procedures return.
+If the widget class conversion procedure produces any data, it
+overwrites the data provided by the callback procedures in the <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>
+member.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_MERGE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value means that the widget class conversion procedure, if any, is
+called after the callback procedures return.
+If the widget class conversion procedure produces any data, it appends
+its data to the data provided by the callback procedures in the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> member.
+This value is intended for use with targets that result in lists of
+data, such as <Symbol Role="Define">TARGETS</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_DONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value means that the callback procedure has successfully finished
+the conversion.
+The widget class conversion procedure, if any, is not called after the
+callback procedures return.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_REFUSE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value means that the callback procedure has terminated the
+conversion process without completing the requested conversion.
+The widget class conversion procedure, if any, is not called after the
+callback procedures return.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT parameter that contains any data that the callback procedure
+produces as a result of the conversion.
+The initial value is NULL.
+If the callback procedure sets this member, it must ensure that the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol> members correspond
+to the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>.
+The callback procedure is responsible for allocating memory when it sets
+this member.
+The toolkit frees this memory when it is no longer needed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT parameter that indicates the type of the data in the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> member.
+The initial value is <Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT parameter that specifies whether the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> should
+be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol> quantities.
+The initial value is 8.
+The callback procedure can set this member to 8 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>),
+16 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>), or 32 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that specifies the number of elements of data in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>, where each element has the size symbolized by <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>.
+The initial value is 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpopupHandlerCallback</SystemItem>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* xevent</Symbol>;
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">menuToPost</Symbol>;
+        Boolean <Symbol Role="Variable">postIt</Symbol>;
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol>;
+} XmPopupHandlerCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">xevent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the handler.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">menuToPost</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the popup menu that the menu system believes should be
+posted. The application may modify this field.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">postIt</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether the posting process should continue. The
+application may modify this field.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the most specific widget or gadget that the menu sytem found
+from the event that matches the event.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmPrimitive -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> translations are listed below.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that for buttons in menus, altering translations in <Literal>#override</Literal>
+or <Literal>#augment</Literal> mode is undefined.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentCancel()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveTraverseHome()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveTraverseUp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveTraverseDown()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveTraverseLeft()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveTraverseRight()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitivePrevTabGroup()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveNextTabGroup()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveHelp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.PP
+Note that for buttons in menus, altering translations in &bsol;*L#override&bsol;*O
+or &bsol;*L#augment&bsol;*O mode is undefined.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LKUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveTraverseUp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveTraverseDown()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveTraverseLeft()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveTraverseRight()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKBeginLine:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveTraverseHome()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKNextField:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveNextTabGroup()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPrevField:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitivePrevTabGroup()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKActivate:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveParentActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKCancel:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveParentCancel()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveHelp()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist. If there are no help
+callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help callbacks
+for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveNextTabGroup()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action depends on the value of the Display resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem>. When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem> is False
+(default), this action traverses to the first item in the next tab
+group. If the current tab group is the last entry in the tab group
+list, it wraps to the beginning of the tab group list.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem> is True, this action moves to the next
+item within the current tab group, unless it is the last item in the
+tab group. When the item is the last in the group, the action
+traverses to the first item in the next tab group. The
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem> behavior applies only to PushButton, ArrowButton,
+and DrawnArrow.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the parent is a manager,
+passes the <Literal>KActivate</Literal> event received by the widget
+to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveParentCancel()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the parent is a manager,
+passes the <Literal>KCancel</Literal> event received by the widget
+to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitivePrevTabGroup()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action depends on the value of the Display resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem>. When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem> is False
+(default), this action traverses to the first item in the previous tab
+group. If the beginning of the tab group list is reached, it wraps to
+the end of the tab group list.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem> is True, this action moves to the
+previous item within the current tab group unless it is the first item
+in the tab group. When the item is the first in the group, the action
+traverses to the first item in the previous tab group. The
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableButtonTab</SystemItem> behavior applies only PushButton, ArrowButton, and
+DrawnButton.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveTraverseDown()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next item below the current widget in the current tab
+group, wrapping if necessary.
+The wrapping direction depends on the layout direction of the
+widget tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveTraverseHome()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the first widget or gadget in the current tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveTraverseLeft()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next item to the left of the current widget in the
+current tab group, wrapping if necessary.
+The wrapping direction depends on the layout direction of the
+widget tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveTraverseNext()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next item in the current tab group, wrapping if
+necessary.
+The wrapping direction depends on the layout direction of the
+widget tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveTraversePrev()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the previous item in the current tab group, wrapping if
+necessary.
+The wrapping direction depends on the layout direction of the
+widget tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveTraverseRight()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next item to the right of the current gadget in the
+current tab group, wrapping if necessary.
+The wrapping direction depends on the layout direction of the
+widget tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveTraverseUp()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next item above the current gadget in the current tab
+group, wrapping if necessary.
+The wrapping direction depends on the layout direction of the
+widget tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>This widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusIn</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the shell's keyboard focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, highlights the
+widget and gives it the focus
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusOut</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the shell's keyboard focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, unhighlights
+the widget and removes the focus
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmDirection;,
+&cdeman.XmChangeColor;, and
+&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ProcessT.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ProcessT.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..0c3805d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ProcessT.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,430 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ProcessT.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:55:42 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN344.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmProcessTraversal</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that determines which component receives keyboard events when a widget has the focus
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmProcessTraversal</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, direction</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTraversalDirection <Parameter>direction</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function> determines which component of a hierarchy
+receives keyboard events when the hierarchy that contains the given
+widget has keyboard focus.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function> changes focus only when the keyboard focus
+policy of the widget hierarchy is explicit.
+If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNkeyboardFocusPolicy</SystemItem> of the nearest shell ancestor of the
+given widget is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, <Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function>
+returns False without making any focus changes.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the widget whose hierarchy is to be
+traversed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>direction</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the direction of traversal
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>DEFINITIONS</Title>
+<Para>In order to be eligible to receive keyboard focus when the shell's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNkeyboardFocusPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, a widget or gadget
+must meet the following conditions:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget and its ancestors are not in the process of being destroyed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget and its ancestors are <Symbol Role="Variable">sensitive</Symbol>.
+A widget is sensitive when its <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsensitive</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNancestorSensitive</SystemItem> resources are both True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem> resource for the widget and its ancestors is
+True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget is viewable.
+This means that the widget and its ancestors are managed, realized, and
+(except for gadgets) mapped.
+Furthermore, in general, some part of the widget's rectangular area must
+be unobscured by the widget's ancestors. If an application unmaps a
+widget that has its <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmappedWhenManaged</SystemItem> resource set to True, the
+result is undefined.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a ScrolledWindow with an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>, a widget that is obscured because it is not within
+the clip window may be able to receive focus if some part of the widget
+is within the work area and if an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</SystemItem>
+routine can make the widget at least partially visible by scrolling the
+window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>In general only primitives, gadgets, and Drawing Area are eligible to
+receive focus.
+Most managers cannot receive focus even if they meet all these
+conditions.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Emphasis>direction</Emphasis> argument identifies the kind of traversal action to
+take.
+The descriptions of these actions below refer to traversable
+non-tab-group widgets and traversable tab groups.
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A traversable non-tab-group widget is a widget that is not a tab group
+and that meets all the conditions for receiving focus described above.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A traversable tab group widget is a tab group widget that meets the same
+conditions, except that a manager that is a tab group and meets the
+other conditions is also eligible for traversal as long as it contains a
+descendant that can receive focus.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>A tab group is a widget whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTAB_GROUP</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTICKY_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, if the hierarchy (up to
+the nearest shell ancestor) that contains the widget has no widget whose
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTICKY_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, if the
+hierarchy (up to the nearest shell ancestor) that contains the widget
+has any widget whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>TRAVERSAL ACTIONS</Title>
+<Para>The hierarchy to be traversed is that containing the <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>
+argument.
+This hierarchy is traversed only up to the nearest shell;
+<Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function> does not move focus from one shell to another.
+If the shell containing <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> does not currently have the focus,
+any change that <Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function> makes to the element with focus
+within that shell does not take effect until the next time the shell
+receives focus.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function> begins the traversal action from the widget in
+the hierarchy that currently has keyboard focus or that last had focus
+when the user traversed away from the shell hierarchy.
+</Para>
+<Para>The value of the <Emphasis>direction</Emphasis> argument determines which of three
+kinds of traversal action to take:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traversal to a non-tab-group widget.
+This kind of traversal is possible only when the widget that currently
+has focus is not a tab group; otherwise, <Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function>
+returns False for these actions.
+</Para>
+<Para>These actions do not move focus from one tab group to another.
+The actions first determine the containing tab group.
+This is the tab group containing the widget that currently has focus.
+The actions traverse only to a non-tab-group widget within the
+containing tab group.
+</Para>
+<Para>A non-tab-group widget is eligible for this kind of traversal if the
+widget is traversable and has no tab group ancestors up to the
+containing tab group.
+If the tab group contains no traversable non-tab-group widgets,
+<Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function> returns False.
+</Para>
+<Para>Following are the possible values of the <Emphasis>direction</Emphasis> argument.
+Note that when actions wrap, wrapping occurs in the traversal
+direction. The following describes what happens in a left
+to right environment:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRAVERSE_RIGHT</SystemItem>&mdash;If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of the
+containing tab group is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, focus moves to
+the next traversable non-tab-group widget to the right of the widget
+that currently has focus.
+In a left to right environment, at the right side of the tab group
+this action wraps to the
+non-tab-group widget at the left side and next toward the bottom.
+At the rightmost widget in the bottom row of the tab group this action
+wraps to the
+non-tab-group widget at the leftmost widget in the upper row.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a right to left environment, at the right side of the tab group,
+this action wraps to the non-tab-group widget at the left side and
+next toward the top. At the rightmost widget in the upper row of the
+tab group this action wraps to the non-tab-group widget at the
+leftmost widget in the bottom row.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of the containing tab group is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, focus moves to the next traversable
+non-tab-group widget in the tab group, proceeding in the order in which
+the widgets appear in their parents' <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> lists.
+After the last widget in the tab group, this action wraps to the first
+non-tab-group widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRAVERSE_LEFT</SystemItem>&mdash;If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of the
+containing tab group is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, focus moves to
+the next traversable non-tab-group widget to the left of the widget that
+currently has focus.
+In a left to right environment, at the left side of the tab group this
+action wraps to the non-tab-group
+widget at the right side and next toward the top.
+At the leftmost widget in the upper row of the tab group this action
+wraps to the non-tab-group widget at the rightmost widget in the
+bottom row.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a right to left environment, at the left side of the tab group this
+action wraps to the non-tab-group widget at the right side and next
+toward the bottom. At the leftmost widget in the bottom row of the
+tab group this
+action wraps to the non-tab-group widget at the rightmost widget in
+the upper row.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of the containing tab group is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, focus moves to the previous traversable
+non-tab-group widget in the tab group, proceeding in the reverse order
+in which the widgets appear in their parents' <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> lists.
+After the first widget in the tab group, this action wraps to the last
+non-tab-group widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRAVERSE_DOWN</SystemItem>&mdash;If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of the
+containing tab group is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, focus moves to
+the next traversable non-tab-group widget below the widget that
+currently has focus.
+In a left to right environment, at the bottom of the tab group this
+action wraps to the non-tab-group
+widget at the top and next toward the right.
+At the bottom widget in the rightmost column of the tab group this action
+wraps to the
+non-tab-group widget at the top widget in the leftmost column.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a right to left environment, at the bottom of the tab group this
+action wraps to the non-tab-group widget at the top and next toward
+the left. At the bottom widget of the leftmost widget of the tab
+group this action wraps
+to the non-tab-group widget at the top widget of the rightmost column.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of the containing tab group is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, focus moves to the next traversable
+non-tab-group widget in the tab group, proceeding in the order in which
+the widgets appear in their parents' <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> lists.
+After the last widget in the tab group, this action wraps to the first
+non-tab-group widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRAVERSE_UP</SystemItem>&mdash;If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of the containing
+tab group is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, focus moves to the next
+traversable non-tab-group widget above the widget that currently has
+focus.
+In a left to right environment, at the top of the tab group this
+action wraps to the non-tab-group
+widget at the bottom and next toward the left.
+At the top widget of the leftmost column of the tab group this action
+wraps to the
+non-tab-group widget at the bottom widget of the rightmost column.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a right to left environment, at the top of the tab group this
+action wraps to the non-tab-group widget at the bottom and next toward
+the right. At the top widget of the right most column of the tab
+group this action
+wraps to the non-tab-group widget at the bottom widget of the leftmost
+column.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of the containing tab group is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, focus moves to the previous traversable
+non-tab-group widget in the tab group, proceeding in the reverse order
+in which the widgets appear in their parents' <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> lists.
+After the first widget in the tab group, this action wraps to the last
+non-tab-group widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRAVERSE_NEXT</SystemItem>&mdash;Focus moves to the next traversable
+non-tab-group widget in the tab group, proceeding in the order in which
+the widgets appear in their parents' <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> lists.
+After the last widget in the tab group, this action wraps to the first
+non-tab-group widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRAVERSE_PREV</SystemItem>&mdash;Focus moves to the previous traversable
+non-tab-group widget in the tab group, proceeding in the reverse order
+in which the widgets appear in their parents' <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> lists.
+After the first widget in the tab group, this action wraps to the last
+non-tab-group widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRAVERSE_HOME</SystemItem>&mdash;If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of the containing
+tab group is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, focus moves to the first
+traversable non-tab-group widget at the initial focus of the tab
+group.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of the containing tab group is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, focus moves to the first traversable
+non-tab-group widget in the tab group, according to the order in which
+the widgets appear in their parents' <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> lists.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traversal to a tab group.
+These actions first determine the current widget hierarchy and the
+containing tab group.
+The current widget hierarchy is the widget hierarchy whose root is the
+nearest shell ancestor of the widget that currently has focus.
+The containing tab group is is the tab group containing the widget that
+currently has focus.
+If the current widget hierarchy contains no traversable tab groups,
+<Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function> returns False.
+</Para>
+<Para>Following are the possible values of the <Emphasis>direction</Emphasis> argument. If
+any tab group in the current widget hierarchy has an
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>, traversal of
+tab groups in the hierarchy proceeds to widgets in the order in which
+their <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> resources were specified as
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXCLUSIVE_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTICKY_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>.:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRAVERSE_NEXT_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>&mdash;Finds the hierarchy that contains
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
+finds the active tab group (if any), and makes the next tab group the
+active tab group in the hierarchy.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRAVERSE_PREV_TAB_GROUP</SystemItem>&mdash;Finds the hierarchy that contains
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>,
+finds the active tab group (if any), and makes the previous tab group the
+active tab group in the hierarchy.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traversal to any widget.
+In this case the <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> argument is the widget to which
+<Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function> tries to give focus.
+If the widget is not traversable, <Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function> returns
+False.
+</Para>
+<Para>Following are the possible values of the <Emphasis>direction</Emphasis> argument:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRAVERSE_CURRENT</SystemItem>&mdash;Finds the hierarchy and the tab group that
+contain <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>.
+If this tab group is not the active tab group, this action
+makes it the active tab group.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> is an item in the active tab group, this action
+makes it the active item.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> is the active tab group, this action
+makes the first traversable
+item in the tab group the active item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>CAUTIONS</Title>
+<Para>Using <Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function> to traverse to MenuBars,
+Pulldown menu panes, or Popup menu panes is not supported.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function> cannot be called recursively.
+In particular, an application cannot call this routine from an
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfocusCallback</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem> procedure.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the traversal action succeeded.
+Returns False if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNkeyboardFocusPolicy</SystemItem> of the nearest shell
+ancestor of <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, if the traversal
+action finds no traversable widget to receive focus, or if the call to
+the routine has invalid arguments.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmGetVisibility; and
+&cdeman.XmIsTraversable;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PrtPopup.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PrtPopup.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..630586a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PrtPopup.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: PrtPopup.sgm /main/9 1996/08/31 15:27:41 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmPrintPopupPDM">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmPrintPopupPDM</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmPrintPopupPDM</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Send a notification for the PDM to be popped up
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Funcsynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Print.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XtEnum <function>XmPrintPopupPDM</function></funcDef>
+<paramDef>Widget<parameter>print_shell</parameter></paramdef>
+<paramDef>Widget<parameter>video_transient_for</parameter></paramdef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<para>A convenience function that sends a notification to start a
+Print Dialog Manager on behalf of the application,
+<function>XmPrintPopupPDM</function>
+hides the details of the X selection
+mechanism used to notify the PDM that a new dialog must be popped up for this application.
+</para>
+<para><function>XmPrintPopupPDM</function> sends a selection request
+to either the print display of the
+print shell, or the video display of the
+transient_for video widget (depending on
+the environment variable <Symbol>XPDMDISPLAY</Symbol>,
+which can only takes the value "print" or "video"),
+asking for the PDM windows to be popped up on behalf
+of the app.
+</para>
+<para>Return right away with status of
+<Symbol>XmPDM_NOTIFY_FAIL</Symbol>
+(e.g. if the function couldn't malloc
+memory for the selection value, or if
+<Symbol>XPDMDISPLAY</Symbol>
+is not "print" or "video") or with
+<Symbol>XmPDM_NOTIFY_SUCCESS</Symbol>
+, which only means a "message" was sent out to the
+PDM specified by
+<Symbol>XPDMSELECTION</Symbol>
+, not that it's already up on the screen yet.
+</para>
+<para>In order to know if the PDM is up, or not running,
+the application must register a
+<function>XmNpdmNotificationCallback</function>
+with the Print Shell.
+</para>
+<para><function>XmPrintPopupPDM</function> puts up an <literal>InputOnly</literal>
+window on top of the dialog, so that
+the end user doesn't use the print setup dialog while the PDM is trying to
+come up. This window is automatically removed when the shell is
+about to call the callback for the first time.
+</para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">print_shell</symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The Print Shell used for this print job and context.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">video_transient_for</symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The video widget dealing with application print setup.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>RETURN VALUE</title>
+<para>Returns
+<Symbol>XmPDM_NOTIFY_SUCCESS</Symbol> if the function
+was able to send the notification out to the PDM process,
+<Symbol>XmPDM_NOTIFY_FAIL</Symbol> otherwise.
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>ERRORS/WARNINGS</title>
+<para>Not applicable.
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<para>Example of callback from a Print set up dialog box "Setup..." button:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+PrintSetupCallback(print_dialog...)
+/*-------------*/
+{
+    if (XmPrintPopupPDM (pshell, XtParent(print_dialog)) !=
+                                    XmPDM_NOTIFY_SUCCESS) {
+        /* some error dialog */
+    }
+}
+</programlisting>
+<para>Example of <function>XmNpdmNotificationCallback</function> from a Print Shell:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+pdmNotifyCB(print_shell...)
+{
+    XmPrintShellCallBackStruct * pr_cb = ...
+
+    switch (pr_cb->reason) {
+       case XmCR_PDM_NONE:
+           /* no PDM available */
+           PostErrorDialog(...);
+           break;
+       case XmCR_PDM_VXAUTH:
+           /* PDM is not authorized ... */
+           PostErrorDialog(...);
+           break;
+       case XmCR_PDM_UP: the PDM is up and running
+           /* everything is fine */
+           break;
+               default: /* other cases */
+   }
+}
+</programlisting>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para>&cdeman.XmPrintSetup;,
+&cdeman.XmPrintShell;,
+&cdeman.XmRedisplayWidget;,
+&cdeman.XmPrintToFile;
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PrtSetup.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PrtSetup.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bae19db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PrtSetup.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: PrtSetup.sgm /main/9 1996/10/02 11:48:23 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmPrintSetup">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmPrintSetup</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmPrintSetup</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>
+setup and create a Print Shell widget
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Funcsynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Print.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <function>XmPrintSetup</function></funcDef>
+<paramDef>Widget <parameter>video_widget</parameter></paramdef>
+<paramDef>Screen <parameter>*print_screen</parameter></paramdef>
+<paramDef>String <parameter>print_shell_name</parameter></paramdef>
+<paramDef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+<paramDef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<refsect1>
+<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>A function that does the appropriate setting and creates a realized 
+<Symbol>XmPrintShell</Symbol> that it returns to the caller. This
+function hides the details of the <literal>Xt</literal> to set up a valid print shell
+heirarchy for the application. It is also meant
+to encourage consistency in the way applications root their print widget
+hierarchy.
+</para>
+<para>
+<symbol role="variable">print_screen</symbol> must belong to a Display connection that
+has already been initialized with <literal>Xt</literal>. 
+</para>
+<para>The <symbol role="variable">video_widget</symbol>
+is used to get at the application context, application name
+and class, and <literal>argc/argv</literal> stored on the
+<literal>applicationShell</literal> that roots this widget. If
+no <literal>applicationShell</literal> is found, <literal>NULL argv/argc</literal> are used.
+</para>
+<para><function>XmPrintSetup</function> then creates an unrealized <literal>ApplicationShell</literal>
+with the same name and class as the one given by the video
+display, on the print display and on the print screen specified.
+</para>
+<para>An <Symbol>XmPrintShell</Symbol>
+is then created as a child of this toplevel shell, using
+<function>XtCreatePopupShell</function>, with the name
+<symbol role="variable">print_shell_name</symbol>, and using the
+<symbol role="variable">args</symbol>
+provided. It then realizes and maps the print shell, using
+<Symbol>XtPopup</Symbol> with <Symbol>XtGrabNone</Symbol>.
+</para>
+<para>This way, application resource files and users can specify
+print specific attributes using the following syntax
+(if <literal>print_shell_name</literal> is "Print"):
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+Dtpad.Print*textFontList: somefont
+*Print*background:white
+*Print*highlightThickness:0
+</programlisting>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">video_widget</symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A video widget to fetch app video data from.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">print_screen</symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A print screen on the print display - specifies the screen onto which the new
+shell is created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">print_shell_name</symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the XmPrintShell created on the X Print server.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">args</symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list from which to get the resources for the XmPrintShell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_args</symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>RETURN VALUE</title>
+<para>The id the <Symbol>XmPrintShell</Symbol> widget created on the
+X Print Server connection, or NULL if an error has occured.
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>ERRORS/WARNINGS</title>
+<para>None.
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<para>From the <Literal>OK</Literal> callback and the
+<literal>SetUp</literal> callback of the primary print dialog widget:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+static void
+printOKCB(Widget, XtPointer call_data, XtPointer client_data)
+{
+  AppPrint *p = (AppPrint *) client_data;
+  DtPrintSetupCallbackStruct *pbs =
+                         (XmPrintCallbackStruct *) call_data;
+
+  /* connect if not already done.
+     the print dialog callback always provides valid
+             printer name, print display and screen
+             already initialized: XpInitContext called */
+ */
+  p->print_shell = XmPrintSetup (widget, pbs->print_screen,
+                                              "Print", NULL, 0);
+
+  ...
+}
+</programlisting>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para>&cdeman.XmPrintShell;,
+&cdeman.XmRedisplayWidget;,
+&cdeman.XmPrintToFile;,
+&cdeman.XmPrintPopupPDM;
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PrtShell.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PrtShell.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b6520b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PrtShell.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: PrtShell.sgm /main/12 1996/10/25 10:33:08 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmPrintShell">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmPrintShell</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmPrintShell</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>
+a shell widget class used for printing in Motif
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Funcsynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Print.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <function>XmIsPrintShell</function></funcDef>
+<paramDef>Widget
+</paramdef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<refsect1>
+<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>The
+<function>XmPrintShell</function>
+provides the Motif application programmer
+with an Xt widget oriented API to some of the X Print
+resources and a callback to drive the pagination.
+</para>
+<para>The
+<function>XmPrintShell</function>
+provides a simple callback to handle the
+pagination logic, and a set of resources to get and set
+common printer attributes.
+</para>
+<para>If not created on an
+<function>XPrint</function>
+connection,
+<function>XmPrintShell</function>
+behaves
+as a regular applicationShell.
+</para>
+<para>The
+<function>XmPrintShell</function>
+also initializes the <literal>Xp</literal> extension event
+handling mechanism, by registering an extension selector
+that calls
+<function>XpSelectInput</function>
+and event dispatcher for print
+and attributes <literal>Xp</literal> events, so applications can use
+<function>XtInsertEventTypeHandler</function>
+to register their own handler
+with the <literal>Xp</literal> events.
+</para>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Arguments</title>
+<para>No <function>XmCreate</function> function is provided, since this is a toplevel
+shell, most likely created thru some <literal>Xt</literal>
+shell creation routine or <function>XmPrintSetup</function>.
+</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Classes</title>
+<para><function>XmPrintShell</function> is a subclass of
+<function>ApplicationShell</function>; it inherits
+behavior, resources and traits from all its superclasses.
+The class pointer is <symbol role="constant">XmPrintShellWidgetClass</symbol>.
+</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>New Resources</title>
+<InformalTable>
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Colname="1" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="2" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="3" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="4" Colwidth="1.0">
+<ColSpec Colname="5" Colwidth="0.5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPrintShell Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmNstartJobCallback</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmCCallback</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XtCallbackList</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>NULL</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>CSG</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmNendJobCallback</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmCCallback</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XtCallbackList</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>NULL</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>CSG</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmNpageSetupCallback</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmCCallback</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XtCallbackList</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>NULL</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>CSG</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmNminX</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmCMinX</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Dimension</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>dynamic</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>G</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmNminY</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmCMinY</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Dimension</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>dynamic</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>G</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmNmaxX</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmCMaxX</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Dimension</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>dynamic</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>G</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmNmaxY</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmCMaxY</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Dimension</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>dynamic</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>G</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmNdefaultPixmapResolution</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmCDefaultPixmapResolution</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><StructName Role="typedef">unsigned short</StructName></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>100</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>CSG</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmNpdmNotificationCallback</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmCCallback</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XtCallbackList</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>NULL</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>CSG</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">XmNstartJobCallback</symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the callback driving the beginning of rendering.
+It is safe for an application to start rendering after
+this callback has been activated.
+<function>XpStartJob</function>
+must be called
+to trigger this callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">XmNendJobCallback</symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the callback driving the end of rendering.
+Notify the client that all rendering has been processed
+(whether on print-to-file or regular spool).
+<function>XpEndJob</function>
+is called by the print shell to trigger this callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">XmNpageSetupCallback</symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the callback driving the page layout. It is safe
+for an app to start rendering from this callback even if the
+<function>XmNstartJobCallback</function>
+is not used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">XmNminX, XmNminY, XmNmaxX, XmNmaxY</symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specify the imageable area of the page in the current
+print context. <classname>XmPrintShell</classname> also maintains a proper size at all times
+by updating its own widget dimension whenever an attribute,
+such as resolution or orientation, changes. It is sized in its
+<function>Initialize</function> routine so that the application can rely on a proper size
+before the first <function>StartPage</function> call is issued.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">XmNdefaultPixmapResolution</symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the resolution in dpi (dot per inch) of
+the image files read and converted by Motif for the
+widget descendants of this shell. It is used to
+determine a scaling ratio to be applied to pixmap
+created thru regular pixmap/icon conversion of the
+following Widget resources:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para><Symbol>XmLabel</Symbol>.label*Pixmap, <Symbol>XmIconG</Symbol>.*IconPixmap
+<Symbol>XmToggleB</Symbol>.selectPixmap, <Symbol>XmPushBG</Symbol>.armPixmap,
+<Symbol>XmIconG</Symbol>.*IconMask,
+<Symbol>XmMessageBox</Symbol>.symbolPixmap,
+<Symbol>XmContainer</Symbol>.*StatePixmap, ...
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>Leaving out the pixmap resources being used for
+tiling (XmNhighlightPixmap, XmNtopShadowPixmap,
+XmNbottomShadowPixmap, XmNbackgroundPixmap, ...)
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">XmNpdmNotificationCallback</symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A callback notifying the application about the status of the PDM (see
+XmPrintPopupPDM). A
+XmPrintShellCallbackStruct
+is used, with reason:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para><Symbol>XmCR_PDM_NONE</Symbol>: no PDM available on this display for
+the named selection (provided in detail)
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><Symbol>XmCR_PDM_START_VXAUTH</Symbol>
+: the PDM is not authorized to connect to the video display.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><Symbol>XmCR_PDM_START_PXAUTH</Symbol>
+: the PDM is not authorized to connect to the print display.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><Symbol>XmCR_PDM_UP</Symbol>
+: the PDM is up and running
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><Symbol>XmCR_PDM_OK</Symbol>
+: the PDM has exited with OK status
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><Symbol>XmCR_PDM_CANCEL</Symbol>
+: the PDM has exited with CANCEL
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><Symbol>XmCR_PDM_START_ERROR</Symbol>
+: the PDM cannot start due to some error (usually logged)
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><Symbol>XmCR_PDM_EXIT_ERROR</Symbol>
+: the PDM has exited with an error
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</listitem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Callback Information</title>
+<para>The <function>XmNstartJobCallback</function>, <function>XmNendJobCallback,</function>
+<function>XmNpageSetupCallback</function> and <function>XmNpdmNotificationCallback</function>
+operate on a <Symbol>XmPrintShellCallbackStruct</Symbol>, which is defined as follow:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+typedef struct
+{
+    int     reason;  /* XmCR_START_JOB, XmCR_END_JOB,
+                        XmCR_PAGE_SETUP, XmCR_PDM_* */
+    XEvent  *event;
+    XPContext print_context;
+    Boolean last_page; /* in_out */
+    XtPointer detail;
+} XmPrintShellCallbackStruct;
+</programlisting>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Additional Behavior</title>
+<para>The <symbol role="variable">last_page</symbol> field
+is only meaningful when the reason is
+<Symbol>XmCR_PAGE_SETUP</Symbol>.
+</para>
+<para>The page setup callback is called with
+<symbol role="variable">last_page</symbol> <literal>False</literal> to notify the application that it has
+to get its internal layout state ready for the next
+page. Typically, a widget based application will change
+the content of a <literal>Label</literal> showing the page number, or scroll
+the content of the <literal>Text</literal> widget.
+</para>
+<para>When the application has processed its last page, it
+should set the <symbol role="variable">last_page</symbol> field in the callback struct
+to <literal>True</literal>. The callback will be called a last time after
+that with <symbol role="variable">last_page</symbol>
+<literal>False</literal> to notify the application
+that it can safely clean-up its internal state (e.g.,
+destroy widgets).
+</para>
+<para>No drawing should occur from within the callback function
+in the application, this is an Exposure event-driven
+programming model where widgets render themselves from
+their expose methods.
+</para>
+<para>The print shell calls <function>XpStartPage</function> after the
+<function>pageSetupCallback</function> returns, and <function>XpEndPage</function>
+upon reception of <function>StartPageNotify</function>.
+</para>
+</refsect2>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>ERRORS/WARNINGS</title>
+<para><Symbol>XmPrintShell</Symbol> can generate the following warnings:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para><literal>Not connected to a valid X Print Server: behavior undefined.</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><literal>Attempt to set an invalid resolution on a printer: %s</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><literal>Attempt to set an invalid orientation on a printer: %s</literal>
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>RETURN VALUE</title>
+<para>Not applicable
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<programlisting>
+PrintOnePageCB(Widget pshell, XtPointer npages,
+/*----------*/ XmPrintSetPageCBStruct psp)
+{
+    static int cur_page = 0;
+    cur_page++;
+
+    if (! psp->last_page
+        && curPage > 1) /* no need to scroll for the first page */
+    {
+
+        XmTextScroll(ptext, prows);  /* get ready for next page */
+
+    } else {    /**** I'm done */
+
+       XtDestroyWidget(pshell);
+       XtCloseDisplay(XtDisplay(pshell));
+    }
+
+    if (cur_page == (int) n_pages) psp->last_page = True;
+}
+
+PrintOKCallback(...)
+/*-------------*/
+{
+    pshell = XmPrintSetup (widget, pbs->print_screen,
+                                   "Print", NULL, 0);
+
+    XpStartJob(XtDisplay(pshell), XPSpool);
+
+    /**** here I get the size of the shell, create my widget
+          hierarchy: a bulleting board, and then a text widget,
+          that I stuff with the video text widget buffer */
+
+    /* get the total number of pages to print */
+    /* same code as previous example to get n_pages */
+
+    /****  set up my print callback */
+    XtAddCallback(pshell,  XmNpageSetUpCallback,
+                           PrintOnePageCB, n_pages);
+}
+</programlisting>
+<para>Examples of <function>XmNdefaultPixmapResolution</function> usage:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para>An application reuses the same image sources it uses for the video interface, in XBM or XPM, to layout on its printed pages. In this case, scaling is seamless.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+    ! icon.xpm is 30x30 pixels
+    app*dialog.pushb.labelPixmap:icon.xpm
+    ! print is 400dpi
+    app.print*form.lab.labelPixmap:icon.xpm
+    ! 120x120 pixels on the paper (auto scaling)
+</programlisting>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>An application provides a new set of image files, for a given printer resolution (say 300). It doesn't want automatic scaling by the toolkit for that resolution, it wants scaling based on these 300dpi images for higher resolution. It creates its print shell inside using the name "printHiRes" and adds the following in its resource file:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+    app.printHiRes.defaultPixmapResolution:300
+    ! icon300.xpm is 120x120 pixels
+    app.printHiRes*form.lab.labelPixmap:icon300.xpm
+    ! 120x120 pixels on the paper (no scaling)
+</programlisting>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>This way a printer resolution of 600 will result in a scale of a
+300 dpi image by 2 (dpi=600 divided by base=300), while a printer
+resolution of 150 (using default print shell name "print") will use
+the 100 dpi icon scaled by 1.5 (dpi=150 divided by default base=100).
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para>&cdeman.XmPrintSetup;,
+&cdeman.XmRedisplayWidget;,
+&cdeman.XmPrintToFile;,
+&cdeman.XmPrintPopupPDM;
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PrtToFil.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PrtToFil.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d82e2e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PrtToFil.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: PrtToFil.sgm /main/9 1996/10/02 11:49:29 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmPrintToFile">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmPrintToFile</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmPrintToFile</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>
+Retrieves and saves data that
+would normally be printed by the X Print Server.
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Print.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XtEnum<Function>XmPrintToFile</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Display<Parameter>*dpy</parameter></paramdef>
+<ParamDef>String<Parameter>filename</parameter></paramdef>
+<ParamDef>XPFinishProc<Parameter>finish_proc</parameter></paramdef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer<Parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<refsect1>
+<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><function>XmPrintToFile</function>
+hides the details of X display connection and
+<function>XpGetDocumentData</function>
+to the Motif application programmer.
+</para>
+<para>This function is a convenience routine that hides
+the details of the X and Xp internals to the
+application programmer by calling the
+<function>XpGetDocumentData</function>
+function with appropriate save and finish callbacks.
+</para>
+<para>This is used in the context of X Printing when
+the user has specified the "print-to-file" option from
+a regular Print Setup Dialog box.
+</para>
+<para><function>XmPrintToFile</function>
+first tries to open the given filename for writing and returns
+<literal>False</literal>
+if it can't.
+Else, it uses
+<function>XpGetDocumentData</function>, giving it a save proc that writes the
+data received in the file and a finish proc that closes the
+file or removes it on an unsuccessful termination.
+It calls
+<function>finish_proc</function>
+at that point, passing it the argument received from the
+Xp layer (<literal>status == XPGetDocFinished</literal>
+means the file is valid and was closed, otherwise the file was removed).
+</para>
+<para><function>XmPrintToFile</function> is non-blocking; if it returns successfully, it
+just means the file was opened successfully, not
+that all the data was received.
+</para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">dpy</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>Print display connection.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">filename</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>Name of the file to put the print data in.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">finish_proc</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>Called when all the data has been received.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>Passed with the <Symbol Role="Variable">finish_proc</symbol>.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1><title>RETURN VALUE</title>
+<para>Returns <literal>False</literal>
+if the filename could not be created or opened for writing,
+<literal>True</literal> otherwise.
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1><title>ERRORS/WARNINGS</title>
+<para>Not applicable
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<para>A typical OK callback from a
+<function>DtPrintSetupBox</function>:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+PrintOKCallback(widget...)
+/*-------------*/
+{   int save_data = XPSpool;
+
+    pshell = XmPrintSetup (widget, pbs->print_screen,
+                                   "Print", NULL, 0);
+
+    XtAddCallback(pshell, XmNstartJobCallback, startJobCB, data);
+
+    if (pbs->destination == DtPRINT_TO_FILE)
+                 save_data = XPGetData;
+
+    /* start job must precede XpGetDocumentData in XmPrintToFile */
+    XpStartJob(XtDisplay(pshell), save_data);
+    XFlush(XtDisplay(pshell));  /* maintain the sequence
+                                 between startjob and getdocument */
+
+    /* setup print to file */
+    if (pbs->destination == DtPRINT_TO_FILE)
+        XmPrintToFile(XtDisplay(pshell),
+                                 pbs->dest_info, FinishPrintToFile, NULL);
+    }
+
+}
+
+static void
+startJobCB(Widget, XtPointer call_data, XtPointer client_data)
+{
+  print(p);   /* rendering happens here */
+
+  XpEndJob(XtDisplay(p->print_shell));
+
+  /* clean up */
+  XtDestroyWidget(p->print_shell);
+          XtCloseDisplay(XtDisplay(p->print_shell));
+}
+</programlisting>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para>&cdeman.XmPrintSetup;,
+&cdeman.XmPrintShell;,
+&cdeman.XmRedisplayWidget;,
+&cdeman.XmPrintPopupPDM;
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PushButA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PushButA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6c25256
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PushButA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1324 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: PushButA.sgm /main/12 1996/09/08 20:56:00 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN345.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmPushButton</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmPushButton</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The PushButton widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmPushButton</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>PushButton</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/PushB.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>PushButton issues commands within an application.
+It consists of a text label or pixmap surrounded
+by a border shadow.
+When a PushButton is selected, the shadow changes to give the appearance
+that it has been pressed in. When a PushButton is
+unselected, the shadow changes to give the appearance that it is out.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default behavior associated with a PushButton in a menu depends on
+the type of menu system in which it resides.
+By default, <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> controls the behavior of the PushButton.
+In addition, <KeySym>Btn3</KeySym> controls the behavior of the PushButton if
+it resides in a PopupMenu system.
+The actual mouse button used is determined by its RowColumn parent.
+</Para>
+<Para>Thickness for a second shadow, used when the PushButton is the default
+button, may be specified with the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowAsDefault</SystemItem> resource. If it has a nonzero value, the Label's
+resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem> may be modified to accommodate the second shadow.
+</Para>
+<Para>If an initial value is specified for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem> but not for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem> value is used for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>PushButton uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> traits, and
+holds the <Symbol>XmQactivatable</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSavvy</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtakesDefault</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>PushButton inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname>,
+and <Classname>XmLabel</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmPushButtonWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmPushButton</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPushButton Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNactivateCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarmColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCArmColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarmPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCArmPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultButtonShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultButtonShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdisarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfillOnArm</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFillOnArm</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmultiClick</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMultiClick</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshowAsDefault</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShowAsDefault</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!--no-op:  .in-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when PushButton is activated.
+PushButton is activated when the user presses
+and releases the active mouse button
+while the pointer is inside that widget. Activating the PushButton
+also disarms it.
+For this callback, the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+This callback uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when PushButton is armed.
+PushButton is armed when the user presses
+the active mouse button while the pointer is inside that
+widget.
+For this callback, the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the color with which to fill the armed button.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> must be set to True for this resource to have an effect.
+The default for a color display is a color between the background and the
+bottom shadow color. For a monochrome display, the default is set to the
+foreground color, and any text in the label appears in the background
+color when the button is armed.
+</para>
+<para>This resource is also used when the button is armed in a menu
+and the <systemitem class="resource">XmNenableEtchedInMenu</systemitem> resource is <literal>True</literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to be used as the button face if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem> and PushButton is armed. This resource is disabled when the
+PushButton is in a menu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButtonShadowThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource specifies the width of the default button indicator shadow.
+If this resource is 0 (zero), the width of the shadow comes from the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowAsDefault</SystemItem> resource. If this resource is greater than
+0, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowAsDefault</SystemItem> resource is only used to specify whether
+this button is the default.
+The default value is the initial value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowAsDefault</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks
+that is called when PushButton is disarmed. PushButton is disarmed when
+the user presses and releases the active mouse button
+while the pointer is inside that widget. For this callback, the reason is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DISARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Forces the PushButton to fill the background of the button with the
+color specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmColor</SystemItem> when the button is armed and when this
+resource is set to True. If False, only the top and bottom
+shadow colors are switched.
+When the PushButton is in a menu, this resource is ignored and assumed to be
+False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a button click is followed by another button click within the time
+span specified by the display's multiclick time, and this resource is
+set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, do not process the second click.
+If this resource is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, process the event
+and increment <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol> in the callback structure.
+When the button is in a menu, the default is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>;
+otherwise, for a button not in a menu, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem> is
+the default value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowAsDefault</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButtonShadowThickness</SystemItem> is greater than 0 (zero), a value
+greater than 0 in this resource
+specifies to mark this button as the default button.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButtonShadowThickness</SystemItem> is 0, a value greater than
+0 in this resource specifies to mark this button as the default
+button with the shadow thickness specified by this resource.
+When the Display resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButtonEmphasis</SystemItem> has a value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTERNAL_HIGHLIGHT</SystemItem> (the default), PushButton draws the
+location cursor outside of the outer shadow. When this resource has a
+value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINTERNAL_HIGHLIGHT</SystemItem>, the highlight is drawn between
+the inner and outer shadows.
+The space between
+the shadow and the default shadow is equal to the sum of both shadows.
+The default value is 0. When this value is not 0, the Label
+resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem> may be modified to accommodate the second shadow.
+This resource is disabled when the PushButton is in a menu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>PushButton inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmLabel Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNacceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAcceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNalignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCXmString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSTRING</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>KeySym</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPrimitive Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!--no-op:  .tH-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol>;
+} XmPushButtonCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value is valid only when the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+It contains the number of clicks in the last multiclick sequence
+if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> resource is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>,
+otherwise it contains 1.
+The activate callback is invoked for each click if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem>
+is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmPushButton -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmPushButton</Classname> includes translations from <Emphasis>Primitive</Emphasis>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that altering translations in <Literal>#override</Literal>
+or <Literal>#augment</Literal> mode is undefined.
+</Para>
+<Para>Additional <Classname>XmPushButton</Classname> translations for <Symbol>XmPushButtons</Symbol> not in a
+menu system are described in the following list.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;Btn1Down></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ButtonTakeFocus()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Arm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>,&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Activate() Disarm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MultiArm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MultiActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Activate() Disarm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ProcessDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentCancel()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Help()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LProcessDrag()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LArm()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Click:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LActivate()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new translation"
+.LI "&bsol;*LCtrl&lt;Btn1Down>:&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LButtonTakeFocus()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new translation"
+&bsol;*LDisarm()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LActivate()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+&bsol;*LDisarm()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press 2+:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMultiArm()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release 2+:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMultiActivate()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+&bsol;*LDisarm()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelect:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LArmAndActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+<Para><Classname>XmPushButton</Classname> inherits menu traversal translations
+from <Classname>XmLabel</Classname>.
+Additional XmPushButton translations for PushButtons in a
+menu system are described in the following list.
+In a Popup menu system, <KeySym>Btn3</KeySym> also performs the <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>
+actions.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ProcessDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;Btn1Down></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuButtonTakeFocus()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;Btn1Up></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuButtonTakeFocusUp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>BtnDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>BtnDown()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>BtnUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>BtnUp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuEscape()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Help()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LBtnDown()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LBtnUp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKActivate:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LArmAndActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelect:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LArmAndActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAny KCancel:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMenuShellPopdownOne()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmPushButton</Classname> action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Activate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action draws the shadow in the unarmed
+state.
+If the button is not in a menu and if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set to True,
+the background color reverts to the unarmed color.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+If the pointer is still within the button,
+this action calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Arm()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action arms the PushButton.
+It draws the shadow in the armed state.
+If the button is not in a menu and if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set
+to True, it fills the button with the color specified by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmColor</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+It calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy and,
+unless the button is already armed,
+calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>Outside a menu, draws the shadow in the armed state and, if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set to True, fills the button with the color
+specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmColor</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>Outside a menu, this action also arranges for the following to happen,
+either immediately or at a later time:
+the shadow is drawn in the unarmed state and, if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set
+to True, the background color reverts to the unarmed color.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks are
+called.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>BtnDown()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action unposts any menus posted by the PushButton's parent menu,
+disables keyboard traversal for the menu, and enables mouse traversal
+for the menu.
+It draws the shadow in the armed state
+and, unless the button is already armed, calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>BtnUp()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy and activates the
+PushButton.
+It calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> callbacks and then the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ButtonTakeFocus():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the PushButton to take keyboard focus
+when <Literal>Ctrl&lt;Btn1Down></Literal> is pressed, without activating the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Disarm()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Help()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a Pulldown or Popup MenuPane, unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy
+and,
+when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores keyboard focus to the widget that had the focus before
+the menu system was entered.
+This action calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help
+callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help callbacks
+for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuShellPopdownOne()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a top-level Pulldown MenuPane from a MenuBar, unposts the menu,
+disarms the MenuBar CascadeButton and the MenuBar; and,
+when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores keyboard
+focus to the widget that had the focus before the MenuBar was
+entered.
+In other Pulldown MenuPanes, it unposts the menu.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a Popup MenuPane, this action
+unposts the menu and restores keyboard focus to the
+widget from which the menu was posted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MultiActivate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, this action does
+nothing.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, this action
+increments <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol> in the callback structure and
+draws the shadow in the unarmed state.
+If the button is not in a menu and if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set to True,
+the background color reverts to the unarmed color.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+If the pointer is within the PushButton, calls the
+callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MultiArm()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, this action does
+nothing.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, this action
+draws the shadow in the armed state.
+If the button is not in a menu and if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set
+to True, this action fills the button with the color specified by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmColor</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ProcessDrag()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Drags the contents of a PushButton label, identified when
+<Literal>BTransfer</Literal> is pressed.
+This action sets the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertProc</SystemItem> of the DragContext to a
+function that calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, for the <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property> selection.
+This action is undefined for PushButtons used in a menu system.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>This widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>EnterWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, if keyboard traversal is enabled, this action does nothing.
+Otherwise, it draws the shadow in the armed state and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the PushButton is not in a menu and the cursor leaves and then
+reenters the PushButton's window while the button is pressed, this
+action draws the shadow in the armed state.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set to True, it also fills the button with the
+color specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmColor</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>LeaveWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, if keyboard traversal is enabled, this action does nothing.
+Otherwise, it draws the shadow in the unarmed state and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the PushButton is not in a menu and the cursor leaves the
+PushButton's window while the button is pressed, this action draws the
+shadow in the unarmed state.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set to True, the background color reverts to
+the unarmed color.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePushButton;, &cdeman.XmLabel;,
+&cdeman.XmPrimitive;, and &cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PushButB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PushButB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8a684d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/PushButB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,999 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: PushButB.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 20:56:11 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN346.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmPushButtonGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The PushButtonGadget widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmPushButtonGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>PushButtonGadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/PushBG.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>PushButtonGadget issues commands within an application.
+It consists of a text label or pixmap surrounded
+by a border shadow.
+When PushButtonGadget is selected, the shadow changes to give the appearance
+that the PushButtonGadget has been pressed in. When PushButtonGadget is
+unselected, the shadow changes to give the appearance that the PushButtonGadget is
+out.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default behavior associated with a PushButtonGadget in a menu depends on
+the type of menu system in which it resides.
+By default, <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> controls the behavior of the PushButtonGadget.
+In addition, <KeySym>Btn3</KeySym> controls the behavior of the PushButtonGadget if
+it resides in a PopupMenu system.
+The actual mouse button used is determined by its RowColumn parent.
+</Para>
+<Para>Thickness for a second shadow may be specified with the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowAsDefault</SystemItem> resource. If it has a nonzero value, the Label's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem> resources may be modified to accommodate the second shadow.
+</Para>
+<Para>If an initial value is specified for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem> but not for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem> value is used for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>PushButtonGadget uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> traits, and
+holds the <Symbol>XmQactivatable</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSavvy</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtakesDefault</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>PushButtonGadget inherits behavior,
+resources, and traits from <Classname>Object</Classname>, <Classname>RectObj</Classname>, <Classname>XmGadget</Classname>
+and <Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmPushButtonGadgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPushButtonGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNactivateCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarmColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCArmColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarmPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCArmPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultButtonShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCdefaultButtonShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdisarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfillOnArm</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFillOnArm</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmultiClick</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMultiClick</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshowAsDefault</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShowAsDefault</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!--no-op:  .in-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks
+that is called when the PushButtonGadget is activated.
+It is activated when the user presses
+and releases the active mouse button while the
+pointer is inside
+the PushButtonGadget. Activating PushButtonGadget
+also disarms it.
+For this callback, the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+This callback uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks
+that is called when PushButtonGadget is armed.
+It is armed when the user presses the active
+mouse button while the pointer is inside the PushButtonGadget.
+For this callback, the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the color with which to fill the armed button.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> must be set to True for this resource to have an effect.
+The default for a color display is a color between the background and the
+bottom shadow color. For a monochrome display, the default is set to the
+foreground color, and any text in the label appears in the background
+color when the button is armed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to be used as the button face if <Symbol>XmNlabeltype</Symbol> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem> and PushButtonGadget is armed.
+This resource is disabled when the PushButtonGadget is in a menu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButtonShadowThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource specifies the width of the default button indicator shadow.
+If this resource is 0 (zero), the width of the shadow comes from the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowAsDefault</SystemItem> resource. If this resource is greater than
+zero, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowAsDefault</SystemItem> resource is only used to specify whether
+this button is the default.
+The default value is the initial value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowAsDefault</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks
+that is called when the PushButtonGadget is disarmed.
+PushButtonGadget is disarmed when the user presses and releases the
+active mouse button while the pointer is inside that
+gadget.
+For this callback, the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DISARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Forces the PushButtonGadget to fill the background of the button with the
+color specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmColor</SystemItem> when the button is armed and when this
+resource is set to True. If it is False, only the top and bottom
+shadow colors are
+switched. When the PushButtonGadget is in a menu, this resource is ignored
+and assumed to be False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a button click is followed by another button click within the time
+span specified by the display's multiclick time, and this resource is
+set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, the second click is not processed.
+If this resource is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, the event
+is processed and <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol> is incremented in the callback structure.
+When the button is in a menu, the default is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>;
+otherwise, for a button not in a menu, the default value is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowAsDefault</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButtonShadowThickness</SystemItem> is greater than 0 (zero), a value
+greater than zero in this resource
+specifies to mark this button as the default button.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButtonShadowThickness</SystemItem> is 0, a value greater than
+0 in this resource specifies to mark this button as the default
+button with the shadow thickness specified by this resource.
+The space between
+the shadow and the default shadow is equal to the sum of both shadows.
+The default value is 0.
+When the Display resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButtonEmphasis</SystemItem> has a value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXTERNAL_HIGHLIGHT</SystemItem> (the default), PushButton draws the
+location cursor outside of the outer shadow. When this resource has a
+value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINTERNAL_HIGHLIGHT</SystemItem>, the highlight is drawn between
+the inner and outer shadows.
+When this value is not 0, the Label
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem> resources
+may be modified to accommodate the second shadow.
+This resource is disabled when the PushButton is in a menu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>PushButtonGadget inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmLabelGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNacceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAcceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNalignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCXmString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSTRING</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>KeySym</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>RectObj Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Object Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol>;
+} XmPushButtonCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Valid only when the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+It contains the number of clicks in the last multiclick sequence
+if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> resource is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>;
+otherwise it contains 1.
+The activate callback is invoked for each click if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem>
+is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmPushButtonGadget -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Behavior</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname> includes behavior from <Classname>XmGadget</Classname>.
+<Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname> includes menu traversal behavior from
+<Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname>.
+Additional behavior for XmPushButtonGadget is described in the following
+list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Drags the contents of a PushButtonGadget label, identified when
+<KeySym>Btn2</KeySym> is pressed.
+This action is undefined for PushButtonGadgets used in a menu system.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action arms the PushButtonGadget.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a menu, this action unposts any menus posted by the PushButtonGadget's
+parent menu, disables keyboard traversal for the menu, and enables mouse
+traversal for the menu.
+It draws the shadow in the armed state.
+Unless the button is already armed, it calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the button is not in a menu, this action draws the shadow in the
+armed state.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set
+to True, it fills the button with the color specified by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmColor</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+It calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, this action does
+nothing.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, this action
+draws the shadow in the armed state.
+If the button is not in a menu and if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set
+to True, it fills the button with the color specified by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmColor</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, this action unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy and
+activates the PushButtonGadget.
+It calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> callbacks and then the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the PushButtonGadget is not in a menu, this action draws the shadow in the
+unarmed state.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set to True, the background color reverts to
+the unarmed color.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+If the pointer is still within the button,
+this action calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym><Literal>(2+)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_DISCARD</SystemItem>, this action does
+nothing.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmultiClick</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTICLICK_KEEP</SystemItem>, this action
+increments <Symbol Role="Variable">click_count</Symbol> in the callback structure and
+draws the shadow in the unarmed state.
+If the button is not in a menu and if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set to True,
+the background color reverts to the unarmed color.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+If the pointer is within the PushButtonGadget, this action calls the
+callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, this action unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy,
+unless the button is already armed, and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> and
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks. Outside a menu, <Literal>KActivate</Literal>
+has no effect.
+For PushButtonGadgets outside of a menu, if the parent is a manager,
+this action passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, this action
+unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy,
+unless the button is already armed,
+and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+This acton calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>Outside a menu, this action
+draws the shadow in the armed state and, if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set to True, fills the button with the color
+specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmColor</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>Outside a menu, this action also arranges for the following to happen,
+either immediately or at a later time:
+the shadow is drawn in the unarmed state and, if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set
+to True, the background color reverts to the unarmed color.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks are
+called.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a Pulldown or Popup MenuPane, unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy
+and restores keyboard focus to the widget that had the focus before
+the menu system was entered.
+This action calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help
+callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help callbacks
+for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a toplevel Pulldown MenuPane from a MenuBar, unposts the menu,
+disarms the MenuBar CascadeButton and the MenuBar, and restores keyboard
+focus to the widget that had the focus before the MenuBar was
+entered.
+In other Pulldown MenuPanes, unposts the menu.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a Popup MenuPane, unposts the menu and restores keyboard focus to the
+widget from which the menu was posted.
+For a PushButtonGadget outside of a menu, if the parent is a manger, this
+action passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Enter</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, if keyboard traversal is enabled, this action does nothing.
+Otherwise, it draws the shadow in the armed state and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the PushButtonGadget is not in a menu and the cursor leaves and then
+reenters the PushButtonGadget while the button is pressed, this
+action draws the shadow in the armed state.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set
+to True, it also fills the button with the
+color specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmColor</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Leave</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, if keyboard traversal is enabled, this action does nothing.
+Otherwise, it draws the shadow in the unarmed state and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the PushButtonGadget is not in a menu and the cursor leaves the
+PushButtonGadget while the button is pressed, this action draws the
+shadow in the unarmed state.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnArm</SystemItem> is set to True, the background color reverts to
+the unarmed color.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used for the button face.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Object;, &cdeman.RectObj;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePushButtonGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmLabelGadget;, and &cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RedWidg.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RedWidg.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9eb1943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RedWidg.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RedWidg.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:56:20 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmRedisplayWidget">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRedisplayWidget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRedisplayWidget</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>
+Synchronously activates the <literal>expose</literal> method of a widget to draw its content
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void<Function>XmRedisplayWidget</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget<Parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<refsect1><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This function is a convenience routine that hides the
+details of the Xt internals to the application programmer by calling the
+<literal>expose</literal>
+method of the given widget with a well formed
+<literal>Expose</literal>
+event and
+<literal>Region</literal>
+corresponding to the total area of the widget. If the widget doesn't have an
+<literal>Expose</literal>
+method, the function does nothing.
+</para>
+<para>This is primarily used in the context of X Printing if the
+programming model chosen by the application is <emphasis>synchronous</emphasis>;
+that is, it doesn't rely of X Print events for the driving of
+page layout but wants to completely control the sequence of rendering requests.
+</para>
+<para><function>XmRedisplayWidget</function>
+doesn't clear the widget window prior to calling the
+<literal>expose</literal>
+method, since this is handled by calls to
+<function>XpStartPage</function>
+.
+</para>
+<variablelist>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>The widget to redisplay.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1><title>RETURN VALUE</title>
+<para>None.
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1><title>ERRORS/WARNINGS</title>
+<para>Not applicable
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<para>In the following, a simple application wants to
+print the content of a multi-page text widget (similar to
+<literal>dtpad</literal>).
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+PrintOKCallback(print_dialog...)
+/*-------------*/
+{
+    pshell = XmPrintSetup (print_dialog, pbs->print_screen,
+                                   "Print", NULL, 0);
+
+    XpStartJob(XtDisplay(pshell), XPSpool);
+
+    /**** here I realize the shell, get its size, create my widget
+     hierarchy: a bulletin board, and then a text widget,
+     that I stuff with the video text widget buffer */
+
+    /* get the total number of pages to print */
+    XtVaGetValues(ptext, XmNrows, &amp;prows,
+                         XmNtotalLines, n_lines, NULL);
+    n_pages = n_lines / prows;
+
+    /***** now print the pages in a loop */
+
+    for (cur_page=0; cur_page != n_pages; cur_page++) {
+
+               XpStartPage(XtDisplay(pshell), XtWindow(pshell), False);
+               XmRedisplayWidget(ptext);  /* do the drawing */
+               XpEndPage(XtDisplay(pshell));
+
+        XmTextScroll(ptext, prows);  /* get ready for next page */
+    }
+
+    /***** I'm done */
+    XpEndJob(XtDisplay(pshell));
+
+}
+</programlisting>
+<para>Of course, one could change the above code to include it in a
+<function>fork()</function>
+branch so that the main program is not blocked while
+printing is going on. Another way to achieve a
+"print-in-the-background" effect is to use an Xt workproc. Using the
+same sample application, that gives us:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+Boolean
+PrintOnePageWP(XtPointer npages) /* workproc */
+/*-------------*/
+{
+    static int cur_page = 0;
+    cur_page++;
+
+    XpStartPage(XtDisplay(pshell), XtWindow(pshell), False);
+    XmRedisplayWidget(ptext);  /* do the drawing */
+    XpEndPage(XtDisplay(pshell));
+
+    XmTextScroll(ptext, prows);  /*  get ready for next page */
+
+    if (cur_page == n_pages) { /***** I'm done */
+        XpEndJob(XtDisplay(pshell));
+
+        XtDestroyWidget(pshell);
+        XtCloseDisplay(XtDisplay(pshell));
+    }
+
+    return (cur_page == n_pages);
+}
+
+PrintOKCallback(...)
+/*-------------*/
+{
+    pshell = XmPrintSetup (widget, pbs->print_screen,
+                                   "Print", NULL, 0);
+
+    XpStartJob(XtDisplay(pshell), XPSpool);
+
+    /**** here I get the size of the shell, create my widget
+          hierarchy: a bulletin board, and then a text widget,
+                  that I stuff with the video text widget buffer */
+
+    /* get the total number of pages to print */
+    /* ... same code as above example */
+
+    /***** print the pages in the background */
+    XtAppAddWorkProc(app_context, PrintOnePageWP, n_pages);
+}
+</programlisting>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para>&cdeman.XmPrintSetup;,
+&cdeman.XmPrintShell;
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RegistS.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RegistS.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d240d89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RegistS.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RegistS.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:56:29 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN347.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRegisterSegmentEncoding</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRegisterSegmentEncoding</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that registers
+a compound text encoding format for a specified font list element tag
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRegisterSegment\\%Encoding</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRegisterSegment\\%Encoding</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>char * <Function>XmRegisterSegmentEncoding</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>fontlist_tag, ct_encoding</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>fontlist_tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>ct_encoding</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRegisterSegmentEncoding</Function> registers a compound text encoding format
+with the specified font list element tag. The <Function>XmCvtXmStringToCT</Function>
+function uses this registry to map the font list tags of compound string
+segments to compound text encoding formats. Registering
+a font list tag that already exists in the registry overwrites the original
+entry. You can unregister a font list tag by passing a NULL value for the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">ct_encoding</Symbol> parameter.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">fontlist_tag</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list element tag to be registered. The
+tag must be a NULL-terminated ISO8859-1 string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">ct_encoding</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound text character set to be used for segments
+with the font list tag. The value must be a NULL-terminated ISO8859-1 string.
+A value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem> maps the specified font list tag to
+the code set of the locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns NULL for a new font list tag or the old <Symbol Role="Variable">ct_encoding</Symbol>
+value for an already registered font list tag. The
+application is responsible for freeing the
+storage associated with the returned data (if any) by
+calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCvtXmStringToCT;,
+&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmMapSegmentEncoding;, and
+&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemFro.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemFro.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e00a3d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemFro.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RemFro.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:56:37 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN348.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRemoveFromPostFromList</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRemoveFromPostFromList</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>a RowColumn function that disables a menu for a particular widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRemoveFromPostFromList</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>RowColumn functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRemoveFromPostFromList</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- ** -->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="not-ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+<?sml-space \n(PDu></FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmRemoveFromPostFromList</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>menu, post_from_widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>menu</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>post_from_widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRemoveFromPostFromList</Function> makes a Popup or Pulldown menu no
+longer accessible from a widget. This function does not destroy a
+menu, or deallocate the memory associated with it. It simply removes
+the widget from the menu's list of widgets permitted to post that
+menu.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <Symbol Role="Variable">menu</Symbol> argument refers to a Popup menu, the event handlers
+are removed from the <Symbol Role="Variable">post_from_widget</Symbol> widget. If the argument
+refers to a Pulldown menu, its ID is removed from the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsubMenuId</SystemItem> of the specified <Symbol Role="Variable">post_from_widget</Symbol>. Also, if
+the menu is a Pulldown menu, the <Symbol Role="Variable">post_from_widget</Symbol> widget must be
+either a CascadeButton or a CascadeButtonGadget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">menu</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of a the Popup or Pulldown menu to be
+made inaccessible from the <Symbol Role="Variable">post_from_widget</Symbol> widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">post_from_widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the widget which can no longer post the
+menu referred to by the <Symbol Role="Variable">menu</Symbol> argument..
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmAddToPostFromList;,
+&cdeman.XmGetPostedFromWidget;, and
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemPrA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemPrA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3786b9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemPrA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RemPrA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:55:34 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN349.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRemoveProtocolCallback</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRemoveProtocolCallback</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell function that removes a callback from the internal list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRemoveProtocol\\%Callback</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRemoveProtocol\\%Callback</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmRemoveProtocolCallback</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, property, protocol, callback, closure</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>property</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>protocol</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>callback</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>closure</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRemoveProtocolCallback</Function> removes a callback from the internal list.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmRemoveProtocolCallback</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol property
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol atom
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the procedure to call when a protocol message is received
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">closure</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the client data to be passed to the callback when it is invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.XmAddProtocolCallback;,
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;, and &cdeman.XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemPrB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemPrB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d85a6d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemPrB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RemPrB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:56:46 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN350.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRemoveProtocols</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRemoveProtocols</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell function that removes the protocols from the protocol manager and deallocates the internal tables
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRemoveProtocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRemoveProtocols</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmRemoveProtocols</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, property, protocols, num_protocols</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>property</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>* protocols</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>num_protocols</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRemoveProtocols</Function> removes the protocols from the protocol manager and
+deallocates the internal tables. If any of the protocols are active, it
+will update the handlers and update the property if <Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol> is
+realized.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmRemoveWMProtocols</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmRemoveProtocols</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol property
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocols</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol atoms
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_protocols</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements in protocols
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.XmAddProtocols;,
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;, and &cdeman.XmRemoveWMProtocols;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemTab.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemTab.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..288cda6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemTab.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RemTab.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:56:02 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN351.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRemoveTabGroup</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRemoveTabGroup</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that removes a tab group
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRemoveTabGroup</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmRemoveTabGroup</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>tab_group</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>tab_group</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This function is obsolete and its behavior is replaced by setting
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem>.
+<Function>XmRemoveTabGroup</Function> removes a
+widget from the list of tab groups
+associated with a particular widget hierarchy and sets the widget's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tab_group</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmAddTabGroup;, &cdeman.XmManager;, and &cdeman.XmPrimitive;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemWMA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemWMA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7eb904c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemWMA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RemWMA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:56:14 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN352.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell convenience interface that removes a callback from the internal list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRemoveWMProtocol\\%Callback</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRemoveWMProtocol\\%Callback</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, protocol, callback, closure</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>protocol</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>callback</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>closure</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmRemoveProtocolCallback</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol atom
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the procedure to call when a protocol message is received
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">closure</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the client data to be passed to the callback when it is invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.XmAddWMProtocolCallback;,
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;, and &cdeman.XmRemoveProtocolCallback;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemWMB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemWMB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..69985a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RemWMB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RemWMB.sgm /main/8 1996/08/30 15:56:24 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN353.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRemoveWMProtocols</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRemoveWMProtocols</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell convenience interface that removes the protocols from the protocol manager and deallocates the internal tables
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRemoveWMProtocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRemoveWMProtocols</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmRemoveWMProtocols</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, protocols, num_protocols</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>* protocols</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>num_protocols</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRemoveWMProtocols</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmRemoveProtocols</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocols</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol atoms
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_protocols</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements in protocols
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.XmAddWMProtocols;,
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;, and &cdeman.XmRemoveProtocols;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4649ead
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendA.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 20:56:54 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN364.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRendition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmRendition</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Rendition registry
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRendition</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+XmRendition
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmRendition</StructName> is a pseudo widget used for the rendering of
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>s. <StructName Role="typedef">XmRendition</StructName> has two parts:
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTag</StructName> and rendering information. The <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTag</StructName> part
+can be matched with an <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTag</StructName> associated with a
+<Symbol Role="Define">LOCALE</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">CHARSET</Symbol>, or <Literal>RENDITION[BEGIN|END]</Literal> component
+within <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>.
+The rendering information contains
+information about the font or fontset, colors, tabs, and lines to be
+used in rendering a text component.
+</Para>
+<Para>If a resource in a rendition is unspecified, usually by setting it to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAS_IS</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXEL</SystemItem>,
+then the value to be used for that resource is the value of the
+immediately preceeding rendition in <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>. If that value
+is unspecified, then the preceding value is used, and so on. If
+no renditions specify a value for a resource, then a default value
+will be used.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmRendition</StructName> does not inherit from any widget class.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the
+programmer to specify data. To reference a resource by name
+or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem>
+prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix
+and use the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include
+any underscores between words). The codes in the access column
+indicate if the given resource can be set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XmRenditionUpdate</Function> (S), retrieved by using
+<Function>XmRenditionRetrieve</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- HISTORY--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmRendition Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenditionBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenditionBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXEL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfont</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFont</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAS_IS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontName</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontName</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAS_IS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAS_IS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenditionForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenditionForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXEL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNloadModel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLoadModel</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAS_IS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstrikethruType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStrikethruType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAS_IS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtabList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTabList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTabList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAS_IS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtag</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTag</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTag</Entry>
+<Entry>""</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunderlineType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnderlineType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAS_IS</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenditionBackground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the background drawing color. A value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXEL</SystemItem> indicates that the background is not
+specified for this rendition.
+<!-- .zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added XmNbackgroundState"--><!-- .LI "\*LXmNbackgroundState\*O"--><!-- Specifies whether the rendition background color overrides other internally--><!-- specified background colors.  Valid values are \*LXmAS_IS\*O and--><!-- \*LXmFORCE_COLOR\*O.--><!-- .zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added XmNbackgroundState"--></Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the actual font or fontset to be used by this rendition. The
+value of this resource, if set to other than <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAS_IS</SystemItem>, will be
+used regardless of the settings of the other font resources. Setting
+this resource will force <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNloadModel</SystemItem> to be
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLOAD_IMMEDIATE</SystemItem>. If this resource is not initially set, then
+it will be set subsequently by the rendition whenever the font or
+fontset specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontName</SystemItem> is loaded. If both
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontName</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem> are specified in a resource file,
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem> specification will take precedence.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontName</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an X Logical Font Description (XLFD) string, which is
+interpreted either as a font name or as a base font name list. A base
+font name list is a comma-separated and NULL-terminated string. A
+value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAS_IS</SystemItem> indicates that the font is not specified for
+this rendition. If both <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontName</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem> are
+specified in a resource file, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem> specification will
+take precedence.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontName</SystemItem> resource refers to a font name or to a base font name
+list. Valid values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_IS_FONT</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFONT_IS_FONTSET</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenditionForeground</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the foreground drawing color. A value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXEL</SystemItem> indicates that the foreground is not
+specified for this rendition.
+<!-- .zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added XmNforegroundState"--><!-- .LI "\*LXmNforegroundState\*O"--><!-- Specifies whether the rendition foreground color overrides other internally--><!-- specified foreground colors.  Valid values are \*LXmAS_IS\*O and--><!-- \*LXmFORCE_COLOR\*O.--><!-- .zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added XmNforegroundState"--></Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNloadModel</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the font or fontset specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontName</SystemItem>
+is to be loaded when the rendition is created (<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLOAD_IMMEDIATE</SystemItem>)
+or only when the font is required to render an <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> segment
+(<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLOAD_DEFERRED</SystemItem>).
+Note that specifying <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLOAD_IMMEDIATE</SystemItem> for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNloadModel</SystemItem> is
+valid only if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontName</SystemItem> is specified, in which case the
+specified font will be loaded on creation, or if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem> is
+specified, in which case the font is already loaded.
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLOAD_DEFERRED</SystemItem> is only valid when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontName</SystemItem> is
+specified.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNstrikethruType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of line to be used to strike through a text
+segment. Valid values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_LINE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_LINE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_DASHED_LINE</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_DASHED_LINE</SystemItem>. A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAS_IS</SystemItem> indicates that
+the strike-through type is not specified for this rendition.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtabList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tab list to be used in rendering compound strings
+containing tab components.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtag</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag string to be used in matching the renditions with
+other renditions or with <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTag</StructName> components in
+<Symbol>XmStrings</Symbol>. This resource must always be specified. That is,
+NULL is not a legal value but the empty string is.
+This resource is automatically set to the value of the <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> parameter in
+the <Function>XmRenditionCreate</Function> call.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunderlineType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of line to be used to underline a text segment.
+Valid values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_LINE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_LINE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_DASHED_LINE</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_DASHED_LINE</SystemItem>. A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAS_IS</SystemItem> indicates that
+the underline type is not specified for this rendition.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRenditionCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmRenditionFree;,
+&cdeman.XmRenditionRetrieve;,
+&cdeman.XmRenditionUpdate;, and
+&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4a60e5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:57:03 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN365.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenditionCreate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRenditionCreate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that creates a rendition
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenditionCreate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmRendition <Function>XmRenditionCreate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, tag, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRenditionCreate</Function> creates a rendition whose resources are set
+to the values specified in <Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>. Default values are assigned
+to resources that are not specified.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget used for deriving any necessary information for
+creating the rendition. In particular, the X display of <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>
+will be used for loading fonts.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag for the rendition.
+(This will become the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtag</SystemItem> resource for the rendition.)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the created rendition.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned rendition.
+The application is responsible for managing this allocated space.
+The application can recover this allocated space by calling <Function>XmRenditionFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRendition; and
+&cdeman.XmRenditionFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ba2537a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:56:58 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN366.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenditionFree</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRenditionFree</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that frees a rendition
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenditionFree</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmRenditionFree</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>rendition</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRendition <Parameter>rendition</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRenditionFree</Function> recovers memory used by <Symbol Role="Variable">rendition</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendition</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the rendition to be freed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRendition;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3eb6661
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendD.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:57:11 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN367.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenditionRetrieve</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRenditionRetrieve</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that retrieves rendition resources
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenditionRetrieve</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmRenditionRetrieve</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>rendition, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRendition <Parameter>rendition</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRenditionRetrieve</Function> extracts values for the given resources
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>) from the specified rendition.
+Note that the function returns the actual values of the resources, not
+copies. Therefore it is necessary to copy before modifying any
+resource whose value is an address. This will include such resources
+as <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontName</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtabList</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendition</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the rendition.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRendition;
+and
+&cdeman.XmTabListCopy;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9ffc769
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendE.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:57:23 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN368.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenditionUpdate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRenditionUpdate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that modifies resources
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenditionUpdate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmRenditionUpdate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>rendition, arglist, argcount</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRendition <Parameter>rendition</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>ArgList <Parameter>arglist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>argcount</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRenditionUpdate</Function> modifies resources in the specified rendition.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendition</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the rendition.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the argument list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">argcount</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of attribute/value pairs in the argument list
+(<Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRendition;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e038205
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendTaA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:57:11 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN354.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenderTable</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmRenderTable</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Data type for a render table
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenderTable</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+XmRenderTable
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmRenderTable</StructName> is the data type for a render table, which
+contains a table of renditions (<StructName Role="typedef">XmRendition</StructName>s). Each rendition
+consists of a set of attributes for rendering text, including a font
+or fontset, colors, tabs, and lines.
+Each rendition is identified with a tag.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a compound string is displayed, for each segment in the string,
+the rendition used to render that string is formed as follows. If the
+segment has at least one rendition begin tag or if the list of tags
+formed by accumulating from previous segments the rendition begin tags
+and removing the rendition end tags is not empty, these tags are
+matched with renditions in the render table. The effective rendition
+used to render the segment is formed by successively merging each
+rendition found into the current rendition with non-<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAS_IS</SystemItem>
+(<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXEL</SystemItem> for color resources) values for resources
+in the rendition to be merged, thus replacing the corresponding values of
+the resources in the current rendition. Finally, if the resulting
+rendition still has resources with unspecified values and the segment
+has a locale or charset tag (these are optional and mutually
+exclusive) this tag is matched with a rendition in the render table,
+and the missing rendition values are filled in from that entry.
+</Para>
+<Para>If no matching rendition is found for a particular tag, then the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoRenditionCallback</SystemItem> of the <Classname>XmDisplay</Classname> object is called
+and the render table is searched again for that tag.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the resulting rendition does not specify a font or fontset, then
+for segments whose text type is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHARSET_TEXT</SystemItem>, the render table
+will be searched for a rendition tagged with
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>, and if a matching rendition is found, it
+will be merged into the current rendition. If the resulting rendition
+contains no font or fontset, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoFontCallback</SystemItem> will be
+called with the default rendition and "" as the font name. If no
+rendition matches or no font was found after the callback, then the
+first rendition in the render table will be merged into the current
+rendition. If this rendition still has no font, then the segment will
+not be rendered and a warning will be emitted.
+</Para>
+<Para>For segments whose text type is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIBYTE_TEXT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>, the
+render table will be searched for a rendition tagged with
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem>, and, if a matching rendition is found, it will be
+merged into the current rendition. If the resulting rendition contains no
+font, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoFontCallback</SystemItem> will be called with the
+default rendition and "" as the font name.
+An application can have this callback attempt
+to remedy this problem by calling <Function>XmRenditionUpdate</Function> on the input
+rendition to provide a font for the widget to use. This may be done by
+either providing an alternative font name to be loaded using the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontName</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontType</SystemItem> resources or with an already
+loaded font using the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem> resource.
+If no rendition matches or no font was found after the
+callback, then the segment will not be rendered
+and a warning will be issued.
+</Para>
+<Para>Render tables are specified in resource files with the following
+syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis><Symbol Role="Variable">resource_spec</Symbol>: [ <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> [, <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> ]* ]
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>where <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> is some string suitable for the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtag</SystemItem> resource
+of a rendition.
+</Para>
+<Para>If no tags are specified, then a render table will be created that is
+either empty or contains only a rendition with a tag of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Specific values for specific rendition resources are specified using
+the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis><Symbol Role="Variable">resource_spec</Symbol> [*|.] <Symbol Role="Variable">rendition</Symbol>[*|.] <Symbol Role="Variable">resource_name</Symbol>: <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>where:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">resource_spec</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendition</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is either the class Rendition or a tag.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">resource_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is either
+the class or name of a particular resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is the
+specification of the value to be set.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Any resource line that consists of just a resource name or class
+component with no rendition component or loose binding will be
+assumed to specify resource values for a rendition with a tag of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem>. In effect, this creates a default
+rendition in much the same way that specifying no fontlist tag for a
+fontlist resource causes the fontlist created to contain an entry
+tagged with <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis><Symbol Role="Variable">resource_spec</Symbol>.<Symbol Role="Variable">resource_name</Symbol>: <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>For example, the following would set the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> resource
+of <Literal>label1</Literal> to a render
+table consisting of three renditions tagged with
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem>, <Symbol Role="Variable">bold</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">oblique</Symbol>, with values
+for resources set as described in the resource specifications.
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>*label1.renderTable: bold, oblique
+*label1.renderTable.bold.renditionForeground: Green
+*label1.renderTable.bold.fontName: *-*-*-bold-*-iso8859-1
+*label1.renderTable.bold.fontType: FONT_IS_FONT
+*label1.renderTable.oblique.renditionBackground: Red
+*label1.renderTable.oblique.fontName: *-*-*-italic-*-iso8859-1
+*label1.renderTable.oblique.fontType: FONT_IS_FONT
+*label1.renderTable.oblique.underlineType: AS_IS
+*label1.renderTable.fontName: fixed
+*label1.renderTable.fontType: FONT_IS_FONT
+*label1.renderTable.renditionForegound: black
+*label1.renderTable*tabList: 1in, +1.5in, +3in
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRenderTableAddRenditions;,
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableCvtFromProp;,
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableCvtToProp;,
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableFree;,
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableGetRendition;,
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableGetRenditions;,
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableGetTags;,
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableRemoveRenditions;,
+&cdeman.XmRendition;, and
+&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..db816bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendTaB.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 20:57:19 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN355.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenderTableAddRenditions</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRenderTableAddRenditions</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Creates a new render table
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenderTableAddRenditions</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmRenderTable <Function>XmRenderTableAddRenditions</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>oldtable</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmRendition <Parameter>*renditions</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>rendition_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmMergeMode <Parameter>merge_mode</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRenderTableAddRenditions</Function> is a function to create a new render
+table that
+includes the renditions listed in <Symbol Role="Variable">oldtable</Symbol>, if there is one. This
+function also copies
+specified renditions (<Symbol Role="Variable">renditions</Symbol>) to the new render table. The first
+<Symbol Role="Variable">rendition_count</Symbol> renditions of the <Symbol Role="Variable">renditions</Symbol> array are
+added to the new table. If a rendition is tagged with a tag
+that matches a tag already in <Symbol Role="Variable">oldtable</Symbol>, then the existing
+rendition using that tag is either modified or freed and replaced with
+the new rendition, depending on the value of <Symbol Role="Variable">merge_mode</Symbol>. If
+<Symbol Role="Variable">oldtable</Symbol> is NULL,
+<Function>XmRenderTableAddRenditions</Function> creates a new render table containing
+only the specified renditions.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function deallocates the original render table after extracting
+the required information. It is the responsibility of the caller to
+free the renditions of the <Symbol Role="Variable">renditions</Symbol> array by calling the
+<Function>XmRenditionFree</Function> function.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">oldtable</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table to be added to.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">renditions</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of renditions to be added.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendition_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of renditions from <Symbol Role="Variable">renditions</Symbol> to be added.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">merge_mode</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies what to do if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtag</SystemItem> of a rendition matches that
+of one that already exists in <Symbol Role="Variable">oldtable</Symbol>. The possible values
+are as follows:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMERGE_REPLACE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Completely replaces the old rendition with the new one.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMERGE_OLD</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Replaces any unspecified values of the old rendition with the
+corresponding values from the new rendition.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMERGE_NEW</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Replaces the old rendition with the new rendition, replacing any
+unspecified values of the new rendition with the corresponding values
+from the old rendition.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSKIP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Skips over the new rendition, leaving the old rendition intact.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">renditions</Symbol> is NULL or <Symbol Role="Variable">rendition_count</Symbol> is 0 (zero), this
+function returns <Symbol Role="Variable">oldtable</Symbol>.
+Otherwise, the function returns a new <StructName Role="typedef">XmRenderTable</StructName>.
+The function allocates space to hold this new render table.
+The application is responsible for managing this allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmRenderTableFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRendition; and
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5b63b6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendTaC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:57:28 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN356.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenderTableCopy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRenderTableCopy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A render table function that copies renditions
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenderTableCopy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmRenderTable <Function>XmRenderTableCopy</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>table, tags, tag_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>table</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>*tags</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>tag_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRenderTableCopy</Function> creates a new render table
+which will contain
+the renditions of the <Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol> whose tags match those in <Symbol Role="Variable">tags</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the table containing the renditions to be copied.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tags</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of tags, whose corresponding renditions are to be
+copied. NULL indicates that the complete table should be copied.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tag_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of tags in <Symbol Role="Variable">tags</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns NULL if <Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol> is NULL. Otherwise, this function returns
+the new render table.
+This function allocates space to hold the new render table.
+The application is responsible for managing this allocated space.
+The application can recover this allocated space by calling <Function>XmRenderTableFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRendition; and
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..30ef07b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendTaD.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:58:22 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN357.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenderTableCvtFromProp</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRenderTableCvtFromProp</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A render table function that converts from a string representation to a render table
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenderTableCvtFromProp</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>render table functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRenderTableCvtFromProp</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmRenderTable <Function>XmRenderTableCvtFromProp</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, property, length</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>property</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned int <Parameter>length</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRenderTableCvtFromProp</Function> converts a string of characters representing a
+render table to a render table.
+This routine is typically used by the destination of a data transfer
+operation to produce a render table from a transferred representation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget that is the destination for the render table
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a string of characters representing a render table
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bytes in <Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a render table.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned render table.
+The application is responsible for managing this allocated space.
+The application can recover this allocated space by calling <Function>XmRenderTableFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRenderTable;,
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableCvtToProp;, and
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..878f84c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendTaE.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 15:58:32 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN358.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenderTableCvtToProp</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRenderTableCvtToProp</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A render table function that converts a render table to a string representation
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenderTableCvtToProp</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>render table functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRenderTableCvtToProp</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>unsigned int <Function>XmRenderTableCvtToProp</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, table, prop_return</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>table</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char **<Parameter>prop_return</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRenderTableCvtToProp</Function> converts a render table to a string of
+characters representing the render table.
+This routine is typically used by the source of a data transfer
+operation to produce a representation for transferring a render table to
+a destination.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget that is the source of the render table
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a render table to be converted
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">prop_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to a string that is created and returned by this
+function.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned string.
+The application is responsible for managing this allocated space.
+The application can recover this allocated space by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the number of bytes in the string representation.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRenderTable; and
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableCvtFromProp;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2832dc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendTaF.sgm /main/8 1996/08/30 15:58:41 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN359.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenderTableFree</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRenderTableFree</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A render table function that recovers memory
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenderTableFree</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmRenderTableFree</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>table</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>table</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRenderTableFree</Function> frees the memory associated with the specified
+render <Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the table to be freed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRendition;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaG.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaG.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6ac30f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaG.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendTaG.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:57:36 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN360.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenderTableGetRendition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRenderTableGetRendition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that matches a rendition tag
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenderTableGetRendition</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmRendition <Function>XmRenderTableGetRendition</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>table, tag</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>table</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRenderTableGetRendition</Function> searches <Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol> and returns a
+copy of the rendition whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtag</SystemItem> resource matches <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis>.
+If no rendition matches, then NULL is returned. This function is to
+be used for just one rendition match.
+</Para>
+<Para>It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned rendition
+with the <Function>XmRenditionFree</Function> function.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the table containing renditions to be searched.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag to search for.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns NULL if there is no match; otherwise, this function returns a
+new <StructName Role="typedef">XmRendition</StructName>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRenderTableGetRenditions;,
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableGetTags;, and
+&cdeman.XmRendition;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaH.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaH.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9854f3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaH.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendTaH.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 20:57:44 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN361.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenderTableGetRenditions</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRenderTableGetRenditions</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that matches rendition tags
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenderTableGetRenditions</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmRendition <Function>*XmRenderTableGetRenditions</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>table, tags, tag_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>table</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>*tags</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>tag_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRenderTableGetRenditions</Function> searches <Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol> and returns an
+array of
+copies of the renditions whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtag</SystemItem> resources match a tag
+in <Symbol Role="Variable">tags</Symbol>.
+If no renditions match, then NULL is returned. The size of the
+returned array is <Symbol Role="Variable">tag_count</Symbol>. The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtag</SystemItem> resource of each
+rendition will match the corresponding tag in <Symbol Role="Variable">tags</Symbol>. If no match
+is found for a particular tag, the corresponding slot in the return
+value will be NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para>It is the responsibility of the caller to call the
+<Function>XmRenditionFree</Function> function to free the new renditions, and the
+<Function>XtFree</Function> function to free the array.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the table containing renditions to be searched.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tags</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tags to search for.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tag_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of tags in <Symbol Role="Variable">tags</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns NULL if there is no match; otherwise, this function returns an
+array of
+new <StructName Role="typedef">XmRendition</StructName>s.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRenderTableGetRendition;,
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableGetTags;, and
+&cdeman.XmRendition;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaI.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaI.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bc6ad82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaI.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendTaI.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 20:57:53 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN362.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenderTableGetTags</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRenderTableGetTags</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that gets rendition tags
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenderTableGetTags</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmRenderTableGetTags</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>table, tag_list</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>table</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>**tag_list</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRenderTableGetTags</Function> searches the specified <Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol> for the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtag</SystemItem> resources of all the renditions (<StructName Role="typedef">XmRendition</StructName>s)
+entries. These tag resources are then composed into an array.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the table containing the <StructName Role="typedef">XmRendition</StructName>s.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tag_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is the array of <Symbol>XmStringTags</Symbol> generated by this function.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned tags
+and to hold the <Symbol Role="Variable">tag_list</Symbol> itself.
+The application is responsible for managing this allocated space.
+This application can recover this allocated space by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>
+once for each of the returned tags, and then calling <Function>XtFree</Function> on the
+returned <Symbol Role="Variable">tag_list</Symbol> variable itself.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the number of tags in <Symbol Role="Variable">tag_list</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRendition;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaJ.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaJ.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..da47d81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RendTaJ.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RendTaJ.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:58:01 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN363.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRenderTableRemoveRenditions</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRenderTableRemoveRenditions</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that removes renditions
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRenderTableRemoveRenditions</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmRenderTable <Function>XmRenderTableRemoveRenditions</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>oldtable, tags, tag_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>oldtable</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>*tags</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>tag_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRenderTableRemoveRenditions</Function> removes from <Symbol Role="Variable">oldtable</Symbol> the
+renditions whose tags match the tags specified in <Symbol Role="Variable">tags</Symbol>, then
+places the remaining renditions in a newly created render table.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">oldtable</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table from which renditions are to be removed.
+This function deallocates the original render table and the matching
+renditions after extracting the required information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tags</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of tags, whose corresponding renditions are to be
+removed from <Symbol Role="Variable">oldtable</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tag_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of tags in <Symbol Role="Variable">tags</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">oldtable</Symbol> or <Symbol Role="Variable">tags</Symbol> is NULL, or <Symbol Role="Variable">tag_count</Symbol> is 0
+(zero), or no renditions are removed from <Symbol Role="Variable">oldtable</Symbol>, this
+function returns <Symbol Role="Variable">oldtable</Symbol>. Otherwise, it returns a newly
+allocated <StructName Role="typedef">XmRenderTable</StructName>.
+The application is responsible for managing this allocated render table.
+The application can recover this allocated space by calling <Function>XmRenderTableFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRendition; and
+&cdeman.XmRenderTableFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypAd.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypAd.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..18dfd83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypAd.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RepTypAd.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:58:09 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN369.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRepTypeAddReverse</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRepTypeAddReverse</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A representation type manager function
+that installs the reverse converter for a previously registered representation type
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRepTypeAddReverse</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>representation type manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRepTypeAddReverse</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RepType.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmRepTypeAddReverse</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>rep_type_id</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRepTypeId <Parameter>rep_type_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRepTypeAddReverse</Function> installs the reverse converter
+for a previously registered representation type. The reverse
+converter takes a numerical representation type value and returns
+its corresponding string value. Certain applications may require
+this capability to obtain a string value to display on a screen
+or to build a resource file.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Symbol Role="Variable">values</Symbol> argument of the <Function>XmRepTypeRegister</Function> function
+can be used to register representation types with nonconsecutive
+values or with duplicate names for the same value. If the list
+of numerical values for a representation type contains duplicate values,
+the reverse converter uses the first name in the <Symbol Role="Variable">value_names</Symbol>
+list that matches the specified numeric value. For example, if
+a <Symbol Role="Variable">value_names</Symbol> array has <Symbol Role="Variable">cancel</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">proceed</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Variable">abort</Symbol>, and the corresponding
+<Symbol Role="Variable">values</Symbol> array contains 0, 1, and 0, the reverse converter
+will return <Symbol Role="Variable">cancel</Symbol> instead of <Symbol Role="Variable">abort</Symbol> for an
+input value of 0.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rep_type_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the identification number of the representation type
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRepTypeGetId; and
+&cdeman.XmRepTypeRegister;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypGA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypGA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..67338be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypGA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RepTypGA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:58:17 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN370.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRepTypeGetId</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRepTypeGetId</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A representation type manager function that
+retrieves the identification number of a representation type
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRepTypeGetId</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>representation type manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRepTypeGetId</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RepType.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmRepTypeId <Function>XmRepTypeGetId</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>rep_type</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>rep_type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRepTypeGetId</Function> searches the registration list
+for the specified representation type and returns the
+associated identification number.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rep_type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the representation type for which an identification
+number is requested
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the identification number of the specified
+representation type. If the representation type is not
+registered, the function returns <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmREP_TYPE_INVALID</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRepTypeGetRegistered; and
+&cdeman.XmRepTypeRegister;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypGB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypGB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bdc7e39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypGB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RepTypGB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:58:26 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN371.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRepTypeGetNameList</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRepTypeGetNameList</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A representation type manager function that
+generates a list of values for a representation type
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRepTypeGetNameList</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>representation type manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRepTypeGetNameList</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RepType.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>String * <Function>XmRepTypeGetNameList</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>rep_type_id, use_uppercase_format</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRepTypeId <Parameter>rep_type_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>use_uppercase_format</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRepTypeGetNameList</Function> generates a NULL-terminated list of
+the value names associated with the specified representation type.
+Each value name is a NULL-terminated string. This routine allocates
+memory for the returned data. The application must free
+this memory using <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rep_type_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the identification number of the representation type.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">use_uppercase_format</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that controls the format of the name
+list. If the value is True, each value name is in uppercase characters prefixed
+by <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem>; if it is False, the names are in lowercase characters.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a pointer to an array of the value names.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRepTypeGetId;,
+&cdeman.XmRepTypeGetRegistered;, and
+&cdeman.XmRepTypeRegister;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypGC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypGC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ced7f5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypGC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RepTypGC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:58:34 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN372.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRepTypeGetRecord</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRepTypeGetRecord</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A representation type manager function that
+returns information about a representation type
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRepTypeGetRecord</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>representation type manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRepTypeGetRecord</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RepType.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmRepTypeEntry <Function>XmRepTypeGetRecord</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>rep_type_id</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRepTypeId <Parameter>rep_type_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRepTypeGetRecord</Function> retrieves information about
+a particular representation type that is registered with
+the representation type manager. This routine allocates
+memory for the returned data. The application must free
+this memory using <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rep_type_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The identification number of the representation type
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The representation type entry structure contains the following
+information:
+</Para>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>typedef struct
+{
+        String  <Replaceable>rep_type_name</Replaceable>;
+        String  *<Replaceable>value_names</Replaceable>;
+        unsigned char   *<Replaceable>values</Replaceable>;
+        unsigned char   <Replaceable>num_values</Replaceable>;
+        Boolean <Replaceable>reverse_installed</Replaceable>;
+        XmRepTypeId     <Replaceable>rep_type_id</Replaceable>;
+} XmRepTypeEntryRec, *XmRepTypeEntry;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rep_type_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The name of the representation type
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value_names</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An array of representation type value names
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">values</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An array of representation type numerical values
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_values</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The number of values associated with the representation type
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reverse_installed</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A flag that indicates whether or not the reverse converter is
+installed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rep_type_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The identification number of the representation type
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a pointer to the representation type entry structure that
+describes the representation type.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRepTypeGetId;,
+&cdeman.XmRepTypeGetRegistered;, and
+&cdeman.XmRepTypeRegister;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypGD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypGD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c43ce05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypGD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RepTypGD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:58:42 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN373.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRepTypeGetRegistered</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRepTypeGetRegistered</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A representation type manager function that
+returns a copy of the registration list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRepTypeGetRegistered</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>representation type manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRepTypeGetRegistered</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RepType.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmRepTypeList <Function>XmRepTypeGetRegistered</Function></FuncDef>
+<Void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRepTypeGetRegistered</Function> retrieves information about
+all representation types that are registered with the
+representation type manager. The registration list is
+an array of structures, each of which contains information
+for a representation type entry. The end of the registration
+list is marked with a representation type entry whose
+<Symbol Role="Variable">rep_type_name</Symbol> field has a NULL pointer. This routine
+allocates memory for the returned data. The application must free
+this memory using <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The representation type entry structure contains the following
+information:
+</Para>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>typedef struct
+{
+        String  <Replaceable>rep_type_name</Replaceable>;
+        String  *<Replaceable>value_names</Replaceable>;
+        unsigned char   *<Replaceable>values</Replaceable>;
+        unsigned char   <Replaceable>num_values</Replaceable>;
+        Boolean <Replaceable>reverse_installed</Replaceable>;
+        XmRepTypeId     <Replaceable>rep_type_id</Replaceable>;
+} XmRepTypeEntryRec, *XmRepTypeList;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rep_type_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The name of the representation type
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value_names</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An array of representation type value names
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">values</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An array of representation type numerical values
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_values</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The number of values associated with the representation type
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reverse_installed</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A flag that indicates whether or not the reverse converter is
+installed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rep_type_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The identification number of the representation type
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+
+
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a pointer to the registration list of representation types.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRepTypeRegister; and
+&cdeman.XmRepTypeGetRecord;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypIn.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypIn.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3b8d8ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypIn.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RepTypIn.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:00:52 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN374.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A representation type manager function
+that installs the resource converter for XmNtearOffModel.
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRepTypeInstallTearOff\\%ModelConverter</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>representation type manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRepTypeInstallTearOff\\%ModelConverter</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RepType.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter</Function></FuncDef>
+<Void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter</Function> installs the resource
+converter that allows values for the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtearOffModel</SystemItem> resource
+to be specified in resource default files.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypRe.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypRe.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..22f3528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypRe.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RepTypRe.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:58:50 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN375.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRepTypeRegister</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRepTypeRegister</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A representation type manager function
+that registers a representation type resource
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRepTypeRegister</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>representation type manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRepTypeRegister</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RepType.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmRepTypeId <Function>XmRepTypeRegister</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>rep_type, value_names, values, num_values</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>rep_type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String *<Parameter>value_names</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char *<Parameter>values</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>num_values</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRepTypeRegister</Function> registers a representation
+type resource with the representation type manager. All
+features of the representation type management facility become
+available for the specified representation type. The function
+installs a forward type converter to convert string values to
+numerical representation type values.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <Symbol Role="Variable">values</Symbol> argument is NULL, consecutive numerical
+values are assumed. The order of the strings in the <Symbol Role="Variable">value_names</Symbol>
+array determines the numerical values for the resource. For example,
+the first value name is 0 (zero); the second value name is 1; and so on.
+</Para>
+<Para>If it is non-NULL, the <Symbol Role="Variable">values</Symbol> argument can be used to assign values
+to representation types that have nonconsecutive values or have
+duplicate names for the same value. Representation types registered
+in this manner will consume additional storage and will be slightly
+slower than representation types with consecutive values.
+</Para>
+<Para>A representation type can only be registered once; if the
+same representation type name is registered more than once, the
+behavior is undefined.
+</Para>
+<Para>The function <Function>XmRepTypeAddReverse</Function> installs a reverse converter
+for a registered representation type. The reverse converter takes
+a representation type numerical value and returns the corresponding
+string value. If the list of numerical values for a representation
+type contains duplicate values, the reverse converter uses the first
+name in the <Symbol Role="Variable">value_names</Symbol> list that matches the specified numeric
+value. For example, if a <Symbol Role="Variable">value_names</Symbol> array has <Symbol Role="Variable">cancel</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Variable">proceed</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">abort</Symbol>, and the corresponding <Symbol Role="Variable">values</Symbol> array
+contains 0, 1, and 0, the reverse converter will return <Symbol Role="Variable">cancel</Symbol>
+instead of <Symbol Role="Variable">abort</Symbol> for an input value of 0.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rep_type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the representation type name.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value_names</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to an array of value names associated with the
+representation type. A value name is specified in lowercase characters
+without an <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix. Words within a name are separated with
+underscores.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">values</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to an array of values associated with the
+representation type. A value in this array is associated with
+the value name in the corresponding position of the <Symbol Role="Variable">value_names</Symbol>
+array.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_values</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of entries in the <Symbol Role="Variable">value_names</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Variable">values</Symbol> arrays.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the identification number for the specified representation
+type.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRepTypeAddReverse;,
+&cdeman.XmRepTypeGetId;,
+&cdeman.XmRepTypeGetNameList;,
+&cdeman.XmRepTypeGetRecord;,
+&cdeman.XmRepTypeGetRegistered;, and
+&cdeman.XmRepTypeValidValue;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypVa.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypVa.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..beb0382
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RepTypVa.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RepTypVa.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 20:58:58 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN376.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRepTypeValidValue</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmRepTypeValidValue</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A representation type manager function that
+tests the validity of a numerical value of a  representation type resource
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRepTypeValidValue</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>representation type manager functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmRepTypeValidValue</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RepType.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmRepTypeValidValue</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>rep_type_id, test_value, enable_default_warning</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRepTypeId <Parameter>rep_type_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>test_value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>enable_default_warning</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmRepTypeValidValue</Function> tests the validity of a numerical
+value for a given representation type resource. The function
+generates a default warning message if the value is invalid
+and the <Symbol Role="Variable">enable_default_warning</Symbol> argument is non-NULL.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rep_type_id</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the identification number of the representation
+type.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">test_value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the numerical value to test.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">enable_default_warning</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget that contains a default warning
+message. If this parameter is NULL,
+no default warning message is generated and
+the application must provide its own error handling.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the specified value is valid; otherwise, returns False.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmRepTypeGetId; and
+&cdeman.XmRepTypeRegister;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ResolveA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ResolveA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a061761
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ResolveA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ResolveA.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 10:05:27 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN377.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmResolveAllPartOffsets</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmResolveAllPartOffsets</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmResolveAllPartOffsets</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmResolveAllPartOffsets</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget_class, offset, constraint_offset</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>WidgetClass <Parameter>widget_class</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmOffsetPtr <Parameter>* offset</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmOffsetPtr <Parameter>* constraint_offset</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Note>
+<Para><!-- dd: can't reference Xme from Xopen spec --><![ %CDE.C.CDE; [This routine is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. You should call <Function>XmeResolvePartOffsets</Function> instead.
+]]>
+</Para>
+</Note>
+<Para>The use of offset records requires two extra global variables per widget
+class.
+The variables consist of pointers to arrays of offsets into the
+widget record and constraint record for each part of the widget
+structure.
+The <Function>XmResolveAllPartOffsets</Function> function
+allocates the offset records needed by an application to guarantee
+upward-compatible access to widget instance and constraint records by
+applications and widgets.
+These offset records are used by the widget to access all of the
+widget's variables.
+A widget needs to take the steps described in the following paragraphs.
+</Para>
+<Para>Instead of creating a resource list, the widget creates an offset
+resource list.
+To accomplish this, use the <StructName Role="typedef">XmPartResource</StructName>
+structure and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPartOffset</SystemItem> macro.
+The <StructName Role="typedef">XmPartResource</StructName> data structure looks just like a
+resource list, but instead of having
+one integer for its offset, it has two shorts.
+This structure is put into the class record as if it were a normal resource
+list. Instead of using <Function>XtOffset</Function> for the offset, the widget uses
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPartOffset</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the widget is a subclass of the Constraint class and it defines
+additional constraint resources, create an offset resource list for
+the constraint part as well.
+Instead of using <Function>XtOffset</Function> for the offset,
+the widget uses <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmConstraintPartOffset</SystemItem> in the constraint resource
+list.
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>XmPartResource resources[] = {
+        {       BarNxyz, BarCXyz, XmRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+                XmPartOffset(Bar,xyz), XmRImmediate, (XtPointer)False } };
+XmPartResource constraints[] = {
+        {       BarNmaxWidth, BarNMaxWidth,
+          XmRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
+          XmConstraintPartOffset(Bar,max_width),
+          XmRImmediate, (XtPointer)100 } };
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>Instead of putting the widget size in the class record, the widget puts the
+widget part size in the same field.
+If the widget is a subclass of
+the Constraint class, instead of putting the widget constraint record
+size in the class record, the widget puts the widget constraint part size
+in the same field.
+</Para>
+<Para>Instead of putting <SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVersion</SystemItem> in the class record, the widget puts
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVersionDontCheck</SystemItem> in the class record.
+</Para>
+<Para>Define a variable, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmOffsetPtr</StructName>, to point to
+the offset record.
+If the widget is a subclass of the Constraint class, define a variable
+of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmOffsetPtr</StructName> to point to the constraint offset record.
+These can be part of the widget's class record or separate global
+variables.
+</Para>
+<Para>In class initialization, the widget calls <Function>XmResolveAllPartOffsets</Function>,
+passing it pointers to the class record, the address of the offset
+record, and the address of the constraint offset record.
+If the widget not is a subclass of the Constraint class, it should pass
+NULL as the address of the constraint offset record.
+This does several things:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Adds the superclass (which, by definition, has already been initialized)
+size field to the part size field
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the widget is a subclass of the Constraint class, adds the superclass
+constraint size field to the constraint size field
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allocates an array based upon the number of superclasses
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the widget is a subclass of the constraint class, allocates an array
+for the constraint offset record
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Fills in the offsets of all the widget parts and constraint parts with
+the appropriate values, determined by examining the size fields of all
+superclass records
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Uses the part offset array to modify the offset entries in the resource
+list to be real offsets, in place
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>The widget defines a constant that will be the index to its part
+structure in the offsets array.
+The value should be 1 greater than
+the index of the widget's superclass.
+Constants defined for all <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem>
+widgets can be found in <Filename>XmP.h</Filename>.
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>&npzwc;#define BarIndex (XmBulletinBIndex + 1)
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>Instead of accessing fields directly, the widget must always go through
+the offset table.
+The <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmField</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmConstraintField</SystemItem> macros help you access
+these fields.
+Because the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPartOffset</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmConstraintPartOffset</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmField</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmConstraintField</SystemItem>
+macros concatenate things, you must ensure that there is no space
+after the part argument.
+For example, the following macros do not work because of the space
+after the part (Label) argument:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>XmField(w, offset, Label, text, char *)
+XmPartOffset(Label, text).
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>Therefore, you must not have any spaces after the part (Label)
+argument, as illustrated here:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>XmField(w, offset, Label, text, char *)
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>You can define macros for each field to make this easier.
+Assume an integer field <Symbol Role="Variable">xyz</Symbol>:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>&npzwc;#define BarXyz(w) (*(int *)(((char *) w) + &bsol;
+        offset[BarIndex] + XtOffset(BarPart,xyz)))
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>For constraint field <Symbol Role="Variable">max_width</Symbol>:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>&npzwc;#define BarMaxWidth(w) &bsol;
+        XmConstraintField(w,constraint_offsets,Bar,max_width,Dimension)
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>The parameters for <Function>XmResolveAllPartOffsets</Function> are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget_class</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget class pointer for the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">offset</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the offset record
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">constraint_offset</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the constraint offset record
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmResolvePartOffsets;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ResolveP.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ResolveP.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7f6c521
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ResolveP.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ResolveP.sgm /main/9 1996/09/25 10:05:19 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN378.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmResolvePartOffsets</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmResolvePartOffsets</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmResolvePartOffsets</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmResolvePartOffsets</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget_class, offset</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>WidgetClass <Parameter>widget_class</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmOffsetPtr <Parameter>* offset</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The use of offset records requires one extra global variable per widget
+class.
+The variable consists of a pointer to an array of offsets into the
+widget record for each part of the widget structure.
+The <Function>XmResolvePartOffsets</Function> function
+allocates the offset records needed by an application to guarantee
+upward-compatible access to widget instance records by
+applications and widgets.
+These offset records are used by the widget to access all of the
+widget's variables.
+A widget needs to take the steps described in the following paragraphs.
+</Para>
+<Para>Instead of creating a resource list, the widget creates an offset
+resource list.
+To accomplish this, use the <StructName Role="typedef">XmPartResource</StructName>
+structure and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPartOffset</SystemItem> macro.
+The <StructName Role="typedef">XmPartResource</StructName> data structure looks just like a
+resource list, but instead of having
+one integer for its offset, it has two shorts.
+This structure is put into the class record as if it were a normal resource
+list. Instead of using <Function>XtOffset</Function> for the offset, the widget uses
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPartOffset</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>XmPartResource resources[] = {
+  { BarNxyz, BarCXyz, XmRBoolean,
+    sizeof(Boolean), XmPartOffset(Bar,xyz),
+    XmRImmediate, (XtPointer)False }
+};
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>Instead of putting the widget size in the class record, the widget puts the
+widget part size in the same field.
+</Para>
+<Para>Instead of putting <SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVersion</SystemItem> in the class record, the widget puts
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVersionDontCheck</SystemItem> in the class record.
+</Para>
+<Para>The widget defines a variable, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmOffsetPtr</StructName>, to point to
+the offset record.
+This can be part of the widget's class record or a separate global
+variable.
+</Para>
+<Para>In class initialization, the widget calls <Function>XmResolvePartOffsets</Function>,
+passing it a pointer to contain the address of the offset
+record and the class record.
+This does several things:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Adds the superclass (which, by definition, has already been initialized)
+size field to the part size field
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allocates an array based upon the number of superclasses
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Fills in the offsets of all the widget parts with the appropriate
+values, determined by examining the size fields of all superclass
+records
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Uses the part offset array to modify the offset entries in the resource
+list to be real offsets, in place
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>The widget defines a constant that will be the index to its part
+structure in the offsets array.
+The value should be 1 greater than
+the index of the widget's superclass.
+Constants defined for all <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem>
+widgets can be found in <Filename>XmP.h</Filename>.
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>&npzwc;#define BarIndex (XmBulletinBIndex + 1)
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>Instead of accessing fields directly, the widget must always go through
+the offset table.
+The <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmField</SystemItem> macro helps you access these fields.
+Because the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPartOffset</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmField</SystemItem>
+macros concatenate things together, you must
+ensure that there is no space
+after the part argument.
+For example, the following macros do not work because of the space
+after the part (Label) argument:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>XmField(w, offset, Label, text, char *)
+XmPartOffset(Label, text)
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>Therefore, you must not have any spaces after the part (Label)
+argument, as illustrated here:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>XmField(w, offset, Label, text, char *)
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>You can define macros for each field to make this easier.
+Assume an integer field <Symbol Role="Variable">xyz</Symbol>:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>&npzwc;#define BarXyz(w) (*(int *)(((char *) w) + &bsol;
+        offset[BarIndex] + XtOffset(BarPart,xyz)))
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>The parameters for <Function>XmResolvePartOffsets</Function> are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget_class</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget class pointer for the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">offset</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the offset record
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmResolveAllPartOffsets;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RowCol.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RowCol.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a4c1d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/RowCol.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,2507 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: RowCol.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 20:59:24 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN379.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmRowColumn</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The RowColumn widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmRowColumn</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>RowColumn</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The RowColumn widget is a general purpose RowColumn manager capable
+of containing any widget type as a child.
+In general, it requires no special
+knowledge about how its children function and provides nothing
+beyond support for several different layout styles. However, it can be
+configured as a menu, in which case, it expects only certain children, and
+it configures to a particular layout. The menus supported are MenuBar,
+Pulldown or Popup menu panes, and OptionMenu.
+RowColumn uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSavvy</Symbol> trait and holds the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<Para>The type of layout performed is controlled by how the application has set
+the various layout resources.
+It can be configured to lay out its children in either rows or
+columns. In addition, the application can specify how the children are
+laid out, as follows:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The children are packed tightly together into either rows or columns
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Each child is placed in an identically sized
+box (producing a symmetrical look)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A specific layout (the current <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> and <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> positions of the children
+control their location)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>In addition, the application has control over both the spacing that
+occurs between each row and column and the margin spacing
+present between the edges of the RowColumn widget and any children
+that are placed against it.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinsertPosition</SystemItem> procedure for the RowColumn
+returns the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> if one has been specified
+for the child. Otherwise, this procedure returns the number of
+children in the RowColumn's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnumChildren</SystemItem> list.
+In a MenuBar, Pulldown menu pane, or Popup menu pane the default for the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem> resource is 2.
+In an OptionMenu or a WorkArea, (such as a RadioBox or CheckBox) this
+resource is not applicable and its use is undefined.
+If an application wishes to place a 3-D shadow around an OptionMenu or
+WorkArea, it can create the RowColumn as a child of a Frame widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a MenuBar, Pulldown menu pane, or Popup menu pane the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> resource is not applicable and its use is
+undefined.
+In a WorkArea, the default for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTAB_GROUP</SystemItem>.
+In an OptionMenu the default for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a MenuBar, Pulldown menu pane, or Popup menu pane the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem> resource is not applicable and its use is
+undefined.
+In an OptionMenu or WorkArea, the default for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem> is
+True.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the parent of the RowColumn is a MenuShell, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmappedWhenManaged</SystemItem> resource is forced to False when the widget
+is realized.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user can specify resources in a resource file for the automatically
+created widgets and gadgets of an OptionMenu. The following list
+identifies the names of these widgets (or gadgets) and the associated
+OptionMenu areas.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Option Menu Label Gadget</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>OptionLabel</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Option Menu Cascade Button</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>OptionButton</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For the Popup and Pulldown Menupanes, popup and pulldown menus have
+particular behaviors when the
+<KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> button is pressed outside the menus. These behaviors
+are summarized here.
+</Para>
+<Para>When there is already a popped up menu, a user can either press
+<KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> in the same area as the
+popped up menu, or can press <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> in another area that should
+have a menu popped up. When <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> is pressed in the same
+area as the already popped up menu, that menu is unposted.
+If <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> is pressed in a different area,
+the associated popup menu is posted for the new area. Note, however,
+that if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpopupHandlerCallback</SystemItem> of either <Classname>XmManager</Classname> or
+<Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> is available, then the callback may override these
+default behaviors.
+</Para>
+<Para>For pulldown menus, a user can press <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> on the
+Cascade button to post the pulldown menu, then click on it again. Upon the
+second click, the pulldown menu is unposted.
+</Para>
+<Para>Popup menus are not allowed to have NULL parents.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Tear-off Menus</Title>
+<Para>Pulldown and Popup menu panes support tear-off menus, which enable the
+user to retain a menu pane on the display to facilitate subsequent
+menu selections. A menu pane that can be torn-off is identified by
+a tear-off button that spans the width of the menu pane and displays
+a dashed line. A torn-off menu pane contains a window manager system
+menu icon and a title bar. The window title displays the label of the
+cascade button that initiated the action when the label type is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING</SystemItem>. If the label contains a pixmap the window title is
+empty. A tear-off menu from a Popup menu pane also displays
+an empty title.
+Tear-off menus should not be shared.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user can tear off a menu pane using the mouse or keyboard.
+Clicking <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> or pressing <KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym> (or <KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>)
+on the tear-off button, tears off the menu pane at the current
+position. Pressing <KeySym>Btn2</KeySym> on the tear-off button tears off the
+menu pane and allows the user to drag the torn-off menu to a new
+position designated by releasing the mouse button. Tearing off a
+menu pane unposts the current active menu. Only one tear-off copy
+for each menu pane is allowed. Subsequent tear-off actions of a
+torn menu pane unpost the existing copy first.
+</Para>
+<Para>The name of the tear-off button of a torn-off menu pane is
+<Literal>TearOffControl</Literal>. The name can be used to set resources in a resource
+file. An application can also obtain the tear-off button itself using
+<Function>XmGetTearOffControl</Function> and then set resource values by calling
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The tear-off button has Separator-like behavior. Its appearance can be
+specified with the following tear-off button resources:
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackgroundPixmap</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNforeground</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmargin</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNseparatorType</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem>. Refer to the <Classname>XmSeparator</Classname> reference
+page for a complete description of each of these resources.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtearOffModel</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtearOffMenuActivateCallback</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtearOffMenuDeactivateCallback</SystemItem>
+are RowColumn resources that affect tear-off menu behavior.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtearOffTitle</SystemItem> resource enables the application to specify
+the tear-off menu's title if the menu is torn off.
+</Para>
+<Para>By default, menus do not tear off. Setting the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtearOffModel</SystemItem> resource to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEAR_OFF_ENABLED</SystemItem>
+enables tear-off functionality.
+There is no resource converter
+preregistered for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtearOffModel</SystemItem>. To allow tear-off
+functionality to be enabled through the resource database, call the
+function <Function>XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Tear-off menu focus policy follows standard window
+manager policy. It is recommended that the
+<Literal>startupKeyFocus</Literal> and <Literal>autoKeyFocus</Literal>
+<Command>mwm</Command> resources be set to True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Descendants</Title>
+<Para>RowColumn automatically creates the descendants shown in the
+following table.
+An application can use <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> to gain access
+to the named descendant. In addition, a user or an application
+can use the named descendant when specifying resource values.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Named Descendant</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Identity</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>=</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>OptionButton</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmCascadeButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">option menu button</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>OptionLabel</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">option menu label</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>TearOffControl</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry>subclass of <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>tear-off button of torn-off menu pane</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>RowColumn inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>,
+<Classname>Constraint</Classname>, and <Classname>XmManager</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmRowColumnWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmRowColumn Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNadjustLast</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAdjustLast</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNadjustMargin</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAdjustMargin</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNentryAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNentryBorder</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEntryBorder</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNentryCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNentryClass</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEntryClass</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetClass</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNentryVerticalAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVerticalAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNisAligned</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIsAligned</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNisHomogeneous</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIsHomogeneous</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCXmString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmenuAccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmenuHelpWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMenuWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmenuHistory</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMenuWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmenuPost</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMenuPost</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>KeySym</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumColumns</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNumColumns</Entry>
+<Entry>short</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNorientation</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOrientation</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpacking</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPacking</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupEnabled</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPopupEnabled</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPOPUP_KEYBOARD</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNradioAlwaysOne</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRadioAlwaysOne</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNradioBehavior</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRadioBehavior</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizeHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCResizeHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizeWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCResizeWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrowColumnType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRowColumnType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmWORK_AREA</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!--no-op:  .tH-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNspacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsubMenuId</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMenuWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtearOffMenuActivateCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtearOffMenuDeactivateCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtearOffModel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTearOffModel</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTEAR_OFF_DISABLED</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtearOffTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTearOffTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwhichButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWhichButton</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNadjustLast</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Extends the last row of children to the bottom edge of RowColumn (when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHORIZONTAL</SystemItem>) or extends the last column to the
+right edge of RowColumn (when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem>).
+Setting <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNadjustLast</SystemItem> to False disables this feature.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNadjustMargin</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the inner minor margins of all
+items contained within the RowColumn widget are
+forced to the same value. The inner minor margin
+corresponds to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem>,
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem> resources supported by <Classname>XmLabel</Classname> and
+<Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>A horizontal orientation causes <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem> for all items in a particular row to be forced to the
+same value; the value is the largest margin specified
+for one of the Label items.
+</Para>
+<Para>A vertical orientation causes
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginRight</SystemItem> for all items in a particular
+column to be forced to the same value; the value is the largest
+margin specified for one of the Label items.
+</Para>
+<Para>This keeps all text within each row or column
+lined up with all other text in its row or column.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_POPUP</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_PULLDOWN</SystemItem> and this resource is True, only button children
+have their margins adjusted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryAlignment</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the alignment type for children that are subclasses of
+<Classname>XmLabel</Classname> or <Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNisAligned</SystemItem> is enabled.
+The following are textual alignment types:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</SystemItem> (default)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_END</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>See the description of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNalignment</SystemItem> in the &cdeman.XmLabel;
+reference page for an explanation of these actions.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryBorder</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Imposes a uniform border width upon all RowColumn's children.
+The default value is 0 (zero), which disables the feature.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Disables the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks for all CascadeButton, DrawnButton, PushButton, and
+ToggleButton widgets and gadgets contained within the RowColumn widget.
+If the application supplies this resource, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks are then revectored to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+This allows an application to supply a single callback routine for
+handling all items contained in a RowColumn widget.
+The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+If the application does not supply this resource, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks for each item in the RowColumn widget work as normal.
+</Para>
+<Para>The application must supply this resource when this widget is created.
+Changing this resource using the <Function>XtSetValues</Function> is not
+supported.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryClass</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the only widget class that can be added
+to the RowColumn widget; this resource is meaningful only when the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNisHomogeneous</SystemItem> resource is set to True.
+Both widget and gadget variants of the specified class may be added to
+the widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <Function>XmCreateRadioBox</Function> is called or when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is
+set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNradioBehavior</SystemItem> is True, the default
+value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryClass</SystemItem> is
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmToggleButtonGadgetClass</Symbol>.
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_BAR</SystemItem>, the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryClass</SystemItem> is forced to <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmCascadeButtonWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryVerticalAlignment</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of vertical alignment for children that are
+subclasses of <Classname>XmLabel</Classname>, <Literal>XmLabelGadget, and</Literal> <Classname>XmText</Classname>.
+This resource is invalid if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpacking</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPACK_TIGHT</SystemItem>, because this layout
+preserves variable heights among the children. The vertical alignment
+types include:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BASELINE_BOTTOM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the bottom baseline of all
+children in a row to be aligned.
+This resource is applicable only when all children in a row
+contain textual data.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BASELINE_TOP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the top baseline of all
+children in a row to be aligned.
+This resource is applicable only when all children in a
+row contain textual data.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CONTENTS_BOTTOM</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the bottom of the
+contents (text or
+pixmap) of all children in a row to be aligned.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the center of all children in a row to be
+aligned.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CONTENTS_TOP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the top of the contents (text or
+pixmap) of all children in a row to be aligned.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNisAligned</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies text alignment for each item within the RowColumn widget;
+this applies only to items that are subclasses of
+<Classname>XmLabel</Classname> or <Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname>.
+However, if the item is a Label widget or gadget and its parent is either
+a Popup menu pane or a Pulldown menu pane, alignment is not
+performed; the Label is treated as the
+title within the
+menu pane, and the alignment
+set by the application is not overridden.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryAlignment</SystemItem> controls the type of textual alignment.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNisHomogeneous</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether the RowColumn
+widget should enforce exact homogeneity among the items
+it contains; if this resource is set to True, only the widgets that are
+of the class indicated by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNentryClass</SystemItem>
+are allowed as children of the RowColumn widget.
+This is most often used when creating a MenuBar.
+Attempting to insert a child that is not a member of the
+specified class generates a warning message.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a MenuBar, the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNisHomogeneous</SystemItem> is forced to True.
+In an OptionMenu, the value is forced to False.
+When <Function>XmCreateRadioBox</Function> is called the default value is True.
+Otherwise, the default value is False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem>,
+this resource points to a text string that displays the label with
+respect to the selection area. The positioning of the label relative to the
+selection area depends on the layout
+direction in the horizontal orientation.
+This resource is not meaningful for all other RowColumn types.
+If the application wishes to change the label after creation, it must get the
+LabelGadget ID (<Function>XmOptionLabelGadget</Function>) and call <Function>XtSetValues</Function> on the
+LabelGadget directly. The default value is no label.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmapCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a widget-specific callback function that is
+invoked when the window associated with the RowColumn widget
+is about to be mapped. The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MAP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of blank space between the top
+edge of the RowColumn widget and the first item in each column,
+and the bottom edge of the RowColumn widget and the last item
+in each column.
+The default value is 0 (zero) for Pulldown and Popup menu panes, and 3
+pixels for other RowColumn types.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of blank space between the left
+edge of the RowColumn widget and the first item in each row,
+and the right edge of the RowColumn widget and the last item in
+each row.
+The default value is 0 (zero) for Pulldown and Popup menu panes, and 3
+pixels for other RowColumn types.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmenuAccelerator</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is useful only when the RowColumn widget has been configured
+to operate as a Popup menu pane or a MenuBar.
+The format of this resource is similar to the left side specification
+of a translation string, with the limitation that it must specify a key
+event.
+For a Popup menu pane, when the accelerator is typed by the user, the Popup
+menu pane is posted.
+For a MenuBar, when the accelerator is typed by the user, the first item
+in the MenuBar is highlighted, and traversal is enabled in the
+MenuBar.
+The default for a Popup menu pane is <KeySym>osfMenu</KeySym>.
+The default for a MenuBar is <KeySym>osfMenuBar</KeySym>.
+Setting the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpopupEnabled</SystemItem> resource to False disables
+the accelerator.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmenuHelpWidget</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID for the CascadeButton, which is treated as
+the Help widget if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_BAR</SystemItem>.
+Which corner of the MenuBar the Help widget is placed at depends on
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of the widget.
+If the RowColumn widget is any type other than <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_BAR</SystemItem>,
+this resource is not meaningful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmenuHistory</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the last menu entry to be activated. It is
+also useful for specifying the current selection for an OptionMenu. If
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem>, the specified
+menu item is positioned under the cursor when the menu is displayed.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the RowColumn widget has the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNradioBehavior</SystemItem> resource set to
+True,
+the widget field associated with this resource
+contains the widget ID of the last ToggleButton or ToggleButtonGadget
+to change from unselected to selected.
+The default value is the widget ID of the first child in
+the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmenuPost</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an X event description indicating a button event that posts a menu
+system.
+The default for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_POPUP</SystemItem> is <Literal>BMenu Press</Literal>.
+The default for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_BAR</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem> is <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> <Literal>Press</Literal>.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmenuPost</SystemItem> resource for pulldowns should be consistent with that of
+the top-level parent menu (although the event type is ignored).
+Setting this resource to <Literal>BTransfer Press</Literal> will conflict with drag and drop
+operations, which use <Literal>BTransfer Press</Literal> as a default button binding.
+Therefore, this resource cannot be <Literal>BTransfer Press</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmnemonic</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is useful only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is
+set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem>.
+It specifies a keysym for a key that, when pressed by the user along with
+the <Literal>MAlt</Literal> modifier, posts
+the associated Pulldown menu pane.
+The first character in the OptionMenu label string that exactly matches
+the mnemonic in the character set specified in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmnemonicCharSet</SystemItem>
+is underlined.
+The user can post the menu by pressing either the shifted or the
+unshifted mnemonic key.
+The default is no mnemonic.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmnemonicCharSet</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character set of the mnemonic for an OptionMenu.
+The default is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>.
+If the RowColumn widget is any type other than <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem>,
+this resource is not meaningful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnumColumns</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of minor dimension extensions
+that are made to accommodate the entries; this
+attribute is meaningful only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpacking</SystemItem> is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPACK_COLUMN</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>For vertically oriented RowColumn widgets, this attribute
+indicates how many columns are built; the number of
+entries per column is adjusted to maintain this
+number of columns, if possible.
+</Para>
+<Para>For horizontally oriented RowColumn widgets, this attribute
+indicates how many rows are built.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default value is 1.
+In an OptionMenu the value is forced to 1.
+The value must be greater than 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Determines whether RowColumn layouts are row-major or column-major.
+In a column-major layout, the children of the RowColumn
+are laid out in
+columns within the widget. In a row-major layout the children of
+the RowColumn are laid out in rows. The direction of the horizontal
+layout in the row-major layout (from left or right), and the wrapping in
+the column-major layout (vertical), depend on the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of the widget.
+The <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem> resource value
+selects a column-major layout.
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHORIZONTAL</SystemItem> selects a row-major layout.
+</Para>
+<Para>When creating a MenuBar or an OptionMenu, the default is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHORIZONTAL</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, the default value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem>.
+The results of specifying a value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem> for a MenuBar are
+undefined.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpacking</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies how to pack the items contained within a
+RowColumn widget. This can be set to <Literal>XmPACK_TIGHT, XmPACK_COLUMN</Literal> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPACK_NONE</SystemItem>. When a RowColumn widget
+packs the items it contains, it determines its major
+dimension using the value of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPACK_TIGHT</SystemItem> indicates that given the current major
+dimension (for example, vertical if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem>), entries
+are placed one after the other until
+the RowColumn widget must wrap. RowColumn wraps when there is no room left
+for a complete child in that dimension.
+Wrapping occurs
+by beginning a new row or column in the next available
+space. Wrapping continues, as often as necessary, until
+all of the children are laid out.
+In the vertical dimension (columns), boxes are set to the same width; in the
+horizontal dimension (rows), boxes are set to the same depth.
+Each
+entry's position in the major dimension is left unaltered (for example,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNy</SystemItem> is left unchanged when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem>); its
+position in the minor
+dimension is set to the same value as the greatest entry
+in that particular row or column. The position in the minor
+dimension of any particular row or column is independent
+of all other rows or columns.
+</Para>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPACK_COLUMN</SystemItem> indicates that all entries are placed in
+identically sized boxes. The boxes are based on the largest height
+and width values of all the children widgets.
+The value of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnumColumns</SystemItem>
+resource determines how many boxes are placed in the
+major dimension, before extending in the minor dimension.
+</Para>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPACK_NONE</SystemItem> indicates that no packing is performed.
+The <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> and <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> attributes of each entry are left alone, and
+the RowColumn widget attempts to become large enough to enclose all
+entries.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <Function>XmCreateRadioBox</Function> is called or when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem>
+is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNradioBehavior</SystemItem> is True, the
+default value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpacking</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPACK_COLUMN</SystemItem>.
+In an OptionMenu the value is initialized to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPACK_TIGHT</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, the value defaults to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPACK_TIGHT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpopupEnabled</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the menu system
+to enable keyboard input (accelerators and mnemonics) defined for the Popup
+menu pane and any of its submenus.
+The Popup menu pane needs to be informed whenever its accessibility to the user
+changes because posting of the Popup menu pane is controlled by the
+application.
+This resource can take four values, including:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOPUP_KEYBOARD</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the keyboard
+input&mdash;accelerators and mnemonics&mdash;defined for the Popup menu pane
+and any of its submenus is enabled. This is the default.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOPUP_DISABLED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the keyboard input is disabled.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOPUP_AUTOMATIC</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the keyboard is enabled for automatic popup menus.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOPUP_AUTOMATIC_RECURSIVE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the keyboard is enabled for recursive automatic popup menus.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- .IP "\*LXmNpostFromCount\*O"-->
+<!-- This resource is useful only when \*LXmNrowColumnType\*O is-->
+<!-- set to \*LXmMENU_POPUP\*O or \*LXmMENU_PULLDOWN\*O.-->
+<!-- Specifies the number of widgets in the \*LXmNpostFromList\*O resource.-->
+<!-- .IP "\*LXmNpostFromList\*O"-->
+<!-- This resource is useful only when \*LXmNrowColumnType\*O is-->
+<!-- set to \*LXmMENU_POPUP\*O or \*LXmMENU_PULLDOWN\*O.-->
+<!-- Specifies a list of the widgets from which the menu pane is to be-->
+<!-- accessible.-->
+<!-- If the menu is a Popup menu pane and this resource is NULL, the menu is-->
+<!-- accessible from its parent.-->
+<!-- If the menu is a Pulldown menu pane and this resource is NULL, the menu-->
+<!-- is accessible from the appropriate CascadeButton widget or gadget.-->
+<!-- The default is NULL.-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNradioAlwaysOne</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If True, forces the active ToggleButton or ToggleButtonGadget
+to be automatically selected after having
+been unselected (if no other toggle was activated).
+If False, the active toggle may be unselected.
+The default value is True. This resource is important only when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNradioBehavior</SystemItem> is True.
+</Para>
+<Para>The application can always add and subtract toggles from
+RowColumn regardless of the selected/unselected state of the toggle. The
+application can also manage and unmanage toggle
+children of RowColumn at any time regardless of state. Therefore,
+the application can sometimes
+create a RowColumn that has <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNradioAlwaysOne</SystemItem> set to
+True and none
+of the toggle children selected.
+The result is undefined if the value of this resource is True and the
+application sets more than one ToggleButton at a time.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNradioBehavior</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that when True, indicates
+that the RowColumn widget should enforce a RadioBox-type behavior
+on all of its children that are ToggleButtons or
+ToggleButtonGadgets.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the value of this resource is True,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorType</SystemItem> defaults to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY</SystemItem>
+for ToggleButton and ToggleButtonGadget children.
+</Para>
+<Para>RadioBox
+behavior dictates that when one toggle is selected and the user selects another
+toggle, the first toggle is unselected
+automatically.
+The RowColumn usually does not enforce this behavior if the application,
+rather than the user, changes the state of a toggle.
+The RowColumn does enforce this behavior if a toggle child is selected
+with <Function>XmToggleButtonSetState</Function> or <Function>XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState</Function>
+with a <Symbol Role="Variable">notify</Symbol> argument of True.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <Function>XmCreateRadioBox</Function> is called, the default value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNradioBehavior</SystemItem> is True.
+Otherwise, the default value is False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizeHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Requests a new height if necessary, when set to True. When this
+resource is set to
+False, the widget does not request a new height regardless of any
+changes to the widget or its children.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizeWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Requests a new width if necessary, when set to True. When set to
+False, the widget does not request a new width regardless of any
+changes to the widget or its children.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of RowColumn widget
+to be created.
+It is a nonstandard resource that cannot be changed after it is set.
+If an application uses any of the
+convenience routines, except <Function>XmCreateRowColumn</Function>,
+this resource is automatically forced to the appropriate
+value by the convenience routine. If an application uses
+the Xt Intrinsics API to create its RowColumn widgets,
+it must specify this resource itself. The set
+of possible settings for this resource are
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem> (default)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_BAR</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_PULLDOWN</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_POPUP</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>This resource cannot be changed after the RowColumn widget
+is created. Any changes attempted through <Function>XtSetValues</Function>
+are ignored.
+</Para>
+<Para>The value of this resource is used to determine the value of a number
+of other resources. The descriptions of RowColumn resources explain
+this when it is the case. The resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem>,
+inherited from <Classname>XmManager</Classname>, is changed to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem> if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspacing</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the horizontal and vertical spacing between
+items contained within the RowColumn widget.
+The default value is 3 pixels for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOPTION_MENU</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem> and 0 (zero) for other RowColumn types.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsubMenuId</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID for the Pulldown menu pane to be associated with
+an OptionMenu. This resource is useful only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is
+set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem>.
+The default value is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtearOffMenuActivateCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the callback list that notifies the application when
+the tear-off menu pane is about to be activated. It precedes the tear-off's
+map callback.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use this resource when your application has shared menu panes and when
+the torn-off menu can have two or
+more parents that can have opposing sensitivity states for the same
+menu item.
+This resource enables
+the application to track
+whether a menu item is sensitive or insensitive and to set the state to the
+original parent's menu item state when the torn-off menu is reposted.
+The application can use <Function>XmGetPostedFromWidget</Function> to determine from which
+parent the menu was torn. The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_TEAR_OFF_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+The default is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtearOffMenuDeactivateCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the callback list that notifies the application when
+the tear-off menu pane is about to be deactivated. It follows the tear-off's
+unmap callback.
+</Para>
+<Para>Use this resource when your application has shared menu panes and when
+the torn-off menu can have two or
+more parents that can have opposing sensitivity states for the same
+menu item.
+This resource enables
+the application to track
+whether a menu item is sensitive or insensitive and to set the state to the
+original parent's menu item state when the torn-off menu is reposted.
+The application can use <Function>XmGetPostedFromWidget</Function> to determine from which
+parent the menu was torn.
+The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_TEAR_OFF_DEACTIVATE</SystemItem>. The default is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtearOffModel</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether tear-off functionality is enabled or disabled
+when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_PULLDOWN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_POPUP</SystemItem>. The values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEAR_OFF_ENABLED</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEAR_OFF_DISABLED</SystemItem> (default value). This resource is
+invalid for type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem>; however, it does affect
+any pulldown
+submenus within an OptionMenu.
+The function <Function>XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter</Function> installs
+a resource converter for this resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmNtearoffTitle</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Used by the TearOff shell to set the title for the window manager to
+display.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunmapCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called
+after the window associated with the RowColumn
+widget has been unmapped. The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_UNMAP</SystemItem>.
+The default value is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwhichButton</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is obsolete; it has been replaced by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmenuPost</SystemItem> and
+is present for compatibility with older releases of Motif.
+This resource cannot be 2.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmRowColumn Constraint Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpositionIndex</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPositionIndex</Entry>
+<Entry>short</Entry>
+<Entry>XmLAST_POSITION</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the widget in its parent's list of
+children (the value of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildren</SystemItem> resource). The value
+is an integer that is no less than 0 (zero) and no greater than
+the number of children in the list at the time the value is
+specified. A value of 0 (zero) means that the child is placed at the
+beginning of the list. The value can also be specified as
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLAST_POSITION</SystemItem> (the default), which means that the child
+is placed at the end of the list. Any other value is ignored.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> returns the position of the widget in its parent's
+child list at the time of the call to <Function>XtGetValues</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>When a widget is inserted into its parent's child list, the positions
+of any existing children that are greater than or equal to the
+specified widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem> are increased by 1.
+The effect of a call to <Function>XtSetValues</Function> for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpositionIndex</SystemItem>
+is to remove the specified widget from its parent's child list, decrease
+by 1 the positions of any existing children that are greater than
+the specified widget's former position in the list, and then insert
+the specified widget into its parent's child list as described in the
+preceding sentence.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Simple Menu Creation Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>StringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonAcceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonAcceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonMnemonicCharSets</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonMnemonicCharSets</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringCharSetTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonMnemonics</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonMnemonics</Entry>
+<Entry>XmKeySymTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttons</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtons</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonSet</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonSet</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>&minus;1</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmButtonTypeTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoptionLabel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOptionLabel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNoptionMnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOptionMnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>KeySym</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpostFromButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPostFromButton</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>&minus;1</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsimpleCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!--no-op:  .in-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonAccelerators</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is for use with the simple menu creation routines.
+It specifies a list of accelerators for the buttons created.
+The list contains one element for each button, separator, and title
+created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonAcceleratorText</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is for use with the simple menu creation routines.
+It specifies a list of compound strings to display for the accelerators for
+the buttons created.
+The list contains one element for each button, separator, and title
+created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is for use with the simple menu creation routines.
+It specifies the total number of menu buttons, separators, and titles to
+create.
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonMnemonicCharSets</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is for use with the simple menu creation routines.
+It specifies a list of character sets with which button mnemonics are to be
+displayed.
+The list contains one element for each button, separator, and title
+created.
+The default is determined dynamically depending on the locale of the
+widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonMnemonics</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is for use with the simple menu creation routines.
+It specifies a list of mnemonics for the buttons created.
+The list contains one element for each button, separator, and title
+created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttons</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is for use with the simple menu creation routines.
+It specifies a list of compound strings to use as labels for the buttons
+created.
+The list contains one element for each button, separator, and title
+created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonSet</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is for use with the simple menu creation routines.
+It specifies which button of a RadioBox or OptionMenu Pulldown submenu
+is initially set.
+The value is an integer <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> indicating the <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>th
+ToggleButtonGadget specified for a RadioBox or the <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>th
+PushButtonGadget specified for an OptionMenu Pulldown submenu.
+The first button specified is number 0.
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbuttonType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is for use with the simple menu creation routines.
+It specifies a list of button types associated with the buttons to be
+created.
+The list contains one element for each button, separator, and title
+created.
+If this resource is not specified, each button in a MenuBar is a
+CascadeButtonGadget, each button in a RadioBox or CheckBox is a
+ToggleButtonGadget, and
+each button in any other type
+of RowColumn widget is a PushButtonGadget.
+Each button type is of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmButtonType</StructName>, an enumeration with the
+following possible values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCASCADEBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a CascadeButtonGadget for a MenuBar,
+Popup menu pane, or Pulldown menu pane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHECKBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a ToggleButtonGadget for a CheckBox,
+Popup menu pane, or Pulldown menu pane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_SEPARATOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a SeparatorGadget for a Popup
+menu pane, Pulldown menu pane, or OptionMenu Pulldown submenu.
+The separator type is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_LINE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPUSHBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a PushButtonGadget for a Popup menu pane,
+Pulldown menu pane, or OptionMenu Pulldown submenu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRADIOBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a ToggleButtonGadget for a RadioBox,
+Popup menu pane, or Pulldown menu pane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSEPARATOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a SeparatorGadget for a Popup menu pane,
+Pulldown menu pane, or OptionMenu Pulldown submenu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTITLE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a LabelGadget used as a title for a Popup
+menu pane or Pulldown menu pane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoptionLabel</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is for use with the simple menu creation routines.
+It specifies a compound string for the label string to be used on the left
+side of an OptionMenu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNoptionMnemonic</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is for use with the simple menu creation routines.
+It specifies a keysym for a key that, when pressed by the user along
+with the <Literal>MAlt</Literal> modifier, posts
+the associated Pulldown menu pane for an OptionMenu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpostFromButton</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is for use with the simple menu creation routines.
+For a Pulldown menu pane, it specifies the button in the parent to which
+the submenu is attached.
+The menu is then posted from this button.
+The value is an integer <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> indicating the <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>th
+CascadeButton or CascadeButtonGadget specified for the parent of the
+Pulldown menu pane.
+The first button specified is number 0.
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsimpleCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This resource is for use with the simple menu creation routines.
+It specifies a callback procedure to be called when a button is
+activated or when its value changes.
+This callback function is added to each button after creation.
+For a CascadeButtonGadget or a PushButtonGadget, the callback is added
+as the button's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>, and it is called when the
+button is activated.
+For a ToggleButtonGadget, the callback is added as the button's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>, and it is called when the button's value
+changes.
+The button number is passed in the <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol> field.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!---->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>RowColumn inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>default procedure</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>;
+        char <Symbol Role="Variable">* data</Symbol>;
+        char <Symbol Role="Variable">* callbackstruct</Symbol>;
+} XmRowColumnCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The following fields apply only when the callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>;
+for all other callback reasons, these fields are set to NULL.
+The <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem> callback reason is generated only when the application
+has supplied an entry callback, which overrides any activation callbacks
+registered with the individual RowColumn items.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is set to the widget ID of the RowColumn item that has been activated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains the client-data value supplied by the
+application when the RowColumn item's activation callback was registered
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">callbackstruct</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the callback structure
+generated by the RowColumn item's activation callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmRowColumn -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname> translations depend on the value of
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem>,
+<Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname> inherits translations from <Classname>XmManager</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem>,
+<Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname> inherits traversal, <KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>, and <KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>
+translations from <Classname>XmManager</Classname>
+and has the following additional translations.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuGadgetDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;Btn1Down></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuGadgetTraverseCurrent()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;Btn1Up></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuGadgetTraverseCurrentUp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>BtnDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuBtnDown()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>BtnUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuBtnUp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuHelp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMenuBtnDown()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMenuBtnUp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelect:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+<Para>The translations for <Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname> if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_BAR</SystemItem>
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_PULLDOWN</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_POPUP</SystemItem>
+are described in the following list.
+In a Popup menu system, <KeySym>Btn3</KeySym> also performs the <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>
+actions.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuHelp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuGadgetTraverseLeft()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuGadgetTraverseRight()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuGadgetTraverseUp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuGadgetTraverseDown()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMenuBtnDown()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMenuBtnUp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKActivate:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelect:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LManagerGadgetSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAny KCancel:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMenuGadgetEscape()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMenuGadgetTraverseLeft()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMenuGadgetTraverseRight()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMenuGadgetTraverseUp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMenuGadgetTraverseDown()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname> action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Help()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist. If there are no help
+callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help callbacks
+for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ManagerGadgetSelect()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When a gadget child of the menu has the focus, invokes the gadget
+child's behavior associated with <KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>.
+This generally has the effect of unposting the menu hierarchy and arming
+and activating the gadget, except that, for a CascadeButtonGadget with a
+submenu, it posts the submenu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuBtnDown()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When a gadget child of the menu has focus, invokes the gadget
+child's behavior associated with <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>.
+This generally has the effect of unposting any menus posted by the
+parent menu, enabling mouse traversal in the menu, and arming the
+gadget.
+For a CascadeButtonGadget with a submenu, it also posts the associated
+submenu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuBtnUp()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When a gadget child of the menu has focus, invokes the gadget
+child's behavior associated with <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>.
+This generally has the effect of unposting the menu hierarchy and
+activating the gadget,
+except that for a CascadeButtonGadget with a
+submenu, it posts the submenu and enables keyboard traversal in the
+menu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuGadgetEscape()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a top-level Pulldown MenuPane from a MenuBar, unposts the menu,
+disarms the MenuBar CascadeButton and the MenuBar, and, when the shell's
+keyboard focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, restores keyboard focus to
+the widget that had the focus before the MenuBar was entered.
+In other Pulldown MenuPanes, unposts the menu.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a Popup MenuPane, unposts the menu and, when the shell's keyboard
+focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, restores keyboard focus to the widget
+from which the menu was posted.
+In a TearOff MenuPane that has no submenus posted, dismisses the
+menu; otherwise, if one or more submenus are posted, unposts the last
+menu pane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuGadgetTraverseDown()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the current menu item has a submenu and is in a MenuBar, then this
+action posts the submenu, disarms the current menu item, and arms
+the submenu's first traversable menu item.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the current menu item is in a MenuPane, then this action disarms the
+current menu item and arms the item below it. This action wraps within the
+MenuPane. The direction of the wrapping depends on the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuGadgetTraverseLeft()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the current menu item is in a MenuBar, this action disarms the
+current item and arms the MenuBar item to the left.
+This action wraps within the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+<Para>In MenuPanes, if the current menu item is not at the left edge of a MenuPane,
+this action disarms the current item and arms the item to its left.
+If the current menu item is at the left edge of a submenu attached to a
+MenuBar item, then this action unposts the submenu and traverses to the
+MenuBar item to the left, wrapping if necessary. If that MenuBar item
+has a submenu, it posts the submenu and arms the first traversable
+item in the submenu.
+If the current menu item is at the left edge of a submenu not directly
+attached to a MenuBar item, then this action unposts the current submenu only.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Popup or Torn-off MenuPanes, when the current menu item is at the
+left edge, this action wraps within the MenuPane. If the current menu
+item is at the left edge of the MenuPane and not in the top row, this
+action wraps to the rightmost menu item in the row above. If the current
+menu item is in the upper, leftmost corner, this action wraps
+to the tear-off control, if present, or else it wraps to the bottom,
+rightmost menu item in the MenuPane.
+</Para>
+<Para>The preceding description applies when the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> horizontal
+direction is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem>. If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> horizontal
+direction is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem>, then the following applies.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the current menu item is in a MenuBar, then this action disarms the
+current item and arms the MenuBar item to the left.
+This action wraps within the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+<Para>In MenuPanes, if the current menu item is a CascadeButton, then this
+action posts its associated submenu.
+If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and is not at the left
+edge of a MenuPane, this action disarms the current item and arms the
+item to its left, wrapping if necessary.
+If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and is at the left edge of a
+submenu that is a descendent of a MenuBar, then this action unposts all
+submenus and traverses to the MenuBar item to the left.
+If that MenuBar item has a submenu, it posts the submenu and arms
+the submenu's first traversable item.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Popup or Torn-off menus, if the current menu item is not a
+CascadeButton and is at the left edge of a row (except the
+bottom row), this action wraps to the rightmost menu item in the
+row below. If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and
+is in the bottom, leftmost corner of a Popup or Pulldown MenuPane, this
+action wraps to the tear-off control, if present, or else it wraps to
+the top, rightmost menu item of the MenuPane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuGadgetTraverseRight()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the current menu item is in a MenuBar, then this action disarms the
+current item and arms the MenuBar item to the right.
+This action wraps within the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+<Para>In MenuPanes, if the current menu item is a CascadeButton, then this
+action posts its associated submenu.
+If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and is not at the right
+edge of a MenuPane, this action disarms the current item and arms the
+item to its right, wrapping if necessary.
+If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and is at the right edge of a
+submenu that is a descendent of a MenuBar, then this action unposts all
+submenus and traverses to the MenuBar item to the right.
+If that MenuBar item has a submenu, it posts the submenu and arms
+the submenu's first traversable item.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Popup or Torn-off menus, if the current menu item is not a
+CascadeButton and is at the right edge of a row (except the
+bottom row), this action wraps to the leftmost menu item in the
+row below. If the current menu item is not a CascadeButton and
+is in the bottom, rightmost corner of a Popup or Pulldown MenuPane, this
+action wraps to the tear-off control, if present, or else it wraps to
+the top, leftmost menu item of the MenuPane.
+</Para>
+<Para>The preceding description applies when the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> horizontal
+direction is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem>. If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> horizontal
+direction is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem>, then the following applies.
+When the current menu item is in a MenuBar, this action disarms the
+current item and arms the MenuBar item to the left.
+This action wraps within the MenuBar.
+</Para>
+<Para>In MenuPanes, if the current menu item is not at the right edge of a MenuPane,
+this action disarms the current item and arms the item to its right.
+If the current menu item is at the right edge of a submenu attached to a
+MenuBar item, then this action unposts the submenu and traverses to the
+MenuBar item to the right, wrapping if necessary. If that MenuBar item
+has a submenu, it posts the submenu and arms the first traversable
+item in the submenu.
+If the current menu item is at the right edge of a submenu not directly
+attached to a MenuBar item, then this action unposts the current submenu only.
+</Para>
+<Para>In Popup or Torn-off MenuPanes, when the current menu item is at the
+right edge, this action wraps within the MenuPane. If the current menu
+item is at the right edge of the MenuPane and not in the top row, this
+action wraps to the leftmost menu item in the row above. If the current
+menu item is in the upper, rightmost corner, this action wraps
+to the tear-off control, if present, or else it wraps to the bottom,
+leftmost menu item in the MenuPane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuGadgetTraverseUp()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the current menu item is in a MenuPane, then
+this action disarms the current menu item and arms the item above it.
+This action wraps within the MenuPane. The direction of the wrapping
+depends on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Related Behavior</Title>
+<Para>The following menu functions are available:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>osfMenuBar</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In any non-popup descendant of a MenuBar's parent, excluding the MenuBar
+itself, this action enables keyboard traversal and moves keyboard focus
+to the first item in the MenuBar.
+In the MenuBar or any menu cascaded from it, this action unposts the
+menu hierarchy and, when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, restores focus to the widget that had the focus
+when the menu system was entered.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>osfMenu</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Pops up the menu associated with the control that has the keyboard focus.
+Enables keyboard traversal in the menu.
+In the Popup menu system or any menu cascaded from it, this action
+unposts the menu hierarchy and, when the shell's keyboard focus policy
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, restores focus to the widget that had the focus
+when the menu system was entered.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;,
+&cdeman.Constraint;,
+&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateMenuBar;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateOptionMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePopupMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePulldownMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleCheckBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleMenuBar;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimplePopupMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateWorkArea;,
+&cdeman.XmGetMenuCursor;,
+&cdeman.XmGetPostedFromWidget;,
+<Function>XmGetTearOffControl</Function>,
+&cdeman.XmLabel;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;,
+&cdeman.XmMenuPosition;,
+&cdeman.XmOptionButtonGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmOptionLabelGadget;,
+<Function>XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter</Function>,
+&cdeman.XmSetMenuCursor;,
+&cdeman.XmUpdateDisplay;,
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox;,
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar;,
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SSpinBox.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SSpinBox.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..21f27a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SSpinBox.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,696 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SSpinBox.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 16:01:39 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmSimpleSpinBox">
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>XmSimpleSpinBox</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>library call</manvolnum></refmeta><refnamediv><refname><classname>XmSimpleSpinBox</classname></refname><refpurpose>a simple SpinBox widget class</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv><!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0--><!-- (c) Copyright
+1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company--><!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994,
+1995 International Business Machines Corp.--><!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994,
+1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.--><!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell,
+Inc.--><!-- (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Interleaf, Inc.--><refsynopsisdiv>
+<synopsis>#include &lt;Xm/SSpinB.h></synopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv><refsect1>
+<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>The XmSimpleSpinBox widget is a user interface control to increment and decrement
+an arbitrary TextField. For example, it can be used to cycle through the months
+of the year or days of the month.</para>
+<para>Widget subclassing is not supported for the XmSimpleSpinBox widget class.
+</para>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Classes</title>
+<para>The XmSimpleSpinBox widget inherits behavior and resources from the <classname>Core</classname>, <classname>Composite</classname> and <classname>XmManager</classname> classes.</para>
+<para><?Pub Caret1>The class pointer is <Symbol>XmSimpleSpinBoxWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</para>
+<para>The class name is <structname role="typedef">XmSimpleSpinBoxWidget</structname>.
+</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>New Resources</title>
+<para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the application
+to specify data. The application can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a resource
+by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, the application
+must remove the <Symbol>XmN</Symbol> or <Symbol>XmC</Symbol> prefix and
+use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined values for a resource
+in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, the application must remove the <literal>Xm</literal> prefix and use the remaining letters (in either lower case or
+upper case, but including any underscores between words). The codes in the
+access column indicate if the given resource can be set at creation time (C),
+set by using <function>XtSetValues</function> (S), retrieved by using <function>XtGetValues</function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).</para>
+<informaltable>
+<tgroup cols="5" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="8.51in">
+<colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="225*">
+<colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="186*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="86*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="107*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="99*">
+<spanspec nameend="col2" namest="col1" spanname="1to2">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" spanname="1to2" valign="top"><literal>XmSimpleSpinBox Resource
+Set</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Name</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Class</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Type</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Default</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Access</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNarrowLayout</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCArrowLayout</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">unsigned char</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmARROWS_END</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNarrowSensitivity</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCArrowSensitivity</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">unsigned char</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmARROWS-_SENSITIVE</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNcolumns</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCColumn</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">short</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">20</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNdecimalPoints</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCDecimalPoints</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">short</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNeditable</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCEditable</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Boolean</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">True</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNincrementValue</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCIncrementValue</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">int</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">1</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNinitialDelay</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCInitialDelay</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">unsigned int</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">250</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmaximumValue</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCMaximumValue</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">int</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">10</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNminimumValue</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCMinimumValue</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">int</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCCallback</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">XtCallbackList</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">C</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNnumValues</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCNumValues</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">int</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCPosition</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">int</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCRepeatDelay</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">unsigned int</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">200</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCSpinBoxChildType</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">unsigned char</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmSTRING</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNtextField</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCTextField</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Widget</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">G</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCCallback</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">XtCallbackList</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">C</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalues</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCValues</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">XmStringTable</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNarrowLayout</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the style and position of the SpinBox arrows. The following
+values are supported:</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term>XmARROWS_FLAT_BEGINNING</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The arrows are placed side by side to the right of the TextField.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term>XmARROWS_FLAT_END</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The arrows are placed side by side to the left of the TextField.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term>XmARROWS_SPLIT</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The down arrow is on the left and the up arrow is on the right of the
+TextField.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term>XmARROWS_BEGINNING</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The arrows are stacked and placed on the left of the TextField.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term>XmARROWS_END</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The arrows are stacked and placed on the right of the TextField.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNarrowSensitivity</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the sensitivity of the arrows in the XmSimpleSpinBox. The following
+values are supported:</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term>XmARROWS_SENSITIVE</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Both arrows are active to user selection.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term>XmARROWS_DECREMENT_SENSITIVE</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The down arrow is active and the up arrow is inactive to user selection.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term>XmARROWS_INCREMENT_SENSITIVE</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The up arrow is active and the down arrow is inactive to user selection.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term>XmARROWS_INSENSITIVE</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Both arrows are inactive to user selection.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNcolumns</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the number of columns of the text field.
+</Para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNdecimalPoints</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the position of the radix character within the numeric value
+when <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> is <systemitem class="Constant">XmNUMERIC</systemitem>. This resource is used to allow for
+floating point values in the XmSimpleSpinBox widget.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNeditable</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies whether the text field can take input.
+</Para>
+<para>
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem> is used on a widget
+it sets the dropsite to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_ACTIVE</SystemItem>.
+</PARA>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNincrementValue</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the amount to increment or decrement the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem> when the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> is <systemitem class="Constant">XmNUMERIC</systemitem>. When
+the Up action is activated, the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNincrementValue</systemitem> is added to the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>
+value; when the Down action is activated, the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNincrementValue</systemitem> is subtracted from the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem> value. When <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> is <systemitem class="Constant">XmSTRING</systemitem>, this
+resource is ignored.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNinitialDelay</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the amount of time in milliseconds before the Arrow buttons
+will begin to spin continuously.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNnumValues</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the number of items in the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalues</systemitem> list when the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> resource is <systemitem class="Constant">XmSTRING</systemitem>.
+The value of this resource must be a positive integer. The <systemitem class="Resource">XmNnumValues</systemitem> is maintained by the XmSimpleSpinBox widget when items
+are added or deleted from the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalues</systemitem>
+list. When <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> is
+not <systemitem class="Constant">XmSTRING</systemitem>, this resource is ignored.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalues</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Supplies the list of strings to cycle through when the <Symbol>XmNspinButtonChildType</Symbol> resource is <systemitem class="Constant">XmSTRING</systemitem>.
+When <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> is not <systemitem class="Constant">XmSTRING</systemitem>, this resource is ignored.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmaximumValue</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the upper bound on the XmSimpleSpinBox's range when <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> is <systemitem class="Constant">XmNUMERIC</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNminimumValue</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the lower bound on the XmSimpleSpinBox's range when <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> is <systemitem class="Constant">XmNUMERIC</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the callback to be invoked just before the XmSimpleSpinBox position
+changes. The application can use this callback to implement new application-related
+logic (including setting new position spinning to, or canceling the impending
+action). For example, this callback can be used to stop the spinning just
+before wrapping at the upper and lower position boundaries. If the application
+sets the <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> member of the <structname role="typedef">XmSimpleSpinBoxCallbackStruct</structname> to False, nothing happens. Otherwise,
+the position changes. Reasons sent by the callback are <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_NEXT</systemitem>, or <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_PRIOR</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem> resource has
+a different value based on the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> resource. When <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> is <systemitem class="Constant">XmSTRING</systemitem>, the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem> is the index into the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalues</systemitem> list for the current item. When the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> resource is <systemitem class="Constant">XmNUMERIC</systemitem>, the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem> is the integer value of the XmSimpleSpinBox that falls
+within the range of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNmaximumValue</systemitem>
+and <systemitem class="Resource">XmNminimumValue</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the number of milliseconds between repeated calls to the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem> while the user is spinning
+the XmSimpleSpinBox.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the style of the XmSimpleSpinBox. The following values are supported:
+</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term>XmSTRING</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The child is a string value that is specified through the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalues</systemitem> resource and incremented and decremented
+by changing the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem> resource.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term>XmNUMERIC</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The child is a numeric value that is specified through the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem> resource and incremented according
+to the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNincrementValue</systemitem> resource.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmtextField</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the textfield widget.
+</Para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the callback to be invoked whenever the value of the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem> resource is changed through the
+use of the spinner arrows. The <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem> passes the <structname role="typedef">XmSimpleSpinBoxCallbackStruct</structname> <symbol role="Variable">call_data</symbol> structure.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Inherited Resources</title>
+<para>The XmSimpleSpinBox widget inherits behavior and resources from the following
+named superclasses. For a complete description of each resource, see the <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [man page
+]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [entry in &str-ZM; ]]>for that superclass.</para>
+<informaltable>
+<tgroup cols="5" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="8.04in">
+<colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="190*">
+<colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="189*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="108*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="86*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="91*">
+<spanspec nameend="col2" namest="col1" spanname="1to2">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" spanname="1to2" valign="top"><literal>XmManager Resource
+Set</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Name</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Class</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Type</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Default</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Access</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCBottomShadowColor</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Pixel</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowPixmap</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCBottomShadowPixmap</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Pixmap</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNforeground</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCForeground</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Pixel</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCCallback</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">XtCallbackList</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">C</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNhighlightColor</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCHighlightColor</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Pixel</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNhighlightPixmap</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCHighlightPixmap</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Pixmap</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCInitialFocus</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Widget</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCNavigationType</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">XmNavigationType</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCShadowThickness</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Dimension</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNstringDirection</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCStringDirection</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">XmStringDirection</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCTopShadowColor</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Pixel</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNtopShadowPixmap</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCTopShadowPixmap</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Pixmap</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCTraversalOn</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Boolean</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNunitType</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCUnitType</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">unsigned char</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNuserData</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCUserData</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">XtPointer</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<informaltable>
+<tgroup cols="5" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="7.46in">
+<colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="176*">
+<colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="178*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="79*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="99*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="87*">
+<spanspec nameend="col2" namest="col1" spanname="1to2">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" spanname="1to2" valign="top"><literal>Composite Resource
+Set</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Name</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Class</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Type</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Default</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Access</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNchildren</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCReadOnly</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">WidgetList</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">G</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNinsertPosition</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCInsertPosition</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">XtOrderProc</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">default procedure</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNnumChildren</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCReadOnly</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Cardinal</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">G</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<informaltable>
+<tgroup cols="5" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="8.22in">
+<colspec align="left" colname="col1" colwidth="197*">
+<colspec align="left" colname="col2" colwidth="194*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="94*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="87*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="107*">
+<spanspec nameend="col2" namest="col1" spanname="1to2">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" spanname="1to2" valign="top"><literal>Core Resource Set</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Name</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Class</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Type</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Default</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Access</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNaccelerators</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCAccelerators</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">XtAccelerators</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNancestorSensitive</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCSensitive</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Boolean</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">G</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNbackground</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCBackground</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Pixel</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNbackgroundPixmap</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCPixmap</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Pixmap</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNborderColor</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCBorderColor</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Pixel</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XtDefaultForeground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNborderPixmap</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCPixmap</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Pixmap</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Constant">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNborderWidth</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCBorderWidth</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Dimension</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNcolormap</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCColormap</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Colormap</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNdepth</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCDepth</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">int</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNdestroyCallback</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCCallback</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">XtCallbackList</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">C</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNheight</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCHeight</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Dimension</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Boolean</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">True</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">C</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmappedWhenManaged</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCMappedWhenManaged</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Boolean</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">True</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNscreen</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCScreen</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><StructName Role="typedef">Screen *</StructName></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNsensitive</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCSensitive</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Boolean</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">True</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNtranslations</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCTranslations</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">XtTranslations</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNwidth</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCWidth</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Dimension</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNx</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCPosition</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Position</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmNy</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><systemitem class="Resource">XmCPosition</systemitem></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><structname role="typedef">Position</structname></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Callback Information</title>
+<para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each XmSimpleSpinBox callback:
+</para>
+<informalexample remap="indent">
+<programlisting>typedef struct {
+        int             <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol>;
+        XEvent          *<symbol role="Variable">event</symbol>;
+        Widget          <symbol role="Variable">widget</symbol>;
+        Boolean <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol>;
+        int             <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol>;
+        XmString        <symbol role="Variable">value</symbol>;
+        Boolean <symbol role="Variable">crossed_boundary</symbol>;
+} XmSimpleSpinBoxCallbackStruct;</programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+<para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> argument indicates why the
+callback was invoked. There are three possible reasons for this callback to
+be issued. The reason is <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_OK</systemitem>
+when this is the first call to the callback at the beginning of a spin or
+if it is a single activation of the spin arrows. If the XmSimpleSpinBox is in the
+process of being continuously spun, then the reason will be <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_NEXT</systemitem> or <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_PRIOR</systemitem>, depending on the arrow that is spinning.</para>
+<para>The <symbol role="Variable">event</symbol> argument points to the <structname role="typedef">XEvent</structname> that triggered the callback. It can be <systemitem class="Constant">NULL</systemitem> when the XmSimpleSpinBox is continuously spinning.
+</para>
+<para>The <symbol role="Variable">widget</symbol> argument is the widget identifier
+for the simple spin box widget that has been affected by this callback.</para>
+<para>The <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> argument is set only when
+the <symbol role="Variable">call_data</symbol> comes from the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem>. It indicates that the
+action that caused the callback to be called should be performed. The action
+is not performed if <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> is set to False.
+</para>
+<para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> argument is the new value
+of the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem> resource as a
+result of the spin.</para>
+<para>The <symbol role="Variable">value</symbol> argument is the new <structname role="typedef">XmString</structname> value displayed in the Text widget as
+a result of the spin. The application must copy this string if it is used
+beyond the scope of the <symbol role="Variable">call_data</symbol> structure.
+</para>
+<para>The <symbol role="Variable">crossed_boundary</symbol> argument is True
+when the spinbox cycles. This is the case when a <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> of <systemitem class="Constant">XmSTRING</systemitem> wraps from the first item to the last or the last item to the
+first. In the case of the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> of <systemitem class="Constant">XmNUMERIC</systemitem>, the
+boundary is crossed when the XmSimpleSpinBox cycles from the maximum value to the
+minimum or vice versa.</para>
+</refsect2>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>ERRORS/WARNINGS</title>
+<para>The toolkit will display a warning if the application tries to
+set the value of the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNtextField</systemitem> resource, which is read-only
+(marked G in the resource table).
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para>&cdeman.XmSpinBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSpinBox;, &cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem;, &cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos;, <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [&cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem;, &cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.XmManager;, &cdeman.XmText;, &cdeman.XmTextField;, <Function>XtGetValues</Function>(3), <Function>XtSetValues</Function>(3) ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [ &cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem;; <classname>Composite</classname>, <classname>Core</classname>, <classname>XmManager</classname>, <classname>XmText</classname>, <classname>XmTextField</classname>, in the &str-ZM;; <function>XtGetValues</function>, <function>XtSetValues</function> in the &str-Zt;. ]]></para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SSpinBoxA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SSpinBoxA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e5619d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SSpinBoxA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SSpinBoxA.sgm /main/1 1996/09/06 09:24:28 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>add an item to the XmSimpleSpinBox
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/SSpinB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>w</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>pos</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem</Function> function adds the given item to the XmSimpleSpinBox at the given
+position.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol> argument specifies the widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> argument specifies the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> for the new item.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Emphasis>pos</Emphasis> argument specifies the position of the new item.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUE</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem</Function> function returns no value.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
+<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBox;,</Para>
+]]>
+<![ %CDE.C.XO; [
+<Para><Classname>XmSimpleSpinBox</Classname>,</Para>
+]]>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos;, &cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem;.</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Scale.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Scale.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..acc8c77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Scale.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1746 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Scale.sgm /main/13 1996/09/30 13:14:06 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN380.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmScale</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmScale</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Scale widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmScale</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Scale</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Scale.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Scale is used by an application to indicate a
+value from within a range of values, and it allows the user to input or modify
+a value from the same range.
+</Para>
+<Para>A Scale has an elongated rectangular region similar to a
+ScrollBar. A slider inside this region
+indicates the current value along the Scale. The user can also
+modify the Scale's value by moving the slider within the
+rectangular region of the Scale. A Scale can also include a label set
+located outside the Scale region.
+These can indicate the relative value at various positions
+along the scale.
+The placement of this label depends on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>
+resource of the widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>A Scale can be either input/output or output only. An input/output
+Scale's value can be set by the application and also
+modified by the user with the slider. An output-only Scale
+is used strictly as an indicator of the current value of something
+and cannot be modified interactively by the user.
+The <Classname>XmScale</Classname> resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem> specifies whether the user can
+interactively modify the Scale's value.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user can specify resources in a resource file for the automatically
+created gadget that contains the title of the Scale widget. The name of the
+gadget is <Literal>Title</Literal>.
+The placement of the title depends on the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem>
+resource of the widget. The direction of the title is based on
+the widget's layout direction.
+</Para>
+<Para>Scale uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait, and
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtransfer</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Data Transfer Behavior</Title>
+<Para>Scale supports dragging of the representation of the Scale value from
+the Scale when the value is displayed
+and when the value of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableUnselectableDrag</SystemItem> resource
+of <Classname>XmDisplay</Classname> is set to True.
+</Para>
+<Para>As a source of data, Scale supports the following targets and associated
+conversions of data to these targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers a string representation of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers a string representation of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection.
+These include <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_EXPORT_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets to be
+used as the value of the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> in a
+drag-and-drop transfer.
+These include <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>As a source of data, Scale also supports the following standard Motif
+targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLASS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_CLASS</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the
+current locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLIENT_WINDOW</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy and transfers
+its window as type <Symbol Role="Define">WINDOW</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcolormap</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNforeground</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">NAME</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_NAME</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the current
+locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TARGETS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports.
+These include the standard targets in this list.
+These also include <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TIMESTAMP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the timestamp used to acquire the selection as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_RENDER_TABLE</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> if it exists, or else the
+default text render table, as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_ENCODING_REGISTRY</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers its encoding registry as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+The value is a list of NULL separated items in the
+form of tag encoding pairs.
+This target symbolizes the transfer target for the
+Motif Segment Encoding Registry.
+Widgets and applications can use this Registry to register
+text encoding formats for specified render table tags.
+Applications access this Registry by calling
+<Function>XmRegisterSegmentEncoding</Function> and <Function>XmMapSegmentEncoding</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Descendants</Title>
+<Para>Scale automatically creates the descendants shown in the
+following table.
+An application can use <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> to gain access
+to the named descendant. In addition, a user or an application
+can use the named descendant when specifying resource values.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Named Descendant</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Identity</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>=</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Scrollbar</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmScrollBar</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">scroll bar</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Title</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>title of scale</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Scale inherits behavior, resources, and traits from
+<Classname>Core</Classname>, <Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Constraint</Classname>, and <Classname>XmManager</Classname>
+classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmScaleWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmScale</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmScale Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdecimalPoints</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDecimalPoints</Entry>
+<Entry>short</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdragCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNeditable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEditable</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaximum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaximum</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>100</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminimum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinimum</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNorientation</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOrientation</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmVERTICAL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNprocessingDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCProcessingDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscaleHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScaleHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscaleMultiple</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScaleMultiple</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscaleWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScaleWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshowArrows</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShowArrows</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshowValue</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShowValue</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsliderMark</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSliderMark</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsliderVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSliderVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNslidingMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSlidingMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSLIDER</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtitleString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTitleString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvalue</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCValue</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvalueChangedCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks called when the Scale is asked to convert
+a selection.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to these callbacks is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdecimalPoints</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of decimal points to shift the slider value when
+displaying it. For example, a slider value of 2,350
+and an <Literal>XmdecimalPoints</Literal>
+value of 2 results in a display value of 23.50.
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+when the slider position changes as the slider is being
+dragged. The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DRAG</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies how the Scale scrollbar will react to user input. This
+resource can be True or False values, as follows:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">True</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the scrollbar to be sensitive to user input. This is the
+default value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">False</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Makes the Scale scrollbar insensitive to user input. The visual is not
+greyed out. This value would mostly be used in <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTHERMOMETER</SystemItem>
+mode.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<para>
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem> is used on a widget
+it sets the dropsite to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_ACTIVE</SystemItem>.
+</PARA>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list to use for the title text string specified by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtitleString</SystemItem>, and the label displayed when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowValue</SystemItem>
+is True. The font list is an obsolete structure, and is retained only
+for compatibility with earlier releases of Motif. See the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> resource.
+<!--If the value of the
+&bsol;*LXmNfontList&bsol;*O is NULL at initialization, the parent hierarchy is
+searched for an ancestor that holds the &bsol;*LXmQTspecifyRenderTable&bsol;*O
+trait.  If such an ancestor is found, the font list is initialized to
+the &bsol;*LXmLABEL_RENDER_TABLE&bsol;*O value of the ancestor widget.  If no
+such ancestor is found, the default is implementation dependent. If a
+font list and a render table (&bsol;*LXmNrenderTable&bsol;*O) are both
+specified, the render table will take precedence. Refer to
+&bsol;*LXmFontList(3X)&bsol;*O for more information on the creation and
+structure of a font list.
+--></Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightOnEnter</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the highlighting rectangle is drawn when the cursor moves
+into the widget.
+If the shell's focus policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>, this resource is
+ignored, and the widget is highlighted when it has the focus.
+If the shell's focus policy
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTER</SystemItem> and if this resource is
+True, the highlighting rectangle is drawn when the the cursor moves into
+the widget.
+If the shell's focus
+policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPOINTER</SystemItem> and if this resource is
+False, the highlighting rectangle is not drawn when the the cursor moves
+into the widget.
+The default is False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhighlightThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size of the
+slider's border drawing rectangle used for enter window and
+traversal highlight drawing.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider's maximum value.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem> must be greater than <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider's minimum value.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem> must be greater than <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays Scale vertically or horizontally.
+This resource can have values of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHORIZONTAL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the value for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem> is on the right or
+left side of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem> for horizontal Scales
+or above or below <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem> for vertical Scales.
+This resource can have values of <Literal>XmMAX_ON_TOP, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM,
+XmMAX_ON_LEFT</Literal>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem>.
+If the Scale is oriented vertically, the default value is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>.
+If the XmScale is oriented horizontally, the default value
+depends on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table to use for the title text string specified
+by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtitleString</SystemItem>, and the label displayed when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowValue</SystemItem> is True. If this value is NULL at initialization,
+the parent hierarchy is searched for an ancestor that holds the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait. If such an ancestor is found, the
+render table is initialized to the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLABEL_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of
+the ancestor widget. If no such ancestor is found, the default is
+implementation dependent. If a font list (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem>) and a
+render table are both specified, the render table will take
+precedence. Refer to &cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on
+the creation and structure of a render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscaleHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the height of the slider area.
+The value should be in the specified unit type (the default is pixels).
+If no value is specified a default height is computed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscaleMultiple</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount to move the slider when the user takes an action
+that moves the slider by a multiple increment.
+The default is (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem> &minus; <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem>) divided by 10,
+with a minimum of 1.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscaleWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of the slider area.
+The value should be in the specified unit type (the default is pixels).
+If no value is specified a default width is computed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowArrows</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the arrows are displayed
+and how they are to be displayed. This resource can take the
+following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEACH_SIDE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that one arrow is displayed on each end of the ScrollBar slider.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_SIDE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that one arrow is displayed on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem> side of
+the ScrollBar slider.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMIN_SIDE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that one arrow is displayed on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem> side of
+the ScrollBar slider.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that no arrows are displayed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem> is the default value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowValue</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether a label for the current slider
+value should be displayed next to the slider. If the value is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNEAR_SLIDER</SystemItem>, the current slider value is displayed. If the
+value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem>, no slider value is displayed.
+If the value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNEAR_BORDER</SystemItem>, the current slider value is
+displayed near the border.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsliderMark</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the shape the slider is to be displayed in. This resource
+can take the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmETCHED_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider as an etched line. This is the default when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNslidingMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSLIDER</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider as a foregrounded rectangle. This is the default when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNslidingMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTHERMOMETER</SystemItem> and the Scale scrollbar is
+insensitive to user input (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">False</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmROUND_MARK</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider as a shadowed circle. This is the default when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNslidingMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTHERMOMETER</SystemItem> and the Scale scrollbar is
+sensitive to user input (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">True</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTHUMB_MARK</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider as a series of three etched lines centered in the
+middle of the slider.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNslidingMode</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the mode the slider works in. There are two possible modes:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSLIDER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the slider to move freely between the minimum and maximum ends
+of the scale. This is the default value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTHERMOMETER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Forces the slider to be anchored to one side of the trough area.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsliderVisual</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the color of the slider visual.
+This resource can take
+the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBACKGROUND_COLOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the slider visual is in the background color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFOREGROUND_COLOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the slider visual is in the foreground color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOWED_BACKGROUND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the slider visual is in the background color, with a shadow.
+This is the
+default when the <Symbol>XmNslidingModel</Symbol> resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSLIDER</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTROUGH_COLOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the slider visual is in the trough color. This is the
+default when the <Symbol>XmNslidingModel</Symbol> resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTHERMOMETER</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtitleString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the title text string to appear in the Scale widget window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider's current position along the scale,
+between <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem>.
+The value is constrained to be within these inclusive bounds.
+The initial value of this resource is the larger of 0 (zero)
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+when the value of the slider has changed. The reason
+sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Scale inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> procedures:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
+} XmScaleCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is the new slider value
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">source_data</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">location_data</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol>;
+        unsigned long <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_length</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>;
+        unsigned long <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>;
+} XmConvertCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the selection for which conversion is being requested.
+Possible values are <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>,
+and <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the conversion target.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">source_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the selection source.
+When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, <Symbol Role="Variable">source_data</Symbol> is the
+DragContext.
+Otherwise, it is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>location_data</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the location of data to be converted.
+If the value is NULL, the data to be transferred consists of the
+widget's current selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the status of the conversion. Following are the possible
+values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This flag is currently unused.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_PARTIAL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The target widget was able to be converted, but some data was lost.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_SAME</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The conversion target is the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_TRANSACT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This flag is currently unused.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains parameter data for this target.
+If no parameter data exists, the value is NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> is <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol> is
+<Property>_MOTIF_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property> or
+<Property>_MOTIF_DEFERRED_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property>, the value is the requested
+operation (<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed
+as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol> quantities.
+Possible values are 0 (when <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> is NULL),
+8 (when the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>s),
+16 (when the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>s),
+or 32 (when the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol>s).
+Note that <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol> symbolizes a data type, not the number of bits
+in each list element.
+For example, on some machines, a <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol> of 32 means that
+the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of 64-bit quantities,
+not 32-bit quantities.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements of data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol>, where each
+element has the size specified by <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_format</Symbol>.
+When <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> is NULL, the value is 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that specifies the status of the conversion.
+The initial value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_DEFAULT</SystemItem>.
+The callback procedure can set this member to one of the following
+values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_DEFAULT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value means that the widget class conversion procedure, if any, is
+called after the callback procedures return.
+If the widget class conversion procedure produces any data, it
+overwrites the data provided by the callback procedures in the <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>
+member.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_MERGE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value means that the widget class conversion procedure, if any, is
+called after the callback procedures return.
+If the widget class conversion procedure produces any data, it appends
+its data to the data provided by the callback procedures in the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> member.
+This value is intended for use with targets that result in lists of
+data, such as <Symbol Role="Define">TARGETS</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_DONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value means that the callback procedure has successfully finished
+the conversion.
+The widget class conversion procedure, if any, is not called after the
+callback procedures return.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERT_REFUSE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This value means that the callback procedure has terminated the
+conversion process without completing the requested conversion.
+The widget class conversion procedure, if any, is not called after the
+callback procedures return.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT parameter that contains any data that the callback procedure
+produces as a result of the conversion.
+The initial value is NULL.
+If the callback procedure sets this member, it must ensure that the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol> members correspond
+to the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>.
+The callback procedure is responsible for allocating, but not for
+freeing, memory when it sets this member.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT parameter that indicates the type of the data in the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> member.
+The initial value is <Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT parameter that specifies whether the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> should
+be viewed as a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol> quantities.
+The initial value is 8.
+The callback procedure can set this member to 8 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>),
+16 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>), or 32 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An IN/OUT member that specifies the number of elements of data in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>, where each element has the size symbolized by <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>.
+The initial value is 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmScale -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Behavior</Title>
+<Para>XmScale has the following behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>&ensp;or&ensp;<KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>In the region between an end of the Scale and the slider</Literal>:
+Moves the slider by one multiple increment in
+the direction of the end of the
+Scale and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the right or
+bottom increments the Scale value,
+and movement toward the left or top decrements the Scale value.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_LEFT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>, movement toward the right or
+bottom decrements the Scale value,
+and movement toward the left or top increments the Scale value.
+If the button is held down longer than a delay period, the slider is
+moved again by the same increment and the same callbacks are called.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>In slider:</Literal>
+Activates the interactive dragging of the slider.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>&ensp;in&ensp;value&ensp;label:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Drags the contents of the label showing the current slider value.
+This action sets the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertProc</SystemItem> of the DragContext to a
+function that calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, for the <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property> selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Motion</KeySym>&ensp;or&ensp;<KeySym>Btn2Motion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the button press occurs within the slider, the subsequent motion
+events move the slider to the position of the pointer and call the
+callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>&ensp;or&ensp;<KeySym>Btn2Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the button press occurs within the slider and the slider position
+is changed, the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> are called.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>In the region between an end of the Scale and the slider</Literal>:
+Moves the slider to that end of the Scale and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>,
+movement toward the right or bottom increments the Scale value,
+and movement toward
+the left or top
+decrements
+the Scale value.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_LEFT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>, movement toward the right or
+bottom decrements the Scale value,
+and movement toward the left or top increments the Scale value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For vertical Scales,
+moves the slider up one increment and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the top increments the Scale value.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the top decrements the Scale value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For vertical Scales,
+moves the slider down one increment and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the bottom increments the Scale value.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the bottom decrements the Scale value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For horizontal Scales,
+moves the slider one increment to the left and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_LEFT</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the left increments the Scale value.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the left decrements the Scale value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For horizontal Scales,
+moves the slider one increment to the right and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the right increments the Scale value.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_LEFT</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the right decrements the Scale value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>&ensp;or&ensp;<KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For vertical Scales,
+moves the slider up one multiple increment and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the top increments the Scale value.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the top decrements the Scale value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>&ensp;or&ensp;<KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For vertical Scales,
+moves the slider down one multiple increment and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the bottom increments the Scale value.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the bottom decrements the Scale value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>&ensp;or&ensp;<KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For horizontal Scales,
+moves the slider one multiple increment to the left and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_LEFT</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the left increments the Scale value.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the left decrements the Scale value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>&ensp;or&ensp;<KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For horizontal Scales,
+moves the slider one multiple increment to the right and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the right increments the Scale value.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_LEFT</SystemItem>, movement toward
+the right decrements the Scale value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>&ensp;or&ensp;<KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginData</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the slider to the minimum value and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>&ensp;or&ensp;<KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndData</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the slider to the maximum value and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfNextField</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the first item in the next tab group. If
+the current tab group is the last entry in the tab group list, it
+wraps to the beginning of the tab group list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPrevField</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the first item in the previous tab group.
+If the beginning of the tab group list is reached, it wraps to the end
+of the tab group list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help
+callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help callbacks
+for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Constraint;, &cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateScale;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;,
+&cdeman.XmScaleGetValue;, and
+&cdeman.XmScaleSetValue;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScaleGV.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScaleGV.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1758655
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScaleGV.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ScaleGV.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:02:27 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN381.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmScaleGetValue</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmScaleGetValue</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Scale function that returns the current slider position
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmScaleGetValue</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Scale functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmScaleGetValue</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Scale.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmScaleGetValue</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, value_return</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>* value_return</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmScaleGetValue</Function> returns the current slider position value
+displayed in the scale.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Scale widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the current slider position value
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Scale and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmScale;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScale;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScalePix.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScalePix.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c699a55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScalePix.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ScalePix.sgm /main/7 1996/10/02 11:48:13 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmGetScaledPixmap">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmGetScaledPixmap</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmGetScaledPixmap</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>
+read a pixmap file and scale it according to pixmap and print resolution
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XtEnum <Function>XmGetScaledPixmap</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>image_name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>foreground</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Pixel <Parameter>background</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>depth</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Double <Parameter>scaling_ratio</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+<refsect1>
+<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><function>XmGetScaledPixmap</function> uses its
+<symbol role="variable">Widget</symbol>
+argument to look up
+for a Print Shell ancestor to get the pixmap resolution
+and the default printer resolution information to be used
+if
+<symbol role="variable">scaling_ratio</symbol>
+<systemitem class="constant">==0</systemitem>.
+</para>
+<para>If scaling is 0, and a valid PrintShell is present
+<function>XmGetScaledPixmap</function>
+applies a ratio equals to
+(printer resolution / default pixmap resolution)
+before creating the Pixmap on the widget's Screen.
+Otherwise, the
+<symbol role="variable">scaling_ratio</symbol>
+is used in scaling
+both dimensions of the image being converted as a Pixmap.
+</para>
+<para><function>XmGetScaledPixmap</function> completes the
+<function>XmGetPixmapByDepth</function> existing
+API by making use of the
+<symbol role="variable">XmNdefaultPixmapResolution</symbol>
+of the rooting
+<function>XmPrintShell</function>.
+Refer to the
+<function>XmGetPixmapByDepth</function> documentation for details.
+</para>
+<variablelist>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>Widget used to determine the default pixmap resolution (of the print shell ancestor).
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">image_name</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>See XmGetPixmapByDepth for description.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">foreground</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>See XmGetPixmapByDepth for description.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">background</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>See XmGetPixmapByDepth for description.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">depth</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>See XmGetPixmapByDepth for description.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">scaling_ratio</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>Indicate the scaling ratio to be applied, or 0.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>RETURN VALUE</title>
+<para>Returns Pixmap or NULL if failed.
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>ERRORS/WARNINGS</title>
+<para>Same as for <function>XmGetPixmapByDepth</function>.
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para>&cdeman.XmPrintSetup;, &cdeman.XmPrintShell;, &cdeman.XmRedisplayWidget;
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScaleST.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScaleST.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..07e79b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScaleST.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ScaleST.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:00:05 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN382.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmScaleSetTicks</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmScaleSetTicks</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Scale function that controls tick marks
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmScaleSetTicks</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Scale functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmScaleSetTicks</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Scale.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmScaleSetTicks</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>scale, big_every, num_medium, num_small, size_big, size_medium, size_small</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>scale</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>big_every</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>num_medium</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>num_small</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension <Parameter>size_big</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension <Parameter>size_medium</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension <Parameter>size_small</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmScaleSetTicks</Function> controls the number, location, and size of the
+tick marks on a Scale. Each tick mark is a SeparatorGadget oriented
+perpendicular to the Scale's orientation. For example, if the Scale
+is oriented horizontally, the tick marks will be oriented vertically.
+</Para>
+<Para>If you specify tick marks for a Scale and then change the
+Scale's orientation, you will have to do the following:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Remove all the tick marks. To remove tick marks from a Scale,
+you must destroy (with <Symbol>XtDestroyChildren</Symbol>)
+the SeparatorGadget tick marks.
+The first two children of a Scale are its title and scroll bar, and
+all additional children are tick marks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Recreate the tick marks by calling <Function>XmScaleSetTicks</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">scale</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Scale widget ID that is getting the tick marks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">big_every</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of scale values between big ticks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_medium</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of medium ticks between big values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_small</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of small ticks between medium values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">size_big</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size (either width or height) of the big ticks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">size_medium</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size (either width or height) of the medium ticks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">size_small</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size (either width or height) of the small ticks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Scale and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmScale;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScale;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScaleSV.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScaleSV.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1901e19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScaleSV.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ScaleSV.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:03:00 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN383.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmScaleSetValue</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmScaleSetValue</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Scale function that sets a slider value
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmScaleSetValue</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Scale functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmScaleSetValue</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Scale.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmScaleSetValue</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, value</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmScaleSetValue</Function> sets the slider <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> within the
+Scale widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Scale widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider position along the scale.
+This sets the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Scale and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmScale;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScale;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Screen.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Screen.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..189c198
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Screen.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,911 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Screen.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 21:00:14 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN384.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmScreen</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmScreen</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Screen widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmScreen</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmScreen</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Screen.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The XmScreen object is used by Motif widgets to store information that
+is specific to a screen. It also allows the toolkit to store certain
+information on widget hierarchies that would otherwise be unavailable.
+Each client has one XmScreen object for each screen that it accesses.
+</Para>
+<Para>An XmScreen object is automatically created when the application creates
+the first shell on a screen (usually accomplished by a call to
+<Function>XtAppInitialize</Function> or <Function>XtAppCreateShell</Function>).
+It is not necessary to create an XmScreen object by any other means.
+An application can use the function <Function>XmGetXmScreen</Function> to obtain the
+widget ID of the XmScreen object for a given screen.
+</Para>
+<Para>An application cannot supply initial values for XmScreen resources as
+arguments to a call to any function that creates widgets.
+The application or user can supply initial values in a resource file.
+After creating the first shell on the screen, the application can use
+<Function>XmGetXmScreen</Function> to obtain the widget ID of the XmScreen object and
+then call <Function>XtSetValues</Function> to set the XmScreen resources.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Screen inherits behavior and resources from <Classname>Core</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmScreenClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmScreen</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the
+programmer to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource
+values for the inherited classes to set attributes for this widget.
+To reference a resource by name or by class in an <Literal>&npzwc;.Xdefaults</Literal> file,
+remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters.
+To specify one of the defined values for a resource in an <Literal>&npzwc;.Xdefaults</Literal>
+file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters (in
+either lowercase or uppercase, but include any underscores between
+words). The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource
+can be set at creation time (C), set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function>
+(S), retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not
+applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmScreen Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbitmapConversionModel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBitmapConversionModel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG??</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolorAllocationProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColorAllocationProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG??</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolorCalculationProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColorCalculationProc</Entry>
+<Entry>XtProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG??</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdarkThreshold</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDarkThreshold</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultCopyCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultCopyCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultInvalidCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultInvalidCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultLinkCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultLinkCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultMoveCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultMoveCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultNoneCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultNoneCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultSourceCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultSourceCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultValidCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultValidCursorIcon</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfont</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFont</Entry>
+<Entry>XFontStruct *</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforegroundThreshold</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForegroundThreshold</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhorizontalFontUnit</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHorizontalFontUnit</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsensitiveStippleBitmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCinsensitiveStippleBitmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Bitmap</Entry>
+<Entry>"50_foreground"</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlightThreshold</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLightThreshold</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmenuCursor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCursor</Entry>
+<Entry>Cursor</Entry>
+<Entry>arrow</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmoveOpaque</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMoveOpaque</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunpostBehavior</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnpostBehavior</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNPOST_AND_REPLAY</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuseColorObject</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUseColorObject</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNverticalFontUnit</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVerticalFontUnit</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbitmapConversionModel</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Provides a policy for the conversion of xbm and xpm files to the <Literal>Pixmap</Literal>
+type. This resource takes the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMATCH_DEPTH</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>From a supplied xbm or xpm file, generates a converted pixmap file having the
+same depth as the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDYNAMIC_DEPTH</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Converts an input xbm file to a <Literal>Pixmap</Literal> of depth 1,
+or converts an input xpm file to a <Literal>Pixmap</Literal> having the
+same depth as the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcolorAllocationProc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Identifies the procedure to be used for color allocation.
+Normally, this procedure is an application-defined color allocation
+procedure. However, if no application-defined color allocation
+procedure is set, the system uses Motif's predefined color allocation
+procedure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcolorCalculationProc</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Identifies the procedure to be used for per-widget color calculation.
+Normally, this procedure is an application-defined color calculation
+procedure. However, if no application-defined color calculation
+procedure is set, the system uses Motif's predefined color calculation
+procedure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdarkThreshold</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An integer between 0 (zero) and 100, inclusive, that specifies a level
+of perceived brightness for a color. If the perceived brightness
+of the background color is below this level, Motif treats the background
+as "dark" when computing default shadow and select colors.
+If this resource is specified for a particular screen, it applies to
+widgets created on that screen; otherwise it applies to widgets
+created on all screens. The default value is implementation
+specific.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultCopyCursorIcon</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the DragIcon used during a drag operation when
+the operation is a copy and no other pixmap is specified by
+the application. If this resource is NULL, a system default icon is used.
+The system default icon is
+determined by the Display resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableDragIcon</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultInvalidCursorIcon</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the DragIcon used to indicate that the cursor
+is over an invalid drop site during a drag operation when no
+other pixmap symbol is specified by the application. If this resource is NULL, a
+system default icon is used.
+The system default icon is determined by the Display resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableDragIcon</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultLinkCursorIcon</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the DragIcon used during a drag operation when
+the operation is a link and no other pixmap is specified
+by the application. If this resource is NULL, a system default icon is used.
+The system default icon is determined by the Display resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableDragIcon</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultMoveCursorIcon</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the DragIcon used during a drag operation when
+the operation is a move and no other pixmap is specified by
+the application. If this resource is NULL, a system default icon is used.
+The system default icon is determined by the Display resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableDragIcon</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultNoneCursorIcon</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the DragIcon used to indicate that the cursor is
+not over a drop site during a drag operation when no other pixmap
+is specified by the application. If this resource is NULL, a system default icon
+is used.
+The system default icon is determined by the Display resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableDragIcon</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultSourceCursorIcon</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the depth-1 pixmap used as a cursor when an
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsourceCursorIcon</SystemItem> is not provided by the DragContext, or
+it is not usable. If this resource is NULL, a system default icon is used.
+The system default icon is determined by the Display resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableDragIcon</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultValidCursorIcon</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the DragIcon used to indicate that the cursor is
+over a valid drop site during a drag operation when no other pixmap
+is specified by the application. If this resource is NULL, a system default icon
+is used.
+The system default icon is determined by the Display resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableDragIcon</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a font for use in computing values for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>. When an
+application is initialized, this resource can be supplied in a
+resource file or through the standard command line options <Literal>&minus;fn</Literal>,
+<Literal>&minus;font</Literal>, and <Literal>&minus;xrm</Literal>. Note that this resource is used only
+for the calculation of the font unit values. To specify a font to be
+used to display text, use a widget's render table resource
+(<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNforegroundThreshold</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An integer between 0 (zero) and 100, inclusive, that specifies a level of
+perceived brightness for a color. If the perceived brightness of the
+background color is equal to or below this level, Motif treats the
+background as "dark" when computing the default foreground and highlight
+colors. If the perceived brightness of the background color is above
+this level, Motif treats the background as "light" when computing the
+default foreground and highlight colors. When the background is "dark,"
+the default foreground and highlight is white; when the background is
+"light," the default foreground and highlight is black. If this
+resource is specified for a particular screen, it applies to widgets
+created on that screen; otherwise, it applies to widgets created on all
+screens. The default value is implementation specific.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the horizontal component of the font units used by
+<Function>XmConvertUnits</Function>, and is used to interpret the values of geometry
+resources when the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshellUnitType</SystemItem> resource of VendorShell or the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> resource of Gadget, Manager, or Primitive has the
+value <Symbol>Xm100TH_FONT_UNITS</Symbol>.
+If no initial value is supplied for this resource, the default is
+computed from the font specified in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem>.
+If no initial value is supplied for this resource or for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem>,
+the default is 10.
+</Para>
+<Para>If a call to <Function>XtSetValues</Function> specifies a value for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>, this resource is set to that value.
+If a call to <Function>XtSetValues</Function> specifies a value for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem> but
+not for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>, this resource is set to a value
+computed from the new <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>A horizontal font unit is derived from a font as follows:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the font has an <Symbol Role="Define">AVERAGE_WIDTH</Symbol> property, the horizontal font
+unit is the <Symbol Role="Define">AVERAGE_WIDTH</Symbol> property divided by 10.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the font has no <Symbol Role="Define">AVERAGE_WIDTH</Symbol> property but has a
+<Symbol Role="Define">QUAD_WIDTH</Symbol> property, the horizontal font unit is the
+<Symbol Role="Define">QUAD_WIDTH</Symbol> property.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the font has no <Symbol Role="Define">AVERAGE_WIDTH</Symbol> or <Symbol Role="Define">QUAD_WIDTH</Symbol> property, the
+horizontal font unit is the sum of the font structure's <Symbol Role="Variable">min_bounds.width</Symbol>
+and <Symbol Role="Variable">max_bounds.width</Symbol> divided by 2.3.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinsensitiveStippleBitmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Provides widgets with the bitmap to use when generating the
+insensitive visual. This bitmap is to be used as the stipple for the
+rendering of insensitive visuals.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlightThreshold</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An integer between 0 (zero) and 100, inclusive, that specifies a level of
+perceived brightness for a color. If the perceived brightness of the
+background color is above this level, Motif treats the background as
+"light" when computing default shadow and select colors. If this
+resource is specified for a particular screen, it applies to widgets
+created on that screen; otherwise, it applies to widgets created on all
+screens. The default value is implementation specific.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmenuCursor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets a variable that controls the cursor used whenever this
+application posts a menu. This resource can be specified
+only once at application
+startup time, either by placing it within a defaults file or by using the
+<Literal>&minus;xrm</Literal> command line argument. For example:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<Para><UserInput>myProg &minus;xrm "*menuCursor: arrow"
+</UserInput></Para>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>The menu cursor can also be selected in the program through
+the function <Function>XmSetMenuCursor</Function>.
+The following list shows acceptable cursor names. If the application
+does not specify a cursor or if an invalid name is supplied, the
+default cursor (an arrow pointing up and to the right) is used.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>X_cursor</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">leftbutton</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">arrow</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ll_angle</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>based_arrow_down</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>lr_angle</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>based_arrow_up</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">man</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">boat</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">middlebutton</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">bogosity</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">mouse</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>bottom_left_corner</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">pencil</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>bottom_right_corner</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">pirate</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>bottom_side</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">plus</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>bottom_tee</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>question_arrow</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>box_spiral</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>right_ptr</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>center_ptr</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>right_side</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">circle</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>right_tee</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">clock</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">rightbutton</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>coffee_mug</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>rtl_logo</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">cross</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">sailboat</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>cross_reverse</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>sb_down_arrow</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">crosshair</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>sb_h_double_arrow</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>diamond_cross</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>sb_left_arrow</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">dot</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>sb_right_arrow</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">dotbox</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>sb_up_arrow</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>double_arrow</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>sb_v_double_arrow</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>draft_large</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">shuttle</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>draft_small</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">sizing</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>draped_box</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">spider</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">exchange</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">spraycan</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">fleur</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">star</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">gobbler</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">gumby</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">tcross</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>hand1</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>top_left_arrow</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>hand2</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>top_left_corner</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">heart</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>top_right_corner</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">icon</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>top_side</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>iron_cross</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>left_ptr</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>left_side</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>top_tee</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>left_tee</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">trek</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ul_angle</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">umbrella</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ur_angle</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">watch</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Command>xterm</Command></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para></Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmoveOpaque</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether an interactive operation that moves a window, such as
+tearing off and dragging a tear-off menu or moving a window in MWM,
+displays an outline of the window or a representation of the window
+itself during the move.
+If the value is True, the operation displays a representation of the
+window during the move.
+If the value is False, the operation displays an outline of the window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunpostBehavior</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the behavior of an active menu posted in traversal mode when
+a subsequent menu button selection is made outside the posted
+menu. When the value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNPOST_AND_REPLAY</SystemItem>, the resource
+unposts the menu hierarchy and causes the server to replay the event to the
+window in which the pointer is located. When the value is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNPOST</SystemItem>, the resource unposts the hierarchy without replaying the
+event.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>XmNuseColorObject</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Enables and disables the sharing of colors between widgets, and the
+dynamic changing of colors. A value of False disables this, and a
+value of True enables it.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNuserData</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to attach
+any necessary specific data to the widget. This is an internally
+unused resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the vertical component of the font units used by
+<Function>XmConvertUnits</Function> and used to interpret the values of geometry
+resources when the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshellUnitType</SystemItem> resource of VendorShell or the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> resource of Gadget, Manager, or Primitive has the
+value <Symbol>Xm100TH_FONT_UNITS</Symbol>.
+If no initial value is supplied for this resource, the default is
+computed from the font specified in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem>.
+If no initial value is supplied for this resource or for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem>,
+the default is 10.
+</Para>
+<Para>If a call to <Function>XtSetValues</Function> specifies a value for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>, this resource is set to that value.
+If a call to <Function>XtSetValues</Function> specifies a value for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem> but
+not for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>, this resource is set to a value
+computed from the new <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfont</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>A vertical font unit is derived from a font as follows:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the font has a <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL_SIZE</Symbol> property, the vertical font unit is
+the <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL_SIZE</Symbol> property divided by 1.8.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the font has no <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL_SIZE</Symbol> property but has <Symbol Role="Define">POINT_SIZE</Symbol>
+and <Symbol Role="Define">RESOLUTION_Y</Symbol> properties, the vertical font unit is the product
+of the <Symbol Role="Define">POINT_SIZE</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Define">RESOLUTION_Y</Symbol> properties divided by
+1400.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the font has no <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL_SIZE</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">POINT_SIZE</Symbol>, or
+<Symbol Role="Define">RESOLUTION_Y</Symbol> properties, the vertical font unit is the sum of the
+font structure's <Symbol Role="Variable">max_bounds.ascent</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Variable">max_bounds.descent</Symbol> divided by 2.2.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>All of the superclass resources inherited by <Classname>XmScreen</Classname> are
+designated N/A (not applicable).
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmDisplay;,
+&cdeman.XmGetXmScreen;, and
+&cdeman.XmSetMenuCursor;,
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5ea74f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1186 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ScrollA.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 21:00:23 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN389.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmScrolledWindow</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmScrolledWindow</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ScrolledWindow widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmScrolledWindow</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>ScrolledWindow</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/ScrolledW.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The ScrolledWindow widget combines one or two ScrollBar widgets and a
+viewing area to implement a visible window onto some other (usually larger)
+data display. The visible part of the window can be scrolled through the
+larger display by the use of ScrollBars.
+</Para>
+<Para>To use ScrolledWindow, an application first creates a ScrolledWindow
+widget, any needed ScrollBar widgets, and a widget capable of displaying
+any desired data as the work area of ScrolledWindow. ScrolledWindow
+positions the work area widget and displays the ScrollBars if so
+requested. When the user performs some action on the ScrollBar, the
+application is notified through the normal ScrollBar callback
+interface.
+</Para>
+<Para>ScrolledWindow can be configured to operate automatically so
+that it performs all scrolling and display actions with no need for application
+program involvement. It can also be configured to provide a minimal support
+framework in which the application is responsible for processing all user input
+and making all visual changes to the displayed data in response to that input.
+</Para>
+<Para>When ScrolledWindow is performing automatic scrolling it creates a
+clipping window and automatically creates the scroll bars.
+Conceptually, this window becomes the viewport through which
+the user examines the larger underlying data area. The application simply
+creates the desired data, then makes that data the work area of the
+ScrolledWindow.
+When the user moves the slider to change the displayed data, the
+workspace is moved under the viewing area so that a new portion of the data
+becomes visible.
+</Para>
+<Para>Sometimes it is impractical for an application to create a
+large data space and simply display it through a small clipping window. For
+example, in a text editor, creating a single data area that consisted of a
+large file would involve an undesirable amount of overhead.
+The application needs to use a ScrolledWindow
+(a small viewport onto some larger data), but needs to be notified
+when the user scrolls the viewport so it can bring in more data from
+storage and update the display area. For these cases, the ScrolledWindow can be
+configured so that it provides only visual layout support. No clipping window
+is created, and the application must maintain the data displayed in the
+work area, as well as respond to user input on the ScrollBars.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user can specify resources in a resource file for the automatically
+created widgets that contain the horizontal and vertical scrollbars
+and the clipping area of
+the ScrolledWindow widget. The names of these widgets are
+<Literal>HorScrollBar</Literal>, <Literal>VertScrollBar</Literal>, and <Literal>ClipWindow</Literal> respectively,
+and remain consistent whether created by
+<Function>XmCreateScrolledList</Function>, <Function>XmCreateScrolledText</Function> or
+<Function>XmCreateScrolledWindow</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>ScrolledWindow uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol> trait, and
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Descendants</Title>
+<Para>ScrolledWindow automatically creates the descendants shown in the
+following table.
+An application can use <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> to gain access
+to the named descendant. In addition, a user or an application
+can use the named descendant when specifying resource values.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Named Descendant</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Identity</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>=</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>VertScrollBar</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmScrollBar</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">vertical scroll bar</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>HorScrollBar</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmScrollBar</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">horizontal scroll bar</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>ClipWindow</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Classname>XmClipWindow</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>clip window</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>ScrolledWindow inherits behavior,
+resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>, <Classname>Composite</Classname>,
+<Classname>Constraint</Classname>, and <Classname>XmManager</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmScrolledWindowWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmScrolledWindow</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmScrolledWindow Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNautoDragModel</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAutoDragModel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAUTO_DRAG_ENABLED</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNclipWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCClipWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhorizontalScrollBar</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHorizontalScrollBar</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrollBarDisplayPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrollBarDisplayPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrollBarPlacement</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrollBarPlacement</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmBOTTOM_RIGHT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrolledWindowMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrolledWindowMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrolledWindowMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrolledWindowMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrollingPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrollingPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmAPPLICATION_DEFINED</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNspacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>4</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNverticalScrollBar</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVerticalScrollBar</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisualPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisualPolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNworkWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWorkWindow</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautoDragModel</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether automatic drag is enabled (<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_DRAG_ENABLED</SystemItem>
+or disabled (<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTO_DRAG_DISABLED</SystemItem>). By default it is enabled.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNclipWindow</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the clipping area. This
+is automatically created by
+ScrolledWindow when the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisualPolicy</SystemItem> resource is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONSTANT</SystemItem> and
+can only be read by the application. Any attempt to set this resource to a
+new value causes a warning message to be printed by the scrolled
+window. If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisualPolicy</SystemItem> resource is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVARIABLE</SystemItem>, this
+resource is set to NULL, and no clipping window is created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalScrollBar</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the horizontal ScrollBar.
+This is automatically created by ScrolledWindow when the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is initialized to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>; otherwise,
+the default is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollBarDisplayPolicy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Controls the automatic placement of the ScrollBars. If
+it is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAS_NEEDED</SystemItem> and if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is
+set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>, ScrollBars are displayed only if the
+workspace exceeds the clip area in one or both dimensions. A resource value
+of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTATIC</SystemItem> causes the ScrolledWindow
+to display the ScrollBars whenever
+they are managed, regardless of the relationship between the clip window
+and the work area. This resource must be <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTATIC</SystemItem> when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAPPLICATION_DEFINED</SystemItem>.
+The default is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAS_NEEDED</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTATIC</SystemItem> otherwise.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollBarPlacement</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the positioning of the ScrollBars
+in relation to the work window. The
+values are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOP_LEFT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The horizontal ScrollBar is placed above the
+work window; the vertical ScrollBar to
+is placed the left.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBOTTOM_LEFT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The horizontal ScrollBar is placed below the
+work window; the vertical ScrollBar to
+is placed the left.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOP_RIGHT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The horizontal ScrollBar is placed above the
+work window; the vertical ScrollBar to
+is placed the right.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBOTTOM_RIGHT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The horizontal ScrollBar is placed below the
+work window; the vertical ScrollBar to
+is placed the right.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The default value
+depends on the value of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrolledWindowMarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the margin height on the top and bottom of the
+ScrolledWindow.
+In order to use the autoscroll drag feature of the Motif drag and
+drop facility, a user must be able to hold a drag icon over the margin
+of a scrolled window. Though drag and drop will work with the default
+margin size of zero, a user may find it difficult to position the icon
+precisely enough to use the feature easily. The application programmer
+should ensure that the window margins are set to an adequate size, if the
+use of the autoscroll drag feature is desired.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrolledWindowMarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the margin width on the right and left sides of the
+ScrolledWindow.
+Please refer to the warning concerning the default margin size for the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrolledWindowMarginHeight</SystemItem> resource, above.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Performs automatic scrolling of the
+work area with no application interaction. If the value of this resource
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>, ScrolledWindow automatically creates the
+ScrollBars; attaches callbacks to the
+ScrollBars; sets the visual policy to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONSTANT</SystemItem>;
+and automatically moves the
+work area through the clip window in response to any user interaction with
+the ScrollBars. An application can also add its own callbacks to the
+ScrollBars. This allows the application to be notified of a scroll event
+without having to perform any layout procedures.
+</Para>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">NOTE</Symbol>: Since the
+ScrolledWindow adds callbacks to the ScrollBars, an application should not
+perform an <Function>XtRemoveAllCallbacks</Function> on any of the ScrollBar widgets.
+</Para>
+<Para>When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAPPLICATION_DEFINED</SystemItem>, the application
+is responsible for all aspects of scrolling. The ScrollBars must be created
+by the application, and it is responsible for performing any visual changes
+in the work area in response to user input.
+</Para>
+<Para>This resource must be set to the desired policy at the time the
+ScrolledWindow is created. It cannot be changed through <Literal>SetValues</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspacing</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the distance that separates the ScrollBars from the
+work window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks that is called when traversing to
+a widget or gadget that is obscured due to its position in the
+work area relative to the location of the ScrolledWindow viewport.
+This resource is valid only when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>. If this resource is NULL, an obscured widget
+cannot be traversed to. The callback reason is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OBSCURED_TRAVERSAL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalScrollBar</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the vertical ScrollBar.
+This is automatically created by ScrolledWindow when the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is initialized to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>; otherwise,
+the default is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisualPolicy</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Enlarges the ScrolledWindow to match the size of the work area. It can
+also be used as a static viewport onto
+a larger data space. If the visual policy
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVARIABLE</SystemItem>, the ScrolledWindow forces the ScrollBar display
+policy to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTATIC</SystemItem> and
+allows the work area to grow or shrink
+at any time and adjusts its layout to accommodate the new size. When
+the policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONSTANT</SystemItem>, the work area grows or shrinks
+as requested, but a clipping window forces the size of the visible
+portion to remain constant. The only time the viewing area can grow is
+in response
+to a resize from the ScrolledWindow's parent.
+The default is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONSTANT</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVARIABLE</SystemItem> otherwise.
+</Para>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">NOTE</Symbol>: This resource must be set to the desired policy at the time the
+ScrolledWindow is created. It cannot be changed through <Literal>SetValues</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNworkWindow</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the viewing area.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmScrolledWindow Constraint Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrolledWindowChildType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrolledWindowChildType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>RESOURCE_DEFAULT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrolledWindowChildType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies what the child is. ScrolledWindow supports a number of child
+types. The possible values are:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates a work area child. This specifies that both ScrollBars are
+limited to moving the child inside the clipping window. If the
+scrolling policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>, the work area child can move in both directions.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHOR_SCROLLBAR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates a horizontal child widget; the child must have the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol> trait installed.
+For example, the <Classname>XmScrollBar</Classname> widget has the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol> trait installed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERT_SCROLLBAR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates a vertical child widget; the child must have the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol> trait installed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSCROLL_HOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that only the horizontal ScrollBar moves the child. This
+value is only meaningful if the scrolling policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSCROLL_VERT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that only the vertical ScrollBar moves the child. This
+value is only meaningful if the scrolling policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_SCROLL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the child does not move with the ScrollBars. This
+value is only meaningful if the scrolling policy is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>ScrolledWindow inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>The application must use the ScrollBar callbacks to be notified of user
+input.
+</Para>
+<Para>ScrolledWindow defines a callback structure
+for use with <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</SystemItem> callbacks. The
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</SystemItem> resource provides a mechanism
+for traversal to obscured widgets (or gadgets) due to their
+position in the work area of a ScrolledWindow. The
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</SystemItem> routine has responsibility
+for adjusting the position of the work area such that the
+specified traversal destination widget is positioned within
+the viewport of the ScrolledWindow. A NULL <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</SystemItem>
+resource causes obscured widgets within the ScrolledWindow
+to be nontraversable.
+</Para>
+<Para>Traversal to an obscured widget or gadget requires these
+conditions to be met: the widget or gadget can be obscured
+only due to its position in the work area of a ScrolledWindow
+relative to the viewport; the viewport of the associated ScrolledWindow is
+fully visible, or can be made so by virtue of ancestral
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</SystemItem> routines; and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</SystemItem> resource must be non-NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para>When ScrolledWindow widgets are nested, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</SystemItem> routine for each ScrolledWindow
+that obscures the traversal destination is called in ascending order
+within the given hierarchy.
+</Para>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to callbacks
+for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraverseObscuredCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>:
+        Widget <Symbol Role="Variable">traversal_destination</Symbol>;
+        XmTraversalDirection <Emphasis>direction</Emphasis>;
+} XmTraverseObscuredCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">traversal_destination</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget or gadget to traverse to, which will
+be a descendant of the work window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>direction</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the direction of traversal. See
+the description of the <Emphasis>direction</Emphasis> parameter in
+the <Function>XmProcessTraversal</Function> reference page for an explanation
+of the valid values.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmScrolledWindow -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmScrolledWindow</Classname> includes the translations from <Classname>XmManager</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>This widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>,
+scrolls the window up the height of the viewport.
+The distance scrolled may be reduced to provide some overlap.
+The actual distance scrolled depends on the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrement</SystemItem> resource of the vertical ScrollBar.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>,
+scrolls the window down the height of the viewport.
+The distance scrolled may be reduced to provide some overlap.
+The actual distance scrolled depends on the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrement</SystemItem> resource of the vertical ScrollBar.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>,
+scrolls the window left the width of the viewport.
+The distance scrolled may be reduced to provide some overlap.
+The actual distance scrolled depends on the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrement</SystemItem> resource of the horizontal ScrollBar.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>,
+scrolls the window right the width of the viewport.
+The distance scrolled may be reduced to provide some overlap.
+The actual distance scrolled depends on the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrement</SystemItem> resource of the horizontal ScrollBar.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>,
+scrolls the window horizontally to the edge corresponding to the
+horizontal ScrollBar's minimum value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>,
+scrolls the window horizontally to the edge corresponding to the
+horizontal ScrollBar's maximum value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginData</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>,
+scrolls the window vertically to the edge corresponding to the
+vertical ScrollBar's minimum value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndData</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>,
+scrolls the window vertically to the edge corresponding to the
+vertical ScrollBar's maximum value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Certain applications will want to replace the page bindings with
+ones that are specific to the content of the scrolled area.
+<!--.SS "Geometry Management"
+ScrolledWindow makes extensive use of the &bsol;*LXtQueryGeometry&bsol;*O
+functionality to facilitate geometry communication between
+application levels.  In the &bsol;*LXmAPPLICATION_DEFINED&bsol;*O scrolling
+policy, the WorkWindow's query procedure is called by the
+ScrolledWindow whenever the ScrolledWindow is going to change
+its size.  The widget calculates the largest possible
+workspace area and passes this size to the WorkWindow widget's
+query procedure.  The query procedure can then examine this new
+size and determine if any changes, such as
+managing or unmanaging a ScrollBar, are necessary.  The query procedure
+performs whatever actions it needs and then returns to the
+ScrolledWindow.  The ScrolledWindow then examines the
+ScrollBars to see which (if any) are managed, allocates a
+portion of the visible space for them, and resizes the
+WorkWindow to fit in the rest of the space.
+.PP
+When the scrolling policy is &bsol;*LXmCONSTANT&bsol;*O, the ScrolledWindow can
+be queried to return the optimal size for a given dimension.
+The optimal size is defined to be the size that just
+encloses the WorkWindow.  By using this mechanism, an application
+can size the ScrolledWindow so that it needs to display a
+ScrollBar only for one dimension.  When the ScrolledWindow's query
+procedure is called via &bsol;*LXtQueryGeometry&bsol;*O, the request is examined
+to see if the width or height has been specified.  If so, the
+routine uses the given dimension as the basis for its
+calculations.  It determines the minimum value for the other
+dimension that just encloses the WorkWindow, fills in the
+appropriate elements in the reply structure, and returns to the
+calling program.  Occasionally, using the specified width or
+height and the other minimum dimension results in neither
+ScrollBar appearing.  When this happens, the query procedure
+sets both the width and height fields, indicating that in
+this situation the ideal size causes a change in both
+dimensions.  If the calling application sets both the width and
+height fields, the ScrolledWindow determines the minimum
+size for both dimensions and return those values in the reply
+structure.
+--></Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;,
+&cdeman.Constraint;,
+&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateScrolledWindow;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;,
+&cdeman.XmProcessTraversal;,
+&cdeman.XmScrollBar;,
+&cdeman.XmScrollVisible;, and
+&cdeman.XmScrolledWindowSetAreas;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4e6e768
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ScrollB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:00:33 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN390.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmScrolledWindowSetAreas</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmScrolledWindowSetAreas</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A ScrolledWindow function that adds or changes a window work region and a horizontal or vertical ScrollBar widget to the ScrolledWindow widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmScrolledWindowSetAreas</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>ScrolledWindow functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmScrolledWindowSetAreas</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ScrolledW.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmScrolledWindowSetAreas</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, horizontal_scrollbar, vertical_scrollbar,
+work_region</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>horizontal_scrollbar</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>vertical_scrollbar</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>work_region</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmScrolledWindowSetAreas</Function> adds or changes a window work region and
+a horizontal or vertical ScrollBar widget to the ScrolledWindow widget for
+the application. Each widget is optional and may be passed as NULL.
+This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+other releases. Use the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrolledWindowChildType</SystemItem> resource
+of <Classname>XmScrolledWindow</Classname> instead.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ScrolledWindow widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">horizontal_scrollbar</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ScrollBar widget ID for the
+horizontal ScrollBar to be associated
+with the ScrolledWindow widget. Set this ID only after creating an instance
+of the ScrolledWindow widget. The resource name associated with this
+argument is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalScrollBar</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">vertical_scrollbar</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ScrollBar widget ID for the
+vertical ScrollBar to be associated
+with the ScrolledWindow widget. Set this ID only after creating an instance
+of the ScrolledWindow widget. The resource name associated with this
+argument is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalScrollBar</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">work_region</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID for the work window to be associated with the
+ScrolledWindow widget. Set this ID only after creating an instance of the
+ScrolledWindow widget. The attribute name associated with this argument is
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNworkWindow</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ScrolledWindow and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmScrolledWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScrolledWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollBA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollBA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d19d806
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollBA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1601 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ScrollBA.sgm /main/13 1996/09/30 13:23:57 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN385.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmScrollBar</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmScrollBar</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ScrollBar widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmScrollBar</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>ScrollBar</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/ScrollBar.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The ScrollBar widget allows the user to view data that is too large to be
+displayed all at once. ScrollBars are usually located inside a
+ScrolledWindow and adjacent to
+the widget that contains the data to be viewed. When the user interacts
+with the ScrollBar, the data within the other widget scrolls.
+</Para>
+<Para>A ScrollBar consists of two arrows placed at each end of a rectangle. The
+rectangle is called the scroll region. A smaller rectangle, called the
+slider, is placed within the scroll region. The data is scrolled by
+clicking either arrow, selecting on the scroll region, or dragging the slider.
+When an arrow is selected, the slider within the scroll region is
+moved in the direction of the arrow by an amount supplied by the
+application. If the mouse button is held down, the slider continues to
+move at a constant rate.
+</Para>
+<Para>The ratio of the slider size to the scroll region size typically
+corresponds to the
+relationship between the size of the visible data and the total size
+of the data. For example, if 10 percent of the data is visible, the
+slider typically occupies 10 percent of the scroll region. This provides the
+user with a visual clue to the size of the invisible data.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the ScrollBar parent is an automatic ScrolledWindow, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem> default is True. Otherwise, the default is False.
+</Para>
+<Para>ScrollBar holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>ScrollBar inherits behavior, resources, and traits from the <Classname>Core</Classname> and
+<Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> classes.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmScrollBarWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmScrollBar</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmScrollBar Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdecrementCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdragCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNeditable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEditable</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNincrement</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIncrement</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNincrementCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialDelay</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialDelay</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>250 ms</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaximum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaximum</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>100</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminimum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinimum</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNorientation</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOrientation</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmVERTICAL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpageDecrementCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpageIncrement</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPageIncrement</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpageIncrementCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNprocessingDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCProcessingDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrepeatDelay</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRepeatDelay</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>50 ms</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshowArrows</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShowArrows</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmEACH_SIDE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsliderSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSliderSize</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsliderMark</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSliderMark</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsliderVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSliderVisual</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSHADOWED</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNslidingMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSlidingMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XtEnum</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSLIDER</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsnapBackMultiple</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSnapBackMultiple</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned short</Entry>
+<Entry>MaxValue</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtoBottomCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtoTopCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtroughColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTroughColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvalue</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCValue</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvalueChangedCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdecrementCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when the user takes an
+action that moves the ScrollBar by one increment and the value
+decreases.
+The reason passed to the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DECREMENT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+on each incremental change of position
+when the slider is being dragged. The reason sent by the
+callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DRAG</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies how ScrollBar will react to user input. This
+resource can be True or False values, as follows:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">True</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the scrollbar to be sensitive to user input. This is the
+default value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">False</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Makes the Scale scrollbar insensitive to user input. The visual is not
+greyed out. This value would mostly be used in <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTHERMOMETER</SystemItem>
+mode.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<para>
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem> is used on a widget
+it sets the dropsite to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_ACTIVE</SystemItem>.
+</PARA>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrement</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount by which the value increases or decreases when the
+user takes an action that moves the slider by one increment.
+The actual change in value is the lesser of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrement</SystemItem> and
+(previous <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem>&ensp;&minus; <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem>) when the slider moves to
+the end of the ScrollBar with the minimum value,
+and the lesser of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrement</SystemItem>
+and (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem>&minus; <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsliderSize</SystemItem>&ensp;&minus;
+previous <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem>) when the slider moves to the end of the
+ScrollBar with the maximum value.
+The value of this resource must be greater than 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrementCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when the user takes an
+action that moves the ScrollBar by one increment and the value
+increases.
+The reason passed to the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_INCREMENT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialDelay</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of time in milliseconds to wait before starting
+continuous
+slider movement while a button is pressed in an arrow or the scroll region.
+The value of this resource must be greater than 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider's maximum value.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem> must be greater than <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider's minimum value.
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem> must be greater than <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the ScrollBar is displayed vertically or horizontally.
+This resource can have values of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHORIZONTAL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageDecrementCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when the user takes an
+action that moves the ScrollBar by one page increment and the value
+decreases.
+The reason passed to the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrement</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount by which the value increases or decreases when
+the user takes an action that moves the slider by one page increment.
+The actual change in value is the lesser of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrement</SystemItem> and
+(previous <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem>&ensp;&minus; <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem>) when the slider moves to
+the end of the ScrollBar with the
+minimum value, and the lesser of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrement</SystemItem> and (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem>&minus; <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsliderSize</SystemItem>&ensp;&minus;
+previous <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem>) when the slider moves to the end of the
+ScrollBar with the maximum value.
+The value of this resource must be greater than 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrementCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when the user takes an
+action that moves the ScrollBar by one page increment and the value
+increases.
+The reason passed to the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the value for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem> should be on the right or
+left side of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem> for horizontal ScrollBars
+or above or below <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem> for vertical ScrollBars.
+This resource can have values of <Literal>XmMAX_ON_TOP, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM,
+XmMAX_ON_LEFT</Literal>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem>.
+If the ScrollBar is oriented vertically,
+the default value is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>.
+If the ScrollBar is oriented horizontally,
+the default value
+depends on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of time in milliseconds to wait between
+subsequent slider movements after the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialDelay</SystemItem> has been processed.
+The value of this resource must be greater than 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshowArrows</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the arrows are
+displayed and how they are to be displayed. This resource can take the
+following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEACH_SIDE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that one arrow is displayed on each end of the ScrollBar
+slider. This corresponds to a value of True in previous releases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_SIDE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that both arrows are displayed on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem> side of
+the ScrollBar slider.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMIN_SIDE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that both arrows are displayed on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem> side of
+the ScrollBar slider.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that no arrows are displayed. This corresponds to a value
+of False in previous releases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEACH_SIDE</SystemItem> is the default value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsliderMark</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the shape the slider is to be displayed in. This resource
+can take the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmETCHED_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider as an etched line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider as a foregrounded rectangle. This is the default
+for a regular slider.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmROUND_MARK</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider as a shadowed circle. This is the default when
+the slider is a thermometer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTHUMB_MARK</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider as a series of three etched lines centered in the
+middle of the slider.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNslidingMode</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the mode the slider works in. There are two possible modes:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSLIDER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the slider to move freely between the minimum and maximum ends
+of the scale. This is the default value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTHERMOMETER</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Forces the slider to be anchored to one side of the trough area.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsliderSize</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the length of the slider between the values of 1 and
+(<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem>&ensp;&minus; <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem>).
+The value is constrained to be within these inclusive bounds.
+The default value is (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem>&ensp;&minus; <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem>) divided by
+10, with a minimum of 1.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsliderVisual</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the color of the slider visual. This resource can take
+the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBACKGROUND_COLOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the slider visual is in the background color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFOREGROUND_COLOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the slider visual is in the foreground color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOWED_BACKGROUND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the slider visual is in the background color, with a shadow.
+This is the
+default for a regular slider.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTROUGH_COLOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the slider visual is in the trough color. This is the
+default when the slider is a thermometer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsnapBackMultiple</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the distance over which the scrollbar slider snaps back to its
+original position when the user drags the mouse outside the ScrollBar
+edge. This distance is defined in terms of multiples of
+the width of the slider. For example, a multiple of 0 (zero) causes the
+slider to snap back as soon as the pointer moves out of the ScrollBar
+frame, a multiple of 1 causes the slider to snap back as soon as the
+pointer moves beyond 1 ScrollBar width of the ScrollBar edge.
+Whenever the slider snaps back, the ScrollBar <Literal>dragCallback</Literal> is
+called if there is one.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default value is large enough to prevent unwanted snapBack
+activity if the mouse is moved within the boundaries of any reasonable
+screen. To reset the default, set this resource to a large value,
+such as 10000.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoBottomCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when the user takes an
+action that moves the slider to the end of the ScrollBar with the
+maximum value.
+The reason passed to the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_TO_BOTTOM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoTopCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when the user takes an
+action that moves the slider to the end of the ScrollBar with the
+minimum value.
+The reason passed to the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_TO_TOP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtroughColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the color of the slider trough.
+This color defaults to the color used for selections.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the slider's position, between <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem> and
+(<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem>&ensp;&minus; <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsliderSize</SystemItem>).
+The value is constrained to be within these inclusive bounds.
+The initial value of this resource is the larger of 0 (zero) and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when the slider is
+released after being dragged.
+These callbacks are also called in place of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrementCallback</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdecrementCallback</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrementCallback</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageDecrementCallback</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoTopCallback</SystemItem>, or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoBottomCallback</SystemItem> when one of these callback lists would
+normally be called but the value of the corresponding resource is NULL.
+The reason passed to the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>ScrollBar inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPrimitive Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!--no-op:  .tH-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSTICKY_TAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">pixel</Symbol>;
+} XmScrollBarCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains the new slider location value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">pixel</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is used only for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoTopCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoBottomCallback</SystemItem>.
+For horizontal ScrollBars, it contains the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> coordinate of where
+the mouse button selection occurred. For vertical ScrollBars, it
+contains the <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> coordinate.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmScrollBar -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmScrollBar</Classname> includes translations from Primitive.
+The <Classname>XmScrollBar</Classname> translations are described in the following
+list.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Select()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Release()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a Button1</Literal><KeySym>PtrMoved</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Moved()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Select()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Release()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a Button2</Literal><KeySym>PtrMoved</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Moved()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>TopOrBottom()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Release()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>CancelDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>TopOrBottom()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>TopOrBottom()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PageUpOrLeft(<Symbol Role="Define">Left</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PageUpOrLeft(<Symbol Role="Define">Left</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PageUpOrLeft(<Symbol Role="Define">Up</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PageDownOrRight(<Symbol Role="Define">Right</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PageDownOrRight(<Symbol Role="Define">Right</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PageDownOrRight(<Symbol Role="Define">Down</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveHelp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PageUpOrLeft(<Symbol Role="Define">Up</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>IncrementUpOrLeft(<Symbol Role="Define">Up</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PageDownOrRight(<Symbol Role="Define">Down</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>IncrementDownOrRight(<Symbol Role="Define">Down</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PageUpOrLeft(<Symbol Role="Define">Left</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>IncrementUpOrLeft(<Symbol Role="Define">Left</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PageDownOrRight(<Symbol Role="Define">Right</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>IncrementDownOrRight(<Symbol Role="Define">Right</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitivePrevTabGroup()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveNextTabGroup()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LRelease()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press Moved:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMoved()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSelect()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LRelease()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Press Moved:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMoved()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl BSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LTopOrBottom()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl BSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LRelease()&bsol;*O
+.zA "enhancement, 6334, R2.0, Changed numeric arguments"
+.LI "&bsol;*LKUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LIncrementUpOrLeft(Up)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPageUpOrLeft(Up)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LIncrementDownOrRight(Down)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPageDownOrRight(Down)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LIncrementUpOrLeft(Left)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPageUpOrLeft(Left)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LIncrementDownOrRight(Right)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPageDownOrRight(Right)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPageUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPageUpOrLeft(Up)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPageDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPageDownOrRight(Down)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPageLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPageUpOrLeft(Left)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPageRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPageDownOrRight(Right)&bsol;*O
+.zZ "enhancement, 6334, R2.0, Changed numeric arguments"
+.LI "&bsol;*LKBeginLine:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LTopOrBottom()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKEndLine:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LTopOrBottom()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKBeginData:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LTopOrBottom()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKEndData:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LTopOrBottom()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKNextField:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveNextTabGroup()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPrevField:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitivePrevTabGroup()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKActivate:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveParentActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKCancel:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LCancelDrag()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LPrimitiveHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The ScrollBar action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>CancelDrag()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the key press occurs during scrolling, cancels the
+scroll and returns the slider to its previous location in the scrollbar,
+otherwise, and if the parent is a manager, it passes the event to
+the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>IncrementDownOrRight(<Symbol Role="Define">Down|Right</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>With an argument of <Literal>Down</Literal>, or 0 (zero) for compatibility, moves
+the slider down by one increment.
+With an argument of <Literal>Right</Literal>, or 1 for compatibility, it moves the
+slider right by one increment.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>, movement toward the right or
+bottom calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrementCallback</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_LEFT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>, movement toward the right or
+bottom calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdecrementCallback</SystemItem>.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> is called if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrementCallback</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdecrementCallback</SystemItem> is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>IncrementUpOrLeft(<Symbol Role="Define">Up|Left</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>With an argument of <Literal>Up</Literal>, or 0 (zero) for compatibility, moves the
+slider up by one increment.
+With an argument of <Literal>Left</Literal>, or 1 for compatibility, it moves the
+slider left by one increment.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>,
+movement to the left or top calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdecrementCallback</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_LEFT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>,
+movement to the left or top calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrementCallback</SystemItem>.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> is called if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrementCallback</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdecrementCallback</SystemItem> is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Moved()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the button press occurs within the slider, the subsequent motion
+events move the slider to the position of the pointer and call the
+callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdragCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PageDownOrRight(<Symbol Role="Define">Down|Right</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>With an argument of <Literal>Down</Literal>, or 0 (zero) for compatibility, moves
+the slider down by one page increment.
+With an argument of <Literal>Right</Literal>, or 1 for compatibility, moves the
+slider right by one page increment.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>, movement toward the right or
+bottom calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrementCallback</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_LEFT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>, movement toward the right or
+bottom calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageDecrementCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks. The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> is called if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrementCallback</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageDecrementCallback</SystemItem> is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PageUpOrLeft(<Symbol Role="Define">Up|Left</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>With an argument of <Literal>Up</Literal>, or 0 (zero) for compatibility, moves the
+slider up by one page increment.
+With an argument of <Literal>Left</Literal>, or 1 for compatibility, it moves the
+slider left by one page increment.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>,
+movement to the left or top calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageDecrementCallback</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_LEFT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>,
+movement to the left or top calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrementCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks. The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> is called if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrementCallback</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageDecrementCallback</SystemItem> is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveHelp()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist. If there are no help
+callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help callbacks
+for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveNextTabGroup()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the first item in the next tab group. If
+the current tab group is the last entry in the tab group list, it
+wraps to the beginning of the tab group list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the parent is a manager,
+passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>PrimitivePrevTabGroup()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the first item in the previous tab group.
+If the beginning of the tab group list is reached, it wraps to the end
+of the tab group list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Release()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the button press occurs within the slider and the slider position
+is changed, the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> are called.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Select()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>In arrow</Literal>:
+Moves the slider by one increment in the direction
+of the arrow.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>, movement toward the right or
+bottom calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrementCallback</SystemItem>,
+and movement to the left or top calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdecrementCallback</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_LEFT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>, movement toward the right or
+bottom calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdecrementCallback</SystemItem>,
+and movement to the left or top calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrementCallback</SystemItem>.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> is called if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrementCallback</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdecrementCallback</SystemItem> is NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>In scroll region between an arrow and the slider</Literal>:
+Moves the slider by one page increment in the direction of the arrow.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>, movement toward the right or
+bottom calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrementCallback</SystemItem>,
+and movement to the left or top calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageDecrementCallback</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_LEFT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>, movement toward the right or
+bottom calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageDecrementCallback</SystemItem>,
+and movement to the left or top calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrementCallback</SystemItem>.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> is called if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrementCallback</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageDecrementCallback</SystemItem> is
+NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>In slider</Literal>:
+Activates the interactive dragging of the slider.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the button is held down in either the arrows or the scroll region
+longer than the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialDelay</SystemItem> resource, the slider is
+moved again by the same increment and the same callbacks are called.
+After the initial delay has been used, the time delay changes to the
+time defined by the resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>TopOrBottom()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym> in an arrow or in the scroll region between
+an arrow and the slider moves the slider as far as possible in the
+direction of the arrow. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_RIGHT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM</SystemItem>, movement toward the
+right or bottom calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoBottomCallback</SystemItem>, and
+movement to the left or top calls the callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoTopCallback</SystemItem>. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNprocessingDirection</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_LEFT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMAX_ON_TOP</SystemItem>, movement toward the right
+or bottom calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoTopCallback</SystemItem>, and movement
+to the left or top calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoBottomCallback</SystemItem>.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> is called if the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoTopCallback</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoBottomCallback</SystemItem> is NULL.
+Pressing
+<KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym> or <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginData</KeySym> moves the slider to
+the minimum value and invokes the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoTopCallback</SystemItem>. Pressing
+<KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym> or <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndData</KeySym> moves the slider to the
+maximum value and invokes the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoBottomCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.XmCreateScrollBar;, &cdeman.XmPrimitive;,
+&cdeman.XmScrollBarGetValues;, and
+&cdeman.XmScrollBarSetValues;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollBB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollBB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..eb7742e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollBB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ScrollBB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:00:51 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN386.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmScrollBarGetValues</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmScrollBarGetValues</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A ScrollBar function that returns the ScrollBar's increment values
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmScrollBarGetValues</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>ScrollBar functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmScrollBarGetValues</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ScrollBar.h>
+void XmScrollBarGetValues (<Replaceable>widget, value_return, slider_size_return,
+increment_return, page_increment_return</Replaceable>)
+        Widget  <Replaceable>widget</Replaceable>;
+        int     <Replaceable>* value_return</Replaceable>;
+        int     <Replaceable>* slider_size_return</Replaceable>;
+        int     <Replaceable>* increment_return</Replaceable>;
+        int     <Replaceable>* page_increment_return</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmScrollBarGetValues</Function> returns the
+the ScrollBar's increment values.
+The scroll region is overlaid with a
+slider bar that is adjusted in size and position using the main ScrollBar or
+set slider function attributes.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ScrollBar widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the ScrollBar's slider position between the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem> resources.
+Specify NULL to prevent the return of a particular value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">slider_size_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the size of the slider as a value between 0 (zero) and the absolute
+value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaximum</SystemItem> minus <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimum</SystemItem>. The size of the slider
+varies, depending on how much of the slider scroll area it represents.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">increment_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the amount of increment and decrement.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">page_increment_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the amount of page increment and decrement.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ScrollBar and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmScrollBar;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the ScrollBar's increment values.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScrollBar;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollBC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollBC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3536541
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollBC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ScrollBC.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:01:00 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN387.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmScrollBarSetValues</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmScrollBarSetValues</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A ScrollBar function that changes ScrollBar's increment values and the slider's size and position
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmScrollBarSetValues</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>ScrollBar functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmScrollBarSetValues</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ScrollBar.h>
+void XmScrollBarSetValues (<Replaceable>widget, value, slider_size, increment, page_increment,
+notify</Replaceable>)
+        Widget  <Replaceable>widget</Replaceable>;
+        int     <Replaceable>value</Replaceable>;
+        int     <Replaceable>slider_size</Replaceable>;
+        int     <Replaceable>increment</Replaceable>;
+        int     <Replaceable>page_increment</Replaceable>;
+        Boolean <Replaceable>notify</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Symbol>XmSetScrollBarValues</Symbol> changes the ScrollBar's increment values and the
+slider's size and position.
+The scroll region is overlaid with a
+slider bar that is adjusted in size and position using the main ScrollBar or
+set slider function attributes.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ScrollBar widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ScrollBar's slider
+position. Refer to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> resource described on
+&cdeman.XmScrollBar;.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">slider_size</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size of the
+slider. Refer to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsliderSize</SystemItem> resource described on
+&cdeman.XmScrollBar;. This argument sets that resource.
+Specify a
+value of 0 (zero) if you do not want to change the value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">increment</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of button increment and decrement.
+Refer to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNincrement</SystemItem> resource described on
+&cdeman.XmScrollBar;. This argument sets that resource.
+Specify a
+value of 0 (zero) if you do not want to change the value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">page_increment</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of page increment and decrement.
+Refer to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpageIncrement</SystemItem> resource described on
+&cdeman.XmScrollBar;. This argument sets that resource.
+Specify a
+value of 0 (zero) if you do not want to change the value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">notify</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that, when True, indicates a change in
+the ScrollBar value and also specifies that the ScrollBar widget
+automatically activates
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> with the recent change.
+If it is set to False,
+it specifies any change that has occurred in the ScrollBar's value, but
+does not activate <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ScrollBar and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmScrollBar;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScrollBar;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollVi.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollVi.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b6013e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ScrollVi.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ScrollVi.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 21:01:08 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN388.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmScrollVisible</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmScrollVisible</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A ScrolledWindow function that makes an invisible
+ descendant of a ScrolledWindow work area visible
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmScrollVisible</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Scrolled Window functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmScrollVisible</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ScrolledW.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmScrollVisible</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>scrollw_widget, widget, left_right_margin, top_bottom_margin</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>scrollw_widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension <Parameter>left_right_margin</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension <Parameter>top_bottom_margin</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmScrollVisible</Function> makes an obscured or partially obscured
+widget or gadget descendant of a ScrolledWindow work area visible. The
+function repositions the work area and sets the specified margins
+between the widget and the nearest viewport boundary. The widget's
+location relative to the viewport determines whether one or both
+of the margins must be adjusted. This function requires that
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> of the ScrolledWindow widget be set
+to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">scrollw_widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the ScrolledWindow widget whose work area
+window contains an obscured descendant.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget to be made visible.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">left_right_margin</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the margin to establish between the left
+or right edge of the widget and the associated edge of the
+viewport.
+This margin is established only if the widget must be moved horizontally
+to make it visible.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">top_bottom_margin</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the margin to establish between the top
+or bottom edge of the widget and the associated edge of the
+viewport.
+This margin is established only if the widget must be moved vertically
+to make it visible.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ScrolledWindow and its associated
+resources, see &cdeman.XmScrolledWindow;</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScrolledWindow;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SelectA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SelectA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8a11699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SelectA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1555 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SelectA.sgm /main/12 1996/09/26 14:54:17 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN391.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSelectionBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmSelectionBox</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The SelectionBox widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmSelectionBox</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>SelectionBox</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/SelectioB.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>SelectionBox is a general dialog widget that allows the user to
+select one item from a list.
+By default, a SelectionBox includes the following:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A scrolling list of alternatives
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An editable text field for the selected alternative
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Labels for the list and text field
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Three or four buttons
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>The default button labels are <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>, <Literal>Cancel</Literal>, and <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+By default an <Literal>Apply</Literal> button is also created; if the parent of the
+SelectionBox is a DialogShell, it is managed; otherwise it is unmanaged.
+Additional children may be added to the SelectionBox after
+creation.
+The first child is used as a work area. The value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildPlacement</SystemItem> determines if the work area is placed above
+or below the Text area, or above or below the List area. Additional
+children are laid out in the following manner:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Menubar</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The first menu bar child is placed at the top of the window.
+The <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> trait is used to check that it is the first
+MenuBar child.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Buttons</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All <Classname>XmPushButton</Classname>
+widgets or gadgets, and their subclasses are
+placed after the <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol> button in the order of their
+creation (this order is checked using the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol> trait).
+The layout direction of the buttons depends on the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The layout of additional children that are not in the above categories
+is undefined.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user can select an item in two ways:
+by scrolling through the list and selecting the desired
+item or by entering the item name directly into the text edit area.
+Selecting an item from
+the list causes that item name to appear in the selection text edit
+area.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user may select a new item
+as many times as desired. The item is not actually selected until
+the user presses the <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol> PushButton.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default value for the <Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname> resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcancelButton</SystemItem> is the Cancel button, unless <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_COMMAND</SystemItem>, when the default is NULL.
+The default value for the <Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname>
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdefaultButton</SystemItem> resource is the OK button, unless <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_COMMAND</SystemItem>, when the default is NULL.
+</Para>
+<Para>For SelectionBox and its subclasses, the default value for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNinitialFocus</SystemItem> is the text edit area.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user can specify resources in a resource file for the automatically
+created widgets and gadgets of SelectionBox. The following list
+identifies the names of these widgets (or gadgets) and the associated
+SelectionBox areas:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>List Items Label</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>Items</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>List Items</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>ItemsList</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Selection Label</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>Selection</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Selection Text</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>Text</Literal> or <Literal>TextField</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Selection Separator</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>Separator</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>SelectionBox uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol>,
+and <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Descendants</Title>
+<Para>SelectionBox automatically creates the descendants shown in the
+following table.
+An application can use <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> to gain access
+to the named descendant. In addition, a user or an application
+can use the named descendant when specifying resource values.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Named Descendant</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Identity</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>=</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Apply</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Apply button</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Cancel</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Cancel button</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Help</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">Help button</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Items</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">title above the list of items</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>ItemsList</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmList</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">list of items from which the user will select</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>ItemsListSW</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmScrolledWindow</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">ScrolledWindow parent of <Literal>ItemsList</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">OK button</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Selection</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">title above the selection box</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Separator</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Classname>XmSeparatorGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1">dividing line between selection box and buttons</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Text</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Classname>XmTextField</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>selection box containing text of selected item</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>SelectionBox inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>,
+<Classname>Composite</Classname>, <Classname>Constraint</Classname>, <Classname>XmManager</Classname>,
+and <Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmSelectionBoxWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmSelectionBox</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmSelectionBox Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNapplyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNapplyLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCApplyLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCancelLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildPlacement</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCChildPlacement</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmPLACE_ABOVE_SELECTION</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHelpLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCItems</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringTable</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCListLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlistVisibleItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisibleItemCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNminimizeButtons</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMinimizeButtons</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmustMatch</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMustMatch</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnoMatchCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNokCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNokLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOkLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectionLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectionLabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>default</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextColumns</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColumns</Entry>
+<Entry>short</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>""</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNapplyCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called
+when the user activates the <Literal>Apply</Literal>
+button. The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_APPLY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNapplyLabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string label for the <Literal>Apply</Literal> button.
+The default for this resource depends on the locale.
+In the C locale the default is <Literal>Apply</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcancelCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called
+when the user activates
+the <Literal>Cancel</Literal> button. The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_CANCEL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcancelLabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string label for the <Literal>Cancel</Literal> button.
+The default for this resource depends on the locale.
+In the C locale the default is <Literal>Cancel</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNchildPlacement</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the placement of the work area child. The
+possible values are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPLACE_ABOVE_SELECTION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Places the work area child above the Text area
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPLACE_BELOW_SELECTION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Places the work area child below the Text area
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPLACE_TOP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Places the work area child above the List area,
+and below a MenuBar, if one is present
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Determines the set of SelectionBox children widgets that are created
+and managed at initialization. The possible values are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_PROMPT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All standard children except the list and
+list label are created, and all except the <Literal>Apply</Literal> button are
+managed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_COMMAND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Only the list, the selection label, and the
+text field are created and managed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_SELECTION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All standard children are created and
+managed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_FILE_SELECTION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All standard children are created and
+managed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_WORK_AREA</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>All standard children are created, and all
+except the <Literal>Apply</Literal> button are managed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>If the parent of the SelectionBox is a DialogShell, the default is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_SELECTION</SystemItem>; otherwise, the default is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_WORK_AREA</SystemItem>.
+<Function>XmCreatePromptDialog</Function> and <Function>XmCreateSelectionDialog</Function> set and append
+this resource to the creation <Symbol Role="Variable">arglist</Symbol> supplied by the application.
+This resource cannot be modified after creation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpLabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string label for the <Literal>Help</Literal> button.
+The default for this resource depends on the locale.
+In the C locale the default is <Literal>Help</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistItems</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the items in the SelectionBox list.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> for this resource returns the list items themselves,
+not a copy of the list items.
+The application must not free the returned items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistItemCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items in the SelectionBox
+list.
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistLabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string label to appear above the SelectionBox list
+containing the selection items.
+The default for this resource depends on the locale.
+In the C locale the default is <Literal>Items</Literal>
+unless <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_PROMPT</SystemItem>; in this case the default is NULL.
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlistVisibleItemCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items displayed in the SelectionBox
+list.
+The value must be greater than 0 (zero) unless <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdialogType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_PROMPT</SystemItem>; in this case, the value is always 0.
+The default is dynamic based on the height of the list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNminimizeButtons</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets the buttons to the width of the widest button and height of the
+tallest button if False. If True, button width and height are not
+modified.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmustMatch</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the selection widget should check if the
+user's selection in the text edit field has an exact match in
+the SelectionBox list when the <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol> button is activated.
+If the selection does not have an exact match, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmustMatch</SystemItem> is True, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoMatchCallback</SystemItem> callbacks are
+called.
+If the selection does have an exact match or if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmustMatch</SystemItem> is
+False, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNokCallback</SystemItem> callbacks are called.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoMatchCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called
+when the user makes a selection
+from the text edit field that does not have an exact match with
+any of the items in the list box.
+The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_NO_MATCH</SystemItem>.
+Callbacks in this list are called only if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmustMatch</SystemItem>
+is true.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNokCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called
+when the user activates the <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol> button.
+The callback reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+If the selection text does not match a list item, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmustMatch</SystemItem> is True, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoMatchCallback</SystemItem> callbacks are
+called instead.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNokLabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string label for the <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol> button.
+The default for this resource depends on the locale.
+In the C locale the default is <Symbol Role="Define">OK</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionLabelString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string label for the selection text edit field.
+The default for this resource depends on the locale.
+In the C locale the default is <Literal>Selection</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<para>
+Now that some default localized label strings are provided through
+message catalogs for the children of composite widgets, the
+<systemitem class="resource">labelString</systemitem> resources
+cannot be set on the child through default resource files.
+Instead, the resource provided at the parent level must be used.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextAccelerators</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies translations added to the Text widget child of the
+SelectionBox.
+The default includes bindings for the up and down keys
+for auto selection of list items.
+This resource is ignored if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNaccelerators</SystemItem> is initialized to a
+nondefault value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextColumns</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of columns in the Text widget.
+The value must be greater than 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextString</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the text in the text edit selection field.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>SelectionBox inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmBulletinBoard Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNallowOverlap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAllowOverlap</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNautoUnmanage</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAutoUnmanage</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbuttonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCButtonRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcancelButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultButton</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidget</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>SG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdefaultPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDefaultPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogStyle</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdialogTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDialogTitle</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfocusCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>10</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnoResize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNoResize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCResizePolicy</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRESIZE_ANY</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSHADOW_OUT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTextRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtextTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunmapCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmManager Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialFocus</Entry>
+<Entry>Widget</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Composite Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNchildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>WidgetList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInsertPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XtOrderProc</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnumChildren</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCReadOnly</Entry>
+<Entry>Cardinal</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        XmString <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>;
+} XmSelectionBoxCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> value selected by the user from the
+SelectionBox list or entered into the SelectionBox text field
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the size in bytes of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> value
+This member is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+earlier releases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmSelectionBox -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmSelectionBox</Classname> inherits translations from <Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Accelerators</Title>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtextAccelerators</SystemItem> are added to the Text descendant of
+<Classname>XmSelectionBox</Classname>.
+The default accelerators are described in the following list.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SelectionBoxUpOrDown(<Symbol Role="Define">Previous</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SelectionBoxUpOrDown(<Symbol Role="Define">Next</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SelectionBoxUpOrDown(<Symbol Role="Define">First</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SelectionBoxUpOrDown(<Symbol Role="Define">Last</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRestore</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SelectionBoxRestore()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>SelectionBoxRestore()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These accelerators may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL 2i 0 1
+.zA "enhancement, 6334, R2.0, Changed numeric arguments"
+.LI "&bsol;*LKUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSelectionBoxUpOrDown(Previous)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSelectionBoxUpOrDown(Next)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKBeginData:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSelectionBoxUpOrDown(First)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKEndData:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSelectionBoxUpOrDown(Last)&bsol;*O
+.zZ "enhancement, 6334, R2.0, Changed numeric arguments"
+.LI "&bsol;*LKRestore:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSelectionBoxRestore()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The XmSelectionBox action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>SelectionBoxUpOrDown(<Symbol Role="Define">Previous|Next|First|Last</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When called with an argument of <Literal>Previous</Literal>, or 0 (zero) for
+compatibility, selects the previous
+item in the
+list and replaces the text with that item.
+</Para>
+<Para>When called with an argument of <Literal>Next</Literal>, or 1 for
+compatibility, selects the next item in the
+list and replaces the text with that item.
+</Para>
+<Para>When called with an argument of <Literal>First</Literal>, or 2 for
+compatibility, selects the first item in the
+list and replaces the text with that item.
+</Para>
+<Para>When called with an argument of <Literal>Last</Literal>, or 3 for
+compatibility, selects the last item in the
+list and replaces the text with that item.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>SelectionBoxRestore()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Replaces the text value with the list selection.
+If no item in the list is selected, clears the text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>The SelectionBox widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the activate callbacks for the cancel button if it is sensitive.
+If no cancel button exists and the parent of the SelectionBox is a manager,
+passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the activate callbacks for the button with the keyboard focus.
+If no button has the keyboard focus, calls the activate callbacks
+for the default button if it is sensitive.
+In a List widget or single-line Text widget,
+the List or Text action associated with <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>
+is called before the SelectionBox actions associated with
+<KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>.
+In a multiline Text widget, any <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>
+event except <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEnter</KeySym> calls
+the Text action associated with <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>,
+then the SelectionBox actions associated with <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>.
+If no button has the focus, no default button exists, and the parent
+of the SelectionBox is a manager, passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>OK&ensp;Button&ensp;Activated</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmustMatch</SystemItem> is True and the text does not match an item in the
+file list, calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnoMatchCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_NO_MATCH</SystemItem>.
+Otherwise, calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNokCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Apply&ensp;Button&ensp;Activated</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNapplyCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_APPLY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Cancel&ensp;Button&ensp;Activated</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcancelCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_CANCEL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Help&ensp;Button&ensp;Activated</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> callbacks with reason <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_HELP</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>MapWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmapCallback</SystemItem> if the SelectionBox
+is a child of a Dialog shell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>UnmapWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunmapCallback</SystemItem> if the SelectionBox is
+the child of a DialogShell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Composite;,
+&cdeman.Constraint;,
+&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmBulletinBoard;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSelectionBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSelectionDialog;,
+&cdeman.XmCreatePromptDialog;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;, and
+&cdeman.XmSelectionBoxGetChild;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SelectB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SelectB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4c84027
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SelectB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SelectB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:01:27 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN392.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSelectionBoxGetChild</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmSelectionBoxGetChild</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A SelectionBox function that is used to access a component
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmSelectionBoxGetChild</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>SelectionBox functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmSelectionBoxGetChild</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/SelectioB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmSelectionBoxGetChild</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, child</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>child</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmSelectionBoxGetChild</Function> is used to access a component within a
+SelectionBox. The parameters given to the function are the SelectionBox
+widget and a value indicating which component to access.
+</Para>
+<Para>NOTE: This routine is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. Instead of calling <Function>XmSelectionBoxGetChild</Function>, you should
+call <Function>XtNameToWidget</Function> as described in the &cdeman.XmSelectionBox;
+reference page.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the SelectionBox widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">child</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a component within the SelectionBox. The following
+values are legal for this parameter:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_APPLY_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_CANCEL_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_DEFAULT_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_HELP_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_LIST</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_LIST_LABEL</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_OK_BUTTON</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_SELECTION_LABEL</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_SEPARATOR</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_TEXT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDIALOG_WORK_AREA</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of SelectionBox and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget ID of the specified SelectionBox component.
+An application should not assume that the returned widget will be of any
+particular class.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSelectionBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SeparA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SeparA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7220334
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SeparA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,591 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SeparA.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:01:35 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN393.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSeparator</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmSeparator</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Separator widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmSeparator</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Separator</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Separator.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Separator is a primitive widget that
+separates items in a display. Several different
+line drawing styles are provided, as well as horizontal or vertical
+orientation.
+</Para>
+<Para>The Separator line drawing is automatically
+centered within the height of the widget for a horizontal orientation
+and centered within the width of the widget for a vertical orientation.
+An <Function>XtSetValues</Function> with a new <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNseparatorType</SystemItem> resizes the
+widget to its minimal height (for horizontal orientation) or its
+minimal width (for
+vertical orientation) unless height or width is explicitly set in the
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function> call.
+</Para>
+<Para>Separator does not draw shadows around the separator.
+The Primitive resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem> is used for the
+Separator's thickness when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNseparatorType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN_DASH</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_OUT</SystemItem>, or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_OUT_DASH</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Separator does not highlight and allows no traversing. The primitive
+resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem> is forced to False.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNseparatorType</SystemItem> of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_LINE</SystemItem> provides an escape
+to the application
+programmer who needs a different style of drawing.
+A pixmap the height of the widget can be created and used as the
+background pixmap by building an argument list using the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackgroundPixmap</SystemItem>
+argument type as defined by <Classname>Core</Classname>.
+Whenever the widget is redrawn,
+its background is displayed containing the desired separator drawing.
+Separator holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSavvy</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Separator inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>
+and <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmSeparatorWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmSeparator</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix anduse the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase,
+but include any underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmSeparator Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmargin</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMargin</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNorientation</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOrientation</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmHORIZONTAL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNseparatorType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSeparatorType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmargin</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For horizontal orientation, specifies the space on the left and right
+sides between the border of the Separator and the line drawn.
+For vertical orientation, specifies the space on the top and
+bottom between the border of the Separator and the line drawn.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays Separator vertically or horizontally.
+This resource can have values of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHORIZONTAL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNseparatorType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of line drawing to be done in the Separator widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Single line
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Double line
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_DASHED_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Single-dashed line
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_DASHED_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Double-dashed line
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>No line
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A line whose shadows give the
+effect of a line etched into the window. The thickness of the
+line is equal to the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem>. For
+horizontal orientation, the top shadow is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem>
+and the bottom shadow is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</SystemItem>. For
+vertical orientation, the left edge is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem>
+and the right edge is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_OUT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A line whose shadows give the effect
+of an etched line coming out of the window. The thickness of the
+line is equal to the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem>. For horizontal
+orientation, the top shadow is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</SystemItem> and
+the bottom shadow is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem>. For vertical
+orientation, the left edge is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</SystemItem> and
+the right edge is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN_DASH</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Identical to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN</SystemItem> except a series of lines creates a dashed line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_OUT_DASH</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Identical to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_OUT</SystemItem> except a series of lines creates a dashed line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Separator inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses in the following table.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPrimitive Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!--no-op:  .tH-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmSeparator -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>There are no translations for <Classname>XmSeparator</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;, &cdeman.XmCreateSeparator;,
+and &cdeman.XmPrimitive;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SeparB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SeparB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9fbca38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SeparB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,533 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SeparB.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:01:44 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN394.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSeparatorGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmSeparatorGadget</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The SeparatorGadget widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmSeparatorGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>SeparatorGadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/SeparatoG.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>SeparatorGadget separates items in a display.
+Several
+line drawing styles are provided, as well as horizontal or vertical
+orientation.
+</Para>
+<Para>Lines drawn within the SeparatorGadget are automatically
+centered within the height of the gadget for a horizontal orientation
+and centered within the width of the gadget for a vertical orientation.
+An <Function>XtSetValues</Function> with a new <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNseparatorType</SystemItem> resizes the
+widget to its minimal height (for horizontal orientation) or its
+minimal width (for
+vertical orientation) unless height or width is explicitly set in the
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function> call.
+</Para>
+<Para>SeparatorGadget does not draw shadows around the separator.
+The Gadget resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem> is used for the
+SeparatorGadget's thickness when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNseparatorType</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN_DASH</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_OUT</SystemItem>, or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_OUT_DASH</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>SeparatorGadget does not highlight and allows no traversing. The Gadget
+resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtraversalOn</SystemItem> is forced to False.
+SeparatorGadget
+holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSavvy</Symbol> trait.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>SeparatorGadget inherits behavior,
+resources, and traits from <Classname>Object</Classname>, <Classname>RectObj</Classname>, and <Classname>XmGadget</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmSeparatorGadgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmSeparatorGadget</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmSeparatorGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmargin</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMargin</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNorientation</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCOrientation</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmHORIZONTAL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNseparatorType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSeparatorType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmargin</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For horizontal orientation, specifies the space on the left and right sides between the border of
+SeparatorGadget and the line drawn.
+For vertical
+orientation, specifies the space
+on the top and bottom between the border
+of SeparatorGadget and the line drawn.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNorientation</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether SeparatorGadget is displayed vertically or horizontally.
+This resource can have values of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVERTICAL</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHORIZONTAL</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNseparatorType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of line drawing to be done in the Separator widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Single line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Double line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_DASHED_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Single-dashed line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_DASHED_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Double-dashed line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNO_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>No line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A line whose shadows give the
+effect of a line etched into the window. The thickness of the
+line is equal to the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem>. For
+horizontal orientation, the top shadow is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem>
+and the bottom shadow is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</SystemItem>. For
+vertical orientation, the left edge is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem>
+and the right edge is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_OUT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A line whose shadows give the effect
+of an etched line coming out of the window. The thickness of the
+line is equal to the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNshadowThickness</SystemItem>. For horizontal
+orientation, the top shadow is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</SystemItem> and
+the bottom shadow is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem>. For vertical
+orientation, the left edge is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbottomShadowColor</SystemItem> and
+the right edge is drawn in <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopShadowColor</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN_DASH</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Identical to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_IN</SystemItem> except a series of lines creates a dashed line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_OUT_DASH</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Identical to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSHADOW_ETCHED_OUT</SystemItem> except a series of lines creates a dashed line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>SeparatorGadget inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>RectObj Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Object Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmSeparatorGadget -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Behavior</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmSeparatorGadget</Classname> has no behavior.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Object;, &cdeman.RectObj;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSeparatorGadget;, and
+&cdeman.XmGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetColC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetColC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ffde28d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetColC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SetColC.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:01:53 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN395.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSetColorCalculation</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmSetColorCalculation</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function to set the procedure used for default color calculation
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmSetColorCalculation</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Color functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmSetColorCalculation</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmColorProc <Function>XmSetColorCalculation</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>color_proc</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmColorProc <Parameter>color_proc</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmSetColorCalculation</Function> sets the procedure to calculate
+default colors.
+This procedure is used to calculate the foreground, top shadow, bottom
+shadow, and select colors on the basis of a given background color.
+If called with an argument of NULL, it restores the default procedure
+used to calculate colors.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">color_proc</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the procedure to use for color calculation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Following is a description of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmColorProc</StructName> type used by
+<Function>XmSetColorCalculation</Function>:
+</Para>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>void (*<Replaceable>color_proc</Replaceable>) (<Replaceable>background_color, foreground_color, select_color, top_shadow_color,
+bottom_shadow_color</Replaceable>)
+        XColor  <Replaceable>*background_color</Replaceable>;
+        XColor  <Replaceable>*foreground_color</Replaceable>;
+        XColor  <Replaceable>*select_color</Replaceable>;
+        XColor  <Replaceable>*top_shadow_color</Replaceable>;
+        XColor  <Replaceable>*bottom_shadow_color</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+<Para>Specifies the procedure used to calculate default colors.
+The procedure is passed a pointer to an <Symbol>XColor</Symbol> structure
+representing the background color.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">pixel</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">red</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">green</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">blue</Symbol> members of this
+structure are filled in with values that are valid for the current
+colormap.
+</Para>
+<Para>The procedure is passed pointers to <Symbol>XColor</Symbol> structures representing
+the foreground, select, top shadow, and bottom shadow colors to be
+calculated.
+The procedure calculates and fills in the <Symbol Role="Variable">red</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">green</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Variable">blue</Symbol> members of these structures.
+The procedure should not allocate color cells for any of these colors.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">background_color</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the background color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">foreground_color</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the foreground color to be calculated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">select_color</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the select color to be calculated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">top_shadow_color</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the top shadow color to be calculated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">bottom_shadow_color</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the bottom shadow color to be calculated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the color calculation procedure that was used at the time this
+routine was called.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmChangeColor;,
+&cdeman.XmGetColors;, and
+&cdeman.XmGetColorCalculation;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetFonUA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetFonUA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2c4415e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetFonUA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SetFonUA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:02:01 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN396.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSetFontUnit</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmSetFontUnit</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that sets the font unit value for a display
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmSetFontUnit</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmSetFontUnit</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>display, font_unit_value</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display <Parameter>* display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>font_unit_value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmSetFontUnit</Function> provides an external function to initialize font unit
+values. Applications may want to specify resolution-independent data based
+on a global font size.
+See the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> resource description in the reference pages for
+<Classname>XmGadget</Classname>, <Classname>XmManager</Classname>, and <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> for more information
+on resolution independence.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function sets the font units for all screens on the display.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>NOTE:</Literal>
+<Function>XmSetFontUnit</Function> is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+previous releases.
+Instead of using this function, provide initial values or call
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function> for the XmScreen resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Defines the display for which this font unit value is to be applied.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">font_unit_value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the value to be used for both horizontal and vertical font
+units in the conversion calculations.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmConvertUnits;,
+&cdeman.XmSetFontUnits;,
+&cdeman.XmGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;,
+&cdeman.XmPrimitive;, and
+&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetFonUB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetFonUB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d9d5d57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetFonUB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SetFonUB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:02:09 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN397.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSetFontUnits</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmSetFontUnits</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that sets the font unit value for a display
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmSetFontUnits</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmSetFontUnits</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>display, h_value, v_value</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display <Parameter>* display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>h_value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>v_value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmSetFontUnits</Function> provides an external function to initialize font unit
+values. Applications may want to specify resolution-independent data based
+on a global font size. This function must be called before any widgets with
+resolution-independent data are created. See the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem>
+resource description in the reference pages for
+<Classname>XmGadget</Classname>, <Classname>XmManager</Classname>, and <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> for more information
+on resolution independence.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function sets the font units for all screens on the display.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>NOTE:</Literal>
+<Function>XmSetFontUnits</Function> is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+previous releases.
+Instead of using this function, provide initial values or call
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function> for the XmScreen resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhorizontalFontUnit</SystemItem>
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverticalFontUnit</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Defines the display for which this font unit value is to be applied.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">h_value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the value to be used for horizontal
+units in the conversion calculations.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">h_value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the value to be used for vertical
+units in the conversion calculations.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmConvertUnits;,
+&cdeman.XmSetFontUnit;,
+&cdeman.XmGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;,
+&cdeman.XmPrimitive;, and
+&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetMenuC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetMenuC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..765b1d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetMenuC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SetMenuC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:02:17 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN398.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSetMenuCursor</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmSetMenuCursor</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that modifies the menu cursor for a client
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmSetMenuCursor</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmSetMenuCursor</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>display, cursorId</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display <Parameter>* display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cursor <Parameter>cursorId</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmSetMenuCursor</Function> programmatically modifies the menu cursor for a client;
+after the cursor has been created
+by the client, this function registers the cursor with the menu system. After
+calling this function, the specified cursor is displayed whenever
+this client displays a Motif menu on the indicated display. The client can
+then specify different cursors on different displays.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function sets the menu cursor for all screens on the display.
+<Function>XmSetMenuCursor</Function> is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+previous releases.
+Instead of using this function, provide initial values or call
+<Function>XtSetValues</Function> for the XmScreen resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmenuCursor</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display to which the cursor is to be associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">cursorId</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <Literal>X</Literal> cursor ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmScreen;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetProto.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetProto.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..617e30b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetProto.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SetProto.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:06:00 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN399.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSetProtocolHooks</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmSetProtocolHooks</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell function that allows preactions and postactions to be executed when a protocol message is received from MWM
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmSetProtocolHooks</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmSetProtocolHooks</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmSetProtocolHooks</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, property, protocol, prehook, pre_closure,
+posthook, post_closure</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>property</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>protocol</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>prehook</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>pre_closure</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>posthook</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>post_closure</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmSetProtocolHooks</Function> is used by shells that want to have preactions
+and postactions
+executed when a protocol message is received from MWM.
+Since there is no guaranteed ordering in execution of event handlers or
+callback lists, this allows the shell to control the flow while leaving the
+protocol manager structures opaque.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmSetWMProtocolHooks</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmSetProtocolHooks</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol property
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol atom
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">prehook</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the procedure to call before calling entries on the client callback
+list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">pre_closure</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the client data to be passed to the prehook when it is invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">posthook</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the procedure to call after calling entries on the client callback
+list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">post_closure</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the client data to be passed to the posthook when it is invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;, and &cdeman.XmSetWMProtocolHooks;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetWMPro.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetWMPro.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..26cfb34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SetWMPro.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SetWMPro.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:06:11 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN400.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSetWMProtocolHooks</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmSetWMProtocolHooks</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A VendorShell convenience interface that allows preactions and postactions to be executed when a protocol message is received from the window manager
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmSetWMProtocolHooks</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>VendorShell functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmSetWMProtocolHooks</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>protocols</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+#include &lt;Xm/Protocols.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmSetWMProtocolHooks</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>shell, protocol, prehook, pre_closure, posthook,
+post_closure</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>shell</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>protocol</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>prehook</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>pre_closure</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>posthook</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>post_closure</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmSetWMProtocolHooks</Function> is a convenience interface.
+It calls <Function>XmSetProtocolHooks</Function>
+with the property value set to the atom returned by
+interning <Property>WM_PROTOCOLS</Property>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">shell</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget with which the protocol property is associated
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">protocol</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the protocol atom (or an <Symbol Role="Variable">int</Symbol> cast to <Literal>Atom</Literal>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">prehook</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the procedure to call before calling entries on the client callback
+list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">pre_closure</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the client data to be passed to the prehook when it is invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">posthook</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the procedure to call after calling entries on the client callback
+list
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">post_closure</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the client data to be passed to the posthook when it is invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of VendorShell and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.VendorShell;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VendorShell;,
+&cdeman.XmInternAtom;, and &cdeman.XmSetProtocolHooks;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SpinBox.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SpinBox.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..63526d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SpinBox.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1471 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SpinBox.sgm /main/15 1996/09/08 21:02:25 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<refentry id="CDEMMA.MAN401.rsml.1">
+<refmeta><refentrytitle>XmSpinBox</refentrytitle><manvolnum>library call</manvolnum>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv><refname><classname>XmSpinBox</classname></refname><refpurpose>
+The SpinBox widget class <indexterm><primary>XmSpinBox</primary></indexterm><indexterm>
+<primary>widget class</primary><secondary>SpinBox</secondary></indexterm></refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<refsynopsisdiv>
+<synopsis>#include &lt;Xm/SpinB.h></synopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+<refsect1>
+<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>SpinBox allows the user to select a value from a ring of related but
+mutually exclusive choices which are displayed in sequence. The SpinBox always
+has an increment arrow, a decrement arrow, and one or more other children.
+The choices are displayed, one at a time, in a traversable text child ( <classname>XmText</classname> or <classname>XmTextField</classname>. The user clicks <keysym>Btn1</keysym> on an arrow to display the next (or previous) item in the ring
+of choices. By pressing and holding <keysym>Btn1</keysym> on an arrow, the
+user continuously cycles through the choices.</para>
+<para>The traversable children in a SpinBox can be of type <systemitem class="Constant">XmNUMERIC</systemitem> or <systemitem class="Constant">XmSTRING</systemitem>,
+as defined by the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem>
+constraint resource. The ring of choices for numeric children is defined
+by minimum, maximum, incremental, and decimal point values. The ring of choices
+for string children is defined in an array of compound strings.</para>
+<para>The application programmer can include multiple traversable children
+in the SpinBox. For example, a SpinBox might consist of a pair of arrows
+and month, day, and year text fields. The arrows only spin the child that
+currently has focus.</para>
+<para>Arrow size is specified by the SpinBox resource <systemitem class="Resource">XmNarrowSize</systemitem>. This value sets both width and height of each
+arrow in pixels.</para>
+<para>The programmer can display SpinBox arrows in one of several layouts,
+as specified by the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNarrowLayout</systemitem>
+resource:</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_BEGINNING</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Places a pair of left and right arrows before the children.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_END</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Places a pair of left and right arrows after the children.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_SPLIT</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Places one arrow on each side of the children.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_FLAT_BEGINNING</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Places a pair of arrows side by side before the <Symbol>XmSpinBox</Symbol>
+children.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_FLAT_BEGINNING</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Places a pair of arrows side by side after the <Symbol>XmSpinBox</Symbol>
+children.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<para>Positions for <systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_BEGINNING</systemitem>
+and <systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_END</systemitem> are dependent on
+the <classname>VendorShell</classname> resource <systemitem class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</systemitem>. When layout direction is left-to-right, beginning
+arrows are positioned to the left of the children. When layout direction
+is right-to-left, beginning arrows are positioned to the right.</para>
+<para>The actions of the arrows are determined by the <classname>VendorShell</classname> resource <systemitem class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</systemitem>.
+For left-to-right layouts, the right arrow is the increment arrow and the
+left arrow is the decrement arrow. For right-to-left layouts, the right
+arrow is the decrement arrow and the left arrow is the increment arrow.</para>
+<para>For a numeric type child, the increment arrow increases the displayed
+value by the incremental value up to the maximum. The decrement arrow decreases
+the displayed value by the given incremental value down to the minimum.</para>
+<para>The increment arrow for a string type child moves toward the last entry
+of the array of compound strings (by increasing the SpinBox constraint resource
+<systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>). The decrement arrow
+moves toward the first entry of the compound string array.</para>
+<para>The programmer can also control the sensitivity of each arrow in the
+SpinBox. Sensitive arrows spin choices; insensitive arrows do not spin choices.
+Arrow sensitivity is set for the SpinBox widget by using the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNdefaultArrowSensitivity</systemitem> resource, but it
+can be modified on a per child basis by using the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNarrowSensitivity</systemitem> constraint resource.</para>
+<para>SpinBox provides two callbacks to application programmers. (In addition,
+the callbacks of the SpinBox's children may be invoked.) Each of these callbacks
+receives a pointer to <structname role="typedef">XmSpinBoxCallbackStruct</structname>.
+The <systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem> procedures
+are called <symbol role="Variable">before</symbol> a new choice is displayed.
+The <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem> procedures
+are called <symbol role="Variable">after</symbol> a new choice is displayed.
+</para>
+<para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem> tells
+the application what the new position will be in the ring of choices. This
+callback can be used to make the SpinBox stop at the upper and lower limits
+or go to a different, nonconsecutive choice. The application allows the
+change in position by leaving the <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> member
+set to True. The application can spin to a position other than the next
+consecutive position by leaving <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> set
+to True and by changing the <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member
+to the desired position. When <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> is set
+to False by an application, there is no change in the choice displayed.
+</para>
+<para>After a new choice is displayed, the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem> procedure is called. The application
+can use this procedure to perform tasks when specific values are reached
+or when boundaries are crossed. For example, if the user spins from January
+back to December, the application could change to the previous year. If
+the user spins from December to January, the application could change to
+the next year.</para>
+<para>SpinBox dimensions can be set using the Core resources <systemitem class="Resource">XmNheight</systemitem> and <systemitem class="Resource">XmNwidth</systemitem>. If dimensions are not specified, the SpinBox size
+is determined by the sizes of its arrows and children. The SpinBox will
+attempt to grow so that the arrows and all children are visible.</para>
+<para>SpinBox uses the <symbol role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</symbol>
+trait and holds the <symbol role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</symbol> trait.
+</para>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Classes</title>
+<para>SpinBox inherits behavior, resources, and traits from the <classname>Core</classname>, <classname>Composite</classname>, <classname>Constraint</classname>, and <classname>XmManager</classname> classes.</para>
+<para>The class pointer is <symbol role="Globalvar">xmSpinBoxWidgetClass</symbol>.
+</para>
+<para>The class name is <classname>XmSpinBox</classname>.</para>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>New Resources</title>
+<para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a resource
+by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <systemitem class="Constant">XmN</systemitem> or <systemitem class="Constant">XmC</systemitem>
+prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined values
+for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <systemitem class="Constant">Xm</systemitem> prefix and use the remaining letters (in
+either lowercase or uppercase, but include any underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate whether the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C), set by using <function>XtSetValues</function> (S),
+retrieved by using <function>XtGetValues</function> (G), or is not applicable
+(N/A).</para>
+<informaltable>
+<tgroup cols="5" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<colspec align="Left" colname="col1" colwidth="1.35in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.48in">
+<colspec align="Left" colname="col3" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.39in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.00in">
+<spanspec nameend="col3" namest="col1" spanname="1to3">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" spanname="1to3" valign="top"><literal>XmSpinBox Resource
+Set</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Name</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Class</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Type</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Default</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Access</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNarrowLayout</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCArrowLayout</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">unsigned char</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmARROWS_BEGINNING</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNarrowOrientation</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCArrowOrientation</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">unsigned char</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmARROWS_VERTICAL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNarrowSize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCArrowSize</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Dimension</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">16</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNdefaultArrowSensitivity</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCDefaultArrowSensitivity</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">unsigned char</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmARROWS_SENSITIVE</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNdetailShadowThickness</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCDetailShadowThickness</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Dimension</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">2</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNinitialDelay</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCInitialDelay</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">unsigned int</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">250 ms</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNmarginHeight</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCMarginHeight</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Dimension</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNmarginWidth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCMarginWidth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Dimension</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCCallback</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XtCallbackList</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">C</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNrepeatDelay</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCRepeatDelay</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">unsigned int</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">200 ms</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNspacing</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCSpacing</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Dimension</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNvalueChangedCallback</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCCallback</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XtCallbackList</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">C</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNarrowLayout</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies placement of the two arrows in the widget. Possible layouts
+are as follows:</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_BEGINNING</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Places left and right arrows beside each other, before the child(ren).
+Positioning for this layout is dependent on the VendorShell resource <literal>XmNlayoutDirection.</literal></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_END</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Places left and right arrows beside each other, after the child(ren).
+Positioning for this layout is dependent on the VendorShell resource <systemitem class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_FLAT_BEGINNING</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Places a pair of arrows side by side before the <Symbol>XmSpinBox</Symbol>
+children. Positioning for this layout is dependent on the VendorShell resource <literal>XmNlayoutDirection.</literal></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_FLAT_END</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Places a pair of arrows side by side after the <Symbol>XmSpinBox</Symbol>
+children. Positioning for this layout is dependent on the VendorShell resource <literal>XmNlayoutDirection.</literal></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_SPLIT</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Places a left arrow on the left side and a right arrow on the right
+side of the child(ren).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNarrowSize</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies both the width and height of the arrow in pixels.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNdefaultArrowSensitivity</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the default sensitivity of the arrows in the widget. Insensitive
+arrows change color, cannot be depressed, and perform no action. (This resource
+may be overridden by the constraint resource <systemitem class="Resource">XmNarrowSensitivity</systemitem> for individual traversable text children
+of the SpinBox.) Possible default sensitivity values are as follows:</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_SENSITIVE</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Both arrows are sensitive.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_DECREMENT_SENSITIVE</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Only the decrement arrow (as determined by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</systemitem>) is sensitive. The increment arrow is insensitive.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_INCREMENT_SENSITIVE</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Only the increment arrow (as determined by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</systemitem>) is sensitive. The decrement arrow is insensitive.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_INSENSITIVE</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Both arrows are insensitive.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNdetailShadowThickness</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the thickness of the inside arrow shadows. The default thickness
+is 2 pixels.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNinitialDelay</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies how long, in milliseconds, the mouse button must be held
+down before automatic spinning begins. In other words, when the user selects
+the increment or decrement arrow and keeps it depressed, this delay occurs
+before the choices start spinning. If <systemitem class="Resource">XmNinitialDelay</systemitem> is 0, then <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem>
+is used as the initial delay.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the amount of blank space between the top edge of the SpinBox
+widget and the first item in each column, and the bottom edge of the SpinBox
+widget and the last item in each column.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the amount of blank space between the left edge of the SpinBox
+widget and the first item in each row, and the right edge of the SpinBox widget
+and the last item in each row.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This callback is called before the SpinBox position changes (see the
+Constraint resource <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>).
+The application can use this callback to set the next position, change SpinBox
+resources, or cancel the impending action. For example, this callback can
+be used to stop the spinning just before wrapping at the upper and lower
+position boundaries. If the <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> member
+is set to False, nothing happens. Otherwise the position changes. Reasons
+sent by the callback are <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_NEXT</systemitem>,
+<systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_PRIOR</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_FIRST</systemitem>, or <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_LAST</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>When the user selects and keeps an arrow button depressed by pressing
+and holding <keysym>Btn1</keysym>, spinning begins. After the time specified
+in <systemitem class="Resource">XmNinitialDelay</systemitem> elapses, the
+SpinBox position changes automatically until the arrow button is released.
+The <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem> resource specifies
+the delay in milliseconds between each automatic change. If <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem> is set to 0 (zero), automatic
+spinning is turned off and <systemitem class="Resource">XmNinitialDelay</systemitem>
+is ignored.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNspacing</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the horizontal and vertical spacing between items contained
+within the SpinBox widget.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This is called <symbol role="Variable">n</symbol>+1 times for
+<symbol role="Variable">n</symbol> SpinBox position changes (see the Constraint resource
+<systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>). Reasons sent by the
+callback are <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_OK</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_NEXT</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_PRIOR</systemitem>, <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_FIRST</systemitem>, or <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_LAST</systemitem>.
+Other members are detailed in the callback structure description.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<informaltable>
+<tgroup cols="5" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<colspec align="Left" colname="col1" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colname="col3" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.18in">
+<spanspec nameend="col3" namest="col1" spanname="1to3">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" spanname="1to3" valign="top"><literal>XmSpinBox Constraint
+Resource Set</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Name</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Class</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Type</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Default</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Access</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNarrowSensitivity</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCArrowSensitivity</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">unsigned char</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmARROWS_DEFAULT_SENSITIVITY</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNdecimalPoints</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCDecimalPoints</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">short</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNincrementValue</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCIncrementValue</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">int</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">1</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNmaximumValue</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCMaximumValue</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">int</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">10</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNminimumValue</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCMinimumValue</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">int</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNnumValues</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCNumValues</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">int</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNposition</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCPosition</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">int</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNpositionType</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCPositionType</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">char</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmPOSITION_VALUE</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNspinBoxChildType</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmSpinBoxChildType</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">unsigned char</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmSTRING</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNvalues</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCValues</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmStringTable</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNarrowSensitivity</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the sensitivity of the arrows for a SpinBox child. By using
+this resource in the definition of a SpinBox child, the application programmer
+can override the default SpinBox sensitivity (set by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNdefaultArrowSensitivity</systemitem>) for a particular child. This allows
+each traversable child to have a different arrow sensitivity. The arrow
+sensitivity values are as follows:</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_SENSITIVE</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Both arrows are sensitive.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_DECREMENT_SENSITIVE</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Only the decrement arrow (as determined by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</systemitem>) is sensitive.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_INCREMENT_SENSITIVE</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Only the increment arrow (as determined by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</systemitem>) is sensitive.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_INSENSITIVE</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Both arrows are insensitive.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmARROWS_DEFAULT_SENSITIVITY</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Use the sensitivity specified in the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNdefaultArrowSensitivity</systemitem> resource.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNdecimalPoints</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the number of decimal places used when displaying the value
+of a SpinBox numeric type child. If the number of decimal places specified
+is greater than the number of digits in a displayed value, the value is padded
+with 0 (zeros). For example, when <Symbol>XmNinitialValue</Symbol> is 1
+and <systemitem class="Resource">XmNmaximumValue</systemitem> is 1000 and <systemitem class="Resource">XmNdecimalPoints</systemitem> is 3, the range of values displayed
+in the SpinBox is 0.001 to 1.000. This is used only when <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> is <systemitem class="Constant">XmNUMERIC</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNincrementValue</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the amount by which to increment or decrement a SpinBox numeric
+type child. This is used only when <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> is <systemitem class="Constant">XmNUMERIC</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmaximumValue</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the highest possible value for a numeric SpinBox. This is
+used only when <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem>
+is <systemitem class="Constant">XmNUMERIC</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNminimumValue</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the lowest possible value for a numeric SpinBox. This is
+used only when <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem>
+is <systemitem class="Constant">XmNUMERIC</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNnumValues</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the number of strings in <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalues</systemitem>. The application must change this value when strings are added
+or removed from <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalues</systemitem>. This
+is used only when <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem>
+is <systemitem class="Constant">XmSTRING</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the position of the currently displayed item. The interpritation
+of <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> is dependent upon the value of the <Symbol>XmNpositionType</Symbol> resource.</para>
+<para>When <Symbol>XmNpositionType</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmPOSITION_INDEX</Symbol> the <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> value is interpreted as follows:
+For <Symbol>XmSpinBox</Symbol> children of type <Symbol>XmNUMERIC</Symbol>,
+the <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> resource is interpreted as an index into
+an array of items. The minimum allowable value for <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> is 0. The maximum allowable value for <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol>
+is <literal>(XmNmaximumValue-XmNminimumValue)/XmNincrementValue</literal>.
+The value display by the <Symbol>XmSpinBox</Symbol> child is <literal>XmNminimumValue+(XmNposition*XmNincrementValue)</literal>. For <Symbol>XmSpinBox</Symbol> children of type <Symbol>XmSTRING</Symbol>, the <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> resource is interpreted as an index into an array of <Symbol>XmNnumValues</Symbol> items. The minimum allowable value for <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> is 0. The maximum allowable value for <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol>
+is <literal>XmNnumValues - 1</literal>. The value displayed by the <Symbol>XmSpinBox</Symbol> is the <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol>'th value in the <Symbol>XmNvalues</Symbol> array.</para>
+<para>When <Symbol>XmNpositionType</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmPOSITION_VALUE</Symbol> the <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> value is interpreted as follows:
+</para>
+<para>For <Symbol>XmSpinBox</Symbol> children of type <Symbol>XmNUMERIC</Symbol>, the <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> resource is interpreted as
+the actual value to be displayed. The minimum allowable value for <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmNminimumValue</Symbol>. The maximum allowable
+value for <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmNmaximumValue</Symbol>.
+The value displayed by the <Symbol>XmSpinBox</Symbol> child is <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol>. For <Symbol>XmSpinBox</Symbol> children of type <Symbol>XmSTRING</Symbol>, the interpretation is the same for <Symbol>XmPOSITION_VALUE</Symbol> as for <Symbol>XmPOSITION_INDEX</Symbol>.</para>
+<para>Position values falling outside the specified range are invalid. When
+an application assigns a value to <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> which is
+less than the minimum, <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> is set to the minimum
+and an error message is displayed. When an application assigns a value
+to <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> which is greater than the maximum, <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> is set to the maximum and an error message is displayed.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNpositionType</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies how values the <Symbol>XmNposition</Symbol> resource are
+to be interpreted. Valid values include <Symbol>XmPOSITION_INDEX</Symbol>
+and <Symbol>XmPOSITION_VALUE</Symbol>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the type of data displayed in the child:</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmNUMERIC</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The SpinBox choice range is defined by numeric minimum, maximum, and
+incremental values.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmSTRING</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The SpinBox choices are alphanumeric.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalues</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the array of <structname role="typedef">XmString</structname>s
+to be displayed in a SpinBox string type child. The application must change <systemitem class="Resource">XmNnumValues</systemitem> when strings are added to or removed
+from <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalues</systemitem>. This is used only
+when <systemitem class="Resource">XmNspinBoxChildType</systemitem> is <systemitem class="Constant">XmSTRING</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Inherited Resources</title>
+<para>SpinBox inherits behavior and resources from the superclasses described
+in the following tables. For a complete description of each resource, refer
+to the reference page for that superclass.</para>
+<informaltable>
+<tgroup cols="5" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<colspec align="Left" colname="col1" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colname="col3" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.18in">
+<spanspec nameend="col3" namest="col1" spanname="1to3">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" spanname="1to3" valign="top"><literal>XmManager Resource
+Set</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Name</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Class</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Type</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Default</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Access</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNbottomShadowColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCBottomShadowColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Pixel</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNbottomShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCBottomShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Pixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNforeground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCForeground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Pixel</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNhelpCallback</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCCallback</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XtCallbackList</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">C</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNhighlightColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCHighlightColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Pixel</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNhighlightPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCHighlightPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Pixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNinitialFocus</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCInitialFocus</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Widget</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNlayoutDirection</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCLayoutDirection</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmDirection</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNnavigationType</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCNavigationType</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNavigationType</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmTAB_GROUP</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNpopupHandlerCallback</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCCallback</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XtCallbackList</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">C</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNshadowThickness</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCShadowThickness</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Dimension</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNstringDirection</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCStringDirection</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmStringDirection</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNtopShadowColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCTopShadowColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Pixel</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNtopShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCTopShadowPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Pixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNtraversalOn</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCTraversalOn</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Boolean</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">True</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNunitType</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCUnitType</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">unsigned char</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNuserData</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCUserData</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XtPointer</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<informaltable>
+<tgroup cols="5" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<colspec align="Left" colname="col1" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colname="col3" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.18in">
+<spanspec nameend="col3" namest="col1" spanname="1to3">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" spanname="1to3" valign="top"><literal>Composite Resource
+Set</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Name</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Class</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Type</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Default</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Access</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNchildren</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCReadOnly</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">WidgetList</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">G</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNinsertPosition</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCInsertPosition</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XtOrderProc</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNnumChildren</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCReadOnly</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Cardinal</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">G</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<informaltable>
+<tgroup cols="5" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<colspec align="Left" colname="col1" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colname="col3" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.18in">
+<colspec align="Left" colwidth="1.18in">
+<spanspec nameend="col3" namest="col1" spanname="1to3">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" spanname="1to3" valign="top"><literal>Core Resource Set</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Name</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Class</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Type</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Default</literal></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><literal>Access</literal></entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNaccelerators</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCAccelerators</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XtAccelerators</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNancestorSensitive</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCSensitive</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Boolean</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">G</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNbackground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCBackground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Pixel</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNbackgroundPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Pixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNborderColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCBorderColor</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Pixel</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XtDefaultForeground</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNborderPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCPixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Pixmap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNborderWidth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCBorderWidth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Dimension</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNcolormap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCColormap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Colormap</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNdepth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCDepth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">int</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNdestroyCallback</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCCallback</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XtCallbackList</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">NULL</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">C</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNheight</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCHeight</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Dimension</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Boolean</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">True</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">C</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNmappedWhenManaged</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCMappedWhenManaged</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Boolean</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">True</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNscreen</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCScreen</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Screen *</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNsensitive</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCSensitive</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Boolean</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">True</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNtranslations</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCTranslations</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XtTranslations</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNwidth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCWidth</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Dimension</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">dynamic</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNx</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCPosition</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Position</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmNy</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">XmCPosition</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Position</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">0</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">CSG</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Callback</title>
+<para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</para>
+<synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol>;
+        XEvent <symbol role="Variable">* event</symbol>;
+        Widget <symbol role="Variable">widget</symbol>;
+        Boolean <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol>;
+        int <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol>;
+        XmString <symbol role="Variable">value</symbol>;
+        Boolean <symbol role="Variable">crossed_boundary</symbol>;
+} XmSpinBoxCallbackStruct;</synopsis>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Indicates why the callback was invoked. Reasons may be the following:
+</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_OK</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Spinning has stopped because the SpinBox arrow has been disarmed. <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_OK</systemitem> is either the last or only call.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_NEXT</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The increment arrow has been armed and position is increasing. Further
+callbacks will come. For a numeric type child, the values displayed are
+approaching the maximum. For a string SpinBox, the values displayed are
+approaching the last entry in the array of <structname role="typedef">XmString</structname> s.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_PRIOR</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The decrement arrow has been armed and position is decreasing. Further
+callbacks will come. For a numeric type child, the values displayed are
+approaching the minimum. For a string type child, the values displayed
+are approaching the first entry in the array of <structname role="typedef">XmString</structname>s.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_FIRST</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The begin data (<keysym>osfBeginData</keysym>) key sequence has been
+pressed. The SpinBox is at its first position, displaying the lowest value
+or the first entry in the array of <structname role="typedef">XmString</structname>s.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_LAST</systemitem></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The end data (<keysym>osfEndData</keysym>) key sequence has been pressed.
+The SpinBox is at its last position, displaying the highest value or the
+last entry in the array of <structname role="typedef">XmString</structname>s.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">event</symbol></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered this callback.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">widget</symbol></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the child widget affected by this callback.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>When the callback is <systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem>, <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> indicates whether or
+not an action will be performed before the SpinBox position changes. If
+the callback leaves <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> set to True (the
+default), the spinning action is performed. If the callback sets
+<symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> to False, the spinning action is not performed.
+When the callback is <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>, <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> is ignored.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">position</symbol></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the next value of the SpinBox position (same as <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>). This is an output field for
+the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem>, which
+may change the next position as dictated by the needs of an application.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">value</symbol></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies the new <structname role="typedef">XmString</structname> value
+in the text child widget. The user program must copy this string if it
+is to be used outside the callback routine.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">crossed_boundary</symbol></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Specifies whether or not the SpinBox has crossed the upper or lower
+boundary (the last or first compound string, or the maximum or minimum value).
+The <symbol role="Variable">crossed_boundary</symbol> value is True if the
+SpinBox has just crossed a boundary, and False if it has not.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Translations</title>
+<para>The <classname>XmSpinBox</classname> translations are as follows:
+</para>
+<para>The following key names are listed in the X standard key event translation
+table syntax. This format is the one used by Motif to specify the widget actions
+corresponding to a given key. A brief overview of the format is provided under &cdeman.VirtualBindings;. For a complete description
+of the format, please refer to the X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><keysym>Btn1Down</keysym>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBArm()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><keysym>Btn1Up</keysym>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBDisarm()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>:</literal><keysym>Key</keysym><keysym>osfUp</keysym> :</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBPrior()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>:</literal><keysym>Key</keysym><keysym>osfDown</keysym> :</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBNext()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>:</literal><keysym>Key</keysym><keysym>osfLeft</keysym> :</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBLeft()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>:</literal><keysym>Key</keysym><keysym>osfRight</keysym> :</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBRight()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>:</literal><keysym>Key</keysym><keysym>osfBeginData</keysym> :</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBFirst()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>:</literal><keysym>Key</keysym><keysym>osfEndData</keysym> :</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBLast()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Accelerators</title>
+<para>The <systemitem class="Resource">XmNaccelerators</systemitem> resource
+of a SpinBox are added to each traversable text child. The default <systemitem class="Resource">XmNaccelerators</systemitem> are defined in the following
+list. The bindings for <keysym>Key</keysym><keysym>osfUp</keysym> and <keysym>Key</keysym><keysym>osfDown</keysym> cannot be changed.</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><keysym>Key</keysym> <keysym>osfUp</keysym>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBPrior()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><keysym>Key</keysym> <keysym>osfDown</keysym>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBNext()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><keysym>KeyUp</keysym> <keysym>osfUp</keysym>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBDisarm()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><keysym>KeyUp</keysym> <keysym>osfDown</keysym>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBDisarm()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><keysym>Key</keysym> <keysym>osfLeft</keysym>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBLeft()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><keysym>Key</keysym> <keysym>osfRight</keysym>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBRight()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><keysym>KeyUp</keysym> <keysym>osfLeft</keysym>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBDisarm()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><keysym>KeyUp</keysym> <keysym>osfRight</keysym>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBDisarm()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><keysym>Key</keysym> <keysym>osfBeginData</keysym>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBFirst()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><keysym>Key</keysym> <keysym>osfEndData</keysym>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para><action>SpinBLast()</action></para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Action Routines</title>
+<para>The <classname>XmSpinBox</classname> action routines are as follows:
+</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><action>SpinBArm()</action>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Visually arms the SpinBox by drawing the armed arrow so that it appears
+to be depressed. This action is initiated when the user presses <keysym>Btn1</keysym> while the pointer is within the boundaries of either the increment
+or decrement arrow. The arrow remains visually armed as long as <keysym>Btn1</keysym> remains depressed.</para>
+<para>If the time period specified by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem> is not greater than zero milliseconds, nothing else happens
+while <keysym>Btn1</keysym> remains depressed.</para>
+<para>If the time period specified by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem> is greater than zero milliseconds, and the arrow is disarmed
+before the time period specified by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNinitialDelay</systemitem> has elapsed, nothing else happens in this action.</para>
+<para>If the time period specified by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem> is greater than zero milliseconds, and the arrow is still
+armed after the time period specified by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNinitialDelay</systemitem> has elapsed, the following occurs:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure, <structname role="typedef">XmSpinBoxCallbackStruct</structname>, is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_NEXT</systemitem>
+if the increment arrow is armed, or to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_PRIOR</systemitem> if the decrement arrow is armed.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the next position.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> member is set to
+True.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem>,
+if it exists, is invoked. The application may change the value of
+<symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> and <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol>.
+If the application sets <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> to False,
+nothing else happens until the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem> period has elapsed, or until <keysym>Btn1</keysym> is released.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>If <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> remains set to True, the following
+occurs:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The value of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>
+is changed to the value of <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> in the
+SpinBox callback structure.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The text corresponding to the new position is displayed in
+the traversable text child that currently has focus.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_NEXT</systemitem> if the increment arrow is armed, or <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_PRIOR</systemitem> if the decrement arrow is armed.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the current (new) value of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>,
+if it exists, is called. SpinBox ignores any changes to <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> or <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> members made by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>These events are repeated each time the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem> period elapses and the arrow remains armed.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><action>SpinBDisarm()</action>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Visually disarms the SpinBox by drawing the previously armed arrow
+so that it no longer appears to be depressed.</para>
+<para>If the time period specified by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem> is not greater than zero milliseconds, or the time period specified
+by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNinitialDelay</systemitem> has not elapsed,
+the following then occurs:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure, <structname role="typedef">XmSpinBoxCallbackStruct</structname>, is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_NEXT</systemitem>
+if the increment arrow is armed, or to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_PRIOR</systemitem> if the decrement arrow is armed.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the next position.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> member is set to
+True.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem>,
+if there is one, is invoked. The application may change the value of
+<symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> and <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol>.
+If the application sets <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> to False, nothing
+else happens until the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem>
+period has elapsed, or until <keysym>Btn1</keysym> is released.</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>If <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> remains set to True, the following
+occurs:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The value of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>
+is changed to the value of <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> in the
+SpinBox callback structure.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The text corresponding to the new position is displayed in
+the traversable text child that currently has focus.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_NEXT</systemitem> if the increment arrow is armed, or <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_PRIOR</systemitem> if the decrement arrow is armed.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the current (new) value of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>,
+if it exists, is called. SpinBox ignores any changes to <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> or <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> members made by
+an <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>If an <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>
+procedure is issued after the button has been armed, regardless of the value
+of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem> or whether the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNinitialDelay</systemitem> has expired:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_OK</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the current value of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>,
+if it exists, is called.</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><action>SpinBFirst()</action>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The following occurs:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure, <structname role="typedef">XmSpinBoxCallbackStruct</structname>, is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_FIRST</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the first (0) position.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> member is set to
+True.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem>,
+if it exists, is invoked. The application may change the value of
+<symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> and <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol>.
+If the application sets <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> to False, nothing
+else happens until the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem>
+period has elapsed, or until <keysym>Btn1</keysym> is released.</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>If <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> remains set to True, the following
+occurs:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The value of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>
+is changed to the value of <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> in the
+SpinBox callback structure.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The text corresponding to the new position is displayed in
+the traversable text child that currently has focus.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_FIRST</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the current (new) value of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>,
+if it exists, is called.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_OK</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the current (new) <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>
+value.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>
+is called again. SpinBox ignores any changes to <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> or <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> members made by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><action>SpinBLast()</action>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The following occurs:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure, <structname role="typedef">XmSpinBoxCallbackStruct</structname>, is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_LAST</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the last position.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> member is set to
+True.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem>,
+if it exists, is invoked. The application may change the value of
+<symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> and <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol>.
+If the application sets <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> to False, nothing
+else happens until the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem>
+period has elapsed, or until <keysym>Btn1</keysym> is released.</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>If <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> remains set to True, the following
+occurs:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The value of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>
+is changed to the value of <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> in the
+SpinBox callback structure.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The text corresponding to the new position is displayed in
+the traversable text child that currently has focus.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_LAST</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the current (new) value <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>,
+if it exists, is called.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_OK</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the current (new) of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>
+is called again. SpinBox ignores any changes to the <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> or <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> members made by
+<systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><action>SpinBLeft()</action>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>If the VendorShell resource <systemitem class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</systemitem> is left-to-right, the <literal>SpinBPrior</literal> action is
+invoked. Otherwise, the <literal>SpinBNext</literal> action is invoked.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><action>SpinBNext()</action>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Visually arms the SpinBox by drawing the increment arrow so that it
+appears to be depressed. The following occurs:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure, <structname role="typedef">XmSpinBoxCallbackStruct</structname>, is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_NEXT</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the next position.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> member is set to
+True.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem>,
+if it exists, is invoked. The application may change the value of
+<symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> and <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol>.
+If the application sets <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> to False, nothing
+else happens until the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem>
+period has elapsed, or until <keysym>Btn1</keysym> is released.</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>If <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> remains set to True, the following
+occurs:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The value of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>
+is changed to the value of <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> in the
+SpinBox callback structure.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The text corresponding to the new position is displayed in
+the traversable text child that currently has focus.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_NEXT</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the current (new) value of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>,
+if it exists, is called.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_OK</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the current (new) <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>
+is called again. SpinBox ignores any changes to <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> or <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> members made by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><action>SpinBPrior()</action>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Visually arms the SpinBox by drawing the decrement arrow so that it
+appears to be depressed. The following occurs:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure, <structname role="typedef">XmSpinBoxCallbackStruct</structname>, is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_PRIOR</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the next position.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> member is set to
+True.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</systemitem>,
+if it exists, is invoked. The application may change the value of
+<symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> and <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol>.
+If the application sets <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> to False, nothing
+else happens until the <systemitem class="Resource">XmNrepeatDelay</systemitem>
+period has elapsed, or until <keysym>Btn1</keysym> is released.</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>If <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> remains set to True, the following
+occurs:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>The value of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>
+is changed to the value of <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> in the
+SpinBox callback structure.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The text corresponding to the new position is displayed in
+the traversable text child that currently has focus.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_SPIN_PRIOR</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the current (new) value of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>,
+if it exists, is called.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">reason</symbol> member of the
+SpinBox callback structure is set to <systemitem class="Constant">XmCR_OK</systemitem>.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>The <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> member is set
+to the current (new) value of <systemitem class="Resource">XmNposition</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para><systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>
+is called again. SpinBox ignores any changes to <symbol role="Variable">position</symbol> <?Pub Caret>or <symbol role="Variable">doit</symbol> members
+made by <systemitem class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</systemitem>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><action>SpinBRight()</action>:</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>If the VendorShell resource <systemitem class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</systemitem> is left-to-right, the <literal>SpinBNext</literal> action is
+invoked. Otherwise, the <literal>SpinBPrior</literal> action is invoked.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>RELATED</title>
+<para>&cdeman.Composite;, &cdeman.Constraint;, &cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSpinBox;,
+&cdeman.XmManager;, and
+&cdeman.XmString;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SpinBoxD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SpinBoxD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e961c2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SpinBoxD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SpinBoxD.sgm /main/6 1996/09/06 09:24:35 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>delete a XmSimpleSpinBox item
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/SpinB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>w</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>pos</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos</Function> function deletes a specified item from a XmSimpleSpinBox widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol> argument specifies the widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Emphasis>pos</Emphasis> argument specifies the position of the item to be deleted.
+A value of 1 means the first item in the list; zero means the last item.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUE</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos</Function> function returns no value.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
+<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBox;,</Para>
+]]>
+<![ %CDE.C.XO; [
+<Para><Classname>XmSimpleSpinBox</Classname>,</Para>
+]]>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem;, &cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem;.</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SpinBoxS.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SpinBoxS.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..0421029
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SpinBoxS.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SpinBoxS.sgm /main/6 1996/09/06 09:24:42 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>set an item in the XmSimpleSpinBox list
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/SpinB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>w</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>item</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem</Function> function selects an item in the list of the given XmSimpleSpinBox
+widget and makes it the current value.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol> argument specifies the widget ID.
+</Para>
+<Para>The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> argument specifies the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> for the item to be set in the XmSimpleSpinBox.
+If the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">item</Symbol> is not found on the list,
+<Function>XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem</Function> notifies the user via the
+<Function>XtWarning</Function> function.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUE</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem</Function> function returns no value.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>SEE ALSO</Title>
+<![ %CDE.C.CDE; [
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBox;,</Para>
+]]>
+<![ %CDE.C.XO; [
+<Para><Classname>XmSimpleSpinBox</Classname>,</Para>
+]]>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem;, &cdeman.XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos;; <![ %CDE.C.CDE; [<Function>XtWarning</Function>(3). ]]><![ %CDE.C.XO; [<Function>XtWarning</Function> ]]>in the &str-Zt;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SpinBoxV.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SpinBoxV.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7aae589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/SpinBoxV.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: SpinBoxV.sgm /main/7 1996/09/08 21:02:39 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmSpinBoxValidatePosition">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>
+translate the current value of the specified XmSpinBox child
+into a valid position
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/SpinBox.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>textfield</parameter></paramdef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>*position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</Function> function
+is a utility that can be used by applications wanting to
+implement a policy for tracking user modifications to editable
+<classname>XmSpinBox</classname> children of type
+<Symbol>XmNUMERIC</Symbol>. The specifics of when and how the user's
+modifications take effect is left up to the application.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">text_field</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>The <Symbol Role="Variable">text_field</Symbol> argument specifies the
+widget ID of the child of the <Classname>XmSpinBox</Classname> that is
+being modified. The requirement on <Symbol Role="Variable">text_field</Symbol>
+is that it holds the
+<Literal>accessTextual</Literal> trait (already a requirement for
+children of <Classname>XmSpinBox</Classname>). This way,
+<Classname>XmSpinBox</Classname> can extract the string out of the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">text_field</Symbol> widget (even if it is not an
+<Symbol>XmTextField</Symbol>).
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>The location pointed to by the position argument is assigned the result
+of the translation done by <Function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</Function>.
+<Function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</Function> first checks to make sure this is an
+<Symbol>XmNUMERIC</Symbol> <Classname>XmSpinBox</Classname> child. If it is not,
+<Function>XSmpinBoxValidatePosition</Function> sets position to the current
+position and returns <Symbol>XmCURRENT_VALUE</Symbol>.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para><Function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</Function>
+attempts to translate the input string to a floating point number. If
+this translation fails,
+<Function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</Function> sets position to the current position and
+returns <Symbol>XmCURRENT_VALUE</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</Function> converts the floating point number to an integer using the
+<Symbol>XmNdecimalPoints</Symbol> resource. Extra decimal places are truncated. The resulting integer is range
+checked to make sure it falls within the valid range defined by <Symbol>XmNminimumValue</Symbol> and
+<Symbol>XmNmaximumValue</Symbol> inclusive. If the input falls outside this range,
+<Function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</Function> sets position to the nearest limit and returns either
+<Symbol>XmMINIMUM_VALUE</Symbol> or <Symbol>XmMAXIMUM_VALUE</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Finally, <Function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</Function> checks the integer to make sure it belongs to the series
+defined by <Literal>XmNminimumValue ... XmNminumumValue + ((n - 1) * XmNincrementlValue)</Literal>. If
+the integer does not belong to this series, <Function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</Function> sets position to the
+nearest element which is less than or equal to the integer and returns
+<Symbol>XmINCREMENT_VALUE</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Otherwise, <Function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</Function> assigns the integer to position and returns
+<Symbol>XmVALID_VALUE</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUE</Title>
+<Para>The
+<Function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</Function> function returns the status of the validation.
+The set of possible values returned is as follows:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol>XmCURRENT_VALUE</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Cannot convert, returning current position_value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol>XmMINIMUM_VALUE</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Less than min.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol>XmMAXIMUM_VALUE</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>More than max.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol>XmINCREMENT_VALUE</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Not on increment.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol>XmVALID_VALUE</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Okay.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>EXAMPLES</Title>
+<Para>This first example demonstrates how the <function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</function>
+function could be used from inside an
+<function>XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</function> callback installed on the
+<classname>XmSpinBox</classname> or the
+<classname>XmSimpleSpinBox</classname>:
+</Para>
+<programlisting>/*
+ * Install a callback on a spin box arrow press.
+ */
+  XtAddCallback(sb, XmNmodifyVerifyCallback, ModifyVerifyCB, NULL);
+  XtAddCallback(simple_sb, XmNmodifyVerifyCallback, ModifyVerifyCB, NULL);
+</programlisting>
+<Para>with the callback doing:
+</Para>
+<programlisting>
+void ModifyVerifyCB(widget, call_data, client_data) {
+    XmSpinBoxCallbackStruct *cbs = (XmSpinBoxCallbackStruct*) call_data;
+    int position;
+    Widget textual = NULL;
+    if (XtIsSubclass(w, xmSimpleSpinBoxWidgetClass))
+    {
+        Arg args[1];
+        XtSetArg(args[0], XmNtextField, &amp;textual);
+        XtGetValues(w, args, 1);
+    }
+    else if (XtIsSubclass(w, xmSpinBoxWidgetClass))
+      textual = cbs->widget;
+    else
+      textual = (Widget) NULL;
+
+    ...
+
+    if (XmSpinBoxValidatePosition(textual, &amp;position) == XmCURRENT_VALUE)
+      XBell(XtDisplay(w), 0);
+    else
+      cbs->position = position;
+}
+</programlisting>
+<para>This second example demonstrates how the <function>XmSpinBoxValidatePosition</function>
+function could be used from inside an
+<function>XmNactivateCallback</function> callback installed on
+the <literal>TextField</literal> child of the <classname>XmSpinBox</classname>:
+</Para>
+<programlisting>/*
+ * Install a callback on a spin box arrow press.
+ */
+XtAddCallback(tf, XmNactivateCallback, ModifyVerifyChildCB, NULL);
+</programlisting>
+<para>with the callback doing:
+</para>
+<programlisting>void ModifyVerifyChildCB(widget, call_data, client_data) {
+    int     position;
+    Widget  textual = widget;
+    Arg     args[1];
+
+    if (XmSpinBoxValidatePosition (textual, &amp;position) == XmCURRENT_VALUE)
+      XBell(XtDisplay(widget), 0);
+
+    /* Set the position constraint resource of the textfield */
+
+    XtSetArg(args[0], XmNposition, position);
+    XtSetValues(textual, args, 1);
+}
+</programlisting>
+</RefSect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para>&cdeman.XmSpinBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSpinBox;
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrBas.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrBas.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8f169e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrBas.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrBas.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:02:47 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN403.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringBaseline</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringBaseline</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that returns the number of pixels between the top of the character box and the baseline of the first line of text
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringBaseline</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringBaseline</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Dimension <Function>XmStringBaseline</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>rendertable, string</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>rendertable</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringBaseline</Function>
+returns the number of pixels between the top of the character
+box and the baseline of the first line of text in the provided compound
+string.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendertable</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the number of
+pixels between the top of the character box and the baseline of the first
+line of text.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrByA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrByA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..85db4d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrByA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrByA.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:02:56 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN404.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringByteCompare</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringByteCompare</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that indicates the results of a byte-by-byte comparison
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringByteCompare</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringByteCompare</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmStringByteCompare</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>s1, s2</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s1</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s2</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases.
+<Function>XmStringByteCompare</Function>
+returns a Boolean indicating the results of a byte-by-byte
+comparison of two compound strings.
+</Para>
+<Para>In general, if two compound strings are created with the same (<StructName Role="typedef">char *</StructName>)
+string using <Function>XmStringCreateLocalized</Function> in the same language
+environment, the compound strings compare as equal.
+If two compound strings are created with the same (<Literal>char&ensp;*</Literal>) string and
+the same font list element tag set other than <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>
+using <Function>XmStringCreate</Function>, the strings compare as
+equal.
+</Para>
+<Para>In some cases, once a compound string
+is put into a widget, that string is converted into an internal form to
+allow faster processing. Part of the conversion process strips out
+unnecessary or redundant information. If an application then does an
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> to retrieve a compound string from a widget (specifically,
+Label and all of its subclasses), it is not guaranteed that the compound
+string returned is byte-for-byte the same as the string given to
+the widget originally.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a compound string to be compared with <Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a compound string to be compared with <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if two compound strings are identical byte-by-byte.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate; and
+&cdeman.XmStringCreateLocalized;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrByB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrByB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9a74ad7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrByB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrByB.sgm /main/6 1996/08/25 22:22:41 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN405.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringByteStreamLength</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringByteStreamLength</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that returns the size of a string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringByteStreamLength</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+unsigned int XmStringByteStreamLength (<Replaceable>string</Replaceable>)
+        unsigned char   *<Replaceable>string</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringByteStreamLength</Function> receives a byte stream format string
+and returns the size, in bytes, of that stream, including the header.
+Because of this header information, even a NULL <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>
+will cause <Function>XmStringByteStreamLength</Function> to return a non-zero value.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the byte stream format string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN VALUES</Title>
+<Para>Returns the size of <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>, including the header.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6c358f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrCoA.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:03:04 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN406.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringCompare</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringCompare</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that compares two strings
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringCompare</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringCompare</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmStringCompare</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>s1, s2</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s1</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s2</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringCompare</Function> returns a Boolean value indicating the results of a
+semantically equivalent comparison of two compound strings.
+</Para>
+<Para>Semantically equivalent means that the strings have the
+same text components, font list element tags, directions,
+and separators. In general, if two compound strings are created
+with the same (<StructName Role="typedef">char *</StructName>) string using <Function>XmStringCreateLocalized</Function> in
+the same language environment, the compound strings compare as equal.
+If two compound strings are created with the same text and tag argument
+using <Function>XmStringCreate</Function>, the strings compare as equal.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a compound string to be compared with <Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a compound string to be compared with <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if two compound strings are equivalent.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate; and
+&cdeman.XmStringCreateLocalized;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..346685f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrCoB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:03:13 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN407.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringComponentCreate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringComponentCreate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that creates arbitrary components
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringComponentCreate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringComponentCreate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>c_type, length, value</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmStringComponentType <Parameter>c_type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned int <Parameter>length</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringComponentCreate</Function> creates a new <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> component
+of type <Symbol Role="Variable">c_type</Symbol>, containing <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>. If <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> is invalid
+for the particular component type, this function fails and
+returns NULL.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">c_type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of component to be created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the length in bytes of <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>.
+Note that this must be precisely the length of the <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>
+string, <Emphasis>not</Emphasis> including any trailing null characters.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the value to be used in the creation of the component.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Refer to the &cdeman.XmStringComponentType; reference page for a list of
+the possible <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> component types.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> is invalid for <Symbol Role="Variable">c_type</Symbol>, fails
+and returns NULL. Otherwise, this function returns a new compound string.
+When the application no longer needs the returned compound string,
+the application should call <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmString;,
+<Function>XmStringGetNextTriple</Function>, <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringComponentType</StructName>, and
+&cdeman.XmStringFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b6ec5e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrCoC.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:03:21 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN408.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringComponentType</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmStringComponentType</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Data type for compound string components
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringComponentType</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>data types</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringComponentType</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmStringComponentType</StructName> is the data type specifying compound string
+component types. A compound string component identifies some
+part of a compound string, and can have a value and length. A compound
+string component can be one of the
+following types. These component types are grouped
+according to their length and value types.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following components have values of NULL and lengths of 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_SEPARATOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This component usually maps to a newline or carriage return in
+displayed text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAB</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This component may be thought of as a text component containing only a
+single tab.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LAYOUT_POP</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The layout direction is kept on a stack, with the current direction
+kept on top of the stack. When this component is read, the most
+recently read layout direction is popped off the stack and replaced by
+the direction immediately before it.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_END</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This component marks the end of a compound string. No other components
+should follow. If an application does not place an
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_END</SystemItem> component at the end of
+an <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>, Motif automatically does it for the application.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The following component has a value of <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> and the
+length of that direction.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LAYOUT_PUSH</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The layout direction is kept on a stack, with the current direction
+kept on top of the stack. This component replaces the current layout
+direction, and causes another to be pushed onto the top of this stack.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The following component has a value of <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringDirection</StructName> and the
+length of that direction.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_DIRECTION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This component sets the string direction by overriding the previous
+string direction.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The following components have values of type <StructName Role="typedef">char *</StructName> or some
+equivalent type, and the lengths of these types.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LOCALE_TEXT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This component contains the multibyte text of a compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_WIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This component contains the widechar text of a compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TEXT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This component contains the charset text of a compound string. Note
+that a compound string cannot contain both charset and locale
+(multibyte or widechar) text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_BEGIN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This component marks the beginning of a new rendition. All text
+following this component will be rendered using this rendition as the
+primary one. If there is already a rendition in effect, it is kept in
+memory and used to fill in any unspecified values in the primary
+rendition. Renditions are kept until a corresponding
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_END</SystemItem> component is encountered.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_END</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This component signifies that the specified rendition will no longer
+be used to render text, and will not be available to fill in
+unspecified values of newer renditions.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_UNKNOWN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This component type signifies that the component contents belong to an
+unknown component type.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LOCALE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Use this component to specify the locale in which an internationalized
+application is to execute.
+The only valid character string for this component
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAG</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For charset text, this is the tag of the font to be used to display
+the text. This tag is sometimes referred to as the charset tag or the
+fontlist tag.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_CHARSET</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This component is obsolete and remains for compatibility with previous
+releases. It has been replaced by <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAG</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_FONTLIST_ELEMENT_TAG</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This component is obsolete and remains for compatibility with previous
+releases. It has been replaced by <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAG</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Some compound string components depend on values defined in other
+components. The <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAB</SystemItem> component definition, for
+example, depends on information in the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_BEGIN</SystemItem>. To account for these
+dependencies, a typical compound string will have its member
+components in the following order:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>[
+  [ <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LAYOUT_PUSH</SystemItem> ]
+  [ <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_BEGIN</SystemItem> ]*
+  [ <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAG</SystemItem> | <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LOCALE</SystemItem> ]
+  [ <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAB</SystemItem> ]*
+  [ <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_DIRECTION</SystemItem> ]
+  [ <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TEXT</SystemItem> |
+    <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LOCALE_TEXT</SystemItem> |
+    <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_WIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem> ]
+  [ <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_END</SystemItem> ]*
+  [ <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LAYOUT_POP</SystemItem> ]
+  [ <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_SEPARATOR</SystemItem> ]
+]*
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_END</SystemItem>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..48295df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrCoD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:03:29 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN409.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringConcat</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringConcat</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that appends one string to another
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringConcat</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringConcat</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringConcat</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>s1, s2</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s1</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s2</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringConcat</Function> copies <Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol> to the end of <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol> and returns
+a copy of the resulting compound string. The original strings are preserved.
+The function will allocate space to hold the returned compound string.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string to which a copy of <Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol> is appended
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string that is appended to the end of <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate; and &cdeman.XmStringFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bc3224b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCoE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrCoE.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:03:37 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN410.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringConcatAndFree</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringConcatAndFree</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that appends one string to another and frees the original strings
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringConcatAndFree</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringConcatAndFree</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringConcatAndFree</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>s1, s2</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s1</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s2</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringConcatAndFree</Function> copies <Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol> to the end of <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol> and returns
+a copy of the resulting compound string. The original strings are freed.
+The function will allocate space to hold the returned compound string.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string to which a copy of <Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol> is appended
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string that is appended to the end of <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The <Function>XmStringConcatAndFree</Function> function works like the
+<Function>XmStringConcat</Function> function, except that it frees the <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol> strings, and is therefore more efficient. You should use
+<Function>XmStringConcatAndFree</Function> instead of <Function>XmStringConcat</Function> if you
+want <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol> to be freed afterwards.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringConcat;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreate;, and
+&cdeman.XmStringFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCop.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCop.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a09226a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCop.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrCop.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:08:22 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN411.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringCopy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringCopy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that makes a copy of a string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringCopy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringCopy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringCopy</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>s1</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s1</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringCopy</Function> makes a copy of an existing compound string.
+When the application no longer needs the returned compound string,
+the application should call <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string to be copied
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a compound string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate; and &cdeman.XmStringFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCrA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCrA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8fddc6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCrA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrCrA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:03:45 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN412.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringCreate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringCreate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that creates a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringCreate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringCreate</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringCreate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>text, tag</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>text</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringCreate</Function> creates a compound
+string with two components: text and a font list element tag.
+The function will allocate space to hold the returned compound string.
+When the application no longer needs the returned compound string,
+the application should call <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a NULL-terminated string to be used as the text component of
+the compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag component to be associated with the given
+text. The value <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem> identifies a locale
+text segment.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListAdd;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryFree;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetFont;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryGetTag;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListEntryLoad;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListFree;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListFreeFontContext;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListGetNextFont;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListInitFontContext;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListNextEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListRemoveEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmString;,
+&cdeman.XmStringBaseline;,
+&cdeman.XmStringByteCompare;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCompare;,
+&cdeman.XmStringConcat;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreateLocalized;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreateLtoR;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreateSimple;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDirection;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDirectionCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDraw;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDrawImage;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDrawUnderline;,
+&cdeman.XmStringEmpty;,
+&cdeman.XmStringExtent;,
+&cdeman.XmStringFree;,
+&cdeman.XmStringFreeContext;,
+&cdeman.XmStringGetLtoR;,
+&cdeman.XmStringGetNextComponent;,
+&cdeman.XmStringGetNextSegment;,
+&cdeman.XmStringHasSubstring;,
+&cdeman.XmStringHeight;,
+&cdeman.XmStringInitContext;,
+&cdeman.XmStringLength;,
+&cdeman.XmStringLineCount;,
+&cdeman.XmStringNConcat;,
+&cdeman.XmStringNCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmStringPeekNextComponent;,
+&cdeman.XmStringSegmentCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmStringSeparatorCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmStringTable;, and
+&cdeman.XmStringWidth;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCrB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCrB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d66718c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCrB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrCrB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:08:43 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN413.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringCreateLocalized</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringCreateLocalized</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that creates
+a compound string in the current locale
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringCreateLocalized</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringCreateLocalized</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringCreateLocalized</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>text</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>text</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringCreateLocalized</Function> creates a compound string containing
+the specified text in the current language environment.
+An identical compound string would result
+from the function <Function>XmStringCreate</Function> called with
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem> explicitly as the tag component.
+</Para>
+<Para>The function will allocate space to hold the returned compound string.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a NULL-terminated string of text encoded in the current
+language environment
+to be used as the text component of the compound string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCrC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCrC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5d67d9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCrC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrCrC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:03:53 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN414.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringCreateLtoR</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringCreateLtoR</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that creates a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringCreateLtoR</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringCreateLtoR</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringCreateLtoR</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>text, tag</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>text</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. It is replaced by <Function>XmStringGenerate</Function>.
+<Function>XmStringCreateLtoR</Function> creates a compound
+string with two components: text and a
+tag component.
+This function
+scans
+for <Literal>&bsol;n</Literal>
+characters in the text. When one is found, the text up to that point
+is put into a segment followed by a separator component. No final
+separator component is appended to the end of the compound string.
+The direction
+component
+defaults to left-to-right.
+This function assumes that the encoding is single
+byte
+rather than
+multibyte.
+</Para>
+<Para>The function will allocate space to hold the returned compound string.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a NULL-terminated string to be used as the text component of
+the compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag component to be associated with the given
+text. The value <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem> is retained for
+compatibility with previous releases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;
+and &cdeman.XmStringGenerate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCrD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCrD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a4c3dd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrCrD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrCrD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:04:01 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN415.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringCreateSimple</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringCreateSimple</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that creates a compound string in the language environment of a widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringCreateSimple</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringCreateSimple</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringCreateSimple</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>text</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>char <Parameter>* text</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringCreateSimple</Function> creates a compound
+string with a text component and a charset tag.
+It derives the character set from the current language environment.
+</Para>
+<Para>The routine attempts to derive a character set from the value of the
+LANG environment variable.
+If this does not result in a valid character set, the routine uses a
+vendor-specific default.
+If the vendor has not specified a different value, this default is
+ISO8859-1.
+</Para>
+<Para>The function will allocate space to hold the returned compound string.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>NOTE:</Literal> This routine is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. It has been replaced by <Function>XmStringCreateLocalized</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a NULL-terminated string to be used as the text component of
+the compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate; and
+&cdeman.XmStringCreateLocalized;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDiA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDiA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c1f0e64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDiA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrDiA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:09:20 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN416.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringDirection</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmStringDirection</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Data type for the direction of display in a string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringDirection</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>data types</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringDirection</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmStringDirection</StructName>
+is the data type for specifying the direction in which the system
+displays characters of a string, or characters of a segment of a
+compound string.
+This is an enumeration with three possible values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_L_TO_R</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies left to right display
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_R_TO_L</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies right to left display
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_DEFAULT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the display direction will be set by the widget in
+which the compound string is to be displayed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDiB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDiB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..74b09ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDiB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrDiB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:09:35 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN417.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringDirectionCreate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringDirectionCreate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that creates a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringDirectionCreate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringDirectionCreate</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringDirectionCreate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>direction</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmStringDirection <Parameter>direction</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringDirectionCreate</Function> creates a compound string with a single component,
+a direction with the given value.
+When the application no longer needs the returned compound string, the
+application should call <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>direction</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the value of the direction component.
+The possible values are:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_L_TO_R</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies left to right display.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_R_TO_L</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies right to left display.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_DEFAULT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that the display direction will be set by the widget in
+which the compound string is to be displayed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDiC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDiC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a77ed8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDiC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrDiC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:04:09 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN418.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringDirectionToDirection</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringDirectionToDirection</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that converts from XmStringDirection to XmDirection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringDirectionToDirection</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmDirection <Function>XmStringDirectionToDirection</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>direction</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmStringDirection <Parameter>direction</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringDirectionToDirection</Function> converts the specified
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmStringDirection</StructName>
+direction value to its equivalent <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> value. This
+function provides backward compatibility with the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmStringDirection</StructName> data type.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>direction</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringDirection</StructName> value to be converted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the following <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName> values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLEFT_TO_RIGHT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <Emphasis>direction</Emphasis> argument is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_L_TO_R</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRIGHT_TO_LEFT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <Emphasis>direction</Emphasis> argument is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_DIRECTION_R_TO_L</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDEFAULT_DIRECTION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <Emphasis>direction</Emphasis> argument was not either of the above.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringDirection; and &cdeman.XmDirection;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDrA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDrA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6467c0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDrA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrDrA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:04:18 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN419.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringDraw</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringDraw</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that draws a compound string in an X window
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringDraw</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringDraw</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmStringDraw</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>d, w, rendertable, string, gc, x, y, width, alignment, layout_direction, clip</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display <Parameter>* d</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Window <Parameter>w</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>rendertable</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>GC <Parameter>gc</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>x</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>y</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension <Parameter>width</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>alignment</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>layout_direction</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XRectangle <Parameter>* clip</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringDraw</Function> draws a compound string in an X Window.
+If a compound string segment uses a
+rendition
+that
+contains
+a font set, the graphic context passed to this
+routine will have the GC font member left in an undefined
+state. The underlying <Literal>XmbStringDraw</Literal> function called
+by this routine modifies the font ID field of the GC passed
+into it and does not attempt to restore the font ID to the
+incoming value. If the compound string segment is not drawn
+using a font set, the graphic context must contain a valid font
+member. Graphic contexts created by <Function>XtGetGC</Function> are not
+valid for this routine; instead, use <Function>XtAllocateGC</Function>
+to create a graphic context.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">d</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendertable</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">gc</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the graphics context to use.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a coordinate of the rectangle that will contain the displayed
+compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a coordinate of the rectangle that will contain the displayed
+compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">width</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of the rectangle that will contain the
+displayed compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">alignment</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies how the string will be aligned within the specified rectangle.
+It is either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</SystemItem>, or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_END</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">layout_direction</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Controls the direction in which the segments of the compound string will
+be laid out. It also determines the meaning of the <Symbol Role="Variable">alignment</Symbol> parameter.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">clip</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to restrict the area into which the compound string
+will be drawn.
+If the value is NULL, clipping will be determined by the GC.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDrB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDrB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..75d9d26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDrB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrDrB.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:04:26 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN420.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringDrawImage</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringDrawImage</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that draws a compound string in an X Window and creates an image
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringDrawImage</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringDrawImage</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmStringDrawImage</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>d, w, rendertable, string, gc, x, y, width, alignment, layout_direction, clip</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display <Parameter>* d</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Window <Parameter>w</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>rendertable</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>GC <Parameter>gc</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>x</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>y</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension <Parameter>width</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>alignment</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>layout_direction</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XRectangle <Parameter>* clip</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringDrawImage</Function>
+draws a compound string in an X Window and paints both the
+foreground and background bits of each character.
+If a compound string segment uses a
+rendition
+that
+contains
+a font set, the graphic context passed to this
+routine will have the GC font member left in an undefined
+state. The underlying <Literal>XmbStringDraw</Literal> function called
+by this routine modifies the font ID field of the GC passed
+into it and does not attempt to restore the font ID to the
+incoming value. If the compound string segment is not drawn using
+a font set, the graphic context must contain a valid font
+member. Graphic contexts created by <Function>XtGetGC</Function> are not
+accepted by this routine; instead, use <Function>XtAllocateGC</Function>
+to create a graphic context.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">d</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendertable</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">gc</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the graphics context to use.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a coordinate of the rectangle that will contain the displayed
+compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a coordinate of the rectangle that will contain the displayed
+compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">width</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of the rectangle that will contain the
+displayed compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">alignment</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies how the string will be aligned within the specified rectangle.
+It is either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</SystemItem>, or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_END</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">layout_direction</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Controls the direction in which the segments of the compound string will
+be laid out. It also determines the meaning of the <Symbol Role="Variable">alignment</Symbol> parameter.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">clip</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to restrict the area into which the compound string
+will be drawn.
+If NULL, clipping will be determined by the GC.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDrC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDrC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8e895c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrDrC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrDrC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:04:34 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN421.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringDrawUnderline</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringDrawUnderline</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that underlines a string drawn in an X Window
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringDrawUnderline</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringDrawUnderline</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmStringDrawUnderline</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>d, w, rendertable, string, gc, x, y, width, alignment,
+layout_direction, clip, underline</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display <Parameter>* d</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Window <Parameter>w</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>rendertable</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>GC <Parameter>gc</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>x</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>y</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension <Parameter>width</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>alignment</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>layout_direction</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XRectangle <Parameter>* clip</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>underline</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringDrawUnderline</Function> draws a compound string in an X Window. If the
+substring identified by <Symbol Role="Variable">underline</Symbol> can be matched in <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>,
+the substring will be underlined. Once a match has occurred, no further
+matches or underlining will be done.
+Only the first text component of <Symbol Role="Variable">underline</Symbol> is used for matching.
+</Para>
+<Para>If a compound string segment uses a
+rendition
+that
+contains
+a font set, the graphic context passed to this
+routine will have the GC font member left in an undefined
+state. The underlying <Literal>XmbStringDraw</Literal> function called
+by this routine modifies the font ID field of the GC passed
+into it and does not attempt to restore the font ID to the
+incoming value. If the compound string segment is not drawn using
+a font set, the graphic context must contain a valid font
+member. Graphic contexts created by <Function>XtGetGC</Function> are not
+accepted by this routine; instead, use <Function>XtAllocateGC</Function>
+to create a graphic context.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">d</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">w</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the window.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendertable</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">gc</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the graphics context to use.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a coordinate of the rectangle that will contain the displayed
+compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a coordinate of the rectangle that will contain the displayed
+compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">width</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the width of the rectangle that will contain the
+displayed compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">alignment</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies how the string will be aligned within the specified rectangle.
+It is one of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_CENTER</SystemItem>, or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_END</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">layout_direction</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Controls the direction in which the segments of the compound string will
+be laid out. It also determines the meaning of the <Symbol Role="Variable">alignment</Symbol> parameter.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">clip</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to restrict the area into which the compound string
+will be drawn.
+If it is NULL, clipping will be determined by the GC.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">underline</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the substring to be underlined.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrEmp.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrEmp.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8bc74a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrEmp.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrEmp.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:04:43 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN422.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringEmpty</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringEmpty</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that provides information on the existence of non-zero-length text components
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringEmpty</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringEmpty</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmStringEmpty</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>s1</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s1</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringEmpty</Function> returns a Boolean value indicating whether any
+non-zero-length text components exist in the provided compound string.
+It returns True
+if there are no text segments in the string. If this routine is passed
+NULL as the string, it returns True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if there are no text segments in the string.
+If this routine is passed
+NULL as the string, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrExt.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrExt.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7986891
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrExt.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrExt.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:04:51 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN423.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringExtent</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringExtent</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that determines the size of the smallest rectangle that will enclose the compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringExtent</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringExtent</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmStringExtent</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>rendertable, string, width, height</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>rendertable</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension <Parameter>*width</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension <Parameter>*height</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringExtent</Function> determines the width and height, in pixels, of the smallest
+rectangle that will enclose the provided compound string.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendertable</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">width</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the width of the rectangle
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">height</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the height of the rectangle
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrFrA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrFrA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f7400aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrFrA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrFrA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:10:39 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN424.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringFree</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringFree</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that
+conditionally deallocates memory
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringFree</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringFree</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmStringFree</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>string</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringFree</Function> conditionally recovers memory used by a compound string.
+Applications should call <Function>XmStringFree</Function> when the application
+no longer needs <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string to be freed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrFrB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrFrB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2b97359
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrFrB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrFrB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:10:48 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN425.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringFreeContext</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringFreeContext</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that releases the string scanning context data structure
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringFreeContext</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringFreeContext</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmStringFreeContext</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>context</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmStringContext <Parameter>context</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringFreeContext</Function> releases the string scanning context data structure.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string context structure that was allocated by the
+<Function>XmStringInitContext</Function> function
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate; and &cdeman.XmStringInitContext;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..14b984d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrGeA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:04:59 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN426.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringGenerate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringGenerate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that generates a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringGenerate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringGenerate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>text, tag, type, rendition</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>text</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextType <Parameter>type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>rendition</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringGenerate</Function> calls the <Function>XmStringParseText</Function>
+function with a default parse table of entries
+consisting of '\n', which maps to
+Separator,
+and '\t', which maps to Tab.
+Matching <Symbol Role="Define">RENDITION_BEGIN</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Define">RENDITION_END</Symbol> components containing <Symbol Role="Variable">rendition</Symbol> are placed
+around the resulting <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a NULL-terminated string containing characters of a type
+determined by <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag to be used in creating the result. The type of tag
+created (charset or locale) depends on the text type and the
+value given. If specified value is NULL, and <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> indicates
+that a charset tag should be created, then the tag will have the
+value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>.
+If <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> is NULL, and <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> indicates a
+locale tag, then the tag will have the value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of text to be passed in, and the tag type.
+If a locale tag should be created, then <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> has a value of
+either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIBYTE_TEXT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>. If a
+charset should be created, <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> has a value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHARSET_TEXT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendition</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the rendition tag to be used in an
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_BEGIN</SystemItem> component which will begin
+the returned string and in an <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_END</SystemItem>
+component which will end it.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">rendition</Symbol> is NULL, no rendition tag is placed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+The function will allocate space to hold the returned compound string.
+When the application no longer needs the returned compound string, the
+application should call <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmString; and
+&cdeman.XmStringFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bee04b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrGeB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:05:07 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN427.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringGetLtoR</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringGetLtoR</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that searches for a text segment in the input compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringGetLtoR</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringGetLtoR</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmStringGetLtoR</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>string, tag, text</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringCharSet <Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char **<Parameter>text</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. It is replaced by <Function>XmStringUnparse</Function>.
+<Function>XmStringGetLtoR</Function> returns the first text component in the input
+compound string that is tagged with the given tag component. The
+returned text is to be a NULL-terminated sequence of single byte characters.
+If the function returns True, the function will allocate space
+to hold the returned <Emphasis>text</Emphasis>. The application is responsible
+for managing the allocated space. The application can recover the
+allocated space by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list element tag associated with the text.
+A value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem> identifies a locale text
+segment.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to a NULL terminated string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the matching text segment can be found.
+On return, <Emphasis>text</Emphasis> will have a NULL terminated
+byte
+sequence
+containing the matched segment.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2bdcb28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrGeC.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:05:15 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN428.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringGetNextComponent</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringGetNextComponent</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that returns the type and value of the next component in a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringGetNextComponent</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringGetNextComponent</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmStringComponentType <Function>XmStringGetNextComponent</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>context, text, tag, direction,
+unknown_tag, unknown_length, unknown_value</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmStringContext <Parameter>context</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char **<Parameter>text</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag *<Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringDirection *<Parameter>direction</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringComponentType *<Parameter>unknown_tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned short *<Parameter>unknown_length</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char **<Parameter>unknown_value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. It is replaced by <Function>XmStringGetNextTriple</Function>.
+<Function>XmStringGetNextComponent</Function>
+returns the type and value of the next component in
+the compound string identified by <Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol>.
+Components are returned one at a time. On return, only
+some output parameters will be valid; which ones can be determined by
+examining the returned component type.
+The following table describes the valid returns for each component
+type.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colwidth="2.0i" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Valid Fields</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Component Type</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LOCALE, XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAG</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LOCALE_TEXT, XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TEXT,
+XmSTRING_COMPONENT_WIDECHAR_TEXT</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Emphasis>direction</Emphasis></Entry>
+<Entry><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_DIRECTION</SystemItem></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Emphasis>unknown_tag, unknown_length, unknown_value</Emphasis></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LAYOUT_POP, XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LAYOUT_PUSH,
+XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAB, XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_BEGIN,
+XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_END</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Emphasis>no valid field</Emphasis></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmSTRING_COMPONENT_SEPARATOR, XmSTRING_COMPONENT_END,
+XmSTRING_COMPONENT_UNKNOWN</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>Note that several components produce a return value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_UNKNOWN</SystemItem>. The data returned by these
+components is returned in the <Symbol Role="Variable">unknown_tag</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">unknown_length</Symbol>,
+and <Symbol Role="Variable">unknown_value</Symbol> fields. This apparent inconsistency is
+designed to accomodate older applications that may not be equipped to
+handle the newer component types of Motif version 2.0 and beyond.
+Consequently, the use of this procedure is not recommended. Instead,
+use the <Function>XmStringGetNextTriple</Function> procedure, which provides all the
+functionality of <Function>XmStringGetNextComponent</Function>, and is fully
+compatible with the newer component types.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the function return value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LOCALE_TEXT</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TEXT</SystemItem>, the the function allocates space to hold
+the returned <Emphasis>text</Emphasis>.
+If the function return value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_FONTLIST_ELEMENT_TAG</SystemItem>,
+or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAG</SystemItem>, then the function allocates space to hold
+the returned <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis>.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string context structure that was allocated by the
+<Function>XmStringInitContext</Function> function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to a NULL terminated string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the tag component associated with the
+text. The value <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem> identifies a locale
+text segment.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>direction</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the direction of the text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">unknown_tag</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the tag of an unknown component.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">unknown_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the length of an unknown component.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">unknown_value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the value of an unknown component.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the type of component found.
+Refer to the
+&cdeman.XmStringComponentType; reference page for a list of component types.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringComponentType;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreate;,
+and &cdeman.XmStringInitContext;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..75e075e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrGeE.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:05:23 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN429.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringGetNextSegment</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringGetNextSegment</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that fetches the bytes in the next segment of a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringGetNextSegment</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringGetNextSegment</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmStringGetNextSegment</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>context, text, tag, direction, separator</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmStringContext <Parameter>context</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char **<Parameter>text</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag *<Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringDirection *<Parameter>direction</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean *<Parameter>separator</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This routine is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. To read the contents of a compound string, read each
+component of the string with <Function>XmStringGetNextTriple</Function>. This
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> function returns the type, length, and value of the next
+component in the compound string.
+<Function>XmStringGetNextSegment</Function>
+fetches the
+bytes
+in the next segment; repeated calls
+fetch sequential segments. The <Emphasis>text</Emphasis>, <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis>,
+and <Emphasis>direction</Emphasis> of the fetched segment are returned each time. A
+Boolean status is returned to indicate whether a valid segment was
+successfully parsed.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the function returns True, then the function allocates space to hold the
+returned <Emphasis>text</Emphasis> and <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis>. The application is responsible for
+managing the allocated space. The application can recover the allocated space
+by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string context structure which was allocated by the
+<Function>XmStringInitContext</Function> function
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to a NULL-terminated string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the font list element tag associated with the
+text
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>direction</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the direction of the text
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">separator</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the next component of the compound string is a
+separator
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if a valid segment is found.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate; and &cdeman.XmStringInitContext;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4b47ef0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrGeF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrGeF.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:05:31 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN430.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringGetNextTriple</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringGetNextTriple</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>An XmString function that returns the type, length, and value of the next component in the compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringGetNextTriple</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmStringComponentType <Function>XmStringGetNextTriple</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>context, length, value</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmStringContext <Parameter>context</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned int <Parameter>*length</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>*value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringGetNextTriple</Function> returns the type, length, and value of the
+next component in the compound string identified by <Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol>.
+This function returns one component at a time.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string context structure that was allocated by the
+<Function>XmStringInitContext</Function> function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the length of the value of the returned component.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the value of the returned component.
+If the returned value is not NULL, the function allocates space to hold
+the returned value.
+When the application no longer needs the returned compound string,
+the application should call
+<Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the type of the component found. Refer to the
+&cdeman.XmStringComponentType; reference page for a list of component types.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDirection;,
+&cdeman.XmString;,
+&cdeman.XmStringComponentType;,
+&cdeman.XmStringGetNextComponent;, and
+&cdeman.XmStringPeekNextTriple;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrHas.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrHas.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..80b8033
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrHas.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrHas.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:11:48 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN431.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringHasSubstring</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringHasSubstring</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that indicates whether one compound string is contained within another
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringHasSubstring</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringHasSubstring</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmStringHasSubstring</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>string, substring</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>substring</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringHasSubstring</Function>
+indicates whether or not one compound string is contained within
+another.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string to be searched
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">substring</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string to be searched for
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if
+<Symbol Role="Variable">substring</Symbol>
+has a single text component and if its text is completely contained within any
+single text component of <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>; otherwise, it returns False.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate; and
+&cdeman.XmStringCreateLocalized;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrHei.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrHei.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1b09251
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrHei.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrHei.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:05:39 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN432.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringHeight</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringHeight</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that returns the line height of the given compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringHeight</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringHeight</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Dimension <Function>XmStringHeight</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>rendertable, string</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>rendertable</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringHeight</Function>
+returns the height, in pixels, of the sum of all the line heights
+of the given
+compound string. Separator components delimit lines.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendertable</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the height of the specified string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrIni.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrIni.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..75ad9f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrIni.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrIni.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:05:48 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN433.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringInitContext</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringInitContext</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that creates a data structure for scanning an XmString component by component
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringInitContext</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringInitContext</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmStringInitContext</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>context, string</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmStringContext <Parameter>* context</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringInitContext</Function>
+creates a context to allow applications to read out the
+contents of a compound string component by component.
+A Boolean status is returned to indicate that the context could not be
+initalized.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the function returns True, the function will allocate space to hold the
+returned <Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol>. The application is responsible for managing the allocated
+space. The memory can be recovered by calling <Function>XmStringFreeContext</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the allocated context
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the context was allocated
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrIsV.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrIsV.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b309f33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrIsV.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrIsV.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:05:56 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN434.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringIsVoid</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringIsVoid</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that provides information on the existence of non-zero-length text components, tab components, or separator components
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringIsVoid</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringIsVoid</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmStringIsVoid</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>s1</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s1</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringIsVoid</Function> returns a Boolean value indicating whether
+or not string <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol> is void.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if any non-zero-length
+text components,
+tab components,
+or separator components
+exist in <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol>.
+That is, the function returns True if the string has
+no text, tabs, or separators.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol> contains the NULL string, the function returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrLen.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrLen.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f8f4af6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrLen.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrLen.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:06:04 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN435.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringLength</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringLength</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that obtains the length of a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringLength</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringLength</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmStringLength</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>s1</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s1</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. It is replaced by <Function>XmStringByteStreamLength</Function>.
+<Function>XmStringLength</Function>
+obtains the length of a compound string. It returns the number
+of bytes in <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol> including all tags, direction indicators, and
+separators. If the compound string has an invalid structure, 0 (zero) is
+returned.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the length of the compound string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringByteStreamLength; and
+&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrLin.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrLin.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1ad9888
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrLin.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrLin.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:06:12 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN436.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringLineCount</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringLineCount</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that returns the number of separators plus one in the provided compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringLineCount</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringLineCount</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmStringLineCount</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>string</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringLineCount</Function>
+returns the number of separators plus one in the provided
+compound string. In effect, it counts the lines of text.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the number of lines in the compound string.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> is empty, the function returns 1. If NULL is passed
+into <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>, the function returns 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrNCA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrNCA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e5663a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrNCA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrNCA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:06:20 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN437.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringNConcat</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringNConcat</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that appends a specified number of bytes to a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringNConcat</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringNConcat</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringNConcat</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>s1, s2, num_bytes</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s1</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s2</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>num_bytes</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. It is replaced by <Function>XmStringConcat</Function>.
+<Function>XmStringNConcat</Function> appends a specified number of bytes from <Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol> to
+the end of <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol>, including tags, directional indicators, and
+separators. It then returns the
+resulting compound string. The original strings are preserved.
+The function allocates space for the resulting compound string.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string to which a copy of <Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol> is appended.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string that is appended to the end of <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_bytes</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bytes of <Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol> to append to <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol>.
+If this value is less than the
+length of <Symbol Role="Variable">s2</Symbol>, as many bytes as possible, but possibly fewer than
+this value, will be appended to <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol> such that the resulting string
+is still a valid compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate; and &cdeman.XmStringFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrNCB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrNCB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1c40475
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrNCB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrNCB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:06:28 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN438.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringNCopy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringNCopy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that creates a copy of a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringNCopy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringNCopy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringNCopy</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>s1, num_bytes</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>s1</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>num_bytes</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases.
+<Function>XmStringNCopy</Function> creates a copy of <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol> that contains a specified
+number of bytes, including tags, directional indicators,
+and separators. It then returns the
+resulting compound string. The original strings are preserved.
+The function allocates space for the resulting compound string.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_bytes</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bytes of <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol> to copy.
+If this value is less than the
+length of <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol>, as many bytes as possible, but possibly fewer than
+this value, will be appended to <Symbol Role="Variable">s1</Symbol> such that the resulting string
+is still a valid compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate; and &cdeman.XmStringFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrPar.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrPar.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c01e9d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrPar.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrPar.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:06:36 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN439.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringParseText</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringParseText</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that converts a character string to a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringParseText</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringParseText</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringParseText</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>text, text_end, tag, type, parse_table, parse_count, call_data</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>text</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer *<Parameter>text_end</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextType <Parameter>type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmParseTable <Parameter>parse_table</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>parse_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>call_data</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringParseText</Function> converts characters specified in <Emphasis>text</Emphasis> to
+corresponding components in the returned compound string. The
+resulting compound string consists of at least one locale or charset
+tag component and a series of <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> text components and other
+components. The conversion proceeds according to the parse information
+contained in <Symbol Role="Variable">parse_table</Symbol>. See the &MotifProgGd; for more information
+about parsing and parse tables.
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHARSET_TEXT</SystemItem>, the associated <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> is
+interpreted as a charset name.
+If <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> has a value of NULL, a charset component whose value
+is the result of mapping
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>
+is created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIBYTE_TEXT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>, the
+associated <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> is interpreted as a language environment name.
+If <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> has a value of NULL, a locale component with a value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem> is created.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIBYTE_TEXT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>,
+<Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> must be NULL or <SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para><Function>XmStringParseText</Function> also scans the string for characters that have
+matches in <Symbol Role="Variable">parse_table</Symbol>.
+Whenever a match is found, the text up to that point is concatenated
+with the mapped component.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the NULL-terminated string containing characters of a type
+determined by <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>.
+This is updated to point to after the last character scanned.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">text_end</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer into <Emphasis>text</Emphasis>. If a NULL is supplied to the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">text_end</Symbol> parameter, then <Function>XmStringParseText</Function> parses
+<Emphasis>text</Emphasis> until NULL is encountered, or until it reaches a point in
+<Emphasis>text</Emphasis>
+where it is directed to stop
+(for example, by a <Literal>parse_proc</Literal>). Otherwise, the value supplied
+to the <Symbol Role="Variable">text_end</Symbol> parameter is the pointer into <Emphasis>text</Emphasis> where
+parsing is to stop, and the returned character is the one where
+parsing did stop.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag to be used in creating the result.
+The type of string tag created (charset or locale) depends on the text
+type and the passed in <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> value.
+If the <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> value is NULL and if <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> indicates that a
+charset string tag should be created, the string tag has the value
+that is the result of mapping
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> indicates a locale string tag, the string tag has the
+value <SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of text and the tag type.
+If a locale tag should be created, <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> has a value of either
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIBYTE_TEXT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> has value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHARSET_TEXT</SystemItem>, a charset tag will be created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parse_table</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parse table to be used in scanning for characters to be
+converted to other compound string components.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parse_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of entries in <Symbol Role="Variable">parse_table</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">call_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies data to be passed to the parse procedures.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned compound string.
+When the application no longer needs the returned compound string,
+the application should call <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmString;,
+&cdeman.XmStringFree;, &cdeman.XmParseTable;, &cdeman.XmParseMapping;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrPeA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrPeA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..edf3965
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrPeA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrPeA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:06:44 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN440.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringPeekNextComponent</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringPeekNextComponent</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that returns the component type of the next component to be fetched
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringPeekNextComponent</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringPeekNextComponent</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmStringComponentType <Function>XmStringPeekNextComponent</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>context</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmStringContext <Parameter>context</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. It is replaced by <Function>XmStringPeekNextTriple</Function>.
+<Function>XmStringPeekNextComponent</Function>
+examines the next component that would be fetched
+by <Function>XmStringGetNextComponent</Function> and returns the component type.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string context structure that was allocated by the
+<Function>XmStringInitContext</Function> function
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the type of component found.
+Refer to the
+&cdeman.XmStringComponentType; reference page for a list of component types.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringComponentType;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmStringGetNextComponent;, and
+&cdeman.XmStringInitContext;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrPeB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrPeB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..787ef29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrPeB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrPeB.sgm /main/8 1996/08/30 16:13:28 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN441.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringPeekNextTriple</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringPeekNextTriple</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that returns the component type of the next component
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringPeekNextTriple</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmStringComponentType <Function>XmStringPeekNextTriple</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>context</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmStringContext <Parameter>context</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringPeekNextTriple</Function> examines the next component that would be fetched
+by <Function>XmStringGetNextTriple</Function> and returns the component type.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">context</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string context structure that was allocated by the
+<Function>XmStringInitContext</Function> function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the type of the component found.
+Refer to the
+&cdeman.XmStringComponentType; reference page for a list of component types.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmString;,
+&cdeman.XmStringComponentType;, and
+&cdeman.XmStringGetNextTriple;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrPut.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrPut.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8a7e8a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrPut.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrPut.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:06:53 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN442.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringPutRendition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringPutRendition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that places renditions around strings
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringPutRendition</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringPutRendition</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>string, rendition</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>rendition</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringPutRendition</Function> places matching
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm_STRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_BEGIN</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_END</SystemItem> components containing
+<Symbol Role="Variable">rendition</Symbol> around
+<Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>. The original string is preserved.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the compound string to which begin and end rendition
+components should be added.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendition</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the rendition tag to be used in an
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_BEGIN</SystemItem> component which will begin
+the returned string and in an <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_END</SystemItem>
+component which will end it.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+The function allocates space to hold this returned compound string.
+When the application no longer needs the returned compound string,
+the application should call <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrSeg.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrSeg.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ae9b210
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrSeg.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrSeg.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:07:02 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN443.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringSegmentCreate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringSegmentCreate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that creates a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringSegmentCreate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringSegmentCreate</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringSegmentCreate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>text, tag, direction, separator</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>char <Parameter>* text</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringDirection <Parameter>direction</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>separator</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility with previous
+releases. It can be replaced by using a combination of
+<Function>XmStringComponentCreate</Function> and <Function>XmStringConcat</Function>.
+<Function>XmStringSegmentCreate</Function> is a high-level function that assembles a compound
+string consisting of a font list element tag, a direction component,
+a text component, and an optional separator component.
+</Para>
+<Para>The function allocates space for the returned compound string.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a NULL-terminated string to be used as the text component of
+the compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag component to be associated with the text.
+The value <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem> is for compatibility with
+previous releases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>direction</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the direction of the text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">separator</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A value of False means
+the compound string does not
+have a separator at the end. A value of True, means a separator immediately
+follows the text component.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrSep.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrSep.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f4c2fa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrSep.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrSep.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:07:11 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN444.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringSeparatorCreate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringSeparatorCreate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that creates a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringSeparatorCreate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringSeparatorCreate</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringSeparatorCreate</Function></FuncDef>
+<Void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringSeparatorCreate</Function>
+creates a compound string with a single component,
+a separator.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new compound string.
+When the application no longer needs the returned compound string,
+the application should call <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..aefd248
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrTaA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:14:07 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN445.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringTable</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Data type for an array of compound strings
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringTable</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>data types</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringTable</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName>
+is the data type for an array of compound strings
+(objects of type
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6c8f208
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrTaB.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:07:19 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN446.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringTableParseStringArray</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringTableParseStringArray</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that converts an array of strings to a compound string table
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringTableParseStringArray</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmStringTable <Function>XmStringTableParseStringArray</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>strings, count, tag, type, parse, parse_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>*strings</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextType <Parameter>type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmParseTable <Parameter>parse</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>parse_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>call_data</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringTableParseStringArray</Function> takes an array of strings,
+allocates an <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName> with an equal number of slots, calls
+<Function>XmStringParseText</Function> on each string in <Symbol Role="Variable">strings</Symbol>, and inserts
+the resulting <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> in the corresponding slot in the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">strings</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of strings of characters as determined by
+<Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of strings in <Symbol Role="Variable">strings</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag to be used in creating the result. The type of tag
+created (charset or locale) depends on the type of the text and
+the value given. If the value specified is NULL, and <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>
+indicates that a charset tag should be created, then the tag will
+have the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>
+indicates a locale tag, then the tag will have the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of text to be passed in and the type of tag. If
+the type is either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIBYTE_TEXT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>, a
+locale tag should be created. If the type is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHARSET_TEXT</SystemItem>, a
+charset tag
+will
+be created.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parse</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parse table to be used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parse_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of entries in the parse table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">call_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies data to be passed to the parse procedures.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName>.
+The function allocates space to hold the <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName>.
+When the application no longer needs the returned <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName>,
+the application should call <Function>XmStringFree</Function>
+<Symbol Role="Variable">count</Symbol> times (that is, one time for each returned compound string)
+and then call <Function>XtFree</Function> to deallocate the <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName> itself.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringFree; and
+&cdeman.XmTabList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8e99881
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrTaC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:07:27 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN447.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringTableProposeTablist</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringTableProposeTablist</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that returns a tab list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringTableProposeTablist</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTabList <Function>XmStringTableProposeTablist</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>strings, num_strings, widget, pad_value, offset_model</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmStringTable <Parameter>strings</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>num_strings</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>float <Parameter>pad_value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmOffsetModel <Parameter>offset_model</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringTableProposeTablist</Function> takes an <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName>
+structure containing tabbed compound strings, information on padding
+between columns, and rendering information and returns a tab list
+that, if used to render the strings in the table, would cause the
+strings to line up in columns with no overlap and with the specified
+amount of padding between the widest item in each column and the start
+of the next column. Each tab in the tablist would have the same unit
+type as <Symbol Role="Variable">units</Symbol>, an offset model of <Symbol Role="Variable">offset_model</Symbol>, and an
+alignment type of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">strings</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of compound strings.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_strings</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of compound strings in <Symbol Role="Variable">strings</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget used for deriving any necessary information for
+creating the rendition. In particular, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> will be used to specify the unit type
+to be used in determining the amount of padding
+separating columns and for the tabs in the proposed tab list. Also,
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>'s render table will be used in interpreting rendition
+tags within the strings.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">pad_value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the value of the amount of padding to be used to separate
+columns.
+The units for this parameter are specified as
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> set for the <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> parameter.
+Refer to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> resource of the
+<Classname>XmGadget</Classname>, <Classname>XmManager</Classname>, or <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> reference page.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">offset_model</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the offset model to be used in creating the tabs. Can be
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmABSOLUTE</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRELATIVE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new <StructName Role="typedef">XmTabList</StructName>.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned tab list.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmTabListFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTabList; and
+&cdeman.XmTabListFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bd01fdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrTaD.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:07:35 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN448.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringTableToXmString</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringTableToXmString</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that converts a compound string table to a single compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringTableToXmString</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmString <Function>XmStringTableToXmString</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>table, count, break_component</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmStringTable <Parameter>table</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>break_component</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringTableToXmString</Function> takes as input <Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol> of compound
+strings and a specified
+string component (such as a tab) and returns a single compound
+string consisting of
+each of the elements of <Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol> concatenated together with a
+single copy of <Symbol Role="Variable">break_component</Symbol> inserted between each element.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName> containing the compound strings to be
+converted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of compound strings in <Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">break_component</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <Symbol>XmStringComponent</Symbol> that will be inserted in the
+result to separate the individual elements of <Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol>. The most
+useful types will be <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_SEPARATOR</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAB</SystemItem>.
+Refer to the
+&cdeman.XmStringComponentType; reference page for a complete list of
+possible component types. Note, however, that the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_UNKNOWN</SystemItem> component is not a possible type.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a new <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>.
+The function will allocate space to hold the returned compound string.
+When the application no longer needs the returned compound string,
+the application should call <Function>XmStringFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmString;,
+&cdeman.XmStringComponentType;, and
+&cdeman.XmStringFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f30b0cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrTaE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrTaE.sgm /main/7 1996/09/08 21:07:43 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN449.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringTableUnparse</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringTableUnparse</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that converts a table of compound strings to an array of text
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringTableUnparse</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XtPointer * <Function>XmStringTableUnparse</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>table, count, tag, tag_type, output_type, parse, parse_count, parse_model</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmStringTable <Parameter>table</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextType <Parameter>tag_type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextType <Parameter>output_type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmParseTable <Parameter>parse</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>parse_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmParseModel <Parameter>parse_model</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringTableUnparse</Function> takes an array of compound strings,
+allocates a string array for the type of characters determined by
+<Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol> with an equal number of slots, calls
+<Function>XmStringUnparse</Function>
+on each compound string in <Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol>,
+and inserts the resulting string in the corresponding slot in the array.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName> containing the compound string to be
+converted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of compound strings in <Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag to be used in matching with text segments.
+The two
+types of tag types are <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem>.
+Only segments tagged with <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis>
+will be returned. If <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> is NULL, all segments will be matched.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tag_type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of tag to be searched for. These types include
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIBYTE_TEXT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHARSET_TEXT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">output_type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of text to be generated. These types include
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIBYTE_TEXT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHARSET_TEXT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parse</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parse table to be used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parse_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of items in <Symbol Role="Variable">parse</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parse_model</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies which non-text components to be considered in matching in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parse_table</Symbol>. Possible values are:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTPUT_ALL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Puts out all matching components.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTPUT_BETWEEN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Puts out only those matching components that are between two matching
+text components.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTPUT_BEGINNING</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Puts out only those matching components that are at the beginning of a
+matching text component.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTPUT_END</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Puts out only those matching components that are at the end of a
+matching text component.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTPUT_BOTH</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Puts out only those matching components that are at the beginning or
+end of a
+matching text component.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns an allocated array of allocated strings.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated strings space by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>
+<Symbol Role="Variable">count</Symbol> times (that is, one time for each allocated string).
+The application can then recover the allocated array by calling
+<Function>XtFree</Function> on the allocated array itself.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para><Literal>XmStringTab.</Literal>
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrToX.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrToX.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6f0c77e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrToX.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrToX.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 21:07:51 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN450.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringToXmStringTable</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringToXmStringTable</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that converts a single compound string to a table of compound strings
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringTableToXmString</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>XmStringToXmStringTable</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>string, break_component, table</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>break_component</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTable <Parameter>*table</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringToXmStringTable</Function> takes as input a single compound string
+and a specified
+string component (such as a tab) and returns a table of compound
+strings consisting of portions of <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> delimited by components
+matching <Symbol Role="Variable">break_component</Symbol>. The components marking breaks will
+not appear in the resulting table.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> to be converted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">break_component</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <Symbol>XmStringComponent</Symbol> that will be used to indicate
+where to split <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> to form the individual elements of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol>. The most
+useful types will be <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_SEPARATOR</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAB</SystemItem>. Refer to the
+&cdeman.XmStringComponentType;
+reference page for a complete list of
+possible component types. Note, however, that the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_UNKNOWN</SystemItem> component is not a possible type.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the equivalent <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName>.
+The function will allocate space to hold the returned <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName>.
+When the applicaiton no longer needs the returned <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName>,
+the application should call <Function>XmStringFree</Function>
+once for each compound string in the table,
+and then calling <Function>XtFree</Function> to deallocate the <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringTable</StructName> itself.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the number of compound strings in <Symbol Role="Variable">table</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringTable;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrUnp.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrUnp.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..fab90ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrUnp.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrUnp.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:07:59 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN451.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringUnparse</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringUnparse</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that unparses text
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringUnparse</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XtPointer <Function>XmStringUnparse</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>string, tag, tag_type, output_type, parse_table, parse_count, parse_model</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmStringTag <Parameter>tag</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextType <Parameter>tag_type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextType <Parameter>output_type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmParseTable <Parameter>parse_table</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>parse_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmParseModel <Parameter>parse_model</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringUnparse</Function> looks in the input <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> for text
+segments that are
+tagged with locale or charset tags that match <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis>. The
+<Symbol Role="Variable">tag_type</Symbol>
+parameter specifies whether the tag is a locale or charset type.
+If <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> has a value of NULL, all the segments are matched. When
+a text segment is found with a matching tag, it is added to the end of
+a resulting string. The characters in the
+resulting string are of type <Symbol Role="Variable">output_type</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmStringUnparse</Function> also checks <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> for components that
+match components in <Symbol Role="Variable">parse_table</Symbol>, and also to see if the
+component matches the condition specified by <Symbol Role="Variable">parse_model</Symbol>. If
+the string component matches in both checks, then the associated
+character is added to the end of the resulting string.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> to be converted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>tag</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tag to be used in matching with text segments. Only text
+segments that match <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> will be included in the resulting
+string. If <Emphasis>tag</Emphasis> has a value of NULL, all segments are considered
+as
+matches, and <Symbol Role="Variable">tag_type</Symbol> is ignored.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tag_type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of tag to be searched for, including
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIBYTE_TEXT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHARSET_TEXT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">output_type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of text to be returned in the string, including
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTIBYTE_TEXT</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCHARSET_TEXT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parse_table</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parse table to be used in scanning for compound string
+components to be
+converted to other characters.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parse_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies how many entries are in <Symbol Role="Variable">parse_table</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parse_model</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies which non-text components to be considered in matching in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parse_table</Symbol>. These include:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTPUT_ALL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Puts out all matching components.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTPUT_BETWEEN</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Puts out only those matching components that are between two matching
+text components.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTPUT_BEGINNING</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Puts out only those matching components that are at the beginning of a
+matching text component.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTPUT_END</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Puts out only those matching components that are at the end of a
+matching text component.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOUTPUT_BOTH</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Puts out only those matching components that are at the beginning or end
+of a matching text component.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a newly allocated string containing characters of a type
+determined by <Symbol Role="Variable">output_type</Symbol>.
+The application is responsible for managing this allocated space.
+The application can recover this allocated space by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmString;, &cdeman.XmParseTable;, &cdeman.XmParseMapping;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrWid.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrWid.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f3e18cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/StrWid.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: StrWid.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:08:07 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN452.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmStringWidth</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmStringWidth</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A compound string function that returns the width of the widest line in a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmStringWidth</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>compound string functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmStringWidth</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Dimension <Function>XmStringWidth</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>rendertable, string</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmRenderTable <Parameter>rendertable</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmStringWidth</Function>
+returns the width, in pixels, of the widest line
+in the provided compound string.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">rendertable</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the width of the compound string.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmStringCreate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/String.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/String.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7f46397
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/String.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: String.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:08:15 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN402.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmString</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Data type for a compound string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmString</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>data types</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmString</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+is the data type for a compound string.
+Compound strings consist of a sequence of components, including, but
+not limited to, the following:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_SEPARATOR</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAB</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LAYOUT_POP</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_DIRECTION</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LAYOUT_PUSH</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_CHARSET</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_FONTLIST_ELEMENT_TAG</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LOCALE</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LOCALE_TEXT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAG</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TEXT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_END</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_BEGIN</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_END</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_UNKNOWN</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_WIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>and also a rendition tags table, text, and text component.
+When a
+compound string is displayed, the rendition tags and the
+direction are used to determine how to display the text.
+</Para>
+<Para>Calling <Function>XtGetValues</Function> for a resource whose type is <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> yields a
+copy of the compound string resource value.
+The application is responsible for using <Function>XmStringFree</Function> to free the
+memory allocated for the copy.
+</Para>
+<Para>Please see the <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringComponentType</StructName> reference page for more
+detail about compound string components, and for a description of the
+order in which the components should appear in a compound string.
+Refer to the <StructName Role="typedef">XmRenderTable</StructName> reference page for a description
+of the algorithm that associates the rendition tags used for
+displaying a compound string text component with a rendition in a
+render table.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmParseMapping;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingFree;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingGetValues;,
+&cdeman.XmParseMappingSetValues;,
+&cdeman.XmParseTable;,
+&cdeman.XmParseTableFree;,
+&cdeman.XmStringBaseline;,
+&cdeman.XmStringByteCompare;,
+&cdeman.XmStringByteStreamLength;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCompare;,
+&cdeman.XmStringComponentCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmStringComponentType;,
+&cdeman.XmStringConcat;,
+&cdeman.XmStringConcatAndFree;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreateLocalized;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreateLtoR;,
+&cdeman.XmStringCreateSimple;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDirection;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDirectionCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDirectionToDirection;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDraw;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDrawImage;,
+&cdeman.XmStringDrawUnderline;,
+&cdeman.XmStringEmpty;,
+&cdeman.XmStringExtent;,
+&cdeman.XmStringFree;,
+&cdeman.XmStringFreeContext;,
+&cdeman.XmStringGenerate;,
+&cdeman.XmStringGetLtoR;,
+&cdeman.XmStringGetNextComponent;,
+&cdeman.XmStringGetNextSegment;,
+&cdeman.XmStringGetNextTriple;,
+&cdeman.XmStringHasSubstring;,
+&cdeman.XmStringHeight;,
+&cdeman.XmStringInitContext;,
+&cdeman.XmStringIsVoid;,
+&cdeman.XmStringLength;,
+&cdeman.XmStringLineCount;,
+&cdeman.XmStringNConcat;,
+&cdeman.XmStringNCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmStringParseText;,
+&cdeman.XmStringPeekNextComponent;,
+&cdeman.XmStringPeekNextTriple;,
+&cdeman.XmStringPutRendition;,
+&cdeman.XmStringSegmentCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmStringSeparatorCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmStringTable;,
+&cdeman.XmStringTableParseStringArray;,
+&cdeman.XmStringTableProposeTablist;,
+&cdeman.XmStringTableToXmString;,
+&cdeman.XmStringTableUnparse;,
+&cdeman.XmStringToXmStringTable;,
+&cdeman.XmStringUnparse;,
+&cdeman.XmStringWidth;,
+&cdeman.XmCvtXmStringToByteStream;,
+&cdeman.XmCvtXmStringToCT;,
+&cdeman.XmCvtCTToXmString;, and
+&cdeman.XmCvtByteStreamToXmString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Tab.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Tab.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6cf459b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Tab.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Tab.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:08:23 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN453.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTab</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmTab</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Data type for a tab stop
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTab</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+XmTab
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmTab</StructName> is a data structure that specifies a tab stop to be used
+in rendering an <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> containing tab components. An
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmTab</StructName> value contains a value, a unit type, an offset model
+(either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmABSOLUTE</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRELATIVE</SystemItem>), an alignment model
+(<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</SystemItem>),
+and a decimal point
+character. The resource file syntax for <StructName Role="typedef">XmTab</StructName> is specified in
+the <StructName Role="typedef">XmTabList</StructName> reference page.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTabCreate;,
+&cdeman.XmTabFree;,
+&cdeman.XmTabGetValues;,
+&cdeman.XmTabList;, and
+&cdeman.XmTabSetValue;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabCre.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabCre.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..dd66e2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabCre.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TabCre.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:08:31 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN454.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTabCreate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTabCreate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that creates a tab stop
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTabCreate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTab <Function>XmTabCreate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>value, units, offset_model, alignment, decimal</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>float <Parameter>value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>units</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmOffsetModel <Parameter>offset_model</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>alignment</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char <Parameter>*decimal</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTabCreate</Function> creates a tab stop at a position defined by the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">units</Symbol> arguments.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the floating point value to be used in conjunction
+with <Symbol Role="Variable">units</Symbol> to calculate the location of the tab stop.
+Note that negative values are not permitted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">units</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the unit type (for example, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMILLIMETERS</SystemItem>)
+to be used in conjunction with <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>
+to calculate the location of the tab stop. You can specify
+any unit described by the <Function>XmConvertUnits</Function> reference page.
+For resources of type, dimension, or position, you can specify units
+as described in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> resource of the
+<Classname>XmGadget</Classname>, <Classname>XmManager</Classname>, or <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> reference page.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">offset_model</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the tab value represents an absolute position or a
+relative offset from the previous tab. Valid values are
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmABSOLUTE</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmRELATIVE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">alignment</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies how the text should be aligned relative to this tab stop.
+Valid values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">decimal</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the multibyte character in the current language environment
+to be used as the decimal point for a decimal aligned tab stop. This
+is currently unused.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a newly allocated <StructName Role="typedef">XmTab</StructName>.
+The application is responsible for managing this allocated space.
+The application can recover this allocated space by calling <Function>XmTabFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTab; and
+&cdeman.XmTabFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabFree.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabFree.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..40024ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabFree.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TabFree.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:16:31 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN455.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTabFree</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTabFree</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that frees a tab
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTabFree</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTabFree</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>tab</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmTab <Parameter>tab</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTabFree</Function> frees the memory associated with the specified tab.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tab</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tab to be freed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTab;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabGetV.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabGetV.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9207b50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabGetV.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TabGetV.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:08:39 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN456.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTabGetValues</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTabGetValues</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that returns tab values
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTabGetValues</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>float <Function>XmTabGetValues</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>tab, units, offset, alignment, decimal</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmTab <Parameter>tab</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>*units</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmOffsetModel <Parameter>*offset</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned char <Parameter>*alignment</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char <Parameter>**decimal</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTabGetValues</Function> takes an <StructName Role="typedef">XmTab</StructName> structure, returns the
+floating point number that is set as the value of the tab, and then
+sets values for the <Symbol Role="Variable">units</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">offset</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">alignment</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Variable">decimal</Symbol> arguments where they are not NULL. The returned floating
+point number represents the distance that the rendering of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> segment associated with <Symbol Role="Variable">tab</Symbol> will be offset. The
+offset is from either the
+beginning of the rendering or from the previous tab stop, depending on
+the setting for the <Symbol Role="Variable">offset</Symbol> model. The
+distance will use the unit type pointed at by <Symbol Role="Variable">unit</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tab</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tab to get the value from.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">units</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the unit type.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">offset</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the offset model.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">alignment</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the alignment type.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">decimal</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the multibyte character used as the decimal point.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a floating point number that is set as the value of the tab.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTab;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabList.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabList.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..76919f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabList.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TabList.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:08:47 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN457.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTabList</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmTabList</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Data type for a tab list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTabList</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+XmTabList
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmTabList</StructName> is the data type for a tab list. A tab list consists
+of tab stop list entries (<StructName Role="typedef">XmTab</StructName>s). Whenever a tab component is
+encountered while an <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> is being rendered, the origin of
+the next X draw depends on the next <StructName Role="typedef">XmTab</StructName>. If a tab stop would
+cause text to overlap, the x position for the segment is reset to
+follow immediately after the end of the previous segment.
+</Para>
+<Para>Tab lists are specified in resource files with the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis><Symbol Role="Variable">resource_spec</Symbol><Literal>:</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">tab</Symbol> WHITESPACE [, WHITESPACE <Symbol Role="Variable">tab</Symbol> ]*
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>The resource value string consists of one or more tabs separated by
+commas. Each <Symbol Role="Variable">tab</Symbol> identifies the value of the tab, the unit
+type, and whether the offset is relative or absolute. For example:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis><Symbol Role="Variable">tab</Symbol> := <Symbol Role="Variable">float</Symbol> [ WHITESPACE <Symbol Role="Variable">units</Symbol> ]
+<Symbol Role="Variable">float</Symbol> := [ <Symbol Role="Variable">sign</Symbol> ] [[ DIGIT]*. ]DIGIT+
+<Symbol Role="Variable">sign</Symbol> := +
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>where the presence or absence of <Symbol Role="Variable">sign</Symbol> indicates, respectively, a
+relative offset or an absolute offset. Note that negative tab values
+are not allowed. <Symbol Role="Variable">units</Symbol> indicates the unitType to use as
+described in the <Function>XmConvertUnits</Function> reference page.
+</Para>
+<Para>For example, the following specifies a tab list consisting of a one
+inch absolute tab followed by a one inch relative tab:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>*tabList: 1in, +1in
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>For resources of type, dimension, or position, you can specify units
+as described in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunitType</SystemItem> resource of the
+<Classname>XmGadget</Classname>, <Classname>XmManager</Classname>, or <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> reference page.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>Refer to the &MotifProgGd; for more information about tabs and tab lists.
+&cdeman.XmTabListCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmTabListFree;,
+&cdeman.XmTabListGetTab;,
+&cdeman.XmTabListInsertTabs;,
+&cdeman.XmTabListRemoveTabs;,
+&cdeman.XmTabListReplacePositions;, and
+&cdeman.XmTabListTabCount;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstCo.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstCo.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f66253f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstCo.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TabLstCo.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:08:55 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN458.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTabListCopy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTabListCopy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that creates a new tab list from an existing list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTabListCopy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTabList <Function>XmTabListCopy</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>tablist, offset, count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmTabList <Parameter>tablist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>offset</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTabListCopy</Function> creates a new tab list consisting of a copy of
+a portion of the contents of the <Symbol Role="Variable">tablist</Symbol> argument. This
+function starts copying at the specified offset value of the tab list
+and copies <Symbol Role="Variable">count</Symbol> values.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tablist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a tab list to be copied.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">offset</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies where to start copying. A value of 0 (zero) indicates begin
+at the beginning, a value of 1 indicates to skip the first tab, and so
+on. A negative indicates to begin counting backwards from the end.
+A value of -1 indicates to start copying from the last tab.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of tabs to copy. A value of 0 (zero) indicates
+to copy all elements from the starting point to the end (beginning if
+<Symbol Role="Variable">offset</Symbol> is negative) of the tab list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">tablist</Symbol> is NULL, this function returns NULL. Otherwise,
+this function returns a newly allocated <StructName Role="typedef">XmTabList</StructName>.
+If the function does allocate an <StructName Role="typedef">XmTabList</StructName>, then the
+application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmTabListFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTabList; and
+&cdeman.XmTabListFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstFr.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstFr.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a6552c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstFr.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TabLstFr.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:09:04 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN459.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTabListFree</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTabListFree</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that frees the memory of a new tab list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTabListFree</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTabListFree</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>tablist</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmTabList <Parameter>tablist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTabListFree</Function> recovers memory used by a tab list. In addition,
+this function frees all contained tabs. If the <Symbol Role="Variable">tablist</Symbol> is NULL,
+the function returns immediately.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tablist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tab list to be freed.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTabList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstGe.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstGe.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..0dc0452
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstGe.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TabLstGe.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:09:12 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN460.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTabListGetTab</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTabListGetTab</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that returns a copy of a tab
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTabListGetTab</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTab <Function>XmTabListGetTab</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>tablist, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmTabList <Parameter>tablist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTabListGetTab</Function> returns a copy of the tab that is located at the
+specified position in the tab list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tablist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tab list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the tab to be returned. A value of 0 (zero)
+returns the first tab in the tab list, a value of 1 returns the second
+tab, and so on.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a copy of the tab that is located at the specified position in
+the tab list. If <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol> is greater than or equal to the
+number of tabs in the tab list, this function returns NULL.
+The application is responsible for managing the space allocted by
+the returned tab copy. The application can recover this allocated
+space by calling <Function>XmTabFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTabFree; and
+&cdeman.XmTabList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstIn.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstIn.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..58f6d5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstIn.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TabLstIn.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:09:20 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN461.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTabListInsertTabs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTabListInsertTabs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that inserts tabs into a tab list
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTabListInsertTabs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTabList <Function>XmTabListInsertTabs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>oldlist, tabs, tab_count, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmTabList <Parameter>oldlist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTab <Parameter>*tabs</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>tab_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTabListInsertTabs</Function> creates a new tab list that includes the
+tabs in <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol>. This function copies specified tabs to the
+tab list at the given position. The first <Symbol Role="Variable">tab_count</Symbol> tabs of the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">tabs</Symbol> array are added to the tab list. If <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol> is NULL,
+<Function>XmTabListInsertTabs</Function> creates a new tab list containing only the
+tabs specified.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tab list to add the tabs to.
+The function deallocates <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol> after extracting the required information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tabs</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the tabs to be added to the tab list.
+It is the caller's responsibility to free the
+tabs in <Symbol Role="Variable">tabs</Symbol> by using <Function>XmTabFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tab_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of tabs in <Symbol Role="Variable">tabs</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the first new tab in the tab list. A value
+of 0 (zero) makes the first new tab the first tab in the tab list, a
+value of 1 makes it the second tab, and so on. If <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol> is
+greater than the number of tabs in <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol>, then the tabs will
+be inserted at the end. If <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol> is negative, the count will
+be backwards from the end. A value of -1 makes the first new tab
+the last tab, and so on.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">tabs</Symbol> is NULL or <Symbol Role="Variable">tab_count</Symbol> is 0 (zero), this function returns
+<Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol>. Otherwise, it returns a new tab list.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned tab list.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmTabListFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTabList; and
+&cdeman.XmTabListFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstRA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstRA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3613213
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstRA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TabLstRA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:09:28 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN462.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTabListRemoveTabs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTabListRemoveTabs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that removes noncontiguous tabs
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTabListRemoveTabs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTabList <Function>XmTabListRemoveTabs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>oldlist, position_list, position_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmTabList <Parameter>oldlist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>*position_list</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>position_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTabListRemoveTabs</Function> removes noncontiguous tabs from a tab list.
+The function creates a new tab list by copying the contents of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol> and removing all tabs whose corresponding positions
+appear in the <Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol> array.
+A warning message
+is displayed if a specified position is invalid; for example, if the
+value is a number greater than the number of tabs in the tab list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tablist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tab list.
+The function deallocates <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol> and the tabs it contains
+after extracting the required information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of the tab positions to be removed. The position
+of the first tab in the list is 0 (zero), the position of the second
+tab is 1, and so on.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements in the <Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol> or <Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol> is NULL, or
+<Symbol Role="Variable">position_count</Symbol> is 0 (zero), returns <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol>. Otherwise,
+this function returns the new tab list.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned tab list.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmTabListFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTabList; and
+&cdeman.XmTabListFree;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstRB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstRB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..40a9dc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstRB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TabLstRB.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:09:36 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN463.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTabListReplacePositions</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTabListReplacePositions</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that creates a new tab list with replacement tabs
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTabListReplacePositions</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTabList <Function>XmTabListReplacePositions</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>oldlist, position_list, tabs, tab_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmTabList <Parameter>oldlist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>*position_list</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTab <Parameter>*tabs</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>tab_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTabListReplacePositions</Function> creates a new tab list that contains
+the contents of <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol>, but with the tabs at the positions in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol> replaced with copies of the corresponding tabs in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">tabs</Symbol>.
+A warning message is displayed if a specified position is invalid;
+for example, if the value is a number greater than the number of tabs
+in the tab list.
+</Para>
+<Para>This function deallocates the original tab list after extracting the
+required information. It is the caller's responsibility to free the
+tabs in <Symbol Role="Variable">tabs</Symbol> by using the <Function>XmTabFree</Function> function.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tab list.
+The function deallocates the tab list after extracting the required
+information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of positions of the tabs to be replaced. The
+position of the first tab is 0 (zero), the position of the second tab
+is 1, and so on.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tabs</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies an array of the replacement tabs.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tab_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements in <Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">tabs</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>If <Symbol Role="Variable">tabs</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Variable">position_list</Symbol> is NULL, or
+<Symbol Role="Variable">tab_count</Symbol> is 0 (zero), returns
+<Symbol Role="Variable">oldlist</Symbol>. Otherwise, this function returns the new tab list.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned tab list.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover the allocated space by calling <Function>XmTabListFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTabList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstTa.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstTa.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e4a7367
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabLstTa.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TabLstTa.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:17:55 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN464.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTabListTabCount</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTabListTabCount</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that counts the number of tabs
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTabListTabCount</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Cardinal <Function>XmTabListTabCount</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>tablist</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmTabList <Parameter>tablist</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTabListTabCount</Function> counts the number of tabs in the specified
+<Symbol Role="Variable">tablist</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tablist</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tab list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the number of tabs in <Symbol Role="Variable">tablist</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTabList;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabSetV.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabSetV.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..cdbea83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TabSetV.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TabSetV.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:09:44 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN465.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTabSetValue</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTabSetValue</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A convenience function that sets a tab stop
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTabSetValue</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTabSetValue</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>tab, value</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XmTab <Parameter>tab</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>float <Parameter>value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTabSetValue</Function> sets the <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> field of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmTab</StructName>
+structure associated with <Symbol Role="Variable">tab</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">tab</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the tab to set the value of.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the floating point number which represents the distance that
+the rendering of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName> segment associated with <Symbol Role="Variable">tab</Symbol>
+will be offset. The offset is from either the beginning of the
+rendering or from the previous tab stop, depending on the setting for
+the <Symbol Role="Variable">offset</Symbol> model. The distance depends on the tab's unit type.
+Note that negative values are not permitted, and that if a tab stop
+would cause text to overlap, the x position for the segment is set
+immediately after the end of the previous segment.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>See also the &MotifProgGd; for more information about tabs
+and tab lists.
+&cdeman.XmTab;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TargetsA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TargetsA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..12e517d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TargetsA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TargetsA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:09:52 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN466.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTargetsAreCompatible</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTargetsAreCompatible</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that tests
+whether the target types match between a drop site and source object
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTargetsAreCompatible</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Drag and Drop functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTargetsAreCompatible</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/DragDrop.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTargetsAreCompatible</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>display, export_targets, num_export_targets,
+                        import_targets, num_import_targets</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display *<Parameter>display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom *<Parameter>export_targets</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>num_export_targets</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom *<Parameter>import_targets</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cardinal <Parameter>num_import_targets</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTargetsAreCompatible</Function> determines whether the import targets of
+the destination match any of the export targets of a source.
+If there is at least one target in common, the function returns True.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display connection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">export_targets</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of target atoms associated with the source object.
+This resource identifies the selection targets the source
+can convert to.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_export_targets</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of entries in the list of export targets.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">import_targets</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of targets to be checked against the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> of the source associated with the
+specified DragContext
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_import_targets</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of entries in the <Symbol Role="Variable">import_targets</Symbol> list.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the destination
+targets are compatible with the source targets. If there is at
+least one target in common, the routine returns True; otherwise,
+returns False.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmDragContext; and
+&cdeman.XmDropSite;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Text.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Text.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ac4099c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Text.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,4453 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Text.sgm /main/17 1996/09/25 15:55:18 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN467.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmText</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmText</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The Text widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmText</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>Text</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>Text provides a single-line and multiline text editor for customizing both user and
+programmatic interfaces. It can be used for single-line string entry,
+forms entry with verification procedures, and full-window editing.
+It provides an application with a consistent editing system for
+textual data. The screen's textual data adjusts to the
+application writer's needs.
+</Para>
+<Para>Text provides separate callback lists to verify
+movement of the insert cursor, modification of the text, and
+changes in input focus. Each of
+these callbacks provides the verification function with the
+widget instance, the event that caused the callback, and a
+data structure specific to the verification type. From this
+information, the function can verify if the application considers
+this to be a legitimate state change and can signal the widget
+whether to continue with the action.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user interface tailors a new set of translations. The default
+translations provide key bindings for insert cursor movement, deletion,
+insertion, and selection of text.
+</Para>
+<Para>Text allows the user to select regions of text.
+Selection is based on the model specified in the <Emphasis>Inter-Client
+Communication Conventions Manual</Emphasis> (ICCCM). Text supports primary
+and secondary selection.
+</Para>
+
+<Para>In some Asian languages, texts are drawn vertically. Also, some characters
+are displayed with 90-degree clockwise rotation, and other characters are mapped
+to vertical glyphs that differ from the normal horizaontal
+glyphs.
+<!-- dd: R6 references, make conditional --><![ %CDE.C.R6; [Information about which characters require rotation or
+mapping to vertical glyphs is specified in the X Locale Database (NLS
+databases) and handled by X library, depending on
+<Literal>XNOrientation</Literal> <StructName Role="typedef">XOC</StructName> values.]]>
+<Symbol>XmText</Symbol> widget should also handle the vertically aligned
+lines as for editing, entering, or selecting texts.
+</Para>
+<Para>The vertical writing feature of the <Symbol>XmText</Symbol> widget is enabled when the
+<Symbol>XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</Symbol> value is specified for the <Symbol>XmNlayoutDirection</Symbol>
+resource of the <Symbol>XmText</Symbol> widget. In that case, the horizontal scroll
+bar is displayed on the bottom of the <Symbol>XmText</Symbol> widget and the vertical
+scroll bar is displayed on the left side.
+</Para>
+
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Mouse Selection</Title>
+<Para>The Text widget allows text to be edited, inserted, and selected.
+The user can cut, copy, and paste text by using the clipboard, primary
+transfer, or secondary transfer.
+Text also provides a Drag and Drop facility that enables the user to
+copy or move data within Text or to a different widget.
+When
+keyboard focus policy is set to EXPLICIT, the widget that receives
+focus is the destination widget. In POINTER mode, any keyboard
+or mouse operation (except secondary selection) in an
+editable widget establishes that widget as the destination.
+</Para>
+<Para>If a destination widget becomes insensitive or uneditable, it forfeits
+its destination status. In EXPLICIT mode, when a widget becomes
+insensitive, the focus moves to another widget. If that widget
+is editable, it becomes the destination widget; otherwise, there
+is no destination widget. The text of any insensitive Text widget
+is stippled, indicating its state to the user.
+</Para>
+<Para>The insertion cursor, displayed as an I-beam, shows where input is
+inserted. Input is inserted just before the insertion cursor.
+</Para>
+<Para>Text uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol> traits,
+and holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol>
+and <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtransfer</Symbol> traits.
+The widget checks its parent for the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol> trait. If this
+trait does not exist, then the widget has no scrolling. If the trait
+does exist, and the ScrollFrame widget has not been initialized, the widget
+creates two navigators and sets up the scrollbars.
+</Para>
+<Para>If an application or widget calls the <Literal>setValue</Literal> trait method
+of <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol>, then <Classname>XmText</Classname> will call
+<Function>XmTextSetString</Function> to set the string value.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>Text inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname> and
+<Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmTextWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmText</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Data Transfer Behavior</Title>
+<Para>Text supports transfer of the primary, secondary, and clipboard
+selections and dragging of selected text from the widget.
+Text can also be the destination for the primary, secondary, and
+clipboard selections, and it supports dropping of data being dragged
+onto the widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures are called, the
+<Literal>location_data</Literal> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName> member
+is NULL if the selected text is being transferred.
+If the entire text, not the selected text, is being transferred, the
+value of this member is the widget ID of the Text widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>As a source of data, Text supports the following targets and associated
+conversions of data to these targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">locale</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <Symbol Role="Variable">locale</Symbol> target matches the widget's locale, the widget
+transfers the selected text in the encoding of the locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the selected text as type <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the selected text as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the selected text is fully convertible to the encoding of the locale,
+the widget transfers the selected text in the encoding of the locale.
+Otherwise, the widget transfers the selected text as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget deletes the selected text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets to which
+the widget can convert data to be placed on the clipboard immediately.
+If the selected text is fully convertible to <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, these include
+<Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>; otherwise, they include <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_DEFERRED_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports for delayed transfer for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection.
+This widget currently supplies no targets for
+<Property>_MOTIF_DEFERRED_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_EXPORT_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets to be
+used as the value of the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> in a
+drag-and-drop transfer.
+These include <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, the encoding of the locale,
+<Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_LOSE_SELECTION</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget takes the following actions:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When losing the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection, it unhighlights the selected
+text and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosePrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When losing the <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> selection, it removes the secondary
+selection highlight.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When losing the <Property>_MOTIF_DESTINATION</Property> selection, if the widget does
+not have focus, it changes the cursor to indicate that the widget is no
+longer the destination.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>As a source of data, Text also supports the following standard Motif
+targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLASS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_CLASS</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the
+current locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLIENT_WINDOW</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy and transfers
+its window as type <Symbol Role="Define">WINDOW</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcolormap</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNforeground</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">NAME</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_NAME</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the current
+locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TARGETS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports.
+These include the standard targets in this list.
+These also include <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, the encoding of the locale,
+<Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TIMESTAMP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the timestamp used to acquire the selection as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_RENDER_TABLE</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> if it exists, or else the
+default text render table, as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_ENCODING_REGISTRY</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers its encoding registry as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+The value is a list of NULL separated items in the
+form of tag encoding pairs.
+This target symbolizes the transfer target for the
+Motif Segment Encoding Registry.
+Widgets and applications can use this Registry to register
+text encoding formats for specified render table tags.
+Applications access this Registry by calling
+<Function>XmRegisterSegmentEncoding</Function> and <Function>XmMapSegmentEncoding</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>As a destination for data, Text chooses a target and requests conversion
+of the selection to that target.
+If the encoding of the locale is present in the list of available
+targets, Text chooses a requested target from the available targets in
+the following order of preference:
+</Para>
+<OrderedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The encoding of the locale
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</OrderedList>
+<Para>If the encoding of the locale is not present in the list of available
+targets, Text chooses a requested target from the available targets in
+the following order of preference:
+</Para>
+<OrderedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</OrderedList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<InformalTable>
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Colname="1" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="2" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="3" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="4" Colwidth="1.3">
+<ColSpec Colname="5" Colwidth="1.3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmText Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNactivateCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNautoShowCursorPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAutoShowCursorPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcursorPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCursorPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTextPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcursorPositionVisible</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCursorPositionVisible</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestinationCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNeditable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEditable</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNeditMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEditMode</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfocusCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNgainPrimaryCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlosePrimaryCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlosingFocusCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>5</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>5</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxLength</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxLength</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>largest integer</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmotionVerifyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmtotalLines</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTotalLines</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsource</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSource</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTextSource</Entry>
+<Entry>Default source</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopCharacter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopCharacter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTextPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvalue</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCValue</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>""</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvalueChangedCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvalueWcs</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCvalueWcs</Entry>
+<Entry>wchar_t *</Entry>
+<Entry>(wchar_t *)""</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG<Superscript>1</Superscript></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNverifyBell</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVerifyBell</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><Superscript>1</Superscript> This resource cannot be set in a resource file.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when the user invokes an
+event that calls the
+<Action>activate()</Action> action.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to this callback is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmAnyCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautoShowCursorPosition</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Ensures that the visible text contains the insert cursor when set
+to True.
+If the insert cursor changes, the contents
+of Text may scroll in order to bring the insertion
+point into the window.
+Setting this resource to False, however, does not ensure that Text
+will not scroll.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the position in the text where the current insert cursor is to
+be located.
+Position is determined by the number of characters from the beginning of
+the text.
+The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPositionVisible</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the widget has an <Symbol>XmPrintShell</Symbol> as one of its ancestors, then the
+default value is <Literal>False</Literal>; otherwise, it is <Literal>True</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks called when the widget is the destination
+of a transfer operation.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to these callbacks is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When set to True, indicates that the user can edit the text string.
+Prohibits the user from editing the text when set to False.
+</Para>
+<para>
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem> is used on a widget
+it sets the dropsite to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_ACTIVE</SystemItem>.
+</PARA>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the set of keyboard bindings used in Text.
+The default, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>,
+provides the set of key bindings to be used in editing
+single-line text.
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> provides the set of key bindings to be
+used in editing multiline text.
+</Para>
+<Para>The results of placing a Text widget inside a ScrolledWindow when the
+Text's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> are undefined.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfocusCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called
+when Text accepts input focus. The type of the structure whose
+address is passed to this callback is <StructName Role="typedef">XmAnyCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_FOCUS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called when an event causes the Text
+widget to gain ownership of the primary selection.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_GAIN_PRIMARY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosePrimaryCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called when an event causes the Text
+widget to lose ownership of the primary selection.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSE_PRIMARY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called
+before Text loses input focus.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to this callback is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmTextVerifyCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the distance between the top edge of the widget
+window and the text, and between the bottom edge of the widget
+window and the text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the distance between the left edge of the widget
+window and the text, and between the right edge of the widget
+window and the text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaxLength</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the maximum length of the text string that can be entered into
+text from the keyboard. This value must be nonnegative.
+Strings that are entered by using the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> resource or the
+<Function>XmTextSetString</Function> function ignore this resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called
+before text is deleted from or inserted into Text.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to this callback is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmTextVerifyCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>.
+When multiple Text widgets share the same
+source, only the widget that initiates the source change will
+generate <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If both <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>
+are registered callback lists, the procedure(s) in the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list is always executed first; and the
+resulting data, which may have been modified, is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callback routines.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called before text is deleted from
+or inserted into Text. The type of the structure whose address is
+passed to this callback is <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextVerifyCallbackStructWcs</StructName>. The
+reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>.
+When multiple Text widgets share the same
+source, only the widget that initiates the source change will
+generate the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If both <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>
+are registered callback lists, the procedure(s) in the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list is always executed first; and the
+resulting data, which may have been modified, is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callback routines.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called
+before the insert cursor is moved to a new position.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to this callback is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmTextVerifyCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+It is possible for more than one <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> to
+be generated from a single action.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsource</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the source with which the widget displays text.
+If no source is specified, the widget creates a default string source.
+This resource can be used to share text sources between Text widgets.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopCharacter</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays the position of text at the top of the window.
+Position is determined by the number of characters from the
+beginning of the text.
+The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+<Para>If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>, the line of text
+that contains the top character is displayed at the top of the widget
+without shifting the text left or right.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopCharacter</SystemItem> returns the position of the
+first character in the line that is displayed at the top of the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtotalLines</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the number of lines in the text widget buffer (not necessarily
+visible). The initial value 1 means the text buffer is empty. The number
+of lines reported takes into account the <Literal>wordWrap</Literal> policy
+(that is, it's not simply the number of newline characters.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string value of the Text widget as a <Literal>char*</Literal>
+data value.
+Moves the cursor to position 0 unless a value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem> was explicitly supplied in the argument list.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueWcs</SystemItem> are both
+defined, the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueWcs</SystemItem> supersedes that of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem>. <Function>XtGetValues</Function> returns a copy of the value of
+the internal buffer and <Function>XtSetValues</Function> copies the string values
+into the internal buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called
+after text is deleted from or inserted into
+Text.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to this callback is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmAnyCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+When multiple Text widgets share the same
+source, only the widget that initiates the source change will
+generate the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>. This callback represents a
+change in the source in the Text, not in the Text
+widget. The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> should occur only in pairs
+with an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem>, assuming that the <Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol>
+flag in the callback structure of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> is
+not set to False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueWcs</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string value of the Text widget as a <Literal>wchar_t*</Literal> data
+value.
+Moves the cursor to position 0 unless a value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem> was explicitly supplied in the argument list.
+</Para>
+<Para>This resource cannot be specified in a resource file.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueWcs</SystemItem> are both defined,
+the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueWcs</SystemItem> supersedes that of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem>.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> returns a copy of the value of the internal buffer
+encoded as a wide character string. <Function>XtSetValues</Function> copies the
+value of the wide character string into the internal buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverifyBell</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the bell should sound when the verification returns
+without continuing the action.
+The default depends on the value of the ancestor VendorShell's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNaudibleWarning</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<Colspec Colname="1">
+<Colspec Colname="2">
+<Colspec Colname="3">
+<Colspec Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmText Input Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpendingDelete</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPendingDelete</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectionArray</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectionArray</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>default array</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectionArrayCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectionArrayCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>4</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectThreshold</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectThreshold</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>5</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that pending delete mode is on when the Boolean value is True.
+Pending deletion is defined as deletion
+of the selected text when an insertion is made.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionArray</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Defines the actions for multiple mouse clicks. The value of the
+resource is an array of <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextScanType</StructName> elements.
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmTextScanType</StructName> is an enumeration indicating possible actions.
+Each mouse click performed within some time of the previous mouse
+click increments the index into this array and performs the defined
+action for that index. (This "multiclick" time is specified by the
+operating environment, and varies among different systems. In general,
+it is usually set to some fraction of a second.) The possible actions
+in the order they occur in the default array are as follows:
+</Para>
+<OrderedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSELECT_POSITION</SystemItem>, which
+resets the insert cursor position.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSELECT_WORD</SystemItem>, which
+selects a word.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSELECT_LINE</SystemItem>, which
+selects a line of text. This action sees a line as delimited by
+<Emphasis>hard</Emphasis> newline characters. In other words, if the word wrap
+feature is on (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwordWrap</SystemItem> is True), this will ignore the
+newlines automatically inserted by the widget. This is the default.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSELECT_OUT_LINE</SystemItem>, which
+selects a line of text. This action sees a line as delimited by
+<Emphasis>hard</Emphasis> or <Emphasis>soft</Emphasis> newline characters. In other words, if the
+word wrap feature is on (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwordWrap</SystemItem> is True), the newlines
+automatically inserted by the widget will be treated as delimiting
+lines.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSELECT_ALL</SystemItem>, which
+selects all of the text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</OrderedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionArrayCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the number of elements in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionArray</SystemItem> resource.
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectThreshold</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of pixels of motion that is required to select the
+next character when selection is performed using the click-drag
+mode of selection.
+The value must not be negative.
+This resource also specifies whether a drag should be started and the
+number of pixels to start a drag when
+<Literal>Btn2Down</Literal> and <Literal>Btn1Down</Literal> are integrated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<Colspec Colname="1" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="2" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="3" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="4" Colwidth="1.3">
+<ColSpec Colname="5" Colwidth="1.3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmText Output Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNblinkRate</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBlinkRate</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>500</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolumns</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColumns</Entry>
+<Entry>short</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcursorPositionVisible</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCursorPositionVisible</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizeHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCResizeHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizeWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCResizeWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrows</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRows</Entry>
+<Entry>short</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwordWrap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWordWrap</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNblinkRate</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the blink rate of the text cursor in milliseconds.
+The time indicated in the blink rate relates to the
+time the cursor is visible and the time the
+cursor is invisible (that is, the time it takes to blink
+the insertion cursor on and off is twice the blink
+rate). The cursor does not blink when the blink rate
+is set to 0 (zero).
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcolumns</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the initial width of the text window as an integer number of
+characters. The width equals the number of characters specified by
+this resource multiplied by the width as derived from the specified
+font. If the em-space
+value is available,
+it is used. If not, the width of the numeral "0" is used. If this is
+not available, the maximum width is used.
+For proportionate fonts, the actual number of characters that fit
+on a given line may be greater than the value specified.
+The value must be greater than 0 (zero). The default value depends
+on the value of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwidth</SystemItem> resource.
+If no width is specified the default is 20.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <Symbol>XmNlayoutDirection</Symbol> resource is <Symbol>XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</Symbol>, and if the <Symbol>XmText</Symbol>
+widget resource <Symbol>XmNeditMode</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</Symbol>, this attribute is
+ignored. If no width is specified, the default is 1.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPositionVisible</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the insert cursor position is marked by a text
+cursor when the Boolean value is True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list to be used for Text. The font list is an
+obsolete structure and is retained only for compatibility with
+earlier releases of Motif. Use the render table (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem>)
+instead of font lists wherever possible. If both are specified, the
+render table will take precedence. If this value is NULL at
+initialization, the parent hierarchy of the widget is searched for an
+ancestor that holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait. If such
+an ancestor is found, the font list is initialized to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEXT_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. If no such
+ancestor is found, the default is implementation dependent.
+</Para>
+<Para>Text searches the font list for the first occurrence of a font set
+that has <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>. If a default element is
+not found, the first font set in the font list is used. If the
+list contains no font sets, the first font in the font list will
+be used. Refer to &cdeman.XmFontList; for
+more information on a font list structure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table to be used in deriving a font set or font
+for rendering text. If both a render table and a font list are
+specified, the render table will take precedence. If the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> is NULL at initialization, the parent hierarchy
+of the widget is searched for an ancestor that holds the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait. If such an ancestor is found, the
+font list is initialized to the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEXT_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the
+ancestor widget. If no such ancestor is found, the default is
+implementation dependent.
+</Para>
+<Para>Text searches the render table for the first occurrence of a rendition
+that has the tag <SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem>. If a default element is
+not found, the first rendition in the table is used. Refer to
+&cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on the render table
+structure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizeHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that Text will
+attempt to resize its height to accommodate all the text
+contained in the widget when the Boolean value is True. If the Boolean value is set to True,
+the text is always
+displayed, starting from the first position in the source, even if
+instructed otherwise. This attribute is ignored when the application uses a
+Text widget whose parent is a ScrolledWindow and when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollVertical</SystemItem> is True.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <Symbol>XmNlayoutDirection</Symbol> resource is <Symbol>XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</Symbol>, this resource
+indicates that the text attempts to resize its height to accommodate all the
+text contained in the widget when the Boolean value is <Literal>True</Literal>. This attribute
+is ignored if <Symbol>XmNwordWrap</Symbol> is <Literal>True</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizeWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that Text attempts to resize its width to accommodate all
+the text contained in the widget when the Boolean value is True.
+This attribute is ignored if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwordWrap</SystemItem> is True.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <Symbol>XmNlayoutDirection</Symbol> resource is <Symbol>XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</Symbol>, this attribute
+is still effective even if <Symbol>XmNwordWrap</Symbol> is <Literal>True</Literal>.
+Also, this attribute is ignored when the application uses a text widget whose parent is
+a <Literal>ScrolledWindow</Literal> and <Symbol>XmNscrollHorizaontal</Symbol> is <Literal>True</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrows</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the initial height of the text window measured in character
+heights. This attribute is ignored if the text widget resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>.
+The value must be greater than 0 (zero).
+The default value depends on the value of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem> resource.
+If no height is specified, the default is 1.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <Symbol>XmNlayoutDirection</Symbol> resource is <Symbol>XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</Symbol>, this
+attribute is still effective, even if the <Symbol>XmText</Symbol> widget resource
+<Symbol>XmNeditMode</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</Symbol>. If no height is specified,
+the default is 20.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNwordWrap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that lines are to be broken at word breaks (that is, the text
+does not go off the right edge of the window) when the Boolean value is True.
+Words are defined as a sequence
+of characters separated
+by whitespace. Whitespace is defined as
+a space, tab, or newline. This attribute is ignored if the text
+widget resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>.
+Note that this resource is only valid when the widget is not a
+scroll one, or, if the widget is a scroll widget, that the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollHorizontal</SystemItem> resource is False.
+</Para>
+<Para>Indicates that lines are to be broken at word breaks (that is,
+when the <Symbol>XmNlayoutDirection</Symbol> resource is <Symbol>XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</Symbol>, the text does not
+go off the bottom edge of the window) when the Boolean value is <Literal>True</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The following resources are used only when text is created in a
+ScrolledWindow. See the reference page for <Function>XmCreateScrolledText</Function>.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<Colspec Colname="1" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="2" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="3" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="4" Colwidth="1.3">
+<ColSpec Colname="5" Colwidth="1.3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmText Scrolling Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrollHorizontal</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScroll</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrollLeftSide</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrollSide</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrollTopSide</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScrollSide</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscrollVertical</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScroll</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>Note in connection with this table that if the <Symbol>XmNlayoutDirection</Symbol> resource
+is <Symbol>XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</Symbol>, the default is <Literal>True</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollHorizontal</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Adds a ScrollBar that allows the user to scroll horizontally through
+text when the Boolean value is True.
+This resource is forced to False when the Text widget is placed in
+a ScrolledWindow with <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <Symbol>XmNlayoutDirection</Symbol> resource is <Symbol>XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</Symbol>, this
+attribute is ignored if the <Symbol>XmText</Symbol> widget resource <Symbol>XmNeditMode</Symbol>
+is <Symbol>XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollLeftSide</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the vertical ScrollBar should be placed on the left side of
+the scrolled text window when the Boolean value is True. This attribute
+is ignored if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollVertical</SystemItem> is False or the Text resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <Symbol>XmNlayoutDirection</Symbol> resource is <Symbol>XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</Symbol>, this
+resource is still effective, even if the XmText widget resource
+<Symbol>XmNeditMode</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollTopSide</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the horizontal ScrollBar should be placed on the top side of the
+scrolled text window when the Boolean value is True.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <Symbol>XmNlayoutDirection</Symbol> resource is <Symbol>XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</Symbol>, this
+attribute is ignored if <Symbol>XmNscrollHorizontal</Symbol> is <Literal>False</Literal>
+or the <Literal>Xmtext</Literal> resource
+<Symbol>XmNeditMode</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollVertical</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Adds a ScrollBar that allows the user to scroll vertically through text when
+the Boolean value is True.
+This attribute is ignored if the Text resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>.
+This resource is forced to False when the Text widget is placed in
+a ScrolledWindow with <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNscrollingPolicy</SystemItem> set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmAUTOMATIC</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <Symbol>XmNlayoutDirection</Symbol> resource is <Symbol>XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</Symbol>, this
+resource is still effective, even if the <Symbol>XmText</Symbol>
+widget resource <Symbol>XmNeditMode</Symbol>
+is <Symbol>XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>Text inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<Colspec Colname="1" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="2" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="3" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="4" Colwidth="1.3">
+<ColSpec Colname="5" Colwidth="1.3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPrimitive Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<Colspec Colname="1" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="2" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="3" Colwidth="1.3">
+<Colspec Colname="4" Colwidth="1.3">
+<ColSpec Colname="5" Colwidth="1.3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+} XmAnyCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The Text widget defines a new callback structure
+for use with verification callbacks. Note that
+not all fields are relevant for every
+callback reason. The application must first
+look at the <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol> field and use only the structure
+members that are valid for the particular reason.
+The values <Symbol Role="Variable">startPos</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">endPos</Symbol>, and <Emphasis>text</Emphasis> in the
+callback structure <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextVerifyCallbackStruct</StructName> may be modified
+when the callback is received, and these changes will be reflected as
+changes made to the source of the Text widget. (For example, all
+keystrokes can be converted to spaces or NULL characters when a
+password is entered into a Text widget.) The application
+programmer should not overwrite the <Emphasis>text</Emphasis> field, but should
+attach data to that pointer.
+</Para>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to callbacks for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem>:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        Boolean <Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol>;
+        XmTextPosition <Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert, newInsert</Symbol>;
+        XmTextPosition <Symbol Role="Variable">startPos, endPos</Symbol>;
+        XmTextBlock <Emphasis>text</Emphasis>;
+} XmTextVerifyCallbackStruct, *XmTextVerifyPtr;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL. For example, changes made to the Text widget
+programmatically do not have an event that can be
+passed to the associated callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether the action that invoked the callback is performed.
+Setting <Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol> to False negates the action.
+Note that not all actions may be negated. For example,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</SystemItem> callbacks may be beyond the control of the
+widget if they are produced by mouse clicks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the current position of the insert cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">newInsert</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the position at which the user attempts to position the insert
+cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">startPos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the starting position of the text to modify. If the callback is
+not a modify verification callback, this value is the same as <Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">endPos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the ending position of the text to modify. If no text is replaced or
+deleted, the value is the same as <Symbol Role="Variable">startPos</Symbol>. If the callback is not
+a modify verification callback, this value is the same as <Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to a structure of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextBlockRec</StructName>. This structure holds
+the textual information to be inserted.
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        char *<Symbol Role="Variable">ptr</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>;
+        XmTextFormat <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>;
+} XmTextBlockRec, *XmTextBlock;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">ptr</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the text to be inserted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the length of the text to be inserted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the format of the text,
+either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFMT_8_BIT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFMT_16_BIT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to callbacks
+for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Boolean <Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol>;
+        XmTextPosition <Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert, newInsert</Symbol>;
+        XmTextPosition <Symbol Role="Variable">startPos, endPos</Symbol>;
+        XmTextBlockWcs <Emphasis>text</Emphasis>;
+} XmTextVerifyCallbackStructWcs, *XmTextVerifyPtrWcs;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL. For example, changes made to the Text widget
+programmatically do not have an event that can be
+passed to the associated callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether the action that invoked the callback is performed.
+Setting <Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol> to False negates the action.
+Note that not all actions may be negated. For example,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</SystemItem> callbacks may be beyond the control of the
+widget if they are produced by mouse clicks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the current position of the insert cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">newInsert</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the position at which the user attempts to position the insert
+cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">startPos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the starting position of the text to modify. If the callback is
+not a modify verification callback, this value is the same as <Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">endPos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the ending position of the text to modify. If no text is replaced or
+deleted, the value is the same as <Symbol Role="Variable">startPos</Symbol>. If the callback is not
+a modify verification callback, this value is the same as <Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the following
+structure of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextBlockRecWcs</StructName>. This structure holds
+the textual information to be inserted.
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        wchar_t *<Symbol Role="Variable">wcsptr</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>;
+} XmTextBlockRecWcs, *XmTextBlockWcs;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">wcsptr</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the wide character text to be inserted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of characters to be inserted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The following table describes the reasons for which the individual
+verification callback structure fields are valid. Note that the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol> field will never be valid for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<Colspec Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Reason</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Valid Fields</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</Entry>
+<Entry><Emphasis>reason, event, doit, currInsert, newInsert, startPos, endPos</Emphasis></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</Entry>
+<Entry><Emphasis>reason, event, doit, currInsert, newInsert, startPos, endPos, text</Emphasis></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</Entry>
+<Entry><Emphasis>reason, doit, currInsert, newInsert</Emphasis></Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>A pointer to the following callback structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent  *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol>;
+        XtEnum <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">transfer_id</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">location_data</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol>;
+} XmDestinationCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the selection for which data transfer is being requested.
+Possible values are <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>, and
+<Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the type of transfer operation requested.
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> or <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>, possible
+values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, possible
+values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, possible values are
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOTHER</SystemItem>.
+A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOTHER</SystemItem> means that the callback procedure must get
+further information from the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> structure in the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol> member.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether or not the destination widget is also the source of
+the data to be transferred.
+Following are the possible values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The destination widget is not the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_SAME</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The destination widget is the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>transfer_id</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Serves as a unique ID to identify the transfer transaction.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the destination.
+When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, the callback procedures are
+called by the drop site's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol>
+is a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> structure passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> procedure.
+When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol>
+is an Atom
+representing a target recommmended by the selection owner for use in
+converting the selection.
+Otherwise, <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol> is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>location_data</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the location where data is to be transferred.
+The value is always NULL when the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>.
+If the value is NULL, the data is to be inserted at the widget's cursor
+position.
+Otherwise, the value is a pointer to an <Symbol>XPoint</Symbol> structure
+containing the x- and y- coordinates at the location where the data is to
+be transferred. Once <Symbol>XmTransferDone</Symbol> procedures start to be called,
+<Literal>location_data</Literal> will no longer be stable.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the time when the transfer operation began.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmText</Classname> translations are described in the following list.
+The actions represent the effective behavior of the associated events,
+and they may differ in a right-to-left language environment.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-start()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>move-destination()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>grab-focus()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Motion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-adjust()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-end()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-bdrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Motion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>secondary-adjust()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;m a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Motion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>secondary-adjust()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s c &lt;Btn2Up></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>link-to()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-to()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>move-to()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:m</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPrimaryPaste</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPrimaryPaste</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPrimaryPaste</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:m</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCut</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCut</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCut</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-clipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPaste</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>paste-clipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:m</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCopy</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCopy</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCopy</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-clipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>beginning-of-file(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>beginning-of-file()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>beginning-of-line(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>beginning-of-line()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>end-of-file(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>end-of-file()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>end-of-line(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>end-of-line()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-left(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action> (ignored in vertical
+writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-left()</Action> (<Action>next-page()</Action> in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-left(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-left()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>previous-page(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action> (ignored
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>previous-page()</Action> (<Action>page-up()</Action> in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-right(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action> (ignored
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-right()</Action> (<Action>previous-page()</Action> in vertical
+writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-right(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action> (ignored
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-right()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>next-page(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action> (ignored in vertical
+writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>next-page()</Action> (<Action>page-down()</Action> in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfClear</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>clear-selection()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBackSpace</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>delete-previous-character()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s m</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDelete</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDelete</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDelete</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-clipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDelete</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>delete-to-end-of-line()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDelete</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>delete-next-character()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c m</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>paste-clipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-clipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>key-select()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>set-anchor()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelectAll</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>select-all()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDeselectAll</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>deselect-all()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>activate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfAddMode</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>toggle-add-mode()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Help()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-cancel()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>backward-word(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action> (
+<Action>forward-paragraph(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action> in
+vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>backward-word()</Action> (<Action>forward-paragraph()</Action> in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>key-select(<Symbol Role="Define">left</Symbol>)</Action>
+<Action>(process-shift-left()</Action> in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>backward-character()</Action> (<Action>process-left()</Action>
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>forward-word(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+(<Action>backward-paragraph(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>forward-word()</Action> (<Action>backward-paragraph()</Action>
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>key-select(<Symbol Role="Define">right</Symbol>)</Action>
+(<Action>process-shift-right</Action> in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>forward-character()</Action> (<Action>process-right()</Action>
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>backward-paragraph(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+(<Action>backward-word(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>backward-paragraph()</Action> (<Action>backward-word()</Action>
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-shift-up()</Action>
+(<Action>key-select(<Symbol Role="Define">up</Symbol>)</Action>
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-up()</Action> (<Action>backward-character()</Action>
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>forward-paragraph(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+(<Action>forward-word(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>forward-paragraph()</Action> (<Action>forward-word()</Action>
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-shift-down()</Action>
+(<Action>key-select(<Symbol Role="Define">down</Symbol>)</Action>
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-down()</Action> (<Action>forward-character()</Action>
+in vertical writing)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>slash</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>select-all()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>backslash</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>deselect-all()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>prev-tab-group()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>next-tab-group()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-tab(<Symbol Role="Define">Prev</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-tab(<Symbol Role="Define">Next</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>activate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-return()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>set-anchor()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>key-select()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>self-insert()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>self-insert()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The Text button event translations are modified when Display's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource does not have a value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOFF</SystemItem> (in other words, it is either <Literal>XmBUTTON2_TRANSFER</Literal> or
+<Literal>XmBUTTON2_ADJUST</Literal>). This
+option allows the
+actions for selection and transfer to be integrated on <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>, and
+the actions for extending the selection can be bound to
+<KeySym>Btn2</KeySym>. The actions for <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> that are defined above
+still apply when the <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> event occurs over text that is not
+selected. The following actions apply when the <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> event
+occurs over text that is selected:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-bdrag()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-bdrag()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-bdrag()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>grab-focus()</Action>, <Literal>extend-end</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-start()</Action>, <Action>extend-end()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>move-destination()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>When Display's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource has a value of
+<Literal>XmBUTTON2_ADJUST</Literal>, the following actions apply:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-start()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Motion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-adjust()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-end()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmText</Classname> action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>activate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>.
+Passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>backward-character(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the insertion cursor one character to the left.
+This action may have different behavior in a right-to-left language
+environment.
+</Para>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>backward-character()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>backward-character()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+<Para>In vertical writing, if <Symbol>XmNeditMode</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</Symbol> and
+<Symbol>XmNnavigationType</Symbol>
+is <Symbol>XmNONE</Symbol>, traverses to the widget to the left in the tab
+group. If <Symbol>XmNeditMode</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor
+to the next line in the same column.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>backward-paragraph(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and this action is
+called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor to the first non-whitespace character following
+the first previous blank line or beginning of the text.
+If the insertion cursor is already at the beginning of a paragraph,
+moves the insertion cursor to the beginning of the previous paragraph.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and this action is
+called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>backward-paragraph()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>backward-paragraph()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>backward-word(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this action is called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor to the first non-whitespace character after the
+first whitespace character to the left or after the beginning of the line.
+If the insertion cursor is already at the beginning of a word,
+moves the insertion cursor to the beginning of the previous word.
+This action may have different behavior in a locale other than the C locale.
+</Para>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>backward-word()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>backward-word()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>beep()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the terminal to beep.
+The <Action>beep()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>beginning-of-file(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this action is called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor to the beginning of the text.
+</Para>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>beginning-of-file()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>beginning-of-file()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>beginning-of-line(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this action is called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor to the beginning of the line.
+</Para>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>beginning-of-line()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>beginning-of-line()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>clear-selection()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Clears the current selection by replacing each character except
+<KeySym>Return</KeySym> with a <KeySym>space</KeySym> character.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>clear-selection()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem> and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>copy-clipboard()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this widget owns the primary selection, this action copies the
+selection to the clipboard.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>copy-primary()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Copies the primary selection to just before the insertion cursor.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> operation.
+It calls the selection owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures,
+possibly multiple times, for the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>In addition, the <Action>copy-primary()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>copy-to()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a secondary selection exists, this action copies the secondary
+selection to the insertion position of the destination component.
+If the primary selection is in the destination widget, it will
+be deselected. Otherwise, there is no effect on the primary selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>This action calls the destination's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> selection and the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> operation.
+The destination's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures or the
+destination component itself invokes the selection owner's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly multiple times, for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>If no secondary selection exists, this action copies the primary
+selection to the pointer position.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> operation.
+It calls the selection owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures,
+possibly multiple times, for the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>In addition, the <Action>copy-to()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If there is no secondary selection, the
+<Action>copy-to()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>cut-clipboard()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this widget owns the primary selection, this action cuts the
+selection to the clipboard.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection.
+If the transfer is successful, this action then calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection
+and the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+</Para>
+<Para>In addition, the <Action>cut-clipboard()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>cut-primary()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Cuts the primary selection and pastes it just before the insertion cursor.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem> operation.
+It calls the selection owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures,
+possibly multiple times, for the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection.
+If the transfer is successful, this action then calls the selection
+owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>
+selection and the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+The <Action>cut-primary()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+<Para>In addition, the <Action>cut-primary()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-next-character()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection;
+otherwise,
+deletes the character following the insertion cursor.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the character following the insertion cursor.
+This may impact the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>delete-next-character()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-next-word()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters following the insertion cursor to the next space, tab
+or end-of-line character.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters following the insertion cursor to the next space, tab
+or end-of-line character.
+This may impact the selection.
+This action may have different behavior in a locale other than the C
+locale.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>delete-next-word()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-previous-character()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the character of text immediately preceding the insertion cursor.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the character of text immediately preceding the insertion cursor.
+This may impact the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>delete-previous-character()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-previous-word()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the
+selection; otherwise, deletes the characters preceding the insertion
+cursor to the next space, tab or beginning-of-line character. In add
+mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint from
+the selection, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True, deletes the
+selection; otherwise, deletes the characters preceding the insertion
+cursor to the next space, tab or beginning-of-line character. This
+may impact the selection. This action may have different behavior in
+a locale other than the C locale.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>delete-previous-word()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-selection()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Deletes the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>delete-selection()</Action> action
+produces calls to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with
+reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-to-end-of-line()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters following the insertion cursor to the next end of
+line character.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters following the insertion cursor to the next end
+of line character.
+This may impact the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Literal>delete-to-end-of-line()</Literal> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-to-start-of-line()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters preceding the insertion cursor to the previous
+beginning-of-line character.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters preceding the insertion cursor
+to the previous beginning-of-line character.
+This may impact the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>delete-to-start-of-line()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>deselect-all()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Deselects the current selection.
+The <Action>deselect-all()</Action> action
+produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>end-of-file(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this action is called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor to the end of the text.
+</Para>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>end-of-file()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>end-of-file()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>end-of-line(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this action is called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor to the end of the line.
+If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>end-of-line()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>end-of-line()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>extend-adjust()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Selects text from the anchor to the pointer position and deselects text
+outside that range.
+Moving the pointer over several lines selects text from the anchor to
+the end of each line the pointer moves over and up to the pointer
+position on the current line.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>extend-adjust()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+The <Action>extend-adjust()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>extend-end()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the insertion cursor to the position of the pointer.
+The <Action>extend-end()</Action> action is used to commit the selection. After
+this action has been done, <Action>process-cancel()</Action> will no longer
+cancel the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>extend-end()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+The <Action>extend-end()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>extend-start()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Adjusts the anchor using the balance-beam method.
+Selects text from the anchor to the pointer position and deselects text
+outside that range.
+The <Action>extend-start()</Action> action may produce no callbacks,
+however, the <Action>extend-start()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>forward-character(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the insertion cursor one character to the right.
+This action may have different behavior in a right-to-left language
+environment.
+</Para>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>forward-character()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>forward-character()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+<Para>In vertical writing, if <Symbol>XmNeditMode</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</Symbol> and
+<Symbol>XmNnavigationType</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmNONE</Symbol>, traverses to the widget to
+the right in the tab group. If <Symbol>XmNeditMode</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</Symbol>,
+moves the insertion cursor to the previous line in the same column.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>forward-paragraph(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>,
+and this action is called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor to the first non-whitespace character
+following the next blank line.
+If the insertion cursor is already at the beginning of a paragraph,
+moves the insertion cursor to the beginning of the next paragraph.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and this action is
+called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>forward-paragraph()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>forward-paragraph()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>forward-word(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this action is called with no argument, moves the insertion cursor to
+the first whitespace character or end-of-line following the next
+non-whitespace character.
+If the insertion cursor is already at the end of a word,
+moves the insertion cursor to the end of the next word.
+This action may have different behavior in a locale other than the C locale.
+</Para>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>forward-word()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>forward-word()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>grab-focus()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This key binding performs the action defined in the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionArray</SystemItem>, depending on the number of multiple mouse
+clicks.
+The default selection array ordering is one click to move the
+insertion cursor to the pointer position, two clicks to select a word, three
+clicks to select a line of text, and four clicks to select all text.
+A single click also deselects any selected text and sets the anchor at
+the pointer position.
+This action may have different behavior in a locale other than the C locale.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>grab-focus()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Help()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help
+callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help callbacks
+for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>insert-string(</Action><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is True and the cursor is not disjoint from the
+current selection, deletes the entire selection.
+Inserts <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> before the insertion cursor.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>insert-string()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+Note that, in the case of an empty string, no callbacks will be
+called, since no modification will have been done. However, if the
+insertion position is inside the current selection,
+<Literal>insert-string</Literal> with an empty string will cause the selection to
+be deselected, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures to be
+called with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>key-select(<Symbol Role="Define">right|left</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">right</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor
+one character to the right and extends the current selection.
+If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">left</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor
+one character to the left and extends the current selection.
+If called with no argument, extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that after a <Literal>key-select</Literal> action, the selection will still
+begin at the original anchor, and will extend to the position
+indicated in the action call. If this new position is on the opposite
+side of the selection anchor from the previous selection boundary, the
+original selection will be deselected.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>key-select()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+The <Action>key-select()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+<Para>In vertical writing, if called with the argument <Literal>left</Literal>, and if
+<Symbol>XmNeditMode</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</Symbol>, moves
+the insertion cursor to the next line in the same column.
+In vertical writing, if called with the argument <Literal>right</Literal>, and if
+<Symbol>XmNeditMode</Symbol> is <Symbol>XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</Symbol>, moves
+the insertion cursor to the previous line in the same column.)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>kill-next-character()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection,
+kills
+the selection; otherwise,
+kills the character following the insertion cursor and stores the
+character in the cut buffer.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+kills the character following the insertion cursor and stores the character
+in the cut buffer.
+This may impact the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The killed text is stored in <Symbol>CUT_BUFFER0</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>kill-next-character()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>kill-next-word()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the
+selection; otherwise, kills the characters following the insertion
+cursor to the next space, tab or end-of-line character, and stores the
+characters in the cut buffer. In add mode, if there is a nonnull
+selection, the cursor is not disjoint from the selection, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True, deletes the selection;
+otherwise, kills the characters following the insertion cursor to the
+next space, tab or end-of-line character, and stores the characters in
+the cut buffer. This may impact the selection. This action may have
+different behavior in a locale other than the C locale.
+</Para>
+<Para>The killed text is stored in <Symbol>CUT_BUFFER0</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>kill-next-word()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>kill-previous-character()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection; otherwise,
+kills the character immediately preceding the insertion cursor and stores the
+character in the cut buffer.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+kills the character immediately preceding the insertion cursor and stores
+the character in the cut buffer.
+This may impact the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The killed text is stored in <Symbol>CUT_BUFFER0</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>kill-previous-character()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>kill-previous-word()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the
+selection; otherwise, kills the characters preceding the insertion
+cursor up to the next space, tab or beginning-of-line character, and
+stores the characters in the cut buffer. In add mode, if there is a
+nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint from the selection, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True, deletes the selection;
+otherwise, kills the characters preceding the insertion cursor up to
+the next space, tab or beginning-of-line character, and stores the
+characters in the cut buffer. This may impact the selection. This
+action may have different behavior in a locale other than the C
+locale.
+</Para>
+<Para>The killed text is stored in <Symbol>CUT_BUFFER0</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>kill-previous-word()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>kill-selection()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Kills the currently selected text and stores the text in the cut
+buffer.
+</Para>
+<Para>The killed text is stored in <Symbol>CUT_BUFFER0</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>kill-selection()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>kill-to-end-of-line()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection;
+otherwise,
+kills the characters following the insertion cursor to the next end-of-line
+character and stores the characters in the cut buffer.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+kills the characters following the insertion cursor to the next end of
+line character and stores the characters in the cut buffer.
+This may impact the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The killed text is stored in <Symbol>CUT_BUFFER0</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>kill-to-end-of-line()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+In the case where there is a non-null selection to be deleted, this
+action may also produce calls to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>kill-to-start-of-line()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection; otherwise,
+kills the characters preceding the insertion cursor to the next
+beginning-of-line character and stores the characters in the cut buffer.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+kills the characters preceding the insertion cursor to the next
+beginning-of-line character and stores the characters in the cut buffer.
+This may impact the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The killed text is stored in <Symbol>CUT_BUFFER0</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>kill-to-start-of-line()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>link-primary()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Places a link to the primary selection just before the insertion cursor.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem> operation.
+The Text widget itself performs no transfers; the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures are responsible for inserting
+the link to the primary selection and for taking any related actions.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>link-to()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a secondary selection exists, this action places a link to the
+secondary selection at the insertion position of the destination
+component.
+This action calls the destination's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> selection and the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem> operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>If no secondary selection exists, this action places a link to the
+primary selection at the pointer position.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem> operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>The Text widget itself performs no transfers; the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures are responsible for inserting
+the link to the primary or secondary selection and for taking any
+related actions.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>move-destination()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the insertion cursor to the pointer position without changing any
+existing current selection.
+If there is
+a
+current selection, sets the widget as the destination widget.
+This also moves the widget focus to match the insertion cursor.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>move-destination()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>move-to()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a secondary selection exists, this action moves the secondary
+selection to the insertion position of the destination component.
+If the secondary selection is in the destination widget, and the
+secondary selection and the primary selection overlap, the result
+is undefined.
+This action calls the destination's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> selection and the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem> operation.
+The destination's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures or the
+destination component itself invokes the selection owner's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly multiple times, for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> selection.
+If the transfer is successful, this action then calls the selection
+owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>
+selection and the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+</Para>
+<Para>If no secondary selection exists, this action moves the primary
+selection to the pointer position.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem> operation.
+It calls the selection owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures,
+possibly multiple times, for the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection.
+If the transfer is successful, this action then calls the selection
+owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>
+selection and the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>move-to()</Action> action produces calls to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If there is no secondary selection, the
+<Action>move-to()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>newline()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is True and the cursor is not disjoint from the
+current selection, deletes the entire selection.
+Inserts a newline before the insertion cursor.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>newline()</Action> action produces calls to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>newline-and-backup()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is True and the cursor is not disjoint from the
+current selection, deletes the entire selection.
+Inserts a newline just before the insertion cursor and repositions the insertion cursor to the end of the
+line before the newline.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>newline-and-backup()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>newline-and-indent()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is True and the cursor is not disjoint from the
+current selection, deletes the entire selection.
+Inserts a newline and then the same number of whitespace characters as
+at the beginning of the previous line.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>newline-and-indent()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>next-line()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the insertion cursor to the next line.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>next-line()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+
+
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>next-page(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and this action is
+called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor forward one page.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and this action is
+called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>,
+it moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>next-page()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>next-page()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+<Para>In vertical writing, scrolls the viewing window down one page
+of text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>next-tab-group()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next tab group.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>next-tab-group()</Action> action produces no callbacks, unless it
+results in the widget losing focus, in which case, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem> procedures are called with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>page-left(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and this action is
+called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor back one page.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and this action is
+called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>,
+it moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>page-left()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>page-left()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>page-right(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and this action is
+called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor forward one page.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and this action is
+called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>,
+it moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>page-right()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>page-right()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>paste-clipboard()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Pastes the contents of the clipboard before the insertion cursor.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>paste-clipboard()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>prev-tab-group()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the previous tab group.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>prev-tab-group()</Action> action produces no callbacks, unless it
+results in the widget losing focus, in which case, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem> procedures are called with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>previous-line()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the insertion cursor to the previous line.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>previous-line()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>previous-page(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and this action is
+called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor back one page.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and this action is
+called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>,
+it moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>previous-page()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>previous-page()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+<Para>In vertical writing, if called without an argument, scrolls the viewing window up one page
+of text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>process-bdrag()</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the pointer is within the selection, this action starts a drag
+operation for the selection.
+This action sets the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertProc</SystemItem> of the DragContext to a
+function that calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, for the <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property> selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>If no selection exists or the pointer is outside the selection, this
+action prepares to start a secondary selection at the pointer position.
+</Para>
+<Note>
+<Para>Note that when dragging a secondary selection to a different widget,
+focus will shift momentarily to the second widget, and then back to
+the original widget. This will generate callbacks to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem> procedures as focus is lost (by each
+widget) as well as callbacks to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfocusCallback</SystemItem> procedures
+as focus is regained.
+</Para>
+</Note>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>process-cancel()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Cancels the current <Action>extend-adjust()</Action>, <Action>secondary-adjust()</Action>
+or <Action>process-bdrag()</Action>
+operation and leaves the selection state as it was before the operation;
+otherwise, and if the parent is a manager, passes the event to the
+parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>process-down(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem>,
+traverses to the widget below the current one in the tab group.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and this action is
+called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>In this case, the action will produce the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>,
+moves the insertion cursor down one line.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>process-down()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>In vertical writing, moves the insertion cursor
+one character down.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>process-home()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the insertion cursor to the beginning of the line.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>process-home()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>process-return()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>,
+calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>,
+and if the parent is a manager, passes the event to the parent.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>,
+inserts a newline.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>process-return()</Action> action during single-line edit produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>. During multi-line editing, the
+<Action>process-return()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>process-shift-down()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>,
+moves the insertion cursor down one
+line and selects. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>,
+this action behaves like <Action>process-up()</Action> in <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>.
+Refer to the <Action>process-up()</Action> action.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>process-shift-down()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>In vertical writing, if called with the argument
+<Literal>up</Literal>, moves the insertion cursor one character
+up and extends the current selection. If called with
+the argument <Literal>down</Literal>, moves the insertion cursor
+one character down and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>process-shift-up()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>,
+moves the insertion cursor up one
+line and selects. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>,
+this action behaves like <Action>process-up()</Action> in <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>.
+Refer to the <Action>process-up()</Action> action.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>process-shift-up()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>In vertical writing, if called with the argument
+<Literal>up</Literal>, moves the insertion cursor one character
+up and extends the current selection. If called with
+the argument <Literal>down</Literal>, moves the insertion cursor
+one character down and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>process-tab(<Symbol Role="Define">Prev|Next</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>, traverses to the
+next tab group if the direction argument is <Literal>Next</Literal>, or to the previous
+tab group if the direction is <Literal>Prev</Literal>. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>, and the direction is <Literal>Next</Literal>, the action
+inserts a tab. The <Literal>Prev</Literal> direction has no effect with
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>.
+In the Text widget, there is a preset tab stop at every eighth columns.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>process-tab()</Action> action under multi-line editing produces calls
+to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>. Under single-line editing, the action
+produces no callbacks, unless it results in the widget losing focus,
+in which case, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem> procedures are called
+with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>process-up(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem>,
+traverses to the widget above the current one in the tab group.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>,
+moves the insertion cursor up one line.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem> and this action is
+called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>process-up()</Action> action under multi-line editing produces calls
+to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>. Under single-line editing, the action
+produces no callbacks unless it results in the widget losing focus, in
+which case, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem> procedures are called
+with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>In vertical writing, moves the insertion cursor one character
+up.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>redraw-display()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Redraws the contents of the text window.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>redraw-display()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>scroll-cursor-vertically(</Action><Symbol Role="Variable">percentage</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the line containing the insertion cursor vertically
+to an intermediate position in the visible window based on an
+input percentage. A value of 0 indicates the top of the window;
+a value of 100, the bottom of the window. If this action is called
+with no argument, the line containing the insertion cursor is scrolled
+vertically to a new position designated by the <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position
+of the event passed to the routine.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Literal>scroll-cursor-vertically</Literal> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>scroll-one-line-down()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the text area down one line.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>scroll-one-line-down()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>scroll-one-line-up()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the text area up one line.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>scroll-one-line-up()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>secondary-adjust()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Extends the secondary selection to the pointer position.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>secondary-adjust()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>secondary-notify()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Copies the secondary selection to the insertion cursor of the
+destination widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>secondary-notify()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>secondary-start()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Marks the beginning of a secondary selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>secondary-start()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>select-adjust()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the current selection.
+The amount of text selected depends on the number of mouse clicks, as
+specified by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionArray</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>select-adjust()</Action> action may produce no callbacks,
+however, it may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>select-all()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Selects all text.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>select-all()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>select-end()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the current selection.
+The amount of text selected depends on the number of mouse clicks, as
+specified by the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionArray</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>select-end()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>select-start()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Marks the beginning of a new selection region.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>select-start()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>self-insert()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is True and the cursor is not disjoint from the
+current selection, deletes the entire selection.
+Inserts the character associated with the key pressed
+at the insertion cursor.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>self-insert()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>set-anchor()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Resets the anchor point for extended selections.
+Resets the destination of secondary selection actions.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>set-anchor()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>set-insertion-point()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets the insertion position to the position of the mouse pointer.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>set-insertion-point()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>. Note that if the mouse pointer is
+already over the position of the insertion cursor, the cursor will not
+be moved, and no callbacks will be produced.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>set-selection-hint()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets the text source and location of the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>set-selection-hint()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>toggle-add-mode()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Toggles the state of Add Mode.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>toggle-add-mode()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>toggle-overstrike()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Toggles the state of the text insertion mode. By default,
+characters typed into the Text widget are inserted at
+the position of the insertion cursor. In overstrike
+mode, characters entered into the Text widget replace
+the characters that directly follow the insertion cursor.
+In overstrike mode, when the end of a line is reached,
+characters are appended to the end of the line.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following traversal actions generate no callbacks unless they
+result in the loss of focus by the widget in question, as when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem>. In this case,
+they produce calls to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem> procedures,
+with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_FOCUS_MOVED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>traverse-home()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the first widget in the tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>traverse-next()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next widget in the tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>traverse-prev()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the previous widget in the tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>unkill()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Restores last killed text to the position of the insertion
+cursor (or whatever is currently in the <Symbol>CUT_BUFFER0</Symbol>).
+The inserted text appears before the insertion cursor.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>unkill()</Action> action produces calls to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>This widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusIn</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the insertion cursor as solid and starts blinking the cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusOut</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays the insertion cursor as a stippled I-beam unless it is the
+destination widget
+and stops the cursor from blinking.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateScrolledText;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateText;,
+&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmPrimitive;,
+&cdeman.XmTextClearSelection;,
+&cdeman.XmTextCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmTextCopyLink;,
+&cdeman.XmTextCut;,
+&cdeman.XmTextEnableRedisplay;,
+&cdeman.XmTextDisableRedisplay;,
+&cdeman.XmTextField;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFindString;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFindStringWcs;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetBaseline;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetEditable;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetInsertionPosition;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetLastPosition;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetMaxLength;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetSelection;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetSelectionWcs;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetSelectionPosition;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetSource;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetString;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetStringWcs;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetSubstring;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetSubstringWcs;,
+&cdeman.XmTextGetTopCharacter;,
+&cdeman.XmTextInsert;,
+&cdeman.XmTextInsertWcs;,
+&cdeman.XmTextPaste;,
+&cdeman.XmTextPasteLink;,
+&cdeman.XmTextPosToXY;,
+&cdeman.XmTextPosition;,
+&cdeman.XmTextRemove;,
+&cdeman.XmTextReplace;,
+&cdeman.XmTextReplaceWcs;,
+&cdeman.XmTextScroll;,
+&cdeman.XmTextSetAddMode;,
+&cdeman.XmTextSetEditable;,
+&cdeman.XmTextSetHighlight;,
+&cdeman.XmTextSetInsertionPosition;,
+&cdeman.XmTextSetMaxLength;,
+&cdeman.XmTextSetSelection;,
+&cdeman.XmTextSetSource;,
+&cdeman.XmTextSetString;,
+&cdeman.XmTextSetStringWcs;,
+&cdeman.XmTextSetTopCharacter;,
+&cdeman.XmTextShowPosition;, and
+&cdeman.XmTextXYToPos;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..860fb24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1600 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ToggleBA.sgm /main/16 1996/09/25 13:46:15 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN547.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmToggleButton</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmToggleButton</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ToggleButton widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmToggleButton</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>ToggleButton</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>#include &lt;Xm/ToggleB.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>ToggleButton sets nontransitory state data within an
+application. Usually this widget consists of an indicator
+(square, diamond, or round)
+with either text or a pixmap on one side of it.
+However, it can also consist of just text or a pixmap without the indicator.
+</Para>
+<Para>The toggle graphics display a <Literal>1-of-many</Literal>, <Literal>N-of-many</Literal>, or
+<Literal>1-of-many-round</Literal> selection state.
+When a toggle indicator is displayed, a square indicator shows an
+<Literal>N-of-many</Literal>
+selection state, a diamond-shaped indicator shows a
+<Literal>1-of-many</Literal> selection state, and a circle-shaped indicator shows a
+<Literal>1-of-many-round</Literal> selection state.
+</Para>
+<Para>ToggleButton
+implies a set or unset state.
+In the case of a label and an indicator, an
+empty indicator (square, diamond, or round) indicates that ToggleButton
+is unset, and a filled indicator shows that it is
+set. The indicator may be filled with a check mark, a cross, or the
+select color. In the case of a pixmap
+toggle, different pixmaps are used to display the set/unset
+states.
+ToggleButton can also indicate an indeterminate state. In the case of
+a label and an indicator, an indeterminate state is indicated by a
+stippled flat box.
+In the case of a pixmap toggle, a different pixmap is used to display
+the indeterminate state.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default behavior associated with a ToggleButton in a menu depends on
+the type of menu system in which it resides.
+By default, <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> controls the behavior of the ToggleButton.
+In addition, <KeySym>Btn3</KeySym> controls the behavior of the ToggleButton if
+it resides in a PopupMenu system.
+The actual mouse button used is determined by its RowColumn parent.
+</Para>
+<Para>Label's resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem> may
+be increased
+to accommodate the toggle indicator when it is created.
+</Para>
+<Para>ToggleButton uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>ToggleButton inherits behavior, resources, and traits from
+<Classname>Core</Classname>, <Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname>, and <Classname>XmLabel</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmToggleButtonWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmToggleButton</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmToggleButton Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCArmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdetailShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDetailShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdisarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDisarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfillOnSelect</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFillOnSelect</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNindeterminatePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIndeterminatePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNindicatorOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIndicatorOn</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmINDICATOR_FILL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNindicatorSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIndicatorSize</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNindicatorType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIndicatorType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNset</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSet</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSET</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNspacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>4</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtoggleMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCToggleMode</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTOGGLE_BOOLEAN</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunselectColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnselectColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvalueChangedCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCValueChangedCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisibleWhenOff</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisibleWhenOff</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called
+when the ToggleButton is armed.
+To arm this widget, press the active mouse button
+while the pointer is inside the ToggleButton.
+For this callback, the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailShadowThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the thickness of the indicator shadow. The
+default thickness
+is 2 pixels.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called
+when ToggleButton is disarmed.
+To disarm this widget, press and release the active
+mouse button while the pointer is inside the ToggleButton.
+This widget is also disarmed
+when the user moves out of the widget
+and releases the mouse button when the pointer is outside the widget.
+For this callback, the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DISARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Fills the indicator with the color specified in
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem> and switches the top and bottom shadow
+colors when set to True. If unset, fills the indicator with the
+unselect color. If indeterminate, fills the indicator with
+half select color and half unselect color. Otherwise, it switches
+only the top
+and bottom shadow colors. The default is
+True only if a box type of indicator
+(such as a check box) is specified, or if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorType</SystemItem> is a
+<Literal>1-of</Literal> type and a toggle indicator is drawn.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> is True, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem> the ToggleButton's
+background is set to <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem>. For the other
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> values, only the indicator is filled with
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindeterminateInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to be displayed as the button face when
+the Label <Symbol>XmNlableType</Symbol> resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>,
+the ToggleButton <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem>,
+and the <Classname>Core</Classname> <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsensitive</SystemItem> resource is False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindeterminatePixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to be displayed as the button face when
+the Label <Symbol>XmNlableType</Symbol> resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>,
+the ToggleButton <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem>,
+and the <Classname>Core</Classname> <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsensitive</SystemItem> resource is True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that if a toggle indicator is to be drawn, it will be drawn
+to one side of the toggle
+text or pixmap, depending on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of
+the widget. The default value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_FILL</systemitem>.
+Toggles accept the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>No space is allocated
+for the indicator, and it is not displayed. Any shadows around the
+entire widget are switched when the toggle is selected or unselected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_BOX</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The toggle indicator is in the shape of a shadowed box.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_FILL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the value of the
+<literal>XmDisplay XmNenableToggleVisual</literal>
+resource is
+<literal>True</literal>
+, the visuals are those of
+<Symbol>XmINDICATOR_CHECK_BOX</Symbol>
+; if
+<literal>False</literal>
+, the indicator visuals are those of
+<Symbol>XmINDICATOR_BOX</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_CHECK</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The toggle indicator is in the shape of a checkmark in the
+foreground color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_CHECK_BOX</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The toggle indicator is in the shape of a checkmark enclosed in a box.
+This is the default if the <Literal>XmDisplay XmNenableToggleVisual</Literal>
+resource is set.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_CROSS_BOX</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The toggle indicator is in the shape of a cross enclosed in a box.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_CROSS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The toggle indicator is in the shape of a cross.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>All ToggleButton checks and crosses should be drawn in the
+foreground color.
+</Para>
+<Para>If this resource is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem>, it will control the
+appearance of the toggle visual. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is not
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem>, this resource
+shows a stippled flat box.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoggleMode</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_INDETERMINATE</SystemItem>, the label and the ToggleButton are stippled with
+a combination of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem> and
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunselectColor</SystemItem> color,
+and the border is flat.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorSize</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets the size of the indicator.
+If no value is specified, the size of the indicator is based on the size
+of the label string or pixmap.
+If the label string or pixmap changes, the size of the indicator is
+recomputed based on the size of the label string or pixmap.
+Once a value has been specified for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorSize</SystemItem>, the
+indicator has that size, regardless of the size of the label string or
+pixmap, until a new value is specified.
+The size of indicators inside menus may differ from those outside of menus.
+Note that a change in this resource may also cause a change in the
+values of the inherited resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies if the indicator is a <Literal>1-of</Literal> or
+<Literal>N-of</Literal> indicator. For the <Literal>1-of</Literal> indicator, the
+value can be <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_ROUND</SystemItem>, or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_DIAMOND</SystemItem>.
+For the <Literal>N-of</Literal> indicator,
+the value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN_OF_MANY</SystemItem>.
+This value specifies only the visuals and does not enforce the
+behavior. When the ToggleButton is in a radio box, the default is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY</SystemItem>; otherwise,
+the default is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN_OF_MANY</SystemItem>. Legal values
+are:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the Display <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableToggleVisual</systemitem>
+resource is set,
+indicators are drawn with the same appearance as
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_ROUND</systemitem>;
+otherwise, they appear the same as
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_DIAMOND</systemitem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN_OF_MANY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The indicators are drawn as specified by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</systemitem>
+resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_ROUND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A shadowed circle.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_DIAMOND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A shadowed diamond.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to specify what color fills
+the center of the square, diamond-shaped, or round indicator when it is set.
+If this color is the same as either the top or the bottom shadow color of the
+indicator, a one-pixel-wide margin is left between the shadows and the fill;
+otherwise, it is filled completely.
+The results of this resource depend on the value of the Display
+resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableToggleColor</SystemItem>. A value of True causes the fill
+color to use the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHIGHLIGHT_COLOR</SystemItem> color by default. A value of
+False causes the fill
+color to use the background color.
+This resource's default for a color display is a color between the background
+and the bottom shadow color. For a monochrome display, the default is set to
+the foreground color. To set the background of the button to
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem>,
+the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> must be explicitly set to True.
+</Para>
+<para>This resource is also used as the background color when all of the following conditions
+are met: the button is armed in a menu, the
+<systemitem class="resource">XmNenableEtchedInMenu</systemitem> resource is <literal>True</literal>,
+the <systemitem class="resource">XmNindicatorOn</systemitem> resource is <literal>False</literal>, and the
+<systemitem class="resource">XmNfillOnSelect</systemitem> resource is <literal>True</literal>.
+</para>
+<Para>This resource can take the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDEFAULT_SELECT_COLOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is the same as the current dynamic default, which is a color between
+the background and the bottom shadow color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmREVERSED_GROUND_COLORS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Forces the select color to the
+foreground color and causes the default color of any text rendered over the
+select color to be in the background color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHIGHLIGHT_COLOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Forces the fill color to use the highlight color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pixmap used as the button face when the ToggleButton is selected,
+the button is insensitive, and the Label resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>.
+If the ToggleButton is unselected and the button is insensitive,
+the pixmap in
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem> is used as the button face.
+If no value is specified for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem>, that
+resource is set to the value specified for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to be used as the button
+face when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem> and
+the ToggleButton is selected.
+When the ToggleButton is unselected,
+the pixmap specified in the Label's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is used.
+If no value is specified for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem>, that resource is set
+to the value specified for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectPixmap</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Represents the state of the ToggleButton.
+A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem> indicates that the ToggleButton is not set.
+A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem> indicates that the ToggleButton is set.
+A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem> indicates that the
+ToggleButton is in an indeterminate state (neither set nor unset).
+The ToggleButton states cycle through in the order of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem> (if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoggleMode</SystemItem> is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_INDETERMINATE</SystemItem>), and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem>, and then
+back around to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem>. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoggleMode</SystemItem> is
+set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_BOOLEAN</SystemItem>, then the ToggleButton states cycle
+through in the order of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem>, then <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem>, and then
+back around to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem>.
+Setting this resource sets the state of the
+ToggleButton.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspacing</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of spacing between the toggle indicator and the
+toggle label (text or pixmap).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoggleMode</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the mode of the ToggleButton as either
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_BOOLEAN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_INDETERMINATE</SystemItem>. The
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_INDETERMINATE</SystemItem> value allows the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> resource to
+be able to accept the values <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem>. The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoggleMode</SystemItem> resource is forced to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_BOOLEAN</SystemItem> if the toggle is in an <Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname> widget
+whose radio behavior is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY</SystemItem>. In
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_BOOLEAN</SystemItem> mode, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> resource can only accept
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunselectColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to specify what color fills
+the center of the square, diamond-shaped, or round indicator when it
+is not set.
+If this color is the same as either the top or the bottom shadow color of the
+indicator, a one-pixel-wide margin is left between the shadows and the fill;
+otherwise, it is filled completely.
+This resource's default for a color display is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem>.
+For a monochrome display, the default is set to
+the background color. To set the background of the button to
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunselectColor</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem>, the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> must be explicitly set to True. This resource
+acts like the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem> resource, but for the case when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called
+when the ToggleButton value
+is changed. To change the value,
+press and release the active mouse button while the pointer
+is inside the ToggleButton. This action
+also causes this widget to be disarmed.
+For this callback, the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisibleWhenOff</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the toggle indicator is visible in the unselected state when
+the Boolean value is True.
+When the ToggleButton is in a menu, the default value is False.
+When the ToggleButton is in a RadioBox, the default value is True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>ToggleButton inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmLabel Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNacceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAcceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNalignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCXmString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSTRING</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>KeySym</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPrimitive Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!--no-op:  .tH-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">set</Symbol>;
+} XmToggleButtonCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">set</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Reflects the ToggleButton's state, either
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem> (selected), <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem> (unselected), or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem> (neither).
+Note that the reported state is the state that the ToggleButton
+is in after the <Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol> has been processed. For example,
+suppose that a user clicks on a ToggleButton to change it from
+the unselected state to the selected state. In this case,
+ToggleButton changes the value of <Symbol Role="Variable">set</Symbol> from <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem>
+to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem> prior to calling the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmToggleButton -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmToggleButton</Classname> includes translations from <Emphasis>Primitive</Emphasis>.
+Additional <Classname>XmToggleButton</Classname> translations for buttons not in a
+menu system are described in the following list.
+<!-- These translations may not directly correspond to a--><!-- translation table.--></Para>
+<Para>Note that altering translations in <Literal>#override</Literal>
+or <Literal>#augment</Literal> mode is undefined.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;Btn1Down></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ButtonTakeFocus()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Arm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Select() Disarm()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ProcessDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentCancel()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Help()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>PrimitiveParentActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--.nL
+.ne 2.5i
+.VL 2.5i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransferPress:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LProcessDrag()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LArm()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LSelect()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new translation"
+.LI "&bsol;*LCtrl&lt;Btn1Down>:&bsol;*O
+&bsol;*LButtonTakeFocus()&bsol;*O
+.nL
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Added new translation"
+&bsol;*LDisarm()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelect:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LArmAndActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+<Para><Classname>XmToggleButton</Classname> inherits menu traversal translations
+from <Classname>XmLabel</Classname>.
+Additional <Classname>XmToggleButton</Classname> translations for <Literal>ToggleButtons</Literal> in a
+menu system are described in the following list.
+In a Popup menu system, <KeySym>Btn3</KeySym> also performs the <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>
+actions.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ProcessDrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;Btn1Down></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuButtonTakeFocus()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c&lt;Btn1Up></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuButtonTakeFocusUp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>BtnDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>BtnDown()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal><KeySym>BtnUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>BtnUp()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Help()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>MenuEscape()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--These translations may not directly correspond to a
+translation table.
+.VL
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LBtnDown()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LBtnUp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKActivate:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LArmAndActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelect:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LArmAndActivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAny KCancel:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LMenuShellPopdownOne()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmToggleButton</Classname> action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Arm()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the button was previously unset, this action does the following:
+if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is True, it draws the indicator shadow so that
+the indicator looks pressed; if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> is True, it fills
+the indicator with the color specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is False, it draws the
+button shadow so
+that the
+button looks pressed.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used as the button face.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the button was previously set, this action does the following:
+if both <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisibleWhenOff</SystemItem> are True, it
+draws the indicator shadow so that the indicator looks raised; if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> is True, it fills the indicator with the
+background color.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is False, it draws the button shadow
+so that the button looks raised.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used as the button face.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ArmAndActivate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the ToggleButton was previously set, unsets it; if the ToggleButton
+was previously unset, sets it.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a menu, this action
+unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy.
+Unless the button is already armed,
+it calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>Outside a menu, if the button was previously unset, this action does the
+following:
+if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is True, it draws the indicator shadow so that
+the indicator looks pressed; if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> is True, it fills
+the indicator with the color specified by
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is False, it draws the button shadow so that the
+button looks pressed.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used as the button face.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>Outside a menu, if the button was previously set, this action does the
+following:
+if both <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisibleWhenOff</SystemItem> are True, it
+draws the indicator shadow so that the indicator looks raised; if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> is True, it fills the indicator with the
+background color.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is False, it draws the button shadow so that the
+button looks raised.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used as the button face.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>BtnDown()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action unposts any menus posted by the ToggleButton's parent menu,
+disables keyboard traversal for the menu, and enables mouse traversal
+for the menu.
+It draws the shadow in the armed state
+and, unless the button is already armed, calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>BtnUp()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This action unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy.
+If the ToggleButton was previously set, unsets it; if the ToggleButton
+was previously unset, sets it.
+It calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks and then the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ButtonTakeFocus():</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Causes the ToggleButton to take keyboard focus
+when <Literal>Ctrl&lt;Btn1Down></Literal> is pressed, without activating the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Disarm()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Help()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a Pulldown or Popup MenuPane, unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy
+and restores keyboard focus to the widget that had the focus before
+the menu system was entered.
+Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help callbacks for this widget, this action calls the
+help callbacks for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>MenuShellPopdownOne()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a toplevel Pulldown MenuPane from a MenuBar, unposts the menu,
+disarms the MenuBar CascadeButton and the MenuBar, and restores keyboard
+focus to the widget that had the focus before the MenuBar was
+entered.
+In other Pulldown MenuPanes, unposts the menu.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a Popup MenuPane, unposts the menu and restores keyboard focus to the
+widget from which the menu was posted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>ProcessDrag()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Drags the contents of a ToggleButton label, identified when
+<Literal>BTransfer</Literal> is pressed.
+This action sets the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertProc</SystemItem> of the DragContext to a
+function that calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, for the <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property> selection.
+This action is undefined for ToggleButtons used in a menu system.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Select()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the pointer is within the button, takes the following actions:
+If the button was previously unset, sets it; if the button was
+previously set, unsets it.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>This widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>EnterWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, if keyboard traversal is enabled, this action does nothing.
+Otherwise, it draws the shadow in the armed state and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the ToggleButton is not in a menu and the cursor leaves and then
+reenters the ToggleButton's window while the button is pressed, this
+action restores the button's armed appearance.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>LeaveWindow</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, if keyboard traversal is enabled, this action does nothing.
+Otherwise, it draws the shadow in the unarmed state and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the ToggleButton is not in a menu and the cursor leaves the
+ToggleButton's window while the button is pressed, this action restores
+the button's unarmed appearance.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateToggleButton;, &cdeman.XmLabel;,
+&cdeman.XmPrimitive;, &cdeman.XmRowColumn;, &cdeman.XmToggleButtonGetState;,
+and &cdeman.XmToggleButtonSetState;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..36b2814
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,1337 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ToggleBB.sgm /main/15 1996/09/25 13:46:27 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN548.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmToggleButtonGadget</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmToggleButtonGadget</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The ToggleButtonGadget widget class
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmToggleButtonGadget</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class</Primary>
+<Secondary>ToggleButtonGadget</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>#include &lt;Xm/ToggleBG.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>ToggleButtonGadget sets nontransitory state data within an
+application. Usually this gadget consists of an indicator
+(square, diamond, or round)
+with either text or a pixmap on one side of it.
+However,
+it can also consist of just text or a pixmap without the indicator.
+</Para>
+<Para>The toggle graphics display a <Literal>1-of-many</Literal>, <Literal>N-of-many</Literal>, or
+<Literal>N-of-many-round</Literal> selection state.
+When a toggle indicator is displayed, a square indicator shows an
+<Literal>N-of-many</Literal>
+selection state, a diamond-shaped indicator shows a
+<Literal>1-of-many</Literal> selection state, and a circle-shaped indicator shows a
+<Literal>1-of-many-round</Literal> selection state.
+</Para>
+<Para>ToggleButtonGadget
+implies a set or unset state.
+In the case of a label and an indicator, an
+empty indicator (square, diamond, or round) indicates that
+ToggleButtonGadget
+is unset, and a filled indicator shows that it is
+set. The indicator may be filled with a check mark or the
+select color. In the case of a pixmap
+toggle, different pixmaps are used to display the set/unset
+states.
+ToggleButtonGadget can also indicate an indeterminate state. In the case of
+a label and an indicator, an indeterminate state is indicated by a
+stippled flat box.
+In the case of a pixmap toggle, a different pixmap is used to display
+the indeterminate state.
+</Para>
+<Para>The default behavior associated with a ToggleButtonGadget in a menu depends on
+the type of menu system in which it resides.
+By default, <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> controls the behavior of the ToggleButtonGadget.
+In addition, <KeySym>Btn3</KeySym> controls the behavior of the ToggleButtonGadget if
+it resides in a PopupMenu system.
+The actual mouse button used is determined by its RowColumn parent.
+</Para>
+<Para>Label's resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem> may
+be increased
+to accommodate the toggle indicator when it is created.
+</Para>
+<Para>ToggleButtonGadget uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol> and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>ToggleButtonGadget inherits behavior,
+resources, and traits from <Classname>Object</Classname>, <Classname>RectObj</Classname>, <Classname>XmGadget</Classname>
+and <Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmToggleButtonGadgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmToggleButtonGadget</Classname>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lowercase or uppercase, but include any
+underscores between
+words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G), or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmToggleButtonGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCArmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdetailShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDetailShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdisarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDisarmCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfillOnSelect</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFillOnSelect</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNindeterminatePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIndeterminatePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNindicatorOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIndicatorOn</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmINDICATOR_FILL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNindicatorSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIndicatorSize</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNindicatorType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCIndicatorType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNset</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSet</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSET</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNspacing</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSpacing</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>4</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtoggleMode</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCToggleMode</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTOGGLE_BOOLEAN</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunselectColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnselectColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvalueChangedCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCValueChangedCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvisibleWhenOff</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVisibleWhenOff</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks
+that is called when the ToggleButtonGadget is armed.
+To arm this gadget, press the active mouse button
+while the pointer is inside the ToggleButtonGadget.
+For this callback, the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdetailShadowThickness</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the thickness of the indicator shadow. The default thickness
+is 2 pixels.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks
+called when ToggleButtonGadget is disarmed.
+To disarm this gadget, press and release the active
+mouse button while the pointer is inside the ToggleButtonGadget.
+The gadget is also disarmed
+when the user moves out of the gadget
+and releases the mouse button when the pointer is outside the gadget.
+For this callback, the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_DISARM</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Fills the indicator with the color specified in
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem> and switches the top and bottom shadow
+colors when set to True. If unset, fills the indicator with the
+unselect color. If indeterminate, fills the indicator with
+half select color and half unselect color.
+Otherwise, it switches only the top
+and bottom shadow colors. The default is set
+True only if a box type of indicator
+(such as a check box) is specified, or if the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorType</SystemItem> is a
+<Literal>1-of</Literal> type and a toggle indicator is drawn.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> is True, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem> the ToggleButtonGadget's
+background is set to <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem>. For the other
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> values, only the indicator is filled with
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindeterminateInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to be displayed as the button face when
+the Label <Symbol>XmNlableType</Symbol> resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>,
+the ToggleButtonGadget <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem>,
+and the <Classname>Core</Classname> <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsensitive</SystemItem> resource is False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindeterminatePixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to be displayed as the button face when
+the Label <Symbol>XmNlableType</Symbol> resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>,
+the ToggleButtonGadget <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> resource is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem>,
+and the <Classname>Core</Classname> <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNsensitive</SystemItem> resource is True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies that if a toggle indicator is to be drawn, it will be drawn
+to one side of the toggle
+text or pixmap, depending on the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlayoutDirection</SystemItem> resource of
+the widget. The default value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_FILL</systemitem>.
+Toggles accept the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>No space is allocated
+for the indicator, and it is not displayed. Any shadows around the
+entire widget are switched when the toggle is selected or unselected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_BOX</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The toggle indicator is in the shape of a shadowed box.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_FILL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the value of the
+<literal>XmDisplay XmNenableToggleVisual</literal>
+resource is
+<literal>True</literal>
+, the visuals are those of
+<Symbol>XmINDICATOR_CHECK_BOX</Symbol>
+; if
+<literal>False</literal>
+, the indicator visuals are those of
+<Symbol>XmINDICATOR_BOX</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_CHECK</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The toggle indicator is in the shape of a checkmark in the
+foreground color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_CHECK_BOX</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The toggle indicator is in the shape of a checkmark enclosed in a box.
+This is the default if the <Literal>XmDisplay XmNenableToggleVisual</Literal>
+resource is set.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_CROSS_BOX</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The toggle indicator is in the shape of a cross enclosed in a box.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_CROSS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The toggle indicator is in the shape of a cross.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>All ToggleButton checks and crosses should be drawn in the
+foreground color.
+</Para>
+<Para>If this resource is not <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem>, it will control the
+appearance of the toggle visual. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is not
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem>, this resource
+shows a stippled flat box.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoggleMode</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_INDETERMINATE</SystemItem>, the label and the ToggleButton are stippled with
+a combination of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem> and
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunselectColor</SystemItem> color,
+and the border is flat.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorSize</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Sets the size of the indicator.
+If no value is specified, the size of the indicator is based on the size
+of the label string or pixmap.
+If the label string or pixmap changes, the size of the indicator is
+recomputed based on the size of the label string or pixmap.
+Once a
+value has been specified for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorSize</SystemItem>, the
+indicator has that size, regardless of the size of the label string or
+pixmap, until a new value is specified.
+The size of indicators inside menus may differ from those outside of menus.
+Note that a change in this resource may also cause a change in the
+values of the inherited resources <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginTop</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginBottom</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginLeft</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorType</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies if the indicator is a <Literal>1-of</Literal> or
+<Literal>N-of</Literal> indicator. For the <Literal>1-of</Literal> indicator, the
+value can be <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_ROUND</SystemItem>, or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_DIAMOND</SystemItem>.
+For the <Literal>N-of</Literal> indicator,
+the value is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN_OF_MANY</SystemItem>.
+This value specifies only the visuals and does not enforce the
+behavior. When the ToggleButton is in a radio box, the default is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY</SystemItem>; otherwise,
+the default is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN_OF_MANY</SystemItem>. Legal values
+are:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the Display <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableToggleVisual</systemitem>
+resource is set,
+indicators are drawn with the same appearance as
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_ROUND</systemitem>;
+otherwise, they appear the same as
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_DIAMOND</systemitem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN_OF_MANY</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The indicators are drawn as specified by the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</systemitem>
+resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_ROUND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A shadowed circle.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY_DIAMOND</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A shadowed diamond.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</variablelist>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to specify what color fills
+the center of the square, diamond-shaped, or round indicator when it is set.
+If this color is the same as either the top or the bottom shadow color of the
+indicator, a one-pixel-wide margin is left between the shadows and the fill;
+otherwise, it is filled completely.
+The results of this resource depend on the value of the Display
+resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableToggleColor</SystemItem>. A value of True causes the fill
+color to use the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHIGHLIGHT_COLOR</SystemItem> color by default. A value of False
+causes the fill
+color to use the background color.
+This resource's default for a color display is a color between the background
+and the bottom shadow color. For a monochrome display, the default is set to
+the foreground color. To set the background of the button to
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem>,
+the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> must be explicitly set to True.
+</Para>
+<Para>This resource can take the following values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDEFAULT_SELECT_COLOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Is the same as the current dynamic default, which is a color between
+the background and the bottom shadow color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmREVERSED_GROUND_COLORS</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Forces the select color to the
+foreground color and causes the default color of any text rendered over the
+select color to be in the background color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHIGHLIGHT_COLOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Forces the fill color to use the highlight color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, fix XmNindicatorOn ref"
+.LI "&bsol;*LXmNselectColor&bsol;*O"
+Allows the application to specify what color fills the center of the
+square, diamond-shaped, or round indicator when it is set.  If this color is
+the same as either the top or the bottom shadow color of the indicator,
+a one-pixel-wide margin is left between the shadows and the fill;  otherwise,
+it is filled completely.  This resource's default for a color display is
+a color between the background and the bottom shadow color.  For a
+monochrome display, the default is set to the foreground color.  To set
+the background of the button to &bsol;*LXmNselectColor&bsol;*O when
+&bsol;*LXmNindicatorOn&bsol;*O is &bsol;*LXmINDICATOR_NONE&bsol;*O, the value of
+&bsol;*LXmNfillOnSelect&bsol;*O must
+be explicitly set to True.
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, fix XmNindicatorOn ref"
+-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pixmap used as the button face when the ToggleButtonGadget
+is selected,
+the button is insensitive, and the LabelGadget resource <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem>
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>. If the ToggleButtonGadget
+is unselected and the button is insensitive, the pixmap in
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem> is used as the button face.
+If no value is specified for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem>, that
+resource is set to the value specified for
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectInsensitivePixmap</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectPixmap</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pixmap to be used as the button
+face if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem> and
+the ToggleButtonGadget is selected.
+When the ToggleButtonGadget is unselected,
+the pixmap specified in LabelGadget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is used.
+If no value is specified for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem>, that resource is set
+to the value specified for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectPixmap</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Represents the state of the ToggleButton. A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem> indicates
+that the ToggleButton is not set. A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem> indicates that
+the ToggleButton is set. A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem> indicates that the
+ToggleButton is in an indeterminate state (neither set nor unset).
+The ToggleButton states cycle through in the order of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem> (if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoggleMode</SystemItem> is set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_INDETERMINATE</SystemItem>), and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem>, and then
+back around to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem>. If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoggleMode</SystemItem> is
+set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_BOOLEAN</SystemItem>, then the ToggleButton states cycle
+through in the order of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem>, then <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem>, and then
+back around to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem>.
+Setting this resource sets the state of the
+ToggleButton.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNspacing</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the amount of spacing between the toggle indicator and the
+toggle label (text or pixmap).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoggleMode</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the mode of the ToggleButtonGadget as either
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_BOOLEAN</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_INDETERMINATE</SystemItem>. The
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_INDETERMINATE</SystemItem> value allows the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> resource to
+be able to accept the values <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem>. The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtoggleMode</SystemItem> resource is forced to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_BOOLEAN</SystemItem> if the toggle is in an <Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname> widget
+whose radio behavior is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmONE_OF_MANY</SystemItem>. In
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTOGGLE_BOOLEAN</SystemItem> mode, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> resource can only accept
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunselectColor</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Allows the application to specify what color fills
+the center of the square, diamond-shaped, or round indicator when it
+is not set.
+If this color is the same as either the top or the bottom shadow color of the
+indicator, a one-pixel-wide margin is left between the shadows and the fill;
+otherwise, it is filled completely.
+This resource's default for a color display is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem>.
+For a monochrome display, the default is set to
+the background color. To set the background of the button to
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNunselectColor</SystemItem> when <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDICATOR_NONE</SystemItem>, the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> must be explicitly set to True. This resource
+acts like the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem> resource, but for the case when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNset</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks
+called when the ToggleButtonGadget value
+is changed. To change the value,
+press and release the active mouse button while the pointer
+is inside the ToggleButtonGadget. This action
+also causes the gadget to be disarmed.
+For this callback, the reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisibleWhenOff</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the toggle indicator is visible in the unselected state when
+the Boolean value is True.
+When the ToggleButtonGadget is in a menu, the default value is False.
+When the ToggleButtonGadget is in a RadioBox, the default value is True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>ToggleButtonGadget inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses described in the following tables.
+For a complete description of each resource, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmLabelGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerator</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNacceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAcceleratorText</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNalignment</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAlignment</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelInsensitivePixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCXmString</Entry>
+<Entry>XmString</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLabelType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>XmSTRING</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginBottom</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginLeft</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginRight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginTop</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonic</Entry>
+<Entry>KeySym</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMnemonicCharSet</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRecomputeSize</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNstringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmStringDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmGadget Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNONE</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>RectObj Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>N/A</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Object Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">set</Symbol>;
+} XmToggleButtonCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">set</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Reflects the ToggleButtonGadget's state, either
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem> (selected), <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem> (unselected), or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem> (neither).
+Note that the reported state is the state that the ToggleButtonGadget
+is in after the <Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol> has been processed. For example,
+suppose that a user clicks on a ToggleButtonGadget to change it from
+the unselected state to the selected state. In this case,
+ToggleButtonGadget changes the value of <Symbol Role="Variable">set</Symbol> from <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmUNSET</SystemItem>
+to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSET</SystemItem> prior to calling the callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmToggleButtonGadget -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Behavior</Title>
+<Para><Classname>XmToggleButtonGadget</Classname> includes behavior from <Classname>XmGadget</Classname>.
+<Classname>XmToggleButtonGadget</Classname> includes menu traversal behavior from <Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname>.
+Additional <Classname>XmToggleButtonGadget</Classname> behavior is described in the
+following list:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Drags the contents of a ToggleButtonGadget label, identified when
+<KeySym>Btn2</KeySym> is pressed.
+This action is undefined for ToggleButtonGadgets used in a menu system.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, this action unposts any menus posted by the ToggleButtonGadget's
+parent menu,
+disables keyboard traversal for the menu, and enables mouse traversal
+for the menu.
+It draws the shadow in the armed state
+and, unless the button is already armed, calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>Outside a menu, if the button was previously unset, this action does the
+following:
+if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is True, it draws the indicator shadow so that
+the indicator looks pressed; if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> is True, it fills
+the indicator with the color specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is False, it draws the button shadow so that the
+button looks pressed.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used as the button face.
+This resource calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>Outside a menu, if the button was previously set, this action does the
+following:
+if both <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisibleWhenOff</SystemItem> are True, it
+draws the indicator shadow so that the indicator looks raised; if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> is True, it fills the indicator with the
+background color.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is False, it draws the button shadow so that the
+button looks raised.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used as the button face.
+This resource calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, this action
+unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy.
+If the ToggleButtonGadget was previously set, this action
+unsets it; if the ToggleButtonGadget
+was previously unset, this action sets it.
+It calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks and then the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the button is outside a menu and the pointer is within the button,
+this action does the following:
+if the button was previously unset, sets it; if the button was
+previously set, unsets it.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the button is outside a menu, this action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a Pulldown or Popup MenuPane, unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy
+and,
+when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores keyboard focus to the widget that had the focus before
+the menu system was entered.
+Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help callbacks for this widget, this action calls the
+help callbacks for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, this action unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy.
+Unless the button is already armed, this action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks; and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks. Outside a menu,
+if the parent is a manager, this action passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the ToggleButtonGadget was previously set, this action unsets it; if the
+ToggleButtonGadget was previously unset, this action sets it.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a menu, this action
+unposts all menus in the menu hierarchy.
+Unless the button is already armed,
+this action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>,
+the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>Outside a menu, if the button was previously unset, this action does the
+following:
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is True, it draws the indicator shadow so that
+the indicator looks pressed; if <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> is True, it fills
+the indicator with the color specified by <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectColor</SystemItem>.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is False, it draws the button shadow so that the
+button looks pressed.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem>
+is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used as the button face.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>Outside a menu, if the button was previously set, this action does the
+following:
+If both <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvisibleWhenOff</SystemItem> are True, it
+draws the indicator shadow so that the indicator looks raised; if
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfillOnSelect</SystemItem> is True, it fills the indicator with the
+background color.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNindicatorOn</SystemItem> is False, it draws the button shadow so that the
+button looks raised.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmPIXMAP</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlabelPixmap</SystemItem> is
+used as the button face.
+Calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a toplevel Pulldown MenuPane from a MenuBar, unposts the menu,
+disarms the MenuBar CascadeButton and the MenuBar, and,
+when the shell's keyboard focus policy is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmEXPLICIT</SystemItem>,
+restores keyboard
+focus to the widget that had the focus before the MenuBar was
+entered.
+In other Pulldown MenuPanes, this action unposts the menu.
+Outside a menu, if the parent is a manager, this action passes the event to the
+parent.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a Popup MenuPane, this action unposts the menu and restores keyboard focus to the
+widget from which the menu was posted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Enter</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, if keyboard traversal is enabled, this action does nothing.
+Otherwise, it draws the shadow in the armed state and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the ToggleButtonGadget is not in a menu and the cursor leaves and then
+reenters the ToggleButtonGadget while the button is pressed, this
+action restores the button's armed appearance.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Leave</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In a menu, if keyboard traversal is enabled, this action does nothing.
+Otherwise, it draws the shadow in the unarmed state and calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdisarmCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the ToggleButtonGadget is not in a menu and the cursor leaves the
+ToggleButtonGadget while the button is pressed, this action restores
+the button's unarmed appearance.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys, see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Object;,
+&cdeman.RectObj;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateToggleButtonGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmLabelGadget;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState;, and
+&cdeman.XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..382a131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ToggleBC.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:19:11 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN549.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A ToggleButtonGadget function that obtains the state of a ToggleButtonGadget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmToggleButtonGadgetGet\\%State</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>ToggleButtonGadget functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmToggleButtonGadgetGet\\%State</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ToggleBG.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState</Function> obtains the state of a ToggleButtonGadget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ToggleButtonGadget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ToggleButtonGadget and
+its associated resources, see &cdeman.XmToggleButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the button is selected and False if the button is
+unselected.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmToggleButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2434890
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ToggleBD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:10:42 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN550.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A ToggleButtonGadget function that sets or changes the current state
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmToggleButtonGadgetSet\\%State</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>ToggleButtonGadget functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmToggleButtonGadgetSet\\%State</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ToggleBG.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, state, notify</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>state</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>notify</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState</Function> sets or changes the ToggleButtonGadget's
+current state.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ToggleButtonGadget widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">state</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the ToggleButtonGadget state is
+selected or unselected. If the value is True, the button state is selected;
+if it is False, the button state is unselected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">notify</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> is called;
+it can be either True or False.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> is only called when this function
+changes the state of the ToggleButtonGadget.
+When this argument is True and the ToggleButtonGadget is a child of a
+RowColumn widget whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNradioBehavior</SystemItem> is True, setting the
+ToggleButtonGadget causes other ToggleButton and ToggleButtonGadget
+children of the RowColumn to be unselected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ToggleButtonGadget and
+its associated resources, see &cdeman.XmToggleButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmToggleButtonGadget;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c2b754e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ToggleBE.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:19:32 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN551.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmToggleButtonGetState</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmToggleButtonGetState</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A ToggleButton function that obtains the state of a ToggleButton
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmToggleButtonGetState</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>ToggleButton functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmToggleButtonGetState</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ToggleB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmToggleButtonGetState</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmToggleButtonGetState</Function> obtains the state of a ToggleButton.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ToggleButton widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ToggleButton and
+its associated resources, see &cdeman.XmToggleButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the button is selected and False if the button is unselected.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmToggleButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8e350ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ToggleBF.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:10:50 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN552.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmToggleButtonSetState</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmToggleButtonSetState</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A ToggleButton function that sets or changes the current state
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmToggleButtonSetState</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>ToggleButton functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmToggleButtonSetState</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ToggleB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmToggleButtonSetState</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, state, notify</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>state</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>notify</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmToggleButtonSetState</Function> sets or changes the ToggleButton's current state.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ToggleButton widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">state</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the ToggleButton state is
+selected or unselected. If the value is True, the button state is selected;
+if it is False, the button state is unselected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">notify</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> is called;
+it can be either True or False.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> is only called when this function
+changes the state of the ToggleButton.
+When this argument is True and the ToggleButton is a child of a
+RowColumn widget whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNradioBehavior</SystemItem> is True, setting the
+ToggleButton causes other ToggleButton and ToggleButtonGadget
+children of the RowColumn to be unselected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ToggleButton and
+its associated resources, see &cdeman.XmToggleButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmToggleButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBG.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBG.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3f6012b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/ToggleBG.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: ToggleBG.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:10:58 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN553.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmToggleButtonSetValue</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmToggleButtonSetValue</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A ToggleButton function that sets or changes the current state
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmToggleButtonSetValue</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>ToggleButton functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmToggleButtonSetValue</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/ToggleB.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmToggleButtonSetValue</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, state, notify</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmToggleButtonState <Parameter>state</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>notify</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmToggleButtonSetValue</Function> sets or changes the ToggleButton's current state.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ToggleButton widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">state</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the ToggleButton state is
+selected or unselected. If the value is True, the button state is selected;
+if it is False, the button state is unselected, if it is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmINDETERMINATE</SystemItem>, the button state is neither.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">notify</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> is called;
+it can be either True or False.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> is only called when this function
+changes the state of the ToggleButton.
+When this argument is True and the ToggleButton is a child of a
+RowColumn widget whose <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNradioBehavior</SystemItem> is True, setting the
+ToggleButton causes other ToggleButton and ToggleButtonGadget
+children of the RowColumn to be unselected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of ToggleButton and
+its associated resources, see &cdeman.XmToggleButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmToggleButton;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TrackE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TrackE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a7d07c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TrackE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TrackE.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:11:06 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN554.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTrackingEvent</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTrackingEvent</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Toolkit function that provides a modal interaction
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTrackingEvent</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Toolkit functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTrackingEvent</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmTrackingEvent</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, cursor, confine_to, event_return</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cursor <Parameter>cursor</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>confine_to</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XEvent *<Parameter>event_return</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTrackingEvent</Function> provides a modal interface for selection of a
+component.
+It is intended to support context help.
+The function
+calls the <Function>XmUpdateDisplay</Function> function.
+<Function>XmTrackingEvent</Function> then grabs
+the pointer and discards succeeding events until
+<Literal>BSelect</Literal> is released or a key is pressed and then released.
+The function then returns the widget or gadget that contains the
+pointer when <Literal>BSelect</Literal> is released or a key is
+released, and ungrabs the pointer.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of a widget to use as the basis of the modal
+interaction. That is, the widget within which the interaction must
+occur, usually a top-level shell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">cursor</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the cursor to be used for the pointer during the interaction.
+This is a standard X cursor name.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">confine_to</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether or not the cursor should be confined to <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the ButtonRelease or KeyRelease event that causes the function
+to return.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget or gadget that contains the pointer when <Literal>BSelect</Literal>
+is released or a key is released. If no widget or gadget contains the
+pointer, the function returns NULL.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTrackingLocate;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TrackL.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TrackL.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4cb975e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TrackL.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TrackL.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:11:14 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN555.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTrackingLocate</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTrackingLocate</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Toolkit function that provides a modal interaction
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTrackingLocate</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Toolkit functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTrackingLocate</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmTrackingLocate</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, cursor, confine_to</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Cursor <Parameter>cursor</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>confine_to</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTrackingLocate</Function> provides a modal interface for selection of a
+component.
+It is intended to support context help.
+This function is implemented as <Function>XmTrackingEvent</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>NOTE:</Literal> This function is obsolete and exists for compatibility with
+previous releases. It has been replaced by <Function>XmTrackingEvent</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of a widget to use as the basis of the modal
+interaction. That is, the widget within which the interaction must
+occur, usually a top-level shell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">cursor</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the cursor to be used for the pointer during the interaction.
+This is a standard X cursor name.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">confine_to</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether or not the cursor should be confined to <Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the widget or gadget that contains the pointer when <Literal>BSelect</Literal>
+is released or a key is released. If no widget or gadget contains the
+pointer, the function returns NULL.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTrackingEvent;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..95baee7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TransfA.sgm /main/8 1996/08/30 16:20:20 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN556.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTransferDone</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTransferDone</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A toolkit function that completes a data transfer
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTransferDone</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>toolkit functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTransferDone</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="not-ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+<?sml-space \n(PDu></FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTransferDone</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>transfer_id, status</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>transfer_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTransferStatus <Parameter>status</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTransferDone</Function> completes an already-initiated data transfer
+operation.
+An application can call this routine from an
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedure or any function called as a
+result, including the selection procedures called as a result of calls
+to <Function>XmTransferValue</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The caller of <Function>XmTransferDone</Function> supplies an identifier for the
+transfer operation and an indication of the completion status.
+<Function>XmTransferDone</Function> causes any remaining transfers for the operation to
+be discarded.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>transfer_id</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a unique indentifier for the data transfer operation.
+The value must be the same as the value of the <Literal>transfer_id</Literal> member
+of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName> passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">status</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the completion status of the data transfer.
+Following are the possible values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRANSFER_DONE_SUCCEED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The transfer was completed successfully.
+This status has the following additional effects:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For a move operation, the selection owner receives a request to convert
+the selection to the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a <Symbol Role="Define">TRANSACT</Symbol> operation is in progress, the owner receives a
+request to commit the transaction.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a <Symbol Role="Define">PERSIST</Symbol> or <Property>_MOTIF_SNAPSHOT</Property> operation is in progress,
+the owner receives a notification that the operation is finished.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget class destination procedure is not called.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRANSFER_DONE_FAIL</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The transfer was completed unsuccessfully.
+This status has the following additional effects:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For a move operation, the selection owner does not receive a request to
+convert the selection to the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>For a drag and drop operation, the DropTransfer's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtransferStatus</SystemItem> is set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRANSFER_FAILURE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a <Symbol Role="Define">TRANSACT</Symbol> operation is in progress, the owner receives a
+request to abort the transaction.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a <Symbol Role="Define">PERSIST</Symbol> or <Property>_MOTIF_SNAPSHOT</Property> operation is in
+progress, the owner receives a notification that the operation
+is finished.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget class destination procedure is not called.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRANSFER_DONE_CONTINUE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This status has the same effect as <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRANSFER_DONE_SUCCEED</SystemItem>, except
+that if a <Symbol Role="Define">PERSIST</Symbol> or <Property>_MOTIF_SNAPSHOT</Property> operation is
+in progress, the
+owner does not receive a notification that the operation is finished.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTRANSFER_DONE_DEFAULT</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget class destination procedure is called.
+Further effects depend on the actions of that procedure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTransferSendRequest;,
+&cdeman.XmTransferStartRequest;,
+&cdeman.XmTransferStartRequest;,
+and
+&cdeman.XmTransferValue;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5a2ff2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TransfB.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 21:11:22 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN557.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTransferSendRequest</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTransferSendRequest</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A toolkit function that transfers a MULTIPLE request
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTransferSendRequest</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>toolkit functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTransferSendRequest</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="not-ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Transfer.h>
+<?sml-space \n(PDu></FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTransferSendRequest</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>XtPointer, Time</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>transfer_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>time</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTransferSendRequest</Function> marks the end of a MULTIPLE request
+started by <Function>XmTransferStartRequest</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>transfer_id</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a unique indentifier for the data transfer operation.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time of the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the data transfer.
+You should typically set this field to <Symbol>XtLastTimestampProcessed</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTransferSetParameters;,
+&cdeman.XmTransferStartRequest;,
+and
+&cdeman.XmTransferValue;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e424de7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TransfC.sgm /main/8 1996/08/30 16:20:38 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN558.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTransferSetParameters</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTransferSetParameters</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A toolkit function that establishes parameters to be passed by the next call to XmTransferValue
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTransferSetParameters</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>toolkit functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTransferSetParameters</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="not-ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Transfer.h>
+<?sml-space \n(PDu></FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTransferSetParameters</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>transfer_id, parm, parm_fmt, parm_length, parm_type</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>transfer_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>parm</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>parm_fmt</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>unsigned long <Parameter>parm_length</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>parm_type</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTransferSetParameters</Function> establishes a parameter definition.
+Your application calls <Function>XmTransferSetParameters</Function> just before calling
+<Function>XmTransferValue</Function>, and only if <Function>XmTransferValue</Function> needs
+to transfer a value containing a parameter.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>transfer_id</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a unique indentifier for the data transfer operation.
+The value must be the same as the value of the <Literal>transfer_id</Literal> member
+of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName> passed to the
+<Function>XmNdestinationCallback</Function> procedure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies parameters to be passed to the conversion routine (and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, if any) of the widget that owns the
+selection.
+The type and length of parameters are target-specific.
+If the target takes no parameters, the value is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm_fmt</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of
+8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit quantities.
+Possible values are 0 (when <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> is NULL), 8, 16, and 32.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of elements of data in <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol>, where each
+element has the number of bits specified by <Symbol Role="Variable">parm_fmt</Symbol>.
+When <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> is NULL, the value is 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parm_type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of <Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTransferSendRequest;,
+&cdeman.XmTransferStartRequest;, and
+&cdeman.XmTransferValue;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..928664b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TransfD.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:11:30 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN559.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTransferStartRequest</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTransferStartRequest</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A toolkit function that begins a MULTIPLE transfer
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTransferStartRequest</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>toolkit functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTransferStartRequest</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="not-ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Transfer.h>
+<?sml-space \n(PDu></FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTransferStartRequest</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>transfer_id</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>transfer_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTransferStartRequest</Function> begins a <Symbol Role="Define">MULTIPLE</Symbol> request.
+The <Symbol Role="Define">MULTIPLE</Symbol> request may contain one or more calls to
+<Function>XmTransferValue</Function>. Your application concludes a
+<Symbol Role="Define">MULTIPLE</Symbol> request by calling <Function>XmTransferSendRequest</Function>.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmTransferStartRequest</Function> is typically called by a destination callback
+or by a transfer procedure.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>transfer_id</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a unique indentifier for the data transfer operation.
+You should use the <Literal>transfer_id</Literal> passed in the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName> or <StructName Role="typedef">XmSelectionCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTransferSetParameters;,
+&cdeman.XmTransferSendRequest;,
+and
+&cdeman.XmTransferValue;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfV.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfV.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7b2590b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TransfV.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TransfV.sgm /main/11 1996/08/31 18:08:44 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN560.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTransferValue</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTransferValue</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A toolkit function that transfers data to a destination
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTransferValue</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>toolkit functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTransferValue</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="not-ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+<?sml-space \n(PDu></FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTransferValue</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>transfer_id, target, proc, client_data, time</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>transfer_id</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Atom <Parameter>target</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>proc</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtPointer <Parameter>client_data</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>time</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTransferValue</Function> converts a selection, transferring any data from
+the selection owner, in the context of an already-initiated data
+transfer operation.
+An application can call this routine from an
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedure or any function called as a
+result.
+</Para>
+<Para>The caller of <Function>XmTransferValue</Function> supplies the target to which the
+selection is converted.
+The caller also supplies a callback procedure to handle the data that
+results from the conversion.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>transfer_id</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a unique indentifier for the data transfer operation.
+The value must be the same as the value of the <Literal>transfer_id</Literal> member
+of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName> passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the target to which the selection is to be converted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">proc</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a callback procedure to be invoked when the selection has been
+converted and the data, if any, is available.
+This procedure is responsible for inserting or otherwise handling any
+data transferred.
+The procedure can also terminate the data transfer by calling
+<Function>XmTransferDone</Function>.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">proc</Symbol> receives three arguments:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget that requested the conversion
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol> argument
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A pointer to an <StructName Role="typedef">XmSelectionCallbackStruct</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>This procedure can be called before or after <Function>XmTransferValue</Function>
+returns.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies data to be passed to the callback procedure (the value of the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">proc</Symbol> argument) when the selection has been converted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time of the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the data transfer.
+You should typically set this field to <Function>XtLastTimestampProcessed</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The callback procedure (the value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">proc</Symbol> argument) receives a
+pointer to an <StructName Role="typedef">XmSelectionCallbackStruct</StructName>, which has the following
+definition:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">transfer_id</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">remaining</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>;
+        unsigned long <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>;
+} XmSelectionCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the selection that has been converted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the target to which <Function>XmTransferValue</Function> requested
+conversion.
+The value is the same as the value of the <Symbol Role="Variable">target</Symbol> argument to
+<Function>XmTransferValue</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of the selection value.
+This is not the target, but the type used to represent the target.
+The value <Symbol Role="Define">XT_CONVERT_FAIL</Symbol> means that the selection owner did not
+respond to the conversion request within the Intrinsics selection
+timeout interval.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>transfer_id</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a unique indentifier for the data transfer operation.
+The value is the same as the value of the <Literal>transfer_id</Literal> argument to
+<Function>XmTransferValue</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This member is currently unused.
+The value is always <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSELECTION_DEFAULT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">remaining</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the number of transfers remaining for the operation specified
+by <Literal>transfer_id</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Represents the data transferred by this request.
+The application is responsible for freeing the value by calling
+<Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the number of elements of data in
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>, where each element has the size symbolized by <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>.
+If <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> is NULL, <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol> is 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether the data in <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> should be viewed as a list of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>, or <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol> quantities.
+Possible values are 8 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">char</Symbol>),
+16 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">short</Symbol>), or 32 (for a list of <Symbol Role="Variable">long</Symbol>).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTransferSetParameters;,
+&cdeman.XmTransferSendRequest;,
+and
+&cdeman.XmTransferStartRequest;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Translat.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Translat.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..eebbc46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Translat.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Translat.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:11:37 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN561.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTranslateKey</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTranslateKey</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The default keycode-to-keysym translator
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTranslateKey</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTranslateKey</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>display, keycode, modifiers, modifiers_return, keysym_return</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Display *<Parameter>display</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>KeyCode <Parameter>keycode</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Modifiers <Parameter>modifiers</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Modifiers *<Parameter>modifiers_return</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>KeySym *<Parameter>keysym_return</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTranslateKey</Function> is the default <Symbol>XtKeyProc</Symbol> translation
+procedure for Motif applications. The function takes a keycode
+and modifiers and returns the corresponding keysym.
+</Para>
+<Para><Function>XmTranslateKey</Function> serves two main purposes: to enable new translators
+with expanded functionality to get the default
+Motif keycode-to-keysym translation in addition to whatever they add,
+and to reinstall the default translator. This function enables
+keysyms defined by the Motif virtual bindings to be used when an
+application requires its own XtKeyProc to be installed.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">display</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the display that the keycode is from
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">keycode</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the keycode to translate
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">modifiers</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the modifier keys to be applied to the keycode
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">modifiers_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a mask of the modifier keys actually used to generate
+the keysym (an AND of <Symbol Role="Variable">modifiers</Symbol> and any default modifiers
+applied by the currently registered translator)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">keysym_return</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to the resulting keysym
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtClear.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtClear.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7e3ef7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtClear.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtClear.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:11:45 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN468.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextClearSelection</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextClearSelection</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that clears the primary selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextClearSelection</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextClearSelection</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextClearSelection</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, time</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>time</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextClearSelection</Function> clears the primary selection in the Text widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the server time at which the selection value is desired. This
+should be the time of the event that triggered this request.
+One source of a valid time stamp is the function <Literal>XtLastTimestampProcessed()</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtCopy.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtCopy.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bd9816e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtCopy.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtCopy.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:11:53 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN469.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextCopy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextCopy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextCopy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextCopy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextCopy</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, time</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>time</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextCopy</Function> copies the primary selected text to the clipboard.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName> set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> member set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the server time at which the selection value is to be modified. This
+should be the time of the event which triggered this request.
+One source of a valid time stamp is the function <Literal>XtLastTimestampProcessed()</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<!---->
+<Para>This function returns False if the primary selection is NULL, if the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> does not own the primary selection, if the function is
+unable to gain ownership of the clipboard selection, or if no data is
+placed on the clipboard.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtCopyL.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtCopyL.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..50c6817
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtCopyL.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtCopyL.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:21:30 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN470.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextCopyLink</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextCopyLink</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that copies a link to the primary selection to the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextCopyLink</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextCopyLink</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextCopyLink</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, time</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>time</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextCopyLink</Function> copies a link to the primary selected text to the
+clipboard.
+This routine calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName> set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> member set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+The Text widget itself does not copy any links; <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures are responsible for copying the link to the clipboard and for
+taking any related actions.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time of the transfer.
+This should be the time of the event which triggered this request.
+One source of a valid time stamp is the function
+<Function>XtLastTimestampProcessed</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns False if the primary selection is NULL, if the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> does not own the primary selection, if the function is
+unable to gain ownership of the clipboard selection, or if no data is
+placed on the clipboard.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtCut.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtCut.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5929c15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtCut.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtCut.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:12:01 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN471.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextCut</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextCut</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard and deletes the selected text
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextCut</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextCut</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextCut</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, time</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>time</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextCut</Function> copies the primary selected text to the clipboard and
+then deletes the primary selected text.
+This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the resulting
+data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName> set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> member set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>.
+If the transfer is successful, this routine then calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection
+and the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the server time at which the selection value is to be modified. This
+should be the time of the event that triggered this request.
+One source of a valid time stamp is the function <Literal>XtLastTimestampProcessed()</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<!---->
+<Para>This function returns False if the primary selection is NULL, if the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> does not own the primary selection, if the function is
+unable to gain ownership of the clipboard selection, or if no data is
+placed on the clipboard.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtDisab.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtDisab.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2bcdfa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtDisab.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtDisab.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:12:09 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN472.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextDisableRedisplay</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextDisableRedisplay</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that temporarily
+prevents visual update of the Text widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextDisableRedisplay</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextDisableRedisplay</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextDisableRedisplay</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextDisableRedisplay</Function> prevents redisplay of the specified
+Text widget even though its visual attributes have been
+modified. The visual appearance of the widget remains
+unchanged until <Function>XmTextEnableRedisplay</Function> is called,
+although the insertion cursor is not displayed.
+This allows an application to make multiple changes to
+the widget without causing intermediate visual updates.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextEnableRedisplay;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtEnabl.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtEnabl.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8f1365a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtEnabl.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtEnabl.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:12:17 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN473.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextEnableRedisplay</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextEnableRedisplay</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that forces the
+visual update of a Text widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextEnableRedisplay</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextEnableRedisplay</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextEnableRedisplay</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextEnableRedisplay</Function> is used in conjunction with
+<Function>XmTextDisableRedisplay</Function>, which suppresses visual update
+of the Text widget. When <Function>XmTextEnableRedisplay</Function> is
+called, it determines if any visual attributes have been set
+or modified for the specified widget since <Function>XmTextDisableRedisplay</Function>
+was called. If so, it forces the widget to update its visual display for
+all of the intervening changes. Any subsequent changes that affect
+visual appearance cause the widget to update its visual display.
+This function also causes the insertion cursor, which is not shown
+while redisplay is disabled, to be restored.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextDisableRedisplay;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..53f9710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,3336 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAA.sgm /main/15 1996/09/25 15:57:20 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN474.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextField</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Classname>XmTextField</Classname></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The TextField class
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The TextField widget provides a single line text editor for customizing
+both user and programmatic interfaces. It is used for single-line
+string entry, and forms entry with verification procedures.
+It provides an application with a consistent editing system for
+textual data.
+</Para>
+<Para>TextField provides separate callback lists to verify
+movement of the insert cursor, modification of the text, and
+changes in input focus. Each of
+these callbacks provides the verification function with the
+widget instance, the event that caused the callback, and a
+data structure specific to the verification type. From this
+information, the function can verify if the application considers
+this to be a legitimate state change and can signal the widget
+whether to continue with the action.
+</Para>
+<Para>The user interface tailors a new set of actions.
+The key bindings have been added for insert cursor movement, deletion,
+insertion, and selection of text.
+</Para>
+<Para>TextField allows the user to select regions of text.
+Selection is based on the model specified in the <Emphasis>Inter-Client
+Communication Conventions Manual</Emphasis> (ICCCM).
+TextField supports primary and secondary selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>TextField uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol>, and
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol> traits,
+and holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol>
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtransfer</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<Para>If an application or widget calls the <Literal>setValue</Literal> trait method
+of <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol>, then <Classname>XmTextField</Classname> will call
+<Function>XmTextFieldSetString</Function> to set the string value.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Data Transfer Behavior</Title>
+<Para>TextField supports transfer of the primary, secondary, and clipboard
+selections and dragging of selected text from the widget.
+TextField can also be the destination for the primary, secondary, and
+clipboard selections, and it supports dropping of data being dragged
+onto the widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>When the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures are called, the
+<Literal>location_data</Literal> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName> member
+is NULL if the selected text is being transferred.
+If the entire text, not the selected text, is being transferred, the
+value of this member is the widget ID of the TextField widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>As a source of data, TextField supports the following targets and
+associated conversions of data to these targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">locale</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the <Symbol Role="Variable">locale</Symbol> target matches the widget's locale, the widget
+transfers the selected text in the encoding of the locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the selected text as type <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the selected text as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the selected text is fully convertible to the encoding of the locale,
+the widget transfers the selected text in the encoding of the locale.
+Otherwise, the widget transfers the selected text as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget deletes the selected text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_CLIPBOARD_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets to which
+the widget can convert data to be placed on the clipboard immediately.
+These include the following targets:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The encoding of the locale, if the selected text is fully convertible to
+the encoding of the locale
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, if the selected text is fully convertible to <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_EXPORT_TARGETS</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets to be
+used as the value of the DragContext's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNexportTargets</SystemItem> in a
+drag-and-drop transfer.
+These include <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, the encoding of the locale,
+<Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_LOSE_SELECTION</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget takes the following actions:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When losing the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection, it unhighlights the selected
+text and calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosePrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When losing the <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> selection, it removes the secondary
+selection highlight.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When losing the <Property>_MOTIF_DESTINATION</Property> selection, if the widget does
+not have focus it changes the cursor to indicate that the widget is no
+longer the destination.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>As a source of data, TextField also supports the following standard
+Motif targets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNbackground</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLASS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_CLASS</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the
+current locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CLIENT_WINDOW</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy and transfers
+its window as type <Symbol Role="Define">WINDOW</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcolormap</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">COLORMAP</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNforeground</SystemItem> as type <Symbol Role="Define">PIXEL</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">NAME</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget finds the first shell in the widget hierarchy that has a
+<Property>WM_NAME</Property> property and transfers the contents as text in the current
+locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TARGETS</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers, as type <Symbol Role="Define">ATOM</Symbol>, a list of the targets it
+supports.
+These include the standard targets in this list.
+These also include <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>, the encoding of the locale,
+<Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>, and <Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">TIMESTAMP</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers the timestamp used to acquire the selection as type
+<Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_RENDER_TABLE</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> if it exists, or else the
+default text render table, as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Property>_MOTIF_ENCODING_REGISTRY</Property></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The widget transfers its encoding registry as type <Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>.
+The value is a list of NULL separated items in the
+form of tag encoding pairs.
+This target symbolizes the transfer target for the
+Motif Segment Encoding Registry.
+Widgets and applications can use this Registry to register
+text encoding formats for specified render table tags.
+Applications access this Registry by calling
+<Function>XmRegisterSegmentEncoding</Function> and <Function>XmMapSegmentEncoding</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>As a destination for data, TextField chooses a target and requests
+conversion of the selection to that target.
+If the encoding of the locale is present in the list of available
+targets, TextField chooses a requested target from the available targets
+in the following order of preference:
+</Para>
+<OrderedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">TEXT</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The encoding of the locale
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</OrderedList>
+<Para>If the encoding of the locale is not present in the list of available
+targets, TextField chooses a requested target from the available targets
+in the following order of preference:
+</Para>
+<OrderedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_TEXT</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</OrderedList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Classes</Title>
+<Para>TextField widget inherits behavior, resources, and traits from <Classname>Core</Classname>
+and <Emphasis>Primitive</Emphasis>.
+<!--no-op:  .rS--></Para>
+<Para>The class pointer is <Symbol Role="Globalvar">xmTextFieldWidgetClass</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The class name is <Classname>XmTextField</Classname>.
+<!--no-op:  .rE--></Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>New Resources</Title>
+<Para>The following table defines a set of widget resources used by the programmer
+to specify data. The programmer can also set the resource values for the
+inherited classes to set attributes for this widget. To reference a
+resource by name or by class in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmC</SystemItem> prefix and use the remaining letters. To specify one of the defined
+values for a resource in a <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename> file, remove the <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm</SystemItem> prefix and use
+the remaining letters (in either lower case or upper case, but include any
+underscores between words).
+The codes in the access column indicate if the given resource can be
+set at creation time (C),
+set by using <Function>XtSetValues</Function> (S),
+retrieved by using <Function>XtGetValues</Function> (G),
+or is not applicable (N/A).
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmTextFieldResource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNactivateCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNblinkRate</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBlinkRate</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>500</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolumns</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColumns</Entry>
+<Entry>short</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcursorPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCursorPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTextPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcursorPositionVisible</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCursorPositionVisible</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestinationCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNeditable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCEditable</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfocusCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNfontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>XmFontList</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNgainPrimaryCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlosePrimaryCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlosingFocusCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>5</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMarginWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>5</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmaxLength</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMaxLength</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>largest integer</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmotionVerifyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpendingDelete</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPendingDelete</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNrenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>XmRenderTable</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNresizeWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCResizeWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectionArray</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectionArray</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>default array</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectionArrayCount</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectionArrayCount</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>3</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNselectThreshold</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSelectThreshold</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>5</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvalue</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCValue</Entry>
+<Entry>String</Entry>
+<Entry>""</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvalueChangedCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNvalueWcs</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCValueWcs</Entry>
+<Entry>wchar_t *</Entry>
+<Entry>(wchar_t *)""</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG<Superscript>1</Superscript></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNverifyBell</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCVerifyBell</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><Superscript>1</Superscript> This resource cannot be specified in a resource file.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called when the user invokes an
+event that calls the
+<Action>activate()</Action> action.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to this callback is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmAnyCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_ACTIVATE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNblinkRate</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the blink rate of the text cursor in milliseconds.
+The time indicated in the blink rate relates to the
+length of time the cursor is visible and the time the
+cursor is invisible (that is, the time it will take to blink
+the insertion cursor on and off will be two times the blink
+rate). The cursor will not blink when the blink rate
+is set to 0 (zero).
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcolumns</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the initial width of the text window as an integer number of
+characters. The width equals the number of characters specified by
+this resource multiplied by the width as derived from the specified
+font. If the em-space
+value is available,
+it is used. If not, the width of the numeral "0" is used. If this is
+not available, the maximum width is used.
+For proportionate fonts, the actual number of characters that fit
+on a given line may be greater than the value specified.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the position in the text where the current insert cursor is to
+be located. Position is determined by the number of characters from
+the beginning of the text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPositionVisible</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the text widget has an <function>XmPrintShell</function> as one of its ancestors
+(that is, the widget was created on a print server connection)
+then the default value is
+<literal>False</literal>; otherwise, it is <literal>True</literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a list of callbacks called when the widget is the destination
+of a transfer operation.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to these callbacks is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_OK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When set to True, indicates that the user can edit the text string.
+A false value will prohibit the user from editing the text.
+</Para>
+<para>
+When <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem> is used on a widget
+it sets the dropsite to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDROP_SITE_ACTIVE</SystemItem>.
+</PARA>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfocusCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called when TextField accepts
+input focus. The type of the structure whose address is passed to this
+callback is <StructName Role="typedef">XmAnyCallbackStruct</StructName>. The reason sent by the
+callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_FOCUS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNfontList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the font list to be used for TextField. The font list is an
+obsolete structure, and is retained only for compatibility with
+earlier releases of Motif. Use the render table (<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem>)
+instead of font lists wherever possible. If both are specified, the
+render table will take precedence. If this value is NULL at
+initialization, the parent hierarchy of the widget is searched for an
+ancestor that holds the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait. If such
+an ancestor is found, the font list is initialized to the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEXT_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the ancestor widget. If no such
+ancestor is found, the default is implementation dependent.
+</Para>
+<Para>TextField searches the font list for the first occurrence of a font
+set that has an <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>. If a default element is
+not found, the first font set in the font list is used. If the list
+contains no font sets, the first font in the font list will be used.
+Refer to &cdeman.XmFontList; for more information on a font list
+structure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are called when the user invokes
+an event that causes the text widget to gain ownership of the primary
+selection. The callback reason for this callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_GAIN_PRIMARY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosePrimaryCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are called when the user invokes
+an event that cause the text widget to lose ownership of the primary
+selection. The callback reason for this callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSE_PRIMARY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that are called
+before TextField widget loses input focus.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to this callback is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmTextVerifyCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginHeight</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the distance between the top edge of the widget
+window and the text, and the bottom edge of the widget
+window and the text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmarginWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the distance between the left edge of the widget
+window and the text, and the right edge of the widget
+window and the text.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaxLength</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the maximum length of the text string that can be entered into
+text from the keyboard.
+This value must be nonnegative.
+Strings that are entered using the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> resource or the
+<Function>XmTextFieldSetString</Function> function ignore this resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+before text is deleted from or inserted into
+TextField.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to this callback is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmTextVerifyCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>.
+When multiple TextField widgets share the same
+source, only the widget that initiates the source change will
+generate the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If both <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>
+are registered callback lists, the procedure(s) in the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list is always executed first; and the
+resulting data, which may have been modified, is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callback routines.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks called before text is deleted from
+or inserted into Text. The type of the structure whose address is
+passed to this callback is <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextVerifyCallbackStructWcs</StructName>. The
+reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>.
+When multiple TextField widgets share the same
+source, only the widget that initiates the source change will
+generate the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Para>If both <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>
+are registered callback lists, the procedure(s) in the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list is always executed first; and the
+resulting data, which may have been modified, is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callback routines.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+before the insert cursor is moved to a new position.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to this callback is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmTextVerifyCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+It is possible for more than one <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem>s to be
+generated from a single action.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that pending delete mode is on when the Boolean is True.
+Pending deletion is defined as deletion
+of the selected text when an insertion is made.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the render table to be used in deriving a font set or font
+for displaying text. If both a render table and a font list are
+specified, the render table will take precedence. If the value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> is NULL at initialization, the parent hierarchy
+of the widget is searched for an ancestor that holds the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol> trait. If such an ancestor is found, the
+font list is initialized to the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEXT_RENDER_TABLE</SystemItem> value of the
+ancestor widget. If no such ancestor is found, the default is
+implementation dependent.
+</Para>
+<Para>TextField searches the render table for the first occurrence of a
+rendition that has the tag <SystemItem Class="Constant">_MOTIF_DEFAULT_LOCALE</SystemItem>. If a default
+element is not found, the first rendition in the table is used. Refer
+to &cdeman.XmRenderTable; for more information on the render table
+structure.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNresizeWidth</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates that the TextField widget will attempt to resize its
+width to accommodate all
+the text contained in the widget when Boolean is True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionArray</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Defines the actions for multiple mouse clicks. Each mouse click
+performed within some time of the previous mouse click will increment
+the index into this array and perform the defined action for that
+index. (This "multi-click" time is specified by the operating
+environment, and varies among different systems. In general, it is
+usually set to some fraction of a second.)
+The possible actions are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSELECT_POSITION</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Resets the insert cursor position
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSELECT_WORD</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Selects a word
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSELECT_LINE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Selects a line of text
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionArrayCount</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of actions that are defined in the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionArray</SystemItem> resource.
+The value must not be negative.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectThreshold</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of pixels of motion that is required to select the
+next character when selection is performed using the click-drag
+mode of selection.
+The value must not be negative.
+This resource also specifies whether a drag should be started and the
+number of pixels to start a drag when
+<Literal>Btn2Down</Literal> and <Literal>Btn1Down</Literal> are integrated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string value of the TextField widget as a <Literal>char*</Literal>
+data value.
+Moves the cursor to position 0 unless a value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem> was explicitly supplied in the argument list.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueWcs</SystemItem> are both
+defined, the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueWcs</SystemItem> supersedes that of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem>. <Function>XtGetValues</Function> returns a copy of the value of
+the internal buffer and <Function>XtSetValues</Function> copies the string values
+into the internal buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the list of callbacks that is called
+after text is deleted from or inserted into
+TextField.
+The type of the structure whose address is passed to this callback is
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmAnyCallbackStruct</StructName>.
+The reason sent by the callback is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> should occur only in pairs
+with a <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem>, assuming that the <Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol>
+flag in the callback structure of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> is
+not set to False.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueWcs</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the string value of the TextField widget as a <Literal>wchar_t*</Literal> data
+value.
+Moves the cursor to position 0 unless a value of
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem> was explicitly supplied in the argument list.
+</Para>
+<Para>This resource cannot be specified in a resource file.
+</Para>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueWcs</SystemItem> are both defined,
+the value of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueWcs</SystemItem> supersedes that of <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem>.
+<Function>XtGetValues</Function> returns a copy of the value of the internal buffer
+encoded as a wide character string. <Function>XtSetValues</Function> copies the
+value of the wide character string into the internal buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNverifyBell</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether a bell will sound when an action is reversed
+during a verification callback.
+The default depends on the value of the ancestor VendorShell's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNaudibleWarning</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Inherited Resources</Title>
+<Para>TextField widget inherits behavior and resources from the
+superclasses in the following tables.
+For a complete description of these resources, refer to the
+reference page for that superclass.
+</Para>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>XmPrimitive Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBottomShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNconvertCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNforeground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhelpCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightOnEnter</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>False</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNhighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHighlightThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<!--no-op:  .tH-->
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNlayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCLayoutDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>XmDirection</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNnavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmNavigationType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmTAB_GROUP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNpopupHandlerCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNshadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCShadowThickness</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTopShadowPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTraversalOn</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNunitType</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUnitType</Entry>
+<Entry>unsigned char</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNuserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCUserData</Entry>
+<Entry>XtPointer</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para><!-- --><!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@--><!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE--><!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.--><!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for--><!-- the full copyright text.--><!-- --><!-- HISTORY--><!-- --><!--no-op:  .in--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="5">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="5">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="5" Namest="1"><Literal>Core Resource Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Class</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Default</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Access</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNaccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>XtAccelerators</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNancestorSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>G</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackground</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBackground</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNbackgroundPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderColor</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixel</Entry>
+<Entry>XtDefaultForeground</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>Pixmap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmUNSPECIFIED_PIXMAP</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNborderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCBorderWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNcolormap</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCColormap</Entry>
+<Entry>Colormap</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdepth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCDepth</Entry>
+<Entry>int</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNdestroyCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCCallback</Entry>
+<Entry>XtCallbackList</Entry>
+<Entry>NULL</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNheight</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCHeight</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNinitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCInitialResourcesPersistent</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>C</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNmappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCMappedWhenManaged</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNscreen</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCScreen</Entry>
+<Entry>Screen *</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNsensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCSensitive</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>True</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNtranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>XtTranslations</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNwidth</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCWidth</Entry>
+<Entry>Dimension</Entry>
+<Entry>dynamic</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNx</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmNy</Entry>
+<Entry>XmCPosition</Entry>
+<Entry>Position</Entry>
+<Entry>0</Entry>
+<Entry>CSG</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Callback Information</Title>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to each callback:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent <Symbol Role="Variable">* event</Symbol>;
+} XmAnyCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<!--no-op:  .rS-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+<Para>The TextField widget defines a new callback structure
+for use with verification callbacks. Note that
+not all of the fields are relevant for every
+callback reason. The application must first
+look at the <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol> field and use only the structure
+members that are valid for the particular reason.
+The values <Symbol Role="Variable">startPos</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">endPos</Symbol>, and <Emphasis>text</Emphasis> in the
+callback structure <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextVerifyCallbackStruct</StructName> may be modified upon
+receiving the callback, and these changes will be reflected as the
+change made to the source of the TextField widget. (For example, all
+keystrokes can be converted to spaces or NULL characters when a
+password is entered into a TextField widget.) The application
+programmer should not overwrite the <Emphasis>text</Emphasis> field, but should
+attach data to that pointer.
+</Para>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to the
+callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem>,
+and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Boolean <Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol>;
+        XmTextPosition <Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert, newInsert</Symbol>;
+        XmTextPosition <Symbol Role="Variable">startPos, endPos</Symbol>;
+        XmTextBlock <Emphasis>text</Emphasis>;
+} XmTextVerifyCallbackStruct, *XmTextVerifyPtr;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<!--no-op:  .rS-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> the triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL. For example, changes made to the Text widget
+programmatically do not have an event that can be
+passed to the associated callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether the action that invoked the callback will be performed.
+Setting <Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol> to False negates the action.
+Note that not all actions may be negated. For example,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</SystemItem> callbacks may be beyond the control of the
+widget if they are produced by mouse clicks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the current position of the insert cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">newInsert</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the position at which the user attempts to position the insert
+cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">startPos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the starting position of the text to modify. If the callback is
+not a modify verification callback, this value is the same as <Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">endPos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the ending position of the text to modify. If no text is replaced or
+deleted, then the value is the same as <Symbol Role="Variable">startPos</Symbol>. If the callback is not
+a modify verification callback, this value is the same as <Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the following structure of type
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmTextBlockRec</StructName>. This structure holds
+the textual information to be inserted.
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        char *<Symbol Role="Variable">ptr</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>;
+        XmTextFormat <Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol>
+} XmTextBlockRec, *XmTextBlock;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<!--no-op:  .rS-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">ptr</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The text to be inserted. <Symbol Role="Variable">ptr</Symbol> points to a temporary
+storage space that is reused after the callback is finished. Therefore,
+if an application needs to save the text to be inserted, it should copy
+the text into its own data space.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the length of the text to be inserted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">format</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the format of the text,
+either <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFMT_8_BIT</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFMT_16_BIT</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>A pointer to the following structure is passed to callbacks
+for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Boolean <Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol>;
+        XmTextPosition <Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert, newInsert</Symbol>;
+        XmTextPosition <Symbol Role="Variable">startPos, endPos</Symbol>;
+        XmWcsTextBlock <Emphasis>text</Emphasis>;
+} XmTextVerifyCallbackStructWcs, *XmTextVerifyPtrWcs;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL. For example, changes made to the Text widget
+programmatically do not have an event that can be
+passed to the associated callback.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether the action that invoked the callback is performed.
+Setting <Symbol Role="Variable">doit</Symbol> to False negates the action.
+Note that not all actions may be negated. For example,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</SystemItem> callbacks may be beyond the control of the
+widget if they are produced by mouse clicks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the current position of the insert cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">newInsert</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the position at which the user attempts to position the insert
+cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">startPos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the starting position of the text to modify. If the callback is
+not a modify verification callback, this value is the same
+as <Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">endPos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the ending position of the text to modify. If no text is
+replaced or
+deleted, the value is the same as <Symbol Role="Variable">startPos</Symbol>. If the callback is not
+a modify verification callback, this value is the same as <Symbol Role="Variable">currInsert</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>text</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the following structure of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextBlockRecWcs</StructName>.
+This structure holds
+the textual information to be inserted.
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        wchar_t *<Symbol Role="Variable">wcsptr</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol>;
+} XmTextBlockRecWcs, *XmTextBlockWcs;</Synopsis>
+<!--no-op:  .fi-->
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">wcsptr</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the wide character text to be inserted
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of characters to be inserted
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The following table describes the reasons for which the individual
+verification callback structure fields are valid. Note that the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol> field will never be valid for <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Reason</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Valid Fields</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</Entry>
+<Entry><Emphasis>reason, event, doit</Emphasis></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</Entry>
+<Entry><Emphasis>reason, event, doit, currInsert, newInsert, startPos, endPos, text</Emphasis></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</Entry>
+<Entry><Emphasis>reason, doit, currInsert, newInsert</Emphasis></Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>A pointer to the following callback structure is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>typedef struct
+{
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol>;
+        XEvent *<Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol>;
+        Atom <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol>;
+        XtEnum <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol>;
+        int <Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">transfer_id</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol>;
+        XtPointer <Symbol Role="Variable">location_data</Symbol>;
+        Time <Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol>;
+} XmDestinationCallbackStruct;</Synopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">reason</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates why the callback was invoked.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">event</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the <Symbol>XEvent</Symbol> that triggered the callback.
+It can be NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the selection for which data transfer is being requested.
+Possible values are <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>, and
+<Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the type of transfer operation requested.
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> or <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>, possible
+values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>, possible
+values are <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, possible values are
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>, and <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOTHER</SystemItem>.
+A value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOTHER</SystemItem> means that the callback procedure must get
+further information from the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> in the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol> member.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">flags</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates whether or not the destination widget is also the source of
+the data to be transferred.
+Following are the possible values:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_NONE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The destination widget is not the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCONVERTING_SAME</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The destination widget is the source of the data to be transferred.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>transfer_id</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Serves as a unique ID to identify the transfer transaction.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the destination.
+When the selection is <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property>, the callback procedures are
+called by the drop site's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem>, and <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol>
+is a pointer to the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDropProcCallbackStruct</StructName> passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdropProc</SystemItem> procedure.
+When the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>,
+<Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol>
+is an Atom
+representing a target recommmended by the selection owner for use in
+converting the selection.
+Otherwise, <Symbol Role="Variable">destination_data</Symbol> is NULL.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>location_data</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Contains information about the location where data is to be transferred.
+The value is always NULL when the selection is <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol>.
+If the value is NULL, the data is to be inserted at the widget's cursor
+position.
+Otherwise, the value is a pointer to an <Symbol>XPoint</Symbol> structure
+containing the x and y coordinates at the location where the data is to
+be transferred. Once <Symbol>XmTransferDone</Symbol> procedures start to be called,
+<Literal>location_data</Literal> will no longer be stable.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the time when the transfer operation began.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- Action Table for XmTextField -->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Translations</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmTextField</Classname> translations are described in the following list.
+<!-- These translations may not directly correspond to a--><!-- translation table.-->The actions represent the effective behavior of the associated events,
+and they may differ in a right-to-left language environment.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following key names are listed in the
+X standard key event translation table syntax.
+This format is the one used by Motif to
+specify the widget actions corresponding to a given key.
+A brief overview of the format is provided under
+&cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+For a complete description of the format, please refer to the
+X Toolkit Instrinsics Documentation.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-start()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>move-destination()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>grab-focus()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Motion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-adjust()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-end()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-bdrag()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Motion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>secondary-adjust()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;m a</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Motion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>secondary-adjust()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s c &lt;Btn2Up></Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>link-to()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-to()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;c</Literal> <KeySym>Btn2Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>move-to()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:m</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPrimaryPaste</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPrimaryPaste</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPrimaryPaste</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:m</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCut</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCut</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCut</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-clipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPaste</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>paste-clipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:m</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCopy</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCopy</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCopy</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-clipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>beginning-of-line(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBeginLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>beginning-of-line()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>end-of-line(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfEndLine</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>end-of-line()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-left(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-left()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s c</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-left(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-left()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-right(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-right()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-right(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfPageDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>page-right()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfClear</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>clear-selection()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfBackSpace</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>delete-previous-character()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s m</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDelete</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDelete</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDelete</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>cut-clipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDelete</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>delete-to-end-of-line()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDelete</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>delete-next-character()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c m</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-primary()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>paste-clipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>copy-clipboard()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfInsert</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>toggle-overstrike()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>key-select()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelect</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>set-anchor()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfSelectAll</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>select-all()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDeselectAll</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>deselect-all()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfActivate</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>activate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfAddMode</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>toggle-add-mode()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfHelp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>Help()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfCancel</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-cancel()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>backward-word(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>backward-word()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>key-select(<Symbol Role="Define">left</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfLeft</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>backward-character()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>forward-word(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:c</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>forward-word()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:s</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>key-select(<Symbol Role="Define">right</Symbol>)</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfRight</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>forward-character()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfUp</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>traverse-prev()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>:</Literal><KeySym>Key</KeySym><KeySym>osfDown</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>traverse-next()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>slash</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>select-all()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>backslash</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>deselect-all()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>prev-tab-group()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Tab</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>next-tab-group()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>Return</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>activate()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c &ap;s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>set-anchor()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>c s &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>key-select()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>s &ap;c &ap;m &ap;a</Literal> <KeySym>Key</KeySym><Literal>space</Literal>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>self-insert()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Key</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>self-insert()</Action>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--.VL 2.5i 0 1
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lgrab-focus()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lextend-adjust()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBSelect Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lextend-end()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBExtend Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lextend-start()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBExtend Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lextend-adjust()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBExtend Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lextend-end()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LBToggle Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lmove-destination()&bsol;*O
+.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Document uniform transfer"
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAny BTransfer Press:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lprocess-bdrag()&bsol;*O
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Document uniform transfer"
+.LI "&bsol;*LBTransfer Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lcopy-to()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl BTransfer Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lcopy-to()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMShift BTransfer Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lmove-to()&bsol;*O
+.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Document uniform transfer"
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl MShift BTransfer Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Llink-to()&bsol;*O
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Document uniform transfer"
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAlt BTransfer Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lsecondary-adjust()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAlt BTransfer Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lcopy-to()&bsol;*O
+.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Document uniform transfer"
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAlt MCtrl BTransfer Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lsecondary-adjust()&bsol;*O
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Document uniform transfer"
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAlt MCtrl BTransfer Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lcopy-to()&bsol;*O
+.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Document uniform transfer"
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAlt MShift BTransfer Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lsecondary-adjust()&bsol;*O
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Document uniform transfer"
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAlt MShift BTransfer Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lmove-to()&bsol;*O
+.zA "feature, 5750, R2.0, Document uniform transfer"
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAlt MCtrl MShift BTransfer Motion:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lsecondary-adjust()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAlt MCtrl MShift BTransfer Release:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Llink-to()&bsol;*O
+.zZ "feature, 5750, R2.0, Document uniform transfer"
+.LI "&bsol;*LKUp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Ltraverse-prev()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKDown:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Ltraverse-next()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lbackward-character()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMShift KLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lkey-select(left)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lbackward-word()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMShift MCtrl KLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lbackward-word(extend)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lforward-character()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMShift KRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lkey-select(right)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMCtrl KRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lforward-word()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMShift MCtrl KRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lforward-word(extend)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPageLeft:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lpage-left()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPageRight:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lpage-right()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKBeginLine:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lbeginning-of-line()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMShift KBeginLine:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lbeginning-of-line(extend)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKEndLine:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lend-of-line()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMShift KEndLine:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lend-of-line(extend)&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKNextField:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lnext-tab-group()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPrevField:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lprev-tab-group()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKActivate:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lactivate()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKDelete:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Ldelete-next-character()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKBackSpace:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Ldelete-previous-character()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKAddMode:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Ltoggle-add-mode()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSpace:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lself-insert()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMShift KSpace:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lself-insert()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelect:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lset-anchor()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKExtend:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lkey-select()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LMAny KCancel:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lprocess-cancel()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKClear:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lclear-selection()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKSelectAll:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lselect-all()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKDeselectAll:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Ldeselect-all()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKCut:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lcut-clipboard()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKCopy:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lcopy-clipboard()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPaste:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lpaste-clipboard()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPrimaryCut:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lcut-primary()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPrimaryCopy:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lcopy-primary()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKPrimaryPaste:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lcopy-primary()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKHelp:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*LHelp()&bsol;*O
+.LI "&bsol;*LKAny:&bsol;*O"
+&bsol;*Lself-insert()&bsol;*O
+.LE
+-->
+<Para>The TextField button event translations are modified when Display's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource does not have a value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmOFF</SystemItem> (in other words, it is either <Literal>XmBUTTON2_TRANSFER</Literal> or
+<Literal>XmBUTTON2_ADJUST</Literal>). This
+option allows the
+actions for selection and transfer to be integrated on <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym>.
+The actions for <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> that are defined above
+still apply when the <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> event occurs over text that is not
+selected. The following actions apply when the <KeySym>Btn1</KeySym> event
+occurs over text that is selected:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-bdrag()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-bdrag()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>grab-focus()</Action>, <Literal>extend-end</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-start()</Action>, <Action>extend-end()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym><KeySym>Shift</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>move-destination()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Ctrl</KeySym><KeySym>Btn1Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>process-bdrag()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>When Display's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNenableBtn1Transfer</SystemItem> resource has a value of
+<Literal>XmBUTTON2_ADJUST</Literal>, the following actions apply:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Down</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-start()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Motion</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-adjust()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>Btn2Up</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Action>extend-end()</Action>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Action Routines</Title>
+<Para>The <Classname>XmTextField</Classname> action routines are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>activate()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>.
+If the parent is a manager, passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>backward-character(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the insertion cursor one character to the left.
+<!--For other effects, see the description of navigation operations in--><!--\*LKeyboard Selection\*O in \*LXmText(3X)\*O.-->This action may have different behavior in a right-to-left language
+environment.
+</Para>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>backward-character()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>backward-character()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>backward-word(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this action is called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor to the first non-whitespace character after the
+first whitespace character to the left or after the beginning of the line.
+If the insertion cursor is already at the beginning of a word,
+moves the insertion cursor to the beginning of the previous word.
+<!--For other effects, see the description of navigation operations in--><!--\*LKeyboard Selection\*O in \*LXmText(3X)\*O.-->This action may have different behavior in a locale other than the C locale.
+</Para>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+<!--For other effects, see the description of shifted navigation operations--><!--in \*LKeyboard Selection\*O in \*LXmText(3X)\*O.--></Para>
+<Para>The <Action>backward-word()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>backward-word()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>beginning-of-line(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this action is called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor to the beginning of the line.
+<!--For other effects, see the description of navigation operations in--><!--\*LKeyboard Selection\*O in \*LXmText(3X)\*O.--></Para>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+<!--For other effects, see the description of shifted navigation operations--><!--in \*LKeyboard Selection\*O in \*LXmText(3X)\*O.--></Para>
+<Para>The <Action>beginning-of-line()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>beginning-of-line()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>clear-selection()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Clears the current selection by replacing each character except
+<KeySym>Return</KeySym> with a <KeySym>space</KeySym> character.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>clear-selection()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem> and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>copy-clipboard()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this widget owns the primary selection, this action copies the
+selection to the clipboard.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>copy-primary()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Copies the primary selection to just before the insertion cursor.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> operation.
+It calls the selection owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures,
+possibly multiple times, for the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>In addition, the <Action>copy-primary()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+The <Action>copy-primary()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>copy-to()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a secondary selection exists, this action copies the secondary
+selection to the insertion position of the destination component.
+If the primary selection is in the destination widget, it will
+be deselected. Otherwise, there is no effect on the primary selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>This action calls the destination's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> selection and the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> operation.
+The destination's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures or the
+destination component itself invokes the selection owner's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly multiple times, for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>If no secondary selection exists, this action copies the primary
+selection to the pointer position.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> operation.
+It calls the selection owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures,
+possibly multiple times, for the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>In addition, the <Action>copy-to()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If there is no secondary selection, the
+<Action>copy-to()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>cut-clipboard()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this widget owns the primary selection, this action cuts the
+selection to the clipboard.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection.
+If the transfer is successful, this action then calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection
+and the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+</Para>
+<Para>In addition, the <Action>cut-clipboard()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>cut-primary()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Cuts the primary selection and pastes it just before the insertion cursor.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem> operation.
+It calls the selection owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures,
+possibly multiple times, for the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection.
+If the transfer is successful, this action then calls the selection
+owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>
+selection and the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+</Para>
+<Para>In addition, the <Action>cut-primary()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-next-character()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection;
+otherwise,
+deletes the character following the insertion cursor.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection;
+otherwise,
+deletes the character following the insertion cursor.
+This may impact the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>delete-next-character()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-next-word()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters following the insertion cursor to the next space, tab
+or end-of-line character.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters following the insertion cursor to the next space, tab
+or end-of-line character.
+This may impact the selection.
+This action may have different behavior in a locale other than the C locale.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>delete-next-word()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-previous-character()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the character of text immediately preceding the insertion cursor.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the character of text immediately preceding the insertion cursor.
+This may impact the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>delete-previous-character()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-previous-word()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters preceding the insertion cursor
+to the next
+space, tab or beginning-of-line character.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters preceding the insertion cursor to the next space,
+tab or beginning-of-line character.
+This may impact the selection.
+This action may have different behavior in a locale other than the C locale.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>delete-previous-word()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-selection()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Deletes the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>delete-selection()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-to-end-of-line()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters following the insertion cursor to the next end of
+line character.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters following the insertion cursor to the next end
+of line character.
+This may impact the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>delete-to-end-of-line()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, and the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>delete-to-start-of-line()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>In normal mode, if there is a nonnull selection, deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters preceding the insertion cursor to the previous
+beginning-of-line character.
+In add mode, if there is a nonnull selection, the cursor is not disjoint
+from the selection and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is set to True,
+deletes the selection; otherwise,
+deletes the characters preceding the insertion cursor
+to the previous beginning-of-line character.
+This may impact the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>delete-to-start-of-line()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>deselect-all()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Deselects the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>deselect-all()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>end-of-line(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this action is called with no argument,
+moves the insertion cursor to the end of the line.
+<!--For other effects, see the description of navigation operations in--><!--\*LKeyboard Selection\*O in \*LXmText(3X)\*O.-->If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+<!--For other effects, see the description of shifted navigation operations--><!--in \*LKeyboard Selection\*O in \*LXmText(3X)\*O.--></Para>
+<Para>The <Action>end-of-line()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>end-of-line()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>extend-adjust()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Selects text from the anchor to the pointer position and deselects text
+outside that range.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>extend-adjust()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+The <Action>extend-adjust()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>extend-end()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the insertion cursor to the position of the pointer.
+The <Action>extend-end()</Action> action is used to commit the selection. After
+this action has been done, <Action>process-cancel()</Action> will no longer
+cancel the selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>extend-end()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+The <Action>extend-end()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>extend-start()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Adjusts the anchor using the balance-beam method.
+Selects text from the anchor to the pointer position and deselects text
+outside that range.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>extend-start()</Action> action can produce no callbacks,
+however, it may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>forward-character(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the insertion cursor one character to the right.
+<!--For other effects, see the description of navigation operations in the--><!--\*LKeyboard Selection\*O in \*LXmText(3X)\*O.-->This action may have different behavior in a right-to-left language
+environment.
+</Para>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>forward-character()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>forward-character()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>forward-word(<Symbol Role="Define">extend</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If this action is called with no argument, moves the insertion cursor to
+the first whitespace character or end-of-line following the next
+non-whitespace character.
+If the insertion cursor is already at the end of a word,
+moves the insertion cursor to the end of the next word.
+<!--For other effects, see the description of navigation operations in the--><!--\*LKeyboard Selection\*O in \*LXmText(3X)\*O.-->This action may have different behavior in a locale other than the C locale.
+</Para>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor as
+in the case of no argument and extends the current selection.
+<!--For other effects, see the description of shifted navigation operations--><!--in \*LKeyboard Selection\*O in \*LXmText(3X)\*O.--></Para>
+<Para>The <Action>forward-word()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+If called with the <Symbol Role="Variable">extend</Symbol> argument, the
+<Action>forward-word()</Action> action may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>grab-focus()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This key binding performs the action defined in the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectionArray</SystemItem>, depending on the number of multiple mouse
+clicks.
+The default selection array ordering is one click to move the
+insertion cursor to the pointer position, two clicks to select a word,
+and three
+clicks to select a line of text.
+A single click also deselects any selected text and sets the anchor at
+the pointer position.
+This action may have different behavior in a locale other than the C locale.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>grab-focus()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>Help()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Calls the callbacks for <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem> if any exist.
+If there are no help
+callbacks for this widget, this action calls the help callbacks
+for the nearest ancestor that has them.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>key-select(<Symbol Role="Define">right|left</Symbol>)</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">right</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor
+one character to the right and extends the current selection.
+If called with an argument of <Symbol Role="Variable">left</Symbol>, moves the insertion cursor
+one character to the left and extends the current selection.
+If called with no argument, extends the current selection.
+<!--For other effects, see the description of shifted navigation operations--><!--and \*LKExtend\*O in \*LKeyboard Selection\*O in \*LXmText(3X)\*O.--></Para>
+<Para>Note that after a <Literal>key-select</Literal> action, the selection will still
+begin at the original anchor, and will extend to the position
+indicated in the action call. If this new position is on the opposite
+side of the selection anchor from the previous selection boundary, the
+original selection will be deselected.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>key-select()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+The <Action>key-select()</Action> action may also produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>link-primary()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Places a link to the primary selection just before the insertion cursor.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem> operation.
+The TextField widget itself performs no transfers; the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures are responsible for inserting
+the link to the primary selection and for taking any related actions.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>link-to()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a secondary selection exists, this action places a link to the
+secondary selection at the insertion position of the destination
+component.
+This action calls the destination's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> selection and the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem> operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>If no secondary selection exists, this action places a link to the
+primary selection at the pointer position.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem> operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>The TextField widget itself performs no transfers; the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures are responsible for inserting
+the link to the primary or secondary selection and for taking any
+related actions.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>move-destination()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Moves the insertion cursor to the pointer position without changing any
+existing current selection.
+If there is
+a
+current selection, sets the widget as the destination widget.
+This also moves the widget focus to match the insertion cursor.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>move-destination()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>move-to()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If a secondary selection exists, this action moves the secondary
+selection to the insertion position of the destination component.
+If the secondary selection is in the destination widget, and the
+secondary selection and the primary selection overlap, the result
+is undefined.
+This action calls the destination's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> selection and the
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> operation.
+The destination's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures or the
+destination component itself invokes the selection owner's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly multiple times, for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol> selection.
+If the transfer is successful, this action then calls the selection
+owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">SECONDARY</Symbol>
+selection and the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+</Para>
+<Para>If no secondary selection exists, this action moves the primary
+selection to the pointer position.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem> operation.
+It calls the selection owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures,
+possibly multiple times, for the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol> selection.
+If the transfer is successful, this action then calls the selection
+owner's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">PRIMARY</Symbol>
+selection and the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+</Para>
+<Para>In addition, the <Action>move-to()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>. This action may also produce calls
+to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>next-tab-group()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next tab group.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>next-tab-group()</Action> action produces no callbacks, unless it
+results in the widget losing focus, in which case, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem> procedures are called with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>page-left()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the viewing window left one page of text.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>page-left()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>page-right()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Scrolls the viewing window right one page of text.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>page-right()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>paste-clipboard()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Pastes the contents of the clipboard before the insertion cursor.
+This action calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the
+<Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection and the <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem> operation.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>paste-clipboard()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>prev-tab-group()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the previous tab group.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>prev-tab-group()</Action> action produces no callbacks, unless it
+results in the widget losing focus, in which case, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem> procedures are called with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_LOSING_FOCUS</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>process-bdrag()</Action></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the pointer is within the selection, this action starts a drag
+operation for the selection.
+This action sets the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertProc</SystemItem> of the DragContext to a
+function that calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, for the <Property>_MOTIF_DROP</Property> selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>If no selection exists or the pointer is outside the selection, this
+action prepares to start a secondary selection at the pointer position.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>process-cancel()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Cancels the current <Action>extend-adjust()</Action>, <Action>secondary-adjust()</Action>
+or <Action>process-bdrag()</Action>
+operation and leaves the selection state as it was before the operation;
+otherwise, and
+if
+the parent is a manager, it passes the event to the parent.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>secondary-adjust()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Extends the secondary selection to the pointer position.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>secondary-adjust()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>secondary-start()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Marks the beginning of a secondary selection.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>secondary-start()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>select-all()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Selects all text.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>select-all()</Action> action can produce no callbacks,
+however, it may produce calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures.
+See callback description for more information.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>self-insert()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is True and the cursor is not disjoint from the
+current selection, deletes the entire selection.
+Inserts the character associated with the key pressed
+before the insertion cursor.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>self-insert()</Action> action produces calls to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MODIFYING_TEXT_VALUE</SystemItem>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>
+procedures with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED</SystemItem>, and the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> procedures with reason value
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_MOVING_INSERT_CURSOR</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>set-anchor()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Resets the anchor point for extended selections.
+Resets the destination of secondary selection actions.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>set-anchor()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>toggle-add-mode()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Toggles the state of Add Mode.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Action>toggle-add-mode()</Action> action produces no callbacks.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>toggle-overstrike()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Toggles the state of the text insertion mode. By default,
+characters typed into the TextField widget are inserted before
+the position of the insertion cursor. In overstrike
+mode, characters entered into the TextField widget replace
+the characters that directly follow the insertion cursor.
+In overstrike mode, when the end of a line is reached,
+characters are appended to the end of the line.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following traversal actions generate no callbacks unless they
+result in the loss of focus by the widget in question, as when
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNnavigationType</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmNONE</SystemItem>. In this case,
+they produce calls to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNlosingFocusCallback</SystemItem> procedures,
+with reason value <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCR_FOCUS_MOVED</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>traverse-home()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the first widget in the tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>traverse-next()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the next widget in the tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Action>traverse-prev()</Action>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Traverses to the previous widget in the tab group.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Additional Behavior</Title>
+<Para>This widget has the following additional behavior:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusIn</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Draws the insertion cursor as solid and starts blinking the cursor.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><KeySym>FocusOut</KeySym>:</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Displays the insertion cursor as a stippled I-beam unless it is the destination
+widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Virtual Bindings</Title>
+<Para>The bindings for virtual keys are vendor specific.
+<!--The following table lists the TextField-specific bindings of virtual
+keys to actual key event descriptions in Motif.
+.PP
+.TS
+center, allbox, tab(@);
+cb s
+lb | lb.
+Virtual Key Bindings
+Virtual Key@Actual Key Events
+KExtend@T{
+Ctrl Shift&lt;Key>space
+.nL
+Shift&lt;Key>osfSelect
+T}
+KSelect@T{
+Ctrl&lt;Key>space
+.nL
+&lt;Key>osfSelect
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+-->For information about bindings for virtual buttons and keys,
+see &cdeman.VirtualBindings;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.Core;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateTextField;,
+&cdeman.XmFontList;,
+&cdeman.XmFontListAppendEntry;,
+&cdeman.XmPrimitive;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldClearSelection;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldCopy;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldCopyLink;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldCut;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetBaseline;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetEditable;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetLastPosition;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetMaxLength;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSelection;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetString;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetStringWcs;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSubstring;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldInsert;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldInsertWcs;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldPaste;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldPasteLink;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldPosToXY;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldRemove;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldReplace;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldReplaceWcs;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldSetAddMode;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldSetEditable;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldSetHighlight;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldSetMaxLength;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldSetSelection;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldSetString;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldSetStringWcs;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldShowPosition;, and
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldXYToPos;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4aff53a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:12:37 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN475.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldClearSelection</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldClearSelection</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that clears the primary selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldClearSelection</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldClearSelection</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldClearSelection</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, time</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>time</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldClearSelection</Function> clears the primary selection
+in the TextField widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time at which the selection value is desired. This
+should be the time of the event that triggered this request.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7ce83bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:12:45 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN476.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldCopy</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldCopy</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldCopy</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldCopy</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextFieldCopy</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, time</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>time</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldCopy</Function> copies the primary selected text to the clipboard.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName> set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> member set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time at which the selection value is to be modified. This
+should be the time of the event that triggered this request.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<!---->
+<Para>This function returns False if the primary selection is NULL, if the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> does not own the primary selection, if the function is
+unable to gain ownership of the clipboard selection, or if no data is
+placed on the clipboard.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6ccb971
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAD.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:22:48 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN477.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldCopyLink</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldCopyLink</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that copies a link to the primary selection to the clipboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldCopyLink</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldCopyLink</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextFieldCopyLink</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, time</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>time</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldCopyLink</Function> copies a link to the primary selected text to
+the clipboard.
+This routine calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName> set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> member set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+The TextField widget itself does not copy any links;
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures are responsible for copying the link
+to the clipboard and for taking any related actions.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time of the transfer.
+This should be the time of the event which triggered this request.
+One source of a valid time stamp is the function
+<Function>XtLastTimestampProcessed</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns False if the primary selection is NULL, if the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> does not own the primary selection, if the function is
+unable to gain ownership of the clipboard selection, or if no data is
+placed on the clipboard.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e97d1c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAE.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:12:52 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN478.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldCut</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldCut</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard and deletes the selected text
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldCut</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldCut</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextFieldCut</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, time</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>time</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldCut</Function> copies the primary selected text to the clipboard and
+then deletes the primary selected text.
+This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the resulting
+data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures, possibly
+multiple times, with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmConvertCallbackStruct</StructName> set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">parm</Symbol> member set to <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMOVE</SystemItem>.
+If the transfer is successful, this routine then calls the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNconvertCallback</SystemItem> procedures for the <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> selection
+and the <Symbol Role="Define">DELETE</Symbol> target.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time at which the selection value is to be modified. This
+should be the time of the event that triggered this request.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<!---->
+<Para>This function returns False if the primary selection is NULL, if the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> does not own the primary selection, if the function is
+unable to gain ownership of the clipboard selection, or if no data is
+placed on the clipboard.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..49de3e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAF.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:23:07 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN479.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldGetBaseline</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldGetBaseline</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that accesses the y position of the baseline
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldGetBaseline</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldGetBaseline</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmTextFieldGetBaseline</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldGetBaseline</Function> accesses the <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position of the
+baseline in the TextField widget,
+relative to the <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position of the top of the widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns an integer value that indicates the <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position
+of the baseline in the TextField widget.
+The calculation takes into account the
+margin height, shadow thickness, highlight thickness, and font ascent of
+the first font (set) in the fontlist used for drawing text.
+In this calculation, the
+<Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position of the top of the widget is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAG.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAG.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8c8c435
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAG.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAG.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:23:17 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN480.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldGetEditable</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldGetEditable</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that accesses the edit permission state
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldGetEditable</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldGetEditable</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextFieldGetEditable</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldGetEditable</Function> accesses the edit permission state of the TextField widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a Boolean value that indicates the state of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem>
+resource.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAH.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAH.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d9b3c32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAH.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAH.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:13:00 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN481.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that accesses the position of the insertion cursor
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldGetInsertion\\%Position</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldGetInsertion\\%Position</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTextPosition <Function>XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition</Function> accesses the insertion cursor
+position of the TextField widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns an <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextPosition</StructName> value that indicates the state of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem> resource. This is an integer number of
+characters from the beginning of the text buffer. The first character
+position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAI.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAI.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6f4a642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAI.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAI.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:13:09 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN482.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldGetLastPosition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldGetLastPosition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that accesses the position of the last text character
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldGetLastPosition</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldGetLastPosition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTextPosition <Function>XmTextFieldGetLastPosition</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldGetLastPosition</Function> accesses the position of the
+last character in the text buffer of the TextField widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns an <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextPosition</StructName> value that indicates the position of the last
+character in the text buffer. This is an integer number of
+characters from the beginning of the buffer. The first character
+position is 0 (zero).
+The last character position is equal to the number of characters
+in the text buffer.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAJ.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAJ.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9108c98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAJ.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAJ.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:13:16 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN483.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldGetMaxLength</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldGetMaxLength</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that accesses the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldGetMaxLength</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldGetMaxLength</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmTextFieldGetMaxLength</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldGetMaxLength</Function> accesses the value of the current maximum allowable
+length of the text string in the TextField widget entered from the
+keyboard. The maximum allowable length
+prevents the user from entering a text string larger than this limit.
+Note that the maximum allowable length is the same as the value
+of the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaxLength</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the integer value that indicates the string's maximum allowable
+length that can be entered from the keyboard.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAK.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAK.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..28c5775
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAK.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAK.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:13:24 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN484.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldGetSelection</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldGetSelection</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that retrieves the value of the primary selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldGetSelection</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldGetSelection</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>char * <Function>XmTextFieldGetSelection</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldGetSelection</Function>
+retrieves the value of the primary selection. It returns
+a NULL pointer if no text is selected in the widget. The application is
+responsible for freeing the storage associated with the string by calling
+<Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a character pointer to the string that is associated with the
+primary selection.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField; and &cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAL.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAL.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3a48a68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAL.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAL.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:13:32 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN485.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that accesses the position of the primary selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldGetSelection\\%Position</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldGetSelection\\%Position</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, left, right</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>*left</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>*right</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition</Function> accesses the left and right position of
+the primary selection in the text buffer of the TextField widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">left</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer in which the position of the left boundary of the
+primary selection is returned. This is an integer number of characters
+from the beginning of the buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">right</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer in which the position of the right boundary of the
+primary selection is returned. This is an integer number of characters
+from the beginning of the buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns True if the widget owns the primary selection;
+otherwise, it returns False.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAM.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAM.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..0aab86d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAM.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAM.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:13:40 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN486.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that retrieves the
+value of a wide character encoded primary selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldGetSelection\\%Wcs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldGetSelection\\%Wcs</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>wchar_t * <Function>XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs</Function> retrieves the value of the primary
+selection, encoded in a wide character format. It returns a
+NULL pointer if no text is selected in the widget. The application
+is responsible for freeing the storage associated with the wide
+character buffer by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the wide character string that is associated with the primary
+selection in the TextField widget.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField; and
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSelection;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAN.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAN.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7d5f6df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAN.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAN.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:13:48 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN487.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldGetString</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldGetString</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that accesses the string value
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldGetString</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldGetString</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>char * <Function>XmTextFieldGetString</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldGetString</Function>
+accesses the string value of the TextField widget. The application
+is responsible for freeing the storage associated with the string by
+calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a character pointer to the string value of the TextField widget.
+This returned value is a copy of the value of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> resource.
+Returns an empty string if the length of the TextField widget's
+string is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField; and &cdeman.XmTextFieldGetStringWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAO.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAO.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a73498b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAO.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAO.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:13:56 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN488.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldGetStringWcs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldGetStringWcs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that retrieves a copy
+of the wide character string value of a TextField widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldGetStringWcs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldGetStringWcs</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>wchar_t * <Function>XmTextFieldGetStringWcs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldGetStringWcs</Function> retrieves a copy of the wide character
+string value of the TextField widget. The application is responsible
+for freeing the storage associated with the string by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the wide character string value of the TextField widget. The
+function returns an empty string if the length of the TextField
+widget's string is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField; and
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldGetString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAP.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAP.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c8acff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAP.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAP.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:14:04 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN489.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldGetSubstring</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldGetSubstring</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that retrieves a copy
+of a portion of the internal text buffer
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldGetSubstring</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldGetSubstring</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmTextFieldGetSubstring</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, start, num_chars, buffer_size, buffer</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>start</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>num_chars</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>buffer_size</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>buffer</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldGetSubstring</Function> retrieves a copy of a portion
+of the internal text buffer of a TextField widget. The function
+copies a specified number of characters from a given start position
+in the internal text buffer into a buffer provided by the application.
+A NULL terminator is placed at the end of the copied data.
+</Para>
+<Para>The size of the required buffer depends on the maximum number
+of bytes per character (<SystemItem Class="Constant">MB_CUR_MAX</SystemItem>) for the current locale.
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">MB_CUR_MAX</SystemItem> is a macro defined in <Filename>stdlib.h</Filename>. The buffer
+should be large enough to contain the substring to be copied
+and a NULL terminator. Use the following equation to calculate
+the size of buffer the application should provide:
+</Para>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo><Replaceable>buffer_size</Replaceable> = (<Replaceable>num_chars</Replaceable>* MB_CUR_MAX) + 1</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">start</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the beginning character position from which the data
+will be retrieved. This is an integer number of characters from
+the beginning of the text buffer. The first character position
+is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_chars</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of characters to be copied into the provided
+buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer_size</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size of the supplied buffer in bytes. This size
+should account for a NULL terminator.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character buffer into which the internal
+text buffer will be copied.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY_SUCCEEDED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY_FAILED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because it was unable to copy the
+specified number of characters into the buffer provided.
+The buffer size may be insufficient. The contents of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol> are undefined.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY_TRUNCATED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The requested number of characters extended beyond the internal
+buffer. The function copied characters between <Symbol Role="Variable">start</Symbol> and
+the end of the widget's buffer and terminated the string with
+a NULL terminator; fewer than <Symbol Role="Variable">num_chars</Symbol> characters were
+copied.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField; and &cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAQ.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAQ.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5b4dbc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAQ.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAQ.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:14:13 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN490.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that retrieves a
+portion of a wide character internal text buffer
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldGetSubstring\\%Wcs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldGetSubstring\\%Wcs</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, start, num_chars, buffer_size, buffer</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>start</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>num_chars</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>buffer_size</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>wchar_t *<Parameter>buffer</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs</Function> retrieves a copy of a portion of the internal
+text buffer of a TextField widget that is stored in a wide character
+format. The function copies a specified number of characters from
+a given start position in the internal text buffer into a buffer
+provided by the application. A NULL terminator is placed at the
+end of the copied data.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">start</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the beginning character position from which the data will be
+retrieved. This is an integer number of characters from the beginning of
+the text buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_chars</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of <StructName Role="typedef">wchar_t</StructName> characters to be copied into
+the provided buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer_size</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size of the supplied buffer as a number of <StructName Role="typedef">wchar_t</StructName>
+storage locations. The minimum size is <Symbol Role="Variable">num_chars</Symbol> + 1.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the wide character buffer into which the internal
+text buffer will be copied.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY_SUCCEEDED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY_FAILED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because it was unable to copy the
+specified number of characters into the buffer provided.
+The buffer size may be insufficient. The contents of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol> are undefined.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY_TRUNCATED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The requested number of characters extended beyond the internal
+buffer. The function copied characters to the end of the buffer
+and terminated the string with a NULL terminator; fewer than
+<Symbol Role="Variable">num_chars</Symbol> characters were copied.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField; and &cdeman.XmTextFieldGetSubstring;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAR.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAR.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7dcefe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAR.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAR.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:14:21 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN491.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldInsert</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldInsert</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that inserts a character string into a text string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldInsert</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldInsert</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldInsert</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position, value</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char <Parameter>* value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldInsert</Function> inserts a character string into the text string in
+the TextField widget. The character positions begin at 0 (zero)
+and are numbered
+sequentially from the beginning of the text. For example, to insert a
+string after the fourth character,
+the <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol> parameter must be 4.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the resulting
+data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem> resource is greater than or is the same value as
+<Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> is called.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position in the text string where the character string is
+to be inserted
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character string value to be added to the text widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField; and &cdeman.XmTextFieldInsertWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAS.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAS.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..da631f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAS.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAS.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:14:29 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN492.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldInsertWcs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldInsertWcs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that inserts a wide
+character string into a TextField widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldInsertWcs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldInsertWcs</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldInsertWcs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position, wcstring</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>wchar_t *<Parameter>wcstring</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldInsertWcs</Function> inserts a wide character string into
+the TextField widget at a specified location. The character
+positions begin at 0 (zero) and are numbered sequentially from the
+beginning of the text. For example, to insert a string after
+the fourth character, the <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol> parameter must be 4.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the resulting
+data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem> resource is greater than or is the same value as
+<Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> is called.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position in the text string where the new character string is
+to be inserted
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">wcstring</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the wide character string value to be added to the TextField widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField; and
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldInsert;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAT.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAT.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..da2d602
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAT.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAT.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:14:36 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN493.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldPaste</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldPaste</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that inserts the clipboard selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldPaste</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldPaste</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextFieldPaste</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldPaste</Function> inserts the clipboard selection at the
+insertion cursor of the destination widget.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is True and the insertion cursor is inside
+the current selection, the clipboard selection replaces the selected text.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the resulting
+data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures
+with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName>
+set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> member set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>.
+If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem> resource is greater than or is the same value as
+the position where the selection is to be inserted, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> is called.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<!---->
+<Para>This function returns False if no transfers take place.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAU.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAU.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6f0cc6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAU.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAU.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:25:31 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN494.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldPasteLink</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldPasteLink</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that inserts a link to the clipboard selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldPasteLink</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldPasteLink</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextFieldPasteLink</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldPasteLink</Function> inserts a link to the clipboard selection at
+the insertion cursor.
+This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures
+with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName>
+set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> member set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+The TextField widget itself performs no transfers; the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures are responsible for inserting
+the link to the clipboard selection and for taking any related actions.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns False if no transfers take place.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAV.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAV.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c61f687
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAV.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAV.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:14:44 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN495.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldPosToXY</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldPosToXY</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that accesses the x
+and y position of a character position
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldPosToXY</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldPosToXY</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextFieldPosToXY</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position, x, y</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>*x</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>*y</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldPosToXY</Function> accesses the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> and <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>
+position, relative to the upper
+left corner of the TextField widget, of a given character position in the
+text buffer.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character position in the text for which the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> and <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>
+position is accessed. This is an integer number of characters
+from the beginning of the buffer. The first character position is 0.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer in which the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> position is returned.
+The returned position is the distance from the left side of the widget
+to the left border of the character.
+This value is meaningful only if the function returns True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer in which the <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position is returned.
+The returned position is the distance from the top of the widget
+to the character's baseline.
+This value is meaningful only if the function returns True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns True if the character position is displayed in the
+TextField widget; otherwise, it returns False, and no <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> or <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>
+value is returned.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAW.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAW.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..92d790f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAW.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAW.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:14:52 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN496.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldRemove</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldRemove</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that deletes the primary selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldRemove</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldRemove</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextFieldRemove</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldRemove</Function> deletes the primary selected text.
+If there is a selection, this routine also calls the widget's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and verification callbacks, either
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>,
+or both. If both verification callback lists are registered, the
+procedures of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed
+first and the resulting data is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+This function may also
+call the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> callback.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns False if the primary selection is NULL or if the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> does not own the primary selection. Otherwise, it returns
+True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAX.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAX.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f1c2b03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAX.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAX.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:15:00 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN497.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldReplace</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldReplace</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that replaces part of a text string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldReplace</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldReplace</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldReplace</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, from_pos, to_pos, value</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>from_pos</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>to_pos</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char <Parameter>* value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldReplace</Function> replaces part of the text string in the TextField widget. The
+character positions begin at 0 (zero) and are numbered sequentially from the
+beginning of the text.
+</Para>
+<Para>An example text replacement would be to replace
+the second and third characters in the text string. To accomplish this,
+the parameter <Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol> must be 1 and <Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol> must be 3. To
+insert a string after the fourth character, both parameters, <Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol>
+and <Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol>, must be 4.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the resulting
+data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> is generated if <Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol> is less
+than or equal to
+the cursor position and the length of <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> is not the same as the
+length of the text being replaced, or if the cursor position is between
+<Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol>, and the distance from the cursor
+position to <Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol> is greater than the length of <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the start position of the text to be replaced
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the end position of the text to be replaced
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character string value to be added to the text widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldReplaceWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAY.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAY.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9402ecc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAY.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAY.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:15:07 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN498.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldReplaceWcs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldReplaceWcs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that replaces part of a
+wide character string in a TextField widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldReplaceWcs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldReplaceWcs</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldReplaceWcs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, from_pos, to_pos, wcstring</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>from_pos</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>to_pos</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>wchar_t *<Parameter>wcstring</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldReplaceWcs</Function> replaces part of the wide character string
+in the TextField widget. The character positions begin at 0 (zero) and are
+numbered sequentially from the beginning of the text.
+</Para>
+<Para>An example text replacement would be to replace
+the second and third characters in the text string. To accomplish this,
+the parameter <Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol> must be 1 and <Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol> must be 3. To
+insert a string after the fourth character, both parameters,
+<Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol>, must be 4.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the resulting
+data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem> resource is greater than or is the same value as
+<Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> is called.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the start position of the text to be replaced
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the end position of the text to be replaced
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">wcstring</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the wide character string value to be added to the TextField widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField; and
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldReplace;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAZ.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAZ.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2ca3ed9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieAZ.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieAZ.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:15:15 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN499.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldSetAddMode</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldSetAddMode</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that sets the state of Add mode
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldSetAddMode</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldSetAddMode</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldSetAddMode</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, state</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>state</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldSetAddMode</Function> controls whether or not the TextField widget is in Add
+mode. When the widget is in Add mode, the insert cursor can be moved
+without disturbing the primary selection.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">state</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether or not the widget is in Add mode. A value of True
+turns on Add mode; a value of False turns off Add mode.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ecf6ce8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieBA.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:26:27 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN500.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldSetEditable</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldSetEditable</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that sets the edit permission
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldSetEditable</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldSetEditable</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldSetEditable</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, editable</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>editable</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldSetEditable</Function> sets the edit permission state of the TextField widget.
+When set to True, the text string can be edited.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">editable</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that when True allows text string edits
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8aca64e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieBB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:15:23 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN501.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldSetHighlight</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldSetHighlight</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that highlights text
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldSetHighlight</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldSetHighlight</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldSetHighlight</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, left, right, mode</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>left</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>right</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmHighlightMode <Parameter>mode</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldSetHighlight</Function> highlights text between the two specified
+character positions. The <Symbol Role="Variable">mode</Symbol> parameter determines the type of
+highlighting. Highlighting text merely changes the visual appearance of
+the text; it does not set the selection.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">left</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the left boundary of text to be highlighted.
+This is an integer number of characters from the beginning of the text
+buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">right</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the right boundary of text to be highlighted.
+This is an integer number of characters from the beginning of the text
+buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mode</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of highlighting to be done. A value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHIGHLIGHT_NORMAL</SystemItem> removes highlighting. A value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHIGHLIGHT_SELECTED</SystemItem> highlights the test using reverse video. A
+value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHIGHLIGHT_SECONDARY_SELECTED</SystemItem> highlights the text using
+underlining.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..327a1e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieBC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:15:31 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN502.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that sets the position of the insertion cursor
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldSetInsertion\\%Position</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldSetInsertion\\%Position</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition</Function> sets the insertion cursor position
+of the TextField widget.
+This routine also calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks if the insertion cursor position changes.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the insert cursor. This is an integer number
+of characters from the beginning of the text buffer. The first
+character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..46bfaba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieBD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:15:38 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN503.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldSetMaxLength</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldSetMaxLength</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that sets the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldSetMaxLength</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldSetMaxLength</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldSetMaxLength</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, max_length</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>max_length</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldSetMaxLength</Function> sets the value of the current maximum allowable
+length of the text string in the TextField widget. The maximum allowable length
+prevents the user from entering a text string from the keyboard
+that is larger than this limit.
+Strings that are entered using the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> (or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueWcs</SystemItem>) resource, or the
+<Function>XmTextFieldSetString</Function> (or <Function>XmTextFieldSetStringWcs</Function>)
+function ignore this resource.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">max_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the maximum allowable length of the text string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;,
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldSetString;, and
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldSetStringWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..de24cb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieBE.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:15:46 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN504.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldSetSelection</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldSetSelection</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that sets the primary selection of the text
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldSetSelection</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldSetSelection</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldSetSelection</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, first, last, time</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>first</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>last</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>time</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldSetSelection</Function> sets the primary selection of the text in
+the widget.
+It also sets the insertion cursor position to the last position of the
+selection and calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+<Function>XmTextFieldSetSelection</Function> always generates an
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNgainPrimaryCallback</systemitem>
+unless it fails to take ownership of the primary text selection.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">first</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Marks the first character position of the text to be selected
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>last</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Marks the last position of the text to be selected
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time at which the selection value is desired. This should
+be the same as the time of the event that triggered this
+request. One source of a valid time stamp is the function
+<Function>XtLastTimestampProcessed</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..094c658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieBF.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:15:54 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN505.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldSetString</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldSetString</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that sets the string value
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldSetString</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldSetString</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldSetString</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, value</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char <Parameter>* value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldSetString</Function> sets the string value of the TextField widget.
+This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the resulting
+data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+It also sets the insertion cursor position to the beginning of the
+string and calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character pointer to the string value and places
+the string into the text edit window
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField; and
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldSetStringWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBG.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBG.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9947c1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBG.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieBG.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:16:02 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN506.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldSetStringWcs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldSetStringWcs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that sets a wide
+character string value
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldSetStringWcs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldSetStringWcs</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldSetStringWcs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, wcstring</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>wchar_t *<Parameter>wcstring</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldSetStringWcs</Function> sets the wide character string value
+of the TextField widget. This routine calls the widget's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and verification callbacks, either
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>,
+or both. If both verification callback lists are registered, the
+procedures of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed
+first and the resulting data is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks. It also sets the insertion
+cursor position to the beginning of the string and calls the widget's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">wcstring</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the wide character string value
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField; and
+&cdeman.XmTextFieldSetString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBH.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBH.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7aa2f7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBH.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieBH.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:16:10 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN507.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldShowPosition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldShowPosition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that forces text at a given position to be displayed
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldShowPosition</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldShowPosition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextFieldShowPosition</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldShowPosition</Function> forces text at the specified position to be
+displayed.
+The cursor position is not updated nor is the cursor shown at this position.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character position to be displayed. This is an integer
+number of characters from the beginning of the text buffer. The first
+character position is 0 (zero).
+See &cdeman.XmTextPosition; for details on the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmTextPosition</StructName> data type.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;
+and
+&cdeman.XmTextPosition;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBI.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBI.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f85854c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFieBI.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFieBI.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:16:18 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN508.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFieldXYToPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFieldXYToPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A TextField function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFieldXYToPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>TextField functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFieldXYToPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/TextF.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTextPosition <Function>XmTextFieldXYToPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, x, y</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>x</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>y</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFieldXYToPos</Function> accesses the character position nearest to the
+specified <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> and <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position, relative to the upper left corner of the
+TextField widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the TextField widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> position, relative to the upper left corner of the
+widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position, relative to the upper left corner of the
+widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of TextField and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the character position in the text nearest the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> and <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>
+position specified. This is an integer number of characters
+from the beginning of the buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmTextField;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFindA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFindA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5ef5740
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFindA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFindA.sgm /main/10 1996/09/25 14:51:36 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN509.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFindString</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFindString</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that finds the beginning position of a text string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFindString</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFindString</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextFindString</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, start, string, direction, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>start</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>string</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextDirection <Parameter>direction</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition *<Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFindString</Function> locates the beginning position of a specified
+text string. This routine searches forward or backward for the first
+occurrence of the string starting from the given start position.
+<!--&bsol;" apparently the code doesn't do this
+If a match is not found, the search wraps to the beginning of the buffer
+(to the end, when &bsol;*Vdirection&bsol;*O is &bsol;*LXmTEXT_BACKWARD&bsol;*O) and continues
+to the initial start position.
+-->If it finds a match, the function
+returns the position of the first character of the string in <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol>.
+If the match string begins at the current position, this routine returns the current position.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">start</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character position from which the search proceeds. This
+is an integer number of characters from the beginning of the text
+buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the search string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>direction</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the search direction. It is relative to the primary
+direction of the text. The possible values are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEXT_FORWARD</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The search proceeds toward the end of the text buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEXT_BACKWARD</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The search proceeds toward the beginning of the text buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer in which the first character position
+of the string match is returned. This is an integer number
+of characters from the beginning of the buffer. The first
+character position is 0 (zero). If the function returns False,
+this value is undefined.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if a string match is found; otherwise, returns False.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and &cdeman.XmTextFindStringWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFindB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFindB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6b0a2ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtFindB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtFindB.sgm /main/9 1996/09/25 14:51:45 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN510.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextFindStringWcs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextFindStringWcs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that finds the beginning
+position of a wide character text string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextFindStringWcs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextFindStringWcs</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextFindStringWcs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, start, wcstring, direction, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>start</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>wchar_t *<Parameter>wcstring</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextDirection <Parameter>direction</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition *<Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextFindStringWcs</Function> locates the beginning position of a specified
+wide character text string. This routine searches forward or backward
+for the first occurrence of the string, starting from the given start
+position.
+<!--&bsol;" apparently the code doesn't do this
+If a match is not found, the search wraps to the beginning
+of the buffer (or to the end when &bsol;*Vdirection&bsol;*O is &bsol;*LXmTEXT_BACKWARD&bsol;*O)
+and continues to the initial start position.
+-->If a match is found, the
+function returns the position of the first character of the string
+in <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol>.
+If the match string begins at the current position, this routine returns the current position.</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">start</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character position from which the search proceeds. This
+is an integer number of characters from the beginning of the text
+buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">wcstring</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the wide character search string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>direction</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates the search direction. It is relative to the primary direction
+of the text. The possible values are
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEXT_FORWARD</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The search proceeds toward the end of the buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmTEXT_BACKWARD</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The search proceeds toward the beginning of the buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer in which the first character position
+of the string match is returned.
+This is an integer number of characters from the beginning of
+the buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero). If the function
+returns False, this value is undefined.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if a string match is found; otherwise, returns False.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and &cdeman.XmTextFindString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetBa.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetBa.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e90265a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetBa.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetBa.sgm /main/12 1996/10/06 18:56:51 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN511.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetBaseline</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetBaseline</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that accesses the y position of the baseline
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetBaseline</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetBaseline</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmTextGetBaseline</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetBaseline</Function> accesses the <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position of the
+baseline in the Text widget,
+relative to the <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position of the top of the widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>
+In vertical mode (when the <systemitem class="resource">XmNlayoutDirection</systemitem> resource is
+<systemitem class="constant">XmTOP_TO_BOTTOM</systemitem>) this function returns 0 and
+the program should use <Function>XmTextGetCenterline</Function>
+</Para>
+<Para>
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns an integer value that indicates the <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position
+of the baseline in the Text widget.
+The calculation takes into account the
+margin height, shadow thickness, highlight thickness, and font ascent of
+the first font (set) in the fontlist used for drawing text.
+In this calculation, the
+<Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position of the top of the widget is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;, &cdeman.XmTextGetCenterline;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetCl.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetCl.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..05456bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetCl.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetCl.sgm /main/7 1996/10/02 11:49:21 cdedoc $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.XmTextGetCenterline">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetCenterline</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetCenterline</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>
+Return the height (length) of a character string
+when the writing direction is vertical
+</RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis Remap="ANSI">
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmTextGetCenterline</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<para><function>XmTextGetCenterline</function> accesses the x position of the centerline in the
+<literal>Text</literal> widget, relative to the x position of the top of the widget.
+</para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry><term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></term>
+<ListItem>
+<para>Specifies the <literal>Text</literal> widget ID.
+</para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1><title>RETURN VALUE</title><para>In the case of horizontal writing, this function accesses 0.
+<!-- 'vertical' in spec, but that would make no sense; one case is presumably horizontal. --></para><para>In the case of vertical writing, this function accesses the
+x position of the first centerline in the Text widget,
+relative to the x position of the left of the widget.
+The calculation takes into account the margin width, shadow
+thickness, highlight thickness, and a half of font width of
+the first font(set) in the fontlist used for drawing text.
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para>&cdeman.XmText;, &cdeman.XmTextGetBaseline;
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetEd.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetEd.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..46afa83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetEd.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetEd.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:28:12 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN512.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetEditable</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetEditable</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that accesses the edit permission state
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetEditable</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetEditable</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextGetEditable</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetEditable</Function> accesses the edit permission state of the Text widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a Boolean value that indicates the state of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditable</SystemItem>
+resource.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetIn.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetIn.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4a60737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetIn.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetIn.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:16:49 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN513.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetInsertionPosition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetInsertionPosition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that accesses the position of the insert cursor
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetInsertionPosition</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetInsertionPosition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTextPosition <Function>XmTextGetInsertionPosition</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetInsertionPosition</Function> accesses the insertion cursor position of the
+Text widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns an <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextPosition</StructName> value that indicates the state of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem> resource. This is an integer number of
+characters from the beginning of the text buffer. The first character
+position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetLa.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetLa.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..87ba7ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetLa.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetLa.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:16:57 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN514.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetLastPosition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetLastPosition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that accesses the last position in the text
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetLastPosition</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetLastPosition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTextPosition <Function>XmTextGetLastPosition</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetLastPosition</Function> accesses the last position
+in the text buffer of the Text widget. This is an integer
+number of characters from the beginning of the buffer, and
+represents the position that text added to the end
+of the buffer is placed after. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+The last character position is equal to the number of characters
+in the text buffer.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns an <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextPosition</StructName> value that indicates the last position
+in the text buffer.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetMa.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetMa.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e3a41d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetMa.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetMa.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:17:04 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN515.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetMaxLength</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetMaxLength</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that accesses the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetMaxLength</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetMaxLength</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmTextGetMaxLength</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetMaxLength</Function> accesses the value of the current maximum allowable
+length of the text string in the Text widget entered from the
+keyboard. The maximum allowable length
+prevents the user from entering a text string larger than this limit.
+Note that the maximum allowable length is the same as the value
+of the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmaxLength</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the integer value that indicates the string's maximum allowable
+length that can be entered from the keyboard.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7b35374
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetSA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:17:12 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN516.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetSelection</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetSelection</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that retrieves the value of the primary selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetSelection</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetSelection</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>char * <Function>XmTextGetSelection</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetSelection</Function>
+retrieves the value of the primary selection. It returns
+a NULL pointer if no text is selected in the widget. The application is
+responsible for freeing the storage associated with the string by calling
+<Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a character pointer to the string that is associated with the
+primary selection.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and
+&cdeman.XmTextGetSelectionWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7762768
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetSB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:17:20 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN517.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetSelectionPosition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetSelectionPosition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that accesses the position of the primary selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetSelectionPosition</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetSelectionPosition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextGetSelectionPosition</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, left, right</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>*left</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>*right</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetSelectionPosition</Function> accesses the left and right position of
+the primary selection in the text buffer of the Text widget.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">left</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer in which the position of the left boundary of the
+primary selection is returned. This is an integer number of characters
+from the beginning of the buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">right</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer in which the position of the right boundary of the
+primary selection is returned. This is an integer number of characters
+from the beginning of the buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns True if the widget owns the primary selection;
+otherwise, it returns False.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..dd1285f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetSC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:17:28 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN518.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetSelectionWcs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetSelectionWcs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that retrieves the
+value of a wide character encoded primary selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetSelectionWcs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetSelectionWcs</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>wchar_t * <Function>XmTextGetSelectionWcs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetSelectionWcs</Function> retrieves the value of the primary selection
+that is encoded in a wide character format. It returns a NULL pointer
+if no text is selected in the widget. The application is responsible
+for freeing the storage associated with the wide character buffer by
+calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the wide character string that is associated with the
+primary selection in the Text widget.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and
+&cdeman.XmTextGetSelection;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3380a7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetSD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:17:36 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN519.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetSource</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetSource</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that accesses the source of the widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetSource</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetSource</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTextSource <Function>XmTextGetSource</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetSource</Function> accesses the source of the Text widget. Text
+widgets can share sources of text so that editing in one widget is
+reflected in another. This function accesses the source of one widget
+so that it can be made the source of another widget, using the function
+&cdeman.XmTextSetSource;.
+</Para>
+<Para>Setting a new text source destroys the old text source if no other Text
+widgets are using that source.
+To replace a text source but keep it for later use, create an unmanaged
+Text widget and set its source to the text source you want to keep.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns an <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextSource</StructName> value that represents the source of the Text
+widget.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8669d5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetSE.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:17:44 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN520.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetString</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetString</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that accesses the string value
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetString</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetString</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>char * <Function>XmTextGetString</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetString</Function>
+accesses the string value of the Text widget. The application
+is responsible for freeing the storage associated with the string by
+calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a character pointer to the string value of the text widget.
+This returned value is a copy of the value of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> resource.
+Returns an empty string if the length of the Text widget's string is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and
+&cdeman.XmTextGetStringWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d442f9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetSF.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:17:51 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN521.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetStringWcs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetStringWcs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that retrieves a copy
+of the wide character string value of a Text widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetStringWcs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetStringWcs</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>wchar_t * <Function>XmTextGetStringWcs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetStringWcs</Function> retrieves a copy of the wide character string value
+of the Text widget. The application is responsible for freeing
+the storage associated with the string by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the wide character string value of the Text widget. The
+function returns an empty string if the length of the Text widget's
+string is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and
+&cdeman.XmTextGetString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSG.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSG.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..12262c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSG.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetSG.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:18:00 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN522.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetSubstring</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetSubstring</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that retrieves a copy
+of a portion of the internal text buffer
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetSubstring</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetSubstring</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmTextGetSubstring</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, start, num_chars, buffer_size, buffer</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>start</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>num_chars</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>buffer_size</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char *<Parameter>buffer</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetSubstring</Function> retrieves a copy of a portion of the internal
+text buffer of a Text widget. The function
+copies a specified number of characters from a given start position
+in the internal text buffer into a buffer provided by the
+application. A NULL terminator is placed at the end of the copied data.
+</Para>
+<Para>The size of the required buffer depends on the maximum number of bytes
+per character (<SystemItem Class="Constant">MB_CUR_MAX</SystemItem>) for the current locale.
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">MB_CUR_MAX</SystemItem> is a macro defined in <Filename>stdlib.h</Filename>. The buffer
+should be large enough to contain the substring to be copied and
+a NULL terminator. Use the following equation to calculate the
+size of buffer the application should provide:
+</Para>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo><Replaceable>buffer_size</Replaceable> = (<Replaceable>num_chars</Replaceable>* MB_CUR_MAX) + 1</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">start</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the beginning character position from which the data will be
+retrieved. This is an integer number of characters from the beginning
+of the text buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_chars</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of characters to be copied into the provided buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer_size</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size of the supplied buffer in bytes. This size
+should account for a NULL terminator.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character buffer into which the internal
+text buffer will be copied.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY_SUCCEEDED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY_FAILED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because it was unable to copy the
+specified number of characters into the buffer provided.
+The buffer size may be insufficient. The contents of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol> are undefined.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY_TRUNCATED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The requested number of characters extended beyond the internal
+buffer. The function copied characters between <Symbol Role="Variable">start</Symbol> and the
+end of the widget's buffer and terminated the string with a NULL
+terminator; fewer than <Symbol Role="Variable">num_chars</Symbol> characters were copied.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and &cdeman.XmTextGetSubstringWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSH.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSH.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6cee34d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetSH.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetSH.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:18:08 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN523.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetSubstringWcs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetSubstringWcs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that retrieves
+a portion of a wide character internal text buffer
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetSubstringWcs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetSubstringWcs</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>int <Function>XmTextGetSubstringWcs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, start, num_chars, buffer_size, buffer</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>start</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>num_chars</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>buffer_size</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>wchar_t *<Parameter>buffer</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetSubstringWcs</Function> retrieves a copy of a portion of the internal
+text buffer of a Text widget that is stored in a wide character
+format. The function copies a specified number of characters from
+a given start position in the internal text buffer into a buffer
+provided by the application. A NULL terminator is placed at the
+end of the copied data.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">start</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the beginning character position from which the data will be
+retrieved. This is an integer number of characters from the beginning of
+the text buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">num_chars</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of <StructName Role="typedef">wchar_t</StructName> characters to be copied into
+the provided buffer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer_size</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the size of the supplied buffer as a number of <StructName Role="typedef">wchar_t</StructName>
+storage locations. The minimum size is <Symbol Role="Variable">num_chars</Symbol> + 1.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the wide character buffer into which the internal
+text buffer will be copied.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources,
+see &cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY_SUCCEEDED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function was successful.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY_FAILED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The function failed because it was unable to copy the
+specified number of characters into the buffer provided.
+The buffer size may be insufficient. The contents of
+<Symbol Role="Variable">buffer</Symbol> are undefined.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY_TRUNCATED</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The requested number of characters extended beyond the internal
+buffer. The function copied characters between <Symbol Role="Variable">start</Symbol> and the
+end of the widget's buffer and terminated the string with a NULL
+terminator; fewer than <Symbol Role="Variable">num_chars</Symbol> characters were copied.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and &cdeman.XmTextGetSubstring;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetTo.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetTo.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..00e4d6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtGetTo.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtGetTo.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:18:16 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN524.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextGetTopCharacter</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextGetTopCharacter</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that accesses the position of the first character displayed
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextGetTopCharacter</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextGetTopCharacter</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTextPosition <Function>XmTextGetTopCharacter</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextGetTopCharacter</Function> accesses the position of the text at the top
+of the Text widget.
+If there is no text in the Text widget (in other words,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> contains an empty string),
+then <Function>XmTextGetTopCharacter</Function> returns 0.
+</Para>
+<Para>Suppose that the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopCharacter</SystemItem> resource has been
+set to a value greater than the number of characters in
+the text widget. In this case,
+<Function>XmTextGetTopCharacter</Function> returns an
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmTextPosition</StructName> value identifying
+the position of the first character in the last line of text in a
+multiline case; otherwise, it identifies the position of the last
+character in the line.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns an <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextPosition</StructName> value that indicates the state of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtopCharacter</SystemItem> resource. This is an integer number of characters
+from the beginning of the text buffer. The first character position is
+0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtInseA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtInseA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..ed6264a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtInseA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtInseA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:18:23 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN525.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextInsert</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextInsert</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that inserts a character string into a text string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextInsert</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextInsert</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextInsert</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position, value</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char <Parameter>* value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextInsert</Function> inserts a character string into the text string in
+the Text widget. The character positions begin at 0 (zero) and are numbered
+sequentially from the beginning of the text. For example, to insert a
+string after the fourth character, the parameter <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol> must be
+4.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the resulting
+data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem> resource is greater than or is the same value as
+<Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> is called.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that, if <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> is a null string, no callbacks will be
+generated, since no modifications will have been made.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position in the text string where the character string is
+to be inserted.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character string value to be added to the text widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and
+&cdeman.XmTextInsertWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtInseB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtInseB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..03d7b8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtInseB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtInseB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:18:31 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN526.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextInsertWcs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextInsertWcs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that inserts a wide character
+string into a Text widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextInsertWcs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextInsertWcs</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextInsertWcs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position, wcstring</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>wchar_t *<Parameter>wcstring</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextInsertWcs</Function> inserts a wide character string into
+the Text widget at a specified location. The character
+positions begin at 0 (zero) and are numbered sequentially from
+the beginning of the text. For example, to insert a string
+after the fourth character, the <Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol> parameter
+must be 4.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the resulting
+data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem> resource is greater than or is the same value as
+<Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol>, the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> is called.
+</Para>
+<Para>Note that, if <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> is a null string, no callbacks will be
+generated, since no modifications will have been made.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position in the text string where the new character string is
+to be inserted
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">wcstring</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the wide character string value to be added to the Text widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and
+&cdeman.XmTextInsert;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtPastA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtPastA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7e3a30b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtPastA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtPastA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:18:38 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN527.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextPaste</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextPaste</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that inserts the clipboard selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextPaste</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextPaste</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextPaste</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextPaste</Function> inserts the clipboard selection at the insertion cursor
+of the destination widget.
+If <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNpendingDelete</SystemItem> is True and the insertion cursor is inside
+the current selection, the clipboard selection replaces the selected text.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the
+resulting data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>
+callbacks.
+If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNcursorPosition</SystemItem> resource is greater than or is the same value as
+the position where the selection is to be inserted, the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> is called.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures
+with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName>
+set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> member set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmCOPY</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<!---->
+<Para>This function returns False if no transfers take place.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtPastB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtPastB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..0f7e004
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtPastB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtPastB.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:30:58 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN528.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextPasteLink</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextPasteLink</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that inserts a link to the clipboard selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextPasteLink</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextPasteLink</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextPasteLink</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextPasteLink</Function> inserts a link to the clipboard selection at the
+insertion cursor.
+This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures
+with the <Symbol Role="Variable">selection</Symbol> member of the <StructName Role="typedef">XmDestinationCallbackStruct</StructName>
+set to <Symbol Role="Define">CLIPBOARD</Symbol> and with the <Symbol Role="Variable">operation</Symbol> member set to
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmLINK</SystemItem>.
+The Text widget itself performs no transfers; the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestinationCallback</SystemItem> procedures are responsible for inserting
+the link to the clipboard selection and for taking any related actions.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns False if no transfers take place.
+Otherwise, it returns True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtPosTo.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtPosTo.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e76e724
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtPosTo.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtPosTo.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 21:18:46 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN529.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextPosToXY</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextPosToXY</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that accesses the x and y position of a character position
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextPosToXY</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextPosToXY</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextPosToXY</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>*x</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>*y</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextPosToXY</Function> accesses the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> and <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position,
+relative to the upper
+left corner of the Text widget, of a given character position in the
+text buffer.
+</Para>
+<Para>In the case of horizontal writing, the position is the origin of the
+character. In the case of vertical writing, the position is the vertical
+origin of the character.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character position in the text for which the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> and <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>
+position is accessed. This is an integer number of characters
+from the beginning of the buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer in which the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> position is returned.
+The returned position is the distance from the left side of the widget
+to the left border of the character.
+This value is meaningful only if the function returns True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the pointer in which the <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position is returned.
+The returned position is the distance from the top of the widget
+to the character's baseline.
+This value is meaningful only if the function returns True.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns True if the character position is displayed in the
+Text widget; otherwise, it returns False, and no <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> or <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>
+value is returned.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtPosit.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtPosit.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..533b208
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtPosit.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtPosit.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:18:54 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN530.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextPosition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><StructName Role="typedef">XmTextPosition</StructName></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Data type for a character position within a text string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextPosition</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>data types</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextPosition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>&npzwc;#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><StructName Role="typedef">XmTextPosition</StructName>
+is an integer data type that holds a character's position within
+a text string for
+Text and TextField.
+</Para>
+<Para>An <StructName Role="typedef">XmTextPosition</StructName> value conceptually points to the gap
+between two characters.
+For example, consider a text string consisting of <Literal>N</Literal> characters.
+A value of 0 refers to the position immediately prior to the first character.
+A value of 1 refers to the position in between the first and second characters.
+A value of <Literal>N</Literal> refers to the position immediately following the last
+character. Therefore, the text string of <Literal>N</Literal> characters
+actually contains <Literal>N + 1</Literal> positions.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtRemov.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtRemov.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b5f74c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtRemov.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtRemov.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:19:01 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN531.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextRemove</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextRemove</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that deletes the primary selection
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextRemove</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextRemove</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmTextRemove</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextRemove</Function> deletes the primary selected text.
+If there is a selection, this routine also calls the widget's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and verification callbacks, either
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>,
+or both. If both verification callback lists are registered, the
+procedures of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed
+first and the resulting data is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+This function may also
+call the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> callback.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>This function returns False if the primary selection is NULL or if the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol> does not own the primary selection. Otherwise, it returns
+True.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtReplA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtReplA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9e5a123
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtReplA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtReplA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:19:09 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN532.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextReplace</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextReplace</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that replaces part of a text string
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextReplace</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextReplace</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextReplace</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, from_pos, to_pos, value</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>from_pos</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>to_pos</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char <Parameter>* value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextReplace</Function> replaces part of the text string in the Text widget. The
+character positions begin at 0 (zero) and are numbered sequentially from the
+beginning of the text.
+</Para>
+<Para>An example text replacement would be to replace
+the second and third characters in the text string. To accomplish this,
+the parameter <Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol> must be 1 and <Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol> must be 3. To
+insert a string after the fourth character, both parameters, <Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol>
+and <Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol>, must be 4.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the resulting
+data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+The <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> is generated if <Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol> is less
+than or equal to
+the cursor position and the length of <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol> is not the same as the
+length of the text being replaced, or if the cursor position is between
+<Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol>, and the distance from the cursor
+position to <Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol> is greater than the length of <Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the start position of the text to be replaced
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the end position of the text to be replaced
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character string value to be added to the text widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and
+&cdeman.XmTextReplaceWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtReplB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtReplB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1c8a46f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtReplB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtReplB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:19:16 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN533.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextReplaceWcs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextReplaceWcs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that replaces part of
+a wide character string in a Text widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextReplaceWcs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextReplaceWcs</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextReplaceWcs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, from_pos, to_pos, wcstring</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>from_pos</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>to_pos</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>wchar_t *<Parameter>wcstring</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextReplaceWcs</Function> replaces part of the wide character
+string in the Text widget. The character positions begin at
+zero and are numbered sequentially from the beginning of the text.
+</Para>
+<Para>An example text replacement would be to replace
+the second and third characters in the text string. To accomplish this,
+the <Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol> parameter must be 1 and the <Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol>
+parameter must be 3. To
+insert a string after the fourth character, both the
+<Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol> parameters must be 4.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the resulting
+data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> callback
+when <Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol> is less than or equal to the cursor position.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">from_pos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the start position of the text to be replaced
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">to_pos</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the end position of the text to be replaced
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">wcstring</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the wide character string value to be added to the Text widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and
+&cdeman.XmTextReplace;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtScrol.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtScrol.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a4daebd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtScrol.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtScrol.sgm /main/12 1996/09/08 21:19:24 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN534.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextScroll</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextScroll</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that scrolls text
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextScroll</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextScroll</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextScroll</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>lines</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextScroll</Function> scrolls text by a given number
+of lines in a Text widget. The sign of the number is interpreted
+according to the value of the <Symbol>XmNlayoutDirection</Symbol> resource.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">lines</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of lines of text to scroll. A positive value
+causes text to scroll upward; a negative value causes text to scroll
+downward.
+Note that the text will scroll only as long as one line of text
+remains visible in the window.
+</Para>
+<Para>If a navigator exists, this function uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol>
+trait to update the vertical navigator's value.
+</Para>
+<Para>In the case of vertical writing, a positive value causes the text to scroll forward;
+a negative value causes the lines to scroll backward.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetAd.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetAd.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..607317f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetAd.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtSetAd.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:19:32 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN535.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextSetAddMode</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextSetAddMode</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that sets the state of Add mode
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextSetAddMode</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextSetAddMode</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextSetAddMode</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, state</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>state</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextSetAddMode</Function> controls whether or not the Text widget is in Add
+mode. When the widget is in Add mode, the insert cursor can be moved
+without disturbing the primary selection.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">state</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies whether or not the widget is in Add mode. A value of True
+turns on Add mode; a value of False turns off Add mode.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetEd.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetEd.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7e072d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetEd.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtSetEd.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:32:15 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN536.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextSetEditable</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextSetEditable</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that sets the edit permission
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextSetEditable</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextSetEditable</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextSetEditable</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, editable</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Boolean <Parameter>editable</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextSetEditable</Function> sets the edit permission state of the Text widget.
+When set to True, the text string can be edited.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">editable</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a Boolean value that when True allows text string edits
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetHi.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetHi.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a649239
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetHi.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtSetHi.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:19:39 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN537.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextSetHighlight</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextSetHighlight</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that highlights text
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextSetHighlight</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextSetHighlight</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextSetHighlight</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, left, right, mode</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>left</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>right</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmHighlightMode <Parameter>mode</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextSetHighlight</Function> highlights text between the two specified
+character positions. The <Symbol Role="Variable">mode</Symbol> parameter determines the type of
+highlighting. Highlighting text merely changes the visual appearance of
+the text; it does not set the selection.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">left</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the left boundary of text to be highlighted.
+This is an integer number of characters from the beginning of the text
+buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">right</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the right boundary of text to be highlighted.
+This is an integer number of characters from the beginning of the text
+buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mode</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the type of highlighting to be done. A value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHIGHLIGHT_NORMAL</SystemItem> removes highlighting. A value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHIGHLIGHT_SELECTED</SystemItem> highlights the text using reverse video. A
+value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmHIGHLIGHT_SECONDARY_SELECTED</SystemItem> highlights the text using
+underlining.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetIn.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetIn.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..342c3dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetIn.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtSetIn.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:19:47 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN538.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextSetInsertionPosition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextSetInsertionPosition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that sets the position of the insert cursor
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextSetInsertionPosition</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextSetInsertionPosition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextSetInsertionPosition</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextSetInsertionPosition</Function> sets the insertion cursor position of the
+Text widget.
+This routine also calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem>
+callbacks if the insertion cursor position changes.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position of the insertion cursor. This is an integer number
+of characters from the beginning of the text buffer. The first
+character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetMa.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetMa.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..280b4b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetMa.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtSetMa.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:19:54 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN539.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextSetMaxLength</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextSetMaxLength</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that sets the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextSetMaxLength</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextSetMaxLength</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextSetMaxLength</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, max_length</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>max_length</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextSetMaxLength</Function> sets the value of the current maximum allowable
+length of the text string in the Text widget. The maximum allowable length
+prevents the user from entering a text string from the keyboard
+that is larger than this limit.
+Strings that are entered using the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalue</SystemItem> (or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueWcs</SystemItem>)
+resource, or the <Function>XmTextSetString</Function> (or <Function>XmTextSetStringWcs</Function>)
+function ignore this resource.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">max_length</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the maximum allowable length of the text string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;,
+&cdeman.XmTextSetString;, and
+&cdeman.XmTextSetStringWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetSA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetSA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a3f8473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetSA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtSetSA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:20:02 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN540.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextSetSelection</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextSetSelection</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that sets the primary selection of the text
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextSetSelection</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextSetSelection</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextSetSelection</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, first, last, time</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>first</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>last</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Time <Parameter>time</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextSetSelection</Function> sets the primary selection of the text in the
+widget.
+It also sets the insertion cursor position to the last position of the
+selection and calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">first</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Marks the first character position of the text to be selected
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>last</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Marks the last position of the text to be selected
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">time</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the time at which the selection value is desired. This should
+be the same as the time of the event that triggered this request.
+request. One source of a valid time stamp is the function
+<Function>XtLastTimestampProcessed</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetSB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetSB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6e9f51a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetSB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtSetSB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:20:09 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN541.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextSetSource</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextSetSource</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that sets the source of the widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextSetSource</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextSetSource</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextSetSource</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, source, top_character, cursor_position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextSource <Parameter>source</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>top_character</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>cursor_position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextSetSource</Function> sets the source of the Text widget. Text
+widgets can share sources of text so that editing in one widget is
+reflected in another. This function sets the source of one widget
+so that it can share the source of another widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>Setting a new text source destroys the old text source if no other Text
+widgets are using that source.
+To replace a text source but keep it for later use, create an unmanaged
+Text widget and set its source to the text source you want to keep.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">source</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the source with which the widget displays text. This can be a
+value returned by the &cdeman.XmTextGetSource; function. If no source
+is specified, the widget creates a default string source.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">top_character</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position in the text to display at the top of the widget.
+This is an integer number of characters from the beginning of the text
+buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">cursor_position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position in the text at which the insert cursor is
+located. This is an integer number of characters from the beginning of
+the text buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetSC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetSC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b26ac13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetSC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtSetSC.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:20:16 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN542.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextSetString</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextSetString</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that sets the string value
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextSetString</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextSetString</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextSetString</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, value</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>char <Parameter>* value</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextSetString</Function> sets the string value of the Text widget.
+This routine calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and
+verification callbacks, either <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>, or both. If both verification
+callback lists are registered, the procedures of the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed first and the resulting
+data is passed to the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks.
+This function also sets the insertion cursor position to the beginning of the
+string and calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character pointer to the string value and places the
+string into the text edit window
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and
+&cdeman.XmTextSetStringWcs;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetSD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetSD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..da301a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetSD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtSetSD.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:20:24 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN543.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextSetStringWcs</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextSetStringWcs</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that sets a wide character
+string value
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextSetStringWcs</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextSetStringWcs</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextSetStringWcs</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, wcstring</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>wchar_t *<Parameter>wcstring</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextSetStringWcs</Function> sets the wide character string value
+of the Text widget. This routine calls the widget's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem> and verification callbacks, either
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> or <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem>,
+or both. If both verification callback lists are registered, the
+procedures of the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallback</SystemItem> list are executed
+first and the resulting data is passed to the
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmodifyVerifyCallbackWcs</SystemItem> callbacks. This function also sets the
+insertion cursor position to the beginning of the string and
+calls the widget's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNmotionVerifyCallback</SystemItem> callbacks.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the wide character string value
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText; and
+&cdeman.XmTextSetString;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetTo.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetTo.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a92f702
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtSetTo.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtSetTo.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:20:31 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN544.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextSetTopCharacter</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextSetTopCharacter</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that sets the position of the first character displayed
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextSetTopCharacter</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextSetTopCharacter</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextSetTopCharacter</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, top_character</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>top_character</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextSetTopCharacter</Function> sets the position of the text at the top
+of the Text widget.
+If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNeditMode</SystemItem> is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMULTI_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>, the line of text
+that contains <Symbol Role="Variable">top_character</Symbol> is displayed at the top of the widget
+without the text shifting left or right.
+If the edit mode is <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSINGLE_LINE_EDIT</SystemItem>, the text moves horizontally
+so that <Symbol Role="Variable">top_character</Symbol> is the first character displayed.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">top_character</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the position in the text to display at the top of the widget.
+This is an integer number of characters from the beginning of the text
+buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtShowP.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtShowP.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a5ed6a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtShowP.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtShowP.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:20:39 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN545.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextShowPosition</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextShowPosition</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that forces text at a given position to be displayed
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextShowPosition</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextShowPosition</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>void <Function>XmTextShowPosition</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, position</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmTextPosition <Parameter>position</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextShowPosition</Function> forces text at the specified position to be
+displayed. If the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNautoShowCursorPosition</SystemItem> resource is True, the
+application should also set the insert cursor to this position.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">position</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the character position to be displayed. This is an integer
+number of characters from the beginning of the text buffer. The first
+character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>If a navigator exists, this function uses the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol>
+trait to update the horizontal navigator's value.
+</Para>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtXYToP.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtXYToP.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e09f855
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/TxtXYToP.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: TxtXYToP.sgm /main/11 1996/09/08 21:20:46 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN546.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmTextXYToPos</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmTextXYToPos</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A Text function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmTextXYToPos</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Text functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmTextXYToPos</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Text.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>XmTextPosition <Function>XmTextXYToPos</Function></FuncDef>
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>x</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Position <Parameter>y</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmTextXYToPos</Function> accesses the character position nearest to the
+specified <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> and <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position, relative to the upper left corner of the
+Text widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>In the case of horizontal writing, the position is the origin of the character.
+In the case of vertical writing, the position is the vertical origin of
+the character.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the Text widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>x</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> position, relative to the upper left corner of the
+widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Emphasis>y</Emphasis></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the <Emphasis>y</Emphasis> position, relative to the upper left corner of the
+widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For a complete definition of Text and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the character position in the text nearest the <Emphasis>x</Emphasis> and <Emphasis>y</Emphasis>
+position specified. This is an integer number of characters
+from the beginning of the buffer. The first character position is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmText;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Uninstal.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Uninstal.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..45d4575
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/Uninstal.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Uninstal.sgm /main/7 1996/08/30 16:33:55 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN562.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmUninstallImage</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmUninstallImage</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A pixmap caching function that removes an image from the image cache
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmUninstallImage</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>pixmaps</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmUninstallImage</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>image</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>XImage <Parameter>* image</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmUninstallImage</Function> removes an image from the image cache.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">image</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Points to the image structure given to the <Action>XmInstallImage()</Action> routine
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True when successful; returns False if the <Symbol Role="Variable">image</Symbol> is
+NULL, or if it cannot be found to be uninstalled.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmInstallImage;, &cdeman.XmGetPixmap;, and &cdeman.XmDestroyPixmap;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/UpdateDi.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/UpdateDi.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2b388a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/UpdateDi.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: UpdateDi.sgm /main/7 1996/09/08 21:20:54 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN563.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmUpdateDisplay</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmUpdateDisplay</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A function that processes all pending exposure events immediately
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmUpdateDisplay</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>void XmUpdateDisplay (<Replaceable>widget</Replaceable>)
+        Widget  <Replaceable>widget</Replaceable>;
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef></FuncDef>
+<void>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmUpdateDisplay</Function> provides the application with a mechanism for forcing all
+pending exposure events to be removed from the input queue and processed immediately.
+When a user selects a button within a menu pane, the menu panes are
+unposted and then any activation callbacks registered by the application
+are invoked. If one of the callbacks performs a time-consuming action,
+the portion of the application window that was covered by the menu panes
+will not have been redrawn; normal exposure processing does not occur until
+all of the callbacks have been invoked. If the
+application writer suspects that a callback
+will take a long time, then the callback may choose to invoke
+<Function>XmUpdateDisplay</Function> before starting its time-consuming operation.
+This function is also useful any time a transient window, such as a dialog box, is unposted;
+callbacks are invoked before normal exposure processing can occur.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies any widget or gadget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..7b8c57f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: VaCreA.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:21:01 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN564.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, callback, arg...</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>callback</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn widget
+of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem> and returns the associated widget ID.
+This routine uses the ANSI C variable-length argument list (<Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol>)
+calling convention.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine creates a CheckBox and its ToggleButtonGadget children.
+A CheckBox is similar to a RadioBox, except that more than one button
+can be selected at a time.
+The name of each button is <Literal>button_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of buttons in the menu minus 1.
+Buttons are named and created in the order in which they are specified
+in the variable portion of the argument list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a callback procedure to be called when a button's value
+changes.
+This callback function is added to each button after creation as the
+button's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>.
+The callback function is called when a button's value changes, and the
+button number is returned in the <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol> field.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The variable portion of the argument list consists of groups of
+arguments.
+The first argument in each group is a constant or a string and
+determines which arguments follow in that group.
+The last argument in the list must be NULL.
+The following list describes the possible first arguments
+in each group of <Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol>:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaCHECKBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies one
+button in the CheckBox and some of its resource values.
+The following list describes the additional four arguments, in order.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The label string, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The mnemonic, of type <Literal>KeySym</Literal>. This is ignored in this release.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>. This is ignored in this release.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator_text</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator text, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>. This is ignored in this
+release.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">resource_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument, the value of the resource,
+of type <Symbol>XtArgVal</Symbol>. The pair specifies a resource and its value for the
+RowColumn widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVaTypedArg</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies a
+resource and its value for the RowColumn widget. A resource type
+conversion is performed if necessary. Following are the additional four
+arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The resource name, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The type of the resource value supplied, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The resource value (or a pointer to the resource value, depending on the
+type and size of the value), of type <Symbol>XtArgVal</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The size of the resource value in bytes, of type <Symbol Role="Variable">int</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVaNestedList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument of type XtVarArgsList. This
+argument is a nested list of <Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol> returned by
+<Function>XtVaCreateArgsList</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For more information on variable-length argument lists, see the X
+Toolkit Intrinsics documentation.
+</Para>
+<Para>A number of resources exist specifically for use with this and
+other simple menu creation routines.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleCheckBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e7a6ee9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: VaCreB.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:21:09 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN565.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, arg...</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn widget of
+type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_BAR</SystemItem> and returns the associated widget ID.
+This routine uses the ANSI C variable-length argument list (<Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol>)
+calling convention.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine creates a MenuBar and its CascadeButtonGadget children.
+The name of each button is <Literal>button_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of buttons in the menu minus 1.
+Buttons are named and created in the order in which they are specified
+in the variable portion of the argument list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The variable portion of the argument list consists of groups of
+arguments.
+The first argument in each group is a constant or a string and
+determines which arguments follow in that group.
+The last argument in the list must be NULL.
+Following are the possible first arguments in each group of <Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol>:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaCASCADEBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by two additional arguments. The set specifies one
+button in the MenuBar and some of its resource values. Following are
+the additional two arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The label string, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The mnemonic, of type <Literal>KeySym</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">resource_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument, the value of the resource,
+of type <Symbol>XtArgVal</Symbol>. The pair specifies a resource and its value for the
+RowColumn widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVaTypedArg</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies a
+resource and its value for the RowColumn widget. A resource type
+conversion is performed if necessary. Following are the additional four
+arguments, in order:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The resource name, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The type of the resource value supplied, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The resource value (or a pointer to the resource value, depending on the
+type and size of the value), of type <Symbol>XtArgVal</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The size of the resource value in bytes, of type <Symbol Role="Variable">int</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVaNestedList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument of type <Symbol>XtVarArgsList</Symbol>. This
+argument is a nested list of <Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol> returned by
+<Function>XtVaCreateArgsList</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For more information on variable-length argument lists, see the X
+Toolkit Intrinsics documentation.
+</Para>
+<Para>A number of resources exist specifically for use with this and
+other simple menu creation routines.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateMenuBar;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleMenuBar;, and
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreC.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreC.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b915b3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreC.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: VaCreC.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:21:17 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN566.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmVaCreateSimpleOption\\%Menu</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmVaCreateSimpleOption\\%Menu</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, option_label,
+option_mnemonic, button_set, callback, arg...</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XmString <Parameter>option_label</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>KeySym <Parameter>option_mnemonic</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>button_set</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>callback</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn widget
+of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem> and returns the associated widget ID.
+This routine uses the ANSI C variable-length argument list (<Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol>)
+calling convention.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine creates an OptionMenu and its Pulldown submenu containing
+PushButtonGadget or CascadeButtonGadget children.
+The name of each button is <Literal>button_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of buttons in the menu minus 1.
+The name of each separator is <Literal>separator_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an
+integer from 0 (zero) to the number of separators in the menu minus 1.
+Buttons and separators are named and created in the order in which they
+are specified in the variable portion of the argument list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">option_label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the label string to be used on the left side of the
+OptionMenu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">option_mnemonic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a keysym for a key that, when pressed by the user, posts
+the associated Pulldown menu pane.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">button_set</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies which PushButtonGadget is initially set.
+The value is the integer <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> that corresponds to the <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>th
+PushButtonGadget specified in the variable portion of the argument list.
+Only a PushButtonGadget can be set, and only PushButtonGadgets are
+counted in determining the integer <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>.
+The first PushButtonGadget is number 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a callback procedure to be called when a button is activated.
+This callback function is added to each button after creation as the
+button's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>.
+The callback function is called when a button is activated, and the
+button number is returned in the <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol> field.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The variable portion of the argument list consists of groups of
+arguments.
+The first argument in each group is a constant or a string and
+determines which arguments follow in that group.
+The last argument in the list must be NULL.
+Following are the possible first arguments in each group of <Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol>:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaPUSHBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies one
+button in the OptionMenu's Pulldown submenu and some of its resource
+values. The button created is a PushButtonGadget. Following are the
+additional four arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The label string, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The mnemonic, of type <Literal>KeySym</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator_text</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator text, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaSEPARATOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by no additional arguments. It specifies one separator
+in the OptionMenu's Pulldown submenu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaDOUBLE_SEPARATOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by no additional arguments. It specifies one separator
+in the OptionMenu's Pulldown submenu. The separator type is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_LINE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">resource_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument, the value of the resource,
+of type <Symbol>XtArgVal</Symbol>. The pair specifies a resource and its value for the
+Pulldown submenu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVaTypedArg</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies a
+resource and its value for the Pulldown submenu. A resource type
+conversion is performed if necessary. Following are the additional four
+arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The resource name, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The type of the resource value supplied, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The resource value (or a pointer to the resource value, depending on the
+type and size of the value), of type <Symbol>XtArgVal</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The size of the resource value in bytes, of type <Symbol Role="Variable">int</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVaNestedList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument of type <Symbol>XtVarArgsList</Symbol>.
+This argument is a nested list of <Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol> returned by
+<Function>XtVaCreateArgsList</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The user can specify resources in a resource file for the automatically
+created widgets and gadgets of an OptionMenu. The following list
+identifies the names of these widgets (or gadgets) and the associated
+OptionMenu areas:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Option Menu Label Gadget</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>OptionLabel</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>Option Menu Cascade Button</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Literal>OptionButton</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For more information on variable-length argument lists, see the X
+Toolkit Intrinsics documentation.
+</Para>
+<Para>A number of resources exist specifically for use with this and
+other simple menu creation routines.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateOptionMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu;, and
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreD.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreD.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1175232
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreD.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: VaCreD.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:21:24 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN567.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmVaCreateSimplePopup\\%Menu</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmVaCreateSimplePopup\\%Menu</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, callback, arg...</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>callback</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn widget
+of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_POPUP</SystemItem> and returns the associated widget ID.
+This routine uses the ANSI C variable-length argument list (<Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol>)
+calling convention.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine creates a Popup menu pane and its button children.
+The name of each button is <Literal>button_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of buttons in the menu minus 1.
+The name of each separator is <Literal>separator_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an
+integer from 0 (zero) to the number of separators in the menu minus 1.
+The name of each title is <Literal>label_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an
+integer from 0 (zero) to the number of titles in the menu minus 1.
+Buttons, separators, and titles are named and created in the order in
+which they are specified in the variable portion of the argument list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the parent of the MenuShell
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a callback procedure to be called when a button is activated
+or when its value changes.
+This callback function is added to each button after creation.
+For a CascadeButtonGadget or a PushButtonGadget, the callback is added
+as the button's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>, and it is called when the
+button is activated.
+For a ToggleButtonGadget, the callback is added as the button's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>, and it is called when the button's value
+changes.
+The button number is returned in the <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol> field.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The variable portion of the argument list consists of groups of
+arguments.
+The first argument in each group is a constant or a string and
+determines which arguments follow in that group.
+The last argument in the list must be NULL.
+The following list describes the possible first arguments in
+each group of <Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaCASCADEBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by two additional arguments. The set specifies one
+button in the PopupMenu and some of its resource
+values. The button created is a CascadeButtonGadget. Following are the
+additional two arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The label string, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The mnemonic, of type <Literal>KeySym</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaPUSHBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies one
+button in the PopupMenu and some of its resource
+values. The button created is a PushButtonGadget. Following are the
+additional four arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The label string, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The mnemonic, of type <Literal>KeySym</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator_text</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator text, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaRADIOBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies one
+button in the PopupMenu and some of its resource
+values. The button created is a ToggleButtonGadget. Following are the
+additional four arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The label string, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The mnemonic, of type <Literal>KeySym</Literal></Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator_text</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator text, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaCHECKBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies one
+button in the PopupMenu and some of its resource
+values. The button created is a ToggleButtonGadget. Following are the
+additional four arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The label string, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The mnemonic, of type <Literal>KeySym</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator_text</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator text, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+
+
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaTITLE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument. The pair specifies a
+title LabelGadget in the PopupMenu. Following is the
+additional argument:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">title</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The title string, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaSEPARATOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by no additional arguments. It specifies one separator
+in the PopupMenu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaDOUBLE_SEPARATOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by no additional arguments. It specifies one separator
+in the PopupMenu. The separator type is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_LINE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">resource_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument, the value of the resource,
+of type <Symbol>XtArgVal</Symbol>. The pair specifies a resource and its value for the
+RowColumn widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVaTypedArg</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies a
+resource and its value for the RowColumn widget. A resource type
+conversion is performed if necessary. Following are the additional four
+arguments, in order:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The resource name, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The type of the resource value supplied, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The resource value (or a pointer to the resource value, depending on the
+type and size of the value), of type <Symbol>XtArgVal</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The size of the resource value in bytes, of type <Symbol Role="Variable">int</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVaNestedList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument of type <Symbol>XtVarArgsList</Symbol>. This
+argument is a nested list of <Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol> returned by
+<Function>XtVaCreateArgsList</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For more information on variable-length argument lists, see the X
+Toolkit Intrinsics documentation.
+</Para>
+<Para>A number of resources exist specifically for use with this and
+other simple menu creation routines.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreatePopupMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimplePopupMenu;, and
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreE.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreE.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2527076
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreE.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: VaCreE.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:21:32 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN568.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmVaCreateSimplePulldown\\%Menu</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmVaCreateSimplePulldown\\%Menu</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, post_from_button,
+callback, arg...</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>post_from_button</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>callback</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn
+widget of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_PULLDOWN</SystemItem> and returns the associated widget
+ID.
+This routine uses the ANSI C variable-length argument list (<Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol>)
+calling convention.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine creates a Pulldown menu pane and its button children.
+The name of each button is <Literal>button_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 to the number of buttons in the menu minus 1.
+The name of each separator is <Literal>separator_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an
+integer from 0 to the number of separators in the menu minus 1.
+The name of each title is <Literal>label_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an
+integer from 0 (zero)
+to the number of titles in the menu minus 1.
+Buttons, separators, and titles are named and created in the order in
+which they are specified in the variable portion of the argument list.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine also attaches the PulldownMenu to a CascadeButton or
+CascadeButtonGadget in the parent.
+The PulldownMenu is then posted from this button.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID of the parent of the MenuShell.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">post_from_button</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the CascadeButton or CascadeButtonGadget in the parent to
+which the Pulldown menu pane is attached.
+The value is the integer <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> that corresponds to the <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>th
+CascadeButton or CascadeButtonGadget specified for the parent of the
+Pulldown menu pane.
+A Pulldown menu pane can be attached only to a CascadeButton or
+CascadeButtonGadget, and only CascadeButtons and CascadeButtonGadgets
+are counted in determining the integer <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>.
+The first CascadeButton or CascadeButtonGadget is number 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a callback procedure to be called when a button is activated
+or when its value changes.
+This callback function is added to each button after creation.
+For a CascadeButtonGadget or a PushButtonGadget, the callback is added
+as the button's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>, and it is called when the
+button is activated.
+For a ToggleButtonGadget, the callback is added as the button's
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>, and it is called when the button's value
+changes.
+The button number is returned in the <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol> field.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The variable portion of the argument list consists of groups of
+arguments.
+The first argument in each group is a constant or a string and
+determines which arguments follow in that group.
+The last argument in the list must be NULL.
+Following are the possible first arguments in each group of <Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol>:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaCASCADEBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by two additional arguments. The set specifies one
+button in the PulldownMenu and some of its resource
+values. The button created is a CascadeButtonGadget. Following are the
+additional two arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The label string, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The mnemonic, of type <Literal>KeySym</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaPUSHBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies one
+button in the PulldownMenu and some of its resource
+values. The button created is a PushButtonGadget. Following are the
+additional four arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The label string, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The mnemonic, of type <Literal>KeySym</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator_text</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator text, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaRADIOBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies one
+button in the PulldownMenu and some of its resource
+values. The button created is a ToggleButtonGadget. Following are the
+additional four arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The label string, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The mnemonic, of type <Literal>KeySym</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator_text</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator text, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+
+
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaCHECKBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies one
+button in the PulldownMenu and some of its resource
+values. The button created is a ToggleButtonGadget. Following are the
+additional four arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The label string, of type <Literal>XmString.</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The mnemonic, of type <Literal>KeySym</Literal>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator_text</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator text, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaTITLE</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument. The pair specifies a
+title LabelGadget in the PulldownMenu. Following is the
+additional argument:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">title</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The title string, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaSEPARATOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by no additional arguments. It specifies one separator
+in the PulldownMenu.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaDOUBLE_SEPARATOR</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by no additional arguments. It specifies one separator
+in the PulldownMenu. The separator type is
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmDOUBLE_LINE</SystemItem>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">resource_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument, the value of the resource,
+of type XtArgVal. The pair specifies a resource and its value for the
+RowColumn widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVaTypedArg</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies a
+resource and its value for the RowColumn widget. A resource type
+conversion is performed if necessary. Following are the additional four
+arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The resource name, of type String.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The type of the resource value supplied, of type String.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The resource value (or a pointer to the resource value, depending on the
+type and size of the value), of type XtArgVal.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The size of the resource value in bytes, of type int.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVaNestedList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument of type XtVarArgsList. This
+argument is a nested list of <Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol> returned by
+<Function>XtVaCreateArgsList</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For more information on variable-length argument lists, see the X
+Toolkit Intrinsics documentation.
+</Para>
+<Para>A number of resources exist specifically for use with this and
+other simple menu creation routines.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreatePulldownMenu;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+<Function>XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu</Function>, and
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreF.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreF.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..34608ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/VaCreF.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: VaCreF.sgm /main/9 1996/09/08 21:21:40 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN569.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>creation functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/RowColumn.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Widget <Function>XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>parent, name, button_set, callback, arg...</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>parent</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>String <Parameter>name</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int <Parameter>button_set</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XtCallbackProc <Parameter>callback</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox</Function> creates an instance of a RowColumn widget
+of type <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmWORK_AREA</SystemItem> and returns the associated widget ID.
+This routine uses the ANSI C variable-length argument list (<Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol>)
+calling convention.
+</Para>
+<Para>This routine creates a RadioBox and its ToggleButtonGadget children.
+The name of each button is <Literal>button_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>, where <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> is an integer
+from 0 (zero) to the number of buttons in the menu minus 1.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">parent</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the parent widget ID.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the created widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">button_set</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies which button is initially set.
+The value is the integer <Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol> in the button name <Literal>button_</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">n</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">callback</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a callback procedure to be called when a button's value
+changes.
+This callback function is added to each button after creation as the
+button's <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNvalueChangedCallback</SystemItem>.
+The callback function is called when a button's value changes, and the
+button number is returned in the <Symbol Role="Variable">client_data</Symbol> field.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The variable portion of the argument list consists of groups of
+arguments.
+The first argument in each group is a constant or a string and
+determines which arguments follow in that group.
+The last argument in the list must be NULL.
+Following are the possible first arguments in each group of <Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol>:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XmVaRADIOBUTTON</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies one
+button in the RadioBox and some of its resource values. Following are
+the additional four arguments, in order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">label</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The label string, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">mnemonic</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The mnemonic, of type <Literal>KeySym</Literal>. This is ignored in this release.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>. This is ignored in this release.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">accelerator_text</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The accelerator text, of type <StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>. This is ignored in this
+release.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">resource_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument, the value of the resource,
+of type <Symbol>XtArgVal</Symbol>. The pair specifies a resource and its value for the
+RowColumn widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVaTypedArg</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by four additional arguments. The set specifies a
+resource and its value for the RowColumn widget. A resource type
+conversion is performed if necessary. Following are the additional four
+arguments, in this order:
+<!--no-op:  .rS .75i--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The resource name, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The type of the resource value supplied, of type <StructName Role="typedef">String</StructName>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The resource value (or a pointer to the resource value, depending on the
+type and size of the value), of type <Symbol>XtArgVal</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">size</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The size of the resource value in bytes, of type <Symbol Role="Variable">int</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!--no-op:  .rE-->
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><SystemItem Class="Constant">XtVaNestedList</SystemItem></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is followed by one additional argument of type <Symbol>XtVarArgsList</Symbol>. This
+argument is a nested list of <Symbol Role="Variable">varargs</Symbol> returned by
+<Function>XtVaCreateArgsList</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For more information on variable-length argument lists, see the X
+Toolkit Intrinsics documentation.
+</Para>
+<Para>A number of resources exist specifically for use with this and
+other simple menu creation routines.
+For a complete definition of RowColumn and its associated resources, see
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns the RowColumn widget ID.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmCreateRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateRowColumn;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleCheckBox;,
+&cdeman.XmCreateSimpleRadioBox;,
+&cdeman.XmRowColumn;, and
+&cdeman.XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox;,
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/WidgetGA.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/WidgetGA.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56ea610
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/WidgetGA.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: WidgetGA.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:21:47 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN570.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmWidgetGetBaselines</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmWidgetGetBaselines</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Retrieves baseline information for
+a widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmWidgetGetBaselines</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmWidgetGetBaselines</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, baselines, line_count</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>Dimension **<Parameter>baselines</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>int *<Parameter>line_count</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmWidgetGetBaselines</Function> returns an array that
+contains one or more baseline values associated with the
+specified widget. The baseline of any given line of text
+is a vertical offset in pixels from the origin of the
+widget's bounding box to the given baseline.
+<!-- Delete this section when the AES becomes unlocked.--></Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the ID of the widget for which baseline values
+are requested
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">baselines</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns an array that contains the value of each
+baseline of text in the widget.
+The function allocates space to hold the returned array.
+The application is responsible for managing the allocated space.
+The application can recover this allocated space by calling <Function>XtFree</Function>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">line_count</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Returns the number of lines in the widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the
+widget contains a baseline. If the value is True, the function returns
+a value for each baseline of text. If it is False, the function
+was unable to return a baseline value.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmWidgetGetDisplayRect;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/WidgetGB.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/WidgetGB.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..bc5f120
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR3X_Xm/WidgetGB.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: WidgetGB.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:21:55 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN571.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>XmWidgetGetDisplayRect</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>library call</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Function>XmWidgetGetDisplayRect</Function></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Retrieves display rectangle
+information for a widget
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>XmWidgetGetDisplayRect</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, by Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<FuncSynopsis>
+<FuncSynopsisInfo>#include &lt;Xm/Xm.h>
+</FuncSynopsisInfo>
+<FuncDef>Boolean <Function>XmWidgetGetDisplayRect</Function></FuncDef>
+<!--<ParamDef><Replaceable>widget, displayrect</Replaceable></ParamDef>-->
+<ParamDef>Widget <Parameter>widget</Parameter></ParamDef>
+<ParamDef>XRectangle *<Parameter>displayrect</Parameter></ParamDef>
+</FuncSynopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para><Function>XmWidgetGetDisplayRect</Function> returns the width, height and
+the x and y-coordinates of the upper left corner of the display
+rectangle of the specified widget. The display rectangle
+is the smallest rectangle that encloses either a string
+or a pixmap.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the widget contains a string, the return values specify
+the x and y-coordinates of the upper left corner of
+the display rectangle relative to the origin of the widget
+and the width and height in pixels.
+</Para>
+<Para>In the case of a pixmap, the return values
+specify the x and y-coordinates of the upper left corner of
+the pixmap relative to the origin, and the width
+and height of the pixmap in pixels.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">widget</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the widget ID
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">displayrect</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies a pointer to an XRectangle structure in which the
+x and y-coordinates, width and height of the display rectangle
+are returned
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RETURN</Title>
+<Para>Returns True if the specified widget has an associated
+display rectangle; otherwise, returns False.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.XmWidgetGetBaselines;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR4X/mwmrc.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR4X/mwmrc.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..94fd536
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR4X/mwmrc.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,914 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: mwmrc.sgm /main/8 1996/09/08 21:43:59 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi. -->
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMOT.mwmrc">
+<refmeta><refentrytitle>mwmrc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>special file</manvolnum>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv><refname><filename>mwmrc</filename></refname><refpurpose>the
+mwm Window Manager Resource Description File</refpurpose></refnamediv>
+<!-- CDE Common Source Format, Version 1.0.0-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1989,1990,1992,1993 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<refsect1>
+<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>The <literal>mwmrc</literal> window manager is a supplementary resource
+file that controls much of the behavior of the CDE window manager <command>mwm</command>. It contains descriptions of resources that cannot easily be
+written using standard X Window System, Version 11 resource syntax. The resource
+description file contains entries that are referred to by X resources in
+defaults files (for example, <Filename>/usr/mwm/app-defaults/$LANG/mwm</Filename>)
+or in the <symbol role="Define">RESOURCE_MANAGER</symbol> property on the
+root window. For example, the resource description file enables you to specify
+different types of window menus; however, an X resource is used to specify
+which of these window menus the <command>mwm</command> should use for a particular
+window. The specifications of the resource description file supported by the
+mwm workspace manager are a strict superset of the specifications supported
+by the OSF Motif Window Manager (<literal>mwm 1.2.4</literal>). In other words,
+the <literal>system.mwmrc</literal> or <filename>$HOME/.mwmrc</filename> file
+that you've used for <command>mwm</command> is easily made usable by <command>mwm</command>.
+</para>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Location</title>
+<para>The workspace manager searches for one of the following resource description
+files, where <emphasis>$LANG</emphasis> is the value of the language environment
+on a per-user basis:</para>
+<ProgramListing>$HOME/$LANG/.mwmrc
+$HOME/.mwmrc
+/usr/lib/X11/$LANG/system.mwmrc
+/usr/lib/X11/system.mwmrc</ProgramListing>
+<Para>The first file found is the first used. If no file is found, a
+set of built-in specifications is used. A particular resource description
+file can be selected using the <symbol role="Variable">configFile</symbol>
+resource. The following shows how a different resource description file can
+be specified from the command line:</para>
+<informalexample remap="indent">
+<programlisting>/usr/mwm/bin/mwm -xrm "mwm*configFile: mymwmrc"</programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Resource Types</title>
+<para>The following types of resources can be described in the mwm resource
+description file:</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>Buttons</literal></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Workspace manager functions can be bound (associated) with button events.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>Keys</literal></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Workspace manager functions can be bound (associated) with key press
+events.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><literal>Menus</literal></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Menu panes can be used for the window menu and other menus posted with
+key bindings and button bindings.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>MWM RESOURCE DESCRIPTION FILE SYNTAX</title>
+<para>The <command>mwm</command> resource description file is a standard
+text file that contains items of information separated by blanks, tabs, and
+new lines characters. Blank lines are ignored. Items or characters can be
+quoted to avoid special interpretation (for example, the comment character
+can be quoted to prevent it from being interpreted as the comment character).
+A quoted item can be contained in double quotes (<literal>" "</literal>).
+Single characters can be quoted by preceding them by the back-slash character
+(<literal>\</literal>), except for workspace names, which may contain no back-slash
+characters. If a line ends with a back-slash, the next line is considered
+a continuation of that line. All text from an unquoted <literal>#</literal>
+to the end of the line is regarded as a comment and is not interpreted as
+part of a resource description. If <literal>!</literal> is the first character
+in a line, the line is regarded as a comment.</para>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Workspace Manager Functions</title>
+<para>Workspace manager functions can be accessed with button and key bindings,
+and with workspace manager menus. Functions are indicated as part of the specifications
+for button and key binding sets, and menu panes. The function specification
+has the following syntax:</para>
+<informalexample remap="indent">
+<programlisting><literal>function</literal> = <literal>function_name</literal> [<literal>function_args</literal>]
+<literal>function_name</literal> = <literal>workspace manager function</literal>
+<literal>function_args</literal> = {<literal>quoted_item</literal> | <literal>unquoted_item</literal>}</programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+<para>The following functions are supported. If a function is specified that
+isn't one of the supported functions then it is interpreted by <command>mwm</command> as <function>f.nop</function>.</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.beep</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes a beep.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.circle_down</function> [ <symbol role="Variable">icon</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol>]</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes the window or icon that is on the top of the window
+stack to be put on the bottom of the window stack (so that it is no longer
+obscuring any other window or icon). This function affects only those windows
+and icons that are obscuring other windows and icons, or that are obscured
+by other windows and icons. Secondary windows (that is, transient windows)
+are restacked with their associated primary window. Secondary windows always
+stay on top of the associated primary window and there can be no other primary
+windows between the secondary windows and their primary window. If an
+<symbol role="Variable">icon</symbol> function argument is specified, then the function
+applies only to icons. If a <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol> function
+argument is specified then the function applies only to windows.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.circle_up</function> [ <symbol role="Variable">icon</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol>]</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function raises the window or icon on the bottom of the window
+stack (so that it is not obscured by any other windows). This function affects
+only those windows and icons that are obscuring other windows and icons, or
+that are obscured by other windows and icons. Secondary windows (that is,
+transient windows) are restacked with their associated primary window. If
+an <symbol role="Variable">icon</symbol> function argument is specified then
+the function applies only to icons. If an <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol>
+function argument is specified then the function applies only to windows.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.exec</function> <literal>command</literal>
+(or <emphasis>!</emphasis> <literal>command</literal>)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes <symbol role="Variable">command</symbol> to be
+executed (using the value of the <emphasis>$MWMSHELL</emphasis> or <emphasis>$SHELL</emphasis> environment variable if set; otherwise, <Filename>/usr/bin/sh</Filename> ). The <emphasis>!</emphasis> notation can be used in place of the <function>f.exec</function> function name.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.focus_color</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function sets the colormap focus to a client window. If this function
+is done in a root context, then the default colormap (setup by the X Window
+System for the screen where <command>mwm</command> is running) is installed
+and there is no specific client window colormap focus. This function is treated
+as <function>f.nop</function> if <emphasis>colormapFocusPolicy</emphasis>
+is not explicit.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.focus_key</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function sets the keyboard input focus to a client window or icon.
+This function is treated as <function>f.nop</function> if <emphasis>keyboardFocusPolicy</emphasis> is not explicit or the function is executed in a root context.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.kill</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function is used to close application windows. The actual processing
+that occurs depends on the protocols that the application observes. The application
+lists the protocols it observes in the <property>WM_PROTOCOLS</property> property
+on its top level window. If the application observes the <property>WM_DELETE_WINDOW</property> protocol, it is sent a message that requests the window be deleted.
+If the application observes both <property>WM_DELETE_WINDOW</property> and <property>WM_SAVE_YOURSELF</property>, it is sent one message requesting the window
+be deleted and another message advising it to save its state. If the application
+observes only the <property>WM_SAVE_YOURSELF</property>protocol <emphasis>,</emphasis> it is sent a message advising it to save its state. After a
+delay (specified by the resource <emphasis>quitTimeout</emphasis>), the application's
+connection to the X server is terminated. If the application observes neither
+of these protocols, its connection to the X server is terminated.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.lower</function>&ensp;[<emphasis>&minus;</emphasis> <literal>client</literal> | <symbol role="Variable">within</symbol>&ensp;| <emphasis>freeFamily</emphasis>]</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function lowers a primary window to the bottom of the global window
+stack (where it obscures no other window) and lowers the secondary window
+(transient window or dialog box) within the client family. The arguments to
+this function are mutually exclusive. The <symbol role="Variable">client</symbol>
+argument indicates the name or class of a client to lower. The name or class
+of a client appears in the <property>WM_CLASS</property> property on the
+client's top-level window. If the <symbol role="Variable">client</symbol>
+argument is not specified, the context that the function was invoked in indicates
+the window or icon to lower. Specifying <symbol role="Variable">within</symbol>
+lowers the secondary window within the family (staying above the parent) but
+does not lower the client family in the global window stack. Specifying <emphasis>freeFamily</emphasis> lowers the window to the bottom of the global windows
+stack from its local family stack.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.maximize</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes a client window to be displayed with its maximum
+size. Refer to the <emphasis>maximumClientSize</emphasis>, <emphasis>maximumMaximumSize</emphasis>, and <emphasis>limitResize</emphasis> resources in &cdeman.mwm;.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.menu</function> <symbol role="Variable">menu_name</symbol></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function associates a cascading (pull-right) menu with a menu
+pane entry or a menu with a button or key binding. The <symbol role="Variable">menu_name</symbol> function argument identifies the menu to be used.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.minimize</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes a client window to be minimized (iconified). When
+a window is minimized with no icon box in use, and if the <emphasis>lowerOnIconify</emphasis> resource has the value True (the default), the icon is placed
+on the bottom of the window stack (such that it obscures no other window).
+If an icon box is used, then the client's icon changes to its iconified form
+inside the icon box. Secondary windows (that is, transient windows) are minimized
+with their associated primary window. There is only one icon for a primary
+window and all its secondary windows.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.move</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function initiates an interactive move of a client window.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.next_cmap</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function installs the next colormap in the list of colormaps for
+the window with the colormap focus.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.next_key</function> [ <symbol role="Variable">icon</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">transient</symbol>]</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function sets the keyboard input focus to the next window/icon
+in the set of windows/icons managed by the workspace manager (the ordering
+of this set is based on the stacking of windows on the screen). This function
+is treated as <function>f.nop</function> if <literal>keyboardFocusPolicy</literal>
+is not explicit. The keyboard input focus is only moved to windows that do
+not have an associated secondary window that is application modal. If the
+<symbol role="Variable">transient</symbol> argument is specified, then transient (secondary)
+windows are traversed (otherwise, if only <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol>
+is specified, traversal is done only to the last focused window in a transient
+group). If an <symbol role="Variable">icon</symbol> function argument is specified,
+then the function applies only to icons. If a <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol> function argument is specified, then the function applies only to
+windows.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.nop</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function does nothing.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.normalize</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes a client window to be displayed with its normal
+size. Secondary windows (that is, transient windows) are placed in their normal
+state along with their associated primary window.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.normalize_and_raise</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes a client window to be displayed with its normal
+size and raised to the top of the window stack. Secondary windows (that is,
+transient windows) are placed in their normal state along with their associated
+primary window.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.pack_icons</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function is used to relayout icons (based on the layout policy
+being used) on the root window or in the icon box. In general this causes
+icons to be "packed" into the icon grid.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.pass_keys</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function is used to enable/disable (toggle) processing of key bindings
+for workspace manager functions. When it disables key binding processing all
+keys are passed on to the window with the keyboard input focus and no workspace
+manager functions are invoked. If the <function>f.pass_keys</function> function
+is invoked with a key binding to disable key binding processing the same key
+binding can be used to enable key binding processing.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.post_wmenu</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function is used to post the window menu. If a key is used to post
+the window menu and a window menu button is present, the window menu is automatically
+placed with its top-left corner at the bottom-left corner of the window menu
+button for the client window. If no window menu button is present, the window
+menu is placed at the top-left corner of the client window.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.prev_cmap</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function installs the previous colormap in the list of colormaps
+for the window with the colormap focus.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.prev_key</function> [ <symbol role="Variable">icon</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">transient</symbol>]</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function sets the keyboard input focus to the previous window/icon
+in the set of windows/icons managed by the workspace manager (the ordering
+of this set is based on the stacking of windows on the screen). This function
+is treated as <function>f.nop</function> if <emphasis>keyboardFocusPolicy</emphasis> is not explicit. The keyboard input focus is only moved to windows
+that do not have an associated secondary window that is application modal.
+If the <symbol role="Variable">transient</symbol> argument is specified, then
+transient (secondary) windows are traversed (otherwise, if only <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol> is specified, traversal is done only to the last focused window
+in a transient group). If an <symbol role="Variable">icon</symbol> function
+argument is specified then the function applies only to icons. If an
+<symbol role="Variable">window</symbol> function argument is specified then the function
+applies only to windows.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.quit_mwm</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function terminates mwm (but NOT the X window system).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.raise</function>&ensp;[<emphasis>&minus;</emphasis><symbol role="Variable">client</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">within</symbol>
+| <emphasis>freeFamily</emphasis>]</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function raises a primary window to the top of the global window
+stack (where it is obscured by no other window) and raises the secondary window
+(transient window or dialog box) within the client family. The arguments to
+this function are mutually exclusive. The <symbol role="Variable">client</symbol>
+argument indicates the name or class of a client to lower. If the <symbol role="Variable">client</symbol>
+is not specified, the context that the function
+was invoked in indicates the window or icon to lower. Specifying <symbol role="Variable">within</symbol> raises the secondary window within the family but does not
+raise the client family in the global window stack. Specifying <emphasis>freeFamily</emphasis> raises the window to the top of its local family stack
+and raises the family to the top of the global window stack.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.raise_lower</function>&ensp;[ <symbol role="Variable">within</symbol> | <emphasis>freeFamily</emphasis>]</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function raises a primary window to the top of the global window
+stack if it is partially obscured by another window; otherwise, it lowers
+the window to the bottom of the window stack. The arguments to this function
+are mutually exclusive. Specifying <symbol role="Variable">within</symbol>
+raises a secondary window within the family (staying above the parent window),
+if it is partially obscured by another window in the application's family;
+otherwise, it lowers the window to the bottom of the family stack. It has
+no effect on the global window stacking order. Specifying <emphasis>freeFamily</emphasis> raises the window to the top of its local family stack, if obscured
+by another window, and raises the family to the top of the global window
+stack; otherwise, it lowers the window to the bottom of its local family stack
+and lowers the family to the bottom of the global window stack.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.refresh</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes all windows to be redrawn.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.refresh_win</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes a client window to be redrawn.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.resize</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function initiates an interactive resize of a client window.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.restore</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function restores the previous state of an icon's associated window.
+If a maximized window is iconified, then <function>f.restore</function> restores
+it to its maximized state. If a normal window is iconified, then <function>f.restore</function> restores it to its normalized state.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.restore_and_raise</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function restores the previous state of an icon's associated window
+and raises the window to the top of the window stack. If a maximized window
+is iconified, then <function>f.restore_and_raise</function> restores it to
+its maximized state and raises it to the top of the window stack. If a normal
+window is iconified, then <function>f.restore_and_raise</function> restores
+it to its normalized state and raises it to the top of the window stack.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term>2f.restart</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes mwm to be restarted (effectively terminated and
+re-executed). Restart is necessary for <command>mwm</command> to incorporate
+changes in both the <literal>mwmrc</literal> file and X resources.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.screen</function>&ensp;[ <symbol role="Variable">next</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">prev</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">back</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">screen_number</symbol>]</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes the pointer to be warp to a specific screen number
+or to the <symbol role="Variable">next</symbol>, <symbol role="Variable">previous</symbol>, or last visited (<symbol role="Variable">back</symbol>)
+screen. The arguments to this function are mutually exclusive. The
+<symbol role="Variable">screen_number</symbol> argument indicates the screen number
+that the pointer is to be warped. Screens are numbered starting from screen
+0. Specifying <symbol role="Variable">next</symbol> cause the pointer to warp
+to the next managed screen (skipping over any unmanaged screens). Specifying
+<symbol role="Variable">prev</symbol> cause the pointer to warp to the previous managed
+screen (skipping over any unmanaged screens). Specifying <symbol role="Variable">back</symbol> cause the pointer to warp to the last visited screen.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.send_msg</function> <symbol role="Variable">message_number</symbol></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function sends an <structname role="typedef">XClientMessageEvent</structname> of type <property>_MOTIF_WM_MESSAGES</property> with
+<symbol role="Variable">message_type</symbol> set to <symbol role="Variable">message_number</symbol>.
+The client message is sent only if <symbol role="Variable">message_number</symbol>
+is included in the client's <property>_MOTIF_WM_MESSAGES</property>
+property. A menu item label is grayed out if the menu item is used to do <function>f.send_msg</function> of a message that is not included in the client's <property>_MOTIF_WM_MESSAGES</property> property.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.separator</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes a menu separator to be put in the menu pane at
+the specified location (the label is ignored).</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.set_behavior</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes the workspace manager to restart with the default
+behavior (if a custom behavior is configured) or a custom behavior (if a
+default behavior is configured). By default this is bound to <emphasis>Shift&ensp;Ctrl&ensp;Alt&ensp;&lt;Key>!</emphasis>.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><function>f.title</function></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function inserts a title in the menu pane at the specified location.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><emphasis>f.version</emphasis></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function causes the workspace manager to display its release version
+in a dialog box.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+<refsect2>
+<title>Function Constraints</title>
+<para>Each function may be constrained as to which resource types can specify
+the function (for example, menu pane) and also what context the function
+can be used in (for example, the function is done to the selected client window).
+Function contexts are:</para>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">root</symbol></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>No client window or icon has been selected as an object for the function.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">window</symbol></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>A client window has been selected as an object for the function. This
+includes the window's title bar and frame. Some functions are applied only
+when the window is in its normalized state (for example, <function>f.maximize</function>) or its maximized state (for example, <function>f.normalize</function>).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term><symbol role="Variable">icon</symbol></term>
+<listitem>
+<para>An icon has been selected as an object for the function.</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<para>If a function is specified in a type of resource where it is not supported
+or is invoked in a context that does not apply then the function is treated
+as <function>f.nop</function>. The following table indicates the resource
+types and function contexts in which workspace manager functions apply.</para>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<?PubTbl tgroup dispwid="6.09in">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="209*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="169*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="124*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><emphasis>Function</emphasis></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Contexts</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Resources</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.beep</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.circle_down</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.circle_up</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.exec</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.focus_color</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.focus_key</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.kill</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.lower</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.maximize</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon,window(normal)</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.menu</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.minimize</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.move</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.next_cmap</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.next_key</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.nop</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.normalize</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon,window(maximized)</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.normalize_and_raise</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.pack_icons</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.pass_keys</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.post_wmenu</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.prev_cmap</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.prev_key</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><emphasis>f.quit_mwm</emphasis></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu (root only)</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.raise</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.raise_lower</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.refresh</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.refresh_win</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.resize</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.restart</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu (root only)</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.restore</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.restore_and_raise</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.screen</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.send_msg</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.separator</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.set_behavior</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><function>f.title</function></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">menu</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top"><emphasis>f.version</emphasis></entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">root,icon,window</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">button,key,menu</entry></row>
+</tbody></tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</refsect2>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>WORKSPACE MANAGER EVENT SPECIFICATION</title>
+<para>Events are indicated as part of the specifications for button and key
+binding sets, and menu panes. Button events have the following syntax:</para>
+<informalexample remap="indent">
+<programlisting><literal>button</literal> =~[<literal>modifier_list</literal> ]<emphasis>&lt;</emphasis><literal>button_event_name</literal> <emphasis>></emphasis>
+<literal>modifier_list</literal> =~<literal>modifier_name</literal> { <literal>modifier_name</literal>}</programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+<para>The following table indicates the values that can be used for <literal>modifier_name</literal>. Note that [Alt] and [Meta] can be used interchangably
+on some hardware.</para>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="91*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="365*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Modifier</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Description</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Ctrl</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Control Key</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Shift</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Shift Key</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Alt</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Alt Key</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Meta</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Meta Key</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Mod1</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Modifier1</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Mod2</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Modifier2</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Mod3</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Modifier3</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Mod4</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Modifier4</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Mod5</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Modifier5</entry></row></tbody></tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+<para>Locking modifiers are ignored when processing button and key bindings.
+The following table lists keys that are interpreted as locking modifiers.
+The X server may map some of these symbols to the Mod1 - Mod5 modifier keys.
+These keys may or may not be available on your hardware: Key Symbol Caps Lock
+Shift Lock Kana Lock Num Lock Scroll Lock The following table indicates the
+values that can be used for <literal>button_event_name</literal>.</para>
+<informaltable remap="center" orient="port">
+<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="107*">
+<colspec align="left" colwidth="349*">
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Description</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn1Down</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 1 Press</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn1Up</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 1 Release</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn1Click</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 1 Press and Release</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn1Click2</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 1 Double Click</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn2Down</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 2 Press</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn2Up</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 2 Release</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn2Click</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 2 Press and Release</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn2Click2</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 2 Double Click</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn3Down</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 3 Press</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn3Up</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 3 Release</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn3Click</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 3 Press and Release</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn3Click2</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 3 Double Click</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn4Down</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 4 Press</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn4Up</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 4 Release</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn4Click</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 4 Press and Release</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn4Click2</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 4 Double Click</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn5Down</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 5 Press</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn5Up</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 5 Release</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn5Click</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 5 Press and Release</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Btn5Click2</entry>
+<entry align="left" valign="top">Button 5 Double Click</entry></row></tbody>
+</tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>Key events that are used by the workspace manager for menu mnemonics
+and for binding to workspace manager functions are single key presses; key
+releases are ignored. Key events have the following syntax:</para>
+<informalexample remap="indent">
+<programlisting><literal>key</literal> =~[<literal>modifier_list</literal>] <keysym>Key</keysym><literal>key_name</literal>
+<literal>modifier_list</literal> =~<literal>modifier_name</literal> { <literal>modifier_name</literal>}</programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+<para>All modifiers specified are interpreted as being exclusive (this means
+that only the specified modifiers can be present when the key event occurs).
+Modifiers for keys are the same as those that apply to buttons. The <literal>key_name</literal> is an X11 keysym name. Keysym names can be found in the
+<filename>keysymdef.h</filename> file (remove the <symbol role="Define">XK_</symbol>
+prefix).</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>BUTTON BINDINGS</title>
+<para>The <literal>buttonBindings</literal> resource value is the name of
+a set of button bindings that are used to configure workspace manager behavior.
+A workspace manager function can be done when a button press occurs with
+the pointer over a framed client window, an icon or the root window. The
+context for indicating where the button press applies is also the context
+for invoking the workspace manager function when the button press is done
+(significant for functions that are context sensitive). The button binding
+syntax is</para>
+<informalexample remap="indent">
+<programlisting><emphasis>Buttons</emphasis> <literal>bindings_set_name</literal>
+<emphasis>{</emphasis>
+    <literal>button</literal>    <literal>context</literal>    <literal>function</literal>
+    <literal>button</literal>    <literal>context</literal>    <literal>function</literal>
+    ...
+    <literal>button</literal>    <literal>context</literal>    <literal>function</literal>
+<emphasis>}</emphasis></programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+<para>The syntax for the <literal>context</literal> specification is: <literal>context</literal> = <literal>object</literal>[<emphasis>|</emphasis> <literal>context</literal>] <literal>object</literal> = <symbol role="Variable">root</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">icon</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">title</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">frame</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">border</symbol> | <symbol role="Variable">app</symbol> The context specification indicates where the pointer must be
+for the button binding to be effective. For example, a context of
+<symbol role="Variable">window</symbol> indicates that the pointer must be over a
+client window or window management frame for the button binding to be effective.
+The <symbol role="Variable">frame</symbol> context is for the window management
+frame around a client window (including the border and titlebar), the
+<symbol role="Variable">border</symbol> context is for the border part of the window
+management frame (not including the titlebar), the <symbol role="Variable">title</symbol> context is for the title area of the window management frame,
+and the <symbol role="Variable">app</symbol> context is for the application
+window (not including the window management frame). If an <function>f.nop</function> function is specified for a button binding, the button binding
+is not done.</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>KEY BINDINGS</title>
+<para>The <literal>keyBindings</literal> resource value is the name of a set
+of key bindings that are used to configure workspace manager behavior. A
+window manager function can be done when a particular key is pressed. The
+context in which the key binding applies is indicated in the key binding specification.
+The valid contexts are the same as those that apply to button bindings. The
+key binding syntax is:</para>
+<informalexample remap="indent">
+<programlisting><emphasis>Keys</emphasis> <literal>bindings_set_name</literal>
+<emphasis>{</emphasis>
+    <literal>key</literal>    <literal>context</literal>    <literal>function</literal>
+    <literal>key</literal>    <literal>context</literal>    <literal>function</literal>
+    ...
+    <literal>key</literal>    <literal>context</literal>    <literal>function</literal>
+<emphasis>}</emphasis></programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+<para>If an <function>f.nop</function> function is specified for a key binding,
+the key binding is not done. If an <function>f.post_wmenu</function> or <function>f.menu</function> function is bound to a key, <command>mwm</command> automatically
+uses the same key for removing the menu from the screen after it has been
+popped up. The <literal>context</literal> specification syntax is the same
+as for button bindings with one addition. The context <emphasis>ifkey</emphasis>
+may be specified for binding keys that may not be available on all displays.
+If the key is not available and if <emphasis>ifkey</emphasis> is in the context,
+then reporting of the error message to the error log is suppressed. This feature
+is useful for networked, heterogeneous environments. For key bindings, the
+<symbol role="Variable">frame</symbol>, <symbol role="Variable">title</symbol>,
+<symbol role="Variable">border</symbol>, and <symbol role="Variable">app</symbol>
+contexts are equivalent to the <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol> context.
+The context for a key event is the window or icon that has the keyboard input
+focus (<symbol role="Variable">root</symbol> if no window or icon has the
+keyboard input focus).</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>MENU PANES</title>
+<para>Menus can be popped up using the <function>f.post_wmenu</function> and <function>f.menu</function> workspace manager functions. The context for workspace manager
+functions that are done from a menu is <symbol role="Variable">root</symbol>,
+<symbol role="Variable">icon</symbol> or <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol> depending
+on how the menu was popped up. In the case of the <symbol role="Variable">window</symbol> menu or menus popped up with a key binding, the location of
+the keyboard input focus indicates the context. For menus popped up using
+a button binding, the context of the button binding is the context of the
+menu. The menu pane specification syntax is:</para>
+<informalexample remap="indent">
+<programlisting><emphasis>Menu</emphasis> <literal>menu_name</literal>
+<emphasis>{</emphasis>
+    <literal>label</literal>  [<literal>mnemonic</literal>]  [<literal>accelerator</literal> ]   <literal>function</literal>
+    <literal>label</literal>  [<literal>mnemonic</literal>]  [<literal>accelerator</literal> ]   <literal>function</literal>
+    ...
+    <literal>label</literal>  [<literal>mnemonic</literal>]  [<literal>accelerator</literal> ]   <literal>function</literal>
+<emphasis>}</emphasis></programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+<para>Each line in the <emphasis>Menu</emphasis> specification identifies
+the label for a menu item and the function to be done if the menu item is
+selected. Optionally a menu button mnemonic and a menu button keyboard accelerator
+may be specified. Mnemonics are functional only when the menu is posted and
+keyboard traversal applies. The <literal>label</literal> may be a string or
+a bitmap file. The label specification has the following syntax:</para>
+<informalexample remap="indent">
+<programlisting><literal>label</literal> = <literal>text</literal> | <literal>bitmap_file</literal>
+<literal>bitmap_file</literal> = <emphasis>@</emphasis><literal>file_name</literal>
+<literal>text</literal> = <literal>quoted_item</literal> | <literal>unquoted_item</literal></programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+<para>The string encoding for labels must be compatible with the menu font
+that is used. Labels are greyed out for menu items that do the <function>f.nop</function> function or an invalid function or a function that doesn't
+apply in the current context. A <literal>mnemonic</literal> specification
+has the following syntax:</para>
+<informalexample remap="indent">
+<programlisting><literal>mnemonic</literal> = <emphasis>_</emphasis> <literal>character</literal></programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+<para>The first matching <literal>character</literal> in the label is underlined.
+If there is no matching <literal>character</literal> in the label, no mnemonic
+is registered with the workspace manager for that label. Although the <literal>character</literal> must exactly match a character in the label, the mnemonic
+does not execute if any modifier (such as Shift) is pressed with the character
+key. The <literal>accelerator</literal> specification is a key event specification
+with the same syntax as is used for key bindings to workspace manager functions.
+</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>INCLUDING FILES</title>
+<para>You may include other files into your mwmrc file by using the
+<symbol role="Variable">include</symbol> construct. For example,</para>
+<informalexample remap="indent">
+<programlisting>INCLUDE
+{
+    /usr/local/shared/mwm.menus
+    /home/kmt/personal/my.bindings
+}</programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+<para>causes the files named to be read in and interpreted in order as an
+additional part of the mwmrc file. <emphasis>Include</emphasis> is a top-level
+construct. It cannot be nested inside another construct.</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>WARNINGS</title>
+<para>Errors that occur during the processing of the resource description
+file are recorded in: <Filename>$HOME/.mwm/errorlog</Filename>. Be sure to
+check this file if the appearance or behavior of <command>mwm</command>
+is not what you expect.</para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>FILES</title>
+<para><literal>$HOME/$LANG/.mwmrc
+$HOME/.mwmrc
+/usr/lib/X11/$LANG/system.mwmrc
+/usr/lib/X11/system.mwmrc
+$HOME/.mwm/errorlog</literal></para>
+</refsect1>
+<refsect1>
+<title>RELATED INFORMATION</title>
+<para>&cdeman.mwm;, <literal>mwm(</literal>1X),
+<Filename MoreInfo="RefEntry">X</Filename>(1). <?Pub Caret></para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<?Pub *0000086911>

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR5X/Traits.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR5X/Traits.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..59a794a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR5X/Traits.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,828 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: Traits.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 21:23:02 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN572.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>Traits</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Literal>Traits</Literal></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>Lists the traits used by the Motif Toolkit.
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Traits</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>A trait is a characteristic of a widget. A widget holding
+a particular trait is announcing a particular ability to
+other widgets.
+The following table summarizes the standard Motif traits.
+</Para>
+<Para><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="2" Namest="1"><Literal>Purpose of Each Trait</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Trait Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>A Widget Holding This Trait Can Do The Following:</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Display one primary text parcel.</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Become a command button in a dialog box.</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcareParentVisual</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Borrow its parent's visual information.</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Function>XmQTcontainer</Function></Entry>
+<Entry>Manage container item children.</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcontainerItem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Become a child of a container widget.</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTdialogShellSavvy</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Become a child of a DialogShell.</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTjoinSide</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Attach itself to one side of a suitable parent.</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSavvy</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Become a menu child.</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Manage a menu system.</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Act as a navigator to a scrollable widget.</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Handle one or more navigator widgets.</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Supply the names of its default render tables.</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtakesDefault</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Change its appearance to show that it is the default button.</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Transfer data to other widgets and/or receive data from other
+widgets</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>Traits are not often used in Motif application programs.
+However, traits are very important to widget writers.
+For complete details on traits, see the
+<!--\*EMotif Widget Writer's Guide\*O-->&MotifWidGd;.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following table lists the names of all widgets and gadgets
+in the standard Motif widget set that hold a particular trait.
+For example, the following table shows that the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcontainerItem</Symbol> trait is held by the
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmIconGadget</StructName>.
+As the table suggests, some traits are held by many of the
+standard Motif widgets.
+</Para>
+<Para><!--no-op:  .in 0--></Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="2" Namest="1"><Literal>Trait Installation in
+Standard Widget Set</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Trait Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Is Installed on The Following Widgets:</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmLabel</Symbol> and all its subclasses; <Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname>
+and all its subclasses; <Symbol>XmText; XmTextField</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmArrowButton; XmArrowButtonGadget; XmDrawnButton; XmPushButton;
+XmPushButtonGadget</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcareParentVisual</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>All the subclasses of <Classname>XmGadget</Classname> (but not
+<Classname>XmGadget</Classname> itself);
+<Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname> and all its subclasses</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Function>XmQTcontainer</Function></Entry>
+<Entry><Classname>XmContainer</Classname></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcontainerItem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><StructName Role="typedef">XmIconGadget</StructName></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTdialogShellSavvy</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTjoinSide</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>No widgets install this trait</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSavvy</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmLabel; XmDrawnButton; XmCascadeButton; XmPushButton;
+XmToggleButton; XmLabelGadget; XmCascadeButtonGadget;
+XmPushButtonGadget; XmToggleButtonGadget</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmScrollBar; XmSpinBox</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmNotebook; XmScrolledWindow</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname> and all its subclasses;
+<Symbol>XmMenuShell; XmVendorShell</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtakesDefault</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmPushButton; XmPushButtonGadget</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmContainer; XmLabel</Symbol> and all its subclasses;
+<Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname> and all its subclasses;
+<Symbol>XmList; XmScale; XmText; XmTextField</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>The following table lists the traits installed on each widget.
+For example, the following table indicates that the
+<Classname>XmArrowButton</Classname> widget holds both the
+<Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol>
+and <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcareParentVisual</Symbol> traits.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="2" Namest="1"><Literal>Trait Use by
+Widget</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>Widget Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Installs These Traits</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Literal>=</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmArrowButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTactivatable, XmQTcareParentVisual</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmArrowButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTactivatable, XmQTcareParentVisual</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTdialogShellSavvy, XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmCascadeButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTaccessTextual, XmQTcareParentVisual, XmQTmenuSavvy,
+XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmCascadeButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTaccessTextual, XmQTcareParentVisual, XmQTmenuSavvy,
+XmQTtransfer
+XmComboBox</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmCommand</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmContainer</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTcontainer, XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDialogShell</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDisplay</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDragContext</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDragIcon</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDrawingArea</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDrawnButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTaccessTextual, XmQTactivatable, XmQTcareParentVisual,
+XmQTmenuSavvy, XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDropTransfer</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmFileSelectionBox</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmForm</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmFrame</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><StructName Role="typedef">XmIconGadget</StructName></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTcareParentVisual, XmQTcontainerItem</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmLabel</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTaccessTextual, XmQTcareParentVisual, XmQTmenuSavvy,
+XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTaccessTextual, XmQTcareParentVisual, XmQTmenuSavvy,
+XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmList</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTcareParentVisual, XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmMainWindow</Classname></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmManager</Classname></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmMenuShell</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmMessageBox</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmNotebook</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmPanedWindow</Classname></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcareParentVisual</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmPushButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTaccessTextual, XmQTactivatable, XmQTcareParentVisual,
+XmQTmenuSavvy, XmQTtakesDefault, XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTaccessTextual, XmQTactivatable, XmQTcareParentVisual,
+XmQTmenuSavvy, XmQTtakesDefault, XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmScale</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmScreen</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmScrollbar</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTcareParentVisual, XmQTnavigator</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmScrolledWindow</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmSelectionBox</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmSeparator</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcareParentVisual</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmSeparatorGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcareParentVisual</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmSpinBox</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmText</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTaccessTextual, XmQTcareParentVisual, XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmTextField</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTaccessTextual, XmQTcareParentVisual,
+XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmToggleButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTaccessTextual, XmQTcareParentVisual,
+XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmToggleButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmQTaccessTextual, XmQTcareParentVisual, XmQTtransfer</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>VendorShell</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>The following table summarizes how the standard Motif widgets
+access traits. There are two general ways for a widget to
+access the traits of another widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>One way is for a widget to ask another widget if it holds
+a particular trait.
+For example, <Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname> asks each of its children widgets
+if they hold the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtakesDefault</Symbol> trait.
+<Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname> calls none of the trait methods
+of <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtakesDefault</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>Another kind of access is when one widget calls another widget's
+trait method(s).
+For example, <Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname> calls the
+<Literal>getRenderTable</Literal>
+trait method of the <Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol>
+trait.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="3">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Rowsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Align="Center" Nameend="3" Namest="1"><Literal>Trait Access By
+Widget</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Widget</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Accesses These Traits:</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Calls These Trait Methods:</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmArrowButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmArrowButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTtakesDefault</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmCascadeButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Many</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmCascadeButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmCascadeButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Many</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmCascadeButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmComboBox</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getValue, setValue</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmCommand</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmContainer</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTcontainerItem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getValues, setValues</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmContainer</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getInfo</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDialogShell</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTdialogShellSavvy</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>callMapUnmapCB</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDisplay</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDragContext</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDragIcon</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDrawingArea</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDrawnButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>Many</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDrawnButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmDropTransfer</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmFileSelectionBox</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmForm</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmFrame</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><StructName Role="typedef">XmIconGadget</StructName></Entry>
+<Entry><Function>XmQTcontainer</Function></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getValues</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><StructName Role="typedef">XmIconGadget</StructName></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmLabel</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>various methods
+<!-- WARNING: ghost column #4: --></Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmLabel</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>various methods
+<!-- WARNING: ghost column #4: --></Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmList</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getValues</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmList</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getInfo, init</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmList</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmMainWindow</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>various methods</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmManager</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmMenuShell</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>various methods</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmMenuShell</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmMessageBox</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmNotebook</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>init, addNavigator, removeNavigator</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmNotebook</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getValue</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmNotebook</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>changeCB</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmNotebook</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmPanedWindow</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmPrimitive</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmPushButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>various methods</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmPushButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>various methods</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmPushButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSavvy</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getAccelerator, getMnemonic, getActivateCBName</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmRowColumn</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>various methods</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmScale</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmScreen</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>XmScrollbar</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmScrolledWindow</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getValue</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmScrolledWindow</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>init, addNavigator</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmSelectionBox</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>setValue;</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmSelectionBox</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTactivatable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmSeparator</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmSeparatorGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+<Entry>None</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmSpinBox</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>setValue</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmText</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTaccessTextual</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getValue, setValue</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmText</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTnavigator</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getValue</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmText</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTscrollFrame</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getInfo, init</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmText</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmTextField</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmToggleButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>various methods</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmToggleButton</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmToggleButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTmenuSystem</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>various methods</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>XmToggleButtonGadget</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Classname>VendorShell</Classname></Entry>
+<Entry><Symbol Role="Globalvar">XmQTspecifyRenderTable</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>getRenderTable</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED</Title>
+<Para>The following reference pages are documented in the
+<!--\*EMotif Widget Writer's Guide\*O-->&MotifWidGd;:
+&cdeman.XmeTraitSet;,
+&cdeman.XmeTraitGet;,
+&cdeman.XmQTaccessTextual;,
+&cdeman.XmQTactivatable;,
+&cdeman.XmQTcareParentVisual;,
+&cdeman.XmQTcontainer;,
+&cdeman.XmQTcontainerItem;,
+&cdeman.XmQTdialogShellSavvy;,
+&cdeman.XmQTjoinSide;,
+&cdeman.XmQTmenuSavvy;,
+&cdeman.XmQTmenuSystem;,
+&cdeman.XmQTnavigator;,
+&cdeman.XmQTscrollFrame;,
+&cdeman.XmQTspecifyRenderTable;,
+and
+&cdeman.XmQTtakesDefault;.
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR5X/UIL.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR5X/UIL.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9dbd4e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR5X/UIL.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,3090 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: UIL.sgm /main/12 1996/09/08 21:23:10 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN573.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>UIL</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Symbol>UIL</Symbol></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The user interface language file format
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>user interface language</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<RefSynopsisDiv>
+<Synopsis>MODULE <Symbol Role="Variable">module_name</Symbol>
+[ NAMES = CASE_INSENSITIVE | CASE_SENSITIVE ]
+[ CHARACTER_SET = character_set ]
+[ OBJECTS = { <Symbol Role="Variable">widget_name</Symbol> = GADGET | WIDGET; [...] } ]
+{ [
+[ <Symbol Role="Variable">value_section</Symbol> ] |
+[ <Symbol Role="Variable">procedure_section</Symbol> ] |
+[ <Symbol Role="Variable">list_section</Symbol> ] |
+[ <Symbol Role="Variable">object_section</Symbol> ] |
+[ <Symbol Role="Variable">identifier_section</Symbol> ]
+[ ... ]
+] }
+END MODULE;
+</Synopsis>
+</RefSynopsisDiv>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The UIL language is used for describing the initial state of
+a user interface for a widget based application. UIL describes
+the widgets used in the interface, the resources of those widgets,
+and the callbacks of those widgets. The UIL file is compiled into
+a UID file using the command <Command>uil</Command> or by the callable compiler
+<Literal>Uil()</Literal>. The contents of the
+compiled UID file can then be accessed by the various Motif Resource
+Management (MRM) functions from within an application program.
+</Para>
+<Para>The UID file is independent of the platform on which the Motif
+program will eventually be run. In other words, the same UID file can
+be used on any system that can run Motif.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>File</Title>
+<Para>A UIL file consists of a single complete module, described in the
+syntax description above, or, if the file is to be included in a
+larger UIL file, one complete "section," as described below. UIL uses
+five different kinds of sections: value, procedure, list, object, and
+identifier.
+</Para>
+<Para>UIL is a free-form language. This means that high-level constructs
+such as object and value declarations do not need to begin in any
+particular column and can span any number of lines. Low-level constructs
+such as keywords and punctuation characters
+can also begin in any column; however, except for string literals and comments,
+they cannot span lines.
+</Para>
+<Para>The UIL compiler accepts input lines up to 132 characters in length.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>MODULE</Symbol> <Symbol Role="Variable">module_name</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The name by which the UIL module is known in the UID file.
+This name is stored in the UID file for later
+use in the retrieval of resources by the MRM.
+This name is always stored in uppercase in the UID file.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>NAMES</Symbol>&ensp;<Literal>=</Literal>&ensp;<Symbol>CASE_INSENSITIVE</Symbol>&ensp;|&ensp;<Symbol>CASE_SENSITIVE</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>case sensitivity clause</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>Indicates whether names should be treated as case sensitive or case
+insensitive. The default is case sensitive.
+The case-sensitivity clause should be the
+first clause in the module header, and in any case must precede any statement
+that contains a name.
+If names are case sensitive in a UIL module, UIL keywords in that module
+must be in lowercase. Each name is stored in the UIL file in the same
+case as it appears in the UIL module.
+If names are case insensitive, then keywords
+can be in uppercase, lowercase, or
+mixed case, and the uppercase equivalent of each
+name is stored in the UID file.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">CHARACTER_SET</Symbol>&ensp;<Literal>=</Literal>&ensp;<Literal>character_set</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>default character set clause</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>Specifies the default character set for string
+literals in the module that do not explicitly set
+their character set.
+The default character set, in the absence of this clause
+is the codeset component of the <Symbol Role="Define">LANG</Symbol> environment variable,
+or the value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFALLBACK_CHARSET</SystemItem> if <Symbol Role="Define">LANG</Symbol>
+is not set or has no codeset component.
+The value of
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFALLBACK_CHARSET</SystemItem> is defined by the UIL supplier, but is
+usually ISO8859-1 (equivalent to
+ISO_LATIN1).
+Use of this clause turns off all localized string literal processing
+turned on by the compiler flag <Literal>-s</Literal> or the <Literal>Uil_command_type</Literal>
+data structure element <Literal>use_setlocale_flag</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>OBJECTS&ensp;=&ensp;{</Literal>&ensp;<Symbol Role="Variable">widget_name</Symbol> = <Symbol>GADGET</Symbol> | <Literal>WIDGET;&ensp;}</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>objects clause</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>Indicates whether the widget or gadget form of
+the control specified by <Symbol Role="Variable">widget_name</Symbol> is used by default.
+By default the widget form is used, so the gadget keyword is usually the
+only one used.
+The specified control should be one that has both a widget and gadget
+version: XmCascadeButton, XmLabel, XmPushButton, XmSeparator,
+and XmToggleButton.
+The form of more than one control can be specified by delimiting them
+with semicolons.
+The gadget or widget form of an instance of a control can be specified
+with the <Symbol>GADGET</Symbol> and <Symbol>WIDGET</Symbol> keywords in a particular
+object declaration.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">value_section</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Provides a way to name a value expression or literal.
+The value name can then be referred to by declarations that occur
+elsewhere in the UIL module in any context where a value can be used.
+Values can be forward referenced.
+Value sections
+are described in more detail later in the reference page.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">procedure_section</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Defines the callback routines used by a widget and the creation
+routines for user-defined widgets. These definitions are used
+for error checking.
+Procedure sections
+are described in more detail later in the reference page.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">list_section</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Provides a way to group together a set of arguments, controls (children),
+callbacks, or procedures for later use in the UIL module.
+Lists can contain other
+lists, so that you can set up a hierarchy to clearly
+show which arguments, controls, callbacks,
+and procedures are common to which widgets.
+List sections
+are described in more detail later in the reference page.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">object_section</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Defines the objects that make up the user interface of the application.
+You can reference the object names in declarations that
+occur elsewhere in the UIL module in any context where an object name can
+be used (for example, in a controls list, as a symbolic reference
+to a widget ID, or as the <Symbol Role="Variable">tag_value</Symbol> argument for a callback procedure).
+Objects can be forward referenced.
+Object sections
+are described in more detail later in the reference page.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Variable">identifier_section</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Defines a run-time binding of data to names that appear in the UIL module.
+Identifier sections
+are described in more detail later in the reference page.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The UIL file can also contain comments and include directives, which are
+described along with the main elements of the UIL file format in
+the following sections.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Comments</Title>
+<Para>Comments can take one of two forms, as follows:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The comment is introduced with the sequence <Literal>/*</Literal>
+followed by the text of the comment and terminated with the sequence <Literal>*/</Literal>.
+This form of comment can span multiple source lines.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The comment is introduced with an ! (exclamation point),
+followed by
+the text of the comment and terminated by the end of the source line.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>Neither form of comment can be nested.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Value sections</Title>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>value section</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>A value section consists of the keyword <Symbol>VALUE</Symbol> followed by a sequence of
+value declarations. It has the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Para><Symbol>VALUE</Symbol> <Symbol Role="Variable">value_name</Symbol> <Literal>:</Literal>
+[ <Symbol>EXPORTED</Symbol> | <Symbol>PRIVATE</Symbol> ] <Symbol Role="Variable">value_expression</Symbol> |
+<Symbol>IMPORTED</Symbol> <Symbol Role="Variable">value_type</Symbol> <Literal>;</Literal>
+</Para>
+<Para>Where <Symbol Role="Variable">value_expression</Symbol> is assigned to <Symbol Role="Variable">value_name</Symbol> or a
+<Symbol Role="Variable">value_type</Symbol> is assigned to an imported value name.
+A value declaration provides a way to name a value expression or literal.
+The value name can be referred to by declarations that occur
+later in the UIL module in any context where a value can be used.
+Values can be forward referenced.<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>IMPORTED</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>EXPORTED</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>PRIVATE</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>EXPORTED</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A value that you define as exported is stored in the
+UID file as a named resource, and therefore can be referenced by
+name in other UID files. When you define a value as exported,
+MRM looks outside the module in which the exported value
+is declared to get its value at run time.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>PRIVATE</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A private value is a value that is not imported or exported.
+A value that you define as private is
+not stored as a distinct resource in the UID file.
+You can reference a private value only in the UIL module containing
+the value declaration. The value or object is directly incorporated into
+anything in the UIL module that references the declaration.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>IMPORTED</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A value that you define as imported is one that is
+defined as a named resource in a UID file. MRM resolves this
+declaration with the corresponding exported declaration at
+application run time.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>By default, values and objects are private.
+The following is a list of the supported value types in UIL:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>ANY</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>ARGUMENT</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>BOOLEAN</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>COLOR</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>COLOR_TABLE</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_STRING</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>FLOAT</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>FONT</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>FONT_TABLE</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>FONTSET</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>ICON</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>INTEGER_TABLE</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>KEYSYM</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>REASON</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>SINGLE_FLOAT</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Define">STRING</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>STRING_TABLE</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>TRANSLATION_TABLE</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>WIDE_CHARACTER</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol>WIDGET</Symbol>
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Procedure sections</Title>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>procedure section</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>A procedure section consists of the keyword <Symbol>PROCEDURE</Symbol> followed by a
+sequence of procedure declarations. It has the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>PROCEDURE
+     <Symbol Role="Variable">procedure_name</Symbol> [ ( [ <Symbol Role="Variable">value_type</Symbol> ]) ];
+</Synopsis>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>procedure declaration</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>Use a procedure declaration to declare
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A routine that can be used as a
+callback routine for a widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The creation function for a user-defined widget
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>You can reference a procedure name in
+declarations that occur later in the UIL module in any context
+where a procedure can be used. Procedures can be forward referenced.
+You cannot use a
+name you used in another context as a procedure name.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a procedure declaration, you have the option
+of specifying that a parameter will be
+passed to the corresponding callback routine at run time. This parameter is
+called the callback tag. You can specify the data type of the callback tag by
+putting the data type in parentheses following the procedure name. When you
+compile the module, the UIL compiler checks that the argument you specify in
+references to the procedure is of this type. Note that the data type of the
+callback tag must be one of the valid UIL data types.
+You can use a widget as a callback tag, as long as the widget is defined
+in the same widget hierarchy as the callback, that is they have a common
+ancestor that is in the same UIL hierarchy.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following list summarizes how the UIL compiler checks
+argument type and argument count, depending on the procedure declaration.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>No&ensp;parameters</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>No argument type or argument count checking occurs.
+You can supply either 0 or one arguments in the procedure reference.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>(&ensp;)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Checks that the argument count is 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>(ANY)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Checks that the argument count is 1. Does
+not check the argument type. Use the <Symbol>ANY</Symbol> type to prevent type
+checking on procedure tags.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>(</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Checks for one argument of the specified type.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>(</Literal><Literal>class_name</Literal><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Checks for one widget argument of the specified widget class.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>While it is possible to use any UIL data type to specify the type of a tag in a
+procedure declaration, you must be able to represent that data type in the
+programming language you are using. Some data types (such as integer, Boolean,
+and string) are common data types recognized by most programming languages.
+Other UIL data types (such as string tables) are more complicated and may
+require that you set up an appropriate corresponding data structure in the
+application in order to pass a tag of that type to a callback routine.
+</Para>
+<Para>You can also use a procedure declaration to specify the creation function
+for a user-defined widget. In this case, you specify no formal parameters.
+The procedure is invoked with the standard three arguments passed to
+all widget creation functions.
+(See the Motif Toolkit documentation for more information
+about widget creation functions.)
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>List sections</Title>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>list section</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>A list section consists of the keyword <Symbol>LIST</Symbol> followed by a
+sequence of list declarations. It has the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>LIST
+     <Symbol Role="Variable">list_name</Symbol>: { list_item; [...] }
+     [...]
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>You can also use list sections to group together a set of arguments, controls
+(children),
+callbacks, or procedures for later use in the UIL module. Lists can contain other
+lists, so that you can set up a hierarchy to clearly show which
+arguments, controls, callbacks, and procedures are common to which widgets.
+You cannot mix the different types of lists; a list
+of a particular type cannot contain entries of a different list type
+or reference the name of a different list type.
+A list name is always private to the UIL module in which you declare
+the list and
+cannot be stored as a named resource in a UID file.
+</Para>
+<Para>The additional list types are described in the following sections.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>Arguments List Structure</Literal>
+</Para>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List types</Primary>
+<Secondary>argument</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>arguments list</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>An arguments list defines which arguments are to be specified
+in the arguments list parameter when the creation routine for a particular
+object is called at run time.
+An arguments list also specifies
+the values for those arguments.
+Argument lists have the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>LIST
+     <Symbol Role="Variable">list_name</Symbol>: ARGUMENTS {
+          <Symbol Role="Variable">argument_name</Symbol> = <Symbol Role="Variable">value_expression</Symbol>;
+          [...] }
+[...]
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>The argument name must be either a built-in argument name or a
+user-defined argument name that is specified with the
+<Symbol>ARGUMENT</Symbol> function.
+</Para>
+<Para>If you use a built-in argument name as an arguments list entry in an object
+definition, the UIL compiler checks the argument name to be sure that it
+is supported by the type of object that you are defining. If the same argument
+name appears more than once in a given arguments list, the last entry
+that uses that argument name supersedes all previous entries
+with that name, and the compiler issues a message.
+</Para>
+<Para>Some arguments, such as <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitems</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitemCount</SystemItem>,
+are coupled by the UIL compiler.
+When you specify one of the arguments, the compiler also sets the
+other. The coupled
+argument is not available to you.<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>coupled arguments</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Arguments</Primary>
+<Secondary>coupled in UIL</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</Para>
+<Para>The Motif Toolkit and the X Toolkit (intrinsics)
+support constraint
+arguments.
+A constraint argument is one that is passed
+to children of an object, beyond those
+arguments normally available.
+For example, the Form widget grants a set of constraint arguments to its
+children.
+These arguments control the position of the children within the Form.
+</Para>
+<Para>Unlike the arguments used to define the
+attributes of a particular
+widget, constraint arguments are
+used exclusively to define additional attributes of the children of a
+particular widget.
+These attributes affect the behavior of the children
+within their parent.
+To supply constraint arguments to the children,
+you include the arguments
+in the arguments list for the
+child.
+</Para>
+<Para>See <Literal>Appendix B</Literal>
+for information about which arguments are supported by which widgets. See
+<Literal>Appendix C</Literal>
+for information about what the valid value type is for each built-in argument.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>Callbacks List Structure</Literal><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>callbacks list</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>List types</Primary>
+<Secondary>callback</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</Para>
+<Para>Use a callbacks list to define which callback reasons are to
+be processed by a particular widget at run time.
+Callback lists have the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Para><Symbol>LIST</Symbol>
+<Symbol Role="Variable">list_name</Symbol> <Literal>: CALLBACKS {</Literal>
+<Symbol Role="Variable">reason_name</Symbol> <Literal>= PROCEDURE</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">procedure_name</Symbol> <Literal>[</Literal> <Literal>(</Literal> [ <Symbol Role="Variable">value_expression</Symbol> ] <Literal>)</Literal> ]<Literal>;</Literal> |
+<Symbol Role="Variable">reason_name</Symbol> <Literal>=</Literal> <Symbol Role="Variable">procedure_list</Symbol> <Literal>;</Literal>
+[...] <Literal>}</Literal>
+[...]
+</Para>
+<Para>For Motif Toolkit widgets, the reason name must be a built-in
+reason name. For a user-defined widget, you can use a reason name
+that you previously specified using the <Symbol>REASON</Symbol> function.
+If you use a built-in reason in an object definition,
+the UIL compiler ensures that reason is supported by the type of object
+you are defining. Appendix B shows which reasons
+each object supports.
+</Para>
+<Para>If the same reason appears more than once in a callbacks list, the last entry
+referring to that name supersedes all previous entries using the same reason,
+and the UIL compiler issues a diagnostic message.
+</Para>
+<Para>If you specify a named value for the procedure argument (callback
+tag), the data type of the value must match the type specified for the callback
+tag in the corresponding procedure declaration.
+When specifying a widget name as a procedure value expression you must also
+specify the type of the widget and a space before the name of the widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>Because the UIL compiler produces
+a UID file rather than an object module (.o), the binding of the UIL name to
+the address of the entry point to the procedure is not done by the loader, but
+is established at run time with the MRM function
+<Function>MrmRegisterNames</Function>.
+You call this function
+before fetching any objects,
+giving it both the UIL names and the procedure addresses of each callback. The
+name you register with MRM in the application program must match the name you
+specified for the procedure in the UIL module.
+</Para>
+<Para>Each callback procedure receives three arguments. The first two arguments
+have the same form for each callback. The form of the third argument varies
+from object to object.
+</Para>
+<Para>The first argument is the address of the data structure maintained by the
+Motif Toolkit
+for this object instance. This address is called the widget ID for
+this object.
+</Para>
+<Para>The second argument is the address of the value you specified in the
+callbacks list for this procedure. If you do not specify an argument,
+the address is NULL.
+Note that, in the case where the value you specified is a string or an
+<StructName Role="typedef">XmString</StructName>, the value specified in the callbacks list already
+represents an address rather than an actual value. In the case of a
+simple string, for example, the value is the address of the first
+character of that string. In these cases, UIL does not add a level of
+indirection, and the second argument to the callback procedure is
+simply the value as specified in the callbacks list.
+</Para>
+<Para>The third argument is the
+reason name you specified in the callbacks list.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>Controls List Structure</Literal>
+</Para>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>controls list</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>A controls list defines which objects are children of, or controlled by,
+a particular object.
+Each entry in a controls list has the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>LIST
+     <Symbol Role="Variable">list_name</Symbol>: CONTROLS {
+          [<Symbol Role="Variable">child_name</Symbol>: ] [MANAGED | UNMANAGED] <Symbol Role="Variable">object_definition</Symbol>;
+          [...] }
+     [...]
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>If you specify the keyword <Symbol>MANAGED</Symbol> at run time, the object is created and
+managed; if you specify <Symbol>UNMANAGED</Symbol> at run time, the object is only created.
+Objects are managed by default.
+</Para>
+<Para>You can use <Symbol Role="Variable">child_name</Symbol> to specify resources for the automatically
+created children of a particular control. Names for automatically created
+children are formed by appending <SystemItem Class="Constant">Xm_</SystemItem> to the name of the child widget.
+This name is specified in the documentation for the parent widget.
+</Para>
+<Para>Unlike the arguments list and the callbacks list, a controls list entry that is
+identical to a previous entry does not supersede the previous
+entry. At run time,
+each controls list entry causes a child to be created when
+the parent is created. If the same
+object definition is used for multiple children, multiple instances of the
+child are created at run time.
+See <Literal>Appendix B</Literal>
+for a list of which widget types can be
+controlled by which other widget types.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>Procedures List Structure</Literal>
+</Para>
+<Para>You can specify multiple procedures for a callback reason
+in UIL by defining a procedures list. Just as
+with other list types, procedures lists can be defined in-line or in
+a list section and referenced by name.
+</Para>
+<Para>If you define a reason more than once (for example, when the reason is
+defined both in a referenced procedures list and in the callbacks list for the
+object), previous definitions are overridden by the latest definition.
+The syntax for a procedures list is as follows:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>LIST
+     <Symbol Role="Variable">list_name</Symbol>: PROCEDURES {
+          <Symbol Role="Variable">procedure_name</Symbol> [ ( [ <Symbol Role="Variable">value_expression</Symbol> ]) ];
+          [...] }
+     [...]
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>When specifying a widget name as a procedure value expression you must also
+specify the type of the widget and a space before the name of the widget.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Object Sections</Title>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>object section</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>An object section consists of the keyword <Symbol>OBJECT</Symbol> followed by a
+sequence of object declarations. It has the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>OBJECT <Symbol Role="Variable">object_name</Symbol>:
+     [ EXPORTED | PRIVATE | IMPORTED ] <Symbol Role="Variable">object_type</Symbol>
+          [ PROCEDURE <Symbol Role="Variable">creation_function</Symbol> ]
+          [ <Symbol Role="Variable">object_name</Symbol> [ WIDGET | GADGET ] | {<Symbol Role="Variable">list_definitions</Symbol> } ]
+</Synopsis>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>object declaration</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>Use an object declaration to define the objects that are to be stored in the
+UID file. You can reference the object name in declarations that
+occur elsewhere in the UIL module in any context where an object name can
+be used (for example, in a controls list, as a symbolic reference
+to a widget ID, or as the <Symbol Role="Variable">tag_value</Symbol> argument for a callback procedure).
+Objects can be forward referenced; that is, you can declare an object
+name after you reference it. All references to an object name must be
+consistent with the type of the object, as specified in the object declaration.
+You can specify an object as exported, imported, or private.
+</Para>
+<Para>The object definition can contain a sequence of lists that define
+the arguments, hierarchy, and callbacks for the widget.
+You can specify only one list of each type for an object.
+When you declare a user-defined widget, you must include a reference to the
+widget creation function for the user-defined widget.
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<Para>Note: Several widgets in the Motif Toolkit actually consist of two
+linked widgets. For example, <Symbol>XmScrolledText</Symbol> and
+<Symbol>XmScrolledList</Symbol> each consist of children <Classname>XmText</Classname> and
+<Classname>XmList</Classname> widgets under a <Classname>XmScrolledWindow</Classname> widget. When such
+a widget is created, its resources are available to both of the
+underlying widgets. This can occasionally cause problems, as when the
+programmer wants a <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNdestroyCallback</SystemItem> routine named to act when
+the widget is destroyed. In this case, the callback resource will be
+available to both sub-widgets, and will cause an error when the widget
+is destroyed. To avoid these problems, the programmer should
+separately create the parent and child widgets, rather than relying on
+these linked widgets.
+</Para>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>Use the <Symbol>GADGET</Symbol> or <Symbol>WIDGET</Symbol>
+keyword to specify the object type or to override the default variant for this
+object type.
+You can use the Motif Toolkit name of an object type that has a gadget
+variant (for example, <Classname>XmLabelGadget</Classname>) as an attribute of an object
+declaration.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">object_type</Symbol> can be any object type, including gadgets.
+You need to specify the <Symbol>GADGET</Symbol> or <Symbol>WIDGET</Symbol> keyword only in the
+declaration of an object, not when you reference the object. You cannot
+specify the <Symbol>GADGET</Symbol> or <Symbol>WIDGET</Symbol> keyword for a
+user-defined object; user-defined objects are always widgets.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Identifier sections</Title>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>identifiers</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>The identifier section allows you to define an identifier, a mechanism that
+achieves run-time binding of data to names that appear in a UIL module.
+The identifier section consists of
+the reserved keyword <Symbol>IDENTIFIER</Symbol>, followed by a list of names, each name followed
+by a semicolon.
+</Para>
+<Para><Symbol>IDENTIFIER</Symbol> <Symbol Role="Variable">identifier_name</Symbol><Literal>;</Literal> [...<Literal>;</Literal>]
+</Para>
+<Para>You can later use these names in the UIL module as
+either the value of an argument to a widget or the tag value to a callback
+procedure. At run time, you use the MRM functions
+<Function>MrmRegisterNames</Function> and <Function>MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy</Function>
+to bind
+the identifier name with the data (or, in the case of callbacks, with
+the address of the data) associated with the identifier.
+</Para>
+<Para>Each UIL module has a single name space; therefore, you cannot use a
+name you used for a value, object, or procedure as an identifier name in
+the same module.
+</Para>
+<Para>The UIL compiler does not do any type checking on the use of identifiers in a
+UIL module. Unlike a UIL value, an identifier does not have a UIL type
+associated with it. Regardless of what particular type a widget argument or
+callback procedure tag is defined to be, you can use an identifier in that
+context instead of a value of the corresponding type.
+</Para>
+<Para>To reference these identifier names in a UIL module, you use the name of
+the identifier wherever you want its value to be used.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Include directives</Title>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>include directive</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>The include directive incorporates the contents of a specified
+file into a UIL module. This mechanism allows several UIL modules to share
+common definitions. The syntax for the include directive is as follows:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>INCLUDE FILE <Symbol Role="Variable">file_name</Symbol>;
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>The UIL
+compiler replaces the include directive with the contents of the include file
+and processes it as if these contents had appeared in the current
+UIL source file.
+</Para>
+<Para>You can nest include files; that is, an include
+file can contain include directives.
+The UIL compiler can process up to 100 references (including the file
+containing the UIL module). Therefore, you can include up to 99 files
+in a single UIL module, including nested files. Each time a file is
+opened counts as a reference, so including the same file twice counts
+as two references.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Symbol Role="Variable">file_name</Symbol> is a simple string containing a file specification
+that identifies the file to be included. The rules for finding the
+specified file are similar to the rules for finding header, or
+<Filename>.h</Filename> files using the include directive, <Literal>#include</Literal>, with a
+quoted string in C. The UIL uses the <Option><Literal>-I</Literal></Option> option for specifying a
+search directory for include files.
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If you do
+not supply a directory, the UIL compiler searches for the include file in the
+directory of the main source file.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the compiler does not find the include
+file there, the compiler looks in the same directory as the source
+file.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If you supply a directory, the UIL compiler searches
+only that directory for the file.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<!--.SS "Language Syntax"-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Names and Strings</Title>
+<Para>Names can consist of any of the characters A to Z, a to z,
+0 to 9, $ (dollar sign), and &hairsp;_&hairsp; (underscore). Names cannot begin
+with a digit (0 to 9). The maximum length of a name is 31 characters.
+</Para>
+<Para>UIL gives you a choice of
+either case-sensitive or case-insensitive names through a clause
+in the <Symbol>MODULE</Symbol> header.
+For example, if names are case sensitive, the names "sample" and
+"Sample" are distinct from each other. If names are case insensitive,
+these names are treated as the same name and can be used
+interchangeably. By default, UIL assumes names are case sensitive.
+</Para>
+<Para>In <Literal>CASE-INSENSITIVE</Literal> mode, the compiler outputs all names in the
+UID file in uppercase form.
+In <Literal>CASE-SENSITIVE</Literal> mode,
+names appear in the UIL file
+exactly as they appear in the source.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following table lists the reserved keywords, which are not
+available for defining programmer defined names.<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>keywords</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>keywords</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>keywords</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Keywords</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="4">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1" Align="Center" Nameend="4" Namest="1"><Literal>Reserved Keywords</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>ARGUMENTS</Entry>
+<Entry>CALLBACKS</Entry>
+<Entry>CONTROLS</Entry>
+<Entry>END</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>EXPORTED</Entry>
+<Entry>FALSE</Entry>
+<Entry>GADGET</Entry>
+<Entry>IDENTIFIER</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>INCLUDE</Entry>
+<Entry>LIST</Entry>
+<Entry>MODULE</Entry>
+<Entry>OFF</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>ON</Entry>
+<Entry>OBJECT</Entry>
+<Entry>PRIVATE</Entry>
+<Entry>PROCEDURE</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>PROCEDURES</Entry>
+<Entry>TRUE</Entry>
+<Entry>VALUE</Entry>
+<Entry>WIDGET</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>The UIL unreserved keywords are described in the following list and table.
+These keywords can be used as programmer defined names,
+however, if you use any keyword as a name, you cannot use the UIL-supplied
+usage of that keyword.
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Built-in argument names (for example, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNx</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Built-in reason names (for example, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNactivateCallback</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNhelpCallback</SystemItem>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Character set names (for example, <Symbol>ISO_LATIN1</Symbol>, <Symbol>ISO_HEBREW_LR</Symbol>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Constant value names (for example, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmMENU_OPTION</SystemItem>, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmBROWSE_SELECT</SystemItem>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Object types (for example, <Classname>XmPushButton</Classname>, <Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname>)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="3">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1" Align="Center" Nameend="3" Namest="1"><Literal>Unreserved Keywords</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>ANY</Entry>
+<Entry>ARGUMENT</Entry>
+<Entry>ASCIZ_STRING_TABLE</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>ASCIZ_TABLE</Entry>
+<Entry>BACKGROUND</Entry>
+<Entry>BOOLEAN</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>CASE_INSENSITIVE</Entry>
+<Entry>CASE_SENSITIVE</Entry>
+<Entry>CHARACTER_SET</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>COLOR</Entry>
+<Entry>COLOR_TABLE</Entry>
+<Entry>COMPOUND_STRING</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>COMPOUND_STRING_COMPONENT</Entry>
+<Entry>COMPOUND_STRING_TABLE</Entry>
+<Entry>FILE</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>FLOAT</Entry>
+<Entry>FONT</Entry>
+<Entry>FONT_TABLE</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>FONTSET</Entry>
+<Entry>FOREGROUND</Entry>
+<Entry>ICON</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>IMPORTED</Entry>
+<Entry>INTEGER</Entry>
+<Entry>INTEGER_TABLE</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>KEYSYM</Entry>
+<Entry>MANAGED</Entry>
+<Entry>NAMES</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>OBJECTS</Entry>
+<Entry>REASON</Entry>
+<Entry>RGB</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>RIGHT_TO_LEFT</Entry>
+<Entry>SINGLE_FLOAT</Entry>
+<Entry>STRING</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>STRING_TABLE</Entry>
+<Entry>TRANSLATION_TABLE</Entry>
+<Entry>UNMANAGED</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>USER_DEFINED</Entry>
+<Entry>VERSION</Entry>
+<Entry>WIDE_CHARACTER</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>WIDGET</Entry>
+<Entry>XBITMAPFILE</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>String literals can be composed of the uppercase and lowercase
+letters, digits, and punctuation characters.
+Spaces, tabs, and comments are special elements in the language. They are
+a means of delimiting other elements, such as two names. One or more of
+these elements can appear before or after any other element in the language.
+However, spaces, tabs, and comments that appear in string literals are
+treated as character sequences rather than delimiters.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Data Types</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Values</Primary>
+<Secondary>literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>UIL provides literals for
+several of the value types it supports. Some of the value types are not
+supported as literals (for example, pixmaps and string tables). You can
+specify values for these types
+by using functions described in the <Emphasis>Functions</Emphasis> section.
+UIL directly supports the following literal types:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>String literal
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Integer literal
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Boolean literal
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Floating-point literal
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>UIL also includes the data type <Symbol>ANY</Symbol>, which is used to turn off compile
+time checking of data types.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>String Literals</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>string literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>string literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>string literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Values</Primary>
+<Secondary>string literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>A string literal is a sequence of zero or more 8-bit or 16-bit
+characters or a combination
+delimited by <Literal>'</Literal> (single quotation marks) or <Literal>"</Literal> (double quotation marks).
+String literals can also contain multibyte characters delimited with double
+quotation marks.
+String literals can be no more than 2000 characters long.
+</Para>
+<Para>A single-quoted string literal can span multiple source lines. To continue
+a single-quoted string literal, terminate the continued line with a
+<Literal>&bsol;</Literal> (backslash). The literal continues with the first character
+on the next line.
+</Para>
+<Para>Double-quoted string literals cannot span multiple source lines.
+(Because double-quoted strings can contain escape sequences and other special
+characters, you cannot use the backslash character to designate
+continuation of the string.) To build a string value that must
+span multiple source lines, use the concatenation operator described later
+in this section.
+</Para>
+<Para>The syntax of a string literal is one of the following:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>'[<Symbol Role="Variable">character_string</Symbol>]'
+[#<Symbol Role="Variable">char_set</Symbol>]"[<Symbol Role="Variable">character_string</Symbol>]"
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>Both string forms associate a character set with a string value.
+UIL uses the following rules to determine the character set and
+storage format for string literals:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A string declared as <Literal>'</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>'</Literal> is equivalent to
+<Literal>#</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">cur_charset</Symbol><Literal>"</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>"</Literal>,
+where <Symbol Role="Variable">cur_charset</Symbol> will be the codeset
+portion of the value of the <Symbol Role="Define">LANG</Symbol> environment variable if it is set
+or the value
+of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFALLBACK_CHARSET</SystemItem> if <Symbol Role="Define">LANG</Symbol> is not set or has no codeset
+component.
+By default, <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFALLBACK_CHARSET</SystemItem> is <Literal>ISO8859-1</Literal> (equivalent to
+<Symbol>ISO_LATIN1</Symbol>), but vendors may define a different default.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A string declared as <Literal>"</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>"</Literal> is
+equivalent to <Literal>#</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">char_set</Symbol><Literal>"</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>"</Literal> if
+you specified <Symbol Role="Variable">char_set</Symbol> as the default character set for the module.
+If no default character set has been specified for the module, then
+if the <Literal>-s</Literal> option is provided to the <Command>uil</Command> command or the
+<Literal>use_setlocale_flag</Literal> is set for the callable compiler, <Literal>Uil()</Literal>, the
+string will be interpreted to be a string in the current locale. This means that
+the string is parsed in the locale of the user by calling <Symbol Role="Variable">setlocale</Symbol>, its
+charset is <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>, and that if the string is
+converted to a compound string, it is stored as a locale encoded text segment.
+Otherwise, <Literal>"</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>"</Literal> is equivalent
+to <Literal>#</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">cur_charset</Symbol><Literal>"</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>"</Literal>, where
+<Symbol Role="Variable">cur_charset</Symbol> is interpreted as described for single quoted strings.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A string of the form <Literal>"</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>"</Literal> or
+<Literal>#</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">char_set</Symbol><Literal>"</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol><Literal>"</Literal> is stored as a
+null-terminated string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>If the <Symbol Role="Variable">char_set</Symbol> in a string specified in the form above is not a
+built-in charset, and is not a user-defined charset, the charset of
+the string will be set to <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG</SystemItem>, and an
+informational message will be issued to the user to note that this
+substitution has been made.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following table lists the character sets supported by the UIL compiler for
+string literals.
+Note that several UIL names map to the same character set. In
+some cases, the UIL name influences how string literals are read. For example,
+strings identified by a UIL character set name ending in <Symbol>_LR</Symbol> are read left-to-right.
+Names that end in a different number reflect different fonts
+(for example, ISO_LATIN1 or ISO_LATIN6).
+All character sets in this table are represented by 8 bits.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1" Align="Center" Nameend="2" Namest="1"><Literal>Supported Character Sets</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>UIL Name</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Description</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>ISO_LATIN1</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>GL: ASCII, GR: Latin-1 Supplement</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>ISO_LATIN2</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>GL: ASCII, GR: Latin-2 Supplement</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>ISO_ARABIC</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>GL: ASCII, GR: Latin-Arabic Supplement</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>ISO_LATIN6</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>GL: ASCII, GR: Latin-Arabic Supplement</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>ISO_GREEK</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>GL: ASCII, GR: Latin-Greek Supplement</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>ISO_LATIN7</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>GL: ASCII, GR: Latin-Greek Supplement</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>ISO_HEBREW</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>GL: ASCII, GR: Latin-Hebrew Supplement</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>ISO_LATIN8</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>GL: ASCII, GR: Latin-Hebrew Supplement</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>ISO_HEBREW_LR</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>GL: ASCII, GR: Latin-Hebrew Supplement</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>ISO_LATIN8_LR</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>GL: ASCII, GR: Latin-Hebrew Supplement</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry><Symbol>JIS_KATAKANA</Symbol></Entry>
+<Entry>GL: JIS Roman, GR: JIS Katakana</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>Following are the parsing rules for each
+of the character sets:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>All&ensp;character&ensp;sets</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Character codes in the range 00...1F, 7F, and 80...9F are control characters
+including both bytes of 16-bit characters.
+The compiler flags these as illegal characters.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ISO_LATIN1&ensp;ISO_LATIN2&ensp;ISO_LATIN3&ensp;ISO_GREEK&ensp;ISO_LATIN4</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>These sets are parsed from left to right.
+The escape sequences for null-terminated strings
+are also supported by these character sets.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ISO_HEBREW&ensp;ISO_ARABIC&ensp;ISO_LATIN8</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>These sets are parsed from right to left. For example, the string
+<ComputerOutput>#ISO_HEBREW"012345"</ComputerOutput> will generate a primitive string of "543210"
+with character set <Symbol>ISO_HEBREW</Symbol>. The string direction for such a
+string would be right-to-left, so when rendered, the string will
+appear as "012345." The escape sequences for null-terminated strings
+are also supported by these character sets, and the characters that
+compose the escape sequences are in left-to-right order. For example,
+you would enter &bsol;n, not n&bsol;&npzwc;.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ISO_HEBREW_LR&ensp;ISO_ARABIC_LR&ensp;ISO_LATIN8_LR</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>These sets are parsed from left to right. For example, the string
+<ComputerOutput>#ISO_HEBREW_LR"012345"</ComputerOutput> generates a primitive string "012345"
+with character set <Symbol>ISO_HEBREW</Symbol>. The string direction for such a
+string would still be right-to-left, however, so when rendered, it
+will appear as "543210." In other words, the characters were
+originally typed in the <Emphasis>same order</Emphasis> in which they would have been
+typed in Hebrew (although in Hebrew, the typist would have been using
+a text editor that went from right to left). The escape sequences for
+null-terminated strings are also supported by these character sets.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol>JIS_KATAKANA</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This set is parsed from left to right. The escape sequences
+for null-terminated strings are also supported by this character
+set. Note that the <Literal>&bsol;</Literal> (backslash) may be displayed as a yen symbol.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>In addition to designating parsing rules for strings, character set
+information remains an attribute of a compound string.
+If the string is included in a string consisting of
+several concatenated segments, the character set information
+is included with that string segment.
+This gives the Motif Toolkit
+the information it needs to decipher the
+compound string and choose a font to display the string.
+</Para>
+<Para>For an application interface displayed only in English,
+UIL lets you ignore the distinctions between the two uses of strings.
+The compiler recognizes by context when a
+string must be passed as a null-terminated string or as a compound string.
+</Para>
+<Para>The UIL compiler recognizes enough about the various character sets to
+correctly parse string literals.
+The compiler also issues errors if you use a compound
+string in a context that supports only null-terminated strings.
+</Para>
+<Para>Since the character set names are keywords, you must
+put them in lowercase if case-sensitive names are in force.
+If names are case insensitive, character set names can be
+uppercase, lowercase, or mixed case.
+</Para>
+<Para>In addition to the built-in character sets recognized by UIL, you can define
+your own character sets with the <Symbol Role="Define">CHARACTER_SET</Symbol> function. You can use the
+<Symbol Role="Define">CHARACTER_SET</Symbol> function anywhere a character set can be specified.
+</Para>
+<Para>String literals can contain characters with the eighth (high-order)
+bit set. You cannot type control characters (00-1F, 7F, and 80-9F)
+directly in a single-quoted string literal. However, you can represent these
+characters with escape sequences. The following list shows the
+escape sequences for special characters.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>escape sequences</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Escape sequences</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&bsol;b</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Backspace
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&bsol;f</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Form-feed
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&bsol;n</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Newline
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&bsol;r</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Carriage return
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&bsol;t</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Horizontal tab
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&bsol;v</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Vertical tab
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&bsol;'</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Single quotation mark
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&bsol;""</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Double quotation mark
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&bsol;&bsol;</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Backslash
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>&bsol;</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">integer</Symbol>&hairsp;<Literal>&bsol;</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Character whose internal representation is given by
+<Symbol Role="Variable">integer</Symbol> (in the range 0 to 255 decimal)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>Note that escape sequences are processed literally in strings that are
+parsed in the current locale (localized strings).
+</Para>
+<Para>The UIL compiler does not process newline characters in compound
+strings.
+The effect of a newline character in a compound string depends only on
+the character set of the string, and the result is not guaranteed to be
+a multiline string.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>Compound String Literals</Literal>
+</Para>
+<Para>A compound string consists of a string of 8-bit, 16-bit, or multibyte characters,
+a named character set, and a writing direction. Its UIL data type is
+<Literal>compound_string</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The writing direction of a compound string is implied by the
+character set specified for the string. You can explicitly set the
+writing direction for a compound string by using the <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_STRING</Symbol>
+function.
+</Para>
+<Para>A compound string can consist of a sequence of concatenated compound strings,
+null-terminated strings, or a combination of both,
+each of which can have a different character set property and writing
+direction. Use the
+concatenation operator &amp; (ampersand) to create a
+sequence of compound strings.
+</Para>
+<Para>Each string in the sequence is stored, including
+the character set and writing direction information.
+</Para>
+<Para>Generally, a string literal is stored in the UID file as a compound
+string when the literal consists of concatenated strings having
+different character sets or writing directions, or when you
+use the string to specify a value for an argument that requires
+a compound string value. If you want to
+guarantee that a string literal is stored as a compound string,
+you must use the <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_STRING</Symbol> function.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>Data Storage Consumption for String Literals</Literal>
+</Para>
+<Para>The way a string literal is stored in the UID file depends on
+how you declare and use the string. The UIL compiler
+automatically converts a null-terminated string to
+a compound string if you use the string to specify the
+value of an argument that requires a compound string.
+However, this conversion is costly in terms of storage
+consumption.
+</Para>
+<Para><Symbol>PRIVATE</Symbol>, <Symbol>EXPORTED</Symbol>, and <Symbol>IMPORTED</Symbol> string literals require
+storage for a single allocation when the literal is declared;
+thereafter, storage is required for each reference to the
+literal. Literals declared in-line require storage
+for both an allocation and a reference.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following table summarizes data storage consumption for
+string literals. The storage requirement for an
+allocation consists of a fixed portion and a variable
+portion. The fixed portion of an allocation is roughly
+the same as the storage requirement for a reference
+(a few bytes).
+The storage consumed by the variable portion
+depends on the size of the literal value (that is, the
+length of the string). To conserve storage space, avoid
+making string literal declarations that result in an
+allocation per use.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="4">
+<ColSpec Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="4">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1" Colsep="0" Align="Center" Nameend="4" Namest="1"><Literal>Data Storage Consumption for String Literals</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Morerows="1"><Literal>Declaration</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Morerows="1"><Literal>Data Type</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Morerows="1"><Literal>Used As</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry><Literal>Storage Requirements</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Per Use</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>In-line</Entry>
+<Entry>Null-terminated</Entry>
+<Entry>Null-terminated</Entry>
+<Entry>An allocation and a reference (within the module)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Private</Entry>
+<Entry>Null-terminated</Entry>
+<Entry>Null-terminated</Entry>
+<Entry>A reference (within the module)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Exported</Entry>
+<Entry>Null-terminated</Entry>
+<Entry>Null-terminated</Entry>
+<Entry>A reference (within the UID hierarchy)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Imported</Entry>
+<Entry>Null-terminated</Entry>
+<Entry>Null-terminated</Entry>
+<Entry>A reference (within the UID hierarchy)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>In-line</Entry>
+<Entry>Null-terminated</Entry>
+<Entry>Compound</Entry>
+<Entry>An allocation and a reference (within the module)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Private</Entry>
+<Entry>Null-terminated</Entry>
+<Entry>Compound</Entry>
+<Entry>An allocation and a reference (within the module)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Exported</Entry>
+<Entry>Null-terminated</Entry>
+<Entry>Compound</Entry>
+<Entry>A reference (within the UID hierarchy)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Imported</Entry>
+<Entry>Null-terminated</Entry>
+<Entry>Compound</Entry>
+<Entry>A reference (within the UID hierarchy)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>In-line</Entry>
+<Entry>Compound</Entry>
+<Entry>Compound</Entry>
+<Entry>An allocation and a reference (within the module)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Private</Entry>
+<Entry>Compound</Entry>
+<Entry>Compound</Entry>
+<Entry>A reference (within the module)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Exported</Entry>
+<Entry>Compound</Entry>
+<Entry>Compound</Entry>
+<Entry>A reference (within the UID hierarchy)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Imported</Entry>
+<Entry>Compound</Entry>
+<Entry>Compound</Entry>
+<Entry>A reference (within the UID hierarchy)</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Integer Literals</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>integer literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>integer literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>integer literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Values</Primary>
+<Secondary>integer literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>An integer literal represents the value of a whole number.
+Integer literals have the form of
+an optional sign followed by one or more decimal digits.
+An integer literal must not contain embedded spaces or commas.
+</Para>
+<Para>Integer literals are stored in the UID file as 32-bit integers.
+Exported and imported integer literals require a single allocation
+when the literal is declared; thereafter, a few bytes of
+storage are required for each reference to the literal. Private
+integer literals and those declared in-line require allocation
+and reference storage per use. To conserve storage
+space, avoid making integer literal declarations that result
+in an allocation per use.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following table shows data storage consumption for integer
+literals.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<ColSpec Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1" Colsep="0" Align="Center" Nameend="2" Namest="1"><Literal>Data Storage Consumption for Integer Literals</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Declaration</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Storage Requirements Per Use</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>In-line</Entry>
+<Entry>An allocation and a reference (within the module)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Private</Entry>
+<Entry>An allocation and a reference (within the module)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Exported</Entry>
+<Entry>A reference (within the UID hierarchy)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>Imported</Entry>
+<Entry>A reference (within the UID hierarchy)</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Boolean Literal</Title>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>Boolean literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>Boolean literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>Boolean literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Values</Primary>
+<Secondary>Boolean literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Boolean literals</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>A Boolean literal represents the value True (reserved keyword <SystemItem Class="Constant">TRUE</SystemItem>
+or <Literal>On</Literal>) or False (reserved keyword <SystemItem Class="Constant">FALSE</SystemItem> or <Literal>Off</Literal>).
+These keywords are subject to case-sensitivity rules.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a UID file, <SystemItem Class="Constant">TRUE</SystemItem> is represented by the integer value 1 and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">FALSE</SystemItem> is represented by the integer value 0 (zero).
+</Para>
+<Para>Data storage consumption for Boolean literals is the same
+as that for integer literals.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Floating-Point Literal</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>floating-point literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>floating-point literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>floating-point literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Values</Primary>
+<Secondary>floating-point literals</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>A floating-point literal represents the value of a real (or float) number.
+Floating-point literals have the following form:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>[+|-][<Symbol Role="Variable">integer</Symbol>].<Symbol Role="Variable">integer</Symbol>[E|e[+|-]<Symbol Role="Variable">exponent</Symbol>]
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>For maximum portability, a floating-point literal can represent values in
+the range 1.0E-37 to 1.0E+37
+with at least 6 significant digits.
+On many machines this range will be wider, with more significant digits.
+A floating-point literal must not contain embedded spaces or commas.
+</Para>
+<Para>Floating-point literals are stored in the UID file as
+double-precision, floating-point numbers.
+The following table
+gives examples of valid and invalid floating-point
+notation for the UIL compiler.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="2">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1" Align="Center" Nameend="2" Namest="1"><Literal>Floating Point Literals</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Valid Floating-Point Literals</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Invalid Floating-Point Literals</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>1.0</Entry>
+<Entry>1e1 (no decimal point)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>3.1415E&minus;2 (equals .031415)</Entry>
+<Entry>2.87 e6 (embedded blanks)</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>&minus;6.29e7 (equals &minus;62900000)</Entry>
+<Entry>2.0e100 (out of range)</Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>Data storage consumption for floating-point literals is
+the same as that for integer literals.
+</Para>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>ANY value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>ANY value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>ANY value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>ANY value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>ANY value</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>The purpose of the
+<Symbol>ANY</Symbol>
+data type is to shut off the data-type checking feature of the UIL compiler.
+You can use the
+<Symbol>ANY</Symbol>
+data type for the following:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifying the type of a callback procedure tag
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifying the type of a user-defined argument
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>You can use the
+<Symbol>ANY</Symbol>
+data type when you need to use a type not
+supported by the UIL compiler or when you want the data-type
+restrictions imposed by the compiler to be relaxed.
+For example, you might want to define a widget having an argument that
+can accept different types of values, depending on run-time
+circumstances.
+</Para>
+<Para>If you specify that an argument takes an
+<Symbol>ANY</Symbol>
+value, the compiler does not
+check the type of the value specified for that argument; therefore, you
+need to take care when specifying a value for an argument of type
+<Symbol>ANY</Symbol>.
+You could get unexpected results at run time if you pass a value having
+a data type that the widget does not support for that argument.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Expressions</Title>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>expressions</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>expressions</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>UIL includes compile-time value expressions. These expressions
+can contain references to other UIL values, but cannot be
+forward referenced.
+</Para>
+<Para>The following table lists the set of operators in UIL that allow
+you to create integer, real, and Boolean values based on other values
+defined
+with the UIL module. In the table, a precedence of 1 is the highest.
+</Para>
+<InformalTable Frame="All" Remap="center" Orient="Port">
+<TGroup Cols="4">
+<ColSpec Colsep="1" Align="Center" Colname="1">
+<ColSpec Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="2">
+<ColSpec Colsep="1" Align="Left" Colname="3">
+<ColSpec Align="Center" Colname="4">
+<TBody>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1" Colsep="0" Nameend="4" Namest="1"><Literal>Valid Operators</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry Rowsep="1" Align="Left"><Literal>Operator</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Operand Types</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1"><Literal>Meaning</Literal></Entry>
+<Entry Rowsep="1" Align="Left"><Literal>Precedence</Literal></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>~</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>NOT</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>integer</Entry>
+<Entry>One's complement</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>-</Entry>
+<Entry>float</Entry>
+<Entry>Negate</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>integer</Entry>
+<Entry>Negate</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>+</Entry>
+<Entry>float</Entry>
+<Entry>NOP</Entry>
+<Entry>1</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>integer</Entry>
+<Entry>NOP</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>*</Entry>
+<Entry>float,float</Entry>
+<Entry>Multiply</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>integer,integer</Entry>
+<Entry>Multiply</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>/</Entry>
+<Entry>float,float</Entry>
+<Entry>Divide</Entry>
+<Entry>2</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>integer,integer</Entry>
+<Entry>Divide</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>+</Entry>
+<Entry>float,float</Entry>
+<Entry>Add</Entry>
+<Entry>3</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>integer,integer</Entry>
+<Entry>Add</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>&minus;</Entry>
+<Entry>float,float</Entry>
+<Entry>Subtract</Entry>
+<Entry>3</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>integer,integer</Entry>
+<Entry>Subtract</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>>></Entry>
+<Entry>integer,integer</Entry>
+<Entry>Shift right</Entry>
+<Entry>4</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>&lt;&lt;</Entry>
+<Entry>integer,integer</Entry>
+<Entry>Shift left</Entry>
+<Entry>4</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>&amp;</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean,Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>AND</Entry>
+<Entry>5</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>integer,integer</Entry>
+<Entry>Bitwise AND</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>string,string</Entry>
+<Entry>Concatenate</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>|</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean,Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>OR</Entry>
+<Entry>6</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>integer,integer</Entry>
+<Entry>Bitwise OR</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry>&caret;</Entry>
+<Entry>Boolean,Boolean</Entry>
+<Entry>XOR</Entry>
+<Entry>6</Entry>
+</Row>
+<Row>
+<Entry></Entry>
+<Entry>integer,integer</Entry>
+<Entry>Bitwise XOR</Entry>
+<Entry></Entry>
+</Row>
+</TBody>
+</TGroup>
+</InformalTable>
+<Para>A string can be either a single compound string or a sequence of
+compound strings. If the two
+concatenated strings have different properties (such as writing
+direction or character set), the result of the concatenation is a
+multisegment compound string.
+</Para>
+<Para>The string resulting from the concatenation is a null-terminated string
+unless one or more of the following conditions exists:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>One of the operands is a compound string
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The operands have different character set properties
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The operands have different writing directions
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>Then the resulting string is a compound string.
+You cannot use imported or exported values as operands of the concatenation
+operator.
+</Para>
+<Para>The result of each operator has the same type as its operands.
+You cannot mix types in an expression without using conversion routines.
+</Para>
+<Para>You can use parentheses to override the normal precedence of operators.
+In a sequence of unary operators, the operations are performed in
+right-to-left
+order. For example, <Literal>&minus; + &minus;A</Literal> is equivalent to <Literal>&minus;(+(&minus;A))</Literal>.
+In a sequence of binary operators of the same precedence, the operations
+are performed in left-to-right order. For example, <Literal>A*B/C*D</Literal> is
+equivalent to <Literal>((A*B)/C)*D</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>A value declaration gives a value a name. You cannot redefine the value
+of that name in a subsequent value declaration.
+You can use a value containing operators and functions anywhere you can
+use a value in a UIL module.
+You cannot use imported values as operands in expressions.<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>data type conversions</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Data type</Primary>
+<Secondary>conversions</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Conversions</Primary>
+<Secondary>data type</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+</Para>
+<Para>Several of the binary operators are defined for multiple data types.
+For example, the operator for multiplication (<Literal>*</Literal>) is defined for both
+floating-point and integer operands.
+</Para>
+<Para>For the UIL compiler to perform these binary operations, both
+operands must be of the same type.
+If you supply operands of different data types, the UIL compiler
+automatically converts one of the operands to the type of the other
+according to the following conversions rules:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the operands are an integer and a Boolean, the Boolean is converted
+to an integer.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the operands are an integer and a floating-point, the integer is converted
+to an floating-point.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>If the operands are a floating-point and a Boolean, the Boolean is converted
+to a floating-point.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>You can also explicitly convert the data type of a value by using
+one of the conversion functions <Symbol Role="Define">INTEGER</Symbol>, <Symbol>FLOAT</Symbol> or
+<Symbol>SINGLE_FLOAT</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Functions</Title>
+<Para><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>functions</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>functions</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Functions</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>UIL provides functions to generate the following types of values:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Character sets
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Keysyms
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Colors
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Pixmaps
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Single-precision, floating-point numbers
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Double-precision, floating-point numbers
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Fonts
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Fontsets
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Font tables
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Compound strings
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Compound string tables
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>ASCIZ (null-terminated) string tables
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Wide character strings
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Widget class names
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Integer tables
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Arguments
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Reasons
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Translation tables
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>Remember that all examples in the following sections assume case-insensitive
+mode. Keywords are shown in uppercase letters to distinguish them
+from user-specified names, which are shown in lowercase letters.
+This use of uppercase letters is not required in case-insensitive
+mode. In case-sensitive mode, keywords
+must be in lowercase letters.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>CHARACTER_SET(</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">string_expression[</Symbol>,&ensp;property[,&ensp;...]]<Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>user-defined character set</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>user-defined character set</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>user-defined character set</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>CHARACTER_SET</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>User-defined character set</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Character set</Primary>
+<Secondary>user-defined</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>CHARACTER_SET function</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>You can define your own character sets with the <Symbol Role="Define">CHARACTER_SET</Symbol> function. You
+can use the <Symbol Role="Define">CHARACTER_SET</Symbol> function anywhere a character set can be specified.
+</Para>
+<Para>The result of the <Symbol Role="Define">CHARACTER_SET</Symbol> function is a character set with the name
+<Literal>string_expression</Literal> and the properties you specify.
+<Literal>string_expression</Literal> must be a
+null-terminated string. You can optionally include one or both of the following
+clauses to specify properties for the resulting character set:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>RIGHT_TO_LEFT = <Symbol Role="Variable">boolean_expression</Symbol>
+SIXTEEN_BIT = <Symbol Role="Variable">boolean_expression</Symbol>
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>The <Symbol>RIGHT_TO_LEFT</Symbol> clause sets the default writing direction of the string from
+right to left if <Symbol Role="Variable">boolean_expression</Symbol> is True, and right to left otherwise.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Symbol>SIXTEEN_BIT</Symbol> clause allows the strings associated with this character set to
+be interpreted as 16-bit characters if <Symbol Role="Variable">boolean_expression</Symbol> is True,
+and 8-bit characters otherwise.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>KEYSYM(</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">string_literal</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>keysyms</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>keysyms</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>keysyms</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>KEYSYM</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Keysyms</Primary>
+<Secondary>defining in UIL</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>The <Symbol>KEYSYM</Symbol> function is used to specify a keysym for a mnemonic resource.
+<Symbol Role="Variable">string_literal</Symbol> must contain a valid <Literal>KeySym</Literal> name.
+(See XStringToKeysym(3 X11) for more information.)
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>COLOR(</Literal><Literal>string_expression</Literal>[<Literal>,FOREGROUND</Literal>|<Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol>]<Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>color values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>color values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>color values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>COLOR</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Color values</Primary>
+<Secondary>defining in UIL</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>The <Symbol>COLOR</Symbol> function supports the definition of colors.
+Using the <Symbol>COLOR</Symbol> function, you can designate a value to specify a color
+and then use that value for arguments requiring a color value.
+The string expression
+names the color you want to define;
+the optional keywords <Symbol Role="Define">FOREGROUND</Symbol> and <Symbol Role="Define">BACKGROUND</Symbol> identify how the color is
+to be displayed on a monochrome device when the color is used in the
+definition of a color table.
+</Para>
+<Para>The UIL compiler does not
+have built-in color names. Colors are a server-dependent attribute of
+an
+object. Colors are defined on each server and may have different red-green-blue (RGB)
+values on each server. The string you specify as the
+color argument must be recognized by the server on which
+your application runs.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a UID file, UIL represents a color as a character string.
+MRM calls X translation routines
+that convert a color string to the device-specific pixel value. If you
+are running on a monochrome server, all colors translate to black or
+white.
+If you are on a color server, the color names translate to their proper
+colors if the following conditions are met:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The color is defined.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The color map is not yet full.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>If the color map is full, even valid colors translate to black or white
+(foreground or background).
+</Para>
+<Para>Interfaces do not, in general, specify colors for widgets,
+so that the selection of colors can be controlled by the
+user through the <Filename>.Xdefaults</Filename>
+file.
+</Para>
+<Para>To write an application that runs on both monochrome and color devices, you
+need to specify which colors in a color table (defined with the <Symbol>COLOR_TABLE</Symbol>
+function)
+map to the background and which colors map to the foreground.
+UIL lets you use the <Symbol>COLOR</Symbol> function to designate this mapping in the definition of the color.
+The following example
+shows how to use the <Symbol>COLOR</Symbol> function to map
+the color red to the background color on a monochrome device:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>VALUE c: COLOR ( 'red',BACKGROUND );
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>The mapping comes into play only when the MRM is
+given a color and the
+application is to be displayed on a monochrome device. In this case,
+each color is considered to be in one of the following three categories:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The color is mapped to the background color on the monochrome device.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The color is mapped to the foreground color on the monochrome device.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Monochrome mapping is undefined for this color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>If the color is mapped to the
+foreground or background color, MRM substitutes the
+foreground or background color, respectively. If you do not specify the
+monochrome mapping for a color, MRM passes the color string
+to the Motif Toolkit
+for mapping to the foreground or background color.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>RGB(</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">red_integer</Symbol>,&ensp;<Symbol Role="Variable">green_integer</Symbol>, <Symbol Role="Variable">blue_integer</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>color values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>color values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>color values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>RGB</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Color values</Primary>
+<Secondary>defining in UIL</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>The three integers define the values for the red, green, and blue
+components of the color, in that order. The values of these
+components can range from 0 to 65,535, inclusive.
+The values may be
+represented as integer expressions.
+</Para>
+<Para>In a UID file, UIL represents an <Symbol>RGB</Symbol> value as three integers.
+MRM calls X translation routines that
+convert the integers to the device-specific pixel value.
+If you are running on a monochrome server, all colors translate to
+black or white.
+If you are on a color server, <Symbol>RGB</Symbol> values translate to their proper
+colors if the colormap is not yet full.
+If the colormap is full, values translate to black or white (foreground
+or background).
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>COLOR_TABLE(</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">color_expression</Symbol><Literal>='</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">character</Symbol><Literal>'</Literal>[,...]<Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>COLOR_TABLE Function</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>The color expression
+is a previously defined color, a color defined in line
+with the <Symbol>COLOR</Symbol> function, or the phrase
+<Literal>BACKGROUND COLOR</Literal> or <Literal>FOREGROUND COLOR</Literal>. The character
+can be any valid UIL character.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Symbol>COLOR_TABLE</Symbol> function provides a device-independent way to
+specify a set of colors.
+The <Symbol>COLOR_TABLE</Symbol> function accepts either
+previously defined UIL color names or in line
+color definitions (using the <Symbol>COLOR</Symbol> function).
+A color table must be private because its
+contents must be known by the UIL compiler to construct an icon. The
+colors within a color table, however, can be imported, exported, or
+private.
+</Para>
+<Para>The single letter associated with each color is the character you
+use to represent that color when creating an icon.
+Each letter used to represent a color must be unique within the
+color table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ICON(</Literal>[<Literal>COLOR_TABLE=</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">color_table_name</Symbol>,]&ensp;<Symbol Role="Variable">row</Symbol>[,...<Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para><Symbol Role="Variable">color-table-name</Symbol> must refer to a previously defined color table,
+and <Symbol Role="Variable">row</Symbol> is a character expression giving one row of the icon.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Symbol>ICON</Symbol> function describes a rectangular icon that is x pixels wide
+and y pixels high.
+The strings surrounded by single quotation marks describe
+the icon.
+Each string represents a row in the icon;
+each character in the string represents a pixel.
+</Para>
+<Para>The first row in an icon definition determines the width of the icon.
+All rows must have the same number of characters as the first row.
+The height of the icon is dictated by the number of rows.
+The maximum number of rows is 999.
+</Para>
+<Para>The first argument of the <Symbol>ICON</Symbol> function
+(the color table specification) is optional and identifies the colors that are
+available in this icon.
+By using the single letter associated with
+each color, you can specify the color of each pixel in the icon.
+The icon must be constructed of characters
+defined
+in the specified color table.
+</Para>
+<Para>A default color table is used if you omit the argument specifying the color
+table. To make use of the default color table, the rows of your icon
+must contain only spaces and asterisks.
+The default color table is defined as follows:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>COLOR_TABLE( BACKGROUND COLOR = ' ', FOREGROUND COLOR = '*')
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>You can define other characters to represent the background color and
+foreground color by replacing the space and asterisk in the <Literal>BACKGROUND COLOR</Literal>
+and <Literal>FOREGROUND COLOR</Literal> clauses shown in the previous statement.
+You can specify icons as private, imported, or exported.
+Use the MRM function
+<Function>MrmFetchIconLiteral</Function>
+to retrieve an exported icon at run
+time.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>XBITMAPFILE(</Literal><Literal>string_expression</Literal><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>The <Symbol>XBITMAPFILE</Symbol> function is similar to the <Symbol>ICON</Symbol> function in that both
+describe a rectangular icon that is x pixels wide and y pixels high.
+However, <Symbol>XBITMAPFILE</Symbol> allows you to specify an external file containing the
+definition of an X bitmap, whereas all <Symbol>ICON</Symbol> function definitions must be
+coded directly within UIL. X bitmap files can be generated by
+many different X applications.
+UIL reads these files through the <Symbol>XBITMAPFILE</Symbol> function, but does
+not support creation of these files.
+The X bitmap file specified as the argument
+to the <Symbol>XBITMAPFILE</Symbol> function is read at application run time by MRM.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Symbol>XBITMAPFILE</Symbol> function returns a value of type
+<Symbol Role="Variable">pixmap</Symbol>
+and can be used
+anywhere a pixmap data type is expected.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>SINGLE_FLOAT(</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">real_number_literal</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>floating-point values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>floating-point values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>floating-point values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>SINGLE_FLOAT</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Floating-point values</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>The <Symbol>SINGLE_FLOAT</Symbol> function lets you store floating-point literals in UIL
+files as single-precision, floating-point numbers.
+Single-precision floating-point numbers can often be stored using less
+memory than double-precision, floating-point numbers.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">real_number_literal</Symbol> can be either an integer literal or a
+floating-point literal.
+<!-- A value defined using this function cannot be used in an arithmetic--><!-- expression.--></Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>FLOAT(</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">real_number_literal</Symbol><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>floating-point values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>floating-point values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>floating-point values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>FLOAT</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Floating-point values</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>The <Symbol>FLOAT</Symbol> function lets you store floating-point literals in UIL files
+as double-precision, floating-point numbers.
+The <Symbol Role="Variable">real_number_literal</Symbol> can be either an integer literal or a
+floating-point literal.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>FONT(</Literal><Literal>string_expression</Literal>[<Literal>,&ensp;CHARACTER_SET=</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">char_set</Symbol>]<Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>font values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>font values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>font values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>FONT</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Font values</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>You define fonts with the <Symbol>FONT</Symbol> function.
+Using the <Symbol>FONT</Symbol> function,
+you designate a value to specify a font
+and then use that value for arguments that require a font value.
+The UIL compiler has no built-in fonts.
+</Para>
+<Para>Each font makes sense only in the context of a character set.
+The <Symbol>FONT</Symbol> function has an additional
+parameter to let you specify the character set
+for the font.
+This parameter is optional; if you omit it,
+the default character set depends on the value of the <Symbol Role="Define">LANG</Symbol> environment
+variable if it is set, or on the value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFALLBACK_CHARSET</SystemItem> if <Symbol Role="Define">LANG</Symbol>
+is not set.
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>string_expression</Literal> specifies the name of the font
+and the clause <Symbol Role="Define">CHARACTER_SET</Symbol> = <Symbol Role="Variable">char_set</Symbol>
+specifies the character set for the font.
+The string expression used in the <Symbol>FONT</Symbol> function cannot be a compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>FONTSET(</Literal><Literal>string_expression</Literal>[,...][<Literal>,&ensp;CHARACTER_SET=</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">charset</Symbol>]<Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>fontset value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>fontset value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>fontset value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>fontset value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>FONT_TABLE</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>fontset value</Primary>
+<Secondary>defining</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>You define fontsets with the <Symbol>FONTSET</Symbol> function.
+Using the <Symbol>FONTSET</Symbol> function,
+you designate a set of values to specify fonts
+and then use those values for arguments that require a fontset.
+The UIL compiler has no built-in fonts.
+</Para>
+<Para>Each font makes sense only in the context of a character set.
+The <Symbol>FONTSET</Symbol> function has an additional
+parameter to let you specify the character set
+for the font.
+This parameter is optional; if you omit it,
+the default character set depends on the value of the <Symbol Role="Define">LANG</Symbol> environment variable if it is set, or on the value of <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmFALLBACK_CHARSET</SystemItem> if <Symbol Role="Define">LANG</Symbol>
+is not set.
+</Para>
+<Para>The string expression specifies the name of the font
+and the clause <Symbol Role="Define">CHARACTER_SET</Symbol> = <Symbol Role="Variable">char_set</Symbol>
+specifies the character set for the font.
+The string expression used in the <Symbol>FONTSET</Symbol> function cannot be a compound string.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>FONT_TABLE(</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">font_expression</Symbol>[,...]<Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>font table value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>font table value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>font table value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>font table value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>FONT_TABLE</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Font table value</Primary>
+<Secondary>defining</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>A font table is a sequence of pairs of fonts and character sets. At run time,
+when an object needs to display a string, the object
+scans the font table for the character set that
+matches the character set of the string to be displayed.
+UIL
+provides the <Symbol>FONT_TABLE</Symbol> function to let you supply such an argument.
+<Symbol Role="Variable">font_expression</Symbol> is created with the <Symbol>FONT</Symbol> and <Symbol>FONTSET</Symbol> functions.
+</Para>
+<Para>If you specify a single font value to specify an argument that requires
+a font table, the UIL compiler automatically converts a font value to a font
+table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>COMPOUND_STRING(</Literal><Literal>string_expression</Literal>[,<Symbol Role="Variable">property</Symbol>[,...]]<Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Use the <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_STRING</Symbol> function to set properties of a
+null-terminated string and to convert it into a compound string. The
+properties you can set are the writing direction and separator.
+</Para>
+<Para>The result of the <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_STRING</Symbol> function is a compound string
+with the string expression as its value. You can optionally include
+one or more of the following clauses to specify properties for the
+resulting compound string:
+</Para>
+<Para><Symbol>RIGHT_TO_LEFT</Symbol> = <Symbol Role="Variable">boolean_expression</Symbol>
+<Symbol>SEPARATE</Symbol> = <Symbol Role="Variable">boolean_expression</Symbol>
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Symbol>RIGHT_TO_LEFT</Symbol> clause sets the writing direction of the
+string from right to left if <Symbol Role="Variable">boolean_expression</Symbol>
+is True, and left to right otherwise.
+Specifying this argument does not cause the value
+of the string expression to change.
+If you omit the <Symbol>RIGHT_TO_LEFT</Symbol> argument, the resulting string has the same
+writing direction as <Literal>string_expression</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Symbol>SEPARATE</Symbol> clause appends a separator to the end of the compound string if
+<Symbol Role="Variable">boolean_expression</Symbol> is True. If you omit the <Symbol>SEPARATE</Symbol>
+clause, the resulting string does not have a separator.
+</Para>
+<Para>You cannot use imported or exported values as the operands of the
+<Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_STRING</Symbol> function.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_STRING_COMPONENT</Symbol>(<Symbol Role="Variable">component_type</Symbol> [, {<Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> | <Symbol Role="Variable">enumval</Symbol>}])</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Use the <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_STRING_COMPONENT</Symbol> function to create compound strings
+in UIL consisting of single components.
+This function is analagous to <Function>XmStringComponentCreate</Function>.
+This function lets you create simple compound strings containing
+components such as <SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAB</SystemItem> and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_BEGIN</SystemItem> which are not produced by
+the <Symbol Role="Define">COMPOUND_STRING</Symbol> function. These components
+can then be concatenated to other compound strings to build more
+complex compound strings.
+</Para>
+<Para>The first argument must be an <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringComponentType</StructName>
+enumerated constant.
+The type and interpretation of the second argument depends
+on the first argument.
+For example, if you specify any of the following enumerated
+constants for the first argument, then you should not specify
+a second argument:
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_SEPARATOR</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LAYOUT_POP</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TAB</SystemItem>,
+and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LOCALE</SystemItem>.
+However, if you specify an enumerated constant from the following
+group, then you must supply a <Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol> as the second argument:
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_CHARSET</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_TEXT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LOCALE_TEXT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_WIDECHAR_TEXT</SystemItem>,
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_BEGIN</SystemItem>,
+and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_END</SystemItem>.
+If you specify
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_DIRECTION</SystemItem>
+as the first argument, then you must specify an <StructName Role="typedef">XmStringDirection</StructName>
+enumerated constant as the second argument.
+Finally, if you specify
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_LAYOUT_PUSH</SystemItem>
+as the first argument, then you must specify an <StructName Role="typedef">XmDirection</StructName>
+enumerated constant as the second argument.
+</Para>
+<Para>The compound string components
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_BEGIN</SystemItem>, and
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmSTRING_COMPONENT_RENDITION_END</SystemItem> take, for their argument, the
+"tag," or name, of a rendition from the current render table. See the
+following section for more information about how to specify a render
+table.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>COMPOUND_STRING_TABLE(</Literal><Literal>string_expression</Literal>[,...]<Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>A compound string table is an array
+of compound strings. Objects requiring a list of string values, such
+as the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNitems</SystemItem> and <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNselectedItems</SystemItem>
+arguments for the list widget, use string table values. The
+<Symbol>COMPOUND_STRING_TABLE</Symbol> function builds the values
+for these two arguments of the list widget. The <Symbol>COMPOUND_STRING_TABLE</Symbol>
+function generates a value of type <Symbol Role="Variable">string_table</Symbol>.
+The name <Symbol>STRING_TABLE</Symbol> is a synonym for <Symbol>COMPOUND_STRING_TABLE</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+<Para>The strings inside the string table must be simple strings, which the UIL
+compiler automatically converts to compound strings.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ASCIZ_STRING_TABLE(</Literal><Literal>string_expression</Literal>[,...]<Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An ASCIZ string table is an array of ASCIZ (null-terminated) string
+values separated by commas. This function allows you to pass more than one
+ASCIZ string as a callback tag value. The <Symbol>ASCIZ_STRING_TABLE</Symbol> function
+generates a value
+of type
+<Literal>asciz_table</Literal>.
+The name <Symbol>ASCIZ_TABLE</Symbol> is a synonym for <Symbol>ASCIZ_STRING_TABLE</Symbol>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>WIDE_CHARACTER(</Literal><Literal>string_expression</Literal><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>wide character strings</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>wide character strings</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>wide character strings</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>WIDE_CHARACTER</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>wide character strings</Primary>
+<Secondary>defining in UIL</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>Use the <Symbol>WIDE_CHARACTER</Symbol> function to generate a wide character
+string from null-terminated string in the current locale.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>CLASS_REC_NAME(</Literal><Literal>string_expression</Literal><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>widget class names</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>widget class names</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>widget class names</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>CLASS_REC_NAME</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget class names</Primary>
+<Secondary>defining in UIL</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>Use the <Symbol>CLASS_REC_NAME</Symbol> function to generate a widget class name.
+For a widget class defined by the toolkit, the string argument is the
+name of the class.
+For a user-defined widget, the string argument is the name of the
+creation routine for the widget.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>INTEGER_TABLE(</Literal><Symbol Role="Variable">integer_expression</Symbol>[,...]<Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>An integer table is an array of integer values separated by commas.
+This function allows you to pass more than one integer per callback
+tag value.
+The <Symbol>INTEGER_TABLE</Symbol> function generates a value of type
+<Literal>integer_table</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ARGUMENT(</Literal><Literal>string_expression</Literal>[,&ensp;<Symbol Role="Variable">argument_type</Symbol>]<Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>argument values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>argument values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>argument values</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>ARGUMENT</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Argument values</Primary>
+<Secondary>defining in UIL</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>The <Symbol>ARGUMENT</Symbol> function defines the arguments to a user-defined widget.
+Each of the objects that can be described by UIL permits a set of arguments,
+listed in Appendix B. For example,
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem>
+is an argument to most objects and has an integer data type. To specify
+height for a user-defined widget, you can use the built-in argument
+name
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNheight</SystemItem>,
+and specify an integer value when you declare the user-defined widget.
+You do not use the <Symbol>ARGUMENT</Symbol> function to specify arguments that are
+built into the UIL compiler.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Literal>string_expression</Literal> name
+is the
+name the UIL compiler uses for the argument in the UID file.
+<Symbol Role="Variable">argument_type</Symbol>
+is the type of value that can be
+associated with the argument. If you omit the second argument, the default
+type is
+<Symbol>ANY</Symbol>
+and no value type checking occurs. Use one of the following keywords
+to specify the argument type:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>ANY
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>ASCIZ_TABLE
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>BOOLEAN
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>COLOR
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>COMPOUND_STRING
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>FLOAT
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>FONT
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>FONT_TABLE
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>FONTSET
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>ICON
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>INTEGER
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>INTEGER_TABLE
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>KEYSYM
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>PIXMAP
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>REASON
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>SINGLE_FLOAT
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>STRING
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>STRING_TABLE
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>TRANSLATION_TABLE
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>WIDE_CHARACTER
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>WIDGET
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>You can use the <Symbol>ARGUMENT</Symbol> function to allow the UIL compiler to recognize
+extensions to the Motif Toolkit. For example, an existing widget
+may accept a new argument. Using the <Symbol>ARGUMENT</Symbol> function, you can make
+this new argument available to the UIL compiler before the updated
+version of the compiler is released.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>REASON(</Literal><Literal>string_expression</Literal><Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>reason value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>reason value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>reason value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>reason value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>reason value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Reason value</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>The <Symbol>REASON</Symbol> function is useful for defining new reasons for user-defined
+widgets.
+</Para>
+<Para>Each of the objects in the
+Motif Toolkit defines a set of conditions under which it calls a
+user-defined function. These conditions are known as callback reasons.
+The user-defined functions are termed callback procedures. In a UIL
+module, you use a callbacks list to specify which user-defined
+functions are to be called for which reasons.
+</Para>
+<Para>Appendix B lists the callback reasons
+supported by the Motif Toolkit
+objects.
+</Para>
+<Para>When you declare a user-defined widget, you can define callback reasons
+for that widget using the <Symbol>REASON</Symbol> function.
+The string expression specifies the argument name stored in the UID
+file for the reason. This reason name is supplied to the widget
+creation routine at run time.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>TRANSLATION_TABLE(</Literal><Literal>string_expression</Literal>[,...]<Literal>)</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL</Primary>
+<Secondary>translation table value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL module</Primary>
+<Secondary>translation table value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>UIL specification file</Primary>
+<Secondary>translation table value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Functions</Primary>
+<Secondary>translation table value</Secondary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Translation table value</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>Each of the Motif Toolkit
+widgets has a translation table that maps
+X events (for example, mouse button 1 being pressed) to a sequence
+of actions. Through widget arguments, such as the common translations argument,
+you can specify an alternate set of events or actions for a particular widget.
+The <Symbol>TRANSLATION_TABLE</Symbol> function creates a translation table that can be used as
+the value of an argument that is of the data type <Literal>translation_table</Literal>.
+</Para>
+<Para>You can use one of the following translation table directives with the
+<Symbol>TRANSLATION_TABLE</Symbol> function: <Literal>#override</Literal>, <Literal>#augment</Literal>, or <Literal>#replace</Literal>.
+The default is <Literal>#replace</Literal>.
+If you specify one of these directives, it must be the first entry in
+the translation table.
+</Para>
+<Para>The <Literal>#override</Literal> directive causes any duplicate translations to be ignored.
+For example, if a translation for &lt;<Literal>Btn1Down</Literal>> is already defined in the
+current translations for a PushButton, the translation defined by
+<Symbol Role="Variable">new_translations</Symbol> overrides the current definition.
+If the <Literal>#augment</Literal> directive is specified, the current definition takes
+precedence.
+The <Literal>#replace</Literal> directive replaces all current translations with those
+specified in the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNtranslations</SystemItem> resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<!-- Add section on renditions and render tables.-->
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Renditions and Render Tables</Title>
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Renditions</Primary>
+</IndexTerm><IndexTerm>
+<Primary>Render Tables</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<Para>In addition to the string direction, each compound string carries a
+great deal of information about how its text is to be rendered. Each
+compound string contains a "tag," identifying the "rendition" to be
+used to draw that string. The rendition contains such information as
+the font, the size, the color, whether the text is to be underlined or
+crossed out, and the position and style of any tab stops. Many
+renditions are combined into a "render table," which is specified to
+any widget with the <SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrenderTable</SystemItem> resource, and in the widget's
+<Symbol Role="Variable">controls</Symbol> list.
+</Para>
+<Para>UIL implements render tables, renditions, tab lists, and tab stops as
+a special class of objects, in a form similar to the widget
+class. These objects are not themselves widgets or gadgets, but the
+format used by UIL to specify widget resources provides a convenient
+way to specify the qualities and dependencies of these objects.
+</Para>
+<Para>For example, a render table, included in some widget's <Symbol Role="Variable">controls</Symbol>
+list, must also have a <Symbol Role="Variable">controls</Symbol> list in its specification,
+containing the names of its member renditions. Each rendition, in its
+specification, will contain an <Symbol Role="Variable">arguments</Symbol> list specifying such
+qualities as the font, the color, and whether the text is to be
+underlined. Any of the renditions may also control a tablist, which
+will itself control one or more tab stops.
+</Para>
+<Para>Please refer to the &MotifProgGd; for a complete
+description of renditions and render tables, and for an example of how
+to use them in UIL.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>RELATED INFORMATION</Title>
+<Para>&cdeman.uil;, &cdeman.Uil3;
+</Para>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR5X/WML.sgm b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR5X/WML.sgm
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c9327d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/imports/motif/doc/C/guides/man/PR5X/WML.sgm
@@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
+<!-- $XConsortium: WML.sgm /main/10 1996/09/08 21:23:22 rws $ -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED. -->
+<!-- (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi. -->
+
+<RefEntry Id="CDEMMA.MAN574.rsml.1">
+<RefMeta>
+<RefEntryTitle>WML</RefEntryTitle>
+<ManVolNum>file formats</ManVolNum>
+</RefMeta>
+<RefNameDiv>
+<RefName><Symbol Role="Define">WML</Symbol></RefName>
+<RefPurpose>The widget meta-language file format for creating uil compilers
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>widget meta-language</Primary>
+</IndexTerm></RefPurpose>
+</RefNameDiv>
+<!-- -->
+<!-- @OSF_COPYRIGHT@-->
+<!-- COPYRIGHT NOTICE-->
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED (MOTIF). See the file named COPY.MOTIF.DOC for-->
+<!-- the full copyright text.-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- HISTORY-->
+<!-- -->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1991, 1992 by Open Software Foundation, Inc.-->
+<!-- **      All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **  (c) Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation,-->
+<!-- **      Maynard, MA.  All Rights Reserved.-->
+<!-- **-->
+<!-- **-->
+<IndexTerm>
+<Primary>WML</Primary>
+</IndexTerm>
+<RefSect1>
+<Title>DESCRIPTION</Title>
+<Para>The widget meta-language facility (WML) is used to generate the
+components of the user interface language (UIL) compiler that
+can change depending on the widget set. Using WML you can add support
+in UIL for
+new widgets to the Motif widget set or for a totally new widget set.
+</Para>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>File</Title>
+<Para>WML files are ASCII files that you can modify with any standard
+text editor. They are accessed in the
+<Literal>tools/wml</Literal> directory by WML.
+By convention WML files have the suffix <Literal>&npzwc;.wml</Literal>.
+The Motif widget set is described in the
+<Literal>motif.wml</Literal> file.
+This is also the default WML file when using the WML facility.
+</Para>
+<Para>When adding new widgets or changing widget characteristics, you should
+start with a copy of the
+<Literal>motif.wml</Literal> file.
+If you are creating a new widget set for use with UIL, you should
+start from scratch.
+In either case the
+<Literal>motif.wml</Literal>
+file is a good example of WML syntax, and you should familiarize
+yourself with it before writing your own WML file.
+</Para>
+<Para>WML files have a simple syntax, similar in structure to UIL.
+It is made up of the following elements:
+</Para>
+<ItemizedList>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Comments
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Data Type Definitions
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Character Set Definitions
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Enumeration Set Definitions
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Control List Definitions
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Class Definitions
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Child Definitions
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Resource Definitions
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</ItemizedList>
+<Para>You can use space, tabs, or newlines anywhere in the syntax,
+as long as you do not split up keywords or strings, except that
+comments end at a newline.
+The order of elements is not important to the syntax.
+</Para>
+<Para>This description uses the following additional conventions
+to describe the syntax of the widget meta-language:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>[&ensp;&ensp;]</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates optional elements.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>...</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates where an element of syntax can be repeated.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term>|</Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates a choice among multiple items.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Comments</Title>
+<Para>You can include comments in the WML file.
+Comments have the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>[any.element]!any.comment
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>Comments begin with an exclamation point and extend to the
+end of the line. A comment can begin on a line by itself or
+follow any part of another element. A comment does not change
+the meaning of any other element.
+For example:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>!This is a comment
+!  that spans two lines.
+DataType    !This is a comment following code.
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Data Type Definitions</Title>
+<Para>Data type definitions register all the resource data
+types used in the file. You must register all the data types used
+in your WML file.
+Data type definitions have the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>DataType
+     any.datatype [{ InternalLiteral = internal.name |
+          DocName = "<Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>"; [...]}];
+     [...]
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>A data type definition begins with the keyword <Literal>DataType</Literal>. Following
+the
+<Literal>DataType</Literal> keyword is a list of data types that can be further modified with
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>InternalLiteral</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This forces the value of the internal symbol table literal definition
+of the data type name. This modifier is only used to get around
+symbol table definitions hard coded into the UIL compiler.
+It should rarely be used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>DocName</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This gives an arbitrary string for use in the documentation.
+This string is meant to supply a different name for the data type for
+use in the documentation, or a single name for the data type if the
+data type has aliases.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For example:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>DataType OddNumber {DocName="OddNumber";};
+         NewString;
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Character Set Definitions</Title>
+<Para>Character set definitions register the Motif Toolkit name and other
+information for the character set names used in UIL.
+Character set definitions have the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>CharacterSet
+     any.character.set
+          { [ FontListElementTag | XmStringCharsetName ] = "<Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>";
+               [ Alias = "<Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>" ...; |
+               Direction = [ LeftToRight | RightToLeft ]; |
+               ParseDirection = [ LeftToRight | RightToLeft ]; |
+               CharacterSize = [ OneByte | TwoByte ]; ]
+               [ ... ] };
+     [ ... ]
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>A character set definition begins with the keyword <Literal>CharacterSet</Literal>.
+Following the <Literal>CharacterSet</Literal> keyword is a list of character sets
+that can be further modified with
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>FontListElementTag</Literal>&ensp;|&ensp;<Symbol>XmStringCharsetName</Symbol></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the name of the character set, which will become the character
+set component of a compound string segment created using this
+character set.
+This modifier is required.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Alias</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies one or more aliases for the character set name.
+Each alias can be used within UIL to refer to the same character set.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Direction</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the direction of a compound string segment created using
+this character set.
+The default is <Literal>LeftToRight</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ParseDirection</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the direction in which an input string is parsed when a
+compound string segment is created using this character set.
+The default is whatever <Literal>Direction</Literal> is specified.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>CharacterSize</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Specifies the number of bytes in each character of a compound string
+segment created using this character set.
+The default is <Literal>OneByte</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>For example:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>CharacterSet
+  iso_latin1
+    { XmStringCharsetName = "ISO8859-1";
+      Alias = "ISOLatin1"; };
+  iso_hebrew_lr
+    { XmStringCharsetName = "ISO8859-8";
+      Alias = "iso_latin8_lr";
+      Direction = RightToLeft;
+      ParseDirection = LeftToRight; };
+  ksc_korean
+    { XmStringCharsetName = "KSC5601.1987-0";
+      CharacterSize = TwoByte; };
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Enumeration Set Definitions</Title>
+<Para>Enumeration set definitions register the named constants used in the
+Motif Toolkit to specify some resource values.
+Enumeration set definitions have the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>EnumerationSet
+     resource.name: resource.type
+          { enum.value.name; [ ... ] };
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>An enumeration set definition begins with the keyword
+<Literal>EnumerationSet</Literal>.
+For each enumeration set defined, the name and type of the resource are
+listed.
+The resource name is the Motif Toolkit resource name, with the beginning
+<SystemItem Class="Constant">XmN</SystemItem> removed and with the initial letter capitalized.
+For example, the name of the Motif Toolkit resource
+<SystemItem Class="Resource">XmNrowColumnType</SystemItem> is <Literal>RowColumnType</Literal>.
+The resource type is the data type for the resource; for most resources,
+this is <Symbol Role="Variable">integer</Symbol>.
+Following the resource name and type is a list of names of enumeration
+values that can be used as settings for the resource.
+These names are the same as those in the Motif Toolkit.
+</Para>
+<Para>For example:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>EnumerationSet
+  RowColumnType: integer
+    { XmWORK_AREA; XmMENU_BAR; XmMENU_POPUP;
+      XmMENU_PULLDOWN; XmMENU_OPTION; };
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>Enumeration sets also support Boolean values.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Control List Definitions</Title>
+<Para>Control list definitions assign a name to groups of controls.
+You can use these control lists later in class definitions to simplify
+the structure of your WML file.
+Control list definitions have the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>ControlList
+     any.control.list [{ any.control; [...]}];
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>A control list definition starts with the
+<Literal>ControlList</Literal> keyword.
+Following the
+<Literal>ControlList</Literal> keyword are any number of control list definitions. Control list
+definitions are made up of a control list name followed by the
+set of controls it represents. For example:
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>ControlList
+        Buttons {PushButton;
+                 RadioButton;
+                 CascadeButton;
+                 NewCascadebutton;};
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+<Para>Each control specified in the control list must be defined as
+a class in the file.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Class Definitions</Title>
+<Para>Class definitions describe a particular widget class including
+its position in the class hierarchy, toolkit convenience function,
+resources, and controls. There should be one class definition for
+each widget or gadget in the widget set you want to support in UIL.
+Class definitions have the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>Class class.name: MetaClass | Widget | Gadget
+     [{[
+     SuperClass = class.name; |
+     ParentClass = parent.class.name; |
+     InternalLiteral = internal.name; |
+     Alias = <Symbol Role="Variable">alias</Symbol>; |
+     ConvenienceFunction = convenience.function; |
+     WidgetClass = widget.class; |
+     DocName = "<Symbol Role="Variable">string</Symbol>"; |
+     DialogClass = True | False; |
+     Resources { any.resource.name [{
+               Default = new.default.value; |
+               Exclude = True |
+               False;
+               [...]} ];
+          [...]}; |
+     Controls { any.control.name; [...]};
+     Children { any.child.name; [...] };
+     [...]
+     ]}];
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>Class definitions start with the
+<Literal>Class</Literal> keyword.
+For each class defined, the name of the class and whether the
+class is a metaclass, widget, or gadget is listed.
+Each class definition can be further modified with the
+keywords described in the following list.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>SuperClass</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This indicates the name of the parent class.
+Only the root of the hierarchy does not specify a SuperClass.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ParentClass</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This indicates the name of the widget's automatically created
+parent class if one exists. This allows resources for that
+automatically created class to be used in instances of this class.
+For example, <Symbol>XmBulletinBoardDialog</Symbol> creates both an
+<Classname>XmBulletinBoard</Classname> and an <Classname>XmDialogShell</Classname>. To access the
+resources of the <Classname>XmDialogShell</Classname> parent class it must be
+specified here.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>InternalLiteral</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This forces the value of the internal symbol table literal definition
+of the class name. This modifier is only used to get around
+symbol table definitions hard coded into the UIL compiler.
+It should rarely be used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Alias</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This indicates alternate names for the class
+for use in a UIL specification.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ConvenienceFunction</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This indicates the name of the creation convenience function
+for this class. All widget and gadget classes must have a
+<Literal>ConvenienceFunction.</Literal></Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>WidgetClass</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This indicates the associated widget class of gadget type classes.
+Presently, nothing is done with this value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>DocName</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This defines an arbitrary string for use in the documentation.
+Presently, nothing is done with this value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>DialogClass</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This indicates whether the class is a dialog class.
+Presently, nothing is done with this value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Resources</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This lists the resources of the widget class. This keyword
+can be further modified with
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Default</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This specifies a new default value for this resource. Resource
+default values are usually set in the resource definition. If
+an inherited resource's default value is changed by the class,
+the new default value should be noted here.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Exclude</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This specifies whether an inherited resource should be excluded from the
+resource list of the class. <Literal>Exclude</Literal> is False by default.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Children</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This lists the names of the automatically created children of this
+class, so that those children can be accessed in the UIL file.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Controls</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This lists the controls that the widget class allows. The controls can
+be other classes or a control list from the control list definition.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The following example uses the examples from the data type definitions and
+control list definitions above.
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>Class
+     TopLevelWidget: MetaClass
+          {
+          Resources
+               {
+               XtbNfirstResource;
+               XtbNsecondResource;
+               };
+          };
+     NewWidget: Widget
+          {
+          SuperClass = TopLevelWidget;
+          ConvenienceFunction =
+              XtbCreateNewWidget;
+          Resources
+               {
+               XtbNnewResource;
+               XtbNfirstResource
+                  {Default="XtbNEW_VALUE";};
+               XtbNsecondResource
+                  {Exclude=True;};
+               };
+          Controls
+               {
+               NewWidget;
+               Buttons;
+               };
+          };
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Child Definitions</Title>
+<Para>Child definitions register the classes of automatically created
+children. Automatically created children are referenced elsewhere in
+a <Command>uil</Command> file using the <Literal>Children</Literal> keyword within a class definition.
+Child definitions have the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Para><Literal>Child</Literal>
+<StructField>child.name</StructField> <Literal>:</Literal> <StructField>class.name</StructField><Literal>;</Literal>
+[...]
+</Para>
+<Para>Where <StructField>child.name</StructField> is the name of the automatically created child
+and <StructField>class.name</StructField> is the name of the class of that child.
+</Para>
+</RefSect2>
+<RefSect2>
+<Title>Resource Definitions</Title>
+<Para>Resource definitions describe a particular resource including
+its type, and default value.
+There should be a resource definition for
+each new resource referenced in the class definitions.
+Resource definitions have the following syntax:
+</Para>
+<Synopsis>Resource
+     resource.name: Argument | Reason | Constraint | SubResource
+          [{[
+          Type = <Symbol Role="Variable">type</Symbol>;
+          [ResourceLiteral = resource.literal; ]
+          [InternalLiteral = internal.name; ]
+          [Alias = <Symbol Role="Variable">alias</Symbol>; ]
+          [Related = <Symbol Role="Variable">related</Symbol>; ]
+          [Default = <Symbol Role="Variable">default</Symbol>; ]
+          [DocName = doc.name; ]
+          [...]}]
+     [...]
+</Synopsis>
+<Para>Resource definitions start with the
+<Literal>Resource</Literal> keyword.
+For each resource definition,
+the name of the resource and whether the resource is an argument, reason,
+constraint or subresource is listed.
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Argument</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates a standard resource
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Reason</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates a callback resource
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Classname>Constraint</Classname></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Indicates a constraint resource
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>SubResource</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>Presently, nothing is done with this value
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The resource definition can be further modified with the following
+keywords:
+</Para>
+<VariableList>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Type</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This indicates the data type of the resource. It must be listed
+in the data type definition.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>ResourceLiteral</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This indicates the keyword used in the UIL file to reference the
+resource. In Motif, the resource name is the same as the
+<Literal>ResourceLiteral</Literal>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>InternalLiteral</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This forces the value of the internal symbol table literal definition
+of the resource name. This modifier is only used to get around
+symbol table definitions hard coded into the UIL compiler.
+It should rarely be used.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Alias</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This indicates alternate names for the resource
+for use in a UIL specification.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Related</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This is a special purpose field that allows resources that
+act as a counter for the current resources to be related to the resource.
+UIL automatically sets the value of this related resource to the number of items
+in the compiled instance of type <StructField>resource.name</StructField>.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>Default</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This indicates the default value of the resource.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+<VarListEntry>
+<Term><Literal>DocName</Literal></Term>
+<ListItem>
+<Para>This defines an arbitrary string for use in the documentation.
+Presently, nothing is done with this value.
+</Para>
+</ListItem>
+</VarListEntry>
+</VariableList>
+<Para>The following example uses the examples from the data type definitions,
+control list definitions and class definitions above.
+</Para>
+<InformalExample>
+<ProgramListing>Resource
+     XtbNfirstResource: Argument
+          { Type = OddNumber;
+            Default = "XtbOLD_VALUE";};
+     XtbNsecondResource: Argument
+          { Type = NewString;
+            Default = "XtbNEW_STRING"; };
+     XtbNnewResource: Argument
+          { Type = OddNumber;
+            Default = "XtbODD_NUMBER"; };
+</ProgramListing>
+</InformalExample>
+</RefSect2>
+</RefSect1>
+</RefEntry>
+<!--fickle 1.09 7/2/95-->

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtHelp/CanvasOs.c b/cde/lib/DtHelp/CanvasOs.c
index 9ee3f51b67d3e4a9040896e57ad801d2c313bc58..56e510d7c932e212e60dd9828e4a8d825a497426 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtHelp/CanvasOs.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtHelp/CanvasOs.c
@@ -139,7 +139,11 @@ _DtCvRunInterp(
      * write the data to file.
      */
     result = -1;
+#if defined(linux)
+    myFd   = open(fileName, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC, S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO);
+#else
     myFd   = open(fileName, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC);
+#endif
     if (myFd != -1)
       {
        /*

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtHelp/FileUtils.c b/cde/lib/DtHelp/FileUtils.c
index fde078e182cb878aee8fbb56d7f10d4ac39e72cd..371948d2e3eb810c488361292e11284f5fa1fd9d 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtHelp/FileUtils.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtHelp/FileUtils.c
@@ -453,8 +453,9 @@ char * _DtHelpFileLocate (
        /*** this is monstrously inefficient--but it shouldn't get called often ***/
 
        /* get user's current working directory */
-       if (getcwd(tmpPath, MAXPATHLEN) == NULL) return NULL; /* RETURN: error */
-
+       /* JET - CERT VU#575804 */
+       if (getcwd(tmpPath, MAXPATHLEN - 1) == NULL) return NULL; /* RETURN: error */
+       
        /* make path end in a slash */
        eos = tmpPath + strlen(tmpPath);
        _DtHelpCeStrrchr(tmpPath,DirSlashStr,MB_CUR_MAX,&slash);
@@ -530,7 +531,9 @@ char * _DtHelpFileLocate (
              *ptr = EOS;
 
           /* compress that path */
-          strcpy(tmpPath,curPath);
+          /* JET - CERT VU#575804 */
+          strncpy(tmpPath, curPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+
           _DtHelpCeCompressPathname(tmpPath);
 
           /* test all suffixes */

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtHelp/Imakefile b/cde/lib/DtHelp/Imakefile
index a15cb8cb344fc0aa7b9b53370a10362633c157b7..89fe15c5c9e6f001dbdda4ef897274bdfdec71ce 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtHelp/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/lib/DtHelp/Imakefile
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ SpecialLibObjectRule(Canvas.o,,+O1)
 #endif
 
 
-LCX_FILES = AIX.lcx CDE.lcx HP-UX.lcx SunOS.lcx
+LCX_FILES = AIX.lcx CDE.lcx HP-UX.lcx SunOS.lcx Linux.lcx
 LCX_DEST = misc/dtlcx
 InstallMultiple($(LCX_FILES),$(LCX_DEST))
 

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtHelp/Linux.lcx b/cde/lib/DtHelp/Linux.lcx
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..77173c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/lib/DtHelp/Linux.lcx
@@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
+@!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Linux Locale-Related Translations !!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+! File:                        Linux.lcx
+! Default location:    /usr/dt/config/svc/Linux.lcx
+! Purpose:
+!    Define the Linux-specific set of locale-related translations.
+! Description:
+!    This file contains the set of all locale-related translations
+!    that  can occur during _DtLcxXlateOpToStd() and _DtLcxStdToOp()
+!    calls on Linux platforms. Note that platform-specific tables may
+!    include more than one translation to and from CDE standard
+!    strings if they can be distinguished by version, operation, or
+!    pattern matching.
+!
+!    It is important that additional CDE standard strings only
+!    be created by the CDE owner of the _DtLcx translation service
+!    and NOT be created by an individual vendor or user.  This be because
+!    the purpose of adopting a set of CDE standard strings is to 
+!    support interoperability across platforms.  If individual vendors 
+!    add their own "standard" strings and these strings are not
+!    known on other platforms, then the goal of interoperability
+!    will be defeated.
+!
+!    If you feel that a new CDE standard string is needed,
+!    contact your CDE representative/vendor with a specific
+!    proposal and justification and have them forward it to
+!    the owner of the CDE _DtLcx service.
+!
+!    Note that it is allowed for vendors and users to add new
+!    operations for which translations are specified and which
+!    utilize the standard strings.  If the operations are of
+!    general utility, please bring them to the attention of
+!    your CDE representative/vendor for forwarding to the
+!    _DtLcx owner.
+! Invoked by:
+!    This table is used by the _DtLcx translation service
+! Defects:
+!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! translation specification syntax !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+! Introductory fields:
+! ====================
+! The _DtLcx translation specifications have a fixed number of
+! introductory fields followed by a several standard value
+! fields and the operation-specific value.
+! The introductory fields are:
+!  <platform>.<version range>.<operation(s)>.<kind>
+!
+! Platform generally is the same string as uname(1) -s.
+! Version range utilizes normalized version numbers that 
+!   are acquired using the 'version' translations.
+! Operations are one or more comma-separated strings that
+!   uniquely identify the operation associated with the
+!   operation-specific value.  This string is specified
+!   as part of the request for a translation.
+!
+! Kinds of translations allow the mechanism to support several modes
+!   of operation, each useful for different purposes.  When
+!   reading or writing a specification, pay particular attention
+!   to the kind of specification, as this guides the usage of it.
+!
+! Specification kinds:
+!  .=. means a valid bi-directional translation requiring the op-value 
+!      in the translation specification to exactly match the op-value of 
+!      the call to _DtLcxXlateOpToStd(), e.g. foo matches only foo
+!  .~. means a valid bi-directional translation requiring the op-value 
+!      in the translation specification to match the beginning of the
+!      op-value of the call to _DtLcxXlateOpToStd(), e.g. foo matches 
+!      foo@@bar.  This is often useful, e.g. for operation-specific
+!      locale strings that may also contain modifier suffixes.
+!  .>. means only from standard to op-specific (generally a 
+!      compatibility translation, meaning on op-specific value 
+!      that will work for the standard, although that is not 
+!      the straight mapping)
+!  .<. means only from op-specific to standard (generally a
+!      regex in the op-value which is used to map a class of
+!      op values to a standard value)
+!  .0. means that translation is not supported and if a translation
+!      request matches the specification, the request will fail.
+!
+! Standard values:
+! ================
+! _DtLcx defines the order of the standard values in the
+! translations it utilizes.  All translation specifications
+! must adhere to this order.
+!    <std lang_terr>.<std codeset>.<std modifier>
+! In CDE 1.0, no modifiers are standard and that
+! portion of the table is unspecified.  This means
+! that no CDE standard modifiers are available across
+! platforms.  Operations that use only the <std codeset>
+! should specify the wildcard character ("?") for the 
+! <std lang_terr> value.
+!
+! Operation-specific value:
+! =========================
+! The operation-specific value is a string that is used
+! according to the kind of translation.  The syntax is
+!      : <op-string>
+! or   :  "<op-string>", if it contains white space
+!
+! Filling in the table of translations:
+! =====================================
+! The person preparing the translation table should know 
+! the minimum version of the target platform that is
+! be supported.  For example, assume that we must
+! complete the table for all versions 9.00 and higher.
+! 
+! The objective is then to provide two sets of translations:
+! a full set of translations from CDE standard locales to
+! valid platform locales, and a full set of translations
+! from valid platform locales to some or all CDE standard
+! locales.  
+! 
+! Translations from CDE standard locales to valid platform
+! locales must use the .~. .=. or .>. mappings.  When there 
+! is a 1:1 mapping between a CDE locale and a platform locale, 
+! use the .~. or .=. mapping.  See the comment below to 
+! decide which to use.  When there is no 1:1 mapping between 
+! CDE locale and platform locale, use the .>. mapping.  This 
+! provides a valid translation from the CDE locale to the 
+! best-suitable platform locale, but never translates from 
+! that platform locale to the CDE locale.
+! 
+! Translations from every platform locale to the appropriate 
+! CDE locale must use the .~. .=. or .<. mappings.
+! When there is a 1:1 mapping between a platform locale and
+! a CDE standard locale, use the .~. or .=. mapping.  See the
+! comment below to decide which to use.  If there is a 1:1
+! mapping, but the platform locale pattern uses a regular
+! expression, or if more than one platform locale can 
+! be translated to one CDE standard locale, the .<. mapping must 
+! be used.  
+! 
+! If no appropriate CDE standard locale can be found, you have 
+! identified the need for a new CDE standard locale.  Refer to 
+! the instructions at the head of this file for how to go about 
+! registering a new CDE standard locale.  You should not create 
+! a new "standard" locale (the left hand side of the translation 
+! specification) without registering it with CDE, because this 
+! will hinder the free exchange of information across locales 
+! and platforms.
+! 
+! The .=. and .~. mappings are similar.  The difference is
+! that the .=. mapping requires an exact string match between
+! the platform locale and the string provided to the
+! translation routine.  Generally speaking, this mapping
+! is risky unless exact matchings can be guaranteed in
+! all DtLcx clients for the particular operation in question.
+! The .~. mapping is to be preferred, but the .=. translation
+! is useful in limited situations, where similar strings may
+! occur.
+! 
+!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+! define this resource to dump debug/test info
+!*debugDtXlate:  True
+
+!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Linux Version Identificaton !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+! These translations are used by the _DtXlateGetXlateEnv()
+! call to determine the version number to use.
+!
+! To understand the translation, realize that the
+! operation-specific regexp(5) pattern on the right
+! hand side is matched against the strings returned
+! by uname(2).  The best match determines the "normalized"
+! version number of the platform, which should range from 
+! 001 and up.  By convention, major release numbers
+! map to centuries and minor release numbers to within
+! the century.
+!
+! To determine the string that the regular expression on the
+! right hand side is matching against, use uname(1) and run
+! 'uname -r' and 'uname -v' and note the strings.  During execution,
+! the strings returned by this command are retrieved and
+! concatenated "rv"--in that order, no extra spaces.
+! This is the string that the pattern must match.
+!
+! Sometimes this string may not be intuitive.  For example,
+! note that Linux 3.2 returns 2 for 'uname -r' and 3 for 'uname -v'.
+! So the pattern string must be 23, not 32.  Do not go by
+! the order of 'uname -rv' or 'uname -vr', as that is not used.
+!!
+
+Linux.?.version.<.100:  ".*"       !! any CDE value
+
+
+!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Linux-specific setlocale translations !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+! These translations are for the string returned by the
+! getlocale() or setlocale(LC_xxx,NULL) operations, but not
+! setlocale(LC_ALL,NULL) operation.
+!
+! It provides translations from Linux operation-specific
+! to CDE standard strings and back again.
+!
+! Some language,territory combinations have the following comments:
+!  (1) These ISO territory names may be subject to change
+!      However, their CDE names will continue to be supported
+!  (2) No ISO "territory" name exists for the Arabic-speaking regions of the
+!      world as a whole.  Vendors have sometimes supplied their own.
+!      Those names, when conformant to the ISO model, will be adopted for CDE.
+!
+!Platform Operation Lang_Terr           Op-Value               Language,Territory           Who has
+!---     ---------   -----             --------                ------------------           -------
+!   Version      Kind      Codeset
+!   ----           -       ---------
+
+
+! setlocales Compliance
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.C.IBM-850:       C                         ! setlocales compliance           ,IBM
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.POSIX.IBM-850:   POSIX                     ! setlocales compliance           ,IBM
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.C.ISO-8859-1:       C                      ! setlocales compliance           ,IBM, HP, Sun       , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.POSIX.ISO-8859-1:   POSIX                  ! setlocales compliance           ,IBM, HP, Sun       , USL
+
+! W European/Americas, Latin 1 codeset
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.da_DK.ISO-8859-1:       da_DK !.ISO8859-1         ! Danish, Denmark            XoJIG,IBM, HP,           , USL ("da")
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.de_AT.ISO-8859-1:       de_DE !.ISO8859-1         ! German,Austria             XoJIG,   ,   ,           , USL        
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.de_CH.ISO-8859-1:       de_CH !.ISO8859-1         ! German,Switzerland         XoJIG,IBM,   ,           , USL        
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.de_DE.ISO-8859-1:       de_DE !.ISO8859-1         ! German, Germany            XoJIG,IBM, HP, Sun ("de"), USL ("de")
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_AU.ISO-8859-1:       en_GB !.ISO8859-1         ! English,Australia               ,   ,   ,           , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_CA.ISO-8859-1:       en_US !.ISO8859-1         ! English,Canada             XoJIG,   ,   ,           , USL        
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_DK.ISO-8859-1:       en_GB !.ISO8859-1         ! English, Denmark           XoJIG,   ,   ,           , USL        
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.en_GB.ISO-8859-1:       en_GB !.ISO8859-1         ! English, U.K.              XoJIG,IBM, HP,           , USL ("en")
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_JP.ISO-8859-1:       en_JP !.ISO8859-1         ! English, Japan             XoJIG,IBM,   ,           , 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_JP.ISO-8859-1:       en_US !.ISO8859-1         ! English, Japan             XoJIG,IBM,   ,           , 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_IE.ISO-8859-1:       en_GB !.ISO8859-1         ! English, Ireland           XoJIG,   ,   ,           , USL        
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_MY.ISO-8859-1:       en_US !.ISO8859-1         ! English,Malaysia                ,   ,   ,           , USL        
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_NZ.ISO-8859-1:       en_GB !.ISO8859-1         ! English,New Zealand             ,   ,   ,           , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_KR.ISO-8859-1:       en_KR !.ISO8859-1         ! English,Korea                   ,   ,   ,           , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_KR.ISO-8859-1:       en_US !.ISO8859-1         ! English,Korea                   ,IBM,   ,           , 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_TW.ISO-8859-1:       en_TW !.ISO8859-1         ! English,Taiwan                  ,   ,   ,           , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_TW.ISO-8859-1:       en_US !.ISO8859-1         ! English,Taiwan                  ,IBM,   ,           , 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.en_US.ISO-8859-1:       en_US !.ISO8859-1         ! English, USA               XoJIG,IBM, HP, Sun       , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_AR.ISO-8859-1:       es_ES !.ISO8859-1         ! Spanish, Argentina              ,   ,   , Sun       , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_BO.ISO-8859-1:       es_ES !.ISO8859-1         ! Spanish, Bolivia                ,   ,   , Sun
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_CL.ISO-8859-1:       es_ES !.ISO8859-1         ! Spanish, Chile                  ,   ,   , Sun       , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_CO.ISO-8859-1:       es_ES !.ISO8859-1         ! Spanish, Columbia               ,   ,   , Sun
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_CR.ISO-8859-1:       es_ES !.ISO8859-1         ! Spanish, Costa Rica             ,   ,   , Sun
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_EC.ISO-8859-1:       es_ES !.ISO8859-1         ! Spanish, Ecuador                ,   ,   , Sun
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.es_ES.ISO-8859-1:       es_ES !.ISO8859-1         ! Spanish, Spain             XoJIG,IBM, HP, Sun       , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.ca_ES.ISO-8859-1:       ca_ES !.ISO8859-1         ! Catalan, Spain             XoJIG,IBM, HP, Sun       , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_GT.ISO-8859-1:       es_ES !.ISO8859-1         ! Spanish, Guatemala              ,   ,   , Sun
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_MX.ISO-8859-1:       es_ES !.ISO8859-1         ! Spanish, Mexico                 ,   ,   , Sun       , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_PE.ISO-8859-1:       es_ES !.ISO8859-1         ! Spanish, Peru                   ,   ,   , Sun
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_UY.ISO-8859-1:       es_ES !.ISO8859-1         ! Spanish, Uruguay                ,   ,   , Sun
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_VE.ISO-8859-1:       es_ES !.ISO8859-1         ! Spanish, Venezuela              ,   ,   , Sun       , USL
+! Linux.100+.setlocale.>.et_EE.ISO-8859-1:                    ! Estonian, Estonia          XoJIG, 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.fi_FI.ISO-8859-1:       fi_FI !.ISO8859-1              ! Finnish, Finland           XoJIG,IBM, HP,           , USL ("fi")
+! Linux.100+.setlocale.>.fo_FO.ISO-8859-1:                    ! Faroese, Faeroe Island     XoJIG,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.fr_BE.ISO-8859-1:       fr_BE !.ISO8859-1         ! French,Belgium             XoJIG,   ,   ,           , USL        
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.fr_CA.ISO-8859-1:       fr_CA !.ISO8859-1         ! French, Canada             XoJIG,IBM, HP,           , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.fr_CH.ISO-8859-1:       fr_CH !.ISO8859-1         ! French, Switzerland        XoJIG,IBM,   ,           , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.fr_FR.ISO-8859-1:       fr_FR !.ISO8859-1         ! French, France             XoJIG,IBM, HP, Sun ("fr"), USL ("fr")
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.is_IS.ISO-8859-1:       is_IS !.ISO8859-1         ! Icelandic, Iceland         XoJIG,IBM, HP,           , USL ("is")
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.it_CH.ISO-8859-1:       it_IT !.ISO8859-1         ! Italian,Switzerland             ,   ,   ,           , USL        
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.it_IT.ISO-8859-1:       it_IT !.ISO8859-1         ! Italian, Italy             XoJIG,IBM, HP, Sun ("it"), USL ("it")
+! Linux.100+.setlocale.>.kl_GL.ISO-8859-1:                    ! Greenlandic, Greenland     XoJIG,
+! Linux.100+.setlocale.>.lt_LT.ISO-8859-1:                    ! Lithuanian, Lithuania      XoJIG,
+! Linux.100+.setlocale.>.lv_LV.ISO-8859-1:                    ! Latvian, Latvia            XoJIG,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.nl_BE.ISO-8859-1:       nl_BE !.ISO8859-1         ! Dutch, Belgium             XoJIG,IBM,   ,           , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.nl_NL.ISO-8859-1:       nl_NL !.ISO8859-1         ! Dutch, The Netherlands     XoJIG,IBM, HP,           , USL ("nl")
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.no_NO.ISO-8859-1:       no_NO !.ISO8859-1         ! Norwegian, Norway          XoJIG,IBM, HP,           , USL ("no")
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.pt_BR.ISO-8859-1:       pt_BR !.ISO8859-1         ! Portuguese,Brazil               ,   ,   ,           , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.pt_PT.ISO-8859-1:       pt_PT !.ISO8859-1         ! Portuguese, Portugal       XoJIG,IBM, HP,           , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.sv_FI.ISO-8859-1:       sv_SE !.ISO8859-1         ! Swedish, Finland           XoJIG,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.sv_SE.ISO-8859-1:       sv_SE !.ISO8859-1         ! Swedish, Sweden            XoJIG,IBM, HP, Sun ("sv"), USL ("sv") 
+
+
+! E European 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.cs_CS.ISO-8859-2:   cs_CZ !.ISO8859-2   ! Czech(1)                        ,IBM, HP
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.hr_HR.ISO-8859-2:       hr_HR !.ISO8859-2               ! Croatian, Croatia               ,IBM
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.hu_HU.ISO-8859-2:       hu_HU !.ISO8859-2               ! Hungarian, Hungry          XoJIG,IBM, HP
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.pl_PL.ISO-8859-2:       pl_PL !.ISO8859-2               ! Polish, Poland             XoJIG,IBM, HP 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.ro_RO.ISO-8859-2:       ro_RO !.ISO8859-2               ! Rumanian, Romania          XoJIG,IBM, HP
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.sh_YU.ISO-8859-2:       sh_SP !.ISO8859-2               ! Serbocroatian, Yugoslavia(1)    ,IBM, HP 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.sl_CS.ISO-8859-2:       sl_SI !.ISO8859-2               ! Slovenian                       ,   , HP
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.si_SI.ISO-8859-2:   sl_SI !.ISO8859-2   ! Slovenian                       ,IBM, 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.sk_SK.ISO-8859-2:   sk_SK !.ISO8859-2   ! Slovak                          ,IBM
+
+! Cyrillic 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.bg_BG.ISO-8859-5:       bg_BG !.ISO8859-5               ! Bulgarian, Bulgaria             ,IBM, HP
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.mk_MK.ISO-8859-5:   mk_MK !.ISO8859-5   ! Macedonian                      ,IBM
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.ru_RU.ISO-8859-5:       ru_RU !.ISO8859-5       ! Russian(1)                      ,IBM, 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.ru_SU.ISO-8859-5:       ru_RU !.ISO8859-5       ! Russian(1)                      ,   , HP
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.sp_YU.ISO-8859-5:   sr_SP !.ISO8859-5   ! Serbian,Yugoslavia(1)           ,IBM
+
+! Arabic 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.ar_DZ.ISO-8859-6:       ar_AA !.ISO8859-6       ! Arabic(2)                       ,   , HP
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.ar_SA.ISO-8859-6:       ar_AA !.ISO8859-6       ! Arabic(2)                       ,IBM, HP
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.ar_SA.IBM-1046: Ar_AA !.IBM-1046        ! Arabic(2)                       ,IBM
+
+! Hebrew 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.iw_IL.ISO-8859-8:       iw_IL !.ISO8859-8               ! Hebrew, Israel                  ,IBM, HP
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.iw_IL.IBM-856:  Iw_IL !.IBM-856                 ! Hebrew, Israel                  ,IBM
+
+! Greek 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.el_GR.ISO-8859-7:       el_GR !.ISO8859-7               ! Greek, Greece                   ,IBM, HP
+
+! Turkish 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.tr_TR.ISO-8859-9:       tr_TR !.ISO8859-9               ! Turkish, Turkey                 ,IBM, HP
+
+! East Asia 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.ja_JP.EUC-JP:   ja_JP !.IBM-eucJP         ! Japanese, Japan                 ,IBM, HP, Sun ("ja"), USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.ja_JP.IBM-932:  Ja_JP !.IBM-932           ! Japanese, Japan                 ,IBM
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.ja_JP.HP-SJIS:     Ja_JP !.IBM-932              ! Japanese, Japan aka japanese 15 ,   , HP,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.ko_KR.EUC-KR:   ko_KR !.IBM-eucKR         ! Korean, Korea                   ,IBM, HP, Sun ("ko"), USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.zh_CN.EUC-CN:   zh_CN !.IBM-eucCN         ! Chinese, China                  ,IBM,   , Sun ("zh"), USL 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.zh_CN.HP-15CN:  zh_CN !.IBM-eucCN         ! Chinese, China                  ,   , HP
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.zh_CN.UTF-8:    ZH_CN !.UTF-8             ! Chinese, China                  ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.zh_TW.EUC-TW:   zh_TW !.IBM-eucTW         ! Chinese, Taiwan                 ,IBM, HP, Sun       , USL
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.zh_TW.HP-BIG5:  Zh_TW !.big5            ! Chinese, Taiwan                 ,IBM, HP,           , 
+! Linux.100+.setlocale.>.zh_TW.HP-CCDC:                                ! Chinese, Taiwan                 ,   , HP,           , 
+! Linux.100+.setlocale.>.ja_JP.HP-KANA8:                               ! Japanese, Japan                 ,   , HP,           ,
+
+
+! Thai 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.th_TH.TIS-620:  th_TH !.TIS-620         ! Thai, Thailand                  ,IBM, HP
+
+
+! W European/Americas, IBM-850 codeset
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.da_DK.IBM-850:  Da_DK           ! Danish, Denmark                 ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.de_AT.IBM-850:  De_DE           ! German,Austria                  ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.de_CH.IBM-850:  De_CH           ! German,Switzerland              ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.de_DE.IBM-850:  De_DE           ! German, Germany                 ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_AU.IBM-850:  En_GB           ! English,Australia               ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_CA.IBM-850:  En_US           ! English,Canada                  ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_DK.IBM-850:  En_GB           ! English, Denmark                ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.en_GB.IBM-850:  En_GB           ! English, U.K.                   ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.en_JP.IBM-850:  En_JP           ! English, Japan                  ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_IE.IBM-850:  En_GB           ! English, Ireland                ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_MY.IBM-850:  En_US           ! English,Malaysia                ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_NZ.IBM-850:  En_GB           ! English,New Zealand             ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_KR.IBM-850:  En_GB           ! English,Korea                   ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.en_TW.IBM-850:  En_GB           ! English,Taiwan                  ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.en_US.IBM-850:  En_US           ! English, USA                    ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_AR.IBM-850:  Es_ES           ! Spanish, Argentina              ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_BO.IBM-850:  Es_ES           ! Spanish, Bolivia                ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_CL.IBM-850:  Es_ES           ! Spanish, Chile                  ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_CO.IBM-850:  Es_ES           ! Spanish, Columbia               ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_CR.IBM-850:  Es_ES           ! Spanish, Costa Rica             ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_EC.IBM-850:  Es_ES           ! Spanish, Ecuador                ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.es_ES.IBM-850:  Es_ES           ! Spanish, Spain                  ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.ca_ES.IBM-850:  Ca_ES           ! Catalan, Spain                  ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_GT.IBM-850:  Es_ES           ! Spanish, Guatemala              ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_MX.IBM-850:  Es_ES           ! Spanish, Mexico                 ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_PE.IBM-850:  Es_ES           ! Spanish, Peru                   ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_UY.IBM-850:  Es_ES           ! Spanish, Uruguay                ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.es_VE.IBM-850:  Es_ES           ! Spanish, Venezuela              ,   ,
+! Linux.100+.setlocale.>.et_EE.IBM-850:                        ! Estonian, Estonia               , 
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.fi_FI.IBM-850:  Fi_FI           ! Finnish, Finland                ,IBM,
+! Linux.100+.setlocale.>.fo_FO.IBM-850:                        ! Faroese, Faeroe Island          ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.fr_BE.IBM-850:  Fr_BE           ! French,Belgium                  ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.fr_CA.IBM-850:  Fr_CA           ! French, Canada                  ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.fr_CH.IBM-850:  Fr_CH           ! French, Switzerland             ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.fr_FR.IBM-850:  Fr_FR           ! French, France                  ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.is_IS.IBM-850:  Is_IS           ! Icelandic, Iceland              ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.it_CH.IBM-850:  It_IT           ! Italian,Switzerland             ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.it_IT.IBM-850:  It_IT           ! Italian, Italy                  ,IBM,
+! Linux.100+.setlocale.>.kl_GL.IBM-850:                        ! Greenlandic, Greenland          ,
+! Linux.100+.setlocale.>.lt_LT.IBM-850:                        ! Lithuanian, Lithuania           ,
+! Linux.100+.setlocale.>.lv_LV.IBM-850:                        ! Latvian, Latvia                 ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.nl_BE.IBM-850:  Nl_BE           ! Dutch, Belgium                  ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.nl_NL.IBM-850:  Nl_NL           ! Dutch, The Netherlands          ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.no_NO.IBM-850:  No_NO           ! Norwegian, Norway               ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.pt_BR.IBM-850:  Pt_PT           ! Portuguese,Brazil               ,   ,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.~.pt_PT.IBM-850:  Pt_PT           ! Portuguese, Portugal            ,IBM,
+Linux.100+.setlocale.>.sv_FI.IBM-850:  Sv_SE           ! Swedish, Finland                ,
+vvLinux.100+.setlocale.~.sv_SE.IBM-850:        Sv_SE           ! Swedish, Sweden                 ,IBM,
+
+
+! codesets supported for iconv(1,3) & nl_langinfo and above
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.ISO-8859-1:          ISO8859-1
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.ISO-8859-2:  ISO8859-2
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.ISO-8859-5:  ISO8859-5
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.ISO-8859-6:  ISO8859-6
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.ISO-8859-7:  ISO8859-7
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.ISO-8859-8:  ISO8859-8
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.ISO-8859-9:  ISO8859-9
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.EUC-KR:              IBM-eucKR
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.EUC-JP:              IBM-eucJP
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.EUC-TW:              IBM-eucTW
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.EUC-CN:              IBM-eucCN
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).>.?.HP-15CN:     IBM-eucCN
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.IBM-437:     IBM-437
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.IBM-850:     IBM-850
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.IBM-856:     IBM-856
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.IBM-932:     IBM-932
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).>.?.HP-SJIS:     IBM-932
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.IBM-1046:    IBM-1046
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3,nl_langinfo(CODESET).=.?.UTF-8:          UTF-8           
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3.>.?.ISO-2022-JP:                              fold7
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3.>.?.ISO-2022-KR:                         fold7
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3.>.?.ISO-2022-TW:                         fold7
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3.>.?.ISO-2022-CN:                         fold7
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3.>.?.HP-BIG5:                         big5
+Linux.100+.iconv1,iconv3.>.?.TIS-620:                         TIS-620
+
+! codesets not supported by Linux iconv(1,3)
+! Linux.?.iconv1,iconv3.~.?.UCS-2:
+! Linux.?.iconv1,iconv3.~.?.HP-ARABIC8:
+! Linux.?.iconv1,iconv3.~.?.HP-GREEK8:
+! Linux.?.iconv1,iconv3.~.?.HP-HEBREW8
+! Linux.?.iconv1,iconv3.~.?.HP-ROMAN8:
+! Linux.?.iconv1,iconv3.~.?.HP-TURKISH8:
+! Linux.?.iconv1,iconv3.~.?.HP-KANA8:
+! Linux.?.iconv1,iconv3.~.?.HP-CCDC:
+
+! multibyte codesets 
+! This translation provides an alternative to a call to
+! using setlocale() and MB_CUR_MAX to determine this.
+Linux.100+.multibyte.=.?.EUC-KR:               2
+Linux.100+.multibyte.=.?.HP-SJIS:              2
+Linux.100+.multibyte.=.?.IBM-932:              2
+Linux.100+.multibyte.=.?.EUC-JP:               3
+! Linux.?.multibyte.~.?.HP-CCDC:               2
+Linux.100+.multibyte.>.?.HP-BIG5:              2
+Linux.100+.multibyte.=.?.EUC-TW:               4
+Linux.100+.multibyte.=.?.TIS-620:              2
+Linux.100+.multibyte.=.?.EUC-CN:               2
+Linux.100+.multibyte.=.?.HP-15CN:              2
+Linux.100+.multibyte.=.?.EUC-KR:               2
+Linux.100+.multibyte.=.?.UTF-8:                3
+
+
+! Translations from predefined CCDF-locales to CDE Standard Locales
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.ISO-8859-1:        ISO8859-1
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.ISO-8859-2:        ISO8859-2
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.ISO-8859-5:        ISO8859-5
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.ISO-8859-6:        ISO8859-6
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.ISO-8859-7:        ISO8859-7
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.ISO-8859-8:        ISO8859-8
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.ISO-8859-9:        ISO8859-9
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.EUC-JP:    IBM-eucJP
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.EUC-KR:    IBM-eucKR
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.EUC-TW:    IBM-eucTW
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.EUC-CN:    IBM-eucCN
+Linux.100+.ccdf.>.?.IBM-932:   IBM-932
+Linux.100+.ccdf.>.?.HP-SJIS:   IBM-932
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.IBM-1046:  IBM-1046
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.IBM-850:   IBM-850
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.IBM-856:   IBM-856
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.HP-BIG5:   big5
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.TIS-620:   TIS-620
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.UTF-8:     UTF-8
+Linux.100+.ccdf.=.?.DT-SYMBOL-1:       symbol        !!! standard Dt symbol font
+
+! These CDE standard locales may have CCDF-locales, but they are defined by localizers
+Linux.100+.ccdf.>.?.HP-ROMAN8:    ISO8859-1
+Linux.100+.ccdf.>.?.HP-ARABIC8:        ISO8859-6
+Linux.100+.ccdf.>.?.HP-GREEK8: ISO8859-8
+Linux.100+.ccdf.>.?.HP-HEBREW8:        ISO8859-7
+Linux.100+.ccdf.>.?.HP-TURKISH8:       ISO8859-9
+Linux.100+.ccdf.>.?.HP-KANA8:  IBM-932
+Linux.100+.ccdf.>.?.HP-CCDC:   IBM-eucCN
+
+
+
+! Codesets that require multibyte parsing to avoid confusion with shell special chars
+Linux.?.dtkshSpecialParse.=.ja_JP.HP-JIS:              True
+Linux.?.dtkshSpecialParse.=.ja_JP.HP-SJIS:     True
+Linux.?.dtkshSpecialParse.=.ja_JP.IBM-932:     True
+Linux.?.dtkshSpecialParse.=.zh_TW.HP-BIG5:     True
+Linux.?.dtkshSpecialParse.=.zh_TW.HP-CCDC:     True
+
+
+!! When content is exchanged with other platforms, the interchange codeset
+!! may be different that the codeset used locally.  In CDE1, these translations
+!! are used by dtmail, but other clients may use the same translations
+!! in the future.  For example, to improve interoperability of 8-bit mail,
+!! the mail messages of users working in codesets such as HP-ROMAN8 or IBM-850 
+!! are translated to the interchangeCodeset (in this case, ISO-8859-1) before 
+!! they are sent.  Similarly, the mail of Japanese users is translated to JIS
+!! before it is sent.
+!!
+!! --------------------------------------------------------------------
+!! Linux does provide the fold7 conversion which is an ISO 2022 encoding
+!! of every code set supported by a locale... so ... the name
+!!   ISO-2022-xx ( where xx is JP, CN, KR, TW)
+!! can be used for any of the following interchangeCodeset... but it has
+!! been left as is in case 8-bit mail is supported...
+!! --------------------------------------------------------------------
+!!
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.~.?.ISO-8859-1:     ISO-8859-1      ! ISO Latin 1
+!Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.HP-ROMAN8:     ISO-8859-1      ! HP Roman8 
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.IBM-850:                ISO-8859-1      ! PC (Multi-lingual)
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.IBM-437:                ISO-8859-1      ! PC (US)
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.~.?.ISO-8859-2:     ISO-8859-2      ! ISO Latin 2
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.~.?.ISO-8859-5:     ISO-8859-5      ! ISO Latin/Cyrillic
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.~.?.ISO-8859-6:     ISO-8859-6      ! ISO Latin/Arabic
+!Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.HP-ARABIC8:    ISO-8859-6      ! HP Arabic8
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.IBM-1046:               ISO-8859-6      ! PC Arabic Code Set
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.~.?.ISO-8859-8:     ISO-8859-8      ! ISO Latin/Hebrew
+!Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.HP-HEBREW8:    ISO-8859-8      ! HP Hebrew8
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.IBM-856:                ISO-8859-8      ! PC Hebrew
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.~.?.ISO-8859-7:     ISO-8859-7      ! ISO Latin/Greek
+!Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.HP-GREEK8:     ISO-8859-7      ! HP Greek8
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.~.?.ISO-8859-9:     ISO-8859-9      ! ISO Latin 5
+!Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.HP-TURKISH8:   ISO-8859-9      ! HP Turkish8
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.~.?.EUC-JP:         ISO-2022-JP     ! Japanese EUC
+!Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.HP-SJIS:               ISO-2022-JP     ! HP Japanese Shift JIS
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.IBM-932:                ISO-2022-JP     ! PC Japanese Shift JIS
+!Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.HP-KANA8:              ISO-2022-JP     ! HP Japanese Katakana8
+! uncomment when ISO-2022-KR is supported by iconv
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.~.?.EUC-KR:         ISO-2022-KR     ! Korean EUC
+! uncomment when ISO-2022-CN is supported by iconv
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.~.?.EUC-CN:         ISO-2022-CN     ! China Chinese EUC
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.HP-15CN:                ISO-2022-CN     ! HP Chinese EUC
+! uncomment when ISO-2022-TW is supported by iconv
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.~.?.EUC-TW:         ISO-2022-TW     ! Taiwan Chinese EUC
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.HP-BIG5:                ISO-2022-TW     ! HP Big5 Chinese
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.HP-CCDC:                ISO-2022-TW     ! HP CCDC Chinese 
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.~.?.TIS-620:                TIS-620         ! Thai
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.>.?.UCS-2:          ISO-2022-JP     ! Unicode
+Linux.?.interchangeCodeset.~.?.UTF-8:          ISO-2022-JP     ! multibyte Unicode 
+!! Codeset identifiers for use with MIME messages.  The .~. translations
+!! are used by dtmail and adhere to the MIME standard, RFC 1521.
+!! Note that the MIME standard states that codeset identifiers are
+!! case-insensitive.  The operation-specific values on the right-hand-side
+!! of the translations below, however, ARE case sensitive.  Before
+!! doing a OpToStd translation, first convert the MIME codeset identifier
+!! to uppercase.  Alternatively, one could provide lower-case versions
+!! of the translations (right-hand-side only should be in lower-case).
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.ISO-8859-1:   ISO-8859-1      ! ISO Latin 1
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.HP-ROMAN8:    X-HP-ROMAN8     ! HP Roman8 
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.IBM-437:              X-IBM-437       ! PC (US)
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.IBM-850:              X-IBM-850       ! PC (Multi-lingual)
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.ISO-8859-2:   ISO-8859-2      ! ISO Latin 2
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.ISO-8859-5:   ISO-8859-5      ! ISO Latin/Cyrillic
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.ISO-8859-6:   ISO-8859-6      ! ISO Latin/Arabic
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.HP-ARABIC8:   X-HP-ARABIC8    ! HP Arabic8
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.IBM-1046:     X-IBM-1046      ! PC Arabic Code Set
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.ISO-8859-8:   ISO-8859-8      ! ISO Latin/Hebrew
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.HP-HEBREW8:   X-HP-HEBREW8    ! HP Hebrew8
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.IBM-856:              X-IBM-856       ! PC Hebrew
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.ISO-8859-7:   ISO-8859-7      ! ISO Latin/Greek
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.HP-GREEK8:    X-HP-GREEK8     ! HP Greek8
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.ISO-8859-9:   ISO-8859-9      ! ISO Latin 5
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.HP-TURKISH8:  X-HP-TURKISH8   ! HP Turkish8
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.EUC-JP:               X-EUC-JP        ! Japanese EUC
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.ISO-2022-JP:  ISO-2022-JP     ! Japanese JIS with 7-bit encoding per ISO-2022-JP
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.HP-SJIS:              X-HP-SJIS       ! HP Japanese Shift JIS
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.IBM-932:              X-IBM-932       ! PC Japanese Shift JIS
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.HP-KANA8:     X-HP-KANA8      ! HP Japanese Katakana8
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.EUC-KR:               X-EUC-KR        ! Korean EUC
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.ISO-2022-KR:  ISO-2022-KR     ! Korean with 7-bit encoding per ISO-2022-KR
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.EUC-CN:               X-EUC-CN        ! China Chinese EUC
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.ISO-2022-CN:  ISO-2022-CN     ! China Chinese with 7-bit encoding per ISO-2022-CN
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.HP-15CN:              X-HP-15CN       ! HP China Chinese EUC
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.EUC-TW:               X-EUC-TW        ! Taiwan Chinese EUC
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.ISO-2022-TW:  ISO-2022-TW     ! Taiwan Chinese with 7-bit encoding per ISO-2022-TW
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.HP-BIG5:              X-HP-BIG5       ! HP Big5 Taiwan Chinese
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.HP-CCDC:              X-HP-CCDC       ! HP CCDC Taiwan Chinese 
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.TIS-620:              X-TIS-620       ! Thai
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.UCS-2:                X-UCS-2         ! Unicode; group 0, plane 0 of ISO-10646
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.UCS-4:                X-UCS-4         ! ISO-10646
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.UTF-7:                X-UTF-7         ! multibyte encoding of Unicode 
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.UTF-8:                X-UTF-8         ! multibyte encoding of Unicode 
+Linux.?.mime.~.?.UTF-16:               X-UTF-16        ! multibyte encoding of Unicode 
+
+!! If other mailers are using other codeset identifiers in their MIME
+!! messages, dtmail will not be able to process them correctly. 
+!! To correct this, additional .<. translations for these identifiers 
+!! can be added to a <platform>.lcx file in the /etc/dt/config/svc 
+!! or $HOME/.dt/config/svc directories.  Such translations should read:
+!! <platform>.100+.mime.<.?.<CDE std codeset>: <mailer identifier for the codeset>
+!!
+!! ***NEVER*** use a .~. translation, such as we use above, as this could
+!! cause dtmail to send unexpected identifier strings by overriding the
+!! above definition.  Further, never use .=. or .>. translations.
+!!
+!! These two identifiers are in common usage, as they derive from RFC1521.
+Linux.?.mime.<.?.ISO-8859-1:   us-ascii        ! ISO Latin 1
+Linux.?.mime.<.?.ISO-8859-1:   US-ASCII        ! ISO Latin 1

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtSearch/SearchP.h b/cde/lib/DtSearch/SearchP.h
index 58205a9c056d2fce8981d8e1e0f50f385e85931d..038b62c41727dc71071ee8550e094cccc42cd8b1 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtSearch/SearchP.h
+++ b/cde/lib/DtSearch/SearchP.h
@@ -871,9 +871,11 @@ extern LLIST       *sort_llist (LLIST *list_header);
 extern char    *teskey_parser (PARG *parg);
 extern DtSrObjdate
                tm2objdate (struct tm *tmptr);
+#if !defined(linux)
 #ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
 extern char    *strdup (const char *s);
 #endif
+#endif
 extern void    toggle_insert (void);
 extern void    unload_custom_language (DBLK *dblk);
 extern void    unload_language (DBLK *dblk);

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtSearch/dtsrapi.c b/cde/lib/DtSearch/dtsrapi.c
index d5c82d917512ebcf3631245c495c51c618877ab5..27eded994e659687de3a2a03b7c10088de7ac843 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtSearch/dtsrapi.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtSearch/dtsrapi.c
@@ -313,6 +313,11 @@ int             DtSearchInit (
        aa_argv0 = argv0;
     if (err_file)
        aa_stderr = err_file;
+#if defined(linux)
+    else
+       aa_stderr = stderr;
+#endif
+
     sprintbuf = austext_malloc (SPRINTBUFSZ, PROGNAME "135", NULL);
 
     /* Open msgs and help text catalogs. */

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtSearch/globals.c b/cde/lib/DtSearch/globals.c
index 51b19828f7f6edf479e5f2aedea4600755feb5ce..093645d41753b4cc682003fa7da0a95f080a0a2d 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtSearch/globals.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtSearch/globals.c
@@ -60,7 +60,11 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <nl_types.h>
 
+#if defined(linux)
+FILE   *aa_stderr =            NULL;
+#else
 FILE   *aa_stderr =            stderr;
+#endif
 char   *aa_argv0 =             "<argv0>";
 nl_catd        dtsearch_catd =         (nl_catd) -1;
 nl_catd        austools_catd =         (nl_catd) -1;

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtCodelibs/Imakefile b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtCodelibs/Imakefile
index b2f8eb7cbf11dab96e839cabeb705dae70d352c3..fb6ae3d5887a3b5e354ceaf9e831200cc586914b 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtCodelibs/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtCodelibs/Imakefile
@@ -31,7 +31,6 @@ INCLUDES = -I. -I../include
 CXXEXTRA_DEFINES = -qlanglvl=compat
 #endif
 
-
 SRCS = buf.C           filegen.C       mbschr.C \
        pathcollapse.C  shellscan.C     strend.C \
        strhash.C       stringio.C      strtokx.C \

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtEncap/spc-error.c b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtEncap/spc-error.c
index 78839c2475a95a8bbb828389e40129f119362c86..67fe23525f462f04be6beb6f88d188a91577bc45 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtEncap/spc-error.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtEncap/spc-error.c
@@ -771,6 +771,15 @@ SPCError *SPC_Lookup_Error(int errornum)
     spc_error_struct.use_errno = FALSE;
     break;
 
+    /* JET - buffer overflow attempt */
+    /* VU#172583 */
+  case SPC_Buffer_Overflow:
+    spc_error_struct.format    = (XeString) "><Attempted Buffer Overflow from host %s.\nConnection dropped.";
+    spc_error_struct.severity  = XeError;
+    spc_error_struct.use_errno = FALSE;
+    break;
+
+
   default:
     spc_error_struct.format    = (XeString) "><Unknown error code";
     spc_error_struct.severity  = XeError;

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtEncap/spc-proto.c b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtEncap/spc-proto.c
index d5f1070e6e0f7d45f629fa9e726a3e7217069ae0..33a3981d43b61fc6b6d7281603267cad6b8127f3 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtEncap/spc-proto.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtEncap/spc-proto.c
@@ -461,6 +461,24 @@ protocol_request_ptr SPC_Read_Protocol(SPC_Connection_Ptr connection)
              &channel_id, &prot->request_type, &dptr->len, &prot->seqno);
   prot->channel=SPC_Lookup_Channel(channel_id, connection);
   
+
+  /* JET - 11/12/2001 - correct an exploitable buffer overrun where the user */
+  /* can supply a data len that is larger than the available buffer */
+  /* MAXREQLEN */
+  /* CERT - VU#172583 */
+
+  if (dptr->len >= MAXREQLEN)
+    {                          /* we have a problem.  Initiate DefCon 1 */
+                               /* and launch our missiles. */
+      XeString connection_hostname = CONNECTION_HOSTNAME(connection);
+
+      SPC_Error(SPC_Buffer_Overflow, connection_hostname);
+      XeFree(connection_hostname);
+      SPC_Close_Connection(connection);
+      SPC_Free_Protocol_Ptr(prot);
+      return(SPC_ERROR);
+    }
+
   /* read header */
   
   len=SPC_Read_Chars(connection, dptr->len, dptr->data+REQUEST_HEADER_LENGTH);

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil1/DtsInit.c b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil1/DtsInit.c
index 352969f5d9032c5f75ca7a015fb8f019853ac193..151df1d216c85ff100e795bf6856c4b4967c1f73 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil1/DtsInit.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil1/DtsInit.c
@@ -73,7 +73,9 @@
 #include <Dt/Dts.h>
 #include "DtSvcLock.h"
 
+#if !defined(linux)
 extern char    *strdup(const char *);
+#endif
 
 static int      cur_dc_count = 0;
 static int      cur_da_count = 0;

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil1/DtsSort.c b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil1/DtsSort.c
index c8297ef99a2f6bd3e76a9db50b13f18ce8c1832d..e912659cf16bbf1a1582e3d69409fda3e20b9dea 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil1/DtsSort.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil1/DtsSort.c
@@ -58,8 +58,9 @@
 #include "Dt/DtsDb.h"
 #include "Dt/Dts.h"
 
+#if !defined(linux)
 extern char    *strdup(const char *);
-
+#endif
 
 static char *
 get_value(DtDtsDbRecord *ce_entry, char *value)

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil1/strtab.c b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil1/strtab.c
index 36b00035c490ff9be1f419366d792548ab09c430..26c0015b8f238e5e32f20f790235c06728e710c2 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil1/strtab.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil1/strtab.c
@@ -67,7 +67,9 @@ struct strtab_build {
 
 static void inc_it  (int * a, int * b, unsigned char * key);
 static void build_it(int a, struct strtab_build * ptr, unsigned char * key);
+#if !defined(linux)
 extern char * strdup(const char *);
+#endif
 typedef        int (*des_func)(void *);
 
 /*

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil2/XlationSvc.c b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil2/XlationSvc.c
index 9570212224fd5a4a5256a15915b20d6f8c52199f..4d7dc3dd488da48cc83338761ee808a5eaa2d9ff 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil2/XlationSvc.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtSvc/DtUtil2/XlationSvc.c
@@ -2250,8 +2250,13 @@ int _DtXlateGetXlateEnv(
 #error OSMAJORVERSION and/or OSMINORVERSION not defined
 #endif
 
+#if defined(linux)
+      sprintf(buf,"%s%s%s", STR(OSMAJORVERSION), 
+                     nl_langinfo('.'), STR(OSMINORVERSION));
+#else
       sprintf(buf,"%s%s%s", STR(OSMAJORVERSION), 
                      nl_langinfo(RADIXCHAR), STR(OSMINORVERSION));
+#endif
 
       *ret_XlateCompiledForOSVersion = (int) (100.0 * atof(buf));
       compver = *ret_XlateCompiledForOSVersion;

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtSvc/include/SPC/spcE.h b/cde/lib/DtSvc/include/SPC/spcE.h
index 00e67c2524d7a2917885887cc08bfc5cf9ff9533..2978ed3c6db7ca80ea3553dacd0812a7d22343ba 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtSvc/include/SPC/spcE.h
+++ b/cde/lib/DtSvc/include/SPC/spcE.h
@@ -112,8 +112,13 @@
 #define SPC_Bad_Permission     164
 #define SPC_Cannot_Create_Netfilename  165
 #define SPC_Protocol_Version_Error     166
+
+/* JET - a special error code for goobers trying to overflow our buffers. */
+/* VU#172583 */
+#define SPC_Buffer_Overflow    167
+
 /* Keep this up to date with the last error number declared above */
-#define SPC_Max_Error          167
+#define SPC_Max_Error          168
 
 /* The definition of the SPC Error structure has been moved to spc.h
    (to make it public) */

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtSvc/include/codelibs/dynarray.h b/cde/lib/DtSvc/include/codelibs/dynarray.h
index cab6e2923378acdf0372bed518e4d8c42a89d9ac..8c2e88c0bbbfaaacc22279a3eef2aaf68a104ee4 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtSvc/include/codelibs/dynarray.h
+++ b/cde/lib/DtSvc/include/codelibs/dynarray.h
@@ -36,8 +36,10 @@
 #ifndef __DYNARRAY_H_
 #define __DYNARRAY_H_
 
+#if !defined(linux)
 #include <generic.h>
-#if defined(USL) || defined(__uxp__) || defined(__osf__) || defined(sun)
+#endif
+#if defined(USL) || defined(__uxp__) || defined(__osf__) || defined(sun) || defined(linux)
 #define _DELETE_ARRAY(sz) delete[]
 #else
 #define _DELETE_ARRAY(sz) delete[(sz)]

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtSvc/include/codelibs/privbuf.h b/cde/lib/DtSvc/include/codelibs/privbuf.h
index ef4963ad32b8414b70468f1c5fb89515cb55ded3..e3a538bbf48ac71edd00d0da7f4e217d837e4ed0 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtSvc/include/codelibs/privbuf.h
+++ b/cde/lib/DtSvc/include/codelibs/privbuf.h
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ typedef void (*privbuf_func)(void *v);
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
-#if defined(__osf__) || defined(sun)
+#if defined(__osf__) || defined(sun) || defined(linux)
 // The DEC C++ compiler rejects valid inline declarations, claiming
 // they have both internal and external linkage.
 #else

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/Imakefile b/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/Imakefile
index 9b7b08fd647cb665b4d47a532f959b2d4397c027..4fceb3ca9879000c8e1e6e26a949bb9ed0f6bdbe 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/Imakefile
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ LinkFile(TermPrimGetPty.c,TermPrimGetPty-clone.c)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef LinuxArchitecture
-LinkFile(TermPrimGetPty.c,TermPrimGetPty-clone.c)
+LinkFile(TermPrimGetPty.c,TermPrimGetPty-svr4.c)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef SunArchitecture

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimDebug.c b/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimDebug.c
index 19899116ce479998ace0aa0c9cc600fc8fdc8ec2..6f8e17008826a555fc09360478bdf5cbeb2e4885 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimDebug.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimDebug.c
@@ -39,7 +39,11 @@ static char rcs_id[] = "$XConsortium: TermPrimDebug.c /main/4 1996/11/21 19:58:1
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
-#include <varargs.h>
+#if !defined(linux)
+# include <varargs.h>
+#else
+# include <stdarg.h>
+#endif
 #include "TermHeader.h"
 #include "TermPrimDebug.h"
 #include <signal.h>

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimGetPty-clone.c b/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimGetPty-clone.c
index cbdc2e79fd3b991c36fa528db173f37bf6252192..238d51f7a4401930e9190a99f65152cadf985f51 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimGetPty-clone.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimGetPty-clone.c
@@ -72,7 +72,11 @@ GetPty(char **ptySlave, char **ptyMaster)
 
     if ((ptyFd = open(*ptyMaster, O_RDWR, 0))) {
         _Xttynameparams tty_buf;
+#if defined(linux)
+       if (c = _XTtyname(ptyFd)) {
+#else
        if (c = _XTtyname(ptyFd, tty_buf)) {
+#endif
            *ptySlave = malloc(strlen(c) + 1);
            (void) strcpy(*ptySlave, c);
            

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimGetPty-svr4.c b/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimGetPty-svr4.c
index 1964b5909fd14479567bfd6add424ba69b41fdee..820c62e03d1371740d084854138e457e99f32073 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimGetPty-svr4.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimGetPty-svr4.c
@@ -42,13 +42,21 @@ static char rcs_id[] = "$XConsortium: TermPrimGetPty-svr4.c /main/1 1996/04/21 1
 #include "TermPrimOSDepI.h"
 #include "TermPrimDebug.h"
 #include "TermHeader.h"
+#if !defined(linux)
 #include <stropts.h>
 #include <sys/conf.h>
 #include <sys/stream.h>
+#endif
 #include <sys/termios.h>
+
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef USE_STREAMS_BUFMOD
+#endif
+
 #ifdef USE_STREAMS_BUFMOD
 #include <sys/bufmod.h>
 #endif /* USE_STREAMS_BUFMOD */
+
 #include <errno.h>
 
 /* last ditch fallback.  If the clone device is other than /dev/ptmx,
@@ -59,7 +67,7 @@ static char rcs_id[] = "$XConsortium: TermPrimGetPty-svr4.c /main/1 1996/04/21 1
 #endif /* PTY_CLONE_DEVICE */
 
 
-int _DtTermPrimGetPty(char **ptySlave, char **ptyMaster)
+static int GetPty(char **ptySlave, char **ptyMaster)
 {
     char *c;
     int ptyFd;
@@ -225,14 +233,33 @@ ok:
     return(-1);
 }
 
+/* this is a public wrapper around the previous function that runs the          
+ * previous function setuid root...                                             
+ */
 int
-_DtTermPrimSetupPty(char *ptySlave, int ptyFd)
+_DtTermPrimGetPty(char **ptySlave, char **ptyMaster)
+{
+  int retValue;
+
+  /* this function needs to be suid root... */
+  (void) _DtTermPrimToggleSuidRoot(True);
+  retValue = GetPty(ptySlave, ptyMaster);
+  /* we now need to turn off setuid root... */
+  (void) _DtTermPrimToggleSuidRoot(False);
+
+  return(retValue);
+}
+
+
+static int
+SetupPty(char *ptySlave, int ptyFd)
 {
     /*
      * The following "pushes" were done at GetPty time, but
      * they don't seem to stick after the file is closed on
      * SVR4.2.  Not sure where else this applies.
      */
+#if !defined(linux)
     if (ioctl(ptyFd, I_PUSH, "ptem") == -1) {
            (void) perror("Error pushing ptem");
            /* exit the subprocess */
@@ -253,10 +280,30 @@ _DtTermPrimSetupPty(char *ptySlave, int ptyFd)
     }
 #endif /* USE_STREAMS_TTCOMPAT */
 
+#else /* linux */
+
+    chown(ptySlave, getuid(), getgid());
+    chmod(ptySlave, 0622);
+#endif /* linux */
+
     /* success... */
     return(0);
 }
 
+int
+_DtTermPrimSetupPty(char *ptySlave, int ptyFd)
+{
+  int retValue;
+
+  /* this function needs to be suid root... */
+  (void) _DtTermPrimToggleSuidRoot(True);
+  retValue = SetupPty(ptySlave, ptyFd);
+  /* we now need to turn off setuid root... */
+  (void) _DtTermPrimToggleSuidRoot(False);
+
+  return(retValue);
+}
+
 void
 _DtTermPrimReleasePty(char *ptySlave)
 {

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimSubproc.c b/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimSubproc.c
index 73ce82a3dd6c571bd349772ec9ecc1a97384cd0a..b1d706c74c60668a9267902003dd6de139f19dc8 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimSubproc.c
+++ b/cde/lib/DtTerm/TermPrim/TermPrimSubproc.c
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ static char rcs_id[] = "$TOG: TermPrimSubproc.c /main/11 1998/04/20 12:45:57 mgr
 
 #include "TermHeader.h"
 #include <fcntl.h>
-#ifdef  ALPHA_ARCHITECTURE
+#if defined(ALPHA_ARCHITECTURE) || defined(CSRG_ARCHITECTURE) || defined(LINUX_ARCHITECTURE)
 /* For TIOCSTTY definitions */
 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
 #endif /* ALPHA_ARCHITECTURE */
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ _DtTermPrimSubprocExec(Widget                 w,
        /* child...
         */
         _DtTermProcessUnlock();
-#ifdef  ALPHA_ARCHITECTURE
+#if defined(ALPHA_ARCHITECTURE) || defined(CSRG_ARCHITECTURE) || defined(LINUX_ARCHITECTURE)
         /* establish a new session for child */
         setsid();
 #else
@@ -469,6 +469,11 @@ _DtTermPrimSubprocExec(Widget                w,
        (void) setpgrp();
 #endif /* ALPHA_ARCHITECTURE */
 
+#if defined(LINUX_ARCHITECTURE)
+       /* set the ownership and mode of the pty... */
+       (void) _DtTermPrimSetupPty(ptyName, pty);
+#endif
+
        /* open the pty slave as our controlling terminal... */
        pty = open(ptyName, O_RDWR, 0);
 
@@ -477,7 +482,7 @@ _DtTermPrimSubprocExec(Widget                 w,
            (void) _exit(1);
        }
 
-#ifdef  ALPHA_ARCHITECTURE
+#if defined(ALPHA_ARCHITECTURE) || defined(CSRG_ARCHITECTURE) || defined(LINUX_ARCHITECTURE)
         /* BSD needs to do this to acquire pty as controlling terminal */
         if (ioctl(pty, TIOCSCTTY, (char *)NULL) < 0) {
            (void) close(pty);
@@ -490,8 +495,10 @@ _DtTermPrimSubprocExec(Widget                w,
         _DtTermPrimPtyGetDefaultModes();
 #endif /* ALPHA_ARCHITECTURE */
 
+#if !defined(LINUX_ARCHITECTURE)
        /* set the ownership and mode of the pty... */
        (void) _DtTermPrimSetupPty(ptyName, pty);
+#endif /* LINUX_ARCHITECTURE */
 
        /* apply the ttyModes... */
        _DtTermPrimPtyInit(pty, tw->term.ttyModes, tw->term.csWidth);

diff --git a/cde/lib/DtWidget/Imakefile b/cde/lib/DtWidget/Imakefile
index 3d727b279c04878972ea1cd574ac39931d46ec66..67e2a4179f1fd41317c50e088caa88de0db93d34 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/DtWidget/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/lib/DtWidget/Imakefile
@@ -13,7 +13,11 @@ XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/8 1996/04/21 19:11:16 drk $
 # define DtWidgetDefines       -DI18N_MSG -DXK_MISCELLANY -DMULTIBYTE
 #endif
 DEFINES = DtWidgetDefines
+#if defined(LinuxArchitecture)
+INCLUDES = -I. -I/usr/include/freetype2
+#else
 INCLUDES = -I.
+#endif
 
 #ifdef SharedDtWidgetReqs
 REQUIREDLIBS = SharedDtWidgetReqs

diff --git a/cde/lib/csa/agent.c b/cde/lib/csa/agent.c
index a48dab4932952b3a029b59c1459d96aab6315b90..c41ab794aca0f22cbfcff5013a57805faf4c0cc9 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/csa/agent.c
+++ b/cde/lib/csa/agent.c
@@ -34,9 +34,7 @@
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <signal.h>
 #include <rpc/rpc.h>
-#if defined(linux)
-# include <sys/poll.h>
-#else
+#if !defined(linux) && !defined(CSRG_BASED)
 # include <poll.h>
 #endif
 #if defined(SunOS) || defined(USL) || defined(__uxp__)
@@ -203,6 +201,30 @@ _DtCm_destroy_agent()
 extern void
 _DtCm_process_updates()
 {
+#if defined(CSRG_BASED) || defined(linux) 
+        int     i, nfd;
+        fd_set  rpc_bits;
+
+        while (B_TRUE) {
+          rpc_bits = svc_fdset;
+
+          nfd = select(FD_SETSIZE, &rpc_bits, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+
+          if (nfd <= 0)
+            /* done */
+            return;
+
+          
+          for (i = 0; i < FD_SETSIZE; i++) {
+            if (FD_ISSET(i, &rpc_bits)) {
+              svc_getreqset(&rpc_bits);
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+#else
+
        int     i, j, nfd;
        fd_set  rpc_bits;
        fd_mask fmask, *inbits;
@@ -261,6 +283,7 @@ _DtCm_process_updates()
                if (do_rpc)
                        svc_getreqset(&rpc_bits);
        }
+#endif /* CSRG_BASED || linux */
 }
 
 /*
@@ -389,7 +412,8 @@ gettransient (u_long version)
 static u_long
 gettransient (int proto, u_long vers, int *sockp)
 {
-       int s, len, socktype;
+        unsigned int len;
+       int s, socktype;
        struct sockaddr_in addr;
 
        switch (proto) {

diff --git a/cde/lib/csa/debug.c b/cde/lib/csa/debug.c
index 07ce1814dcc38256581d7805b8033ad34e239a08..0a31314672268ec352ba240431a2e85385c3bd8b 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/csa/debug.c
+++ b/cde/lib/csa/debug.c
@@ -32,7 +32,14 @@
 
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
+
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
+#if defined(linux)
+#define SVR4
+#endif
 
 #include <syslog.h>
 

diff --git a/cde/lib/csa/lutil.c b/cde/lib/csa/lutil.c
index 99657aca244efa4647ee60c442da882478277f57..78a9edc8fa6b64c300e2029dd15049a6db9105d0 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/csa/lutil.c
+++ b/cde/lib/csa/lutil.c
@@ -41,9 +41,17 @@
 #endif
 #define X_INCLUDE_PWD_H
 #define XOS_USE_XT_LOCKING
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
+#if defined(linux)
+#define SVR4
+#endif
 
+#if !defined(linux)
 extern char * strdup(const char *);
+#endif
 
 extern char *
 _DtCmGetPrefix(char *str, char sep)

diff --git a/cde/lib/csa/xtclient.c b/cde/lib/csa/xtclient.c
index 50f84f061c407635e0229af1055bd704fd98b091..b42b5efc017c16602fea37ed31310d618e7c5b85 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/csa/xtclient.c
+++ b/cde/lib/csa/xtclient.c
@@ -69,7 +69,11 @@ _DtCm_register_xtcallback(XtAppContext appct)
                return;
 
        /* assuming only 1 bit is set */
+#if defined(linux)
+       bits = fdset.__fds_bits;
+#else
        bits = fdset.fds_bits;
+#endif
        for (i = 0; i < FD_SETSIZE; i += NFDBITS) {
                fmask = *bits;
                for (j = 0; fmask != 0; j++, fmask >>= 1) {

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/dbck/Imakefile b/cde/lib/tt/bin/dbck/Imakefile
index 7671378e6cd33379df7beb770f7643a7ab7157cf..369be76058b91cc19af6d0b0907cbf1079a0e506 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/dbck/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/dbck/Imakefile
@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ SYS_LIBRARIES   =
 EXTRA_LIBRARIES = TtClientExtraLibs
 #endif
 
-
 SRCS =  binkey.C        binkey_utils.C  common.C \
         options.C       options_tt.C    prop.C \
         prop_utils.C    spec.C          spec_repair.C \

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/shell/mover.C b/cde/lib/tt/bin/shell/mover.C
index f801c231b9f17a3134d7e4b4377e0f646a0e300b..264f50a41767d972bea2f2374391a19d0871490f 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/shell/mover.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/shell/mover.C
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 #include "tt_options.h"
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <string.h>
-#ifdef __osf__
+#if defined(__osf__) || defined(linux)
 #include <unistd.h>
 #else
 #if !defined(USL) && !defined(__uxp__)

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/shell/remover.C b/cde/lib/tt/bin/shell/remover.C
index 17e505aab86c2efbf388a7b02148e09b97b6d0fc..3d3002d5cfe75dbcbea2b1c61a86fe52a4fe5e20 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/shell/remover.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/shell/remover.C
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 #include "tt_options.h"
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <string.h>
-#ifdef __osf__
+#if defined(__osf__) || defined(linux)
 #include <unistd.h>
 #else
 #if !defined(USL) && !defined(__uxp__)

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/tt_type_comp/frozen.mp_types_lex.C b/cde/lib/tt/bin/tt_type_comp/frozen.mp_types_lex.C
index d256771cd61ffcd919ceb39d4d96f07a2ab246a1..a543109d0798de1b3ff1a9ccaca79d73dcb79cd8 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/tt_type_comp/frozen.mp_types_lex.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/tt_type_comp/frozen.mp_types_lex.C
@@ -68,7 +68,9 @@ extern "C" {
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 extern "C" {
 #endif
+#if !defined(linux)
        void exit(int);
+#endif
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }
 #endif

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/tt_type_comp/mp_type_comp.C b/cde/lib/tt/bin/tt_type_comp/mp_type_comp.C
index 819ce61712c60e7023e355e0e2a187578286d29c..21378d39ba375e50c2512854afad8439d2f32e67 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/tt_type_comp/mp_type_comp.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/tt_type_comp/mp_type_comp.C
@@ -39,6 +39,9 @@
 #include <locale.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
 #if defined(sgi)
 #include <getopt.h>
 #endif

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttauth/ttauth.h b/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttauth/ttauth.h
index df6d58159b4010c05b042d87083770e289c20e0b..5e1b27f5f7894b14a0c825fc23e22a2e1d689f16 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttauth/ttauth.h
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttauth/ttauth.h
@@ -57,7 +57,9 @@ typedef int Bool;
 
 extern char *ProgramName;
 
+#if !defined(linux)
 extern char *malloc(), *realloc();
+#endif
 int process_command(), auth_initialize(), auth_finalize();
 extern int print_help();
 extern int verbose;

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/Imakefile b/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/Imakefile
index e5915b12fd8cab016d5dca75be09215ce42f8d5f..8a538c6f830b47a9180e7a966c9076e65d730a22 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/Imakefile
@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ SYS_LIBRARIES   =
 EXTRA_LIBRARIES = TtClientExtraLibs
 #endif
 
-
 SRCS = \
         db_server_functions.C \
         db_server_svc.C \

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/db_server_svc.C b/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/db_server_svc.C
index 22aa6bee72289b28a20d9bcef33791f3b850d2c8..dd6355b664af7a7008939c3b95f5dd46733f46d6 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/db_server_svc.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/db_server_svc.C
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ isamfatalerror(char *msg)
 void
 print_usage_and_exit()
 {
-       static usage_printed = 0;
+       static int usage_printed = 0;
 
        if (!usage_printed) {
 
@@ -217,8 +217,12 @@ main(int argc, char** argv, char **envp)
 #if defined(DEC) || defined(sun) || defined(HPUX)
        int asize = sizeof(struct sockaddr);
 #else
+# if defined(linux)
+       socklen_t asize;
+# else
        size_t asize = sizeof(struct sockaddr);
-#endif /* DEC or sun or HPUX */
+# endif
+#endif
        int is_aix = 0;
 
        int do_garbage_collect = 0;

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/dm_server.C b/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/dm_server.C
index 63c43ac88f160fb1b8ecca8dda6886653ad50427..bd0992724e78e02d2f0a98cec4a9ff2fccc258a0 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/dm_server.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/dm_server.C
@@ -927,15 +927,33 @@ _tt_isclose_1(int *isfd, SVCXPRT * /* transp */)
                _tt_syslog(errstr, LOG_ERR, "%s: _tt_check_stale_isfd() == 0",
                           here );
        } else {
-               res.result = cached_isclose(*isfd);
-               if (res.result != -1) {
-                       _tt_db_table[*isfd].db_path = 0;
-                       _tt_db_table[*isfd].opener_uid = (uid_t)-1;
-               } else {
-                       _tt_syslog(errstr, LOG_ERR, "%s: isclose(): %d",
-                                  here, iserrno);
-               }
-               res.iserrno = iserrno;
+         // JET - 06/12/2002
+         // VU#975403 - CERT TT vulnerability.  By passing an invalid isfd
+         // a local or remote attacker can zero out 4 bytes at any location,
+         // thereby allowing other exploits (items 2 & 3 - delete or
+         // overwrite any file on the system.)
+         // Here, we will just check to make sure: 0 >= isfd < _TT_MAX_ISFD
+
+         if (*isfd < 0 || *isfd >= _TT_MAX_ISFD)
+           {                   // some trickery going on?
+             res.result = -1;
+             res.iserrno = ERPC;
+             _tt_syslog(errstr, LOG_ERR, "%s: _tt_isclose_1: Invalid file descriptor.  This may be an attempted exploit.",
+                        here );
+           }
+         else
+           {
+             
+             res.result = cached_isclose(*isfd);
+             if (res.result != -1) {
+               _tt_db_table[*isfd].db_path = 0;
+               _tt_db_table[*isfd].opener_uid = (uid_t)-1;
+             } else {
+               _tt_syslog(errstr, LOG_ERR, "%s: isclose(): %d",
+                          here, iserrno);
+             }
+             res.iserrno = iserrno;
+           }
        }
        return (&res);
 }
@@ -1482,6 +1500,8 @@ _tt_transaction_error(int fd)
 _Tt_isam_results *
 _tt_transaction_1(_Tt_transaction_args* args, SVCXPRT * /* transp */)
 {
+        struct stat buf; // JET - VU#975403/VU#299816
+
        static const char *here = "_tt_transaction_1()";
        /* check for stale NetISAM file descriptor */
        if (!_tt_check_stale_isfd(args->isfd)) {
@@ -1514,6 +1534,24 @@ _tt_transaction_1(_Tt_transaction_args* args, SVCXPRT * /* transp */)
                if (access(_tt_log_file, F_OK) == 0) {
                        _tt_process_transaction();
                }
+
+               // JET - 06/24/2002 VU#975403/VU#299816 - CERT TT
+               // vulnerability.  check for the presence of a
+               // symlink.  Abort (nicely) if there.
+
+               if(lstat(_tt_log_file, &buf) != -1)
+                 {             // present
+                   if (S_ISLNK(buf.st_mode))
+                     {         // it's a symlink.  Oops.
+                       _tt_syslog(errstr, LOG_ERR, 
+                                  "%s: _tt_log_file is a symlink.  Aborting.",
+                                  here );
+                       res.result = -1;
+                       res.iserrno = DM_ACCESS_DENIED;
+                       return(&res);
+                     }
+                 }
+
                if ((fd = open(_tt_log_file, O_RDWR | O_CREAT, S_IREAD + S_IWRITE))
                    == -1) {
                        res.iserrno = DM_WRITE_FAILED;

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/tt_isam_record.C b/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/tt_isam_record.C
index e5fceabad03b4a4274cbbd4d90852152533394a3..d47d19019792c62b47a41af04d078f6f7bc25ac8 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/tt_isam_record.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/tt_isam_record.C
@@ -139,12 +139,38 @@ _Tt_string _Tt_isam_record::getBytes (int start, int length) const
      
 void _Tt_isam_record::setBytes (int start, const _Tt_string &value)
 {
-  (void)memcpy((char *)buffer+start, (char *)value, value.len());
+  // JET - CERT vulnerability: VU#387387 - value is user supplied.
+  // Geez.
+  int bavail = (maxLength - start);
+  int bcp = 0;
+
+  if (bavail <= 0)
+    return;
+
+  if (bavail > value.len())
+    bcp = value.len();
+  else
+    bcp = bavail;
+
+  (void)memcpy((char *)buffer+start, (char *)value, bcp);
 }
 
 void _Tt_isam_record::setBytes (int               start,
                                int               length,
                                const _Tt_string &value)
 {
-  (void)memcpy((char *)buffer+start, (char *)value, length);
+  // JET - CERT vulnerability: VU#387387 - value is user supplied.
+  // Geez.
+  int bavail = (maxLength - start);
+  int bcp = 0;
+
+  if (bavail <= 0)
+    return;
+
+  if (bavail > length)
+    bcp = length;
+  else
+    bcp = bavail;
+
+  (void)memcpy((char *)buffer+start, (char *)value, bcp);
 }

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar.C b/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar.C
index 69c78e6809440e3284786fba76aa2186e863dcec..c26432ff427973ed7b2c563c5d710a045d0dfa48 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar.C
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <sys/param.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
-#if defined(__osf__)
+#if defined(__osf__) || defined(linux)
 #include <unistd.h>
 #else
 #if !defined(USL) && !defined(__uxp__)

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar_api.C b/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar_api.C
index 6b0f68b57a10afac55644376bca28fcd58eefd3d..7622dcbb8342a048ee82d05dba181ad5c57ca085 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar_api.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar_api.C
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
  */
 
 #include <errno.h>
-#if defined(__osf__)
+#if defined(__osf__) || defined(linux)
 #include <unistd.h>
 #else
 #ifndef USL

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar_file_utils.C b/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar_file_utils.C
index acfe90f69c0207d3ba86960488b7ff2c34bd52d4..0770986bf4966eaaa8d8150190dbdd34e07b3ca4 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar_file_utils.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar_file_utils.C
@@ -362,6 +362,7 @@ append_real_subtrees( _Tt_string_list_ptr realtrees, _Tt_string path )
 /*
  * basename() - Return the last component of a pathname.
  */
+#if !defined(linux)
 char *basename( char *pathname ) {
        char *the_basename;
        
@@ -373,6 +374,7 @@ char *basename( char *pathname ) {
        }
        return the_basename;
 }
+#endif
 
 /*
  * dirname() - Return the pathname minus the basename, or "." if the

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar_spec.C b/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar_spec.C
index 72a5850ec106c3a309e49055fe58020eec082529..4c4df4ab81dfa5060ad0db7bb8abc5a54c2e71e6 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar_spec.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar_spec.C
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
  *
  */
 
-#if defined(__osf__)
+#if defined(__osf__) || defined(linux)
 #include <unistd.h>
 #else
 #if defined (USL) || defined(__uxp__)

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/lib/mp/Imakefile b/cde/lib/tt/lib/mp/Imakefile
index e4f4adf2f873d324ca48e67c63bd6be83338bb41..ddce718051097461ff5beb0d293c39b48f65c721 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/lib/mp/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/lib/mp/Imakefile
@@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ ISAM_INCLUDES = -I../../mini_isam
 CXXEXTRA_DEFINES = -DCOMPAT_43
 #endif
 
-
 /*** NOTE!
  *** Every time a .o is added below it needs to be added to
  *** the lib/tt/lib Imakefile in MP_OBJS and SHARED_MP_OBJS

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/lib/mp/mp_message.C b/cde/lib/tt/lib/mp/mp_message.C
index c353ce940a1acdee5c78fceefe297f04c0f5edef..34e5b4a0df136ed6e086ae13446fc5ab3f590f72 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/lib/mp/mp_message.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/lib/mp/mp_message.C
@@ -118,9 +118,15 @@ base_constructor()
 
 _Tt_message::
 _Tt_message()
+#if defined(linux)
+: _pattern_id(), _object(), _file(), _op(),
+  _otype(), _sender_ptype(), _handler_ptype(),
+  _api_id(), _status_string()
+#else
 : _pattern_id(NULL), _object(NULL), _file(NULL), _op(NULL),
   _otype(NULL), _sender_ptype(NULL), _handler_ptype(NULL),
   _api_id(NULL), _status_string(NULL)
+#endif
 {
        base_constructor();
 }

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/lib/tttk/Imakefile b/cde/lib/tt/lib/tttk/Imakefile
index f2d16884d3ffe7cc8acd2fe334121728edebf9a8..4271fa8e27475cf1f9bd16b69603cffd183029cf 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/lib/tttk/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/lib/tttk/Imakefile
@@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ DEPEND_DEFINES = $(CXXDEPENDINCLUDES)
 DEFINES =
 INCLUDES = -I../../lib
 
-
 /*** NOTE!
  *** Every time a .o is added below it needs to be added to
  *** the lib/tt/lib Imakefile in DB_OBJS and SHARED_DB_OBJS

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/Imakefile b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/Imakefile
index 1dedd3431e16ca6aa87b62b79d93cdc8e2781b0a..c6d6856587d8741b10e41391a3e3ab985257133b 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/Imakefile
@@ -23,7 +23,6 @@ INCLUDES = -I../../lib
 CXXEXTRA_DEFINES = -D_ILS_MACROS
 #endif
 
-
 /*** NOTE!
  *** Every time a .o is added below it needs to be added to
  *** the lib/tt/lib Imakefile in UTIL_OBJS and SHARED_UTIL_OBJS

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_entry_pt.C b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_entry_pt.C
index 6394683223095107b48bf30667ddaf7dccd7adda..9f70aa4a03b8fb23fa013fc5dd1b9eb4e15c9a42 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_entry_pt.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_entry_pt.C
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ _Tt_string _tt_entrypt_to_string(_Tt_entry_pt fun)
                return "tt_feature_enabled";
         case TT_FEATURE_REQUIRED :
                return "tt_feature_required";
-#ifdef __osf__
+#if defined(__osf__) || defined(linux)
        case TT_API_CALL_LAST: return (char *) NULL; 
 #else
        case TT_API_CALL_LAST: return NULL; 

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_host.C b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_host.C
index dcda5340cad78bc4371619218f6c1c9119272ebb..4c3aed35958c9fe51b4e7953d89f9d7db425aa4c 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_host.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_host.C
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ extern "C" in_addr_t inet_addr(const char *);
 #ifdef __osf__
 #include <unistd.h>
 #else
-#if !defined(USL) && !defined(__uxp__)
+#if !defined(USL) && !defined(__uxp__) && !defined(linux)
 #include <osfcn.h>
 #endif
 #endif /* __osf */

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_host_equiv.C b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_host_equiv.C
index 0aec31e1250d8e407fc79c9590a208b23e057c65..fba3bdcb8e29c0a64bcfc81fd994493557f4fcbf 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_host_equiv.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_host_equiv.C
@@ -36,8 +36,15 @@
 
 #define X_INCLUDE_NETDB_H
 #define XOS_USE_XT_LOCKING
+#if defined(linux)
+#define index
+#define rindex
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
-
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef index
+#undef rindex
+#endif
 static int _cache_it(_Tt_hostname_cache_ptr, _Tt_string &);
 
 // This null constructor is required by the _table_of macro:

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_log.C b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_log.C
index 071287edf0d3f2de59e625938e19b0a26a5c3910..340efe161cbf955acea2ef6b4e827528d4480f41 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_log.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_log.C
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 #ifdef __osf__
 #include <unistd.h>
 #else
-#if !defined (USL) && !defined(__uxp__)
+#if !defined (USL) && !defined(__uxp__) && !defined(linux)
 #include <osfcn.h>
 #endif
 #endif /* __osf__ */

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_path.C b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_path.C
index b6e354d46739bcc5475983cdff700ee356f22274..8dd9f2bbd60970b95bf867eceea0d4f2945e63af 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_path.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_path.C
@@ -49,7 +49,15 @@
 /* Included after "util/tt_string.h" to avoid index/strchr conflicts. */
 #define X_INCLUDE_DIRENT_H
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
+#if defined(linux)
+#define index
+#define rindex
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef index
+#undef rindex
+#endif
 
 #if defined(OPT_BUG_USL) || defined(OPT_BUG_UXP)
 #define S_ISLNK(mode)   ((mode & 0xF000) == S_IFLNK)

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_string.C b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_string.C
index efc969fe30d8bf29d40049e4247e1dc173368530..2d89052cbba7b1b07129c04bb59a070e6ba01bbf 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_string.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_string.C
@@ -54,6 +54,9 @@
 #endif
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <wctype.h>
+#endif
 #include "util/tt_string.h"
 #include "util/tt_assert.h"
 #include "util/tt_xdr_utils.h"

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_string_map.C b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_string_map.C
index 2eb4cc61bf8e636d9a939fce62b6627f66dc4a19..0c219c77845323716f88b4fa2899d3aba3e385dd 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_string_map.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/lib/util/tt_string_map.C
@@ -45,7 +45,15 @@
 /* Included after "util/tt_string.h" to avoid index/strchr conflicts. */
 #define X_INCLUDE_STRING_H
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
+#if defined(linux)
+#define index
+#define rindex
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef index
+#undef rindex
+#endif
 
 _Tt_string_map::
 _Tt_string_map (_Tt_object_table_keyfn key_function)

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/mini_isam/iscntl.c b/cde/lib/tt/mini_isam/iscntl.c
index a5ee70371dbfd90ababbc71a3eeb7e9f3f841a44..80a9e23ea96cc1a5673856392a62a7d1e5daf0d0 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/mini_isam/iscntl.c
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/mini_isam/iscntl.c
@@ -39,7 +39,11 @@ static char sccsid[] = "@(#)iscntl.c 1.8 94/11/17";
  *     Generic control function
  */
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
 #include <varargs.h>
+#endif
 #include "isam_impl.h"
 
 
@@ -75,17 +79,26 @@ static char sccsid[] = "@(#)iscntl.c        1.8 94/11/17";
 
 typedef int (* intfunc)();
 
+#if defined(linux)
+int 
+iscntl(int isfd, int func, ...)
+#else
 int 
 iscntl(isfd, func, va_alist)
     int                        isfd;
     int                        func;
     va_dcl
+#endif
 {
     extern int         (*_isfatal_error_set_func())();
     va_list            pvar;
     int                        ret;
 
+#if defined(linux)
+    va_start(pvar, func);
+#else
     va_start(pvar);
+#endif
     switch (func) {
 
          case ISCNTL_MASKSIGNALS:

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_otype.C b/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_otype.C
index c0ad448480bc691ad2a64824647208ce6bd97c4d..cde56abf43f21439b130f8237186ef8c076fef68 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_otype.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_otype.C
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
  */
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #if defined(linux)
-# include <g++/minmax.h>
+/*# include <g++/minmax.h>*/
 #else
 # include <macros.h>
 #endif
@@ -311,7 +311,12 @@ int _Tt_otype::
 xdr_version_required() const
 {
        int version = _Tt_signature::xdr_version_required_( _hsigs );
-       return max(version, _Tt_signature::xdr_version_required_( _osigs ));
+//     return max(version, _Tt_signature::xdr_version_required_( _osigs ));
+       if (version > _Tt_signature::xdr_version_required_( _osigs )) {
+               return version;
+       } else {
+               return _Tt_signature::xdr_version_required_( _osigs );
+       }
 }
 
 //

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_ptype.C b/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_ptype.C
index 3d5b0157824264daf1011a817e6aa76e56c3cbb0..6878733661fa66577ab71da09ae8d8f026c4b072 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_ptype.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_ptype.C
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 //%%  $TOG: mp_ptype.C /main/4 1998/03/20 14:27:56 mgreess $                                                   
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #if defined(linux)
-# include <g++/minmax.h>
+/*# include <g++/minmax.h>*/
 #else
 # include <macros.h>
 #endif
@@ -711,7 +711,12 @@ int _Tt_ptype::
 xdr_version_required() const
 {
        int version = _Tt_signature::xdr_version_required_( _hsigs );
-       return max(version, _Tt_signature::xdr_version_required_( _osigs ));
+//     return max(version, _Tt_signature::xdr_version_required_( _osigs ));
+       if(version > _Tt_signature::xdr_version_required_( _osigs )) {
+               return version;
+       } else {
+               return _Tt_signature::xdr_version_required_( _osigs );
+       }
 }
 
 

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_rpc_implement.C b/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_rpc_implement.C
index 9679f0903ecc5ce0ef274a51885913c77d7885ac..22c22387ee1096cfe293b193f9adaf8f688ecf1d 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_rpc_implement.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_rpc_implement.C
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 #include <fcntl.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 #if defined(linux)
-# include <g++/minmax.h>
+/*# include <g++/minmax.h>*/
 #else
 # include <macros.h>
 #endif
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ _tt_service_rpc(svc_req *rqstp, SVCXPRT *transp)
                        return;
                    }
 
-                   _Tt_string  &svr_cookie =
+                   const _Tt_string    &svr_cookie =
                        _tt_s_mp->initial_s_session->auth_cookie();
                    if (clnt_cookie != svr_cookie) {
                        svcerr_auth(transp, AUTH_BADCRED);
@@ -791,8 +791,13 @@ _tt_rpc_add_pattern_with_context(SVCXPRT *transp)
        // introduced into protocol version 2, it can be assumed that
        // the caller is using at least xdr version 3.
        //
-       _Tt_xdr_version xvers( max(_tt_global->xdr_version(),
-                                  TT_CONTEXTS_XDR_VERSION) );
+//     _Tt_xdr_version xvers( max(_tt_global->xdr_version(),
+//                                TT_CONTEXTS_XDR_VERSION) );
+       if(_tt_global->xdr_version() > TT_CONTEXTS_XDR_VERSION) {
+               _Tt_xdr_version xvers(_tt_global->xdr_version() );
+       } else {
+               _Tt_xdr_version xvers(TT_CONTEXTS_XDR_VERSION);
+       }
 
        _tt_rpc_add_pattern(transp);
 }

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_signature.C b/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_signature.C
index 017f3831c26bb552e5252350e3ca85934b08773a..259317b31b41b8e10164dd5b7e8cbce91442832b 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_signature.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_signature.C
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
  */
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #if defined(linux)
-# include <g++/minmax.h>
+/*# include <g++/minmax.h>*/
 #else
 # include <macros.h>
 #endif
@@ -748,12 +748,18 @@ xdr_version_required() const
 {
        int version = TT_TYPESDB_DEFAULT_XDR_VERSION;
        if (_contexts->count() > 0) {
-               version = max(version, TT_CONTEXTS_XDR_VERSION);
+               if(TT_CONTEXTS_XDR_VERSION > version) {
+                       version = TT_CONTEXTS_XDR_VERSION;
+               }
+//             version = max(version, TT_CONTEXTS_XDR_VERSION);
        }
        switch (_pattern_category) {
            case TT_HANDLE_PUSH:
            case TT_HANDLE_ROTATE:
-               version = max(version, TT_PUSH_ROTATE_XDR_VERSION);
+               if(TT_PUSH_ROTATE_XDR_VERSION > version) {
+                       version = TT_PUSH_ROTATE_XDR_VERSION;
+               }
+//             version = max(version, TT_PUSH_ROTATE_XDR_VERSION);
                break;
        }
        return version;
@@ -765,7 +771,10 @@ xdr_version_required_(const _Tt_signature_list_ptr &sigs)
        int version = TT_TYPESDB_DEFAULT_XDR_VERSION;
        _Tt_signature_list_cursor       sigC( sigs );
        while (sigC.next()) {
-               version = max(version, sigC->xdr_version_required());
+               if(sigC->xdr_version_required() > version) {
+                       version = sigC->xdr_version_required();
+               }
+//             version = max(version, sigC->xdr_version_required());
        }
        return version;
 }

diff --git a/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_typedb.C b/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_typedb.C
index ecf356f5281a01edaabe21c424104a52582e10f8..5ff381e170e1c9d3886e9ad944ff572437f9d0ca 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_typedb.C
+++ b/cde/lib/tt/slib/mp_typedb.C
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
 //
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #if defined(linux)
-# include <g++/minmax.h>
+/*# include <g++/minmax.h>*/
 #else
 # include <macros.h>
 #endif
@@ -2050,11 +2050,17 @@ xdr_version_required() const
        int version = TT_TYPESDB_DEFAULT_XDR_VERSION;
        _Tt_ptype_table_cursor  ptypes(ptable);
        while (ptypes.next()) {
-               version = max(version, ptypes->xdr_version_required());
+               if(ptypes->xdr_version_required() > version) {
+                       version = ptypes->xdr_version_required();
+               }
+//             version = max(version, ptypes->xdr_version_required());
        }
        _Tt_otype_table_cursor  otypes(otable);
        while (otypes.next()) {
-               version = max(version, otypes->xdr_version_required());
+               if(otypes->xdr_version_required() > version) {
+                       version = otypes->xdr_version_required();
+               }
+//             version = max(version, otypes->xdr_version_required());
        }
        return version;
 }

diff --git a/cde/programs/Imakefile b/cde/programs/Imakefile
index d3f3aaaefd9530070174f971d0d68ff8081d60da..812d42c00d696354e6832ef2602e4761786c9dcd 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/programs/Imakefile
@@ -7,22 +7,35 @@ NSGMLSDIR = nsgmls
 #endif
 EXTRADIRS = util types localized tttypes $(NSGMLSDIR)
 
+XCOMM some of these cannot be built on linux yet.
+XCOMM dtksh dtinfo
+#if defined(LinuxArchitecture)
+DTKSHDIR = 
+DTINFODIR = 
+DTAPPBDIR = 
+#else
+DTKSHDIR = dtksh
+DTINFODIR = dtinfo
+DTAPPBDIR = dtappbuilder
+#endif
+
+
 SUBDIRS = dthelp dtmail dsdm dtpad dtfile dtwm dtlogin \
        dtsession dthello dtstyle dtexec dtdbcache dticon dtterm \
        dtcalc dtaction dtspcd \
-       dtscreen dtksh dtcm dtsearchpath \
-        dtappbuilder dtappintegrate dtprintegrate dtconfig \
+       dtscreen $(DTKSHDIR) dtcm dtsearchpath \
+        $(DTAPPBDIR) dtappintegrate dtprintegrate dtconfig \
         dtcreate dtprintinfo fontaliases dtdspmsg ttsnoop \
        dtudcfonted dtudcexch dtimsstart dtdocbook dtpdm dtsr \
-       dtpdmd dtinfo $(EXTRADIRS)
+       dtpdmd $(DTINFODIR) $(EXTRADIRS)
 
 LINTSUBDIRS = dthelp dtmail dsdm dtpad dtfile dtlogin dtwm \
        dtsession dthello dtstyle dtexec dtdbcache dticon dtterm \
        dtcalc dtaction dtcreate \
-       dtscreen dtksh dtcm dtsearchpath \
-        dtappbuilder dtappintegrate dtprintegrate dtprintinfo dtdspmsg \
+       dtscreen $(DTKSHDIR) dtcm dtsearchpath \
+        $(DTAPPBDIR) dtappintegrate dtprintegrate dtprintinfo dtdspmsg \
        dtudcfonted dtudcexch dtimsstart dtdocbook dtpdm dtsr \
-       dtpdmd dtinfo $(EXTRADIRS)
+       dtpdmd $(DTINFODIR) $(EXTRADIRS)
 
 
 MakeSubdirs($(SUBDIRS))

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/ab_utils.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/ab_utils.c
index 548c2677e7bfb8fb12b7866c7e8feeccc794f109..6a2c4af41a471229390b5a4e2fd72318bd014a34 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/ab_utils.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/ab_utils.c
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ ab_show_window(
                    /* Window is iconified, unmap it so we can change its
                     * initial state and remap it as Opened
                     */
-                   ui_win_show(widget, False, NULL);
+                   ui_win_show(widget, False, XtGrabNone);
                }
                else /* Window is already Open */
                {
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ popdown_winCB(
     XtPointer   call_data
 )
 {
-    ui_win_show(shell, False, NULL);
+    ui_win_show(shell, False, XtGrabNone);
 }
 
 static void
@@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ exit_mboxCB(
 )
 {
     DTB_MODAL_ANSWER     op = (DTB_MODAL_ANSWER) client_data;
-    DTB_MODAL_ANSWER     *answerp = (DTB_MODAL_ANSWER) NULL;
+    DTB_MODAL_ANSWER     *answerp = NULL;
 
     XtVaGetValues(widget, XmNuserData, &answerp, NULL);
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/appfw_stubs.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/appfw_stubs.c
index f1698fa0c33f6f2d8c8a8cecd6e8cf67b67b9595..7b249acec2cce7e4dab8d4dc31956644ed856024 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/appfw_stubs.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/appfw_stubs.c
@@ -709,14 +709,14 @@ appfw_editor_prevent_closeCB(
             * Do Apply and pop down dialog
             */
             appfw_editor_apply(proj_get_project());
-            ui_win_show(AB_appfw_dialog, False, NULL);
+            ui_win_show(AB_appfw_dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
        }
     }
     else
        /*
         * Pop down dialog if no edits pending
         */
-        ui_win_show(AB_appfw_dialog, False, NULL);
+        ui_win_show(AB_appfw_dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
 }
 
 /*** DTB_USER_CODE_END
@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ appfw_applyCB(
 
     XtVaGetValues(widget, XmNuserData, &dismiss, NULL);
     if (dismiss)
-       ui_win_show(widget, False, NULL);
+       ui_win_show(widget, False, XtGrabNone);
 
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_END   ^^^ Add C variables and code above ^^^ ***/
     
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ appfw_resetCB(
 
     XtVaGetValues(widget, XmNuserData, &dismiss, NULL);
     if (dismiss)
-       ui_win_show(widget, False, NULL);
+       ui_win_show(widget, False, XtGrabNone);
 
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_END   ^^^ Add C variables and code above ^^^ ***/
     

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/attch_ed_stubs.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/attch_ed_stubs.c
index 32534549155d75b2e7d84173c3ceda278f77e576..8ce06d62d7f7e54a9d4f9e822e5a278c13dfbfe6 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/attch_ed_stubs.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/attch_ed_stubs.c
@@ -3490,7 +3490,7 @@ attch_edP_prevent_closeCB(
      * No pending changes OR applied existing changes, so just 
      * dismiss the Attachments Editor 
      */
-    ui_win_show(AB_attch_ed_dialog, False, NULL);
+    ui_win_show(AB_attch_ed_dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
 }
 
 static DTB_MODAL_ANSWER
@@ -3950,7 +3950,7 @@ attch_ed_okCB(
     AttchEditorSettingsRec      *ats = &attch_editor_settings_rec;
 
     attch_editor_apply(ats->cur_object);
-    ui_win_show(AB_attch_ed_dialog, False, NULL);
+    ui_win_show(AB_attch_ed_dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
 
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_END   ^^^ Add C variables and code above ^^^ ***/
     
@@ -3971,7 +3971,7 @@ attch_ed_cancelCB(
     AttchEditorSettingsRec      *ats = &attch_editor_settings_rec;
 
     attch_editor_load(ats->cur_object);
-    ui_win_show(AB_attch_ed_dialog, False, NULL); 
+    ui_win_show(AB_attch_ed_dialog, False, XtGrabNone); 
 
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_END   ^^^ Add C variables and code above ^^^ ***/
     

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/brws.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/brws.c
index 0d84ab02a894a6964267cce7093f4944cdab8866..cfbfb2a59b3b7c9e28b6a98ed5c2d16f1a9c9278 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/brws.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/brws.c
@@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@ brws_popdown
     if (!shell)
        return;
 
-    ui_win_show(shell, False, NULL);
+    ui_win_show(shell, False, XtGrabNone);
 }
 
 /*

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/brws_mthds.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/brws_mthds.c
index 2e71f3be7c15ab35316b4b2c12ad0b39637f4afa..c4b8f65d3c3384f7e2bec67dc52b4486360a3575 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/brws_mthds.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/brws_mthds.c
@@ -65,11 +65,13 @@
 #define BRWS_DASH_WIDTH                3
 #define BRWS_NUM_DASHES                3
 
+#if !defined(linux)
 /*
  * Somehow the compiler is not picking up strdup()
  * from string.h properly...
  */
 extern char            *strdup();
+#endif
 
 /*
  * Misc functions used only in this file

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/cgen_props_stubs.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/cgen_props_stubs.c
index 4d6daf9bf311af5133b7e250848c4d4f9e1b6cbe..ae2fc7f9e476713313e38998a687a7daa4663563 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/cgen_props_stubs.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/cgen_props_stubs.c
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ cgenP_ok_propsCB(
     
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_START vvv Add C code below vvv ***/
     cgenP_apply_propsCB(widget, clientData, callData);
-    ui_win_show(dtb_cgen_props_cgen_props_dlg.cgen_props_dlg_shellform,False,NULL);
+    ui_win_show(dtb_cgen_props_cgen_props_dlg.cgen_props_dlg_shellform,False,XtGrabNone);
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_END   ^^^ Add C code above ^^^ ***/
 }
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/cgen_win_stubs.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/cgen_win_stubs.c
index a7b6105024f02dfdaf2d94b68ee67dcce8dfe8a4..84bd65e497ddb4a522c1dc0dd24a28e5c8e7a142 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/cgen_win_stubs.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/cgen_win_stubs.c
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ cgenP_close_cgen_winCB(
     DtbCgenWinMainwindowInfo cgen_win =
                         (DtbCgenWinMainwindowInfo)clientData;
 
-    ui_win_show(cgen_win->mainwindow, False, NULL);
+    ui_win_show(cgen_win->mainwindow, False, XtGrabNone);
 
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_END   ^^^ Add C variables and code above ^^^ ***/
     

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/dnd_ed_stubs.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/dnd_ed_stubs.c
index bbf59b874fe7ae552809f001b4a718f06dd67bbd..74cf4c0bd7f77097cf6677b3d167131f4d800039 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/dnd_ed_stubs.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/dnd_ed_stubs.c
@@ -1024,12 +1024,12 @@ dnd_prevent_closeCB(
     {
        answer = do_auto_apply(widget, dds->curObj, dds->curObj);
        if (answer == DTB_ANSWER_ACTION1) 
-           ui_win_show(AB_dnd_dialog, False, NULL);
+           ui_win_show(AB_dnd_dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
     }
     else 
     {
        /* Nope, no pending changes, so just dismiss the Dnd Editor */
-       ui_win_show(AB_dnd_dialog, False, NULL); 
+       ui_win_show(AB_dnd_dialog, False, XtGrabNone); 
     }
 }
 
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ dnd_okCB(
     
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_START vvv Add C code below vvv ***/
     dnd_applyCB(widget, clientData, callData);
-    ui_win_show(dtb_dnd_ed_dialog.dialog, False, NULL);
+    ui_win_show(dtb_dnd_ed_dialog.dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_END   ^^^ Add C code above ^^^ ***/
 }
 
@@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ dnd_cancelCB(
     
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_START vvv Add C code below vvv ***/
     dnd_resetCB(widget, clientData, callData);
-    ui_win_show(dtb_dnd_ed_dialog.dialog, False, NULL);
+    ui_win_show(dtb_dnd_ed_dialog.dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_END   ^^^ Add C code above ^^^ ***/
 }
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/help_ed_stubs.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/help_ed_stubs.c
index cc8cb5fbe9fce1e1732a44fdb7dd299fdc59e59e..bba563fd2ea7bae5b3450dd85c0a3a0c1bcb8c21 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/help_ed_stubs.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/help_ed_stubs.c
@@ -1083,12 +1083,12 @@ verify_closeCB(
     {
        answer = do_auto_apply(widget, HelpObj, HelpObj);
        if (answer == DTB_ANSWER_ACTION1) 
-           ui_win_show(AB_help_dialog, False, NULL);
+           ui_win_show(AB_help_dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
     }
     else 
     {
         /* Nope, no pending changes, so just dismiss the Help Editor */
-        ui_win_show(AB_help_dialog, False, NULL);
+        ui_win_show(AB_help_dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
     }
 }
 
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ help_okCB(
     prop_changebars_cleared(hes->prop_sheet);
 
     /* Dismiss the dialog */
-    ui_win_show(AB_help_dialog, False, NULL);
+    ui_win_show(AB_help_dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
 
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_END   ^^^ Add C variables and code above ^^^ ***/
     
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ help_cancelCB(
     clear_editor_fields();
 
     /* Dismiss the dialog */
-    ui_win_show(AB_help_dialog, False, NULL);
+    ui_win_show(AB_help_dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
 
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_END   ^^^ Add C variables and code above ^^^ ***/
     

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/message_ed_stubs.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/message_ed_stubs.c
index 1b0e5b4a4b85b5ba62647e65b90bc5129987f7a3..c93505e6cac27efc32d4ac6eecd6abdbd4598a86 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/message_ed_stubs.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/message_ed_stubs.c
@@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ msgEdP_okCB(
      * applied successfully.  Otherwise, keep it up.
      */
     if (ChangesApplied)
-       ui_win_show(AB_msgEd_dialog, False, NULL);
+       ui_win_show(AB_msgEd_dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
 
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_END   ^^^ Add C code above ^^^ ***/
 }
@@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ msgEdP_cancelCB(
     msg_editor_clear();
 
     /* Dismiss the Message Editor */
-    ui_win_show(AB_msgEd_dialog, False, NULL);
+    ui_win_show(AB_msgEd_dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
 
     /*** DTB_USER_CODE_END   ^^^ Add C code above ^^^ ***/
 }
@@ -2494,14 +2494,14 @@ msgEdP_prevent_closeCB(
         answer = msgEdP_do_auto_apply(widget, mes->current_obj,
                                      mes->current_obj);
        if (answer == DTB_ANSWER_ACTION1)
-           ui_win_show(AB_msgEd_dialog, False, NULL);
+           ui_win_show(AB_msgEd_dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
     }
     else
     {   
          /* No pending changes. Just dismiss the 
          * Message Editor. 
          */
-       ui_win_show(AB_msgEd_dialog, False, NULL);
+       ui_win_show(AB_msgEd_dialog, False, XtGrabNone);
     }
 }
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/palette_stubs.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/palette_stubs.c
index 44c9a96ac15ca83bac7f5d969625de4d4a89d57c..40c5d1bc8a1202e2e8308d4fb956f6d33528d3fc 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/palette_stubs.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/palette_stubs.c
@@ -159,7 +159,9 @@ static void         register_palette_info(
 **                                                                      **
 **************************************************************************/
 
+#if !defined(linux)
 extern char     *sys_errlist[];
+#endif
 
 static Widget  HelpDialog;
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/proj.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/proj.c
index befdce111714bfb063ccd2334a213adf650d4306..a2cb1fc5cda5b77ed7722e1c5b637af47158b3a4 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/proj.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/proj.c
@@ -228,7 +228,9 @@ static XtTranslations proj_transtbl = NULL;
 static XRectangle       *rband_rect = NULL;
 static Boolean          mselect_adjust = False;
 
+#if !defined(linux)
 extern char             *sys_errlist[];
+#endif
 char                   Buf[MAXPATHLEN];        /* Work buffer */
 
 /*************************************************************************
@@ -338,7 +340,7 @@ popdown_proj_window(
     XtPointer   call_data
 )
 {
-    ui_win_show(widget, False, NULL);
+    ui_win_show(widget, False, XtGrabNone);
 }
 
 static void

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/projP_utils.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/projP_utils.c
index 50d663a51fd390c4efed43c1a672bc704d8eb082..e44764bdb49f2c975952c50ea8d4d8436e6e7267 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/projP_utils.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/projP_utils.c
@@ -93,7 +93,9 @@ static void     mult_module_selected(
 **                                                                      **
 **************************************************************************/
 
+#if !defined(linux)
 extern char    *sys_errlist[];
+#endif
 char           Buf[MAXPATHLEN];        /* Work buffer */
 
 /*************************************************************************

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/proj_utils.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/proj_utils.c
index f133c28048946377c88352e8d1f3fc69410ec23d..0256c0f0aa265472ebf0a2b0b458a317b3b68722 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/proj_utils.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/proj_utils.c
@@ -180,7 +180,9 @@ static void notify_proj_save_as_okCB(
 **                                                                      **
 **************************************************************************/
 
+#if !defined(linux)
 extern char             *sys_errlist[];
+#endif
 
 /*************************************************************************
 **                                                                      **

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/ui_msg.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/ui_msg.c
index 05aa4d318707bae2115ab31f470ad1b93effb527..dedf682eeb8fa20751ac78a41c429f72e181ff91 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/ui_msg.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/ab/ui_msg.c
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ prompt_ok_modal_dlgCB(
          * answerp, because that will cause ui_popup_modal_prompt() to
          * return to the routine which is calling it. 
          */
-       ui_win_show(widget, False, NULL);
+       ui_win_show(widget, False, XtGrabNone);
        *answerp = UI_ANSWER_OK;
     }
 }
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ prompt_cancel_modal_dlgCB(
      * answerp, because that will cause ui_popup_modal_prompt() to
      * return to the routine which is calling it.
      */
-    ui_win_show(widget, False, NULL);
+    ui_win_show(widget, False, XtGrabNone);
     *answerp = UI_ANSWER_CANCEL;
 }
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/abmf.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/abmf.c
index 0cbcde9c0e0fa6619167c4d8cb821151f6f32f71..2cf4877f4a8afbda3e99af2ad3fb558c4822e31c 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/abmf.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/abmf.c
@@ -63,6 +63,11 @@
 #include "abmfP.h"
 #include "abmf.h"
 
+/* glibc considers CLK_TCK obsolete */
+#if defined(linux)
+#define CLK_TCK CLOCKS_PER_SEC
+#endif
+
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 extern "C" {
 #endif

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/lib_func_strings.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/lib_func_strings.c
index 30a0e2b0fef79eb9862326e814a772594ea36e1d..dacf362bd4ab4a2d15f6345579bb17c4c799ebef 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/lib_func_strings.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/lib_func_strings.c
@@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ static LibFuncRec abmfP_lrc_modal_dlgCB =
     ")\n"
     "{\n"
     "    DTB_MODAL_ANSWER     op = (DTB_MODAL_ANSWER) client_data;\n"
-    "    DTB_MODAL_ANSWER     *answerp = (DTB_MODAL_ANSWER) NULL;\n"
+    "    DTB_MODAL_ANSWER     *answerp = NULL;\n"
     " \n"
     "    XtVaGetValues(widget, XmNuserData, &answerp, NULL);\n"
     " \n"

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/lib_func_stringsP.h b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/lib_func_stringsP.h
index 6954f6020df0810cd1875c07ed2c2a8b1df36492..6e5b5ab4537bb004d05dc2d5c9a30dd705f99e26 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/lib_func_stringsP.h
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/lib_func_stringsP.h
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
 typedef struct
 {
     STRING     name;           /* name */
-    STRING     proto;          /* prototype */
-    STRING     def;            /* actual code */
+    char       proto[512];     /* prototype */
+    char       def[4096];      /* actual code */
 } LibFuncRec, *LibFunc;
 
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/stubs_c_file.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/stubs_c_file.c
index 6534e1fd9a2e847afc8c8e299fb573be0f21e02c..06007c22fa35fb6ea32b9a5236aaea817e53c97e 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/stubs_c_file.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/stubs_c_file.c
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ printf_setval(GenCodeInfo genCodeInfo, ABObj obj, ...)
 {
     int                        return_value = 0;
     File               codeFile = genCodeInfo->code_file;
-#ifdef __osf__
+#if defined(__osf__) || defined(linux)
 /* OSF/1 define va_list in <va_list.h> as structure of char ** and int
  * Sun define va_list as void * */
     va_list             paramList = { NULL, 0 };

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/write_c.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/write_c.c
index 5e7245683d6ac7f0a84b2786863ac9ae32efecbd..7eb647ce6245acb4c0f5c44804d5d1c557e39679 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/write_c.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/abmf/write_c.c
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ write_func_def_params(
        va_list va_params
 )
 {
-#ifdef __ppc
+#if defined(__ppc) || defined(linux) 
 #define va_start_params() __va_copy(params, va_params)
 #else
 #define va_start_params() (params = va_params)

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/libAButil/util.c b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/libAButil/util.c
index 1911df68d4849dda2ae6776dc3945dd2e722b0eb..138651d7c1fbf706851084aa42bc90faa2f11fe5 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/libAButil/util.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/libAButil/util.c
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ util_vfork()
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 extern "C" {
 #endif
-#if defined(__uxp__) || defined(__hpux) || (defined(sun) && OSMAJORVERSION >= 5 && OSMINORVERSION >= 4) || defined(linux)
+#if defined(__uxp__) || defined(__hpux) || (defined(sun) && OSMAJORVERSION >= 5 && OSMINORVERSION >= 4)
     extern int putenv(const char *string);
 #elif !(defined(__osf__) || defined(__aix))
     extern int putenv(char *string);

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/libAButil/util.h b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/libAButil/util.h
index 8b9167d891c161054fa7ec4226da3fdeb5d8ee63..b0f68c7cbb90006cb2f24f5e2508f6a7f5af79bd 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/libAButil/util.h
+++ b/cde/programs/dtappbuilder/src/libAButil/util.h
@@ -66,7 +66,9 @@
 extern "C" {
 #endif
 
+#if !defined(linux)
 extern char    *strdup(const char *);
+#endif
 
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 } /*extern "C" */

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/MonthPanel.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/MonthPanel.c
index 2726b2943840537e4fcfdd2cc955ff1faf85c88f..d884f84178ac08f43df04bafa85f389ab4c2dccb 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/MonthPanel.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/MonthPanel.c
@@ -69,6 +69,9 @@
 
 #define XOS_USE_XT_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 /*

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/calendarA.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/calendarA.c
index 1e3551a98c959132dae616fa039b77a13392d3b3..b3f391b6fdf5d35f976274413bee30f73758f1cd 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/calendarA.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/calendarA.c
@@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ static  char sccsid[] = "@(#)calendarA.c 1.196 95/04/12 Copyr 1991 Sun Microsyst
 #include "cmtt.h"
 #endif
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos.h>
 #include <errno.h>
 #ifdef X_NOT_STDC_ENV

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/dayglance.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/dayglance.c
index 65775eabc0521a2d8173292be7d09e7064fedc55..12aef5cef0fcc1435fa0bcbb053f7969ca18c1ac 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/dayglance.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/dayglance.c
@@ -81,6 +81,9 @@ static char sccsid[] = "@(#)dayglance.c 1.76 95/04/24 Copyr 1991 Sun Microsystem
 
 #define XOS_USE_XT_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 extern int debug;

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/find.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/find.c
index 7339c1f5ab397a8492e48315d39046d94df1df72..ecbf9232aabc6f9349d0770f8c753e48cab2a60b 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/find.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/find.c
@@ -60,6 +60,9 @@
 
 #define XOS_USE_XT_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 static void layout_labels(Widget, Widget, Widget, Widget);

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/format.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/format.c
index e92aa9d8b03c98defb18e2f74b18b1be658ea0dc..29f6e940c715b502036eb3bdd14a0746efc171f6 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/format.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/format.c
@@ -69,6 +69,9 @@ static char sccsid[] = "@(#)format.c 1.27 95/01/19 Copyr 1991 Sun Microsystems,
 
 #define XOS_USE_XT_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 /*

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/monthglance.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/monthglance.c
index 9f9a7c67a672437e31fde20d78d9359d540c6ee7..9d8e1fe066aa489b4c274e6f8fb29690b827422c 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/monthglance.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/monthglance.c
@@ -101,6 +101,9 @@ static  char sccsid[] = "@(#)monthglance.c 1.82 95/07/27 Copyr 1994 Sun Microsys
 
 #define XOS_USE_XT_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 static void    paint_day_entries(Tick, int, int, int, int,

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/tempbr.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/tempbr.c
index c9aa48d3284cc1760e67bff1826d5210c509e304..7b0759e45212f97b10cc121256547f61fb941c7e 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/tempbr.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/tempbr.c
@@ -89,7 +89,11 @@ static  char sccsid[] = "@(#)tempbr.c 1.48 95/03/28 Copyr 1991 Sun Microsystems,
 static void tb_cancel_cb();
 static void tb_close_cb();
 static void tempbr_show_cb(Widget w, XtPointer data, XtPointer cbs);
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <string.h>
+#else
 extern char *strdup(const char *);
+#endif
 
 #ifdef FNS_DEMO
 /* This stuff is currently broken */

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/weekglance.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/weekglance.c
index 1d3a49d5238f222ce399ade1ca8cb9d8d5ea71dc..2e398e90bda027e81cf14c3ada472560234217ae 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/weekglance.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/weekglance.c
@@ -77,6 +77,9 @@
 
 #define XOS_USE_XT_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 static int week_xytoclock(Week *w, int x, int y);

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/x_graphics.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/x_graphics.c
index b7e1c84957ad1a5ffc8905f713b9225f49cd4812..d65b9883c968771902d0887f43ae285228d4375e 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/x_graphics.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/x_graphics.c
@@ -66,6 +66,9 @@
 
 #define XOS_USE_XT_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 /*

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/yearglance.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/yearglance.c
index ac0f457ef69b7c9dc3bdab4c457eb650e8354693..066e28fa556dbb6d31b28d5dfb16d324d1f94d7c 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/yearglance.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/dtcm/yearglance.c
@@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ static char sccsid[] = "@(#)yearglance.c 1.37 95/07/27 Copyr 1991 Sun Microsyste
 
 #define XOS_USE_XT_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 /* if positioning of months in year view changes this must change too!

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/libDtCmP/getdate.y b/cde/programs/dtcm/libDtCmP/getdate.y
index 1faecc7a8da04a88f09df19c5642f665d8077d37..35a1aa32cba9d66d33b44473d5b597fb3177395e 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/libDtCmP/getdate.y
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/libDtCmP/getdate.y
@@ -73,76 +73,76 @@ extern long timezone;
 timedate:              /* empty */
        | timedate item;
 
-item:  tspec =
+item:  tspec
                {timeflag++;}
-       | zone =
+       | zone
                {zoneflag++;}
-       | dtspec =
+       | dtspec
                {dateflag++;}
-       | dyspec =
+       | dyspec
                {dayflag++;}
-       | rspec =
+       | rspec
                {relflag++;}
        | nspec;
 
-nspec: NUMBER =
+nspec: NUMBER
                {if (timeflag && dateflag && !relflag) year = $1;
                else {timeflag++;hh = $1/100;mm = $1%100;ss = 0;merid = 24;}};
 
-tspec: NUMBER MERIDIAN =
+tspec: NUMBER MERIDIAN
                {hh = $1; mm = 0; ss = 0; merid = $2;}
-       | NUMBER ':' NUMBER =
+       | NUMBER ':' NUMBER
                {hh = $1; mm = $3; merid = 24;}
-       | NUMBER ':' NUMBER MERIDIAN =
+       | NUMBER ':' NUMBER MERIDIAN
                {hh = $1; mm = $3; merid = $4;}
-       | NUMBER ':' NUMBER ':' NUMBER =
+       | NUMBER ':' NUMBER ':' NUMBER
                {hh = $1; mm = $3; ss = $5; merid = 24;}
-       | NUMBER ':' NUMBER ':' NUMBER MERIDIAN =
+       | NUMBER ':' NUMBER ':' NUMBER MERIDIAN
                {hh = $1; mm = $3; ss = $5; merid = $6;};
 
-zone:  ZONE =
+zone:  ZONE
                {ourzone = $1; daylightsavings = STANDARD;}
-       | DAYZONE =
+       | DAYZONE
                {ourzone = $1; daylightsavings = DAYLIGHT;};
 
-dyspec:        DAY =
+dyspec:        DAY
                {dayord = 1; dayreq = $1;}
-       | DAY ',' =
+       | DAY ','
                {dayord = 1; dayreq = $1;}
-       | NUMBER DAY =
+       | NUMBER DAY
                {dayord = $1; dayreq = $2;};
 
-dtspec:        NUMBER '/' NUMBER =
+dtspec:        NUMBER '/' NUMBER
                {month = $1; day = $3; noyear = 1;}
-       | NUMBER '/' NUMBER '/' NUMBER =
+       | NUMBER '/' NUMBER '/' NUMBER
                {month = $1; day = $3; year = $5;}
-       | NUMBER '-' NUMBER =
+       | NUMBER '-' NUMBER
                {month = $1; day = $3; noyear = 1;}
-       | NUMBER '-' NUMBER '-' NUMBER =
+       | NUMBER '-' NUMBER '-' NUMBER
                {month = $1; day = $3; year = $5;}
-       | MONTH NUMBER =
+       | MONTH NUMBER
                {month = $1; day = $2; noyear = 1;}
-       | MONTH NUMBER ',' NUMBER =
+       | MONTH NUMBER ',' NUMBER
                {month = $1; day = $2; year = $4;}
-       | NUMBER MONTH =
+       | NUMBER MONTH
                {month = $2; day = $1; noyear = 1;}
-       | NUMBER MONTH NUMBER =
+       | NUMBER MONTH NUMBER
                {month = $2; day = $1; year = $3;};
 
 
-rspec: NUMBER UNIT =
+rspec: NUMBER UNIT
                {relsec +=  60L * $1 * $2;}
-       | NUMBER MUNIT =
+       | NUMBER MUNIT
                {relmonth += $1 * $2;}
-       | NUMBER SUNIT =
+       | NUMBER SUNIT
                {relsec += $1;}
-       | UNIT =
+       | UNIT
                {relsec +=  60L * $1;}
-       | MUNIT =
+       | MUNIT
                {relmonth += $1;}
-       | SUNIT =
+       | SUNIT
                {relsec++;}
-       | rspec AGO =
+       | rspec AGO
                {relsec = -relsec; relmonth = -relmonth;};
 %%
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/libDtCmP/timeops.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/libDtCmP/timeops.c
index c87fd05fec825b8c4f0972ea7c85c8006be64581..f0cdbbd7dbaef182398841fdae4ade1cb2479491 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/libDtCmP/timeops.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/libDtCmP/timeops.c
@@ -58,7 +58,13 @@ static char sccsid[] = "@(#)timeops.c 1.13 95/05/02 Copyr 1991 Sun Microsystems,
 
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
+#if defined(linux)
+#define SVR4
+#endif
 
 #include <sys/param.h>
 #include <sys/time.h>

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/libDtCmP/util.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/libDtCmP/util.c
index 57a21630b75d474b28fc1eabe308cb89e8a6e912..69ad7482d9c5fa4d30df51073f4c21d46a611c28 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/libDtCmP/util.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/libDtCmP/util.c
@@ -72,6 +72,9 @@
 #define X_INCLUDE_STRING_H
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 #include <errno.h>

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/garbage.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/garbage.c
index a071213b881ab5f64dfe54efe16b2f33d2cbc8f3..c2a2aa3cf7d6c83863bf8216fddea3bbf909d59b 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/garbage.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/garbage.c
@@ -35,6 +35,9 @@
 #include       <stdlib.h>
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 #include       "log.h"
 #include       "rtable4.h"

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/log.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/log.c
index de5cfa38a5397477150261a9e807fe263768d177..9b44ecb29c14b4fe474f359e010e74c0e600d7fb 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/log.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/log.c
@@ -39,6 +39,9 @@
 #include <sys/file.h>
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 #include "cm.h"
 #include "rtable4.h"

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/parser.y b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/parser.y
index b49a02cbd56a64ef563a88436bb11e35cf9db769..f07bd698cc7aa374933ac862710759bfb2df2a2b 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/parser.y
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/parser.y
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
-#if defined(sun) && defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE)
+#if (defined(sun) && defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE)) || defined(linux)
 #include <time.h>
 #endif
 #include "csa.h"

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/reclotick.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/reclotick.c
index 8d37ce6b02de01f52ba561e1505d49b0a445bc7a..5733241a4644460c6fc6536605df3081ca3f0f0a 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/reclotick.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/reclotick.c
@@ -30,6 +30,9 @@
 
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 #include <stdlib.h>

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/recount.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/recount.c
index 638f84ad647db4eb180e596f5e9ab15f6f2d622f..1f3d0c2cadd3eb0bbf4eb18d911917d889d89f31 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/recount.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/recount.c
@@ -30,6 +30,9 @@
 
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 #include <EUSCompat.h>

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/relasttick.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/relasttick.c
index cbd9c1bacb7b8dcf10a19045fd7f2fd3b8ef5ef3..6109f12f091fe183509943590833561c0f6f2765 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/relasttick.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/relasttick.c
@@ -30,6 +30,9 @@
 
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 #include <stdlib.h>

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/renexttick.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/renexttick.c
index 5cbe0d40e83d29dc6dd8604e9b8d7b9dcf4d0a5b..7dbf6904159e3059e4c19f275cd50495e93c5f75 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/renexttick.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/renexttick.c
@@ -31,6 +31,9 @@
 
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 #include "rerule.h"

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/repeat.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/repeat.c
index 0f93c441316baff4e0dbee2c9018263ebc2bf666..89fa9e4c5aae6c1a3b41cc1b4a247cd9eb5c085f 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/repeat.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/repeat.c
@@ -32,6 +32,9 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 #include "csa.h"
 #include "rtable4.h"

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/reprevtick.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/reprevtick.c
index 1b47c70db714803b5ecb7898198c14a79129e43b..3316a03b57e37caa0c80ef05087317b7443f621e 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/reprevtick.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/reprevtick.c
@@ -30,6 +30,9 @@
 
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 #include "rerule.h"

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/reutil.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/reutil.c
index 289fec7ec056c75d24af709209a2f42e8c9108f0..bb4f7ed6dbc8a024e2ec207403ae7e8e2951a4bb 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/reutil.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/reutil.c
@@ -37,6 +37,9 @@
 
 #define XOS_USE_NO_LOCKING
 #define X_INCLUDE_TIME_H
+#if defined(linux)
+#undef SVR4
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos_r.h>
 
 extern int monthdays[12];

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/svcmain.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/svcmain.c
index 08785f84d63d371c4c251caeb9068b811ca861b4..62230ad5b7b5f5add64bb7f304aa0d5fbf641b70 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/svcmain.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/svcmain.c
@@ -28,6 +28,10 @@
  *  (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
  */
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 2
+#endif
+
 #include <EUSCompat.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <errno.h>

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/utility.c b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/utility.c
index c0ae66e3d3572e88df155a43ee4b76c57d51422e..1e8e018070b209bf708d1ccbc00fe2da6af0e115 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcm/server/utility.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcm/server/utility.c
@@ -41,7 +41,9 @@
 #include "utility.h"
 #include "lutil.h"
 
+#if !defined(linux)
 extern char * strdup(const char *);
+#endif
 
 /*
  * calendar_name@host[.domain] -> calendar_name

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtcreate/Imakefile b/cde/programs/dtcreate/Imakefile
index 6561f38a06d01db6bebf42547a788405a639d374..559834e956aed0d24bce68d5aa0b7336e8498337 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtcreate/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/programs/dtcreate/Imakefile
@@ -55,7 +55,6 @@ EXTRA_DEFINES = -Xt -D_NO_PROTO
 SYS_LIBRARIES = -lm -ldl -lgen
 #endif /* UXPArchitecture */
 
-
 SRCS = \
         main.c          \
         AddFiletype.c   \

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtdocbook/instant/main.c b/cde/programs/dtdocbook/instant/main.c
index bd3fb7828b5aa11092184814286e57d0462866bc..2a917639cdac83f5d756712bb3d4d457d193a9d9 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtdocbook/instant/main.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtdocbook/instant/main.c
@@ -134,14 +134,26 @@ static char  locale[] = "C.ISO-8859-1";
 char        *newLocale;
 int          execVer;
 int          compVer;
+int          ret;
 
-if ((_DtLcxOpenAllDbs(&myDb) != 0) ||
-    (_DtXlateGetXlateEnv(myDb,myPlatform,&execVer,&compVer) != 0)) {
+if ((_DtLcxOpenAllDbs(&myDb) != 0)) {
     fprintf(stderr,
-            "Warning: could not open locale translation database.\n");
+            "Warning: could not open databases.\n");
     exit(1);
 }
 
+ret = _DtXlateGetXlateEnv(myDb,myPlatform,&execVer,&compVer);
+if (ret != 0) {
+    fprintf(stderr,
+            "Warning: could not open locale translation database. %d\n", ret);
+
+/* HACK For some reason on linux this function fails, but isn't completely fatal */
+#if !defined(linux)
+    exit(1);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 if (_DtLcxXlateStdToOp(myDb,
                        myPlatform,
                        execVer,
@@ -308,11 +320,13 @@ static char *UnEscapeI18NChars(
 )
 {
     unsigned char c;
-    char *buf, *to, *from;
+    char *buf;
+    unsigned char *to, *from;
 
     if (MB_CUR_MAX != 1) {
-       from = source;
-       to = buf = malloc(strlen(source)+1);
+       from = (unsigned char*)source;
+       buf = malloc(strlen(source)+1);
+        to = (unsigned char *)buf;
        while (c = *from++) {
            if (c == I18N_TRIGGER) {
                c = *from++;
@@ -437,22 +451,28 @@ static int CompareI18NStrings(ClientData clientData,
     while (*cp) {
        if ((len = mblen(cp, MB_CUR_MAX)) == 1) {
            if (isalpha(*cp)) {
-               *cp = _toupper(*cp);
+               *cp = toupper(*cp);
            }
            cp++;
        } else {
+         if (len > 0)
            cp += len;
+         else
+           break; /* JET - we should be done here... */
        }
     }
     cp = argv[2];
     while (*cp) {
        if ((len = mblen(cp, MB_CUR_MAX)) == 1) {
            if (isalpha(*cp)) {
-               *cp = _toupper(*cp);
+               *cp = toupper(*cp);
            }
            cp++;
        } else {
+         if (len > 0)
            cp += len;
+         else
+           break; /* JET - we should be done here... */
        }
     }
 
@@ -841,15 +861,17 @@ EscapeI18NChars(
     char       *source
 )
 {
-    char *retval, *from, *to;
+    char *retval;
+    unsigned char *from, *to;
     int len;
 
     if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1) {
        return source;
     } else {
        /* worst case, the string will expand by a factor of 3 */
-       from = source;
-       to = retval = malloc(3 * strlen(source) + 1);
+       from = (unsigned char *)source;
+       retval = malloc(3 * strlen(source) + 1);
+       to = (unsigned char *)retval;
        while (*from) {
            if ((len = mblen(from, MB_CUR_MAX)) < 0) {
                fprintf(stderr,

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtdocbook/tcl/tclPosixStr.c b/cde/programs/dtdocbook/tcl/tclPosixStr.c
index 376defbafcdbd93a022c347fff6b2da9a4631b82..6ad2f74ead02409e9f4cc87251602ff9942e6233 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtdocbook/tcl/tclPosixStr.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtdocbook/tcl/tclPosixStr.c
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ Tcl_ErrnoId()
 #ifdef ENXIO
        case ENXIO: return "ENXIO";
 #endif
-#ifdef EOPNOTSUPP
+#if defined(EOPNOTSUPP) && (!defined(ENOTSUP) || (EOPNOTSUPP != ENOTSUP))
        case EOPNOTSUPP: return "EOPNOTSUPP";
 #endif
 #ifdef EPERM
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ Tcl_ErrnoMsg(err)
 #ifdef ENXIO
        case ENXIO: return "no such device or address";
 #endif
-#ifdef EOPNOTSUPP
+#if defined(EOPNOTSUPP) && (!defined(ENOTSUP) || (EOPNOTSUPP != ENOTSUP))
        case EOPNOTSUPP: return "operation not supported on socket";
 #endif
 #ifdef EPERM

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtfile/Imakefile b/cde/programs/dtfile/Imakefile
index 468f238eed1ecd090bd24590a67c871253ce6048..4f66b89583c5b685eb893f4b4581f5152af68b73 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtfile/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/programs/dtfile/Imakefile
@@ -27,6 +27,10 @@ EXTRA_DEFINES = -D_TOOLTALK
 EXTRA_CCOPTIONS = -xF
 #endif
 
+#if defined(LinuxArchitecture)
+EXTRA_INCLUDES = -I/usr/include/freetype2
+#endif
+
 SRCS =  ChangeDir.c     ChangeDirP.c    Command.c       Common.c \
         Desktop.c       Directory.c     Encaps.c        File.c \
         FileDialog.c    FileManip.c     FileMgr.c       FileOp.c \

diff --git a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/canon1/parser/parser.c b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/canon1/parser/parser.c
index 9fe9d91a028f78f57f21fcdf60b57efacdbbe8c1..743385d8d06d2e1362e038aa318d09bdcdb38c13 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/canon1/parser/parser.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/canon1/parser/parser.c
@@ -44,6 +44,11 @@ void main(argc, argv)
 {
 M_WCHAR *wc_userdef;
 
+#if defined(linux)
+m_outfile = stdout;
+m_errfile = stderr;
+#endif
+
 m_argc = argc ;
 m_argv = argv ;
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/canon1/parser/parser.h b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/canon1/parser/parser.h
index c4207f323e809e86f6d464c09d32f90a1ab4e966..b7e7eb69624a671519901af9ed83b9ea0d687264 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/canon1/parser/parser.h
+++ b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/canon1/parser/parser.h
@@ -439,8 +439,13 @@ M_PAREXTERN int m_argc ;
 M_PAREXTERN char **m_argv ;
 
 /* PARSER output file */
+#if defined(linux)
+M_PAREXTERN FILE *m_outfile;
+M_PAREXTERN FILE *m_errfile;
+#else
 M_PAREXTERN FILE *m_outfile M_PARINIT(stdout) ;
 M_PAREXTERN FILE *m_errfile M_PARINIT(stdout) ;
+#endif
 
 /* Save processing instruction */
 M_PAREXTERN M_WCHAR m_pi[M_PILEN + 1] ;

diff --git a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass1/parser/parser.c b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass1/parser/parser.c
index a06395e22858f19d46302583c190ce1be7747a6b..f7ac25a9d7692d69b8bf3e6ad7e13cf8b270213e 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass1/parser/parser.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass1/parser/parser.c
@@ -55,6 +55,11 @@ void main(argc, argv)
                      sizeof(literal) + M_LITLEN - 2)] ;
 #endif
 
+#if defined(linux)
+    m_outfile = stdout;
+    m_errfile = stderr;
+#endif
+
     m_argc = argc ;
     m_argv = argv ;
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass1/parser/parser.h b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass1/parser/parser.h
index aa8dfbd0a8e254b25b35fd15ba0fb24c1752b102..06e4ce7b23c6b434d97155f15d2a42337ac0be33 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass1/parser/parser.h
+++ b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass1/parser/parser.h
@@ -437,8 +437,13 @@ M_PAREXTERN int m_argc ;
 M_PAREXTERN char **m_argv ;
 
 /* PARSER output file */
+#if defined(linux)
+M_PAREXTERN FILE *m_outfile;
+M_PAREXTERN FILE *m_errfile;
+#else
 M_PAREXTERN FILE *m_outfile M_PARINIT(stdout) ;
 M_PAREXTERN FILE *m_errfile M_PARINIT(stdout) ;
+#endif
 
 /* Save processing instruction */
 M_PAREXTERN M_WCHAR m_pi[M_PILEN + 1] ;

diff --git a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass2/htag2/sdl.c b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass2/htag2/sdl.c
index 8883b7844d354632c2521ae7078f7acbcb419edd..f907fa1ea3b1661a01875a9e01219786cc2ba8a0 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass2/htag2/sdl.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass2/htag2/sdl.c
@@ -35,6 +35,10 @@
 #endif /* __osf__ */
 #include <errno.h>
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <getopt.h>
+#endif
+
 #include "userinc.h"
 #include "globdec.h"
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass2/parser/parser.c b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass2/parser/parser.c
index 9691fc4d4800ae1b20d78c3d9b855c4e63723f88..4cdccbb80adac36098af67324aceec6faef149b1 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass2/parser/parser.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass2/parser/parser.c
@@ -55,6 +55,11 @@ void main(argc, argv)
                      sizeof(literal) + M_LITLEN - 2)] ;
 #endif
 
+#if defined(linux)
+    m_outfile = stdout;
+    m_errfile = stderr;
+#endif
+
     m_argc = argc ;
     m_argv = argv ;
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass2/parser/parser.h b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass2/parser/parser.h
index bfbd1437e3637bf1a36d9f46ac9eb0af0bb7f19a..e47dd77b1d6864cb4934e72c957c6c203d80f43b 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass2/parser/parser.h
+++ b/cde/programs/dthelp/parser/pass2/parser/parser.h
@@ -437,8 +437,13 @@ M_PAREXTERN int m_argc ;
 M_PAREXTERN char **m_argv ;
 
 /* PARSER output file */
+#if defined(linux)
+M_PAREXTERN FILE *m_outfile;
+M_PAREXTERN FILE *m_errfile;
+#else
 M_PAREXTERN FILE *m_outfile M_PARINIT(stdout) ;
 M_PAREXTERN FILE *m_errfile M_PARINIT(stderr) ;
+#endif
 
 /* Save processing instruction */
 M_PAREXTERN M_WCHAR m_pi[M_PILEN + 1] ;

diff --git a/cde/programs/dticon/Imakefile b/cde/programs/dticon/Imakefile
index 1f147e843afaec37cf236c16dee975097c9de40b..9ea9d850a395be37915f7536cd7d570bcb740e81 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dticon/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/programs/dticon/Imakefile
@@ -53,7 +53,6 @@ SYS_LIBRARIES = -lm -ldl -lgen
 EXTRA_DEFINES =
 #endif
 
-
 SRCS =  dtIconShell.c   event.c         fileIO.c \
         fileIODialog.c  globals.c       graphics.c \
         help.c          image.c         main.c \

diff --git a/cde/programs/dticon/constants.h b/cde/programs/dticon/constants.h
index a2972ed376461a51115145190ceb7205f2cc8e87..9b4be16c8585252295362fdc4498d46934d9c48d 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dticon/constants.h
+++ b/cde/programs/dticon/constants.h
@@ -97,8 +97,10 @@ typedef struct {
 #define min(a, b)      ((a < b) ? a : b)
 #define max(a, b)      ((a > b) ? a : b)
 #ifndef abs
+#if !defined(linux)
 #define abs(a)         (((a) < 0) ? -(a) : (a))
 #endif
+#endif
 #define mag(a,b)       ((a-b) < 0 ? (b-a) : (a-b))
 
 #define DARK           0

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtimsstart/Imakefile b/cde/programs/dtimsstart/Imakefile
index 345e2b0b6833059b8a4d556038030792ea80c719..5b571c0877c95af26149d4e23763a64987a56f1e 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtimsstart/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/programs/dtimsstart/Imakefile
@@ -25,7 +25,6 @@ EXTRA_CCOPTIONS = -xF
 EXTRA_DEFINES = -DANSICPP
 #endif /* RsArchitecture */
 
-
 PROGRAMS=dtimsstart 
 
 SRCS = action.c        env.c           file.c \

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtlogin/Imakefile b/cde/programs/dtlogin/Imakefile
index dbaa3f6cff3e95847165ff1bd20b0a6b35e3e3dc..2a013b7026ace5c1921cb36ebc3da068f5cbc11f 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtlogin/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/programs/dtlogin/Imakefile
@@ -122,6 +122,11 @@ SYS_LIBRARIES = -lm -lXdmcp
 
 #ifdef LinuxArchitecture
 SYS_LIBRARIES = -lm -lcrypt
+/* On Linux, just use the system provided Xau and Xdmcp*/
+DEPXAUTHLIB = 
+DEPXDMCPLIB = 
+/* Add in freetype header locations, required for modern Motif libs */
+INCLUDES = -I/usr/include/freetype2
 #endif
 
 /**************************************************************************

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xconfig.src b/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xconfig.src
index f7898e051db64d79dbe4ff0da68e8d4dc16739fe..2f2d4305dacb6ed1f2775aff43182f62e5a3780b 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xconfig.src
+++ b/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xconfig.src
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Dtlogin*startup:               Xstartup
 Dtlogin*reset:                 Xreset
 Dtlogin*setup:                 Xsetup
 
-#if defined (__hpux) || defined (_AIX) || defined (sun) || defined (__osf__)
+#if defined (__hpux) || defined (_AIX) || defined (sun) || defined (__osf__) || defined(CSRG_BASED) || defined(linux)
 Dtlogin*failsafeClient:        Xfailsafe
 #else
 Dtlogin*failsafeClient:        /usr/bin/X11/xterm
@@ -83,6 +83,9 @@ XCOMM Dtlogin.exportList:             ODMDIR NLSPATH TZ ...
 Dtlogin.exportList:            ODMDIR NLSPATH TZ
 #endif
 
+#if defined(CSRG_BASED) || defined(linux)
+Dtlogin.exportList:            NLSPATH LANG
+#endif
 
 XCOMM #########################################################################
 XCOMM  To specify the languages listed in the [Options] [Languages] menu.
@@ -132,6 +135,10 @@ XCOMM  To specify a default user PATH environment variable.
 XCOMM
 XCOMM  Dtlogin*userPath:          <path>
 
+#if defined(linux) || defined(CSRG_BASED)
+Dtlogin*userPath:          /bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin:/usr/dt/bin
+#endif
+
 
 XCOMM #########################################################################
 XCOMM  To set a display to run the user's XDM $HOME/.xsession script as the
@@ -163,6 +170,11 @@ XCOMM  To specify how long the Login Manager waits to connect to an X-server.
 XCOMM
 XCOMM  Dtlogin*openTimeout:       <seconds>
 
+#if defined(CSRG_BASED) || defined(linux)
+Dtlogin*openTimeout:    15
+Dtlogin*serverAttempts: 3
+Dtlogin*wakeupInterval: 20
+#endif
 
 XCOMM #########################################################################
 XCOMM  To specify how often the Login Manager "pings" a remote display to 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xfailsafe.src b/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xfailsafe.src
index ec8b488db008a3aed9ed122b917d5a012f5ce0d0..b0c60ca63d0e4950dc5663a46998f496da8469f3 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xfailsafe.src
+++ b/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xfailsafe.src
@@ -53,7 +53,11 @@ XCOMM
 XCOMM
 XCOMM  Set background to default weave.
 XCOMM
-   $XDIR/xsetroot -default &
+#if defined(linux)
+   XDIR=/usr/bin
+#endif
+
+$XDIR/xsetroot -default &
 
 #if defined(_AIX) && defined(AIXV4)
 XCOMM

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xservers.src b/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xservers.src
index cea4e966c4dffb59e5c0fc3984d679fa8703eb7c..f87fefd23fc53192d538a9f97a9057c4acf507da 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xservers.src
+++ b/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xservers.src
@@ -111,6 +111,8 @@ XCOMM   *  Local local_uid@console root /usr/bin/X11/X :0 -nice -2
 XCOMM   *      Local local@console /usr/bin/X11/X :0
 #elif defined (__uxp__)
    :0  Local local@console /usr/bin/X11/X :0
+#elif defined (linux)
+   :0  Local local_uid@tty1 root /usr/bin/X :0 
 #else
    *   Local local@console /usr/bin/X11/X :0
 #endif

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xsession.src b/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xsession.src
index dd60e86fdfbc99722078fbf99445917616cca489..02f14160d8e01c1b774b72a74d50087e1bf1e923 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xsession.src
+++ b/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xsession.src
@@ -70,6 +70,16 @@ XCOMM ##########################################################################
 #  define cpp_HELLO "$DT_BINPATH/dthello -file /etc/copyright -file $HOME/.dtlogininfo &"
 #endif
 
+#ifdef linux
+#  define cpp_MAIL "/var/spool/mail/$USER"
+#  define cpp_XDIR "/usr/bin"
+#  define cpp_XINITUSER "$HOME/.xinitrc"
+#  define cpp_XDMSYS "/etc/X11/Xsession"
+#  undef cpp_HELLO
+#  define cpp_HELLO "$DT_BINPATH/dthello -file /usr/dt/copyright &"
+#endif
+
+
 #if 0
 /*
  * Fallback definitions

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xsetup.src b/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xsetup.src
index 10c1930e96f8ebb910b22508e75998d51f7e9a80..86f26178c3de2c5cabee3fddac9aacbfc581e9d5 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xsetup.src
+++ b/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/Xsetup.src
@@ -56,6 +56,8 @@ fi
 
 #ifdef sun
   XDIR=/usr/openwin/bin
+#elif defined(CSRG_BASED) || defined(linux)
+  XDIR=/usr/bin
 #else
   XDIR=/usr/bin/X11
 #endif

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/_common.ksh.src b/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/_common.ksh.src
index 9f2bcdca90b3ef5650ffe8d587a471f37a697c5b..90154a6abfbf587e317756e2c5d1759984ab7a62 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/_common.ksh.src
+++ b/cde/programs/dtlogin/config/_common.ksh.src
@@ -36,6 +36,8 @@
   pexec=$(LC_TIME=C ps -p $PPID | awk 'NR==2 {print $5}')
 #elif defined(USL) && (OSMAJORVERSION > 1)
   pexec=$(LC_TIME=C ps -p $PPID | awk 'NR==2 {print $6}')
+#elif defined(linux) || defined(CSRG_BASED)
+  pexec=$(LC_TIME=C /bin/ps -p $PPID 2>/dev/null | awk 'NR==2 {print $4}')
 #else
   pexec=$(LC_TIME=C /usr/bin/ps -p $PPID | awk 'NR==2 {print $4}')
 #endif
@@ -467,3 +469,27 @@ SetKeyboardMap()
   fi
 #endif
 #endif
+
+#if defined(CSRG_BASED) || defined(linux)
+#ifdef cpp_Xsetup
+    if [ "$DTXSERVERLOCATION" != "remote" ]; then
+      fontpath=
+      FONTLIB=/usr/share/fonts/X11
+      for i in misc 75dpi 100dpi Speedo Type1 PJE
+      do
+        if [ -f $FONTLIB/$i/fonts.dir ];  then
+            if [ ! -z "$fontpath" ]; then
+               fontpath=$fontpath,$FONTLIB/$i/
+            else
+               fontpath=$FONTLIB/$i/
+            fi
+        fi
+      done
+
+      if [ ! -z "$fontpath" ]; then
+        $XDIR/xset fp+ $fontpath
+      fi
+    fi
+#endif
+#endif
+

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtlogin/dm.c b/cde/programs/dtlogin/dm.c
index d0cbd69199d7d984b62b61258ac316e547eb841f..717b0435e031bf60798d45ade3b81d53993009d6 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtlogin/dm.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtlogin/dm.c
@@ -57,7 +57,11 @@
 # include      <time.h>
 # include      <utime.h>
 # include      <pwd.h>
+#if defined(linux)
+# include      <stdarg.h>
+#else
 # include      <varargs.h>
+#endif
 
 #if defined (SYSV) || defined (SVR4)
 #ifndef F_TLOCK

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtlogin/sysauth.c b/cde/programs/dtlogin/sysauth.c
index 8c5bff652564c8fa4d1cbae154518efcb777dfed..b63891047b23fdf08466049d81fe61c07327836d 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtlogin/sysauth.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtlogin/sysauth.c
@@ -135,6 +135,10 @@
 #include <sys/sysinfo.h>
 #endif
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#    include <shadow.h>
+#endif
+
 #ifdef __hpux
 /***************************************************************************
  *
@@ -2414,6 +2418,18 @@ Authenticate( struct display *d, char *name, char *passwd, char **msg )
 
     p = getpwnam(name);
     
+#if defined(linux)
+    /*
+     * Use the Linux Shadow Password system to get the crypt()ed password
+     */
+    if(p) {
+        struct spwd *s = getspnam(name);
+       if(s) {
+            p->pw_passwd = s->sp_pwdp;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
     if (!p || strlen(name) == 0 ||
         strcmp (crypt (passwd, p->pw_passwd), p->pw_passwd)) {
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtlogin/vgmain.c b/cde/programs/dtlogin/vgmain.c
index 5472a7eab9c26001f1e30c04fdae2c3b36f65f65..edb2feee89e9cfeef452d3c73c78baa70bbb1aa9 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtlogin/vgmain.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtlogin/vgmain.c
@@ -1272,9 +1272,9 @@ MakeDialog( DialogType dtype )
                                       XmStringCreate(buffer,
                                       XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG));
            }       
+           fclose(fp);
        }
 
-           fclose(fp);
        XtSetArg(argt[i], XmNmessageString,             xmstr           ); i++;
 
        w = XmCreateInformationDialog(table, "copyright_msg", argt, i);

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtmail/MotifApp/InterruptibleCmd.C b/cde/programs/dtmail/MotifApp/InterruptibleCmd.C
index 49eebb1f913f5639bc7cf31f970193260144e50f..49a3f6347bd085129506ac045f6f63a82fe9d099 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtmail/MotifApp/InterruptibleCmd.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtmail/MotifApp/InterruptibleCmd.C
@@ -68,7 +68,11 @@
 #include <Xm/Xm.h>
 #include <Xm/MessageB.h>
 #include <assert.h>
+
+#if !defined(linux)
 extern forceUpdate( Widget );
+#endif
+
 InterruptibleCmd::InterruptibleCmd ( char *name, char *label, int active ) :
                         NoUndoCmd ( name, label, active )
 {

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtmail/dtmail/DmxPrintOptions.C b/cde/programs/dtmail/dtmail/DmxPrintOptions.C
index a767c73f5cd9751550b03bd55826cba8dcd60eb7..471ca5ce7b7dc543cff755248b9bec38a7648cee 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtmail/dtmail/DmxPrintOptions.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtmail/dtmail/DmxPrintOptions.C
@@ -671,7 +671,11 @@ DmxPrintOptions::isValidMarginSpec(PropUiItem* pui, void* data)
     char       *marginSpec = NULL;
     XtEnum     parseError;
     Widget     text;
+#if defined(linux)
+    _DtPrintMarginEnum which = *((_DtPrintMarginEnum *) data);
+#else
     _DtPrintMarginEnum which = (_DtPrintMarginEnum) data;
+#endif
 
     text = pui->getWidget();
     if (text)

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtmail/dtmail/RoamApp.C b/cde/programs/dtmail/dtmail/RoamApp.C
index b4bf515bad9177aadfe5f7d0d80cbcdd1ffe3ce1..ab36d16faec3a4f73f2632627ecbd658d1c6df1d 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtmail/dtmail/RoamApp.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtmail/dtmail/RoamApp.C
@@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ RoamApp::setBusyState(
                DtMailBusyState busy_state,
                void            *client_data)
 {
-    static const               MAXBUSYSTATES=20;
+    static const int           MAXBUSYSTATES=20;
     static int                 busyStateStackTop = 0;
     static DtMailBusyState     busyStateStack[MAXBUSYSTATES] =
                                                {DtMailBusyState_NotBusy};

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtmail/dtmailpr/Imakefile b/cde/programs/dtmail/dtmailpr/Imakefile
index 7fcd8e0d6eecf922fdf15d0d9f125bd109bb915a..a980e4fd6e8a260f7a9cd7788b958df03cee565a 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtmail/dtmailpr/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/programs/dtmail/dtmailpr/Imakefile
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ MT_LIBS               =       -i $(C++_LIB)  -lm -lw -lc
 
 SYS_LIBRARIES  =       -lintl -lnsl $(MT_LIBS) -lC
 #endif /* SunArchitecture */
- 
+
 SRCS = main.C message.C mailbox.C utils.C
 OBJS = main.o message.o mailbox.o utils.o
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtmail/include/DtMail/Buffer.hh b/cde/programs/dtmail/include/DtMail/Buffer.hh
index 59a95ab5834c4241290e57dad9867d769a335842..3db90f70395f95f08d33f6520328cbb583521419 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtmail/include/DtMail/Buffer.hh
+++ b/cde/programs/dtmail/include/DtMail/Buffer.hh
@@ -103,7 +103,9 @@ class BufferMemory : public Buffer {
        virtual int getSize(void);      // get total size of the buffer
 
     private:
+#if !defined(linux)
        class Chunk;
+#endif
 
        BufferMemory(const Buffer&);    // try and avoid copies
        void initBuffer(int size);      // common constructor

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtmail/include/MotifApp/Application.h b/cde/programs/dtmail/include/MotifApp/Application.h
index 9f832b5bfbff48b283485b410ef67ebd2cdc29f2..2d19e0ab6bcbd2dc1dd9b39dc55295fa65291267 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtmail/include/MotifApp/Application.h
+++ b/cde/programs/dtmail/include/MotifApp/Application.h
@@ -77,6 +77,7 @@
 #include "UIComponent.h"
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
+#include "MainWindow.h"
 
 class Application : public UIComponent {
     

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtmail/libDtMail/Common/DtMailRc.C b/cde/programs/dtmail/libDtMail/Common/DtMailRc.C
index 7a95e2cf38a5ab4c67dd828417797283545a966f..dc0e8bc5af78129cb109b185806a2078e0a8fd5a 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtmail/libDtMail/Common/DtMailRc.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtmail/libDtMail/Common/DtMailRc.C
@@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ int DtMail::MailRc::hash_index(char *key)
 {
     register unsigned h;
     register char *s;
-    register c;
+    register int c;
     
     s = key;
     h = 0;

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtmail/libDtMail/Common/IO.C b/cde/programs/dtmail/libDtMail/Common/IO.C
index 2677dcf5d1374f47664af5738756656db1a7f3f3..87f6446ac743b8a29261fdfc0676c2bd183efde4 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtmail/libDtMail/Common/IO.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtmail/libDtMail/Common/IO.C
@@ -306,7 +306,11 @@ SafeWriteStrip(int fd, const void * buf, size_t bytes)
     writebuf = (char*) malloc(bytes < SWS_BUFFERSIZE ? bytes : SWS_BUFFERSIZE); 
 
     for (i = 0, j = 0; i < bytes; i++, ptr++) {
+#if defined(linux)
+       if (*ptr == '\r' && *(ptr+1) == '\n')
+#else
        if (*ptr == '\r' && *(ptr+1) == '\n')
+#endif
                continue;
        writebuf[j++] = *ptr;
        if (j == SWS_BUFFERSIZE || i == (bytes-1)) {

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtpdmd/Imakefile b/cde/programs/dtpdmd/Imakefile
index 18e6467c178a72e555d32f09cd12a990955e6495..6f346ad74025d3f60ac6d27f5d60a074678ea872 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtpdmd/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/programs/dtpdmd/Imakefile
@@ -36,5 +36,11 @@ OBJS =       dispatch.o      dtpdmd.o        mailbox.o \
        manager.o       records.o       setup.o \
        util.o          nlmsg.o
 
+#ifdef LinuxArchitecture
+/* On Linux, just use the system provided Xau */
+DEPXAUTHLIB =
+#endif
+
+
 ComplexProgramTarget(dtpdmd)
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtprintinfo/libUI/BaseUI.h b/cde/programs/dtprintinfo/libUI/BaseUI.h
index bc9b16c153e57d87bc3649ed954865eea0423771..f02c903b51902ccc1ad8d18063c888e403a383ae 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtprintinfo/libUI/BaseUI.h
+++ b/cde/programs/dtprintinfo/libUI/BaseUI.h
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ typedef void (*DialogCallback) (void *);
 typedef boolean (*ValidationCallback) (void *client_data, void *call_data);
 typedef void (*ThreadCallback) (BaseUI *obj, char *output, int rc);
 
-const NO_SUBCLASS = -1;
+const int NO_SUBCLASS = -1;
 
 class BaseUI {
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtprintinfo/util/Invoke.C b/cde/programs/dtprintinfo/util/Invoke.C
index b152b1cbdac27bdda497e38cd5ec73ca311f2a47..590adb7c2ee6fdf61914e7941b37ac8697eda345 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtprintinfo/util/Invoke.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtprintinfo/util/Invoke.C
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 #include <strings.h>           /* need to get bzero defined */
 #endif /* _AIX */
 
-const BUFFER_SIZE = 512;
+const int BUFFER_SIZE = 512;
 
 Invoke::Invoke(const char *command,   // Command to Run
                char **out_ptr,        // ptr to output buffer ptr 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtappg/Options.C b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtappg/Options.C
index fa242a0df09086023448562daa92fe32a01c34ca..24e11cdc0633b57ddeca602ab1701de08b86dc9f 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtappg/Options.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtappg/Options.C
@@ -31,7 +31,11 @@
 
 #include "Options.h"
 #include <stdlib.h>
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <pwd.h>
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtappg/dtappgather.C b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtappg/dtappgather.C
index 555291595c2ccb1f91e307085641b193c25b87f2..ee09040d5481df2cb8bfc4f923f00208d55832e3 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtappg/dtappgather.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtappg/dtappgather.C
@@ -75,7 +75,11 @@
 #include "dtappgather.h"
 #include "DirIterator.h"
 #include <stdlib.h>
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
 
 Options * options;
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/ManSearchPath.C b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/ManSearchPath.C
index aa8933122f9b079905690db7eeab05b29068b8e8..b03891da6d3a3d4f7a7475ffcb1252a1f094a908 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/ManSearchPath.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/ManSearchPath.C
@@ -118,13 +118,25 @@ void ManSearchPath::Print()
     }
 }
 
+#if defined(linux)
+std::ostream & operator<< 
+       (
+       std::ostream & os, 
+       const ManSearchPath & sp
+       )
+#else
 ostream & operator<< 
        (
        ostream & os, 
        const ManSearchPath & sp
        )
+#endif
 {
+#if defined(linux)
+    os << sp.GetEnvVar() << std::endl;
+#else
     os << sp.GetEnvVar() << endl;
+#endif
     sp.PrettyPrint(os);
     return os;
 }

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/Options.C b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/Options.C
index 6a35d4f643e839ed20fdea76007e2280840e0b41..08004356c7e0f5d03f768170bcf7ad76876b5216 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/Options.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/Options.C
@@ -33,7 +33,11 @@
 
 #include "Options.h"
 #include <stdlib.h>
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <pwd.h>
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/SearchPath.C b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/SearchPath.C
index 3145e852d42ee5ac267561a86b0362d2c6954107..f0dd4a0e6b5ff1a77cd57891349e9c9545cb6ef1 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/SearchPath.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/SearchPath.C
@@ -372,18 +372,33 @@ void SearchPath::Print()
  *
  ****************************************************************/
 
+#if defined(linux)
+void SearchPath::PrettyPrint
+       (
+       std::ostream & os
+       ) const
+#else
 void SearchPath::PrettyPrint
        (
        ostream & os
        ) const
+#endif
 {
     CTokenizedString path (GetSearchPath(), Separator().data());
     CString subpath = path.next();
     while (!subpath.isNull()) {
+#if defined(linux)
+       os << "        " << subpath << std::endl;
+#else
        os << "        " << subpath << endl;
+#endif
        subpath = path.next();
     }
+#if defined(linux)
+    os << std::endl;
+#else
     os << endl;
+#endif
 }
 
 
@@ -394,13 +409,25 @@ void SearchPath::PrettyPrint
  *
  ****************************************************************/
 
+#if defined(linux)
+std::ostream & operator<< 
+       (
+       std::ostream & os, 
+       const SearchPath & sp
+       )
+#else
 ostream & operator<< 
        (
        ostream & os, 
        const SearchPath & sp
        )
+#endif
 {
+#if defined(linux)
+    os << sp.GetEnvVar() << "SEARCHPATH:" << std::endl;
+#else
     os << sp.GetEnvVar() << "SEARCHPATH:" << endl;
+#endif
     sp.PrettyPrint(os);
     return os;
 }

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/SearchPath.h b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/SearchPath.h
index a79c67d1c7d22c5a99cfb76e94489b81087bcd0e..0902590fd29fd1f722ff6190b375571c9852da8b 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/SearchPath.h
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/dtsp/SearchPath.h
@@ -34,7 +34,11 @@
 
 #include "Environ.h"
 #include "cstring.h"
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 class SearchPath {
@@ -46,9 +50,16 @@ class SearchPath {
   virtual void ExportPath();
   virtual void Print();
   virtual void AddPredefinedPath();
+
+#if defined(linux)
+  virtual void PrettyPrint (std::ostream &) const;
+
+  friend std::ostream & operator<< (std::ostream &, const SearchPath &);
+#else
   virtual void PrettyPrint (ostream &) const;
 
   friend ostream & operator<< (ostream &, const SearchPath &);
+#endif
 
   const char *  GetEnvVar() const    { return environment_var; }
   CString       GetSearchPath() const { return final_search_path; }
@@ -174,7 +185,11 @@ class ManSearchPath : public SearchPath {
   virtual void    ExportPath ();
   virtual void    Print();
 
+#if defined(linux)
+  friend std::ostream & operator<< (std::ostream &, const ManSearchPath &);
+#else
   friend ostream & operator<< (ostream &, const ManSearchPath &);
+#endif
 
  protected:
   virtual void    MakePath (const CString &);

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/TTFile.C b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/TTFile.C
index 8eb84a2afb6809c8dc495d2105d4b54dd5bef9df..2a0ec64ef1ba3eb5d939b4c04fe366347ce7647d 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/TTFile.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/TTFile.C
@@ -95,15 +95,32 @@ TTFile & TTFile::operator=
     return *this;
 }
 
+#if defined(linux)
+std::ostream & operator<<
+       (
+       std::ostream & os,
+       TTFile &  file
+       )
+#else
 ostream & operator<<
        (
        ostream & os,
        TTFile &  file
        )
+#endif
 {
     if (file.ttFileOpFailed())
+#if defined(linux)
+       return os << "Error in filename mapping; status = " 
+                 << file.getStatus() << std::endl;
+#else
        return os << "Error in filename mapping; status = " 
                  << file.getStatus() << endl;
+#endif
     else
+#if defined(linux)
+       return os << file.data() << std::endl;
+#else
        return os << file.data() << endl;
+#endif
 }

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/TTFile.h b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/TTFile.h
index 14202ec2015923bea790d43fea7aa395f9f5a965..b5f0e8afccfe744e636cbd1b7912352fdbfbf4b8 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/TTFile.h
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/TTFile.h
@@ -65,7 +65,11 @@ class TTFile : public CString {
   };
 #else
   void TT_Exception (char *);
+#if defined(linux)
+  friend std::ostream & operator<< (std::ostream &, TTFile &);
+#else
   friend ostream & operator<< (ostream &, TTFile &);
+#endif
 #endif
 
   int  ttFileOpFailed () { return status != TT_OK; }

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/UnixEnv.C b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/UnixEnv.C
index 201f29567f2a3c80fe17a717e0e60a48bd574378..731fe91c8c11aac20d17f6954536bcffa1772d68 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/UnixEnv.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/UnixEnv.C
@@ -37,7 +37,11 @@
 #endif
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <grp.h>

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/cstring.C b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/cstring.C
index 0bb568843a0d738482e2e820b02702e2c5b25626..be3067fccf02ddb26374e2c7ca62e87f069aa801 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/cstring.C
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/cstring.C
@@ -564,11 +564,19 @@ char * q  = 0;
     }
 }
 
+#if defined(linux)
+std::ostream & operator<<
+       (
+       std::ostream &       os,
+       const CString & s
+       )
+#else
 ostream & operator<<
        (
        ostream &       os,
        const CString & s
        )
+#endif
 {
     if (s.isNull())
        return os << "(null)";

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/cstring.h b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/cstring.h
index fec4685e5413b7d6f1c9a3cb92c997b869e883f4..8de0ba85296168da75f5ba7a3450d1e08fa643f9 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/cstring.h
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsearchpath/libCliSrv/cstring.h
@@ -32,7 +32,11 @@
 #ifndef _CSTRING_H_
 #define _CSTRING_H_
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
 #include <string.h>
 
 class CString {
@@ -68,7 +72,11 @@ class CString {
   int       isNull() const;
   void      replace (const CString &, const CString &);
 
+#if defined(linux)
+  friend std::ostream & operator<< (std::ostream &, const CString &);
+#else
   friend ostream & operator<< (ostream &, const CString &);
+#endif
 
  protected:
   char *        contents;

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsession/Imakefile b/cde/programs/dtsession/Imakefile
index 4ff3192a6de999c516e81c36e1bbe2cbcc1bb72e..cd974c617213c504ae046dfe9876134772537999 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsession/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsession/Imakefile
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ EXTRA_OBJS = $(ALTDIRECTORY)SmMigResources.o
 #endif
 #endif
 
-#if defined(SCOArchitecture) || defined(LinuxArchitecture)
+#if defined(SCOArchitecture)
 SYS_LIBRARIES = -lcrypt -lm
 #endif
 
@@ -67,6 +67,16 @@ DEFINES = -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=\"$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP)\" \
 SYS_LIBRARIES = -lelf -lm -ldl -lgen
 #endif
 
+#if defined(LinuxArchitecture)
+EXTRA_DEFINES = -D${PROGRAMS} $(XINOPT)
+SYS_LIBRARIES = $(XPLIB) $(XINLIB) -ldl -lcrypt -lm
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FreeBSDArchitecture)
+EXTRA_DEFINES = -D${PROGRAMS} $(XINOPT)
+SYS_LIBRARIES = $(XPLIB) -lcrypt -lm
+#endif
+
 PROGRAMS=dtsession
 
 /**** Every .o except version.o may only be built in a remote

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsession/SmGlobals.c b/cde/programs/dtsession/SmGlobals.c
index bbad78470b303991c8971f73f077d27a87ccc15b..2a809ee62664bfc42c8fcb7b1952ff8a1c8ea7f6 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsession/SmGlobals.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsession/SmGlobals.c
@@ -2215,6 +2215,7 @@ InitializeSpecificSession (
 {
        char            *session_dir = (char *) XtMalloc(MAXPATHLEN);
        char            *alt_dir = (char *) XtMalloc(MAXPATHLEN);
+        int             len;
        struct stat     buf;
 
        if (!InternSessionDir (session_option, disp))
@@ -2283,6 +2284,16 @@ InitializeSpecificSession (
 
                        if ((home = getenv ("HOME")) == 0)
                                home = "";
+
+                        /* JET - VU#497553 */
+                       len = strlen(home) + 
+                         strlen(DtPERSONAL_CONFIG_DIRECTORY) +
+                         strlen(DtSM_SESSION_DIRECTORY) +
+                         strlen(SM_HOME_DIRECTORY);
+
+                       if (len > MAXPATHLEN)
+                         alt_dir = XtRealloc(alt_dir, len + 1);
+
                        (void) sprintf (alt_dir, "%s/%s/%s/%s",
                                        home,
                                        DtPERSONAL_CONFIG_DIRECTORY,
@@ -2325,6 +2336,16 @@ InitializeSpecificSession (
                                 */
                                if ((home = getenv ("HOME")) == 0)
                                        home = "";
+
+                                /* JET - VU#497553 */
+                               len = strlen(home) + 
+                                 strlen(DtPERSONAL_CONFIG_DIRECTORY) +
+                                 strlen(DtSM_SESSION_DIRECTORY) +
+                                 strlen(SM_HOME_DIRECTORY);
+
+                               if (len > MAXPATHLEN)
+                                 alt_dir = XtRealloc(alt_dir, len + 1);
+
                                (void) sprintf (alt_dir, "%s/%s/%s/%s",
                                                home,
                                                DtPERSONAL_CONFIG_DIRECTORY,

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsession/SmUI.c b/cde/programs/dtsession/SmUI.c
index 167ea86b296ecdd7109fc8b1e88a894fef6baf3e..243996d01a22a36b3694b49028db4b9059c8dc57 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsession/SmUI.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsession/SmUI.c
@@ -2116,6 +2116,7 @@ PostXSMPFailureDialog (
        Dimension       width, height;
        Position        x, y;
        XEvent          next;
+        int             len;
 
        pch1 = strdup ((char *) GETMESSAGE(40, 1, 
                "A session cannot be started because of the\nfollowing error:"));
@@ -2171,13 +2172,26 @@ PostXSMPFailureDialog (
 
        error_file = XtMalloc(MAXPATHLEN+1);
        strcpy (error_file, "");
-       if (check_errorlog) {
-               char            *home;
 
-               if (home = getenv ("HOME"))
-                       sprintf (error_file, "%s/%s/%s", home, DtPERSONAL_CONFIG_DIRECTORY,
-                                        DtERRORLOG_FILE);
-       }
+        /* JET - VU#497553 */
+       if (check_errorlog) 
+         {
+           char                *home;
+
+           if (home = getenv ("HOME"))
+             {
+               len = strlen(home) +
+                 strlen(DtPERSONAL_CONFIG_DIRECTORY) +
+                 strlen(DtERRORLOG_FILE);
+
+               if (len > MAXPATHLEN)
+                 error_file = XtRealloc(error_file, len + 1);
+
+               sprintf (error_file, "%s/%s/%s", home, 
+                        DtPERSONAL_CONFIG_DIRECTORY,
+                        DtERRORLOG_FILE);
+             }
+         }
 
        pch5 = XtMalloc (strlen (pch1) + strlen (pch2) + strlen (pch3) + strlen (pch4) + 
                                strlen (error_file) + 15);

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtsession/SmXdef.c b/cde/programs/dtsession/SmXdef.c
index 094992058acd8618ef996920f73f414dab687821..9fbaddb29f2cd3b6d855ee370ff87404813aba66 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtsession/SmXdef.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtsession/SmXdef.c
@@ -91,13 +91,17 @@ void
 SmXdefMerge(Display *display)
 {
   char *xdefaults;
+  char *home;
 
  /*
   * Load .Xdefaults
   */
-  if( (xdefaults = (char *)malloc(strlen(getenv("HOME"))+12)) != NULL)  
+  if ((home = getenv("HOME")) == NULL)
+    home = "";
+
+  if( (xdefaults = (char *)malloc(strlen(home)+12)) != NULL)  
   {
-    sprintf(xdefaults,"%s/%s",getenv("HOME"),".Xdefaults");
+    sprintf(xdefaults,"%s/%s",home,".Xdefaults");
     if(access(xdefaults,R_OK) == 0)
     {
       FILE *fp;

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtspcd/main.c b/cde/programs/dtspcd/main.c
index 7b49d2b6d21bae28c178e8cd2adaa7dd49920276..729a5198fbaf73a768994f99cc8d5edf2734a930 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtspcd/main.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtspcd/main.c
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ XeChar HomeDir[MAXPATHLEN + 6];
 XeChar ShellDir[MAXPATHLEN + 7];
 XeString *default_environment;
 
-int client_validated=NULL;
+int client_validated=0;
 int SPCD_Abort_Okay = FALSE;
 
 SPC_Connection_Ptr client_connection;
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ static int exit_timeout = SPCD_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT;
 static int request_pending = SPCD_NO_REQUEST_PENDING;
 
 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------+*/
-int main(unsigned int argc, XeString *argv)
+int main(int argc, XeString *argv)
 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------+*/
 {
   /* Parse the command line and set globals accordingly. */
@@ -647,9 +647,12 @@ int Client_Register(protocol_request_ptr prot)
   /* file in the temp directory?                       */
 
   if(lstat(tmpfile, &buf)==ERROR) {
+    int terrno = errno;
     SPC_Write_Protocol_Request(client_connection, NULL, LOGFILE_REPLY,
                               FAILED_FILE_NAME, NULL, NULL);
-    SPC_Format_Log("+++> FAILURE: stat authentication file '%s'.", tmpfile);
+    SPC_Format_Log("+++> FAILURE: lstat authentication file '%s'.", tmpfile);
+    SPC_Format_Log("+++> FAILURE: lstat() returned error '%s'\n", 
+                   strerror(terrno));
     if (free_netfile)
       tt_free(netfile);
     XeFree(tmpfile);
@@ -657,6 +660,18 @@ int Client_Register(protocol_request_ptr prot)
     return(SPC_ERROR);
   }
 
+  if (S_ISLNK(buf.st_mode))
+    {                          /* somebody is jerkin us around */
+      SPC_Write_Protocol_Request(client_connection, NULL, LOGFILE_REPLY,
+                                 FAILED_FILE_NAME, NULL, NULL);
+      SPC_Format_Log("+++> FAILURE: lstat authentication file '%s' is a symlink! Possible compromise attempt.", tmpfile);
+      if (free_netfile)
+        tt_free(netfile);
+      XeFree(tmpfile);
+      SPC_Error(SPC_Bad_Authentication);
+      return(SPC_ERROR);
+    }
+
   /*
    * If the file does not have the setuid bit set then return failure.
    *

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtspcd/spcd_event.c b/cde/programs/dtspcd/spcd_event.c
index 01fdf28b13f027e809881e5fea8d9ca9d04d2c6a..2a30c7fcc8a30fb4f9b1c649e0b1cc2d29d8ef71 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtspcd/spcd_event.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtspcd/spcd_event.c
@@ -86,8 +86,13 @@ void SPCD_MainLoopUntil(Boolean *flag)
   int result;
   do {
     for (n=0; n<fd_vec_size; n++) {
+#if defined(linux)
+      input_mask.__fds_bits[n] = Sb_Input_Mask.__fds_bits[n];
+      except_mask.__fds_bits[n] = Sb_Except_Mask.__fds_bits[n];
+#else
       input_mask.fds_bits[n] = Sb_Input_Mask.fds_bits[n];
       except_mask.fds_bits[n] = Sb_Except_Mask.fds_bits[n];
+#endif
     }
     
     do result=select(SPCD_max_fd + 1, FD_SET_CAST(&input_mask),

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtstyle/ColorFile.c b/cde/programs/dtstyle/ColorFile.c
index dd768f219cb083fa83034dc48a625ca6ced68488..bd1199c098fe5ba5d8ebcc5b51c27c9c33fa963d 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtstyle/ColorFile.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtstyle/ColorFile.c
@@ -413,7 +413,11 @@ WriteOutPalette(
    strcat(filename, PALETTE_SUFFIX);
 
    /* open the file for writing */
+#if defined(linux)
+   if( (fd = open( filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR)) == -1)
+#else
    if( (fd = open( filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT)) == -1)
+#endif
    {
        tmpStr = (char *)XtMalloc(strlen(ERR4) + strlen(filename) + 1);
        sprintf (tmpStr, ERR4, filename);
@@ -1087,7 +1091,11 @@ CheckFileType( void )
    strcat(tmpfile1, DT_PAL_DIR);
    strcat(tmpfile1, filename1);
 
+#if defined(linux)
+   if( (fd = open( tmpfile1, O_CREAT, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR)) == -1)
+#else
    if( (fd = open( tmpfile1, O_CREAT)) == -1)
+#endif
    {
         style. longfilename = False;
         XtFree(tmpfile1);
@@ -1103,7 +1111,11 @@ CheckFileType( void )
    strcat(tmpfile2, DT_PAL_DIR);
    strcat(tmpfile2, filename2);
 
+#if defined(linux)
+   if( (fd1 = open(tmpfile2, O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR)) == -1)
+#else
    if( (fd1 = open(tmpfile2, O_CREAT | O_EXCL)) == -1)
+#endif
    {
        style.longfilename = False; 
    }

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtterm/util/logger.c b/cde/programs/dtterm/util/logger.c
index bd1f2d41b11ae41b8a0718298b95ff44dd5ee156..3f6a34603d4534dde9dcc87b25fb8290eb54e9ef 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtterm/util/logger.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtterm/util/logger.c
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
     }
 
     /* init data... */
-#if defined(USL) || defined(__uxp__)
+#if defined(USL) || defined(__uxp__) || defined(linux)
     (void) memset((void *) &myaddr_in, (int) '\0', sizeof(myaddr_in));
 #else
     (void) memset(myaddr_in, '\0', sizeof(myaddr_in));

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtudcfonted/libfal/_fallcWrap.c b/cde/programs/dtudcfonted/libfal/_fallcWrap.c
index fbab0100d59503c0ccbff75a5384875063f42b66..39635b898a7d1a17011e992da1994c4facdf774e 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtudcfonted/libfal/_fallcWrap.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtudcfonted/libfal/_fallcWrap.c
@@ -81,7 +81,11 @@ from the X Consortium.
 
 #include "_fallibint.h"
 #include "_fallcint.h"
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <locale.h>
+#else
 #include <X11/Xlocale.h>
+#endif
 #include <X11/Xos.h>
 #ifdef WIN32
 #undef close

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtudcfonted/ufont.c b/cde/programs/dtudcfonted/ufont.c
index 8cd7304ea01ace7ea3290f6a30ced5a04f06b4b1..b68f933c6c144e6a3bd734609b2c84a3202165ea 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtudcfonted/ufont.c
+++ b/cde/programs/dtudcfonted/ufont.c
@@ -134,6 +134,7 @@ extern void PopupSelectXLFD();
 extern void UpdateMessage();
 extern void DispMngErrorMessage();
 extern void DispCpyErrorMessage();
+static int setRealDelArea();
 
 /****************************************************************
  * parameters                                                  *

diff --git a/cde/programs/dtwm/Imakefile b/cde/programs/dtwm/Imakefile
index 9081710c7e91091db939483c1935cd6ca4369e0a..b46fe1c5aa728a9109d061001c3cbf0ab2c33bb3 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/dtwm/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/programs/dtwm/Imakefile
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ EXTRA_DEFINES = -D_HPUX_SOURCE
 EXTRA_CCOPTIONS = -xF
 dtwm := LOCAL_LDFLAGS = -M mapfile.reorder
 #endif
- 
+
 SRCSXM = \
         WmCDInfo.c      WmCDecor.c      WmCEvent.c \
         WmCPlace.c      WmColormap.c    WmError.c \

diff --git a/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/C/fonts.alias b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/C/fonts.alias
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..700b8da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/C/fonts.alias
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-p-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--11-80-100-100-p-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-14-100-100-100-p-82-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--14-100-100-100-p-82-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-p-92-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--17-120-100-100-p-92-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-p-103-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--20-140-100-100-p-103-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-25-180-100-100-p-138-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--25-180-100-100-p-138-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-34-240-100-100-p-182-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--34-240-100-100-p-182-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-p-77-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--14-100-100-100-p-77-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-p-86-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--17-120-100-100-p-86-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-p-98-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--20-140-100-100-p-98-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-p-128-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--25-180-100-100-p-128-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-p-170-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--34-240-100-100-p-170-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-8-80-75-75-p-50-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--8-80-75-75-p-50-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-p-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--10-100-75-75-p-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-12-120-75-75-p-69-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--12-120-75-75-p-69-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-p-82-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--14-140-75-75-p-82-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-18-180-75-75-p-104-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--18-180-75-75-p-104-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-p-138-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--24-240-75-75-p-138-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-p-68-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--12-120-75-75-p-68-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-p-128-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--24-240-75-75-p-128-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-p-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-14-100-100-100-p-82-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-82-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-p-92-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-92-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-p-105-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-105-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-25-180-100-100-p-138-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-138-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-34-240-100-100-p-182-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-182-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-p-76-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-76-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-p-100-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-p-132-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-132-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-p-177-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-177-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-8-80-75-75-p-50-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-50-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-p-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-12-120-75-75-p-70-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-p-82-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-82-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-18-180-75-75-p-103-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-103-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-p-138-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-138-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-p-99-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-99-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-p-132-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-132-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-14-100-100-100-p-78-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--14-100-100-100-p-78-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-p-98-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--20-140-100-100-p-98-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-25-180-100-100-p-130-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--25-180-100-100-p-130-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-34-240-100-100-p-176-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--34-240-100-100-p-176-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-p-52-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--11-80-100-100-p-52-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-p-73-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--14-100-100-100-p-73-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-p-84-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--17-120-100-100-p-84-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-p-94-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--20-140-100-100-p-94-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-p-125-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--25-180-100-100-p-125-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-p-168-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--34-240-100-100-p-168-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-p-78-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--14-140-75-75-p-78-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-p-130-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--24-240-75-75-p-130-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-p-42-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--8-80-75-75-p-42-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-p-52-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--10-100-75-75-p-52-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-p-63-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--12-120-75-75-p-63-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-p-73-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--14-140-75-75-p-73-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-p-94-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--18-180-75-75-p-94-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-p-125-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--24-240-75-75-p-125-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-61-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-61-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-85-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-85-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-95-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-95-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-107-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-107-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-142-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-142-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-191-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-191-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-p-56-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-56-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-14-100-100-100-p-76-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-76-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-p-100-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-25-180-100-100-p-130-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-130-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-34-240-100-100-p-176-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-176-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-p-54-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-54-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-p-74-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-74-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-p-84-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-84-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-p-96-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-96-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-p-125-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-125-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-p-170-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-170-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-51-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-51-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-61-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-61-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-74-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-74-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-85-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-85-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-107-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-107-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-142-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-142-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-8-80-75-75-p-46-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-46-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-p-56-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-56-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-p-130-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-130-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-p-44-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-44-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-p-54-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-54-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-p-64-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-64-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-p-74-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-74-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-p-94-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-94-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-p-124-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-124-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxs serif-10-100-75-75-p-56-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-56-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs serif-11-80-100-100-p-63-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-63-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s serif-14-140-75-75-p-80-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-80-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m serif-17-120-100-100-p-96-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-96-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-l serif-19-190-75-75-p-109-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--19-190-75-75-p-109-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xl serif-20-140-100-100-p-114-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-114-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxl serif-24-240-75-75-p-137-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-137-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xxs sans-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xs sans-11-80-100-100-m-70-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-m-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-s sans-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-m sans-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-l sans-19-190-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-19-190-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xl sans-20-140-100-100-m-120-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-m-120-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xxl sans-24-240-75-75-m-140-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-m-140-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxs sans-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs sans-11-80-100-100-m-70-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-m-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s sans-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m sans-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-l sans-19-190-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-19-190-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xl sans-20-140-100-100-m-120-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-m-120-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxl sans-24-240-75-75-m-140-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-m-140-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-p-60-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--11-80-100-100-p-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-14-100-100-100-p-82-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--14-100-100-100-p-82-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-p-92-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--17-120-100-100-p-92-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-p-103-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--20-140-100-100-p-103-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-25-180-100-100-p-138-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--25-180-100-100-p-138-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-34-240-100-100-p-182-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--34-240-100-100-p-182-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-p-77-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--14-100-100-100-p-77-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-p-86-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--17-120-100-100-p-86-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-p-98-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--20-140-100-100-p-98-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-p-128-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--25-180-100-100-p-128-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-p-170-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--34-240-100-100-p-170-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-8-80-75-75-p-50-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--8-80-75-75-p-50-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-p-60-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--10-100-75-75-p-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-12-120-75-75-p-69-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--12-120-75-75-p-69-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-p-82-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--14-140-75-75-p-82-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-18-180-75-75-p-104-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--18-180-75-75-p-104-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-p-138-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--24-240-75-75-p-138-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-p-68-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--12-120-75-75-p-68-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-p-128-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--24-240-75-75-p-128-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-p-60-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-14-100-100-100-p-82-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-82-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-p-92-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-92-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-p-105-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-105-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-25-180-100-100-p-138-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-138-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-34-240-100-100-p-182-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-182-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-p-76-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-76-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-p-100-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-100-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-p-132-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-132-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-p-177-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-177-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-8-80-75-75-p-50-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-50-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-p-60-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-12-120-75-75-p-70-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-70-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-p-82-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-82-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-18-180-75-75-p-103-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-103-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-p-138-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-138-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-p-99-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-99-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-p-132-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-132-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-14-100-100-100-p-78-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--14-100-100-100-p-78-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-p-98-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--20-140-100-100-p-98-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-25-180-100-100-p-130-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--25-180-100-100-p-130-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-34-240-100-100-p-176-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--34-240-100-100-p-176-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-p-52-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--11-80-100-100-p-52-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-p-73-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--14-100-100-100-p-73-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-p-84-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--17-120-100-100-p-84-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-p-94-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--20-140-100-100-p-94-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-p-125-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--25-180-100-100-p-125-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-p-168-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--34-240-100-100-p-168-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-p-78-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--14-140-75-75-p-78-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-p-130-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--24-240-75-75-p-130-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-p-42-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--8-80-75-75-p-42-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-p-52-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--10-100-75-75-p-52-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-p-63-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--12-120-75-75-p-63-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-p-73-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--14-140-75-75-p-73-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-p-94-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--18-180-75-75-p-94-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-p-125-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--24-240-75-75-p-125-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-15" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-61-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-61-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-85-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-85-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-95-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-95-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-107-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-107-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-142-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-142-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-191-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-191-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-p-56-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-56-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-14-100-100-100-p-76-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-76-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-p-100-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-100-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-25-180-100-100-p-130-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-130-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-34-240-100-100-p-176-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-176-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-p-54-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-54-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-p-74-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-74-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-p-84-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-84-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-p-96-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-96-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-p-125-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-125-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-p-170-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-170-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-51-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-51-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-61-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-61-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-74-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-74-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-85-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-85-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-107-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-107-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-142-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-142-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-8-80-75-75-p-46-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-46-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-p-56-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-56-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-p-130-iso8859-15" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-130-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-p-44-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-44-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-p-54-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-54-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-p-64-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-64-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-p-74-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-74-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-p-94-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-94-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-p-124-iso8859-15" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-124-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxs serif-10-100-75-75-p-56-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-56-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs serif-11-80-100-100-p-63-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-63-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s serif-14-140-75-75-p-80-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-80-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m serif-17-120-100-100-p-96-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-96-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-l serif-19-190-75-75-p-109-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--19-190-75-75-p-109-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xl serif-20-140-100-100-p-114-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-114-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxl serif-24-240-75-75-p-137-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-137-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xxs sans-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xs sans-11-80-100-100-m-70-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-m-70-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-s sans-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-m sans-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-l sans-19-190-75-75-m-110-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-19-190-75-75-m-110-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xl sans-20-140-100-100-m-120-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-m-120-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xxl sans-24-240-75-75-m-140-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-m-140-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxs sans-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs sans-11-80-100-100-m-70-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-m-70-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s sans-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m sans-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-l sans-19-190-75-75-m-110-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-19-190-75-75-m-110-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xl sans-20-140-100-100-m-120-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-m-120-iso8859-15"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxl sans-24-240-75-75-m-140-iso8859-15" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-m-140-iso8859-15"

diff --git a/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/C/fonts.dir b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/C/fonts.dir
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..573541a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/C/fonts.dir
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+0

diff --git a/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/ja_JP/fonts.alias b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/ja_JP/fonts.alias
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e11f46b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/ja_JP/fonts.alias
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+"-dt-gothic-*-*-*-*-16-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-110-100-100-c-160-jisx0208.1983-0"
+"-dt-gothic-*-*-*-*-24-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-170-100-100-c-240-jisx0208.1983-0"
+"-dt-mincho-*-*-*-*-16-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-110-100-100-c-160-jisx0208.1983-0"
+"-dt-mincho-*-*-*-*-24-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-170-100-100-c-240-jisx0208.1983-0"
+"-dt-gothic-*-*-*-*-16-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-80-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-gothic-*-*-*-*-24-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-170-100-100-c-120-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-mincho-*-*-*-*-16-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-80-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-mincho-*-*-*-*-24-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-170-100-100-c-120-jisx0201.1976-0"
+
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxs-10-96-75-75-m-120-jisx0208.1983-0" "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-96-75-75-c-120-jisx0208.1983-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxs-10-96-75-75-m-120-jisx0208.1983-0" "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-96-75-75-c-120-jisx0208.1983-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-xxs-10-96-75-75-m-120-jisx0208.1983-0" "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-96-75-75-c-120-jisx0208.1983-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxs-10-96-75-75-m-60-jisx0201.1976-0" "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-96-75-75-c-60-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxs-10-96-75-75-m-60-jisx0201.1976-0" "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-96-75-75-c-60-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-xxs-10-96-75-75-m-60-jisx0201.1976-0" "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-96-75-75-c-60-jisx0201.1976-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xxs-10-96-75-75-m-120-jisx0208.1983-0" "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-96-75-75-c-120-jisx0208.1983-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-xxs-10-96-75-75-m-120-jisx0208.1983-0" "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-96-75-75-c-120-jisx0208.1983-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-xxs-10-96-75-75-m-120-jisx0208.1983-0" "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-96-75-75-c-120-jisx0208.1983-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xxs-10-96-75-75-m-60-jisx0201.1976-0" "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-96-75-75-c-60-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-xxs-10-96-75-75-m-60-jisx0201.1976-0" "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-96-75-75-c-60-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-xxs-10-96-75-75-m-60-jisx0201.1976-0" "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-96-75-75-c-60-jisx0201.1976-0"
+
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs-12-110-75-75-m-120-jisx0208.1983-0" "-mnkaname-fixed-medium-r-normal--12-110-75-75-c-120-jisx0208.1983-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs-12-110-75-75-m-120-jisx0208.1983-0" "-mnkaname-fixed-medium-r-normal--12-110-75-75-c-120-jisx0208.1983-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-xs-12-110-75-75-m-120-jisx0208.1983-0" "-mnkaname-fixed-medium-r-normal--12-110-75-75-c-120-jisx0208.1983-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs-12-110-75-75-m-60-jisx0201.1976-0"  "-mnkaname-fixed-medium-r-normal--12-110-75-75-c-60-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs-12-110-75-75-m-60-jisx0201.1976-0"  "-mnkaname-fixed-medium-r-normal--12-110-75-75-c-60-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-xs-12-110-75-75-m-60-jisx0201.1976-0"  "-mnkaname-fixed-medium-r-normal--12-110-75-75-c-60-jisx0201.1976-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xs-12-110-75-75-m-120-jisx0208.1983-0"   "-mnkaname-fixed-medium-r-normal--12-110-75-75-c-120-jisx0208.1983-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-xs-12-110-75-75-m-120-jisx0208.1983-0"   "-mnkaname-fixed-medium-r-normal--12-110-75-75-c-120-jisx0208.1983-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-xs-12-110-75-75-m-120-jisx0208.1983-0"   "-mnkaname-fixed-medium-r-normal--12-110-75-75-c-120-jisx0208.1983-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xs-12-110-75-75-m-60-jisx0201.1976-0"    "-mnkaname-fixed-medium-r-normal--12-110-75-75-c-60-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-xs-12-110-75-75-m-60-jisx0201.1976-0"    "-mnkaname-fixed-medium-r-normal--12-110-75-75-c-60-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-xs-12-110-75-75-m-60-jisx0201.1976-0"    "-mnkaname-fixed-medium-r-normal--12-110-75-75-c-60-jisx0201.1976-0"
+
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s-14-130-75-75-m-140-jisx0208.1983-0"  "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-140-jisx0208.1983-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s-14-130-75-75-m-140-jisx0208.1983-0"  "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-140-jisx0208.1983-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-s-14-130-75-75-m-140-jisx0208.1983-0"  "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-140-jisx0208.1983-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s-14-130-75-75-m-70-jisx0201.1976-0"   "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s-14-130-75-75-m-70-jisx0201.1976-0"   "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-s-14-130-75-75-m-70-jisx0201.1976-0"   "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-jisx0201.1976-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-s-14-130-75-75-m-140-jisx0208.1983-0"    "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-140-jisx0208.1983-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-s-14-130-75-75-m-140-jisx0208.1983-0"    "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-140-jisx0208.1983-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-s-14-130-75-75-m-140-jisx0208.1983-0"    "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-140-jisx0208.1983-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-s-14-130-75-75-m-70-jisx0201.1976-0"     "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-s-14-130-75-75-m-70-jisx0201.1976-0"     "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-s-14-130-75-75-m-70-jisx0201.1976-0"     "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-jisx0201.1976-0"
+
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m-16-150-75-75-m-160-jisx0208.1983-0"  "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-160-jisx0208.1983-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m-16-150-75-75-m-160-jisx0208.1983-0"  "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-160-jisx0208.1983-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-m-16-150-75-75-m-160-jisx0208.1983-0"  "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-160-jisx0208.1983-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m-16-150-75-75-m-80-jisx0201.1976-0"   "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-80-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m-16-150-75-75-m-80-jisx0201.1976-0"   "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-80-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-m-16-150-75-75-m-80-jisx0201.1976-0"   "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-80-jisx0201.1976-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-m-16-150-75-75-m-160-jisx0208.1983-0"    "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-160-jisx0208.1983-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-m-16-150-75-75-m-160-jisx0208.1983-0"    "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-160-jisx0208.1983-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-m-16-150-75-75-m-160-jisx0208.1983-0"    "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-160-jisx0208.1983-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-m-16-150-75-75-m-80-jisx0201.1976-0"     "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-80-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-m-16-150-75-75-m-80-jisx0201.1976-0"     "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-80-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-m-16-150-75-75-m-80-jisx0201.1976-0"     "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-80-jisx0201.1976-0"
+
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-l-18-170-75-75-m-180-jisx0208.1983-0"  "-jis-gothic-medium-r-normal--18-170-75-75-c-180-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-l-18-170-75-75-m-180-jisx0208.1983-0"  "-jis-gothic-medium-r-normal--18-170-75-75-c-180-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-l-18-170-75-75-m-180-jisx0208.1983-0"  "-jis-gothic-medium-r-normal--18-170-75-75-c-180-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-l-18-170-75-75-m-90-jisx0201.1976-0"   "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--18-170-75-75-c-90-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-l-18-170-75-75-m-90-jisx0201.1976-0"   "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--18-170-75-75-c-90-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-l-18-170-75-75-m-90-jisx0201.1976-0"   "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--18-170-75-75-c-90-jisx0201.1976-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-l-18-170-75-75-m-180-jisx0208.1983-0"    "-jis-gothic-medium-r-normal--18-170-75-75-c-180-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-l-18-170-75-75-m-180-jisx0208.1983-0"    "-jis-gothic-medium-r-normal--18-170-75-75-c-180-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-l-18-170-75-75-m-180-jisx0208.1983-0"    "-jis-gothic-medium-r-normal--18-170-75-75-c-180-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-l-18-170-75-75-m-90-jisx0201.1976-0"     "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--18-170-75-75-c-90-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-l-18-170-75-75-m-90-jisx0201.1976-0"     "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--18-170-75-75-c-90-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-l-18-170-75-75-m-90-jisx0201.1976-0"     "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--18-170-75-75-c-90-jisx0201.1976-0"
+
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xl-20-193-75-75-m-210-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-193-75-75-c-200-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xl-20-193-75-75-m-210-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-193-75-75-c-200-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-xl-20-193-75-75-m-210-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-193-75-75-c-200-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xl-20-193-75-75-m-105-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-193-75-75-c-100-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xl-20-193-75-75-m-105-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-193-75-75-c-100-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-xl-20-193-75-75-m-105-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-193-75-75-c-100-jisx0201.1976-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xl-20-193-75-75-m-210-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-193-75-75-c-200-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-xl-20-193-75-75-m-210-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-193-75-75-c-200-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-xl-20-193-75-75-m-210-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-193-75-75-c-200-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xl-20-193-75-75-m-105-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-193-75-75-c-100-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-xl-20-193-75-75-m-105-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-193-75-75-c-100-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-xl-20-193-75-75-m-105-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-193-75-75-c-100-jisx0201.1976-0"
+
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxl-24-230-75-75-m-240-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-230-75-75-c-240-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxl-24-230-75-75-m-240-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-230-75-75-c-240-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-xxl-24-230-75-75-m-240-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-230-75-75-c-240-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+    "-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxl-24-230-75-75-m-120-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-230-75-75-c-120-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxl-24-230-75-75-m-120-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-230-75-75-c-120-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-xxl-24-230-75-75-m-120-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-230-75-75-c-120-jisx0201.1976-0"
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xxl-24-230-75-75-m-240-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-230-75-75-c-240-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-xxl-24-230-75-75-m-240-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-230-75-75-c-240-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-xxl-24-230-75-75-m-240-jisx0208.1983-0" "-jis-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-230-75-75-c-240-jisx0208.1983-0" 
+    "-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xxl-24-230-75-75-m-120-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-230-75-75-c-120-jisx0201.1976-0"
+  "-dt-interface system-bold-r-normal-xxl-24-230-75-75-m-120-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-230-75-75-c-120-jisx0201.1976-0"
+"-dt-interface terminal-bold-r-normal-xxl-24-230-75-75-m-120-jisx0201.1976-0" "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-230-75-75-c-120-jisx0201.1976-0"
+
+  "-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-bold-s sans-14-130-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1"         "-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1"
+
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-xxs sans-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1"         "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-c-60-iso8859-1"
+ "-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-xs sans-12-110-75-75-m-75-iso8859-1"  "-schumacher-clean-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-c-60-iso8859-1"
+  "-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-s sans-14-130-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1"         "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1"
+  "-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-m sans-16-150-75-75-m-80-iso8859-1"         "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-80-iso8859-1"
+  "-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-m sans-17-150-75-75-m-80-iso8859-1"         "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-150-75-75-c-80-iso8859-1"
+  "-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-l sans-18-170-75-75-m-100-iso8859-1"        "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--18-170-75-75-c-90-iso8859-1"
+ "-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-xl sans-20-193-75-75-m-100-iso8859-1"        "-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--20-193-75-75-c-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface terminal-medium-r-normal-xxl sans-24-230-75-75-m-120-iso8859-1"        "-sony-fixed-medium-r-normal--24-230-75-75-c-120-iso8859-1"
+
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-o-normal--24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-p-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--11-80-100-100-p-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-14-100-100-100-p-82-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--14-100-100-100-p-82-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-p-92-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--17-120-100-100-p-92-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-p-103-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--20-140-100-100-p-103-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-25-180-100-100-p-138-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--25-180-100-100-p-138-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-34-240-100-100-p-182-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--34-240-100-100-p-182-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-p-77-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--14-100-100-100-p-77-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-p-86-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--17-120-100-100-p-86-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-p-98-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--20-140-100-100-p-98-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-p-128-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--25-180-100-100-p-128-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-p-170-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--34-240-100-100-p-170-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-8-80-75-75-p-50-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--8-80-75-75-p-50-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-p-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--10-100-75-75-p-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-12-120-75-75-p-69-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--12-120-75-75-p-69-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-p-82-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--14-140-75-75-p-82-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-18-180-75-75-p-104-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--18-180-75-75-p-104-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-p-138-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-o-normal--24-240-75-75-p-138-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-p-68-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--12-120-75-75-p-68-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-i-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-p-128-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-i-normal--24-240-75-75-p-128-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-bold-r-normal--24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-p-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-14-100-100-100-p-82-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-82-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-p-92-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-92-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-p-105-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-105-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-25-180-100-100-p-138-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-138-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-34-240-100-100-p-182-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-182-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-p-76-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-76-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-p-100-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-p-132-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-132-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-p-177-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-177-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-8-80-75-75-p-50-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-50-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-p-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-12-120-75-75-p-70-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-p-82-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-82-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-18-180-75-75-p-103-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-103-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-p-138-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-138-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-p-99-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-99-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-bold-r-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-p-132-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-132-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-o-normal--24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--11-80-100-100-p-57-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-14-100-100-100-p-78-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--14-100-100-100-p-78-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-p-98-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--20-140-100-100-p-98-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-25-180-100-100-p-130-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--25-180-100-100-p-130-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-34-240-100-100-p-176-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--34-240-100-100-p-176-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-p-52-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--11-80-100-100-p-52-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-p-73-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--14-100-100-100-p-73-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-p-84-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--17-120-100-100-p-84-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-p-94-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--20-140-100-100-p-94-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-p-125-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--25-180-100-100-p-125-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-p-168-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--34-240-100-100-p-168-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--8-80-75-75-p-47-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--10-100-75-75-p-57-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-p-78-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--14-140-75-75-p-78-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-p-130-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal--24-240-75-75-p-130-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-p-42-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--8-80-75-75-p-42-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-p-52-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--10-100-75-75-p-52-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-p-63-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--12-120-75-75-p-63-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-p-73-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--14-140-75-75-p-73-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-p-94-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--18-180-75-75-p-94-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-i-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-p-125-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal--24-240-75-75-p-125-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-m-200-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-m-50-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-m-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-m-150-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-61-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-61-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-85-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-85-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-95-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-95-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-107-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-107-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-142-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-142-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-191-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-191-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-p-56-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-56-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-14-100-100-100-p-76-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-76-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-88-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-p-100-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-25-180-100-100-p-130-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-130-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-34-240-100-100-p-176-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-176-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-11-80-100-100-p-54-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-54-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-14-100-100-100-p-74-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--14-100-100-100-p-74-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-17-120-100-100-p-84-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-84-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-20-140-100-100-p-96-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-96-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-25-180-100-100-p-125-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--25-180-100-100-p-125-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-34-240-100-100-p-170-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--34-240-100-100-p-170-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-51-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-51-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-61-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-61-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-74-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-74-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-85-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-85-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-107-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-107-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-142-dtsymbol-1" "-adobe-symbol-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-142-adobe-fontspecific"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-8-80-75-75-p-46-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-46-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-p-56-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-56-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-67-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-77-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-98-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-p-130-iso8859-1" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-130-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-8-80-75-75-p-44-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--8-80-75-75-p-44-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-10-100-75-75-p-54-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-54-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-12-120-75-75-p-64-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-64-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-14-140-75-75-p-74-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-74-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-18-180-75-75-p-94-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--18-180-75-75-p-94-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-application-medium-r-normal-serif-24-240-75-75-p-124-iso8859-1" "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-124-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxs serif-10-100-75-75-p-56-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--10-100-75-75-p-56-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs serif-11-80-100-100-p-63-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--11-80-100-100-p-63-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s serif-14-140-75-75-p-80-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--14-140-75-75-p-80-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m serif-17-120-100-100-p-96-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--17-120-100-100-p-96-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-l serif-19-190-75-75-p-109-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--19-190-75-75-p-109-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xl serif-20-140-100-100-p-114-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--20-140-100-100-p-114-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxl serif-24-240-75-75-p-137-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidabright-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-137-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xxs sans-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xs sans-11-80-100-100-m-70-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-m-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-s sans-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-m sans-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-l sans-19-190-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-19-190-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xl sans-20-140-100-100-m-120-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-m-120-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-bold-r-normal-xxl sans-24-240-75-75-m-140-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-bold-r-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-m-140-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxs sans-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-10-100-75-75-m-60-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs sans-11-80-100-100-m-70-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-11-80-100-100-m-70-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s sans-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-14-140-75-75-m-90-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m sans-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-17-120-100-100-m-100-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-l sans-19-190-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-19-190-75-75-m-110-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xl sans-20-140-100-100-m-120-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-20-140-100-100-m-120-iso8859-1"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxl sans-24-240-75-75-m-140-iso8859-1" "-b&h-lucidatypewriter-medium-r-normal-sans-24-240-75-75-m-140-iso8859-1"

diff --git a/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/ja_JP/fonts.dir b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/ja_JP/fonts.dir
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..573541a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/ja_JP/fonts.dir
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+0

diff --git a/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/ko_KR/fonts.alias b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/ko_KR/fonts.alias
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f792695
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/ko_KR/fonts.alias
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+"-dt-gothic-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-160-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-gothic-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-160-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-mincho-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-160-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-160-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-mincho-medium-r-normal--24-170-100-100-c-240-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--24-170-100-100-c-240-ksc5601.1987-0"
+
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxs-16-120-100-100-p-160-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-160-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs-16-120-100-100-p-160-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-160-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s-16-120-100-100-p-160-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-160-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m-16-120-100-100-p-160-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-160-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-l-24-170-100-100-p-240-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--24-170-100-100-c-240-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xl-24-170-100-100-p-240-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--24-170-100-100-c-240-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxl-24-170-100-100-p-240-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--24-170-100-100-c-240-ksc5601.1987-0"
+
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxs-16-120-100-100-m-160-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-160-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs-16-120-100-100-m-160-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-160-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s-16-120-100-100-m-160-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-160-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m-16-120-100-100-m-160-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--16-120-100-100-c-160-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-l-24-170-100-100-m-240-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--24-170-100-100-c-240-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xl-24-170-100-100-m-240-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--24-170-100-100-c-240-ksc5601.1987-0"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxl-24-170-100-100-m-240-ksc5601.1987-0" "-daewoo-mincho-medium-r-normal--24-170-100-100-c-240-ksc5601.1987-0"
+

diff --git a/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/zh_CN/fonts.alias b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/zh_CN/fonts.alias
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..30b2802
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/zh_CN/fonts.alias
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+"-dt-song-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-c-160-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-c-160-gb2312.1980-0"
+"-dt-song-medium-r-normal--24-240-72-72-c-240-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--24-240-72-72-c-240-gb2312.1980-0"
+
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxs-16-160-72-72-p-160-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-c-160-gb2312.1980-0"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs-16-160-72-72-p-160-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-c-160-gb2312.1980-0"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s-16-160-72-72-p-160-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-c-160-gb2312.1980-0"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m-16-160-72-72-p-160-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-c-160-gb2312.1980-0"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-l-24-240-72-72-p-240-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--24-240-72-72-c-240-gb2312.1980-0"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xl-24-240-72-72-p-240-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--24-240-72-72-c-240-gb2312.1980-0"
+"-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xxl-24-240-72-72-p-240-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--24-240-72-72-c-240-gb2312.1980-0"
+
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxs-16-160-72-72-m-160-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-c-160-gb2312.1980-0"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs-16-160-72-72-m-160-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-c-160-gb2312.1980-0"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s-16-160-72-72-m-160-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-c-160-gb2312.1980-0"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m-16-160-72-72-m-160-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-c-160-gb2312.1980-0"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-l-24-240-72-72-m-240-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--24-240-72-72-c-240-gb2312.1980-0"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xl-24-240-72-72-m-240-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--24-240-72-72-c-240-gb2312.1980-0"
+"-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xxl-24-240-72-72-m-240-gb2312.1980-0" "-isas-song ti-medium-r-normal--24-240-72-72-c-240-gb2312.1980-0"

diff --git a/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/zh_TW/fonts.alias b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/zh_TW/fonts.alias
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..4d02528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cde/programs/fontaliases/linux/zh_TW/fonts.alias
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+"-dt-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.1-0" "-cbs-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.1-0" 
+"-dt-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.2-0" "-cbs-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.2-0" 
+"-dt-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.3-0" "-cbs-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.3-0" 
+"-dt-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.4-0" "-cbs-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.4-0" 
+"-dt-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.4-0" "-cbs-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.5-0" 
+"-dt-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.6-0" "-cbs-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.6-0" 
+"-dt-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.7-0" "-cbs-song-medium-r-normal-fantizi-24-240-75-75-c-240-cns11643.1992.7-0" 
+"-dt-application-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.1-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.1-0" 
+"-dt-application-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.2-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.2-0" 
+"-dt-application-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.3-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.3-0" 
+"-dt-application-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.4-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.4-0" 
+"-dt-application-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.5-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.5-0" 
+"-dt-application-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.6-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.6-0" 
+"-dt-application-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.7-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.7-0" 
+"-dt-interface user-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.1-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.1-0" 
+"-dt-interface user-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.2-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.2-0" 
+"-dt-interface user-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.3-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.3-0" 
+"-dt-interface user-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.4-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.4-0" 
+"-dt-interface user-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.5-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.5-0" 
+"-dt-interface user-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.6-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.6-0" 
+"-dt-interface user-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.7-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.7-0" 
+"-dt-interface system-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.1-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.1-0" 
+"-dt-interface system-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.2-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.2-0" 
+"-dt-interface system-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.3-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.3-0" 
+"-dt-interface system-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.4-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.4-0" 
+"-dt-interface system-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.5-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.5-0" 
+"-dt-interface system-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.6-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.6-0" 
+"-dt-interface system-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.7-0" "-dt-song-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-cns11643.1992.7-0" 
+
+

diff --git a/cde/programs/localized/util/merge.c b/cde/programs/localized/util/merge.c
index 8a31625a345fd09af9ae7f0e5416a069fb1e5f99..7e247d62b1cc501fbccc35a2ac44b4c36005a2c2 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/localized/util/merge.c
+++ b/cde/programs/localized/util/merge.c
@@ -247,7 +247,13 @@ void cat_open ()
         sprintf(line,"/usr/bin/gencat ./.dt_pfile.cat %s",pfile);
 #endif
         if ( system(line) != 0 )
+       {
+       /* Utter Linux HACK, it seems the return value of GNU gencat is != 0
+          even on success */
+#if !defined(linux)
            fatal("primary .tmsg file would not gencat\n",0,9);
+#endif
+       }
     }
 
     catfile[0] =  catopen("./.dt_pfile.cat",0);
@@ -260,7 +266,14 @@ void cat_open ()
         sprintf(line,"/usr/bin/gencat ./.dt_dfile.cat %s",dfile);
 #endif
         if ( system(line) != 0 )
+       {
+       /* Utter Linux HACK, it seems the return value of GNU gencat is != 0
+          even on success */
+#if !defined(linux)
            fatal("default .tmsg file would not gencat\n",0,9);
+#endif
+       }
+
     }
 
     catfile[1] = catopen("./.dt_dfile.cat",0);

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/CmdLineApp.C b/cde/programs/nsgmls/CmdLineApp.C
index 99c8b1dc1f93c45d854ec09905ee64b1af4f729b..b2f74684f249294355850f5f44ce43536549e75e 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/CmdLineApp.C
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/CmdLineApp.C
@@ -58,8 +58,14 @@
 
 #include "ConsoleOutput.h"
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#include <fstream>
+using namespace std;
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
 #include <fstream.h>
+#endif
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -285,8 +291,12 @@ Boolean CmdLineApp::openFilebufWrite(filebuf &file,
   if (fd < 0)
     return 0;
   return file.attach(fd) != 0;
+#else
+#if defined(linux)
+  return file.open(filename, ios::out|ios::trunc) != 0;
 #else
   return file.open(filename, ios::out|ios::trunc|IOS_BINARY) != 0;
+  #endif
 #endif
 }
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/CmdLineApp.h b/cde/programs/nsgmls/CmdLineApp.h
index ce53dd3961d2b0c47d31955fbfe20c6b3d0c9fd0..98f57736de08984895b8a37a5023c3fbf8cca5a5 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/CmdLineApp.h
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/CmdLineApp.h
@@ -43,7 +43,12 @@
 #include <stddef.h>
 #endif
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <fstream>
+using namespace std;
+#else
 class filebuf;
+#endif
 
 #ifdef SP_NAMESPACE
 namespace SP_NAMESPACE {

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/CodingSystem.C b/cde/programs/nsgmls/CodingSystem.C
index 6d230a6860289a8e9c4fece447ede2ce9d046a10..ad7935a76b149d736cb3020faf0092c5348cae4d 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/CodingSystem.C
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/CodingSystem.C
@@ -33,8 +33,12 @@
 #ifdef SP_SHORT_HEADERS
 #include <strstrea.h>
 #else
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <strstream>
+#else
 #include <strstream.h>
 #endif
+#endif
 #include <string.h>
 #include <sys/param.h>
 
@@ -78,7 +82,11 @@ String<char> OutputCodingSystem::convertOut(const StringC &str) const
   encoder->output(copy.data(), copy.size(), &stream);
   delete encoder;
   char *s = stream.str();
+#if defined(linux)
+  String<char> result(s, stream.pcount());
+#else
   String<char> result(s, stream.out_waiting());
+#endif
   result += '\0';
   stream.freeze(0);
 #ifdef __lucid

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/CodingSystem.h b/cde/programs/nsgmls/CodingSystem.h
index c3b1fc37d9c0fca5f75d95ead0c721114ca2eae5..e073ae5cf765d0d089b3cee15c9ff093009e96ce 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/CodingSystem.h
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/CodingSystem.h
@@ -41,7 +41,12 @@
 
 #include <stddef.h>
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <streambuf>
+using namespace std;
+#else
 class streambuf;
+#endif
 
 #ifdef SP_NAMESPACE
 namespace SP_NAMESPACE {

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/EUCJPCodingSystem.C b/cde/programs/nsgmls/EUCJPCodingSystem.C
index 4b9d1541daf7f0821e9882c72c643406f0bf89da..f2fb30ef2ef5149094c456a81f67441b7f6d8713 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/EUCJPCodingSystem.C
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/EUCJPCodingSystem.C
@@ -29,7 +29,11 @@
 #ifdef SP_MULTI_BYTE
 
 #include "EUCJPCodingSystem.h"
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
 
 #ifdef SP_NAMESPACE
 namespace SP_NAMESPACE {

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/Fixed2CodingSystem.C b/cde/programs/nsgmls/Fixed2CodingSystem.C
index 2bd5d9582bc5f93353d83deb0e4aade969cc08a5..8114f7e9cefdbb12cfaa1d2ac0969e77c69c7686 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/Fixed2CodingSystem.C
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/Fixed2CodingSystem.C
@@ -34,7 +34,11 @@
 #include "Fixed2CodingSystem.h"
 #include "macros.h"
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
 
 #ifdef SP_NAMESPACE
 namespace SP_NAMESPACE {

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/IdentityCodingSystem.C b/cde/programs/nsgmls/IdentityCodingSystem.C
index 4322e3fedd66668c243c7250f6e97638068fd12b..6f0e472baffac215fe254f4ab5992b252ef4aa46 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/IdentityCodingSystem.C
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/IdentityCodingSystem.C
@@ -26,7 +26,11 @@
 
 #include "splib.h"
 #include "IdentityCodingSystem.h"
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
 #include <limits.h>
 
 #ifdef SP_NAMESPACE

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/Imakefile b/cde/programs/nsgmls/Imakefile
index 1ab9e484e196e94279aacc2bcc67385812d5c79f..1255a3dd62d29490f5ee6aa3e91e1a0498215c24 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/Imakefile
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ STLIBCENV =
 M4 = /bin/m4
 #endif
 
-#ifdef LinuxArchitecture
+#if defined(LinuxArchitecture)
 
 /*
  * put cpp directives here rather than in CXXDEFINES because
@@ -85,15 +85,16 @@ M4 = /bin/m4
  * but they are needed there to instantiate templates
  */
 CXXOPTIONS = \
-  -DSP_VOLATILE= -DSP_CONST= \
-  -DSP_HAVE_LOCALE -DSP_MULTI_BYTE -DSP_MANUAL_INST
+  -DSP_VOLATILE=volatile -DSP_CONST=const -DSP_ANSI_CLASS_INST \
+  -DSP_HAVE_LOCALE -DSP_MULTI_BYTE -DSP_MANUAL_INST -fno-implicit-templates
 
 /*
  * Flags passed into compile step when doing manual template instantiation.
  */
-CXXTEMPLATEFLAGS = -ptf
+CXXTEMPLATEFLAGS = -fno-implicit-templates
 
 M4 = /usr/bin/m4
+
 #endif
 
 #if defined(RsArchitecture)

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/OutputCharStream.C b/cde/programs/nsgmls/OutputCharStream.C
index 58ed0223b7cbdf5660bee69d79465d5549c2350e..fd1f7584674e4df1bc8c6e0b6503bde00cb2cefc 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/OutputCharStream.C
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/OutputCharStream.C
@@ -28,7 +28,11 @@
 #include "OutputCharStream.h"
 #include "CodingSystem.h"
 #include "macros.h"
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 #ifdef SP_NAMESPACE
@@ -144,7 +148,11 @@ void IosOutputCharStream::flush()
     encoder_->output(buf_, ptr_ - buf_, byteStream_);
     ptr_ = buf_;
   }
+#if defined(linux)
+  byteStream_->pubsync();
+#else
   byteStream_->sync();
+#endif
 }
 
 void IosOutputCharStream::flushBuf(Char c)

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/OutputCharStream.h b/cde/programs/nsgmls/OutputCharStream.h
index e823eda02e82acd1d06e6c37fb7cb677e24b658b..15088bb4854767d5275ea1f43a039a6f5f9dbb55 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/OutputCharStream.h
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/OutputCharStream.h
@@ -33,7 +33,12 @@
 #include "Owner.h"
 #include "CodingSystem.h"
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <streambuf>
+using namespace std;
+#else
 class streambuf;
+#endif
 
 #ifdef SP_NAMESPACE
 namespace SP_NAMESPACE {

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/OwnerTable.C b/cde/programs/nsgmls/OwnerTable.C
index 6607632e720cb62b2643057a4607da51546b646e..8b6572455ed48a1fc177bb3689c946267da35037 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/OwnerTable.C
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/OwnerTable.C
@@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ namespace SP_NAMESPACE {
 template<class T, class K, class HF, class KF>
 OwnerTable<T, K, HF, KF>::~OwnerTable()
 {
-  for (size_t i = 0; i < vec_.size(); i++)
-    delete vec_[i];
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < this->vec_.size(); i++)
+    delete this->vec_[i];
 }
 
 template<class T, class K, class HF, class KF>
 void OwnerTable<T, K, HF, KF>::clear()
 {
-  for (size_t i = 0; i < vec_.size(); i++)
-    delete vec_[i];
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < this->vec_.size(); i++)
+    delete this->vec_[i];
   PointerTable<T *, K, HF, KF>::clear();
 }
 
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ template<class T, class K, class HF, class KF>
 void
 CopyOwnerTable<T, K, HF, KF>::operator=(const CopyOwnerTable<T, K, HF, KF> &t)
 {
-  clear();
+  this->clear();
   //PointerTable<T *, K, HF, KF>::operator=(t);
   // FIXME This isn't exception safe.
-  for (size_t i = 0; i < vec_.size(); i++)
-    if (vec_[i])
-      vec_[i] = vec_[i]->copy();
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < this->vec_.size(); i++)
+    if (this->vec_[i])
+      this->vec_[i] = this->vec_[i]->copy();
 }
 
 #ifdef SP_NAMESPACE

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/SJISCodingSystem.C b/cde/programs/nsgmls/SJISCodingSystem.C
index bb1ce6015b02724050eb6453fad7967e2ed1c3eb..aaa1a0c162220aa2ad76c4307ecb04fbc1716e46 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/SJISCodingSystem.C
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/SJISCodingSystem.C
@@ -29,7 +29,12 @@
 #ifdef SP_MULTI_BYTE
 
 #include "SJISCodingSystem.h"
+
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
 
 #ifdef SP_NAMESPACE
 namespace SP_NAMESPACE {

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/UTF8CodingSystem.C b/cde/programs/nsgmls/UTF8CodingSystem.C
index 6512e15dde87f0901df838d7c2b5f581676c48c1..343ead0159d966c616f8b2d715db70aee778eda6 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/UTF8CodingSystem.C
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/UTF8CodingSystem.C
@@ -30,7 +30,11 @@
 
 #include "UTF8CodingSystem.h"
 #include "constant.h"
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
 
 #ifdef SP_NAMESPACE
 namespace SP_NAMESPACE {

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/UnicodeCodingSystem.C b/cde/programs/nsgmls/UnicodeCodingSystem.C
index d67150eee0ea4cf50ab011b84e0af4c7d1af8709..0b3a143c726e49dd10d5dff774e6b5df860824d4 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/UnicodeCodingSystem.C
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/UnicodeCodingSystem.C
@@ -39,7 +39,11 @@ extern "C" {
   void *memmove(void *, const void *, size_t);
 }
 #endif
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
 
 #ifdef SP_NAMESPACE
 namespace SP_NAMESPACE {

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/config.h b/cde/programs/nsgmls/config.h
index 43f24729ac4ae071c52ba959265df28e2a76bccf..7859a9c42a78835bccd660e6dd126d7d67199a04 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/config.h
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/config.h
@@ -32,9 +32,11 @@
 
 #ifdef __GNUG__
 // It's not missing, but it pulls in libg++
+#if !defined(linux)
 #define SP_NEW_H_MISSING
 // set_new_handler() has to be declared extern "C"
 #define SP_SET_NEW_HANDLER_EXTERN_C
+#endif
 #ifndef SP_MANUAL_INST
 #define SP_MANUAL_INST
 #endif

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/nsgmls.C b/cde/programs/nsgmls/nsgmls.C
index 122e9d860ceb4554aedfee953bd1eb3ea5a12619..c1ec860850751d8a56d9e6d819c31dae167e4dbf 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/nsgmls.C
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/nsgmls.C
@@ -38,8 +38,13 @@
 #include "sptchar.h"
 #include "macros.h"
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#include <fstream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
 #include <fstream.h>
+#endif
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <errno.h>
@@ -79,13 +84,21 @@ public:
                    const AppChar *filename,
                    const StringC &filenameStr,
                    const OutputCodingSystem *,
+#if defined(linux)
+                   ::Messenger *messenger);
+#else
                    Messenger *messenger);
+#endif
   ~XRastEventHandler();
   void message(MessageEvent *);
   void truncateOutput();
   void allLinkTypesActivated();
 private:
+#if defined(linux)
+  ::Messenger *messenger_;
+#else
   Messenger *messenger_;
+#endif
   // file_ must come before os_ so it gets inited first
   filebuf file_;
   IosOutputCharStream os_;
@@ -235,7 +248,11 @@ XRastEventHandler::XRastEventHandler(SgmlParser *parser,
                                     const AppChar *filename,
                                     const StringC &filenameStr,
                                     const OutputCodingSystem *codingSystem,
-                                    Messenger *messenger)
+#if defined(linux)
+                                    ::Messenger *messenger)
+#else
+                                    ::Messenger *messenger)
+#endif
 : RastEventHandler(parser, messenger),
   messenger_(messenger),
   filename_(filename),

diff --git a/cde/programs/nsgmls/xnew.h b/cde/programs/nsgmls/xnew.h
index 39669271d8f97cfcdc0ac896087cd4de3cf24970..caffae69da3bf47a7d10a41eb3511f5be31c1a84 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/nsgmls/xnew.h
+++ b/cde/programs/nsgmls/xnew.h
@@ -39,7 +39,11 @@ void set_new_handler(VFP);
 
 #else /* not SP_NEW_H_MISSING */
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <new>
+#else
 #include <new.h>
+#endif
 
 #endif /* not SP_NEW_H_MISSING */
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/DtTt.C b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/DtTt.C
index 35afd24a1dc7962d8d273e78b0a25927049b9d02..26315dd0c87cd00f2e40c642268d3e8dc9420668 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/DtTt.C
+++ b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/DtTt.C
@@ -33,7 +33,13 @@
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <fcntl.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
+
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <strstream>
+#else
 #include <strstream.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <Xm/TextF.h>
 #include <Dt/SpinBox.h>
 #include <Dt/HelpDialog.h>
@@ -54,7 +60,7 @@ static unsigned int   dtTtDtSessionsCount     = 0;
 static Tt_pattern **   dtTtDtFiles             = 0;
 static unsigned int    dtTtDtFilesCount        = 0;
 
-int            _DtTtPatsNameKey        = (int)DtTtNth;
+int            _DtTtPatsNameKey        = (int) (long) DtTtNth;
 extern Tt_pattern      snoopPat;
 
 int

diff --git a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/argChooser_stubs.C.src b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/argChooser_stubs.C.src
index 50bd78842a8a1a0313614d41bc6a8322affde75d..52028a3f45730a450eae1405713b300cb132b9a4 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/argChooser_stubs.C.src
+++ b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/argChooser_stubs.C.src
@@ -394,12 +394,12 @@ argOkayed(
 
     XtPointer pval;
     XtVaGetValues( instance->argChooserOkButton, XmNuserData, &pval, 0 );
-    choice = (_DtArgChooserAction)pval;
+    choice = (_DtArgChooserAction) (long) pval;
     XtVaGetValues( instance->argChooserCancelButton, XmNuserData, &pval, 0 );
     msg = (Tt_message)pval;
     pat = (Tt_pattern)pval;
     XtVaGetValues( instance->argChooserHelpButton, XmNuserData, &pval, 0 );
-    nth = (int)pval;
+    nth = (int) (long) pval;
 
     char *vtype = XmTextFieldGetString( instance->vtypeText );
     if ((vtype != 0) && (vtype[0] == '\0')) {
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ argHelp(
            (DtbArgChooserArgChooserInfo)clientData;
     XtPointer val;
     XtVaGetValues( instance->argChooserOkButton, XmNuserData, &val, 0 );
-    _DtArgChooserAction choice = (_DtArgChooserAction)val;
+    _DtArgChooserAction choice = (_DtArgChooserAction) (long) val;
     Widget label = dtb_ttsnoop_ttsnoop_win.ttsnoopWin_label;
     switch (choice) {
        case _DtArgChoosePatternArgAdd:

diff --git a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/callbackChooser_stubs.C.src b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/callbackChooser_stubs.C.src
index 6e4ffc70aefc84200d67df57d507b3ac1271b189..a67436b8cc34565007ac3ff9cf7b7d78d48ec0cf 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/callbackChooser_stubs.C.src
+++ b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/callbackChooser_stubs.C.src
@@ -40,8 +40,14 @@
  *** Add include files, types, macros, externs, and user functions here.
  ***/
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <fstream>
+#include <strstream>
+#else
 #include <fstream.h>
 #include <strstream.h>
+#endif
+
 #include "DtTt.h"
 
 extern ofstream snoopStream;
@@ -100,7 +106,7 @@ openIt(
 )
 {
        DtTtCreated( DTTT_MESSAGE, msg );
-       snoopIt( "Tt_message_callback", openIt, msg, pat, True );
+       snoopIt( "Tt_message_callback", (void *) openIt, msg, pat, True );
        Widget newWidget = DtTtMessageWidgetCreate(
                            dtb_ttsnoop_ttsnoop_win.ttsnoopWin,
                            msg, DtTtMessageWidgetUpdate );
@@ -669,7 +675,7 @@ callbackOkayed(
     XtPointer xtPtr = 0;
     int isMessage = 0;
     XtVaGetValues( instance->callbackAddButton, XmNuserData, &xtPtr, 0 );
-    isMessage = (int)xtPtr;
+    isMessage = (int) (long) xtPtr;
     XtVaGetValues( instance->callbackAddCancelButton, XmNuserData, &xtPtr, 0 );
     msg = (Tt_message)xtPtr;
     pat = (Tt_pattern)xtPtr;
@@ -750,7 +756,7 @@ callbackHelp(
     XtPointer xtPtr = 0;
     int isMessage = 0;
     XtVaGetValues( instance->callbackAddButton, XmNuserData, &xtPtr, 0 );
-    isMessage = (int)xtPtr;
+    isMessage = (int) (long) xtPtr;
     Widget label = dtb_ttsnoop_ttsnoop_win.ttsnoopWin_label;
     if (isMessage) {
            _DtMan( label, "tt_message_callback_add" );

diff --git a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/fileChooser_stubs.C.src b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/fileChooser_stubs.C.src
index f836acf95f656c97815b1ea31ae36eb15d65abe1..bb8c461484445e2b5b727e54cd0e04c0b458e85f 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/fileChooser_stubs.C.src
+++ b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/fileChooser_stubs.C.src
@@ -38,8 +38,15 @@
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <sys/wait.h>
 #include <Xm/TextF.h>
+
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <fstream>
+#include <strstream>
+#else
 #include <fstream.h>
 #include <strstream.h>
+#endif
+
 #include "DtTt.h"
 #include "ttsnoop_ui.h"
 
@@ -155,7 +162,7 @@ snoopFileMsg(
 {
        tt_free( pathname );
        DtTtCreated( DTTT_MESSAGE, msg );
-       snoopIt( "Ttdt_file_cb", snoopFileMsg, msg );
+       snoopIt( "Ttdt_file_cb", (void *) snoopFileMsg, msg );
        if (   (tt_message_class( msg ) == TT_REQUEST)
            && (tt_message_state( msg ) == TT_SENT))
        {

diff --git a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/messageProps_stubs.C.src b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/messageProps_stubs.C.src
index f7132a007166f5f8d9397ab82e228ca483af61b5..9a13958080ca548645a646d270facfebc8e90278 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/messageProps_stubs.C.src
+++ b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/messageProps_stubs.C.src
@@ -40,12 +40,17 @@
  *** Add include files, types, macros, externs, and user functions here.
  ***/
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <strstream>
+#else
 #include <strstream.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <Xm/TextF.h>
 #include <Dt/SpinBox.h>
 #include "DtTt.h"
 
-int            DtTtMsgWidgetKey        = (int)DtTtMessageWidget;
+int            DtTtMsgWidgetKey        = (int) (long) DtTtMessageWidget;
 int            DtTtMsgUpdateCBKey      = DtTtMsgWidgetKey + 1;
 int            DtTtMsgInfoKey          = DtTtMsgWidgetKey + 2;
 
@@ -100,7 +105,7 @@ _DtTtMessageUpdating(
        Tt_message msg
 )
 {
-       void *updating = tt_message_user( msg, (int)_DtTtMessageUpdating );
+       void *updating = tt_message_user( msg, (int) (long) _DtTtMessageUpdating );
        if (tt_is_err( tt_ptr_error( updating ))) {
                return False;
        }
@@ -113,7 +118,7 @@ _DtTtMessageSetUpdating(
        Boolean                         updating
 )
 {
-       tt_message_user_set( msg, (int)_DtTtMessageUpdating,
+       tt_message_user_set( msg, (int) (long) _DtTtMessageUpdating,
                             (void *)updating );
 }
 
@@ -603,7 +608,7 @@ DtTtMessageWidgetCreate(
        }
        if (notifyProc != 0) {
                status = tt_message_user_set( msg, DtTtMsgUpdateCBKey,
-                                             notifyProc );
+                                             (void *) notifyProc );
                if (tt_is_err( status )) {
                        XtDestroyWidget( widget );
                        return (Widget)tt_error_pointer( status );

diff --git a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/patternProps_stubs.C.src b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/patternProps_stubs.C.src
index d91426ed10f14aacd1f04400ce8c1d695e20851d..f7a7ce5f51226f9ac43e0dc0dbdb3ec16e8d28e7 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/patternProps_stubs.C.src
+++ b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/patternProps_stubs.C.src
@@ -40,11 +40,16 @@
  *** Add include files, types, macros, externs, and user functions here.
  ***/
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <strstream>
+#else
 #include <strstream.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <Tt/tttk.h>
 #include "DtTt.h"
 
-int            DtTtPatWidgetKey        = (int)DtTtPatternWidget;
+int            DtTtPatWidgetKey        = (int) (long) DtTtPatternWidget;
 int            DtTtPatInfoKey          = DtTtPatWidgetKey + 1;
 
 Tt_pattern
@@ -63,7 +68,7 @@ _DtTtPatternUpdating(
        Tt_pattern pat
 )
 {
-       void *updating = tt_pattern_user( pat, (int)_DtTtPatternUpdating );
+       void *updating = tt_pattern_user( pat, (int) (long) _DtTtPatternUpdating );
        if (tt_is_err( tt_ptr_error( updating ))) {
                return False;
        }
@@ -76,7 +81,7 @@ _DtTtPatternSetUpdating(
        Boolean                         updating
 )
 {
-       tt_pattern_user_set( pat, (int)_DtTtPatternUpdating,
+       tt_pattern_user_set( pat, (int) (long) _DtTtPatternUpdating,
                             (void *)updating );
 }
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/sessionChooser_stubs.C.src b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/sessionChooser_stubs.C.src
index 9df5f7f23b81058d674fe5fcb13a55085267357a..8a748854f1279bc5c7158280fa6287cfc6ec1805 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/sessionChooser_stubs.C.src
+++ b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/sessionChooser_stubs.C.src
@@ -41,8 +41,15 @@
  ***/
 
 #include <Xm/TextF.h>
+
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <fstream>
+#include <strstream>
+#else
 #include <fstream.h>
 #include <strstream.h>
+#endif
+
 #include "DtTt.h"
 
 extern ofstream snoopStream;
@@ -111,7 +118,7 @@ snoopSessionMsg(
 )
 {
        DtTtCreated( DTTT_MESSAGE, msg );
-       snoopIt( "Ttdt_contract_cb", snoopSessionMsg, msg );
+       snoopIt( "Ttdt_contract_cb", (void *) snoopSessionMsg, msg );
        if (   (tt_message_class( msg ) == TT_REQUEST)
            && (tt_message_state( msg ) == TT_SENT))
        {
@@ -203,7 +210,7 @@ sessionOK(
     }
     XtPointer val;
     XtVaGetValues( instance->sessionOkButton, XmNuserData, &val, 0 );
-    _DtSessionChooserAction choice = (_DtSessionChooserAction)val;
+    _DtSessionChooserAction choice = (_DtSessionChooserAction) (long) val;
     XtVaGetValues( instance->sessionCancelButton, XmNuserData, &val, 0 );
     Widget label = dtb_ttsnoop_ttsnoop_win.ttsnoopWin_label;
     switch (choice) {
@@ -261,7 +268,7 @@ sessionHelp(
            (DtbSessionChooserSessionChooserInfo)clientData;
     XtPointer val;
     XtVaGetValues( instance->sessionOkButton, XmNuserData, &val, 0 );
-    _DtSessionChooserAction choice = (_DtSessionChooserAction)val;
+    _DtSessionChooserAction choice = (_DtSessionChooserAction) (long) val;
     Widget label = dtb_ttsnoop_ttsnoop_win.ttsnoopWin_label;
     switch (choice) {
        case _DtSessionChoosePattern:

diff --git a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/stringChooser_stubs.C.src b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/stringChooser_stubs.C.src
index cbb971358b41bee54b7e542244b7fc7bcdfc47b6..894e7e987e912dc2d768a511dc805141772ad8e9 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/stringChooser_stubs.C.src
+++ b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/stringChooser_stubs.C.src
@@ -41,7 +41,13 @@
  ***/
 
 #include <Xm/TextF.h>
+
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <fstream>
+#else
 #include <fstream.h>
+#endif
+
 #include "DtTt.h"
 
 extern ofstream snoopStream;
@@ -237,7 +243,7 @@ stringOkayed(
     }
     XtPointer val;
     XtVaGetValues( instance->stringOkButton, XmNuserData, &val, 0 );
-    _DtStringChooserAction choice = (_DtStringChooserAction)val;
+    _DtStringChooserAction choice = (_DtStringChooserAction) (long) val;
     XtVaGetValues( instance->stringCancelButton, XmNuserData, &val, 0 );
     Widget label = dtb_ttsnoop_ttsnoop_win.ttsnoopWin_label;
     switch (choice) {
@@ -322,7 +328,7 @@ stringHelp(
            (DtbStringChooserStringChooserInfo)clientData;
     XtPointer val;
     XtVaGetValues( instance->stringOkButton, XmNuserData, &val, 0 );
-    _DtStringChooserAction choice = (_DtStringChooserAction)val;
+    _DtStringChooserAction choice = (_DtStringChooserAction) (long) val;
     Widget label = dtb_ttsnoop_ttsnoop_win.ttsnoopWin_label;
     switch (choice) {
        case _DtStringChoosePatternOp:

diff --git a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/ttChooser_stubs.C.src b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/ttChooser_stubs.C.src
index cf6dbff4b47f21ce8aa4f7c26d7a9e1fa1e8d694..4c7711d8f3377cec0c7533261e26f3aebb90c2c8 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/ttChooser_stubs.C.src
+++ b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/ttChooser_stubs.C.src
@@ -41,7 +41,13 @@
  ***/
 
 #include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <strstream>
+#else
 #include <strstream.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <Xm/TextF.h>
 #include <Xm/List.h>
 #include "DtTt.h"

diff --git a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/tt_c++.h b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/tt_c++.h
index 91859c5e0519cbdc9c8163687a4acc674ed77cb8..f10b59bb15a24cf9ae5403a746d5a2c3bc788291 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/tt_c++.h
+++ b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/tt_c++.h
@@ -29,7 +29,13 @@
 #ifndef TT_CXX_H
 #define TT_CXX_H
 
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+using namespace std;
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <Tt/tt_c.h>
 
 ostream &      operator<<( ostream &, Tt_status );

diff --git a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/ttsnoop.C.src b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/ttsnoop.C.src
index 186600c3c2920210ed6d6b93eb3c0bbcb6c418b3..e63e20684bde4c86b9e675b5c16a67ed73ac48b5 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/ttsnoop.C.src
+++ b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/ttsnoop.C.src
@@ -62,9 +62,17 @@
 #include <sys/wait.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <time.h>
+
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <iostream>
+#include <strstream>
+#include <fstream>
+#else
 #include <iostream.h>
 #include <strstream.h>
 #include <fstream.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <Dt/Term.h>
 #include <Tt/tt_c.h>
 #include <Tt/tttk.h>
@@ -188,7 +196,7 @@ signalHandler(
        }
 }
 
-#if defined(SVR4) || defined(aix) || defined(hpux) || defined(__osf__)
+#if defined(SVR4) || defined(aix) || defined(hpux) || defined(__osf__) || defined(linux)
 #if !defined(SIG_PF)
 typedef void (*sig_pf_t)(int);
 #define SIG_PF sig_pf_t
@@ -200,7 +208,7 @@ _tt_sigset(
        int     sig,
        SIG_PF  handler )
 {
-#if defined(hpux)
+#if defined(hpux) || defined(linux)
        struct sigaction act;
        act.sa_handler = handler;
        sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
@@ -266,7 +274,7 @@ justSnoopIt(
 )
 {
        DtTtCreated( DTTT_MESSAGE, msg ); // XXX bad idea?
-       snoopIt( "Tt_callback_action", justSnoopIt, msg, pat, True );
+       snoopIt( "Tt_callback_action", (void *) justSnoopIt, msg, pat, True );
        return TT_CALLBACK_PROCESSED;
 }
 
@@ -285,7 +293,7 @@ _DtTtMediaLoadPatCb(
        tt_free( (caddr_t)contents );
        tt_free( file );
        tt_free( docname );
-       snoopIt( "Ttmedia_load_pat_cb", _DtTtMediaLoadPatCb, msg );
+       snoopIt( "Ttmedia_load_pat_cb", (void *) _DtTtMediaLoadPatCb, msg );
        return 0;
 }
 
@@ -727,7 +735,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
                    for (int i = 0; i < opsCount; i++) {
                            tt_pattern_op_add( pat, ops[i] );
                    }
-                   for (i = 0; i < sendersCount; i++) {
+                   for (int i = 0; i < sendersCount; i++) {
                            tt_pattern_sender_add( pat, senders[i] );
                    }
                    if (vtype != 0) {

diff --git a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/ttsnoop_stubs.C.src b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/ttsnoop_stubs.C.src
index 905ab1df4a1b8f38710542e387783c8f4a7cfacb..3abc2eb021bc25c6fc9da2f29c61aaebcd0f169b 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/ttsnoop/ttsnoop_stubs.C.src
+++ b/cde/programs/ttsnoop/ttsnoop_stubs.C.src
@@ -36,8 +36,15 @@
  ***/
 
 #include <unistd.h>
+
+#if defined(linux)
+#include <fstream>
+#include <strstream>
+#else
 #include <fstream.h>
 #include <strstream.h>
+#endif
+
 #include "apiTracer_ui.h"
 #include "DtTt.h"
 

diff --git a/cde/programs/types/Imakefile b/cde/programs/types/Imakefile
index b19e2d47ef97e9d1ec7b19e4374b72b5b3d1d561..2710e85fc2677007d58ae0bb64ec3b54d1b399e6 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/types/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/programs/types/Imakefile
@@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ CPP_DEFINES = -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP) \
 
 #if defined (SunArchitecture)
 LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES = $(CPP_DEFINES) -D__sun
+#elif defined(LinuxArchitecture) || defined(FreeBSDArchitecture)
+LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES = $(CPP_DEFINES) -DNO_DTINFO
 #else
 LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES = $(CPP_DEFINES)
 #endif

diff --git a/cde/programs/types/dtwm.fp.src b/cde/programs/types/dtwm.fp.src
index 6599e13818be980110c1a3e6bcbf62c9f5ab362f..69ece3ef2d58d3690188371455cb4fda3bec7324 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/types/dtwm.fp.src
+++ b/cde/programs/types/dtwm.fp.src
@@ -182,7 +182,21 @@ CONTROL Applications
   HELP_VOLUME          FPanel
 }
 
-
+#ifdef NO_DTINFO
+CONTROL Help
+{
+  TYPE                  icon
+  CONTAINER_NAME        Top
+  CONTAINER_TYPE        BOX
+  POSITION_HINTS        12
+  ICON                  Fphelp
+  LABEL                 %|nls-18009-#Help Manager#|
+  PUSH_ACTION           Dthelpview
+  DROP_ACTION           Dthelpview
+  HELP_TOPIC            FPOnItemHelpMgr
+  HELP_VOLUME           FPanel
+}
+#else
 CONTROL InfoManager
 {
   TYPE                 icon
@@ -196,7 +210,7 @@ CONTROL InfoManager
   HELP_TOPIC           FPOnItemInfoMgr
   HELP_VOLUME          FPanel
 }
-
+#endif
 
 CONTROL Trash
 {
@@ -335,16 +349,28 @@ CONTROL PrintManager
   HELP_VOLUME          Printmgr
 }
 
+#ifndef NO_DTINFO
 SUBPANEL InfoManagerSubpanel
 {
   CONTAINER_NAME       InfoManager
   TITLE                        %|nls-18032-#Information#|
 }
+#else
+SUBPANEL HelpSubpanel
+{
+  CONTAINER_NAME        Help
+  TITLE                 %|nls-18019-#Help#|
+}
+#endif
 
 CONTROL HelpOverview
 {
   TYPE                 icon
+#ifndef NO_DTINFO
   CONTAINER_NAME       InfoManagerSubpanel
+#else
+  CONTAINER_NAME        HelpSubpanel
+#endif
   CONTAINER_TYPE       SUBPANEL
   POSITION_HINTS       1
   ICON                 Dthover
@@ -357,7 +383,11 @@ CONTROL HelpOverview
 CONTROL FPHelp
 {
   TYPE                 icon
+#ifndef NO_DTINFO
   CONTAINER_NAME       InfoManagerSubpanel
+#else
+  CONTAINER_NAME       HelpSubpanel
+#endif
   CONTAINER_TYPE       SUBPANEL
   POSITION_HINTS       2
   ICON                 Fpfphlp
@@ -367,6 +397,7 @@ CONTROL FPHelp
   HELP_VOLUME          FPanel
 }
 
+#ifndef NO_DTINFO
 CONTROL HelpMgr
 {
   TYPE                  icon
@@ -379,7 +410,7 @@ CONTROL HelpMgr
   HELP_TOPIC            FPOnItemHelpMgr
   HELP_VOLUME           FPanel
 }
-
+#endif
 
 XCOMM 
 XCOMM  OnItem help uses a pseudo push action FPOnItemHelp.  Dtwm is looking for

diff --git a/cde/programs/util/dttypes/Imakefile b/cde/programs/util/dttypes/Imakefile
index 7f45f8c8a8b32f610b7c99841fe5bad162a1a747..877df0073b39c7a90c1eb9a7dfef403e26a1544e 100644 (file)
--- a/cde/programs/util/dttypes/Imakefile
+++ b/cde/programs/util/dttypes/Imakefile
@@ -39,7 +39,6 @@ ATLIB=
 SYS_LIBRARIES = -lm -ldl -lgen
 #endif /* SunArchitecture */
 
-
 SRCS = dttypes.c
 OBJS = dttypes.o